219 59 5MB
English Pages 216 [322] Year 2015
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Installation and the Moving Image C AT H E R I N E E L W E S
WALLFLOWER PRESS LONDON & NEW YORK
A Wallflower Press Book Published by Columbia University Press Publishers Since 1893 iÜÊ9ÀÊUÊ
V
iÃÌiÀ]Ê7iÃÌÊ-ÕÃÃiÝ cup.columbia.edu Copyright © Catherine Elwes 2015 All rights reserved. Wallflower Press® is a registered trademark of Columbia University Press Cover image: >Û`Ê>]Ê1001 TV SetsÊ `Ê*iVi®Ê£ÇÓqÓä£Ó®°ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÛiÜ]ÊL>Ê*ÎÊ}>iÀÞ] London. Courtesy of the artist. A complete CIP record is available from the Library of Congress ISBN 978-0-231-17450-3 (cloth : alk. paper) ISBN 978-0-231-17451-0 (pbk. : alk. paper) ISBN 978-0-231-85080-3 (e-book)
Columbia University Press books are printed on permanent and durable acid-free paper. This book is printed on paper with recycled content. Printed in the United States of America c 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 p 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Contents
Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ix
Introduction
..................................................
1
ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 PAINTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SCULPTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 FILM HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 FILM AS FILM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 STRUCTURAL FILM: DETRACTIONS AND REVISIONS . . . . 8 THE DIALECTICS OF SPECTATORSHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 EXPANDED CINEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 SOUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 VIDEO INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 CLOSING THOUGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
1
21 38 53 76 104 129 142 164 207 226 252
Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Index
.........................................................
295
For Willow and Matthew
Acknowledgements >ÞÊ`Û`Õ>Ã]ÊLÌ
Ê>V>`iVÃÊ>`Ê«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊ
>ÛiÊVÌÀLÕÌi`ÊÌ
iÀÊÜÃ`Ê >`ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊvÊÌ
ÃÊÛÕi°ÊÊ>Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊ`iLÌi`ÊÌÊ Ê*iÀÀÞÊ Ü
Êi`Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊwÀÃÌÊ`À>vÌ]ÊV
>i}}ÊÞÊÀiÊÕÌ>`Ã
Ê>ÃÃiÀÌÃÊ>`ÊÕ>Ving my arguments. A key conversation with David Dibosa helped to formulate a «>Ê>ÌÊ>Êi>ÀÞÊÃÌ>}iÊ>`ÊÕÀÀ>ÞÊ-Ì
]Ê
Ê/V
>iÊ>`Ê/Ê-Ì
Ê}iiÀÕÃÞÊ «ÀÛ`i`ÊiÝ«iÀÌÃiÊÊÌ
iÊwi`ÊvÊV}ÌÛiÊÃViViÊÛiÀÊ>ÊiÝÌi`i`Ê«iÀ`]ÊÜ
iÊ Chris Wright clarified key points relating to anthropology. To fill gaps in my knowli`}i]ÊÊ
>ÛiÊvÌiÊ>««i>i`ÊÌÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊ
ÃÌÀ>ÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÃiÊVÕ`iÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ °°Ê,iiÃ]Ê-i>Ê ÕLÌÌ]Ê>Ê
ÀÃÌi]Ê*ÀÞiÊ i
À>]Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃ]ÊÕVÞÊ,iÞ`Ã]Ê>`Ê
ÕÊÊ
Õ>ÊÜ
ÃiÊ`iwÌÊvÊÌ}ÞÊÃÊ«iÀ>iÌÞÊ«>ÃÌi`ÊÌÊÞÊÜ>°Ê ÕV>Ê 7
ÌiÊ }iiÀÕÃÞÊ }>ÛiÊ iÊ >VViÃÃÊ ÌÊ Õ«ÕLÃ
i`Ê ÀiÃi>ÀV
]Ê >ÃÊ ``Ê 7>Ê ,>L>Ê >`Ê>ÀÊ-Õ}>]ÊÜ
iÊ >Û`Êi`ÞÊ«ÀÛ`i`ÊiÊÜÌ
ÊÀiVÀ`}ÃÊvÊ
ÃÊ ÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌðÊ>ÞÊiÝV
>}iÃÊÜÌ
Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊV>Àwi`ÊÃÃÕiÃÊvÊ«À>VÌVi°ÊÊÌ
ÃÊÀiëiVÌ]Ê Ê>Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊ}À>ÌivÕÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ >Û`Ê>]Ê
ÀÃÊi}
`ÀiÜÃ]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ >]Ê
ÀÃÊ7iÃLÞ]Ê>LiÊ VÃ]Ê>ÕÀ>ÊÕÛiÞ]Ê7>Ê,>L>]Ê-Ê*>Þi]Ê VÞÊ >Þ]Ê/Ê-
iÀ>]Ê-ÕÃ>Ê Ã]ÊiÊ7`iÀÊ>`Ê/Êi>`°ÊÊi>Ài`Ê>Ê}Ài>ÌÊ`i>Ê from the participants of the AHRC Artists’ Moving Image Research Network events >ÌÊÌ
iÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÀÌÃÊ`Ê1®]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊVÌÀLÕÌ}Ê>ÕÌ
ÀÃÊ>`Ê editors of the Moving Image Review & Art Journal (MIRAJ). My warmest thanks are `ÕiÊÌÊ À>Ê >ÃÊÜ
ÊÌÊÛiÀÊÌ
iÊi`ÌÀÃ
«ÊvÊÌ
iÊÕÀ>ÊÜ
iÊÊÜÀÌiÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÊ w>Ê`À>vÌÊvÊÌ
iÊL°ÊÊ
>ÛiÊiÞi`ÊÌ
iÊÃÕ««ÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÀiÃi>ÀV
ÊÌi>Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ
7Ê À>`Õ>ÌiÊ -V
]Ê 1Ê VÕ`}Ê "À>>Ê >``iiÞ]Ê >VÊ +Õ]Ê >ÌÌ
iÜÊ 7
ÞÌi]Ê ->À>
Ê>ÌiÊ7Ã]Ê>ÕÀ>Ê>ViiÞ]Ê >ÀiÊÀ>ÕiÀ>``iÊ>`Ê7i`ÞÊ-
ÀÌ°ÊÞÊ ÀiÃi>ÀV
Ê ÃÌÕ`iÌÃ]Ê >ÌiÊ *i}]Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ }]Ê iiÛiÛiÊ V]Ê >ÞÊ >
>Ê >`ÊivvÊ>}iÊ
>ÛiÊi`ÊiÊÌÊiÜÊ>Ài>ÃÊvÊÃV
>ÀÃ
«°Ê9À>ÊÊ>`Ê
ÃÊÌi>Ê >ÌÊ7>yÜiÀÊ*ÀiÃÃÊ
>ÛiÊLiiÊVÃÃÌiÌÞÊiVÕÀ>}}]Ê
i«vÕÊ>`Ê«>ÌiÌ°Ê Ài`ÃÊ VÕ`}Ê >Ê >]Ê >Ê /Ài]Ê Õ`Ì
Ê ,Õ}}]Ê >>Ê ÕÀ]Ê *>ÌÊ >Ì
iÃ]Ê >Ì
>ÀiÊ iÞiÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ >ÌiÊ >Ê À«ÕÀ} >ÛiÃÊ «ÀÛ`i`Ê
ix
enlightened conversation; Elsa Christie walked and talked; the Yarnells Hill book club }>ÛiÊiÊ«iÀÃÃÊÌÊÀi>`ÊwVÌ]ÊÜ
iÊ7ÜÊ>`Ê>ÌÌ
iÜÊ }}Ê«iÀ`V>ÞÊ>Üi`ÊÌ
iÀÊÛiÀÜÕ`Ê}À>ÞÊÌÊÊÊÌ
iÀÊ}>iðÊÞÊ
i>ÀÌviÌÊÌ
>ÃÊ}ÊÌÊ1ÜiÊ ViÀ>ÊÜ
Ê
>ÃÊ«ÀÛ`i`ÊÌiV
V>]ÊÀ>Ê>`ÊiÌ>ÊÃÕ««ÀÌÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÕÌ°Ê ÞÊw>ÊÌ
>ÃÊ}ÊÌÊ>ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃ]Ê}>iÀiÃÊ>`Ê`Û`Õ>ÃÊÜ
Ê}iiÀÕÃÞÊ}>ÛiÊ permission for their images to be reproduced in this book.
x
Introduction God keep me from ever completing anything. This whole book is but a draught, nay, but the draught of a draught. Oh Time, Strength, Cash and Patience. iÀ>ÊiÛi]ÊMoby Dick]Ê£nx£
PREAMBLE Conventional wisdom postulates that the aim of installation art is to produce in ëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ >Ê iÝ«>`i`Ê Ã«>Ì>Ê >Ü>ÀiiÃÃ]Ê >Ê «
ii}V>Ê ÃiÃÌÛÌÞÊ ÌÊ >Ê that is actual and present within a bounded space.1 If artists hope to induce in their >Õ`iViÃÊ>ÊiL`i`ÊÜi`}iÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÃÌÕ>Ìi`Ê«>ViÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê}>iÀÞ]ÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÊ medium of the moving image would appear to be the natural enemy of installation. Moving images are moulded to the shape of absent or imaginary beings signalling vÀÊiÃiÜ
iÀiÊÊÌiÊ>`Êë>Vi]ÊvÀÊ>Ê`Ài>ÊÜÀ`ÊÜÌ
ÊÊLÛÕÃÊV>ÕÃ>ÊÊ to the setting in which they are presently manifest. In common with representaÌ>Ê«>Ì}]ÊLÕÌÊÜÌ
Êi
>Vi`ÊivviVÌ]ÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊV>ÊÌÀ>ëÀÌÊÛiÜiÀÃÊÌÊ Ì
>ÌÊwVÌ>Ê`>]ÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊ`Õ}ÊÌ
iÀÊ>Ü>ÀiiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ
iÀi>`Ü°Ê "ViÊiÀÃi`ÊÊÌ
iʫ
>Ì>Ã>}À>ÊvÊÌ
iÊviiÊÃÕVViÃÃÊvÊ>}iÃ]ÊÃÊvÌiÊÜÀÌÊ>À}iÊÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊë>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊ
>«ÌVÊ>`ÊÛiÃÌLÕ>ÀÊÃiÃiÃÊ`i`V>Ìi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ ÀiÌ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊÊë>ViÊ}ÊÌÊ`}Ê`i]ÊÜ
iÊÛÃÊÌ>iÃÊÌ
iÊi>`ÊÊ Ì
iÊ>««iÀVi«ÌÊvÊÃVÀiiÊ«i«i]ÊLiVÌÃÊ>`Ê«>ViðÊÜiÛiÀÊVÛV}ÊÌ
iÃiÊ >««>ÀÌÃ]Ê Ì
iÞÊ Ài>Ê Ì>Ì>Ã}ÞÊ ÕÌÊ vÊ Ài>V
Ê vÊ Ì
iÊ Ì>VÌi]Ê }ÕÃÌ>ÌÀÞÊ >`Ê v>VÌÀÞÊÃiÃiÃÊ>`]Ê>ÃÊiÊ7`iÀÊ
>ÃÊ«Ìi`ÊÕÌ]ÊÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iʼÌ
iÊVÌnuity between fictional space and real space is implied but systematically negated’ qÊÌ
iÀi]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊÌ
iÀi° 2 Central to the trick of cinematic verisimilitude is the concealiÌ]ÊÊ>`Ê>ÀÕ`ÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}i]ÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiV
V>Êi>ÃÊÜ
iÀiLÞÊ>ÊÕÃÊvÊ reality is created.3 Where an installation ethos might draw attention to the walls and Vi}Ê`iÌ}Ê>Ê}>iÀÞÊë>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê>}i]ÊÜ
iÊiÌ>ÀÞÊ>vwÀ}Ê
1
Ì
iÊ«ÀiÃiViÊvÊ>ÞÊ}ÛiÊÃÕÀv>ViÊÌÊiVÕÌiÀÃ]ÊiÌ
iiÃÃÊ`ÃÃÛiÃ]ÊÃV>ÌÌiÀÃÊ >`Ê `i>ÌiÀ>ÃiÃÊ wÝi`Ê «>ÀÌÌÃÊ >`Ê VVÀiÌiÊ LiVÌÃÊ ÜÌ
Ê >Ê >i`ÃV«iÊ vÊ VÕÀi`Ê}
Ì°Êi>Ü
iÊÌ
iÀÊ>VÌÛiÊÜ>Ã]Ê>ÀÌiv>VÌÃÊÀÊ«i«iÊÀiVi`iÊÌÊ«iÀ«
eral awareness especially in the darkened spaces favoured by many contemporary Û}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌðÊ/
iÊLÕÞÊÌiV
}iÃÊvÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃ]ÊÌÀÃ]Ê 6 Ê«>ÞiÀÃÊ>`Êy>ÌÃVÀiiÊ
iÊÛ`iÊÃÞÃÌiÃÊÌi`ÊÌÊv>`iÊÌÊÌ
iÊL>V}ÀÕ`]Ê upstaged by the lure of glowing emanations from the screen or screens and the µÕ>`À>«
VÊÛ>ÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÃÕ`ÌÀ>VðÊÊÌ
iÊ}
ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ`ÛiÀ}iÌÊLiVÌÛiÃÊ vÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊqÊÌ
iÊvÀiÀÊÌÊ>ÃÃiÀÌÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÀi>ÌÞ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÌiÀÊ to deflect it with fugitive impressions – I find myself wondering whether my attempt to give an account of their frequent co-incidence in galleries will get mired in a struggle to cohere two irreconcilable artistic practices. Happily for the enterprise of this L]ÊÌ
iÊViÝÃÌiViÊvÊÌ
iÊiÌVÊiÌiÀ«ÀÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊVVÀiÌiiÃÃÊ vÊÌÃÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÃÕ««ÀÌ]ÊvÀ>i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÛÕiÌÀVÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊë>Vi]ÊÀiÃÛiÊÌÊ ÃÊÕV
ÊÌÊVÌÀ>`VÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÕv`}Ê`>}Õi]ÊiÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê}Ê
ÃÌÀÞÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>ÃÊ }ÛiÊÀÃiÊÌÊÕiÀ>LiÊ«iÀÕÌ>ÌÃÊ>`Ê>`>«Ì>ÌðÊÃÊÊÃ
>Ê>À}Õi]ÊÛ}Ê >}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊiL`iÃÊÌ
iÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>Ê`ÕLiiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>Ê ability to suspend disbelief and entertain two realities simultaneously. Our quotidian iÝ«iÀiViÊVÀi>Ã}ÞÊ`i>`ÃÊvÊÕÃÊLiÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>ÊÃ
vÌÃÊLiÌÜiiÊ>ÞÊÕber of remediated realities presented to us in myriad electronic forms. Moving image ÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÜÊiÛiÀ«ÀiÃiÌÊÊÕÀÊ}>iÀiÃÊ>`ÊÕÃiÕÃ]ÊVÃÌÌÕÌiÃÊ>ÊÀiÃ>ÌÊ analogue of the increasingly enmeshed conditions of understanding we derive from the modern world. iÛÌ>LÞ]Ê >Ê }>iÀÞL>Ãi`Ê «À>VÌVi]Ê iëiV>ÞÊ iÊ >ÃÊ
ÞLÀ`Ãi`Ê >ÃÊ Û}Ê >}iÊ ÃÌ>>Ì]Ê ÜÊ iÛiÊ Ì
iÊ VÀi>ÌÛiÊ ÌÀ>`ÌÃÊ vÀÊ Ü
V
Ê ÌÊ ÃÊ `iÃVi`i`]Ê incorporating both visual arts and mainstream entertainment media with which it shares its technologies. It is this lineage that I shall attempt to trace in the present ÛÕi]ÊÃ>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiVi`iÌÃÊÌÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊ«À>VÌViÊV>Ê>ÞÊV>]ÊLi}}ÊÜÌ
Ê >ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀi]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊiÛi«iÊvÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊvÜi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÃÕÀv>ViÊV`iÌÃÊ >`ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê«ÃÌ}ÊvÊ«>Ì}]ÊÌ
iÊë>Ì>]ÊLiVÌÀi>ÌÊvÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ>`Ê the live encounter of performance art. A short detour into film history will estabÃ
ÊÌ
iÊ>À>ÌÕÀiÊvÊwÊ>`ÊÌÕV
ÊLÀiyÞÊÊi>ÀÞÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊÜÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÞÊÌ
iÊ vÕ`>ÌÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÀ>ÊvʼwÊ>ÃÊw½ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃÊÌ
>ÌÊvÜðÊ/
iÊ>À}ÕiÌÃÊvÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>Êw½ÃÊ`iÌÀ>VÌÀÃÊÜÊÌ
iÊLiÊ>Ài`Ê>`ÊÊÜÊVÕÌiÀÊÌ
iÃiÊLÞÊ `V>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊiÃÃÃÊÜiÊ>ÞÊ`iÀÛiÊvÀÊ««ÃÌ>ÊwÊ«À>VÌViÃ]ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É >ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊw]ÊÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>À°ÊÜÊÜiÊ«iÀViÛiÊÌ
iÊVi>ÌVÊ>`ÊÌiiÛÃÕ>Ê>}iÊ has been central to any discussion of moving image installation and I will consider the various concepts that have addressed the spectatorial position.4Ê Ý«>`i`ÊVema rightfully occupies a substantial section of the book with its dramatisation of the filmic event. Before turning to video and its relationship to both the space of the
2
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
}>iÀÞÊ>`ÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ]ÊÊ`ÛiÀÌÊLÀiyÞÊÌÊ>ÊVÃ`iÀ>ÌÊvÊ ÃÕ`]Ê>ÊV«iÌÊ vÊÃÌ>i`ÊÜÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊvÌiÊÛiÀi`°ÊÊi`ÊÌ
ÃÊÌiÝÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ`i>Ì
Ê>`ÊÀiLÀÌ
Ê vÊ >>}ÕiÊ w]Ê Ê vviÀÊ ÃiÊ Ì
Õ}
ÌÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ ÀiÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ >ÀÌÃÌÊ >`Ê Ã«iVÕ>ÌiÊ Ê Ü
>ÌÊV}ÌÛiÊÃViViÊ}
ÌÊLiÊ>LiÊÌÊÌiÊÕÃÊ>LÕÌÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÌÊ supplement the hypothesising of film and video theorists. Woven into this genealogy of moving image installation is a discussion of the «ÀVi`ÕÀ>]Ê «ÌV>]Ê Ì
iÀiÌV>Ê >`Ê `i}V>Ê «ÃÌÃÊ iëÕÃi`Ê LÞÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃ]Ê concentrating on the period from the mid-twentieth century to the present. I do not >ÌÌi«ÌÊ>ÊÌii}V>ÊV>ÊvʼiÞÊÜÀýʫÀ}ÀiÃÃ}ÊVw`iÌÞÊvÀÊÃÕVViÃÃÛiÊ eras and arriving triumphant at the high renaissance of today’s digital gallery instal>ÌðÊÃÌi>`]ÊÜÀÃÊViÊÌÊvVÕÃÊÊÌ
iÊL>ÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊi>LÀ>ÌiÊÌ
iÊ ÃÃÕiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀÃiÊ>ÌÊi>V
ÊÃÌ>}iÊÊÞÊÕÀiÞÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊ>`ÃV>«iÊvÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ and the moving image.
THE OBJECT OF STUDY It is better to open minds than to influence people.
>Ì>ÊViÀ>]ÊÓääÓ5 A moving image installation invites a viewer physically to enter a work that takes account of the setting of the screened event. An installation might encompass light}]ÊÃi>Ì}Ê«iÀ
>«Ã®Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ½ÃÊÌiV
V>Ê«>À>«
iÀ>>ÊqÊÜÀiÃ]Êy>ÌÊÃVÀiiÃ]Ê ÌÀÃ]Ê Ã«i>iÀÃ]Ê «>ÞL>VÊ >V
iÃÊ >`Ê V«ÕÌiÀÃ]Ê Li}Ê ÀiÊ ÀÊ iÃÃÊ Ê iÛ`iVi°Ê/
iÃiÊVÕ`ÊLiÊi
>Vi`]ÊÀÊ«iÀ
>«ÃÊ`Ã
i`ÊLÞÊ>ÊÃVi>ÞÊvÊ>``Ì>ÊLiVÌÃ]ÊÃÌ>ÌVÊ>}iÃÊ>`ÊÛiÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃÊ>Ê`ëÃi`Ê>ÀÕ`Ê>Ê`iÌi`]Ê >ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>Êë>Vi°Ê7
iÊÃÌÌÕÌ>ÊvÀViÃÊqÊ}>iÀiÃ]ÊVÕÀ>ÌÀÃ]ÊvÕ`iÀÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ >ÀÞÊ vÊ >V>ÀÞÊ VÀÌVÃ]Ê ViÌ>ÌÀÃ]Ê >V>`iVÃÊ >`Ê L}}iÀÃÊ q Ê Ê >Ê yiVÌÊ Ì
iÊ ÜÀ]ÊÌÊÃÊÌ
iÊ`Û`Õ>ÊÛÃÌÀÃÊÜ
Ê«>ÃÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>`ÊÌiÀ>VÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ Ü
ÊVÌÀLÕÌiÊÌ
iÊw>]ÊÛÌ>Ê}Ài`iÌÊÊÌ
iÊVÃÌi>ÌÊvÊiiiÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>iÊ up a moving image installation. Although there are artists who have re-sited moving >}iÊiÛÀiÌÃÊ>`ÊiÛiÌÃÊÌÊiÝÌiÀ>ÊV>ÌÃ]ÊVÕ`}ÊÌ
iÊÛÀÌÕ>Êë>ViÊvÊ Ì
iÊÌiÀiÌ]ÊÞÊÃÌÕ`ÞÊÜÊLiÊÀiÃÌÀVÌi`ÊÌÊÜÀÃÊÌi`i`ÊvÀÊ«ÕLVÊë>ViÃ]ÊiëiV>ÞÊÌ
ÃiÊ`iÃ}>Ìi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>««ÀiV>ÌÊvÊ>ÀÌ\Ê}>iÀiÃ]ÊVi>Ã]Ê>Õ`ÌÀ>Ê>`Ê museums as well as temporary spaces coded as art venues. These spaces are anal}ÕÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊÌiÃÌ}}ÀÕ`ÊvÊÌ
iÊLi`À]ÊÛ}ÊÀÊÀÊÃÌÕ`°ÊÃÊ>ÀViÊ*ÀÕÃÌÊ Ài>Ài`]Ê}>iÀiÃʼÃÞLÃiÊÌ
iÊiÀÊë>ViÃÊÌÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÜÌ
`À>ÜÃÊÌÊ create the work’.6 It is in the concentrated atmosphere of the gallery that I feel most iiÞÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃiViÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊ>}>Ì]ÊÃÊ>`Ê>LÕÀÊ>`ÊÌÊÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊ that artists who have graduated to feature filmmaking so often return. 7
INTRODUCTION
3
Ê ÀiViÌÊ Þi>ÀÃ]Ê Ì
iÀiÊ
>ÃÊ LiiÊ ÃiÌ
}Ê vÊ >Ê i«`iVÊ vÊ ÃÌ>>ÌÃÆÊ >Ê
>}ÊvÊ«>Ì}Ã]Ê`À>Ü}ÃÊÀÊ«
Ì}À>«
ÃÊÃÊÃ>`ÊÌÊLiÊÃÌ>i`]ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÃÊÌÊ >ÀiÊ}ÀÕ«i`ÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ʼÃÌ>>̽ÊÜ
iÀiÊ«ÀiÛÕÃÞÊÌ
iÞÊ}
ÌÊëÞÊ
>ÛiÊLiiÊ regarded as propitiously arranged. A bricolage of discarded artefacts presented by the artist Tomoko Takahashi would be similarly classified as installation and the «ÕÀ>ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`ÃV«iÊ
>ÃÊi`Ê >ÀiÊ Ã
«ÊÌÊ`iV>ÀiÊÌ
iÊÌiÀʼÃÌ>>̽ÊÌÊ ÕÃÌÊ>ÀLÌÀ>ÀÞÊLÕÌʼ>ÃÌÊÌÌ>ÞÊi>}iÃý° 8Ê>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃ]Ê«iÀ
>«ÃÊÌÊ>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃ]ÊëÞÊÌÕÀÊ}>iÀiÃÊÌÊVi>Ã]ÊÜÌ
Ê«iÀviVÌÊL>VÕÌÊ>`ÊÕVvÀÌ>LiÊÀÊ Ã«>ÀÃiÊÃi>Ì}]Ê>`ÊV>ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ>ÊwÊÃÌ>>Ì°Ê VÞÊ>ÞÊ
>ÃÊ>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ Ü
iÊ>Ê«ÀiVÌi`ÊÜÀÊÌ>iÃÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀʼÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊë>ViÊ>`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>LÃÀL}ÞÊÕÃÃÌVÊë>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊw½]Ê>`ÊÜ
iÀiʼÌ
}ÊV>ÕÃiÃÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÌÊ reflect on the relationship between the space of the film and that in which it is be}ÊÃ
ܽ]ÊÌ
iÊÜ
>ÌÊÃÊLi}ÊÜÌiÃÃi`ʼÃÊÌÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÌÊÃÊVi>½° 9 This does not mean that such a presentation strategy is devoid of interest and many comiÌ>ÌÀÃ]ÊÌ>LÞÊ>iÛiÊ ÞÊ
>ÛiÊÀiyiVÌi`Ê«À`ÕVÌÛiÞÊÊÌ
iʫ
iiÊ vʼ>ÀÌÃÌýÊVi>½]Ê>ÊÃV>Êë>ViÊÌ
>ÌÊ}iiÀ>ÌiÃÊ>ʼÃiÃiÊvÊÜiÀÃ
«½Êi`ÊÌÊ ¼V>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀiÊ>`iÊLÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÕ«]Ê>`ÊvÀ]ÊVi>½°10
TERMINOLOGY Ài>`Þ]Ê Ì
ÀiiÊ `vviÀiÌÊ ÌiÀÃÊ vÀÊ ÞÊ LiVÌÊ vÊ ÃÌÕ`ÞÊ
>ÛiÊ >ÀÃi\Ê Û}Ê >}iÊ ÃÌ>>Ì]ÊwÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>`Ê>ÀÌÃÌýÊVi>ÊÌÊÜ
V
ÊÊÜÊ>ÌiÀÊ>``ÊÛ`iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>`ÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>°ÊÀÊÌ
iÊ>>Ìi`ÊiiiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊiµÕ>Ì]Ê7>Ê,>L>Ê
>ÃÊÀiÌÕÀi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ`iÃ}>ÌʼÌÊ«VÌÕÀi½ÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊÀÌÃÊÊwÊ
ÃÌÀÞ]ÊiV
}Ê ,>Þ`Ê iÕÀ½ÃÊ ¼Ì
iÀÊ Vi>½°11Ê Ê ÌÃÊ ÃÌ>i`Ê V`Ì]Ê i>
ÀÃÌ«
iÊ ,ÞÕÝÊv>ÛÕÀÃÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÊcinéma d’exposition]ÊÜ
iÊ À>Ê >ÃÊÀiÛÃi`Ê iÕÀ½ÃÊ VVi«ÌÊÌʼÌ
iÀi`½ÊVi>]ʼ>ÊÃÌiÊ>ÌÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊVi>Ê
>ÃÊLiViÊÌ
iÀÊÌÊÌÃiv½°12 >ÃÊVw}ÕÀiÃÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊ>ÃÊ>Ê>LÀ>ÌÀÞÊvÀÊw]Ê>Ê«>ViÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌÃÊÃV>]ÊÌiV
nological and aesthetic history can be picked over and recycled. These cinematic ÌiÀÃ]ÊÃÌÞÊ}iiÀ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊwÊÃÌÕ`iÃÊ>ÀÊvÊ>V>`i>]ÊÛiÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÃV>tions we might have with particular films as well as the wider cultural memory that Vi>Ê>`ÊVi>}}ÊiL`iðÊi>Ü
i]ÊÀiÊiÝ«>ÃÛiÊÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊVi>ÌVÊ
>ÛiÊ ViÊ vÀÊ ÕÌÃ`iÊ Ì
iÊ ÕÀiÀV>Ê >ÝÃ°Ê ÀÌÊ >}>ÀÊ ÌÀ`ÕVi`Ê the term pray¸ga]ÊÜ
V
Ê
iÊÌÀ>Ã>ÌiÃÊ>Ãʼ«iÀ«iÌÕ>ÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>̽]Ê>ÊÕÛiÀÃ>Ê «ÀViÃÃÊÌ
>ÌÊiÝÃÌÃÊÊ>ÃÌÀi>Êw>}ÊÜÀ`Ü`iÊÕÃÌÊ>ÃÊÕV
Ê>ÃÊÌÊ`iÃÊÊ ÜiÃÌiÀÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊVÀVið13Ê>VÊ/ÕÀÛiÞÊ>ÀÀÜÃÊÌ
iÊ`iwÌÊÌʼ«ÀiVÌi`Ê >}iÊÃÌ>>Ìý]ÊÌ
iÀiLÞÊiÝVÕ`}ÊÃVÀiiL>Ãi`ÊÜÀÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊVÌÀLÕÌÊvÊ >>}ÕiÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌ°ÊÃÊÌ
iÃiÊiÝ>«iÃÊ`iÃÌÀ>Ìi]ÊÌ
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊ>ÃÊ>ÞÊÌiÀÃÊvÀÊ Û}Ê>}iÊ>ÀÌ]ÊÊ>`ÊLiÞ`ÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ]Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊÕÌÊÜÀ`ÃÊvÀÊÃÜ°Ê
4
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
7
iÊ>V>`iVÃÊÜÀ>}iÊÛiÀÊiV>ÌÕÀi]ÊÌ
iÊë«iÀiÃÃÊvÊÌiÀÃÊLiViÃÊ even more apparent if we consider what contradictory words or phrases are in daily ÕÃ>}i°Ê>ÃÌÀi>ÊwÊÃÊÀi}Õ>ÀÞÊiÝ«iÀiVi`Ê>ÃÊÌiiÛÃÊÜ
iÊÛ`iÊqÊ>>}Õi]Ê `}Ì>]ÊÃÌÀi>i`ÊÀÊ>ÀV
Ûi`ÊqÊÃÊvÌiÊÀiviÀÀi`ÊÌÊ>ÃÊw°ÊÀ>}iÌÃÊvÊ
iÊÛ`iÊ shot with anything from a Handicam to a mobile phone and uploaded to YouTube are ÌÞ«V>ÞÊ`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃÊÛ`iÊV«Ã°ÊÊVÊÜÌ
Ê>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌýÊÜÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊvÌiÊ >`«ÌÊ>ÊÀii`>Ìi`]Ê
ÞLÀ`ÊvÀÊÌ
>ÌÊ}
ÌÊVÕ`iÊÌiiÛÃÊvÌ>}i]Ê«
Ì}À>«
Ã]Ê V«ÕÌiÀ}À>«
VÃ]Ê >>ÌÃÊ ÀÊ vÀ>}iÌÃÊ vÊ >ÀV
ÛiÊ w°Ê ÀÌÃÌÃÊ Ài}Õ>ÀÞÊ Ã>ÞÊ Ì
iÞÊ>Àiʼw}½ÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê
}
Ê`iwÌÊ`}Ì>ÊÛ`iÊV>VÀ`iÀÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÀÃÊ`iÃVÀLiÊ Ì
iÀÊ«À>VÌViÊ>Ãʼi`>Ê>À̽]ÊÜ
V
ÊV>Êi>ÊÀiÊÀÊiÃÃÊ>ÞÌ
}°Ê7
iÊÌ
iÊÃÌ« start of the analogue VCR and later digital processing enabled the frame-by-frame vÀiÃVÊ iÝ>>ÌÊ vÊ V>ÃÃVÊ ÛiÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ «
Ì}À>«
Ê
>ÃÊ LiViÊ Ì
iÊ LÕ`}Ê LVÊ vÀÊ `}Ì>ÞÊ V«ÃÌi`Ê ÜÀÃ]Ê ¼«
ÌwÃ½Ê >`iÊ Õ«Ê vÊ ÕiÀ>LiÊ ÃÌÃ°Ê ,LÊ iÀ>À`Ê>iÃʼÌi>«ÃiÊ«
Ì}À>«
Þ½]Ê >Û`Ê >iÀLÕÌʼÃVÕ«ÌÃÊÊÌi½Ê>`Ê >iÊ ÀÃÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊiÃiÀVʼÌiÊÃViÊwý°ÊÊÃÊÌÊÛÛi`ÊÊ>ÞÊvÊÌ
iÃiÊ ÜÀÃÊÀÊiÛiʼw}½ÊÊÌ
iÊVÛiÌ>ÊÃiÃi°Ê ÞÊÜÊ«ÀiviÀiViÊÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ`iÃVÀ«ÌÀʼÛ}Ê>}i½ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊÌÊi«
>ÃÃiÃÊ the dynamic element of apparent motion that unifies all the work I reference in this ÛÕi°Ê ÞÊ ÃÌÀ>Ìi}ÞÊ }
ÌÊ ÃiiÊ v
>À`Þ]Ê }ÛiÊ *iÌiÀÊ ÕLi>½ÃÊ Ài`iÀÊ Ì
>ÌÊÊ ¼Vi>ÊÃÊÌÊÛiiÌÊ°°°ÊVi>ÊÃÊ>Ê«ÀiVÌÊvÊÃÌý]ÊÌ
iÊÞÊÛiiÌÊÛÛi`ÊLi}ÊÌ
iÊÃ
ÕÌ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊwÃÌÀ«ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀ½ÃÊ}>Ìi°14 In the case vÊÛ`i]ʼ>ÊÃÌÊ>}iÊ`iÃÊÌÊiÝÃ̽]Ê`iV>Ài`Ê Ê6>]ʼÊv>VÌÊ>ÌÊ>ÞÊ}ÛiÊiÌÊ >ÊV«iÌiÊ>}iÊ`iÃÊÌÊiÝÃÌÊ>ÌÊ>½°15Ê`ii`]ÊÌiV
V>Þ]Ê>ÊÛ`iÊÃÊ>ÊÃiÃÌÃi`]Ê ÃÌ>ÌVÊ}À`ÊÃÕLiVÌÊÌÊVÌÕÕÃÊiiVÌÀVÊÃV>}°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÊÜÕ`Ê>À}ÕiÊÌ
>ÌÊ Ì
iÊ«ÀiÃÃÊvÊÛiiÌÊÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`i]ÊÌ
iÊVÌÕÕÃÊyÜÊvÊ>}iÀÞÊÌ
>ÌÊ registers upon the viewer’s senses is not diminished by the technology’s structural stasis.16 Devices for capturing moving images have been designed to achieve «ÀiVÃiÞÊÌ
>ÌÊÃiÃ>ÌÊvÊyÕÝ]ÊÜ
V
ÊÃÊÜ
>ÌÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌÃÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊi`Õ°Ê7Ì
Ê Ì
iÊ>``ÌÊvÊÃÕ`]ÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊ>ÃÊVÃiÊ>Ê>««ÀÝ>ÌÊvÊvi iiÃÃ]ÊvÊÌ
iÊLÃiÀÛ>LiÊÜÀ`Ê>ÃÊÌÊÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊ>Õv>VÌÕÀiÊqÊ>ÃÊiÊ7`iÀÊ «ÕÌÊÌ]ʼ À>`Ê*ÌÌÊÃÊLÀi>Ì
}½°17ÊÀÊi]ʼÛ}Ê>}i½Ê«iÃÊ>Ê>VÊvÊ`ÃVÀ>ÌÊLiÌÜiiÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>`ÊÌiV
V>]ÊvÌiÊiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊ`Û`Õ>]Ê>`ÊLiÌÜiiÊ analogue mediums where video was regularly characterised as the poor relation of film – something one might practice en routeÊÌÊw]ÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃiÌV
ÊvÀÊ >Ê>À}iÃV>iÊ«>Ì}°Ê iÞ`ÊÌÃÊ`iÌVÊVÀi`iÌ>Ã]ÊÌÃÊLÕÀÀ}ÊvÊVÛiÌ>Ê
iÀ>ÀV
iÃÊ >`Ê ÌÃÊ ÃiÃiÊ vÊ VÌ]Ê
ÃÌÀV>Þ]Ê ¼Û}Ê >}i½Ê >ÃÊ iV«>ÃÃiÃÊÌ
iÊ`i>ÊÌ
>ÌÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊÃ}wV>ÌÞÊiÝ«>`i`Ê>`ÊÀivÀ>i`Ê the traditions of art as well as those of cinema and broadcast television. 18 For better ÀÊÜÀÃi]ÊÊÃ
>ÊÃÌVÊÜÌ
ʼÛ}Ê>}i½°
INTRODUCTION
5
THEMATICS AND STAGINGS /
iÊÀ>ÌÊvÊÃVÀiiL>Ãi`ÊÀÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê>}iÀÞÊÌÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊLiVÌÃÊ`ëÃi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ }>iÀÞÊë>ViÊÛ>ÀiÃÊ>VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊvÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>Ì°ÊÌÊÌiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ >}iÊ
>ÃÊ LiiÊ ÃÕLÀ`>ÌiÊ ÌÊ ÕÀÕÞÊ ViVÌÃÊ vÊ vÕ`Ê LiVÌÃ]Ê À]Ê >ÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ >«V>Þ«ÌVÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊvÊ
ÀÃÌ«
Ê À>i}iÀ]ÊÀi`ÕVi`ÊÌÊ>Ê/6ÊÃiÌÊyViÀ}Ê>LiVÌÞÊ in a corner. The moving image can be fractured in a bricolage of its own technology >ÃÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊÕÌÌÀÊÜÀÃÊvÊ >ÊÕiÊ*>]ÊÀÊÌÊV>ÊLiÊÕ«ÃÌ>}i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ drama of a performative media event choreographed by a contemporary artist such >ÃÊÀi}Ê*«i°ÊÊÌ
iÊ£äÃÊ>`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÜÊiÕ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÌÞÊvÊwÊ>`Ê Û`iÊÜ>Ã]ÊÊÃiʵÕ>ÀÌiÀÃ]ÊÃÕ««ÀiÃÃi`ÊÊv>ÛÕÀÊvÊÌ
iÊÀiwV>ÌÊvÊVi>ÌVÊ>`Ê televisual illusionism rendered as ecstatic spectacle. The new millennium has witnessed a resurgence of interest in obsolete analogue technologies that once again «ÕÌÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃÊvÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊViÌÀiÊÃÌ>}iÆÊvÀÊiÝ>«i]Ê,Ã>Ê >ÀL>½ÃʼÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>½ÊwÃ]ÊLÃÊ>`Ê,iV`iÀ½ÃÊvÕiÀi>Ê«iÊvÊÃÌÊÛiÃ]ÊÀÊ >Û`Ê>½ÃÊ}À>ÛiÞ>À`Ê vÊÌiiÛÃÃ°Ê }Ì>Êi`>Ê
>ÛiÊë>Üi`ÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊvÀÊvÊÌiV
viÌÃ
ÃÊ>ÃÊiÝi«wi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÜâ>À`ÀÞÊvÊivvÀiÞÊ-
>ܽÃÊLÀi>Ì
Ì>}ÊÕÌÃVÀiiÊÜÀðÊ"Ì
iÀÊ approaches pursue an interactive aesthetic within a single physical space or across ÕÌ«iÊÛiÕiÃÊ>ÃÊÊi>ÀÞÊÜÀÊLÞÊ >Û`Ê>]Ê >ÊÀ>
>Ê>`Ê*iÌiÀÊ >«ÕÃ]ÊÀÊ ÀiÊ ÀiViÌÞÊ Ê ¼VÛÛ>½Ê ÃÌ>>ÌÃÊ LÞÊ *«ÌÌÊ ,ÃÌÊ ÀÊ iÀ>À`Ê ÞÀi]Ê Ü
iÊ ¼ÕiLݽÊÛiÜ}ÊÕ}iÃÊvÀÊLÀÜÃ}ÊÛÃÌÀÃÊ>ÀiÊV°ÊÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ`À>Ê *«iÀ]Ê -ÌÕ>ÀÌÊ >ÀÃ
>]Ê
Ê vÀ>
Ê >`Ê >Ã>Ê
Ì>Ê
>ÛiÊ
>ÀiÃÃi`Ê Û`iÊ >ÃÊ>Ê`ÃVÕÀÃÛiÊi`Õ]ÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>Ê>Ài>ÊvÀÊÃÌÀÞÌi}Ê>`ÊÞÀV>ÊiÝ«À>ÌÃÊ vÊÃV>]ÊÀ>V>Ê>`ÊÃiÝÕ>Ê`iÌÌÞ°Ê"Ì
iÀÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊVÕ`}Ê>ÀÌ
>Ê,ÃiÀ]Ê>Ì>ÃÞÊ >VÌÀÞ]ÊiÊ-ÌÕLLÃÊ>`ÊÊ7
Ìi
ÕÀÃÌÊÛiÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÃV>ÌÊvÊÛ`iÊÜÌ
ÊvÀ>ÌÊ}>Ì
iÀ}]Ê>`ÊÌÃÊ
ÃÌÀV>ÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊÌÊV>«>}Ê«ÌVðÊÀÌÃÌÃÊ>ÞÊ also reassert a documentary and ethnographic regime in order to highlight a political V>ÕÃi]Ê
ÜiÛiÀÊLµÕiÞ]ÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]ÊiÀÕÌÊ]ÊÌÊ-ÌiÞiÀ]Ê">ÀÊ>ÃÌÊÀÊ-ÛiÊ Õ}ÕÃÌi°ÊÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÞÊLiÊÃÌ>}i`Ê>ÃÊ>Ê`õÕÃÌÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÕÀiÊvÊLi}]ÊÀÊ>i`ÊÌÊiÛÀiÌ>Ã]Ê>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊ-Ê>Ì
vÕ°ÊÀÌÃÌÃÊ iÊ
ÀÃÌ>Ê>ÀV>ÞÊ
>ÛiÊV
>i}i`ÊÕÀÊÌÊvÊVi>ÌVÊÌiÊ>`Êë>Vi]ÊÜ
iÊ Ì
iÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊÃ>>VÊÕiÊ
>ÛiÊÌiÀÀ}>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÌÕÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ
ÃÌÊÌ
iÊ>`Ê critiqued the markets that reap the profits – albeit symbolically.19 A moving image installation may give rise to an immersive sensation as in the work of Doug Aitken ÀÊ*«ÌÌÊ,ÃÌ]Ê«>Þ}ÊÕÌÊÌ
iÊiÝÃÌiÌ>ÊiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊVi>ÌVÊiVÕÌiÀÊÜÌ
Ê iÛiÀÞÊ ÌÀVÊ Ê Ì
iÊ ¼Ûi½Ê VÕÀiÀ½ÃÊ L°Ê "Ì
iÀÃ]Ê ÃÕV
Ê >ÃÊ >ÌÌ
iÜÊ >ÀiÞ]Ê ->Ê />ÞÀ7`Ê>`Ê >`ViÊ ÀiÌâÊiÝ«ÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÀ>ÊvÊ}>ÕÀÊ>ÌÌi`>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê image’s family connections to Hollywood. The works themselves often betray the artist’s fascination with the fleeting pleasures of cinematic pictorialism combined with a surprisingly tenacious engage-
6
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
iÌÊÜÌ
ÊÃ`Ê>ÌÌiÀ]ÊÌ
iʼÃÌÕvv½ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÜÀ`°Ê/
iÀiÊÃÊvÌiÊ>ÊVVÕÀÀiÌÊ `iÃÀiÊ ÌÊ `À>>ÌÃiÊ Ì
iÊ iÝ«iÀiViÊ vÊ Ü>ÌV
}]Ê ÌÕV
}]Ê Ãi}Ê >`Ê }iiÀ>ÞÊ i}Ì>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊë>ViÃÊvÊ>ÀÌ\ÊÃÌ>ÌV]ÊÛ}Ê>`ÊviÀÀi`°Ê>ÞÊiÌiÀÌ>ÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÃLÌÞÊvÊ>ÊVÕÌiÀVÕÌÕÀ>Ê«À>VÌVi]ÊLÀÊvÊÌ
iÊÀiÛÕÌ>ÀÞÊÃV>ÊÛiiÌÃÊ vÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃÊÌ
iÊ
iÀÌÀÃÊvÊÀ>`V>Ê«À>VÌViÃÊÊ,ÕÃÃ>Ê>`Ê ÕÀ«iÊ earlier in the century. vÊiÊVVÕÀÃÊÜÌ
Ê/
>ÃÊ Ã>iÃÃiÀ½ÃÊV>ÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÀiÊÃÊÊ>ÀÌÊÕÌÃ`iÊV>«Ì>ÃÊ>`ÊÌiV
}Þ½]20ÊÀÊ i>Êi}Ê>`Ê>À}>ÀiÌ>ÊiÀ½ÃÊVÛVÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊ ¼Ê>ÕÌÕÃÊVÀÌV>Êë
iÀi½21ÊÌ
iÊÌÊÃÊi>ÃÞÊÌʼÃÕVVÕL½ÊÌÊ>ʼ`ivi>ÌÃÌÊ`½° 22 ÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊLiiÛiÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊVÀ̵ÕiÊÌ
iÊÃÞÃÌiÊvÀÊÜÌ
Ê >`]Ê iÊ i}Ê >`Ê iÀ]Ê `iÛÃiÊ «ÀiVÌÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ¼LÀÕÃ
Ê `ÀiVÌÞÊ >}>ÃÌÊ iLiÀ>Ê power’.23ÊÌ
Õ}
Ê««ÃÌ>Ê«À>VÌViÃÊ>ÀiÊV«ÀÃi`Ê>ÌÊiÛiÀÞÊÌÕÀ]Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ Õ>ÊÃÃ>}i]ÊÜ
iÊÌÊViÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÃÌ>LÃ
iÌ]ʼÌ
iÊV>}iÊV>ÊÃÌÊLiÊÀ>ÌÌi`½°24 Sean Cubitt has insisted on the continuing potential for moving image to be aniÝi`ÊÌÊ>ʼÀiiÜi`Ê«ÌV>Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVý°25Ê iÞ`ÊiÝ«Ã}ÊÌ
iÊiV}V>ÊVÃÌÊvÊ Ì
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÃÕLÃÌÀ>ÌiÊvÊÌÃÊÜÊÌiV
}iÃ]ÊÌÊV>ʼÀiVÕÌÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>}i`ÞÊvÊV>«tal’s interference in the processes of inhabiting surfaces and geologies’ and indeed `VÕiÌÊÌ
iʼÕiÀ>Ãi`ÊiÀÞ½ÊvÊÌ
iÊV>ÌiÀ>Ê`>>}iÊÊLÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>Ê>`Ê
Õ>Êë
iÀi°Ê/
ÃÊÛÌiÃÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊÌÊÌ>iÊÀiëÃLÌÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊV`ÌÊvÊ Ì
iÊ«>iÌÊ>`Ê«>ViÊÌÃʼ`ÕÌÞÊÕÌÃ`iÊÌÃivÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÕÕÀi`Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊiÝVÕ`i`½°26 ÃÊ>Êi`ÕÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÜÃÊ>iÀÃÊÌÊ«ÀiÃiÌÊ>À}ÕiÌÃ]Ê`ÃVÕÃÃÃÊ>`Ê«iVÃÊ ÌÊÜÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌÊÌ
ÃiÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê«ÌV>Ê>}i`>°ÊÊÌiÀÃÊvÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊ Û}Ê>}iÊi`>ÌiÃÊÀi>ÌÞ]ÊÌ
ÕÃÊiÃÕÀ}ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊÃÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊV«iÌi]Ê >`ÊÊÌ
iÊVÀ>VÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ«iÊÕ«]ÊÌÊV>ÊÕ`iÀVÕÌÊ`>ÌÊÀi>`}ðÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ installation trades in ambiguity by virtue of its occupation of that liminal space LiÌÜiiÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÀi>ÌÞÊ>`ÊÜ
>ÌÊÜiÊÕ`iÀÃÌ>`ÊÌÊLiÊÌÀi>]ÊÞiÌÊ«ÀiÃiÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ ÃiÃiÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>}>Ì°Ê ÞÊÃÌ>}}ÊÜ
>ÌÊÃÊv>>ÀÊÊ>ÊÕiÝ«iVÌi`ÊÃiÌÌ}Ê>`Ê vviÀ}ÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÊÕV>ÞÊvÀÊëiVÌÊÊÀi>ÌÛiÊÃ>viÌÞ]ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊ holds the potential to recalibrate the terms of our engagement with our contemporary environment.
A NOTE ON THE AUTHOR: NAILING MY COLOURS TO THE MAST ÞÊÌÀ`ÕVÌÊÃÊv>ÀÊ
>ÃÊÃiÌV
i`ÊÕÌÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÊvÊÃÌÕ`ÞÊvÀÊÌ
ÃÊL]ÊLÕÌÊÊÕÃÌÊ now declare my own point of view – or at least those relevant aspects of my mental make-up that undoubtedly colour my approach. My enthusiasm for the current «ÀiVÌÊÃÊLÀÊvÊÞÊ«À>VÌViÊ>ÃÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ>`Ê«iÀ`VÊVÕÀ>ÌÀ]ÊÃÌÀiÌV
}ÊL>VÊÌÊ the late 1970s. I am also a critic and champion of the work of other film and video
INTRODUCTION
7
«À>VÌÌiÀÃ]Ê >`Ê >ÞÊ vÊ ÞÊ iÝV
>}iÃÊ ÜÌ
Ê >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊ vÕ`Ê Ì
iÀÊ Ü>ÞÊ ÌÊ print.27Ê>Û}ÊLiiÊiÀÃi`ÊÊÌ
ÃÊwi`ÊvÀÊ>Ê}`ÊviÜÊÞi>ÀÃ]ÊÊÌi`ÊÌÊ«iÀViÛiÊ contemporary work through the prism of my very particular (and necessarily incom«iÌi®ÊÜi`}iÊvÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ
ÃÌÀiÃ]ÊiëiV>ÞÊÌ
>ÌÊvÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌÊ>`ÊÜÀÃÊ inflected by feminism and identity politics. 28 I do my best to ascertain in what ways Ì
iÊÃV>]Ê«ÌV>Ê>`ÊÌiV
}V>Ê«ÀiÃiÌÊ}
ÌÊÀiÛÃiÊ>ÀÌÃÌVÊÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊ ÃiiÊLivÀiÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊ>Ê`vviÀiÌÊiÀ>]Ê>`Ê`ii`]Ê
ÜÊÌ
iÃiÊiÜÊÌiÀ>ÌÃÊ might change the way I reflect upon the past. I believe that every work encountered contains a potential that rewards thoughtful VÃ`iÀ>ÌÊ>`ÊÊëÌiÊvÊÌ
iÊ`ÃVÀi`Ì}ÊvÊ>ÕÌ
À>ÊÌiÌ]ÊÊiÛiÀÊ`ÃÀi}>À`Ê what artists themselves say about their work. Many of the installations discussed in Ì
iÃiÊ«>}iÃÊ>ÀiÊVÕ`i`ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊÊ
>ÛiÊiÝ«iÀiVi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÊwÀÃÌÊ
>`]Ê>`]Ê}ÛiÊ Ì
iÊi«
>ÃÃÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ«>ViÊÊÛiÜiÀÊ«>ÀÌV«>Ì]ÊLi}ÊÌ
iÀiÊÕ`ÕLÌi`ÞÊ«ÀÛ`iÃÊÌ
iÊLiÃÌÊ>VViÃÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊÜÀ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊ
ÃÌÀV>ÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊ that I have admired and imagined from the fractured remains of their documentaÌ]Ê>`ÊÜ
ÃiÊi>}ÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊ>««ÀiV>Ìi`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊÃ}
ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÀðÊÊÜÊ VV>Ã>ÞÊ>ÜÊÞÊÜÊiÌ
ÕÃ>ÃÃ]Ê>`ÊÊ`ÕLÌÊ«ÀiÕ`ViÃ]ÊÌÊÛ>`iÊÌ
iÊV>Û>ÃÊvÊÌ
ÃÊLÊLÕÌÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌi]ÊÊ
«iÊÌÊ>Ì>ÊÌ
iÊÜ`iÀÊÛiÜÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÞÊLiÊ vÊÕÃiÊÌÊÃÌÕ`iÌÃ]ÊÀiÃi>ÀV
iÀÃÊ>`ÊiÌ
ÕÃ>ÃÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊwi`° This account of installation and the moving image is presented as a guided tour – iÊÃÊÌÊ>Ê`iwÌÛiÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊÀÊ`ÊÊiÝ
>ÕÃÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊÌ
iÀiÌV>ÊvÀ>iÜÀÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ}
ÌÊLiÊVÃÌÀÕVÌi`Ê>ÀÕ`ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ°ÊÃÊLÌ
Ê>ÊÃ`iÀÊ>`Ê>ÊLÃiÀÛiÀ]ÊÊ devote the present volume to a speculative investigation into the mesh of influences that have converged in a field of practice that demonstrates a remarkable ability to beguile even the most media-bombed among us into paying attention.
NOTES 1Ê
2Ê 3Ê
8
/
iÊwÊÌ
iÀÃÌÊV
iiÊ>ÀÊ
>ÃÊÛi`ÊÌ
iÊ`ÃÌVÌÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iʼëiVÌ>ÌÀ½ÊÜ
ÊÃÊ ¼Ì
iÊ«À`ÕVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ`i}V>Ê>V
>ÌÃÊvÊVi>½Ê>`ÊÌ
iʼÛiÜiÀ½ÊÜ
ÊVÃÌÌÕÌiÃÊ >ÊÛ}]ÊLÀi>Ì
}Ê
ÃÌÀV>ÊÃÕLiVÌ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÃViÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊV
>ÃÌVÊiÝV
>}iÊLiÌÜiiÊÊ Ì
iÃiÊÌÜÊV`ÌÃÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«]Ê>`ÊiÊÜÕ`ÊLiÊ
>À`Ê«ÕÌÊÌÊÃ>ÞÊÜ
iÀiÊiÊi`ÃÊ >`ÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀÊLi}Ã]ÊÊ
>ÛiÊÕÃi`ÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÃÊÌiÀV
>}i>LÞÊ>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ`i>`ÃÊvÊ style. See Michele Aaron (2007) Spectatorship: The Power of Looking On. London and New York: Wallflower Press. iÊ 7`iÀ]Ê ¼iÛiÃÊ vÊ 1Ài>ÌÞ½]Ê Õ«ÕLÃ
i`Ê «>«iÀÊ `iÛiÀi`Ê >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ Ý«>`i`Ê i>Ê -Þ«ÃÕ]Ê iÌÀ>Ê->ÌÊ>ÀÌÃ]Ê`]ÊÓäÊ>ÞÊÓää° iÀi]ÊÊVÕ`iÊÌ
iÊVÛiÌÃÊvÊV>ÃÃVÊÞÜ`Êw>}]ÊÊÜ
V
Êi`Ì}ÊÃÊÀi
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
4Ê
5Ê 6Ê 7Ê
8Ê
9Ê 10 11Ê 12Ê
13Ê
14Ê 15Ê
16Ê
17Ê 18
19Ê
`iÀi`ÊÌÀ>ë>ÀiÌ]Ê>VÌÀÃÊ}ÀiÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>]ÊÃÕ`Ê>`Ê«VÌÕÀiÊ>ÀiÊÃÞV
ÀÃi`° /
iÊÌiÀʼÌiiÛÃÕ>½ÊÃÊi«Þi`ÊLÞÊ
Ê/
ÀÌÊ >`ÜiÊÊ
ÃÊLÊTelevisuality: Style, Crisis and Authority in American Television (1995). I use this term throughout to mean the language and formal conventions of broadcast television.
>Ì>ÊViÀ>ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊV
>iÊ iÜ>]Ê/>ÌiÊ`iÀ]Ê>ÀV
ÊÓääÓ° >ÀViÊ*ÀÕÃÌʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ/
i`ÀÊ7°Ê`À]ÊÊ
ÃÊiÃÃ>Þʼ6>jÀÞÊ*ÀÕÃÌÊÕÃiÕ½]ÊÊPrisms Q£n£RÊ£nn®]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ->ÕiÊ>`Ê-
iÀÀÞÊ7iLiÀ°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£Ç° Ã>>VÊÕi]Ê-ÌiÛiÊV+ÕiiÊ>`Ê->Ê/>ÞÀ7`ÊÀi}Õ>ÀÞÊÌiÃÌÊÌ
iÀÊ`i>ÃÊÊ>ÊÕÃiÕÊ iÛÀiÌ°Ê ÛiÊ /
ÃÊ >`Ê À>}
i>`]Ê Ü
ÃiÊ ÜÀÊ ÃÊ V>Ìi`Ê i]Ê ÜÊ Ã
ÜÊ Ê galleries.
>ÀiÊ Ã
«Ê Óääx>®Ê ¼ ÕÌÊ ÃÊ ÌÊ ÃÌ>>ÌÊ À̶½]Ê £Ê >Õ>ÀÞ]Ê Tate etc.]Ê Î°Ê Û>>LiÊ line:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì>Ìi°À}°ÕÉVÌiÝÌViÌÉ>ÀÌViÃÉÌÃÌ>>Ì>ÀÌ (accessed 5 August 2013). VÞÊ>ÞÊÓääӮʼ7
>̽ÃÊÜÀ}ÊÜÌ
ÊVi>ÊÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\ÊÓ]Ê«ÊÓÈxÆÊ«°ÊÓÈÈ° Maeve Connolly (2009) The Place of Artists’ Cinema: Space, Site and Screen. Bristol: ÌiiVÌ]Ê«°Ê°Ê -iiÊ,>Þ`Ê iÕÀÊÓään®Ê¼"vÊ>Ê"Ì
iÀÊ i>½]ÊÊ/>Þ>Êi}
ÌÊi`°®ÊArt and the Moving Image: A Critical Reader°Ê`\Ê/>ÌiÉvÌiÀ>]Ê««°Ê{äÈqÓ° -iiÊi>
ÀÃÌ«
iÊ,ÞÕÝÊ£n®]ʼ,i>}Ê i>½ÊÊ>ÀiÌiÊ i
iÕÛi]Ê>`Ê>>«Ê Õ`i`]Ê j>Ê j>\Ê Ìi«À>ÀÞÊ>ÀÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊVi>ÌVÊiÝ«iÀiVi°Ê `
Ûi\Ê -Ìi`iÊ6>ÊLLiÕÃiÕ]Ê«°ÊÓ£Ê>`ÊÃiiÊ>ÃÊ À>Ê >ÃÊÓä£Î®ÊExhibiting Cinema in Contemporary Art°ÊÃÌiÀ`>\ÊÃÌiÀ`>Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£È°Ê -iiÊ ÀÌÊ >}>ÀÊ ÓääÈ®Ê ¼/
iÊ i>Ê vÊ *À>Þ¸}>½Ê Ê À>`Ê ÕÌiÀÊ >`Ê >ÀiÊ Àâ>Ê i`Ã®Ê Cinema of Prayoga; Indian Experimental Film & Video 1913–2006°Ê `\Ê °Ü°
iÀi]Ê pp. 9–26. *iÌiÀÊÕLi>Ê£Çä®Ê¼ÌiÀÛiÜÊÜÌ
Ê*iÌiÀÊÕLi>½]ÊÊ*°Ê°Ê-ÌiÞÊi`°®ÊFilm Culture Reader. iÜÊ9À\Ê*À>i}iÀ]Ê«°ÊÓ£° Ê6>]ÊThe Sound of One Line Scanning (1986). Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ii`°À}É «ÕLV>VÃɵÕ>`iÀÃÉ£ÓÉ/
i¯Óä-Õ`¯Óäv¯Óä"i¯Óäi¯Óä-V>} Ú ¯Óä Viola.pdf (accessed 10 May 2011). I am grateful to A. L. Rees for bringing this quote to my attention.
Ê*iÀÀÞÊ
>ÃÊ>``i`]ʼ9iÃÊqÊÊv>VÌÊÌÊÃÊi>Li`ÊLÞÊÌ°Ê/
ÃiÊ}>«ÃÊÊÌ
iÊwÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÃiµÕiV}ÊvÊ`ÃVÀiÌiÊ>}iÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊyÜÊvÊ}
ÌÊÊÛ`iÊ>ÀiÊ Ì
iÊÌiV
V>Êi>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ `iÛiÀÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃÃÊvÊÛiiÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ½ÆÊi>ÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]Ê 23 May 2014. iÊ 7`iÀÊ Ã«i>}Ê >ÌÊ
iÃi>Ê i}iÊ vÊ ÀÌÃ]Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÀÌÃÊ `]Ê £nÊ >ÞÊ 2011. The influence of artists can be seen everywhere in the mainstream from the Ariston ad reworking Zbigniew Rybczynski’s Tango (1983) through to the Centre Park commercial L>Ãi`ÊÊ/Ê>V>½ÃÊÌiÊÃViÊV>iÀ>ÊÌiV
µÕiÊÌÊ-ÌiÛiÊV+Õii½ÃÊÀiViÌÊV>`iÞÊ Award-winning successes in commercial filmmaking. Õi½ÃÊiÝ
LÌÊPlaytimeÊÓä£{®Ê>ÌÊ6VÌÀ>ÊÀÊÊ`Ê>``ÀiÃÃi`ʼÌ
iÊÕ>Vi`ÊÃÕLiVÌÊvÊw>V>ÊV>«Ì>½Ê>`ʼÌiÀViVÌi`Ê>ÀÊw}ÕÀiÃÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊvÊ>ÀÌÊ>`Êw>Vi½Ê (Miro gallery publicity).
INTRODUCTION
9
20Ê 21Ê 22Ê
23Ê
24Ê 25Ê
26 27Ê
28Ê
10
/
>ÃÊ ÃÃ>iÃiÀ]Ê Õ«ÕLÃ
i`Ê >``ÀiÃÃÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ , Ê ÀÌÃÌÃ½Ê Û}Ê >}iÊ iÌÜÀ]Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÀÌÃÊ`]ÊnÊÕiÊÓ䣣]ÊÕ«>}>Ìi`° i>Êi}Ê>`Ê>À}>ÀiÌ>ÊiÀÊÓä£Î®Ê¼ÀÌÊEÊ*ÌVý]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÈ]Ê«°ÊÓ° -iiÊ ÕÃÊ *ÀÞiVÌÊ Óään®Ê ¼>À`Ì i}À½ÃÊ º «Ài»\Ê >Ê >ÀÝÃÌÊ VÀ̵Õi½°Ê Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°VÕL>°i`ÕÉH«ÎÉÞ`VÃÉ`iÀÃÉ
>À`ÌÚi}À°
ÌÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£nÊ>ÞÊ 2014). i>Êi}Ê>`Ê>À}>ÀiÌ>ÊiÀÊÓä£Î®Ê¼ÀÌÊEÊ*ÌVý]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÈ]Ê«°Ê{°Ê Ê*iÀÀÞÊ
>ÃÊViÌi`ÊÌ
>ÌʼÌÊ>Ê}>iÀiÃÊ>ÀiÊ>iÆÊÞÕÊV>ÊÃ>ÞÊ>`Ê`ÊÌ
}ÃÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ-
ÜÀÊ or Gassworks about the oil economy than you can’t at BP’s Tate’; email correspondence ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]ÊÓÎÊ>ÞÊÓä£{° Õ>ÊÃÃ>}iÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÞÊ`>Ê>`Ê->ÛÊ=ãiÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ/ÀÝÞÊ/
i>ÌÀi]Ê `]ÊÓÊÕÞÊÓ䣣° -iiÊ -i>Ê ÕLÌÌÊ Óä£{®Ê ¼]Ê >`ÃV>«iÊ >`Ê *ÌV>Ê iÃÌ
iÌVÃ\Ê Deseret½]Ê iÞÌiÊ >``ÀiÃÃ]Ê -VÀiiÊ VviÀiVi]Ê ÓÊ ÕiÊ Óä£{°Ê -
ÀÌii`Ê ÛiÀÃÊ >Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«Ã\ÉÉ ÜÜÜ°>V>`i>°i`ÕÉÇxÎÇnÈÓÉÚ>`ÃV>«iÚ>`Ú*ÌV>ÚiÃÌ
iÌVsÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÇÊÕÞÊ 2014). Ibid. -ii]ÊvÀÊiÝ>«i]Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ ÜiÃÊÓäää®ÊVideo Loupe: A Collection of Essays By and About the Videomaker and Critic Catherine Elwes°Ê`\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃÃÆÊÃiiÊ>Ã]ÊÌ
iÊMoving Image Review & Art Journal (MIRAJ) of which I am a founding editor. -ii]ÊvÀÊiÝ>«i]Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ ÜiÃÊÓääx>®ÊVideo Art: A Guided Tour. London: I.B. Tauris.
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
CHAPTER ONE
Architecture INSTALLATION: IN THE BEGINNING... The ancestry of installation art has been linked variously to the radical theatre >`ÊVÀÃÃi`>ÊiÛiÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ >Õ
>ÕÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÓäÃÊ>`Ê£ÎäÃ]Ê>`Ê>ÌiÀ]Ê >VÊ ÕÌ>Ê i}iÊ£ÎÎq£xÇ®Ê>`]Ê>ÃÊÊÃ
>Ê`ÃVÕÃÃÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊÌÜ]ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÌÀië>ÃÃ}ÊvÊ«>Ì}ÊLiÞ`ÊÌ
iÊvÀ>i]ÊvÜ}ÊÌ
iÊ ÕLÃÌÊvÀ>}iÌ>ÌÊvÊ«VÌÀ>Ê Ã«>Vi°ÊÊiÝ«>`i`Êwi`ÊvÊ«>Ì}Êi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÃi`ÊÀi>ÃÊvÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ>`Ê Ì}iÌ
iÀÊÌ
iÞÊiÌ>À«
Ãi`ÊÌÊÌi«À>ÀÞÊ>ÀÌÊiÛÀiÌÃ]Ê>ÃÃiL>}iÃÊ>`Ê
>««i}ÃÊLÞÊÌ
iÊiÃÊvÊ>Ê>«ÀÜ]ÊjÊ"ÌVV>]Ê >ÀiiÊ-V
ii>Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ ÕÝÕÃÊ>ÀÌÃÌðÊ>ÀViÊ ÕV
>«Ê
>ÃÊLiiÊVÀi`Ìi`ÊÜÌ
Ê}À>Ì}Ê >ÀÌÃÌÃÊViViÊÌÊ «ÕÌÊ>ÞÌ
}ÊÌÊ>Ê}>iÀÞÊ>`ÊV>ÊÌÊ>ÀÌ]ÊÜ
iÊ`iÃ}iÀÃÊvÊÌÀ>`iÊv>ÀÃÊ>`Ê>Ì>Ê iÝ
LÌÃÊÜiÀiÊvÌiÊÊÌ
iÊÛ>}Õ>À`ÊvÊÌiV
}V>Ê>`Ê`ë>ÞÊÛ>Ì°1 A notable landmark in the history of installation art is the 1938 International Surrealist
Ý
LÌÊÊ*>ÀÃÊÜ
iÀiÊ«>Ì}ÃÊ>`ÊLiVÌÃÊÜiÀiÊVLi`ÊÌÊ>ÊÌÌ>ÊiÛÀiÌ]ÊÌÃivÊVViÛi`Ê>ÃÊ>Ê-ÕÀÀi>ÃÌÊÜÀ°ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ£È{qÈxÊ iÜÊ9ÀÊ7À`½ÃÊ>À]Ê
>ÀiÃÊ >`Ê ,>ÞÊ >iÃÊ «ÀÛ`i`Ê wÊ >`Ê Ã`iÃÊ vÀÊ >Ê ÕÌi`>Ê ¼vÀ>ÌÊ Machine’ in the IBM pavilion where a domed structure had been erected. Packed into >ʼ«i«iÊÜ>½]ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊÜ>ÃÊ
Þ`À>ÕV>ÞÊvÌi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ
i}
ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊLÕ`}Ê Ü
iÀiÊ Ì
iÞÊ ÜiÀiÊ VvÀÌi`Ê ÜÌ
Ê ¼>Ê L>ÀÀ>}iÊ vÊ ÛÃÕ>Ê vÀ>ÌÊ ÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊ spread across the various screens’ fitted inside the vaulted roof.2ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÓäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ VÃÌÀÕVÌÛÃÌÊ ÊÃÃÌâÞÊ
>`Ê>Ài>`ÞÊ`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
>Ìʼë>ViÊ`iÃÊÌÊiÝÃÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ eye only: it is not a picture; one wants to live in it’. 3Ê ÞÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]Ê>ÃÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÜiÀiÊ`iÛi«}Ê>Ê
i}
Ìii`ÊÃiÃÌÛÌÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊÊÜ
V
Ê>ÊÜÀÊÜ>ÃÊÃÌ>i`]Ê >`Ê>ÃÊ*iÌiÀÊ"ÃLÀiÊ
>ÃÊLÃiÀÛi`]ÊÌ
iÞʼiÝ«Ài`Ê>ÊvÕÀv`ÊÀi>Ì>Ê`Þ>VÊLiÌÜiiÊLiVÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÀÊÃÕÀÀÕ`}Êë>Vi]ÊÌÃÊ>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>ÊvÀ>i]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊL`ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÛiÜiÀ]ÊÊÜ
V
Ê>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>ÊvÀÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ê}ÛiÊ«>À>iÌiÀÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝiÀVÃiÊiÛiÊÜ
iÊ violated)’.4Ê/
iÊVVi«ÌÊvÊ>ÊiÝ
LÌÊÌÃivÊ}À>`Õ>ÞÊÃ
vÌi`ÊvÀÊ>ÊViVÌÊvÊ discrete artworks to a total proposition and the orchestration of a series of disparate
11
>ÀÌiv>VÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊLiV>iÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÌÃiv]ÊÌ
iʼÃÌ>>̽ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê which a spectator could drift and with which she could interact. Theodor Adorno drew a parallel between the gallery-goer and Baudelaire’s flâneur]ÊÌ
iÊVÌâiÊÜ
Ê ÊiÃÕÀiÊi>`iÀÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀiiÌÃÊ>`Ê>ÀV>`iÃÊvÊÌ
iÊVÌÞ]ÊÃ>«}ÊÌÃÊÛÃÕ>Ê and auditory delights.5ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ]ÊÌ
ÃÊw}ÕÀiÊV>iÊÌÊi«ÌÃiÊ Ì
iÊiÜÞÊLiÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊvÊwÊÜ
ÊÜÊVÃÕi`ÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}i]ÊÌÊÊÌ
iÊ Ài}iÌi`Ê>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀiÊvÊ>ÊVi>]ÊLÕÌÊÃÌ>i`ÊÊ>ÊÛ>ÀiÌÞÊvÊ}>iÀÞÊë>ViÃ°Ê Another ancestral line for installation and the moving image comes down from Ì
iÊ iÌiiÌ
Ê ViÌÕÀÞÊ >`Ê ÌÃÊ v>ÃV>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÊ «ÌV>Ê ÌÞÃ]Ê >}VÊ >ÌiÀÊ Ã
ÜÃ]ÊâiÌÀ«iÃÊ>`Ê`À>>Ã]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÌVi>ÌVÊ}>`}iÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÛiÌÊvÊÌÊ«VÌÕÀiÃ°Ê >ÀÞÊwÊÌÃiv]Ê>Ê«
iiÊ/ÊÕ}Ê
>ÃÊ`ÕLLi`ÊÌ
iÊ ¼Vi>ÊvÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌý]ÊiiÀ}i`ÊÊÌ
iÊVÕÌÕÀiÊvÊÃ
Ü>Ã
«Ê>ÃÃV>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ social spaces of fairgrounds and music halls.6 Framed by the industrial revolution qÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊvÊÃÌi>]ÊiiVÌÀVÌÞ]Ê«ÌVÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ`>}ÕiÀÀiÌÞ«iÊqÊ«ÀiÃ>ÀÃ]ÊiÌÀipreneurs and pedlars of illusionistic marvels formed an alliance that developed an «ÀÌ>ÌÊÃÌÀ>`ÊvÊÌ
iÊVÕÌÕÀiÊvÊwÊiÝ
LÌ]Ê>ÊÌ«VÊÊÜÊÀiÌÕÀÊÌÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊ five.
ARCHITECTURAL SPACE 7
iÊ ÃÌ>>ÌÊ iiÀ}i`Ê >ÃÊ >Ê `iwi`Ê «À>VÌViÊ vÀÊ ÌÃÊ `ë>À>ÌiÊ >ÌiVi`iÌÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>ÊÃiÌÌ}ÊLiV>iÊ>Ê>ÀÊv>VÌÀÊÊÌ
iÊVVi«ÌÊ>`ÊiÝiVÕÌÊvÊ a work. The gallery determines the installation’s physical possibilities and indeed its limitations in terms of dimension and the likely disposition of elements within Ì
iÊë>Vi°Ê/
iÊv>LÀVÊvÊÌ
iÊLÕ`}ÊÜÊi}Ã>ÌiÊÜ
>ÌÊ>ÌiÀ>ÃÊV>ÊLiÊÕÃi`]ÊÌ
iÊ Üi}
ÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊV>ÊLiÊ>««i`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊyÀ}]ÊÜ
>ÌÊÃÕÀv>ViÃÊ>ÀiÊ>Û>>LiÊvÀÊ«ÀiVÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ«iÀÃÃLiÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊV>ÊLiÊLÕÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊë>Vi]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÀÊ LÕÌÊvÌiÊVÀÕV>Ê`iÌiÀ>ÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊÛiÌ>Ì]Ê}
Ì}Ê>`Ê>VViÃðÊ/
iÊ>ÀV
ÌiVtural carapace provided by the gallery or museum also imprints on the installation Ì
iÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊÌÊiÞÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊVÕÌÕÀ>Êi«ÀÕ°Ê >ÀiÊ Ã
«Ê
>ÃÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÀÃÊ LÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê">vÕÀÊ >ÃÃ]ÊÃ
Ê>«ÀÊ>`ÊÕÃiÊ ÕÀ}iÃ]ÊÜ
iÊÃÌ>i`Ê ÊÃ}>ÌÕÀiÊLÕ`}ÃÊiÊÌ
iÊÕ}}i
iÊÀÊÌ
iÊ/ÕÀLiÊ>Ê>ÌÊ/>ÌiÊ`iÀ]Ê>`Ê ÃÕ««ÀÌi`ÊLÞÊVÀ«À>ÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ1iÛiÀ]ÊLiViʼÃÌÌÕÌ>ÞÊ>««ÀÛi`½°7 The art does as much to glorify the architecture and its civic sponsors as enhance the professional standing of the installation’s creators. Whatever the aesthetic merit of `Û`Õ>ÊÜÀÃ]ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊVÀi>Ã}ÞÊViÊÕ`iÀÊ«ÀiÃÃÕÀiÊvÀÊ vÕ`iÀÃÊÌÊ>ÝÃiʼ«>V̽]Ê}iiÀ>ÞÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌi`Ê>ÃÊ««Õ>ÀÊ>««i>°Ê iÛiÀÌ
iiÃÃ]ÊÌ
iʫ
ÞÃV>ÊiÛÀiÌÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀi]ÊÌ
iÊÛÕiÌÀVÃÊvÊ>Êë>Vi]ÊÃÊÌ
iÊi`>ÌiÊVÃ`iÀ>ÌÊvÊ>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÃÌ>}Ê>ÊÛ}Ê
12
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
>}iÊÜÀÊÊ>ÊÕÃiÕÊÀÊ}>iÀÞ°ÊÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`]ÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ
>ÃÊÌ
iÊ V>«>VÌÞÊÌÊLÌ
ÊÀiÌiÀ>ÌiÊ>`Ê`ÃÃÛiÊÌ
iÊiÝÃÌ}Ê>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>ÊLÕ`>ÀiÃÊvÊ>Ê}>lery. Many practitioners throughout the history of installation art have found ways ÌÊ`À>ÜÊÕÌÊ>ëiVÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÀiÊÌÊ>««>ÀiÌÊÕ`iÀÊÀ>ÊV`ÌÃ]ÊÀÊ `ii`ÊÀi`iÀÊÌ
iÊÕV>Þ]Ê`ÃÀiÌ}ÊÀÊiÛiÊ«ÌiÌ>ÞÊ`>}iÀÕÃÊÌÊÛÃÌÀÃ½Ê perceptual and mental apparatus. Turning familiar spaces into halls of mirrors (Yayoi ÕÃ>>]Ê ,V
>À`Ê 7î]Ê >}V>Ê V>ÛiÃÊ iÀÌ
Ê 7ÞÊ Û>Ã]Ê -wÊ -`i]Ê Ã>>VÊ Õi®]Ê>ÀV
ÛiÃÊ>`ÊLÀ>ÀiÃÊ
ÀÃÌ>Ê Ì>Ã]Ê/
i>ÃÌiÀÊ>Ìiî]Ê`>Àii`Ê`Õ}iÃÊ>`Ê>LÞÀÌ
ÃÊ
Ê V]ÊiÌ
Ê/ÞÃ]ÊiÊ iîÊÀÊiÛiÊÜÀ}ÊÃÌ>LiÃÊ >ÃÊÕiîÊ>ÀiÊÕÃÌÊ>ÊviÜÊÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃÊvÊVVÕ«>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜÀ}ÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê range of mediums have adopted. /
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊ>ÃÊÜÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>``ÀiÃÃÊÌ
iÊLÕ`}Ê`ÀiVÌÞ]ÊÌÃÊ
ÃÌÀÞ]ÊÌÃÊVÕÀÀiÌÊ affiliations8 or simply its architectural features. In We Have Art so that We Do Not Perish by TruthÊ ££®]Ê >ÀiÊ >vÌ>iÊ VÌÀÛi`Ê ÌÊ Ài`iÀÊ Ì
iÊ Þ«ÌÌ
iÊ in Munich transparent by pasting photographs of flames into the recesses of the `i]ÊÌ
ÕÃÊVÀi>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊÕÃÊvÊ}ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>«iÀÌÕÀiÃÊÊ>ÊLÕ`}ÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊLi}ÊVÃÕi`ÊLÞÊwÀi°ÊiviÀÊ-Ìi>«ÊÌÕÀÃÊÜ`ÜÃÊ>`Ê`ÀÜ>ÞÃÊÌÊvÀ>iÃÊ vÀÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌ]Ê«ÌV>ÊÜÀÃÊÀiÃViÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ«>Ì}ÃÊvÊ À`}iÌÊ,iÞÊ>`Ê}iÃÊ >ÀÌ°Ê iÀÊ «ÕÃ>Ì}Ê Û`iÊ >}iÀÞÊ ÃvÌiÃÊ Ì
iÊ À}`Ê ¼>ÃVÕi½Ê }iiÌÀiÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊë>ViÊÜÌ
ÊÀ}ÊÛÀÌViÃÊvÊiÊ>`ÊVÕÀ]ÊÀÕL}ÊiÊÃiÊ>>ÀV
VÊvinine unconscious threatening the pure classicism of the building.9 In Window Piece Óä£Ó®]Ê-Ê*>ÞiÊÃ>ÀÞÊ`ÀiÜÊÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>`ÌÊvÊtrompe l’oeil]ÊÃÊLiÛi`ÊvÊ >ÀµÕiÊÌiÀÀÊ`iÃ}°ÊiÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê>ÊÃ>VÊvÊÃÜÞÊV
>}}ÊLVÃÊvÊVÕÀ]Ê precisely stitched into the arched panes of a large bay window at the Camden Arts Centre in London. While there was no attempt here to convince the viewer that this electronically-stained glass window was part of Arnold Taylor’s original design for Ì
iÊ}>iÀÞÊÌ
iÊ>ÊLÀ>ÀÞ®]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÃiÞÊ`À>ÜÊLÕÀÃÌÃÊvÊÕÌ>Ì}ÊVÕÀÃÊÊ>ÊÌ
iÀÜÃiÊÜ
ÌiÜ>Ã
i`Êë>ViÊ`ÀiÜÊÕÌÊÌ
iÊÌÀÃVʵÕ>ÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÜ`Ü]ÊÌ
iÊÃ`ÌÞÊ and gothic symmetries of the Victorian architecture. The work of Payne and Steinkamp depend for their effect on an ambulatory spectator coming upon these architectural transformations as they navigate the space of the gallery. Any built environment facilitates the movement of bodies through ë>Vi]Ê vÀÊ Ì
iÊ Ã
««}Ê >ÃÊ >`Ê À>Ü>ÞÊ ÃÌ>ÌÃÊ vÊ Õ}j½ÃÊ ¼«>ViÃ½Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ manicured parks and bustling streets of the metropolis. City planners do not so much facilitate as orchestrate the circulation of its citizens who are not always the >ÊLiiwV>ÀiÃÊvÊLÌÞ°ÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊ-iV`Ê «ÀiÊ*>ÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÛiiÌÊ of troops was the priority driving Haussmann’s plans to open up wide boulevards in the heart of the ancient city. Where the layout of a metropolitan precinct or of an individual building transports the visitor according to a social purpose (retail VÃÕ«ÌÊ>`ÊÃV>ÊVÌÀÊLi}ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊV®]Ê>ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ«ÀÛ`iÃÊ
ARCHITECTURE
13
Simon Payne, Window Piece (2012), 14 min., site-specific looping video projection. Installation view, Camden Arts Centre, London. Courtesy of the artist.
>ÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÜÌ
ÊÃÕvwViÌÊ>««i>ÊÌÊ`ÕViÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÌÊÌ>ÀÀÞÊ>Ü
iÊ >ÌÊ`iÃ}>Ìi`Ê«ÌÃÊvÊÌiÀiÃÌ]Ê>`Ê«ÃÃLÞÊÀiÌÕÀÊ>Ì
iÀÊ`>Þ°ÊÊVÊÜÌ
Ê «i>ÃÕÀiÊ}>À`iÃÊ>`ÊÃi>Ã`iÊ«Ài>`iÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ >ÀÌÊ>ÞÊÃiiÊÌÊVÕÀÌÊ«ÕÀ«ÃiiÃÃÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVÃ]Ê>ÃÊ``ÊÌ
iÊviÃ]ÊvÕÌ>Ã]ʼ
iwÀiÊ V>ÛiÀÃ½Ê >`Ê v>ÀÞÊ }ÀÌÌÃÊ vÊ i}
ÌiiÌ
Ê >`Ê iÌiiÌ
ViÌÕÀÞÊ iÃÌ>ÌiÃ]Ê «>ViÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ `i}
Ìi`Ê ÛÃÌÀÃÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ü
>ÌÊ -Ê -V
>>Ê `iÃVÀLi`Ê >ÃÊ Ì
iÀÊ ¼Õ>«}iÌVÊ artificiality’.10Ê ÜiÛiÀ]Ê iÊ `i«>ÀÌiÌÊ ÃÌÀiÃ]Ê v>À}ÀÕ`ÃÊ >`Ê >ÀV>`iÃ]Ê >Ê Û}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÊëÌiÊvÊÌÃÊ
}
Ê>ÀÌÊVÀi`iÌ>Ã]ÊÕÃÕ>ÞÊ
>ÃÊ>ÊViÀV>Ê L}>ÌÊÌÊÌÃÊ
ÃÌ]ÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊ>Ê«ÀÛ>ÌiÊ}>iÀÞÊÀÊ«ÕLVÊÃÌÌÕÌ]Ê>`ÊÜ
>ÌiÛiÀÊ VÕÀÃiÊÃÊV
>ÀÌi`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÌÃiv]Ê>Ê«>Ì
ÃÊi>`ÊÌ
iÊÛÃÌÀÊiÝÀ>LÞÊÌʼiÝÌÊ Ì
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊ}vÌÊÃ
«½°ÊiÀiÊÌ
iÊÀiÊ`iÃÌÊ«ViÌÊV>ÊÃÌÀiÌV
ÊÌÊ>ÊV
i>«ÊÃÕÛiÀ]Ê whereas museum functionaries are on hand to transport the serious investor to the iÀÊÃ>VÌÕÊvÊÌ
iÊ`ÀiVÌÀ½ÃÊvwVi]Ê}iiÀ>ÞÊiÞ}ÊÌ
iÊLiÃÌÊÛiÜÊvÊÌ
iÊÀÛiÀ°Ê
ARCHITECTURAL MONTAGE Whatever commercial concerns underpin the aesthetic points of interest leading Ì
iÊiÞiÊ>`Ê`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>Ê}>iÀÞÊë>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>iVÌÀÞÊÕ`iÀÌ>iÊÜÊ
>ÛiÊLiiÊ
14
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
structured by the building itself and here a direct link to film can be established. Sergei Eisenstein identified classical architecture as a precursor to film in its creation of a ¼Ì>}i½ÊvÊ«ÀiÃÃÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÀiÊLÌ
ÊVi>ÌVÊ>`Êë>Ì>Ê>`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ`i«i`i`Ê on an ambulatory viewer.11ÊÊ
ÃÊ£ÎnÊiÃÃ>ÞʼÌ>}iÊ>`ÊÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀi½]Ê ÃiÃÌiÊ >ÃÃiÀÌÃÊÌ
>ÌʼÌÊÃÊ
>À`ÊÌÊ>}iÊ>ÊÌ>}iÊÃiµÕiViÊvÀÊ>Ê>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>ÊiÃiLiÊ ÀiÊÃÕLÌÞÊV«Ãi`]ÊÃ
ÌÊLÞÊÃ
Ì]ÊÌ
>ÊÌ
iÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÕÀÊi}ÃÊVÀi>ÌiÊLÞÊÜ>}Ê among the buildings of the Acropolis’.12 The wanderer stops periodically and takes in >ÊÛiÜ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊiÌÀiÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊÌ
iÊLÕ`}ÊV«iÝÊÃÊ>`iÊÕ«ÊvÊ>Ê>VVÀiÌÊ vÊ«iÀëiVÌÛiÃ]ʼvÀÊÌ
iÊ«ÌÊvÊÛiÜÊvÊ>ÊÛ}ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ½ÊÜ
ÃiÊiÝ«À>ÌÃÊ were anticipated and artfully engineered by the architects of antiquity. Film has the >LÌÞÊ ÌÊ VÕÀiÊ vÀÊ >Ê >Õ`iViÊ Û>ÃÌiÀÊ }i}À>«
V>Ê >`Ê ÀiÊ `ÛiÀÃiÊ >ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>Êë>ViÃÊÌ
>ÊVÕ`ÊLiÊiÝ«iÀiVi`ÊÊ>ÊÃ}iÊÕÌ}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊVÀ«Ã°Ê/
iÃiÊ ¼VÀi>ÌÛiÊ}i}À>«
iýÊ>ÀiÊVÃÌÀÕVÌi`ÊÊwÊÕÌÊvÊ>ÊViVÌÊvÊvÀ>}iÌi`ÊÛÃtas drawn from any number of different sites (and indeed multiple temporalities).13 Filmmakers sequentially assemble the fragments to create coherent geographical or architectural spaces woven together in the spectatorial imagination through Ì
iÊVÊ}À>>ÀÊvÊw]Ê>ÃÊÊÜÊ`ÃVÕÃÃÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊwÛi°Ê/ÜÊ«>iÀÃÊ>`Ê >ÀV
ÌiVÌÃÊVÃÌÀÕVÌÊë>ViÊÌÊi>LiÊÌ
iÊ«iÀ«>ÌiÌVÊVÌâiÊÌÊÃ>ÀÞÊÕÝÌ>«ÃiÊ >`Ê«ÀViÃÃÊ`ë>À>ÌiÊ«ÀiÃÃÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
ÃÊi>`ÃÊÕ>>Ê ÀÕÊÌÊVVÕ`i]ÊiÊ
ÃiÃÌi]ÊÌ
>ÌʼwÊ
iÀÌÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÃLÌÞÊvÊÃÕV
Ê>ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>ÊÛÞ>}iÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ architectural field’.14
ÃiÃÌiÊ>ÃÊw`ÃÊÌ
iÊÃii`ÃÊvÊÌ>}iÊÊÌ
iÊ-Ì>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÀÃÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃiquences of linked paintings or bas-reliefs that commonly line the walls of the nave in >Ê >Ì
VÊV
ÕÀV
°Ê/
iÃi]ÊiÝ«>ÃÊ ÃiÃÌi]ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌʼÌ
iÊÌÜiÛiÊÃÌ««}Ê«>ViÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊi}i`Ê>ÃVÀLiÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀViÃÃÊÌÊ}Ì
>½]ÊÌ
iÊ`ÀÕÃÊÀÕÌiÊÌ
>ÌÊ
ÀÃÌÊ Ì]ÊV>ÀÀÞ}Ê
ÃÊVÀÃÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«>ViÊvÊiÝiVÕÌ°Ê/
iÊ-Ì>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÀÃÃÊ«ÀÛ`iÊ >ÊVÃiÀÊ>>}ÞÊÌÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÌ
>ÊÌ
iÞÊ`ÊÌÊwÊ>i]ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊi>V
ʼÃÌ>̽ÊÃÊ iµÕÛ>iÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊiVÕÌiÀÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÃVÀii]ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÛiÀ>ÊÌiÀ>ÀÞÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÞÊÌ>iÊ in several such screens contained in the forcefield of an architectural space. The ÛiÜiÀÊÀÊ«}ÀÊVÃÌÀÕVÌÃÊ>ÊÃÌÀÞÊÕÌÊvÊÌ
ÃÊÃiµÕiViÊvÊÃÌ>ÌÃ]Ê>ÌÊi>V
ÊÃÌ«Ê momentarily holding in abeyance attention to the physical space in which they are iVÕÌiÀi`]ÊÃÊ>ÃÊÌʼÀi>`½ÊÌ
iÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊvÊ>Êë>ViiÃiÜ
iÀiÊÊ
ÃÌÀV>Ê Ìi°ÊÃÊÊÌ
iÊ«À}ÀiÃÃÊvÊ>Ê«}À]Ê>ÊÛÃÌÀÊÌÊ>ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ>ÀÌÊÃÌ>>ÌÊi>VÌÃÊ>ÊV}ÌÛiÊ`ÕLiiÃðÊ-
iÊ
>ÃÊÌ
iÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊ
`ÊÌÜÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃÊVVÕÀÀiÌÞ]Ê the fictional or documentary narrative (by no means always a linear one) gradually LÕ`}ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiL>Ãi`ÊvÀ>ÌÊ>`ÊÌ
>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊÌÃiv]Ê`À>ÜÊvÀÊ a combination of kinaesthetic information derived from the activity of muscle and VÌ]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ«À>ÀÞÊÃiÃiÃÊvÊÃ}
Ì]ÊÃi]Ê
i>À}Ê>`ÊÌÕV
°ÊÃÊÊ >ÊV
ÕÀV
ÊÀÊ>ÊÌÀ>`Ì>Ê«}ÀýÊÜ>ÞÊVÀÃÃ}Ê>Ê>ViÌÊVÌÞ]ÊÌ
iÊÌÜÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃÊ frequently intertwine. The surrounding environment of an installation may reflect
ARCHITECTURE
15
Ì
iÊÃVÀiiÊiÛiÌÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÃÕ`]Ê}
Ì}ÊÀÊÀi>Ìi`Ê>ÌiÀ>ÊiiiÌÃÊ}>Ì
iÀi`Ê ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊiLÀ>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ°ÊÊV
ÕÀV
]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊÃ>À}Ê«>ÀÃÊ>`ÊViiÃÌ>ÊÛ>ÕÌÃ]Ê >ÞÊ>ÃÊÞi`ÊÌ
iÊÃiÊvÊViÃi]ÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÊvÊ«>V
>ÌÊÀÊÌ
iÀÊ`iÛÌ>Ê`V>ÌÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÕ`iÀiÊÌ
iÊÃ>VÀi`ÊÌiÝÌÊvÊ
ÀÃ̽ÃÊ«>ÃÃÊ}À>`Õ>ÞÊ>VVÀÕ}ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê Ì
iʼÌ>}i½ÊvÊÃÕVViÃÃÛiÊ-Ì>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÀÃðÊ
GALLERY DESIGN The grandeur of a space like the Turbine Hall at Tate Modern in London is nothing if not cathedral-like. Works such as Tacita Dean’s FilmÊÓä£Ó®]Ê
iÀÊÕiÌÊÌÊViÕ`Ê«ÀiVÌ]Ê>`Ê">vÕÀÊ >ÃýÃÊThe Weather Project (2004) with its immense À>}iÊ}
ÌÊÃÕëi`i`Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>Ì>Ài`ÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊiÊ>ÊLÕÀ}ÊÃÕ]ÊViÀÌ>ÞÊ`ÕViÊ>ÊvÀÊvÊ}
ÌÊÜÀÃ
«ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊ«}À°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ/ÕÀLiÊ>ÊÜ>ÃÊ`iÃ}i`Ê for other purposes as were many civic buildings now repurposed as the new cathe`À>ÃÊvÊ>ÀÌ°Ê7
iÀiÊ/>ÌiÊ`iÀÊÜ>ÃÊViÊ>Ê«ÜiÀÊÃÌ>Ì]ÊÌ
iÀÊ}>iÀiÃÊÃÌ>ÀÌi`ÊviÊ >ÃÊLÀ>ÀiÃ]Ê`ÕÃÌÀ>ÊÕÌÃÊÀÊ«Õ«}ÊÃÌ>ÌðÊ/
iÊ->>ÌV
Ê>iÀÞÊÊ`ÊÜ>ÃÊ ÕÌÊÀiViÌÞÊ>ÊÌ>ÀÞÊL>ÀÀ>VÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÕÃjiÊ ½"ÀÃ>ÞÊÊ*>ÀÃ]Ê>ÊÀ>Ü>ÞÊÃÌ>Ì°Ê ÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÞÊÕÃiÕÃÊ>`Ê}>iÀiÃÊ>ÀiÊ«ÕÀ«ÃiLÕÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊVÛiÀÃÊvÊ`iÀÊ buildings into art spaces follows certain principles of gallery design. The layout of a museum and the arrangement of displays encourage optimum circulation of indiÛ`Õ>Ã]ÊÜ
ÃÌÊi>L}ÊÛÃÌÀÊV
Vi]ÊL>Ãi`ÊÊ>ÊÕLiÀÊvÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌÃÊÀi}ÃÌiÀ}Ê in the visual field at any one time. The movement paths are structured by the architecture itself – galleries leading directly into other galleries or radiating from a ViÌÀ>ÊÀÌÕ`>°Ê/
iÊ>ÞÕÌÊvÊÕÃiÕÃÊVÀi>ÌiÃʼÀ`iÀiÃýÊ>`Êi>LiÃʼÛÃÌÀÃÊ ÌÊLiÊLiVÌÃÊvÊi>V
ÊÌ
iÀ½ÃÊëiV̽]Ê>Êvi>ÌÕÀiÊvÊ}>iÀÞ}}ÊÌ
>ÌÊLiV>iÊÌ
iÊ focus of live relay video installations in the 1970s.15 7
iÀiÊiÌiiÌ
ViÌÕÀÞÊ}>iÀiÃÊvÜi`Ê>Ê«>ÀÌÌi`Ê>ÞÕÌÊÜÌ
ÊiÝ
LÌÃÊ isolated in individual rooms and visually inaccessible to the visitor on first entering Ì
iÊLÕ`}]Ê>ÊiÜʼ«iÊ«>½Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÊÜ>ÃÊ>`«Ìi`ÊLÞÊiÃÊ6>Ê`iÀÊ,
iÊÊ
ÃÊ design for the New National Gallery in Berlin (1942).16Ê/
ÃÊÀ>`V>ÊiÝ
LÌÊVVi«ÌÊ did away with a cellular configuration and gave visitors licence to wander at will by means of an almost transparent structure. It provided visual access to the totality vÊÌ
iÊ`ë>Þ]Ê>LiÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÃiÀiÃÊvÊ«>ÀÌ>ÊÛiÜðÊÊÌ
iÃiÊVÀVÕÃÌ>ViÃ]ÊÌ
iÊVÕÀ>ÌÀ>Ê}VÊLi
`Ê>Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÊÃiÌÊvÊ>ÀÌÜÀÃÊÀÊ>ÃÃiL>}iÃ]Ê>VViÃÃi`ÊÃiµÕiÌ>Þ]Ê ÜÕ`ÊLiÊÃÌÊ>`Êi>V
ÊÛÃÌÀÊÜÕ`ʼi`̽ÊÌ
iÀÊÜ]Ê«iÀÃ>Ãi`ÊÛiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝ
LÌ°ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊ>ÀiÊÃ>ÀÞÊÃÕLiVÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊVÌÀ>`VÌÀÞÊ`iÃÀi]Ê ÊÌ
iÊiÊ
>`]ÊÌÊVÌÀÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ½ÃÊVÕÕ>ÌÛi]ÊÌiÀ>Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ LÞÊi>ÃÊvÊ>ʼÃÌ>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊVÀÃýÊ>««À>V
ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«>Ì
ÃÊvÊiÝ«À>ÌÊVi>ÀÞÊ `iwi`Ê >`Ê ivÀVi`]Ê >`Ê Ê Ì
iÊ Ì
iÀ]Ê ÌÊ Àii>ÃiÊ Ì
iÊ ÛiÜiÀÊ ÌÊ vÜÊ Ì
iÀÊ Ü]Ê
16
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Stan Douglas, still from Journey Into Fear, (2001). DVD, 15:22 min. per rotation, 30 dialogue track variations, total running time 7 hours 40 min. Courtesy the artist and David Zwirner, New York.
Õ`ÀiVÌi`ÊÌiÀ>ÀÞÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê«i«>Ê`iÃ}°Ê i>ÀÞ]ÊÌ
iÊvÀiÀÊ>««À>V
ÊÜÕ`Ê VÀi>ÌiÊ>Ê`i}ÀiiÊvÊVÌÕÌÞÊLiÌÜiiÊÛÃÌÀÃÊÊÌiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÜÀ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÌiÀÊÜÕ`Ê}ÛiÊÀÃiÊÌÊ>ÊwÌiÊÛ>ÀiÌÞÊvÊiVÕÌiÀÃÊ>`ÊÌ
ÕÃÊ>Ê }Ài>ÌiÀÊÀ>}iÊvÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌ>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÜ
i°Ê/
iÊVÌÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊiÝiÀÌi`ÊÛiÀÊÌ
iÊÀ`iÀÊvÊiVÕÌiÀÃÊÊÌ
iʼÃÌ>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊVÀÃýÊ>ÞÕÌÊ>ÃÊLÀ}ÃÊÌ
iÊ ÜÀÊVÃiÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊVÛiÌÊvÊVi>]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊ-Ì>Ê Õ}>ÃÊLÌ
ÊiÛi`Ê and undermined in his installation Journey into Fear (2001). Two large screens dis«>Þi`ÊvÌ>}iÊ`i«VÌ}ÊÌ
i>ÌÀV>ÊÃiÌÃÊÊÜ
V
ÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃ]Ê>««>ÀiÌÞÊ>ÌÊÃi>ÊÊ>Ê VÌ>iÀÊÃ
«]Êi}>}i`ÊÊÃ>ÌV
iÃÊvÊVÀÞ«ÌVÊVÛiÀÃ>Ì°Ê/
iÊvÀ>}iÌÃÊvÊ`>logue were processed by a computer installed in the gallery resulting in random and wÌiÞÊÛ>À>LiÊVL>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝV
>}iðÊ/
iÊ>VÊvÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊÀiÃÕÌÊ created a contingent semantic precinct in which the viewer could imaginatively wander like Bruno Ganz’s angel in Wings of DesireÊ7Ê7i`iÀÃ]Ê£nÇ®]Êi>ÛiÃ`À««}Ê Ê«i«i½ÃÊÃÌÊÌ>ÌiÊÌ
Õ}
ÌÃÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÞÊÌÀ>Ûii`ÊÌÊÜÀ°ÊÊLÌ
ÊV>ÃiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ iÛV>ÌÊvÊV
>ViÊiVÕÌiÀÃÊÜÌ
Ê«i«i]Ê«>ViÃ]ÊLiVÌÃÊ>`ÊÃÌÀiÃÊÃÊ>>}ÕÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊÌ
iÊÛÃÌÀÊÜ>`iÀ}ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>Ê}>iÀÞÊë>Vi°Ê Creators of moving image installations have to consider the degree to which they might wish to direct visitors’ movements through the work by means of physical
ARCHITECTURE
17
L>ÀÀiÀÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊvÕi}ÊvÊL`iÃÊ`ÜÊ«>ÃÃ>}iÜ>ÞðÊÊ>Ê«i«>Ê`ë>Þ]Ê they must also contrive to contain both sound and light spillage between works and anticipate how this contamination might affect the reading of individual works and Ì
iÊV
>À>VÌiÀÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝ
LÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÜ
i°Ê/
ÃÊ«ÀLiÊÃÊVÃ`iÀ>LÞÊ>}}À>Û>Ìi`Ê Ê }ÀÕ«Ê Ã
ÜÃÊ Ü
iÊ >`ÛiÀÌiÌÊ >ÞiÀ}Ê vÊ ÃÕ`ÌÀ>VÃÊ VVÕÀÃ]Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ ÜÀÃÊ engage in mutual antagonism.17Ê /
ÃiÊ ÜÀÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ `i«i`Ê Ê >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ iiiÌÃ]Ê `À>>ÌÃ>ÌÃÊÀÊÌiÀÛiÜÃ]ÊÀÊÀiÊvÀ>ÊÜÀÃÊÀiµÕÀ}ÊÃiViÊ>ÀiÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊ ÃÕÃVi«ÌLiÊÌÊ}
ÌÊ>`ÊÃÕ`ÊÌiÀviÀiViÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÊiÝ
LÌÃÊ>`Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÀiÃÕÌ]ÊÀiÊ >`ÊÀiÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊLÕ`ÊLiëi]ÊÃi>i`ÊVi>ÃÊÊ}>iÀið /
iÊÕLiÀÊvÊv>VÌÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊV>Ê«>VÌÊÊ>ÊÜÀÊ>ÀiÊi}]ÊÌÊi>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>ÊvÀ>iÊÊÜ
V
Ê>ÊÜÀÊÃÊ«>Vi`°Ê/
ÃÊ
>ÃÊi`Ê >Û`Ê °Ê>iÃÊÌÊÀi>ÀÊÌ
>ÌÊ ¼VÌi«À>ÀÞÊÛ}Ê>}iÊVÕÌÕÀiÊÃÊÀi>Ãi`Ê>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>Þ½°18Ê>iÃÊ`iÃÊÌÊ limit the fusion of architecture and the moving image to the interiors of individual LÕ`}ÃÊ
ÕÃ}ÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊ`ë>ÞÃ]ÊLÕÌ]Ê
iÊ>À}ÕiÃ]ÊÌ
ÃÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Ê>>ViÊV>Ê LiÊvÕ`ʼ>LiÌÞÊÊÌ
iÊÛÃÕ>ÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊVÌÞÊÌÃivÊÜ
iÀi]ÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊÌÞÊÀÊ
Õ}i]Ê screens are so ubiquitous that together they become almost as seamless as sound’; >VVÀ`}Ê ÌÊ >iÃ]Ê ¼iÛiÀÞÜ
iÀiÊ Ì
iÊ >Û>Ì}>À`iÊ Ì>iÃÊ «>Vi½°19 The modern city has incorporated a network of billboards and digital screens and Tokyo could be seen as the largest video installation in the world.20 Perhaps it is the increasing saturation vÊÌ
iÊLÕÌÊiÛÀiÌÊÜÌ
ÊÃVÀiiL>Ãi`Êi`>ÊÌ
>ÌÊ>iÃÊÌÊÃÊ`vwVÕÌÊÌʼÃii½Ê the moving image as anything other than another visual irritant making claims on ÕÀÊiÃÕÀiÊÌiÊÊ>ÊÜÀ`Ê`>Ìi`ÊLÞʼV}ÌÛiÊV>«Ì>ý°21Ê>Ì
>Ê>âiÊ
>ÃÊ`iÌwi`Ê>ÊVVÌ>ÌÊ`i}À>`>ÌÊvÊ>ÀÌÊ>`ÊÌiÀ>ÌÕÀiÊÊ ¼Ì
iÊ viÀ>Ê >chine of technoconsumerism’.22Ê`ÊÞiÌ]ÊÌiV
}V>Ê>`Û>ViiÌÊ
>ÃÊ>ÃÊLiiÊ
iÀ>`i`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊÃÕÀViÊvÊÕÛiÀÃ>Êi«ÜiÀiÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊLiÀ>ÌÀÊvÊ«iÀÃ>ÊiÝ«ÀiÃðÊ6i]Ê/ÜÌÌiÀ]ÊÃÌ>}À>Ê>`Ê>ViLÊ>ÀiÊ>Ü>Ã
ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊvÀÕÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ citizen artists we have all become. I would argue that one of the benefits of moving >}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÃÊ>Ê`iÌi`]Ê`ÀÊ«
iiÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊi>LiÃÊÕÃÊÌʼÃii½Ê the medium once again and consider the role of the technologies that support the moving image as both social phenomenon and creative tool. I believe that it is not so much the similarities and reciprocal quotation between life and art that makes art worthy of our attention – it is its separateness.23ÊvÊ>ÀÌʼÃÊÊ}iÀÊ`ÃÌVÌÊvÀÊ Ì
iÊ«À>ÝÃÊvÊvi]ÊLÕÌÊÜ
ÞÊ>LÃÀLi`ÊÊ̽]Ê>À}Õi`Ê*iÌiÀÊ ØÀ}iÀ]ʼÌÊÜÊÃiÊÌ
iÊV>pacity to criticize it’.24ÊÃ>Ìi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊV>ÕÀÊvÊÌ
iÊVÌÞ]ÊÌÊÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊ an environment where attention is once again focused on what the moving image V>Êi>]ÊVÕÌÕÀ>Þ]Ê>iÃÌ
iÌV>ÞÊ>`Ê«ÌV>Þ°Êv]Ê>ÃÊ
ÀÃÊ >ÀiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÀÃÊ
>ÛiÊ >À}Õi`]ÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊ
>ÃÊLiViÊÌ
iÊ>LÀ>ÌÀÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}i]ÊÌÊÃÊ«ÀiVÃiÞÊ ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊiÌ>Ê>`Ê>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>Êë>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÕ]ÊÌ
iÊ>Ài>Êvʼ«ÕÀi½ÊÀÊ«iÀ
>«Ãʼ«ÕÀi½ÊVÀÌV>ÊÀiÃi>ÀV
ÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊ>ÞÊi`Ì>ÌiÊÊÌ
iÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊvÊÌ
iÊi`Õ]Ê develop its potential and participate in its future. 25
18
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
NOTES 1Ê 2Ê 3Ê
4Ê 5Ê 6Ê 7Ê
8Ê
9Ê 10 11Ê 12Ê
13Ê 14
15 16Ê
17Ê
18Ê 19
ÀÊ>ÊLÀ>`Ê>VVÕÌÊvÊÃÌ>>̽ÃÊ«Ài
ÃÌÀÞ]ÊÃiiÊ >ÀiÊ Ã
«ÊÓääxL®ÊInstallation Art: A Critical History. London: Tate Publishing. -iiÊ iÊ}
ÀiÊÓääÎqä{®Ê¼>V
iÊ>}V]Ê Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ£È{qÈxÊ iÜÊ9ÀÊ7À`½ÃÊ>À½]Ê New Formations]Êx£]Ê«°Ê£În°
ÊÃÃÌâÞÊQ£ÓÎRÊ£ä®Ê¼*ÀÕÊ-«>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÌÊ iÀÊÀÌÊ Ý
LÌÊvÊ£ÓνÊÊÀ>Ê Lubbers (ed.) El Lissitzky 1890–1941: Architect, Painter, Photographer, Typographer. `\ÊÊÀÌÊ >Ì>]Ê«°ÊÎx°Ê *iÌiÀÊ"ÃLÀiÊÓä䣮ʼÃÌ>>Ì]Ê*iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊÀÊ7
>̶½]ÊOxford Art Journal]ÊÓ{\Ó]Ê«°Ê£{° /
i`ÀÊ7°Ê`ÀÊQ£n£RÊ£nn®]ʼ6>jÀÞÊ*ÀÕÃÌÊÕÃiÕ½]ÊÊÊÊPrisms]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ->ÕiÊ>`Ê -
iÀÀÞÊ7iLiÀ°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£nx° -iiÊ/ÊÕ}Ê£nȮʼ/
iÊ i>ÊvÊÌÌÀ>VÌ]Ê >ÀÞÊ]ÊÌÃÊ-«iVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÛ>Ì >À`i½]ÊWide Angle]Ên\ÊÎÉ{]Ê««°ÊÈÎqÇä° -iiÊ >ÀiÊ Ã
«ÊÓääx>®Ê¼ ÕÌÊÃÊÌÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÀ̶½]Ê£Ê>Õ>ÀÞ]ÊTate etc. 3. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì>Ìi°À}°ÕÉVÌiÝÌViÌÉ>ÀÌViÃÉÌÃÌ>>Ì>ÀÌ (accessed 5 August 2013). /
iʼLiÀ>ÌiÊ/>Ìi½Ê«ÀÌiÃÌÃ]Ê>viÃÌ}ÊLÌ
ÊÃ`iÊ>`ÊÕÌÃ`iÊÌ
iÊ«iÀiÌiÀÊvÊÌ
iÊ/>ÌiÊ ÌÃiv]Ê
>ÛiÊÃÞÃÌi>ÌV>ÞÊVÀ̵Õi`ÊÌ
iÊvÕ`}Ê/>ÌiÊÀiViÛiÃÊvÀÊ *]ÊvÕ`}ÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊÃiiÊ ÌÊLiÊÌ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊiÛÀiÌ>Ê`Ã>ÃÌiÀÊvÜ}Ê>ÊÊëÊÊÌ
iÊÕvÊvÊiÝV°Ê -iiÊiviÀÊ-Ìi>«½ÃÊÜiLÃÌi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÃÌi>«°VÉ Simon Schama (1995) Landscape and Memory°Ê >Ì
\Ê>À«iÀ Ã]Ê«°Êx{ä° Õ}ÊLÀÀÜÃÊ ÃiÃÌi½ÃÊÌÊvÊ>ʼÌ>}iÊvÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌýÊvÀÊ
ÃÊ>>ÞÃÃÊvÊi>ÀÞÊ wÆÊÃiiÊ/ÊÕ}Ê£nÈ®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê -iÀ}iÊ ÃiÃÌiÊQ£ÎnRÊ£n®]ʼÌ>}iÊ>`ÊÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀi½]ÊAssemblage]Ê£ä]Ê«°ÊΰÊÛ>>LiÊ online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉVëÃÌ>°wiðÜÀ`«ÀiÃðVÉÓäänÉ£äÉiÃiÃÌiÚÌ>}i>`>ÀV
tecture.pdf (accessed 6 September 2013). ¼ Ài>ÌÛiÊ}i}À>«
iýÊÃÊ>ÞÊ>
>½ÃÊÌiÀ]ÊÊ
iÀÊÕ«ÕLÃ
i`ÊÌ
iÃÃ]ʼ Ài>ÌÛiÊ}i}À>phy: mappings of place via time in moving image art’. See Giuliana Bruno (1997) Site-seeing: Architecture and the Moving Image. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕ«Õ°VÉiÉ`VÕiÌÉÛiÜÉÓΣ{ÎÈÉ}Õ>>LÀÕo (accessed 6 September 2013). Tony Bennett (1995) The Birth of the Museum: History, Theory, Politics°Ê "ÝvÀ`Ê >`Ê iÜÊ 9À\Ê,ÕÌi`}i]Ê«°ÊxÓ° -iiÊ«iÊ>Þ>ÀÊÓääx®ÊVisibility, movement paths and preferences in open plan museums: An observational and descriptive study of the Ann Arbor Hands-on Museum. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ>Þ>ÀÀ
vv°VÉ«>«iÀÃÉ>Þ>ÀÚ-«>Vi-ÞÌ>Ýäx°«`f (accessed 5 September 2013). ÊÌ
iÊ£näÃ]ÊÊÌÊ«>ÀÌÊÊ>ÊÃ
ÜÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ,ÛiÀÃ`iÊ-ÌÕ`ÃÊÊ`°ÊÊÕLiÀÊvÊÞÊV iÝ
LÌÀÃÊÀi}Õ>ÀÞÊÌÕÀi`ÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÊÛÕiÊÊÌ
iÀÊiÝ
LÌÃÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
ÀÃÊvÊÀÛ>ÊÜÀÃÊ were out at lunch. >Û`Ê °Ê>iÃÊÓää®Ê¼°°½ÃÊ«ÃÌiÀÊ i>½]ÊFilm Quarterly]Ê>]Ê«°ÊÈx°Ê Ibid. This is less the case in Europe where restrictions apply to the erection of moving image billboards close to heritage sites.
ARCHITECTURE
19
20Ê
>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÝÌiÀ>ÊÃÕÀv>ViÃÊ vÊ}>iÀiÃ]ÊiÊvÊÌ
iÊÀiÊ>ÀÀiÃÌ}ÊiÝ>«iÃÊLi}Ê Õ}ÊÌi½ÃÊSONG 1ÊÓä£Ó®]ÊÊÜ
V
ÊiiÛiÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊÜÀ>««i`Ê the circular Hirshhorn Museum in Washington DC in a mantle of moving images; see Annie i½À>ʼ i>Ì
iÀÕ`\Ê Õ}ÊÌi½ÃÊSONG 1ÊÓä£Ó®]ÊÌ
iÊÀÃ
ÀÊÕÃiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ «i>ÃÕÀiÃÊvÊVi>ÌVÊ«ÀiV̽]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÎ\ÊÓ]ÊvÀÌ
V}° 21 See Yann Moulier Boutang (2012) Cognitive Capitalism. Cambridge: Polity Press. 22Ê >Ì
>Ê >âiÊ Óä£Î®Ê ¼,>}iÊ >}>ÃÌÊ Ì
iÊ >V
i½]Ê Guardian Review]Ê £{Ê -i«ÌiLiÀ]Ê pp. 2–4. 23 See also Tom Sherman (2002) Before and after the I-Bomb: An Artist in the Information Environment. Atlanta: The Banff Centre Press. 24Ê *iÌiÀÊ ØÀ}iÀÊQ£Ç{RÊÓääÓ®ÊTheory of the Avant-Garde. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota *ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Êxä° 25Ê
ÀÃÊ >ÀiÊ Óäää®]Ê }
ÌÊ ,i>`}ÃÆÊ Ê ÀÌVÃÊ >`Ê -VÀiiÊ ÀÌÃ]Ê `\Ê 7>yÜiÀÊ *ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£Èΰ
20
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
CHAPTER TWO
Painting Painting ... is a creature of duration insofar as the perception of it is something that must be developed. Its emergent properties come out only in the chemical bath, as it were, of sustained attention. >ÀÀÞÊ-V
Ü>LÃÞ]ÊÓä䣰1
APPROACHES TO PAINTED SURFACES v]Ê>ÃÊ ÃiÃÌiÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÃ]ÊwÊ>`]ÊLÞÊiÝÌiÃ]ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ`iÃVi`ÃÊ `ÜÊiÊiÊvÀÊ>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀi]ÊÌ
iÊ>Ì
iÀÊLÀ>V
ÊÕÃÌÊiViÃÃ>ÀÞÊ«ÀVii`ÊvÀÊ «>Ì}]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÀʼVÀi>ÌÕÀiÊvÊ`ÕÀ>̽°Ê/
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊLÛÕÃÊVÌÕÌiÃÊ>VÀÃÃÊLÌ
Ê practices arising from formal considerations – both moving image and painting organÃiÊ«VÌÀ>ÊiiiÌÃ\ÊÃ
>«iÃ]ÊÌiÝÌÕÀiÃ]ÊVÕÀÃ]Ê}
ÌÊ>`Ê`>ÀÊÌÊÀi>`>LiÊÃ}Ã]Ê vÀÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊ«>ÀÌÊ`iwi`ÊLÞÊ>ÊvÀ>i]ÊÃ}ÞÊÀÊÊÃiÀiðÊ/
iÊÀV
iÃÌÀ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÃiÊ V«iÌÃÊ `À>ÜÃÊ Ê V«ÃÌ>Ê «ÀV«iÃ]Ê vÀÃÊ vÊ ÃÌ>}}Ê Ì
>ÌÊ ÜiÀiÊ `iÛi«i`ÊÊ«>Ì}ÆÊ*>ÕÊ-
>ÀÌÃ]ÊvÀÊÃÌ>ViÊLÀÕ}
ÌʼÌ
iÊ>VÌÊvÊ«ÀiÃiÌ}Ê>`ÊÛiÜ}Ê a film as close as possible to the conditions of hanging and looking at a painting’. 2 The ÛiÜiÀÊViÃÊÌÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÌÀ>i`ÊiÞiÊvÀÊ«VÌÕÀiÃ]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ`>ÞÊÃÊ>ÃÊ ÜiÊÛiÀÃi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ}À>>ÀÊvÊw]ÊÛ`iÊ>`Ê`}Ì>Êi`>°Ê-
iÊV>Ê>««ÀiV>ÌiÊÌÊ ÞÊÌ
iÊ>iÀ½ÃÊÃÃÊÊÌ
iÊ`i«ÞiÌÊvÊvÀÃÊ>`ÊVÕÀÃÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÃ}iÊvÀ>i]Ê but also the artist’s ability to compose pictorial elements across multiple frames. The w>iÀÊV
Ài}À>«
ÃÊ>>Ìi`]ÊÛ}Ê«>ÀÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊiÛÛiÊÛiÀÊÌi]Ê>VV«>i`Ê LÞÊ>Ê>Õ`ÊÌÀ>VÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÞÊÃÞV
ÀÃiÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>}iÀÞÊÀÊÀÕÊVÕÌiÀÊÌÊÌ]ÊÀiV>LÀ>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊi>}ÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊVÌiÌ°Ê7
iÀiÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊiÛiÊÛiiÌ]Ê >`Ê«À`ÕViÊÃÕ`ÊÊÌi]ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊVÌÀLÕÌiÃÊ>ÊVÃ`iÀ>ÌÊvÊ
ÜÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊ image develops a spatial relationship with other entities beyond its own frame. In VÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÃÌ>ÌVÊ>}i]Ê>ÊÛ}Ê>}i]ÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊVÌ>i`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ`iÌi`Ê vÀ>iÊvÊ>ÊÌÀÊÜÌ
ÊÜ
>ÌÊ ÀÞÊiÀÊÀiviÀÃÊÌÊ>ÃʼÃi>i`Êi`}iýÊÀÊë}Ê>VÀÃÃÊ
21
>Êë>ViÊÌÊ>ÊÛ>ÀiÌÞÊvÊÃÕÀv>ViÃ]Ê>ÀÀiÃÌÃÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ°3Ê"ViÊ
iÀÊÌiÀiÃÌÊÃÊÃ>Ài`]Ê Ã
iÊÃÊLi}Õi`ÊÌÊ>Êi}>}iiÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]Ê>ÊiVÕÌiÀÊÌ
>ÌÊ}
ÌÊÜiÊclude aesthetic pleasure as well as intellectual stimulation. In order to successfully `iÌ>ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ]Ê«
ÞÃV>ÞÊ>`Ê«ÃÞV
}V>Þ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
ÀÊvÊ>ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊii`ÃÊÌÊLiÊLiÃÃi`ÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê«>ÌiÀ½ÃÊiÞi]Ê>Ê>ÀV
ÌiV̽ÃÊviiÊvÀÊë>ViÊ>`Ê>Ê V«ÃiÀ½ÃÊÕ`iÀÃÌ>`}ÊvÊÌiÊ>`ÊÀ
ÞÌ
°Ê-iÊvÊÌ
iÊÌÃÊ>ÞÊ
>ÛiÊV
>}i`]Ê but the basic skills required for an artist working today were well established over five hundred years ago. The difference now is that more of them need to be united Ê>ÞÊ`Û`Õ>Ê«À>VÌÌiÀ°ÊÃÊ-V
Ü>LÃÞÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÃ]ÊÊLÌ
Ê«>Ì}Ê>`ÊÛ}Ê image the spectator is required to make a commitment of time so that the deeper resonances of the work might become apparent. Beyond the common artistry that unites painters and those creating moving im>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÃ]ÊvÕÀÌ
iÀÊ
}iÃÊV>ÊLiÊvÕ`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ}ÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«Ê >ÀÕ`Ê>ÊwÝi`Ê«ÌÊvÊÛiÜÊÊvÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}i]Ê>Ê«iÀ>Ì>ÊLiµÕiÃÌÊvÀÊV>Ãsical realist painting. 4Ê/
ÃÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê>V
À>}iÊ>ÃÃÕiÃÊ>ÊÕÛiÀÃ>ÊÃÕLiVÌÊ>`Ê iÛi«ÃÊÌ
iÊLi
`iÀÊÊÌ
iÊ}VÊvÊÌ
iÊÕÃÃÌVÊë>ViÊ`i«VÌi`]ÊÀ}>Ãi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ ÀÕiÃÊvÊ«iÀëiVÌÛi]Ê>`Ê«ÀÛ`iÃÊ>Ê`i>]ÊvÊÌÊiÌÀiÞÊÃÌ>Li]ÊÛ>Ì>}iÊ«ÌÊvÀÊ where the viewer might seek to decipher the work’s meaning. A. L. Rees has observed that although single-point perspective was dismantled by Cubist painters in the early ÌÜiÌiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞÊqÊ>LiÌÊvÀÊ>ÊÃÌ>Ì>ÀÞÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊqʼ,i>ÃÃ>ViÊ«iÀëiVÌÛiÊÀÊ some version of it) was directly taken over by the cinema and its apparatus’.5 Once wÊÜ>ÃÊÀiVÃiVÀ>Ìi`Ê>ÃÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊ
>Üi`Êë>ViÃÊvÊ}>iÀiÃ]ÊÌÊvÌiÊÀiÌ>i`ÊÌÃÊvÀÌ>]Ê«iÀëiVÌÛ>ÊÀÌÃÊÊëÌiÊvÊvÀ>ÞÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ`>ÊvÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ >`ÊÌ
iʫ
ii}ÞÊvÊÃV>iÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÕ`Êi«
>ÃÃiÊÌ
iÊiÀÃÛiÊ«
ÞÃV>ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê>}iÊÛiÀÊÌÃÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì>ÊÀi>`}ðÊiÃÃ>ÊÀÕ`Ê
>ÃÊ`iÃVÀLi`ÊÌ
iÊvÀÌ>ÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ>ÃÊÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊÌʼÌ
iÊÛiÀÌV>Ê«>iÊ vÊ«>Ì}½ÊÊÜ
V
ʼÌ
iÊÛiÜÊÌÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ«VÌÕÀiÊvÀ>iÊVÀresponds to the erect human posture’.6 It is worth noting Rees’s postscript that Ü
iÊ«iÀëiVÌÛ>]Ê ÕVÞ`>Êë>ViÊ>``ÀiÃÃ}Ê>ÊÃÌ>`}ÊÛiÜiÀÊÜ>ÃÊÀiÃÌ>Ìi`ÊÊ Vi>]ÊwÊ>ÃÊ>`«Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊiÃÃÊvÊ«
Ì}À>«
Þ°ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`ÊLiÞ`]ÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>]Ê>Û>Ì}>À`iÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`i>iÀÃÊ>ÌÌi«Ìi`ÊÌÊ`ÃÀÕ«ÌÊÌ
iÊÛiÀÃÌÕ`iÊ of the image and what was regarded as the tyranny of perspectival space through Ì
iÀÊ>`ÛiÌÕÀiÃÊÌÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌ]ÊvÀ>}iÌ>ÌÊ>`ÊÀi«iÌÌ]Ê>Ê
ÃÌÀÞÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÊLiÊ iÝ«Ài`ÊÊ`ÕiÊVÕÀÃi°7ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ>««i>ÊvÊÕÃÃÊ«ÀÛi`Ê>ÃÌÊÀÀiÃÃÌLiÊÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>`Ê«VÌÀ>Ê>««ÀÝ>ÌÃÊvÊÀi>ÌÞ]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊVÃÌÀÕVÌÊvÊ >}>ÀÞÊ Ài>ÌiÃ]Ê ÀiVVÕÀÊ VÃÃÌiÌÞÊ Ì
ÀÕ}
ÕÌÊ Ì
iÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊ vÊ Û}Ê >}iÊ ÃÌ>>Ì]Ê ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÊ ÛiÜiÀÊ Vw}ÕÀi`Ê >ÃÊ
Ê iÀiVÌÕÃ]Ê >Ê Õ«À}
ÌÊ iÀÊ ÃÕÀÛiÞ}ÊÌ
iÊÃÕ>Ìi`ÊÌ
Àii`iÃ>ÊÃViiÊvÀÊ>ʼ
ÌÊë̽ÊÕÌÃ`iÊÌ
iÊvÀ>i°8 ÃÊÊÌ
iÊ`ÃVÕÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ-Ì>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÀÃÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ`i>ÊÛiÜ}Ê«ÃÌÊV>Ê be applied sequentially to equivalent images in a string of related displays. This has
22
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
led Briony Fer to propose a midway point between painting and installation in the tradition of the tableau vivant as evoked by Marcel Proust in his 1908–09 essay ¼ i`Àý°ÊiÀiÊÌ
iÊÛiÃÌÊ`iÃVÀLiÃÊ>Ê
}
ÞÊVi>ÌVÊÜ>}Ê`Ài>ÊÊÜ
V
Ê
iÊÃÊÜ>}ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀiiÌÃÊvÊ*>ÀÃÊ>ÌÊ`ÕðÊiÊ«iiÀÃ]ÊiV
>Ìi`]ÊÌÊ>ÊÃÕVViÃÃÊ vÊ LÀ}
ÌÞÊ ÌÊ Ü`ÜÃÊ Ê Ü
V
Ê ¼ÛiÃÊ >ÀiÊ «iÀvÀi`Ê °°°Ê «ÀÛ>ÌiÊ ÀÌÕ>ÃÊ >`Ê Ì>cies have become only spectacle’.9 A visitor to a moving image installation may iÝ«iÀiViÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊ«
ÞÃV>Ê`iÌ>V
iÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃViiÊÌ
>ÌÊ*ÀÕÃÌÊ`iÃVÀLiÃ]Ê >`ÊÃ
>ÀiÊ
ÃÊÛÞiÕÀÃÌVÊiÞiÌÊvÊëÞ}ÊÊÌ
iÀýÊÛiðÊÊ>ÀÀ>}iiÌÊvÊ ÕÌ«iÊ Û}Ê >}iÊ ¼Ü`ÜÃ½Ê «ÀÛ`iÃÊ Ì
iÊ LÀÜÃ}Ê Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÊ Ã>iÊ iÌ>ÀÞÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌÃÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊÕ>Ìi`ÊV>ÃiiÌÃÊÊ*ÀÕÃ̽ÃÊ`Ài>]Ê>`Ê>ÌiÀ]Ê Ì
iÊÃ
«ÊÜ`ÜÃÊÊ7>ÌiÀÊ i>½ÃÊArcades Project (1927–40). Such fascination >ÃÊ>ÞÊLiÊiVÌi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊ>ÀÌÊ`i«i`Ã]ÊvÀÊiÀ]ÊÊ>ÊÜÀÊVÌÕ}ʼÌÊ«iÀvÀÊ>Ê«VÌÀ>ÊvÕV̽Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÊÌÊ«>Ì}ÊÛ>ÊÌ
iÊtableau vivant]Ê Ài>ÀÌVÕ>Ìi`ÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÀi>ÃÊ>ÊÀLÕÃÌÊvi>ÌÕÀiÊvÊÃÌ>i`Ê works of art to this day.10 Painting boasts another attribute that touches on this discussion; it embodies an intrinsic spatial dualism in the play between surface and apparent depth. This contradictory reading of surface versus pictorial recession came under scrutiny in Ì
iÊ>ÌiÊiÌiiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃÃÃÌÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ ÕLÃÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊÌÜiÌiÌ
]ÊLÌ
ÊvÊÜ
Ê`À>>ÌÃi`ÊÌ
iÊi}>ÌVÊ«
iiÊvÊ«>ÌÊÊV>Û>ðÊ/
ÃÊ i`ÊiÝÀ>LÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊreductio ad absurdum]ÊÀÊÌ
iÊÕÌ>ÌiÊÃÌ>ÌiiÌÊÊ«>Ì}Ê vÊ>âÀÊ>iÛV
½ÃÊv>ÕÃÊBlack Square on White Background (1915). Some hun`Ài`ÊÀÊÃÊÞi>ÀÃÊ>ÌiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ«>À>`ÝÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ
i>ÀÌÊvÊ«VÌÀ>ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊV>«ÌÛ>Ìi`Ê iÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`i>iÀÃÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}i]Ê>ÊÌ«VÊÊÃ
>Ê ÀiÌÕÀÊÌÊÊÃÕLÃiµÕiÌÊV
>«ÌiÀðÊÀÊÌ
iÊiÌ]ÊÊÜÃ
ÊÌÊÀiÌiÀ>ÌiÊÜ
>ÌÊ,V
>À`Ê 7
iÊ`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iʼÌÜv`ÊiÝ«iÀiVi½ÊvÊ«>Ì}]ÊÌ
iÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÊ«iÀVi«ÌÊvÊÀi>ÌÞÊ>`ÊÕÃÊÜ
V
]ÊvÀÊ7
i]ÊÃʼÌ
iÊViÌÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊÕ`iÀÃÌ>`}]Ê and indeed the appreciation of art’.11ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊL>>ViÊvÊÛiÀÃÌÕ`iÊÌÊ>Ìirialist disruption of functional representation needs to lean in favour of the image for the illusory world represented to be discernible beyond the impasto incidents of Ì
iÊÃÕÀv>Vi°Ê/ÊÕV
Ê«>Ì>Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ«VÌÕÀiÊ`Ã>««i>ÀÃ]Ê>ÃÊÃÊi>ÃÞÊ`iÃÌÀ>Ìi`Ê LÞÊÃÌi>`ÞÊ>««À>V
}Ê>ÊiÌiiÌ
ViÌÕÀÞÊ«ÀiÃÃÃÌÊ«>Ì}]ÊÃ>ÞÊi̽ÃÊ Water Lilly PondÊ£n®ÊÊÌ
iÊ >Ì>Ê>iÀÞ]ÊÕÌ]ÊÕ«ÊVÃi]Ê>ÊÌ
>ÌÊÀi>ÃÊvÊÌÊ >ÀiÊ«>ÌV
iÃÊvÊ«}iÌi`ÊÛÃVÃÌÞ]Ê>ÀÌvÕÞÊV}i>i`ÊÊ>ÊV>Û>ÃÊÃÕÀv>Vi°Ê ÀÊ ÕÀÊ «ÕÀ«ÃiÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ ÌiÀiÃÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÃiÊ «ÀiÃÃÃÌÊ «>Ì}ÃÊ iÃÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÀÊ invitation to abandon the ideal viewing position and approach the picture. Visitors ÌÊ«>Ì}ÊiÝ
LÌÃÊÜiÀiÊ>Ài>`ÞÊ>VVÕÃÌi`ÊÌÊÛ}ÊvÀiiÞÊ>}ÊÌ
iÊiÝ
LÌÃ]ÊLÕ`}Ê>Ê«iÀÃ>Ãi`Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊvÊÌ
iÊÃ
Ü]ÊÃÊÌ
iÞÊÜÕ`ÊviiÊÊ
LÌÊ in electing to read the work at any point along a spectrum of legible mimesis at one i`]Ê>`ÊÕ«VÃiÊÃÕÀv>ViÊÀi>ÌÞÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀ°Ê/
ÃÊ>iÀÊvÊÀi>`}Ê«>Ì}Ã]ÊÌ
iÊ
PAINTING
23
viewer playing up and down the scale of representation according to her movements ÌÜ>À`ÃÊ ÀÊ >Ü>ÞÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ V>Û>Ã]Ê «Àiw}ÕÀiÃÊ Ì
iÊ LiÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÊ vÊ ÃÌ>>ÌÊ art. An installation that includes the moving image replays the game of oscillating «iÀVi«ÌÃÊ
iÀiÌÊÌÊ«>Ì}]ÊLÕÌÊÜÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊÀÊÃVÀiiðÊ/
iÊ >LÕ>ÌÀÞÊÛiÜiÀÊV>ÊiÝ>iÊ>ÌÊVÃiÊÀ>}iÊVi>½ÃÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÃÕLÃÌÀ>ÌiÊ>`Ê`ÃÌÊÌ
iÊwVÊ>}iÊÌÊÌÃÊVÃÌÌÕiÌ]Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ«>ÀÌÃ\ÊÌ
iÊyÌÌ}ÊÃ
>À`ÃÊvÊVÕÀi`Ê }
ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ>>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÃÕÀv>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊÊ>>}ÕiÊwÊ>`ÊÊ«Ài`}Ì>ÊÛ`i]Ê the eerily glowing scan lines. There is a crucial technical difference between analogue film and video in that the material secret that is discovered on approaching the film image is revealed as a play of light on the inert surface of the screen. In the case vÊ>>}ÕiÊÛ`i]ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊÃ]ÊÀÊÃ
Õ`ÊÊÃ>ÞʼÜ>ý¶]ÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊÃ`iÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊÌÃivÊ >`ÊÌ
iÊV>Ì
`iÊÀ>ÞÊÌÕLiÊLi
`ÊÌ°Ê7Ì
Ê>ÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊÌiV
V>Ê>««>À>ÌÕÃÊvÊ film is separate from the image but visible should the viewer choose to turn her head >`ÊV>ÌiÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÆÊÃÌ>À}ÊÌÊ>ÊÌÀÊÃ
iÊiVÕÌiÀÃÊÌ
iÊ>}i}iiÀ>Ì}Ê >V
iÊÌÃiv]ÊÜ
ÃiÊÜÀ}ÃÊ>À}iÞÊÀi>ÊÛÃLi°12 One was left marvelling at the effect of electron beams being rhythmically fired at the phosphor-coated inside ÃÕÀv>ViÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ }>ÃÃÊ ÃVÀii]Ê Ì
iÊ À>«`Ê ÃV>}Ê vÊ Ì
iÊ >ÌiÀ>Ì}Ê ¼wi`Ã½Ê `ÃViÀable only as a slight pulsation in the image. Where the film screen is unmasked on VÃiÊ iÝ>>Ì]Ê Ì
iÊ Û`iÊ ÃVÀiiÊ ÞÊ
ÌÃÊ >ÌÊ `ii«iÀÊ iiVÌÀVÊ ÞÃÌiÀiÃ°Ê Ê Ì
iÊ`}Ì>Ê>}i]ÊÜÌ
ÊÃiÊ«ÀiÃÃi`Ê>}>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊ`ë>Þ]ÊÌÊÃÊ>ÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊ`iÌiVÌÊ Ì
iÊ«Ýi>Ìi`Ê>À>ÌÕÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}i]Ê
ÛiÀ}ÊÛiÀÊ>Ê>VÌÛiÊÜ
ÌiÊÃVÀiiÊÜ
iÊ «ÀiVÌi`ÊqÊyViÀ}ÊÕÃÌÊÕ`iÀÊÀÊiLi``i`ÊÊÌ
iÊv>LÀVÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>ÃÃÞÊv>ViÊvÊ>Ê LCD or flat-screen plasma monitor. I will return to this issue of locating the screen in V
>«ÌiÀÊi]ÊÜ
iÊÊ`ÃVÕÃÃÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>]ÊLÕÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÌ]ÊÊÜÃ
ÊÌÊi«
>sise the congruence between the process of inspecting a painting and viewing a film Ê>ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊiÛÀiÌ°Ê7Ì
Ê>Ê«i«>ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊi«>ViiÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ ÛiÜiÀ]ÊÊ}iÀÊÀiÃÌÀVÌi`ÊÌÊ>ÊVi>ÊÃi>Ì]ÊV>ÊV
ÃiÊÌÊ>««À>V
ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii]Ê «Õ}iÊÌÊ>ÊÛÀÌiÝÊvÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÃÊLÞÊÕ`iÀÌ>}Ê>ÊvÀiÃVÊiÝ>>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ image or retreat to the ideal viewing position and immerse herself in the filmic illuðÊ-
iÊV>Ê>ÃÊ`ÀvÌÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÃiÊÌÜÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>ÊÃÌ>ÌiÃ]ÊiÝ«À}ÊÌ
iÊ«VÌÀ>Ê threshold as she did when contemplating Monet’s Water Lilly Pond on an afternoon spent wandering the venerable halls of the National Gallery.13
THE PROLIFERATION OF PERSPECTIVES: CUBISM 7
iÊ ÕLÃÊiÀÕ«Ìi`ÊÊÌ
iÊVÕëÊvÊÌ
iÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ]Ê>ÊiÜÊ>ëiVÌÊvÊLÌÞÊ V>iÊÌÊ}
Ì]ÊÌ
ÃÊÌiÊ>ÀÌVÕ>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊë>Ì>Ãi`Ê`>ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊÌÃiv°Ê Pablo Picasso and Georges Braque dismantled the single-point perspective of the High ,i>ÃÃ>ViÊ >`Ê VÀi>Ìi`Ê vÀ>VÌÕÀi`]Ê ÕÃÌ>LiÊ >}iÃÊ ÃÕ}}iÃÌ}Ê ÕÌ«iÊ «ÌÃÊ vÊ
24
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÛiÜ]ÊVÕÕ>ÌÛiÊ«ÀiÃÃÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ}
ÌÊLiÊ}>Ì
iÀi`ÊLÞÊ>Ê`Û`Õ>ÊVÀVÕ>LÕ>Ì}Ê>ÊLiVÌÊÀÊiÝ«À}ÊÌ
iÊÌ«}À>«
ÞÊvÊ>Ê>`ÃV>«i]Ê«ÕLVÊLÕ`}]ÊÃÌÕ`ÊÀÊ domestic space. In Picasso’s collage Bottle of Vieux Marc, Glass, Guitar and Newspaper ££Î®ÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]Êy>ÌÌii`Ê«>ÀÌ>ÊÛiÜÃÊvÊiÛiÀÞ`>ÞÊLiVÌÃÊ>ÀiÊ>ÀÀ>}i`ÊÌÊ>Ê }À>«
V]ÊÕÌv>ViÌi`ÊiÃiLi°Ê-iÊLiVÌÃ]ÊiÊÌ
iÊ}ÕÌ>ÀÊ>`ÊLÌÌiÊvÊLÀ>`Þ]Ê >ÀiÊ`i«VÌi`ÊÜÌ
Ê}Ài>ÌÊëVÌÞ]ÊVÕÀi`ÊÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÜii«ÊvÊ>ÊÃ}iÊi]ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÀÃÊ>««i>ÀÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃ\Ê>ÊÃVÀ>«ÊvÊÜ>«>«iÀ]Ê>ÊV««}ÊvÀÊ>ÊiÜë>«iÀ]ÊÃÌÕVÊ `ÀiVÌÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊ`À>Ü}°Ê ÞÊ>}>ÌÛiÊiÝÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊV«iÌiÊLÀ`iÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÃiÊ fragments evoke the whole from which each was torn.14Ê7Ì
ÊÌ
iÊVÕLÃÌÊ>iÃÌ
iÌV]Ê ÃÕV
Ê}«ÃiÃÊ>ÀiÊÀi`iÀi`Ê>ÃÊÌÜ`iÃ>]ÊÃV
i>ÌVÊ>«ÃÊvÊÌ
}Ã]Ê«i«iÊ >`Ê«>ViÃ]Ê>ÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÌ>Ê>«ÃÊvÊÀi>ÌÞÊÜiÊÌÊÌ}iÌ
iÀÊvÀÊÃiµÕiViÃÊvÊLservations stored in memory. The eye scanning Picasso’s painting moves from one `ÃV>Ìi`ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÝÌ]ÊÌ
iÊLÀ>ÊÃii}ÊÌÊ>ÌV
ÊÌ
iÊÌÊ>ÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊ ÃiÌÊvÊ>ÃÃV>ÌÃÊL>Ãi`ÊÊiÝ«iÀiVi°Ê/
iÊi>}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iViÊÃÊVÃÌÀÕVÌi`ÊvÀÊ an accretion of such deductions. Implied in these works is a further time and motion iµÕÛ>iVi]ÊÊÌ
ÃÊV>Ãi]ÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊÌiÊÌ>iÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ«>ÌiÀÊÌÊÌÀ>ÛiÊ>ÀÕ`Ê>ÊÃÕLiVÌÊ>ÃÊÃ
iÊLÕ`ÃÊ>Ê«ÀÌvÊvÊÛiÜÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÌiÊÀiµÕÀi`ÊvÀÊ>Ê}>iÀÞ}iÀÊÌÊ>iÊ the same inventory as she scans the resulting work of art. The sense of treading the Ã>iÊ«>Ì
Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
ÀÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iVi]ÊvÊi}>}}ÊÊ>ÊÃ>ÀÊ«ÀViÃÃÊvÊVV>Ìi>Ì}Ê >««iÀVi«ÌÃÊ>ÌV«>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÊV>ÊÌÊi«>Ì
Þ]ÊViVÌÛÌÞÊ>`ÊÃV>ÌÞÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ}Ê many installations that we might encounter today. ÌÊÞÊÜ>ÃÊVÕLÃÌÊV}À>«
ÞÊ«ÀÌÀ>Þi`Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÃ>VÊvÊ«iÀVi«ÌÃ]ÊvÕÃi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ ÌiÀ«ÀiÌÛiÊ}VÊvÊÌ
iÊLÀ>]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊ>ÃÊV>iÊÌÊÃÞLÃiÊÌ
iÊ`ÃÌi`]Ê>i>Ìi`Ê iÝ«iÀiViÊvÊ`iÀÊvi]ÊÃÌÊÌiÃÛiÞÊviÌÊÊÌ
iÊv>ÃÌ«>Vi`ÊiÛÀiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ `ÕÃÌÀ>Ãi`ÊiÌÀ«Ã\ÊÌ
iÊv>VÌÀiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃ
««}Ê>ÀV>`iÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ`VÃ]ÊÌÀ>ÊiÌÜÀÃÊ>`Ê>ÕÃiiÌÊ«>ÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>V
iÊ>}i°ÊÃÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃÊ
>ÃÊLÃiÀÛi`]ÊVÕLÃÌÊ vÀ>}iÌ>ÌʼÀi«>Vi`ÊÛÃÕ>Ê
>ÀiÃÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÃiÀiÃÊvÊ>LÀÕ«ÌÊ}>ViÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÀiV>Ê>Ê iÝV
>}iÊvÊÃÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀii̽°15 Film was thus seen to reflect the cognitive processes involved in vision as well as mirror the fragmentation and destabilisation of sense iÝ«iÀiViÊÊÌ
iÊ`iÀÊVÌÞ]Ê>Ài>`ÞÊÃ}>i`ÊÊVÕLÃÌÊ«>Ì}°16 Where we have ÃiiÊ ÃiÃÌiÊVÌiÊ>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀiÊ>ÃÊ>Ê`iÊvÀÊ
ÃÊÜÊÌ
iÀiÃÊvÊÌ>}i]Ê ÕLÃÊ ÃÊÜ`iÞÊLiiÛi`ÊÌÊ
>ÛiÊ>`iÊ>ÊiµÕ>ÊVÌÀLÕÌ]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊ`iÊvÊi>}Ê>ÀÌVÕ>Ìi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÕÝÌ>«ÃÌÊvÊ`ÃViVÌi`]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
i>ÌV>ÞÊi`Ê«iÀëiVÌÛið17 ÌÊÌ
iÊÌÕÀÊvÊÌ
iÊViÌÕÀÞ]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀviÀ>ÌÊvÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÊÛiÜ«ÌÃÊÊ ÕLÃÊ>`Ê Ì
iÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>ÊyÕÝÊvÊ«ÀiÃÃÃÊ«i`Ê>Ê«>ÀÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>âiÊÊÜ
V
Ê>Þ>ÊÀÊ woman’s cognitive capabilities was equally valid and this took on particular significance in the politicised environment of the 1960s. The authority of the specialist spectator qÊÌ
iÊ>Ì>ÊVÃÃiÕÀÊvÊ>ÀÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ«>ÌÀÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊViVÌÀÊqÊVÕ`ÊLiÊV
>i}i`Ê>ÃÊ ÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÃÕ«ÌÊvÊÌ
iÀÊiÝVÕÃÛiÊ>VViÃÃÊÌÊÕÛiÀÃ>Ê
Õ>ÊÌÀÕÌ
ðÊ/
iÊ`iÌVÊ multiplication of gazes resonated with the egalitarian principles of left-leaning ideologies
PAINTING
25
circulating throughout the twentieth century while the rendering of dynamic locomotion was fast becoming the formal ambition of artists still engaged in easel art.
FUTURISM AND ITS LEGACY The Italian Futurists in the 1910s and 1920s with their frenetic depictions of movement showed the first signs of artists straining to break out of the frame of painting >`Ê ÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊ iÝ«ÀiÃÃi`Ê Ì
iÊ `iÃÀiÊ ÌÊ i}>}iÊ Ì
iÊ ÛiÜiÀÊ ÛÃViÀ>ÞÊ Ê Ì
iÊ ÜÀÆÊ>ÃÊÀ`i}Ê-vwVÊÜÀÌiÊÊ££ä]ʼÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊQÕÃÌRÊÛiÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊViÌÀiÊvÊ the painted action’.18 With an unusual touch of humour in an otherwise proto-fascist `i}Þ]ÊÌ
iÊvÕÌÕÀÃÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>VÊ >>ÊÀi`iÀi`Ê>Ê`>V
Ã
Õ`½ÃÊi}ÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÛÀÌiÝÊ of movements like a canine Catherine wheel in his famous painting Dynamism of a Dog on a LeashÊ££Ó®°Ê/
ÃÊ`i«VÌÊvÊÛiÀ>««}]Ê>ÀÀiÃÌi`ÊÃÌ>}iÃÊvÊÛiiÌÊ ÌÊÞÊÀiviÀiVi`ÊÌ
iÊi>ÀiÀÊiÝ«iÀiÌÃÊÊÌÊ«
Ì}À>«
ÞÊV`ÕVÌi`ÊLÞÊ Eadweard Muybridge – his consecutive images taken in rapid succession by multiple cameras led to the invention of film – but also anticipated the tracer effect that became a staple feature of analogue video editing in the 1980s.19 The revelation of the anatomy of movement also signals a fascination with unseen natural processes in the landscape that artists of the moving image have shared with scientists ever ÃViÊÌ
iÊÛiÌÊvÊw°Ê/
ÃÊ`iÃÀiÊÌÊÜÌiÃÃÊÌ
iʼLÀi>Ì
ÊvÊ>ÌÕÀi½20 is evident in Ìi>«ÃiÊÜÀÃÊLÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ7>Ê,>L>]Ê
ÀÃÊ7iÃLÞÊ>`]ÊÀiÊÀiViÌÞ]Ê }iÊÃiÊ>Ãi]Ê ÞÊ,V
>À`ÃÊ>`Ê-iV`ÕVÌÀ°21 The atomisation of perception mirroring the frenetic environment of the modern iÌÀ«Ã]Ê>`ÊiÛ}ÊÜ
>ÌÊ>ÀÊÀ>ÕÃÃÊV>i`ÊÌ
iÊ`ÃÌÀ>VÌ}ʼi`ÞÊvÊvi½]22 reÃÕÀv>Vi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌ]Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊÊÕÌi`>]ÊÕÌÃVÀiiÊ`}Ì>Ê>`Ê ÌiÀ>VÌÛiÊÜÀÃÊÌ
>Ì]ÊÊÌ
iÀÊViiLÀ>ÌÊvÊ>ÊiÝ«>`i`Êwi`ÊvÊViVÌÛÌÞ]ÊÜÊ ÀiVÀi>ÌiÊÌ
iʼvÀ>ÌÊLLýÊvÊÌ
iÊÌÜiÌÞwÀÃÌÊViÌÕÀÞ°23 This engagement with Ì
iÊVÕÌÕÀiÊvÊi`>ÌÃi`ÊëiVÌ>ViÊvÕ`ÊÌÃÊÃÌÊÀ>`V>ÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃÊÊÌ
iÊ«À>Ì}Ê >`ÊÀi«ÀViÃÃ}ÊvÊ>ÃÌÀi>Êi`>Ê>}iÀÞ]Ê«Ài`>ÌÞÊÌiiÛÃÊvÌ>}i]Ê which began in the early 1980s with the American Dara Birnbaum’s purloined clips of Ì
iÊ£ÇÊ7ÌiÀÊ"Þ«VÃ]Ê7`iÀÊ7>Ê>`Ê>]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÊÌÕÀÊë>Ài`Ê>ÊiÝ«ÃÊ vʼÃVÀ>ÌV
ÊÛ`i½ÊÊÌ
iÊ1°24 Although many of these early works were single-screen Û`iÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊÜiÀiÊÃÊiÝ«>`i`Ê>VÀÃÃÊÕÌ«iÊÌÀÃÊ>`]ÊLÞÊÓään]ÊivvÀiÞÊ-
>Ü]Ê iÊ ÀÜ]Ê iÃÊ iÊ>ÛiÀÊ>`Ê*iÌiÀÊ7iLiÊ
>`ÊÀiwi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊvÊ>««À«À>ÌÊÊ their immersive T_Visionarium]Ê>ÊiÛi«}ÊVÀVÕ>ÀÊÃVÀiiÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÞÊ`ë>Þi`Ê>Ê `>Ì>L>ÃiÊvÊÃiÊÓä]äääÊÌiiÛÃÕ>ÊV«Ã°Ê/
iÃiʵÕÌ>ÌÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÀi>ÊÀLÌÊ Ì
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÊ}>À>`i`Ê>ÞiÀÃ]ÊVÕÀi`ÊÕ«ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ`i«Ì
ÊvÊ`}Ì>Êë>ViÊLÞÊ>Ê«ÌiÌÊÛiÜiÀ°ÊÊ iiÌÌÊiÝ«>ÃÊÌ
iÊÌiV
V>ÊÌiÀ>VÌÛÌÞÊvÊT_Visionarium\ʼ1Ã}Ê >ÊëiV>ÊÌiÀv>ViÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊV>ÊÃiiVÌ]ÊÀi>ÀÀ>}iÊ>`ÊÊÌ
iÃiÊÛ`iÊV«ÃÊ>ÌÊÜ]Ê
26
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Neil Brown, Dennis Del Favero, Jeffrey Shaw, Peter Weibel, T_Visionarium (2008). Courtesy of Jeffrey Shaw.
composing them into combinations based on relations of gesture and movement’.25 Although the work affords no opportunity to change the information being summoned ÌÊÛiÜ]ÊÌÊ`iÃÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ÊÌ
Àii`iÃ>ÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊvÊÌ
iʵÕÌ`>ÊLL>À`iÌÊ
PAINTING
27
of competing online attractions. It also evokes the increasingly screen-invaded enviÀiÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ}ÀiiÌÃÊÕÃÊÜ
iÊÜiÊÛiÌÕÀiÊÕÌ`ÀÃ]ÊÃÌÊvÊÕÃÊÜ>`>ÞÃÊÛÕÌ>ÀÞÊ carrying hand-held devices so that the umbilical cord linking us to cyberspace at home ÃÊiÛiÀÊLÀi°Ê7
iÀiÊÌ
iÊ ÕLÃÌÃÊVÕÀi`ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊvʼÀÀiÃ]Ê>««ÀiÌViÃ]ÊÕÃÆÊviÊ ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀiiÌ]ÊVÀ>ÌiÃÊÊvÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ}ÀViÀ½ÃÆÊÀ>}iÃ]ÊÌ>ÌiÃ]ÊV>LL>}iý]26 the newly iV
>Ãi`ÊLÕÃÌiÊvÊÌ
iÊ`iÀÊ`ÕÃÌÀ>ÊÜÀ`]ÊÊÜÕ`ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÊÌ
>ÌÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ artists like Shaw testify to our dimmed awareness of everyday life. We have become disconnected from those with whom we share the city as we increasingly renounce our immediate environment in favour of a portable gateway to our digital universe. *>À>`ÝV>Þ]ÊÌÊÃÊ«iÀ
>«ÃÊÊ>ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊ>ÞÊÀi>}iÊÌ
iÊ Ã«>ViÊÜiÊVVÕ«ÞÊÀi>ÌÛiÊÌÊÌ
iÀÃ]Ê>`ÊÀiVÃ`iÀÊÌ
iÊi`ÕÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>ÃÊLiViÊ>ÃÊ iÃÃiÌ>ÊÌÊÕÀÊÃÕÀÛÛ>Ê>ÃÊÝÞ}i]Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÃi«>À>ÌiÊVÕÌÕÀ>Ê>`ÊÌiV
}V>ÊiÌÌÞ°Ê
FROM EARLY RENAISSANCE TO THE TWENTY−FIRST CENTURY /
iÊ Û`iÊ >ÀÌÃÌÊ Ê 6>Ê Ài>V
iÃÊ vÕÀÌ
iÀÊ L>VÊ ÌÊ >ÀÌÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊ vÀÊ Ã«À>Ì]Ê Liginning with Giotto di Bondone’s magisterial cycle of frescos depicting the life of -Ì°Ê À>VÃÊ vÊ ÃÃÃ]Ê VÀi>Ìi`Ê ÃiÌiÊ Ê Ì
iÊ i>ÀÞÊ £Îääð 27 Giotto is celebrated LÞÊ iÀV
Ê 7vyÊ >ÃÊ Ì
iÊ }Ài>ÌÊ Û>ÌÀÊ Ü
Ê ¼Ãii`Ê Ì
iÊ Ì}ÕiÊ vÊ >À̽° 28 In
ÃÊ«>Ì}Ã]ÊÌÌÊ>ÌÌi«Ìi`ÊÌÊV>«ÌÕÀiʼÌ
iÊÜ
iÊÀ>}iÊvÊ
Õ>Êvi½ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê the retelling of biblical stories and the lives of saints in solidly earthly terms. These were instructional paintings designed to educate a largely illiterate population in the Ìi>V
}ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ
ÀÃÌ>ÊV
ÕÀV
°Ê i}Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊvÀiÃVÃÊ>ÀiÊiViÃÃ>ÀÞÊÃiµÕiÌ>]Ê}ÀÕ«i`ÊÊÌ
ÀiiÃ]Ê>`ÊiÊÌ
iÊ-Ì>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÀÃÃÊ`ÃVÕÃÃi`ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊ i]ÊÌ
iÞÊ`i«i`ÊÊ>Ê>LÕ>ÌÀÞÊV}Ài}>Ì]ÊÜ
ÃiÊiLiÀÃÊÀi>`ÊÌ
iÊ«>iÃÊÊ a specified order as they trail around the perimeter of the church. As a pre-cinematic ÜÀ]Ê Ì
iÊ iÃiLiÊ vÊ Ì̽ÃÊ «>iÃÊ VLiÃÊ >Ê vÀ>iLÞvÀ>iÊ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ ÜÌ
Ê the simultaneous depiction of several events within individual panels – the saint reÕV}Ê
ÃÊÜÀ`ÞÊ}`Ã]ÊÀ>VÃÊ>««i>À}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃii«}Ê«Ìvv]ÊÌ
iÊÀ>ViÊvÊ the spring. The buildings Saint Francis inhabits are frequently cut away like partially constructed stage sets and reveal the human drama within. What impresses Viola is Ì
iÊVÕÕ>ÌÛiÊivviVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ«>iÃ]ʼÌ
iÊÌÌ>ÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ½° 29 Describing it almost as
iÊ}
ÌÊ>ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊvÊ
ÃÊÜÊÜÀ]Ê6>ÊVÌÕiÃ\ʼÞÕÊ}iÌÊ>LÃÀLi`ÊÊi>V
Ê vÊÌ
iÃiÊ«>iÃ]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÊ«iViÊÃÊÌ
iÊiÌÀiÊë>ViÊÊÜ
V
ÊÞÕÊ>ÀiÊÃÕÀÀÕ`i`ÊLÞÊages’.30 Viola takes up the theme of Renaissance painting’s anticipation of video and installation in his discussion of The Dream of Pope SergiusÊV°Ê£{Îä®]Ê>ÊÃ}i«>iÊ ÜÀÊLÞÊ,}iÀÊÛ>Ê`iÀÊ7iÞ`i]ÊÜ
V
Ê>ÃÊVÌ>ÃÊ`ÛiÀÃiÊiÛiÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÃiiÊÌÊLiÊ VVÕÀÀ}ÊVVÕÀÀiÌÞ°Ê/
iÊ*«iÊÃÊÃiiÊÊ
ÃÊLi`V
>LiÀÊ>Ãii«Ê>`]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ
28
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Bill Viola, The Quintet of the Astonished (2000). Colour video rear projection on screen mounted on wall in dark room. Projected image size: 4 ft 7 in x 7 ft 10 in (1.4 x 2.4 m); room dimensions variable, 15:20 min. Performers: John Malpede, Weba Garretson, Tom Fitzpatrick, John Fleck, Dan Gerrity. Photo: Kira Perov. Courtesy of the artist.
Ã>iÊ«VÌÀ>Êë>Vi]Ê>ÌÊÛ>ÀÕÃÊÃÌ>}iÃÊÊ>ÊÕÀiÞÊ
iÊÃÊV«ii`ÊÌÊ>iÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ Li
iÃÌÊvÊ>Ê>}i]ÊÃiiÊ
ÛiÀ}Ê>ÌÊ
ÃÊLi`Ã`i°Ê6>ÊÀi>ÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ-iÀ}ÕÃÊ>««i>ÀÃÊ to have the power to be in several places at once and that the presence of the angel VÀi>ÌiÃʼyÕ`ÌÞÊLiÌÜiiÊQÜ>}Êë>ViRÊ>`Ê`Ài>Êë>Vi]ÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊiÀÊÜÀ`Ê >`ÊÌ
iÊÕÌiÀÊÜÀ`½ÆÊÌ
iÊ«>Ì}Ê`iÃÌÀ>ÌiÃÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÊ`Û`}ÊiÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊ ÌÜÊÃÊÛiÀÞÊ«ÀÕÃ]ÊÛiÀÞÊÌÀ>ë>Ài̽° 31 `ÀiÜÊÀ>
> ÝÊ`iÌwiÃÊÊi>À`Ê`>Ê6 V½ÃÊThe Last Supper (1494–98) >ÊÃ>ÀÊViÝÃÌiViÊvÊÌ
iʫ
ÞÃV>ÊÜÀ`Ê>`Ê6>½ÃÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÀi>ÊvÊvii}]Ê this time revolving around the emotional charge sparked by a single event – Christ’s «À«
iÃÞÊÌ
>Ìʼ ivÀiÊÌ
iÊVVÊVÀÜÃÊÞÕÊÜÊ`iÞÊiÊÌ
ÀiiÊÌiýÊ>ÌÌ
iÜÊÓÈ\Ê Ó{®°Ê VVÀ`}Ê ÌÊ À>
> Ý]Ê i>À`Ê ÌiÀ«ÀiÌÃÊ Ì
iÊ «>VÌÊ vÊ iÃÕýÃÊ >ÕViiÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÌi«À>]Ê>ÃÌÊVi>ÌVÊiÛiÌ]Ê>ÊÌÊ>ÊÃÌiÊLi}Ê`À««i`Ê Ê>Ê«]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌʼÀiVÀ`}ÊÌ
iÊiÌ>ÊÀ««iÃÊ«>}ÊÕ̽Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÃiÀiÃÊvÊ reaction shots on the faces of each apostle.32 Their simultaneously occurring gamut vÊÀiëÃiÃÊLiVi]Ê>ÃÊÀ>
> ÝÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÃ]ʼ«>ÀÌÊvÊ>ÊÃ}iÊVÕÀÀiÌÊvÊvii}½]Ê >`iÊÕ«ÊvʼÃiÛiÀ>ÊiÌÃÊ>`ÊÕÌÊ>ÃÊvÊÌ
iÞÊÜiÀiÊi½° 33Ê/
iÊÛiÜiÀ]ÊÜ
ÃiÊiÞiÊÃÊ `À>ÜÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ}À>ÛÌ>Ì>Ê«ÕÊvÊÃÕVViÃÃÛiÊv>ViÃ]Ê«ÀÛ`iÃÊÌ
iÊVÌÕÌÞÊvÊÌ
ÃiÊ iÌÃÊ>ÃÊÃ
iÊiÌ>ÞÊi`ÌÃÊÌ}iÌ
iÀÊÌ
iÊv>V>ÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃÃÊÌÊ>ÊiÀV
iÌÊ of a story that for most visitors to Santa Maria della Grazie is already part of their shared repository of sacred narratives. Whether in the church at Assisi or the convent refectory in Milan where The Last SupperÊ V>`ÃÊ Ì
iÊ Ã«>Vi]Ê Ì
iÊ ÃV>ÌÊ LiÌÜiiÊ `vviÀiÌÊ ÃÌ>ÌiÃÊ vÊ
PAINTING
29
VÃVÕÃiÃÃ]ÊÌ
iÊV}ÌÛiÊ`ÃÃ>ViÊLiÌÜiiÊÜ
>ÌÊÃÊVÕÀi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ>`Ê Ü
>ÌÊV>ÊLiÊiÝÌiÀ>ÞÊ«iÀViÛi`ÊÃÊ>ÊV`ÌÊvÊÛiÜ}ÊÌ
>ÌÊÀiVVÕÀÃÊÊ6>½ÃÊÜÊ ÜÀÊ>`ÊÜÌ
ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÊ}iiÀ>°Ê7iÊÜÊÀiÌÕÀÊÌÊÌ
ÃÊÌ
ii]Ê LÕÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÌ]ÊÊÜÊÌiÊÌ
>ÌÊÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>Ì]Ê>ÃÊÊ>ÊvÀiÃVÊVÞVi]Ê the spectator drifts between conditions of imaginative transport to a frame-captured ÕÃÀÞÊiÃiÜ
iÀi]Ê>`Ê>Ê«
ÞÃV>Êi}>}iiÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊë>ViÃÊÊLiÌÜiiÊÃVÀiiÃÊ Ì
ÀÕ}
ÊÜ
V
ÊÃ
iÊÛiÃ]ÊÜ
iÀiÊÌ
iÀÊ>ÌiÀ>ÃÊ>`Ê`Û`Õ>ÃÊ>ÞÊLiÊiVÕÌiÀi`°Ê ÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌi]Ê>ÃÊÃ
iÊ«À}ÀiÃÃiÃÊvÀÊVViÌÀ>ÌÃÊvÊÃVÀiiL>Ãi`ÊÌiÀiÃÌÊÌÊ Ì
iÊiÝÌÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌ]ÊÃ
iÊ`iÛi«ÃÊ>`Ê>Ì>ÃÊ>ÊiL`i`Êë>Ì>Ê>Ü>ÀiiÃÃÊvÊ the architectural envelope in which the work as a whole is contained. The spectator synthesises an accumulation of haptic and spatial information with the successive «ÀiÃÃÃÊvÊi>V
Ê>}iÊÃÌ>Ì]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊV`iÌÃÊÊLiÌÜii]Ê>`ÊVstructs an interpretation of the work that is acceptable to the rational mind. /
iÊ VÌÕÌÞÊ LiÌÜiiÊ +Õ>ÌÌÀViÌÊ «>Ì}Ê >`Ê Û}Ê >}iÊ ÃÌ>>ÌÊ
>ÃÊLiiÊVÃÃÌiÌÞÊÀiÌiÀ>Ìi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÊÀiViÌÊ`iV>`iÃ]ÊLÕÌÊÃÌÊ iiÀ}iÌV>ÞÊLÞÊ6>]Ê>Ê«iiÀÊvÊiÀV>ÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌ°ÊÊ
ÃÊÓää£ÊPassion Series]Ê
iÊvÀiÃV>ÞÊiÝ>iÃÊÌ
iÊÃÞV
ÀÕÃÊiÀÕ«ÌÊvÊiÌÊÕ«ÊÌ
iʫ
ÞÃ}iÃÊvÊ`Û`Õ>Ã]ÊÌÀ}}iÀi`ÊLÞÊ>ÊÃ}iÊ`ÃÌÀiÃÃ}]ÊLÕÌÊÕiÝ«>i`ÊvvÃVÀiiÊ iÛiÌ°Ê Õ>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊÃÕëi`i`Ê>>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÃÃÊvÊi>À`½ÃÊ`ÃÌÀiÃÃi`Ê`ÃV«iÃ]Ê6>Ê«ÀiÃiÌÃÊ>VÌÀÃÊÊ}ÀÕ«ÃÊÀÊ`Û`Õ>ÞÊÊiÝÌÀiiÊÃÜÊÌÊ}}Ê Ì
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊv>V>Ê>`ÊL`ÞÊVÌÀÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ`iÌiÊ«ÀvÕ`Ê}Àiv°ÊiÀi]ÊÌ
iÊ`}Ì>Ê VÕÌiÀ«>ÀÌÃÊvÊi>À`½ÃÊÌÀ>Õ>ÌÃi`Êw}ÕÀiÃÊ>ÀiÊÃÕLiVÌi`ÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ Û`Ê,©ÃÃ>Ê V>i`ʼÌiV
µÕiÃÊvÊ`i>Þ½]34Ê>`ÊÀi`i«Þi`Ê>VÀÃÃÊ>ÊÕLiÀÊvÊÃVÀiiÃ]ÊÃÕëi`i`ÊÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊÌiÊLÕLLiðÊiÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÌ>}ÃÌÃÊÊÌ̽ÃÊvÀiÃVÊVÞVi]Ê
ÜiÛiÀ]Ê >`ÊÊVÊÜÌ
Ê>ÞÊÛ`iÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£äÃÊ>`Êi>ÀÞÊÓäääÃ]ÊÌ
iÊdividual screens embody different conditions of the same psyche (the figures are largely interchangeable) or stages in the progress of a unified story whether narraÌÛi]ÊVÀÞ«ÌVÊÀÊvÀ>ÊÊ>ÌÕÀi°ÊÊ6>½ÃÊCatherine’s RoomÊÓä䣮]ÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]Ê>Ê episodic work that charts the span of a woman’s life through successive views of
iÀÊÃiÜ
>ÌÊ-«>ÀÌ>ÊLi`À]ÊÌ
iÊVÌÕÌÞÊLiÌÜiiÊvÀiÃVÊ«>Ì}ÊvÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ ,i>ÃÃ>ViÊ>ÃÊiÝi«wi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊviÊvÊ-Ì°ÊÀ>VÃÊ>`ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ ÊÕÀÊÜÊiÀ>ÊLiViÃÊVÀi>Ã}ÞÊ>««>ÀiÌ°ÊÊLÌ
]ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÃÊ`ëÃi`Ê>ÀÕ`Ê >ÊiVÃi`Êë>ViÊV>ÊLiÊÛiÜi`ÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞ]Ê>ÌÊ>Ê}>Vi]Ê>ÃÊ>ÊivviVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ iÌÀiÊÜÀÊ>ÀÀi`ÊÌÊÌÃÊ
ÕÃ}°Ê/
iÞÊV>Ê>ÃÊLiÊVÃÕi`ÊÃiÀ>Þ]ÊÌ
iÊvÀiÃVÃÊ ÀÊÛ`iÃÊiÝ>i`ÊiÊ>vÌiÀÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÛ}ÊÊ>`ÊÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}>ÌÛiÊÜÀ`Ê`i«VÌi`ÊÊV>Û>Ã]ÊÊ«>ÃÌiÀÊÀÊÃVÀii]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊiÌ>Ê«VÌÕÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊ Ü
iÊ Li}Ê VÀiiÌ>ÞÊ VÃÌÀÕVÌi`Ê vÀÊ ÌÃÊ Ãi«>À>ÌiÊ iiiÌÃ]Ê ÛiÀÊ Ìi°Ê ÃÊ `ÃVÕÃÃi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÛÕÃÊV
>«ÌiÀ]ÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊ>viÃÌ}Ê>ÃÊÕÌ«iÊÃVÀiiÊiÛiÌÃÊ in the case of Catherine’s RoomÊÀÊÃiµÕiÌ>ÊÃÌ>ÌVÊ>}iÃÊÊÌ̽ÃÊvÀiÃVÊVÞVi]Ê Ì
iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÃiÊÜÀÃ]ÊÃi«>À>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÃiÛiÀ>ÊViÌÕÀiÃÊÊÌiÊLÕÌÊLÞÊÛiÀÞÊ
30
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Bill Viola, Catherine’s Room (2001). Colour video polyptych on five LCD flat panels mounted on wall 15 x 97 x 2 1/4 in., (38.1 x 246.4 x 5.7 cm), 18:00 min. Performer: Weba Garretson. Photo: Kira Perov. Courtesy of the artist.
ÌÌiÊ
Õ>ÊiÛÕÌ]Ê>ÀiÊLÌ
Ê`i«i`iÌÊÊÌ
iÊ`ëÃÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>Ê environment. The gallery or church will have been designed to lead the visitor Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê>Ê«ÀÃVÀLi`ÊÀÕÌiÊ>`]ÊÊÃÊ`}]ÊVÕV>ÌiÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜÃ
i`ÊÌÊVÛiÞ°ÊÃÊ
Ê7>Ã
Ê
>ÃÊÀi>Ài`]ÊiÛiÊÌ
iÊâ}â>}}}Ê>ÀÀ>}iment of the architecture depicted in van der Weiden’s painting serves to lead the eye >`ÊÌ
iÊ`ÊÌÊ>Ê`iÌiÀi`ÊÀi>`}ÊvÊÌ
iÊi}i`ÊvÊ*«iÊ-iÀ}ÕðÊ/
iÊë>Vi]Ê
iÊ Ã>ÞÃ]ʼÃÊÃ
>«i`ÊÌÊ>iÊÌÊ
>««i½°35
WORRYING THE EDGES OF THE FRAME: THE RUPTURE 7iÊ}
ÌÊ`Ã>}ÀiiÊÜÌ
Ê >`ÊÕ``ÊÜ
]ÊÜÀÌ}ÊÊ£ÈÈ]Ê`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÊ«>Ì}]Ê ¼Ì
iÊiiiÌÃÊÃ`iÊÌ
iÊÀiVÌ>}iÊ>ÀiÊLÀ>`Ê>`ÊëiÊ>`ÊVÀÀië`ÊVÃiÞÊÌÊ the rectangle. The shapes and surface are only those that can occur plausibly within and on a rectangular plane’.36 The space outside the frame was already implied in the w}ÕÀ>ÌÛiÊ}iÃÌÕÀiÃÊvÊV>ÃÃV>Ê«>Ì}]ÊiÊÌ
iÊL>ÀiLÀi>ÃÌi`ÊLiÀÌÞÊÊ i>VÀݽÃÊ Liberty Leading the People (1830) who holds aloft the French flag and inspires the ÀiÛÕÌ>ÀÞÊÀ>LLiÊLi
`Ê
iÀ]ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊviÜÊw}ÕÀiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀiÊi`>ÌiÞÊ ÛÃLi°Ê ÞÊ iÝÌiÃ]Ê Ã
iÊ >ÃÊ Ài>V
iÃÊ ÕÌÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ «>Ì}Ê Ãii}Ê ÌÊ }>Û>ÃiÊ those surveying her in the gallery. The frame is traversed in the glance that soars to a
PAINTING
31
`ÃÌ>ÌÊ
ÀâÊLiÞ`ÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ]ÊiÊ >Û`½ÃÊVÌi«>Ì}Ê
ÃÊ«ÀëiVÌÃÊ
>Ûing slain Goliath in Caravaggio’s David with the Head of Goliath (c. 1607). We might also «ÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ`iÛVi]ÊyÕiVi`ÊLÞÊ«
Ì}À>«
Þ]ÊvÊÕÃ}ÊÌ
iÊvÀ>iÊÌÊi`iÊÃiVÌÃÊvÊ w}ÕÀiÃÊÊ«ÀiÃÃÃÌÊ«>Ì}]Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌiÊ«Þ}ÊÌ
iÊÜ
i°Ê/
ÃÊviÀiViÊ vÊvÀÃÊÃÌÀiÌV
}ÊLiÞ`ÊÌ
iÊvÀ>i]ÊVÕ`Ê>ÃÊLiÊvÕ`]Ê>ÃÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`Ê>LÛi]ÊÊÌ
iÊ «>ÀÌLiVÌÃÊvÊVÕLÃÌÊV>}iÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊiÛV>ÌÃÊvÊëii`ÊÊvÕÌÕÀÃÌÊ«>Ì}Êi>ÀiÀÊ ÊÌ
iÊViÌÕÀÞÊqʼÌÊ«>Ì}ýÊÌ
>ÌÊÃiii`Ê>LÕÌÊÌÊÕ«ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊvÀ>i° ÃÊ Ì
iÊ ÌÜiÌiÌ
Ê ViÌÕÀÞÊ «À}ÀiÃÃi`]Ê Ì
iÊ «>V}Ê vÊ >Ê vÀ>iÊ >ÀÕ`Ê >Ê «VÌÕÀiÊ Ãiii`Ê ÀiÊ >`Ê ÀiÊ V`iÌ>Ê vÊ ÌÊ iÌÀiÞÊ >ÀLÌÀ>ÀÞ°Ê >ÌiÀÊ Ê Ì
iÊ ViÌÕÀÞ]Ê «>Ì}ÊÃÕLÃÌÌÕÌi`ÊÌ
iÊiÝ«>ÃÊvÊ«VÌÀ>Êë>ViÊ«Ài`V>Ìi`ÊÊ`i«Ì
Ê«iÀVi«ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÀi>ÃÊÌÊ>ÊÌÜ`iÃ>]Ê>ÌiÀ>Ê>Õ}iÌ>ÌÊvÊë>ViÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>Ê `ÊvÊ}À>«
VÊÌiÃÃiÃÃÊÊÌ
iÊvÀ>ÌV]ÊÌÌi`Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÃÊvÊ>VÃÊ*VÊ in the 1950s or the cool repeat patterns of Bridget Riley in the 1960s. In a 1958 ArtNewsÊ>ÀÌViÊiÌÌi`ʼ/
iÊi}>VÞÊvÊ>VÃÊ*V½]Ê>Ê>«ÀÜÊViÌi`Ê ÊÌ
iÊÕiÌ>ÊÃâiÊvÊ*V½ÃÊV>Û>ÃiÃÊ>`ÊVVÕ`i`ÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÞÊVi>Ãi`ÊÌÊ become paintings and became environments’. Not only was the size of the work pushing it into the realms of installation but the homogeneity of the abstract mark>}ÊÊÌ
iÃiʼ>VÌÊ«>Ì}ýÊÌ
Ài>Ìii`ÊÌÊÀi`iÀÊÌ
iÊvÀ>iÊÀi`Õ`>Ì°Ê/
iÊ LÕ`>ÀÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ«VÌÕÀiÊVÕ`]ÊÊÌ
iÀÞ]ÊLiÊ«>Vi`Ê>ÞÜ
iÀi]ÊÃViÊiÊVÕ`Ê>}iÊÌ
iÊ«>ÌÌiÀÊwÌiÞÊÀi«i>Ì}]Ê>`ÊiÝ«>`}ÊiÝ«iÌ>ÞÊ}ÊiÊV>Û>ÃÊ to another. This recast each painting as a single frame in an intervallic continuum – like the frames of analogue film divided by moments of blackness that dissolve once the film is in motion. Although the discussion so far has emphasised the continuities between paint}Ê>`ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ê
ÃÌÀV>ÊiÌÊvÊÀÕ«ÌÕÀiÊÊÜ
V
Ê the limitations of painting were held to be inhibiting the progress of modernity in the >ÀÌÃ°Ê ÞÊÌ
iÊÌÕÀÊvÊÌ
iÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ]ÊÃiÊ«>ÌiÀÃÊÜiÀiÊLiV}ÊvÀÕÃÌÀ>Ìi`Ê ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>LÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ«>ÃÌVÊ>ÀÌÃÊÌÊ`i«VÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ7>ÌiÀÊ,ÕÌÌ>Ê`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃʼÌ
iÊ tempo of our times’.37ÊiÊ>`ÛV>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊÀiiVÌÊvÊi>ÃiÊ«>Ì}Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÜ
iÃ>iÊ >`«ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}i°Ê/
iÊiÜʼi`ÕÊvÊÌi½ÊÜÊviÊÊÃÌi«ÊÜÌ
Ê`iÀÊ ÛiÜiÀÃÊÜ
]Ê>ÃÊ,ÕÌÌ>ÊLÃiÀÛi`]ÊÜiÀiʼVÀi>Ã}ÞÊvÀVi`ÊÌÊVÃ`iÀÊiÛiÌÃÊÊ Ìi½Ê>`ÊVÕ`ÊÊ}iÀʼÌ>ViÊÌ
iÊÀ}`]ÊÀi`ÕVi`ÊÌiiÃÃÊvÀÃÊvÊ«>Ì}½°38 `ÀjÊ >â]ÊÜÀÌ}ÊÊÌ
iÊ£xäÃ]ÊÜ>ÃÊVViÀi`ÊÌÊ`À>ÜÊ>ÌÌiÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊë>Ì>Ê benefits of the moving image as well as the temporal when he made a distinction LiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃivVÌ>i`Êë>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊV>Û>ÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ`Þ>V]ÊÕfolding territories of film. He observed that the frame of a painting is what he termed ¼ViÌÀ«iÌ>½Ê>`Ê`iÌÃÊÌ
iÊÌiÀ>Êë>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}i]ÊÜ
iÀi>ÃÊÌ
iÊvÀ>iÊvÊwÊ ÃʼViÌÀvÕ}>½]ÊÌ
iÊi`}iÃÊÃ
Ü}ʼÞÊ>Ê«ÀÌÊvÊÀi>ÌÞ½ÆÊë>ViÊÊwÊÌ
iÀivÀiÊ ¼ÃiiÃÊ ÌÊ LiÊ «>ÀÌÊ vÊ ÃiÌ
}Ê «À}i`Ê `iwÌiÞÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ ÕÛiÀÃi½]Ê >Ü>ÞÃÊ Û}Ê ÕÌÊ ÌÊ >Ê Ã«>ViÊ LiÞ`Ê Ì
iÊ vÀ>i]Ê >Ê «ÀViÃÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ >âÊ `iÃVÀLiÃÊ >ÃÊ
32
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
¼LÕ`iÃý° 39 Ì
Õ}
]Ê>ÃÊ>À}Õi`Ê>LÛi]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÜiÀiÊ«>ÌiÀÃÊiÊ*VÊÜ
ÃiÊÜÀÊ }
ÌʵÕ>vÞÊ>ÃÊViÌÀvÕ}>]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÜ>ÃÊÊVÌiÃÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ`Þ>VÊÌÊÊw°ÊÊ
iÌÀvÕ}>]Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ«VÌÀ>Êë>ViÊ
>`Ê>Ài>`ÞÊ>`iÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>ÃÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊV>vas to celluloid in works by pioneers of abstract film such as Oskar Fischinger in the 1920s and Len Lye and Mary Ellen Bute in the 1930s. As in the work of the Abstract
Ý«ÀiÃÃÃÌÃÊ>ÌiÀÊÊÌ
iÊViÌÕÀÞ]ÊÌ
iÊ`i«VÌÊvÊ`i«Ì
Ê}>ÛiÊÜ>ÞÊÌÊ>ÊViiLÀ>ÌÊ vÊ«ÌV>ÊyÕÝÊÊ>Êy>ÌÌii`Ê«VÌÕÀiÊ«>i°Ê/
iÊwÊvÀ>iÊLiV>iÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>}iÊÃiÌÊvÀÊ the interplay between the dramatis personaeÊvÊi]ÊvÀ]ÊÌiÝÌÕÀi]ÊVÕÀ]ÊÀ
ÞÌ
Ê and time rushing through the field of vision into the space of the imagination. Dynamic motion was achieved in classic cinema when the camera itself moved or an animated scene flowed past the stationary lens. The later development of rap`wÀiÊi`Ì}ÊÕ««i`ÊÌ
iÊ«>Vi]Ê>`ÊÌ}iÌ
iÀÊÌ
iÃiÊÕ`i>LiÊ>ÃÃiÌÃÊiÝ«>Ê >â½ÃÊ >ÌÊvÊë>Ì>ÊiÝ«>ÃÛiiÃÃÊÊwÊ>ÃÊÌÃÊ>ÀÊVÌÀLÕÌÊÌÊ`iÀÌÞ°Ê ÜiÛiÀ]Ê-Ìi«
iÊi>Ì
Ê>``i`Ê>Ê«ÀÛÃÊLÞÊi«
>ÃÃ}ÊÌ
iÊ>}>ÌÛiÊÕÀiÞÊ Õ`iÀÌ>iÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÊVi>ÆÊ>ÃÊ
iÊ>À}ÕiÃ]ʼÜ
>ÌÊÛiÃ]Êw>Þ]ÊÃÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ]Ê LiÊ Ê vÀÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÃVÀii½Ê >`]Ê
iÊ >``Ã]Ê ¼wÊ ÃÊ Ì
iÊ Ài}Õ>ÌÊ vÊ Ì
>ÌÊ movement’.40 7
iÌ
iÀÊ«>Þ}ÊÌÊ>ÊÃi>Ìi`Ê>Õ`iViÊÀ]Ê>ÌiÀ]ÊÌÊ>ÊLiÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê >}iÊÜ>ÃÊÃiiÊÌÊ`ë>ViÊÌ
iÊ`Ã>ÕÀÊvÊ«>Ì}]Ê>`ÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ìi`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊy>}Ã
«Ê innovation in an age of rapid industrial and scientific progress. It was characterised >ÃÊÌ
iÊiL`iÌÊvÊÌ
iÊvÀ>}iÌi`ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊVÌÞÊviÊLÕÌÊ>ÃÊ `iii`ÊVÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊiÜÊLÌÞÊiÞi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ`iÀÊÌÀ>ÛiiÀ]ÊÃÕÀÛiÞing the unfolding landscape through the frame of the car or railway carriage window. The contemporary tourist reached untold horizons later in the twentieth century through commercial air travel and the lucky few finally broke out of the global frame >Ì}iÌ
iÀÊ>`Ê>ÕV
i`ÊÌÊÕÌiÀÊë>Vi]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÀÊÌÀ>Ûi}Ê companion. 41
THE LEGACY OF PAINTING Moving image installations in the last fifty years have constantly reiterated regimes vÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊ`iÀÛi`ÊvÀÊ«>Ì}]ÊÌ>}ÊëÀ>ÌÊvÀÊÌÌÊÊÌ
iÊ}
Ê ,i>ÃÃ>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊLÃÌÀ>VÌÊ Ý«ÀiÃÃÃÊvÊ>VÃÊ*VÊ>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊVÕÀÊ wi`ÃÊvÊiiÌ
Ê >`Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ"«ÊÀÌÊiÃiÀÃÊvÊ À`}iÌÊ,iÞ°Ê/
iÊ«ÀiVVÕ«>tion with frames and framing can be found in the work of early video artists in the £ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ >Û`Ê>]Ê/>>À>ÊÀÀ>Ê>`Ê/Ê-
iÀ>Ê>`Ê>ÌiÀÊ w>iÀÃÊ iÊ *>ÌÀVÊ iiÀÊ >`Ê À>VÃÊ àÃ°Ê /
iÃiÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ Ài`iÀÊ Ê Vi>ÌVÊ terms the philosopher Heraclitus’s notion of an impermanent world in a state of conÃÌ>ÌÊyÕÝ]Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÞÊÀiÛi>ÊviÊ«>ÃÃ}ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊwÝi`ÊvÀ>iÊvÊ>ÊVi`Êvv]ÊÃÌ>ÌVÊ
PAINTING
33
V>iÀ>]ÊÜ
V
ÊÌÃivÊÀi«V>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÊ«iÀi>LiÊLÀ`iÀÃÊvÊ«>Ì}°Ê ÀÕViÊ >Õ>½ÃÊ Stamping the StudioÊ£ÈÇqÈn®ÊÃÊiÝi«>ÀÞÊÊÌ
ÃÊÀiëiVÌ°Ê/
iÊÜÀÊÃÊ>ÊÀi>ÌiÊ record of the artist’s restless pacing around his studio. Adopting a format later taken up by Samuel Beckett in QuadÊ Ê /iiÛÃ]Ê £nÓ®]Ê >Õ>]Ê Ã
ÌÊ vÀÊ >LÛi]Ê ÌÀ>ViÃÊ>Ê«>Ì
ÊÌ
>ÌÊvÜÃÊiÝ>VÌÞÊÌ
iÊLÕ`>ÀÞÊvÊÌ
iʫ
ÞÃV>Êë>ViÊ
iÊÃÊ«>ÌÀ}]ÊÌÃivÊÛÃÕ>ÞÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊvÀ>iÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÌÀÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÜ>ÃÊ originally displayed – a paced-out frame within a frame within a frame. 7iÊ
>ÛiÊ>Ài>`ÞÊiÃÌ>LÃ
i`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ}ÀÕ«ÃÊvÊ«>Ì}Ã]ÊÊÌ
iÊvÀÊvÊvÀiÃViÃ]Ê tableaux vivants]Êtrompe l’oeil architectural features and devotional Stations of the
ÀÃÃ]ÊÊÌ
iÀÊë>Ì>Ãi`Ê>`ÊÌ
i>ÌVÊViVÌÛÌÞ]Ê>VÌÛ>ÌiÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊLiÌÜiiÊ vÀ>iÃ]Ê LÌ
Ê >VÌÕ>Ê >`Ê >}i`]Ê >ÃÊ ÕV
Ê >ÃÊ Ì
iÞÊ V>iÃViÊ VViÌÀ>ÌÃÊ vÊ i>}Ê ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÀÊ «ÀÛÃ>Ê LÀ`iÀÃ°Ê Ê Ì
iÃiÊ }ÀÕ«}Ã]Ê Ì
iÞÊ ÃVÀLiÊ >Ê «iÀ>LÕ>Ì}ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÜ
ÃiÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÜÊLiÊLÕÌÊvÀÊ>ÊVL>ÌÊ of contemplative interludes before individual images and an accumulating sense vÊÌ
iÊÜ
iÊ`iÀÛi`ÊvÀÊVÌ°ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÊViÌÕÀÞ]ÊÌ
iÀiÊV>ÊLiÊvÕ`Ê>ÞÊ number of precedents in which painters choose to display work in the form of instal>ÌÃ]ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊLiiwÌÊvÊLiÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÆÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]ÊÀ`>Ê>
½ÃÊ>Ê >Ã>ÊâÕÊ ÊiÝVÊ ÌÞ]ÊÌ
iÊ
ÕÃiÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>Ã]ÊÕÌÊ
iÀÊ`i>Ì
ÊÊ£x{]Ê>ÃÊÕV
Ê>ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ vÊ
iÀÊÜÀÊ>ÃÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÊÛ}Êë>Vi°Ê7À>««i`ÊÊ>ÊVL>ÌÊLÕiÊiÝÌiÀÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ
ÕÃiÊiLi`ÃÊ
iÀÊ«>Ì}ÃÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊ
iÀÊviÊ>`]ÊiÊ >ÀL>À>Êi«ÜÀÌ
½ÃÊ
iÊÊ -Ì°ÊÛiÃ]Êi«
>ÃÃiÃÊVÀi>ÌÛÌÞÊ>ÃÊ«ÀViÃðÊ/
iÊLÕÃiÃÃÊvÊ>}Ê>`ÊÌ
}Ê>ÀiÊ iÛ`iÌÊÌÊÞÊÊÌ
iÊÌÃÊvÊ>
½ÃÊÌÀ>`i]ÊivÌÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÞÊÜiÀiÊvÕ`Ê>vÌiÀÊ
iÀÊ`i>Ì
]Ê LÕÌÊ Ê
iÀÊ }>À`iÃ]Ê
iÀÊ «
Ì}À>«
ÃÊ >`Ê iÌÌiÀÃÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ iÝV>]Ê «Àië>VÊ art that she collected with her husband Diego Rivera. This aspiration to a domestic Gesamtkunstwerk is also discernible in the work of the contemporary Cuban >ÀÌÃÌÊÃjÊÕÃÌiÀ]ÊÜ
Ê`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ
iÊÜÃ
i`ÊÌÊÛiʼÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>À̽Ê
iÊ>iÃÊÊ such profusion. Using the proceeds from the international sale of his paintings and ViÀ>VÃ]ÊÕÃÌiÀÊÃÊ}À>`Õ>ÞÊiVÀÕÃÌ}ÊÌÊÞÊ
ÃÊÜÊ
ÕÃiÊÜÌ
Ê
ÃÊy>LÞ>Ì]Ê >Õ`Ê >`Ê *V>ÃÃyÕiVi`Ê Ã>VÃÊ LÕÌÊ >ÃÊ Ì
ÃiÊ vÊ
ÃÊ i}
LÕÀÃÊ Ê >>Ì>Ã]Ê>ÊÃÕLÕÀLÊvÊ>Û>>°Ê ÛiÀÞÊ>Û>>LiÊÃÕÀv>ViÊÜÊvi>ÌÕÀiÃÊVÕÀvÕÊÕÀ>ÃÊ`i«VÌ}ÊÌ
iÊyÀ>Ê>`Êv>Õ>ÊvÊÌ
iÊÃ>`Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊV>ÊÕÃV>Ã]ÊwÃ
iÀi]Ê iÀ>`ÃÊ >`Ê ->ÌiÀ>Ê Ã>ÌÃ°Ê Ê LiÌÌiÀÜÊ iÝ>«iÊ ÜÕ`Ê LiÊ >ÀÊ ,Ì
½ÃÊ £xÊ -i>}À>Ê «>Ì}Ã]Ê ÜÊ
ÕÃi`Ê >ÌÊ />ÌiÊ `iÀÊ Ê `°Ê ,Ì
Ê >ÃÊ Ài}>À`i`Ê
ÃÊ«>Ì}ÃÊ>ÃÊÕÀ>Ã]Ê`ë>ÞÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÕ`]Ê>ÃÊ>Ì
>ÊiÃÊLÃiÀÛi`]Ê ¼Ã
>«iÊ>ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊë>ViÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>À̽°42 The monumentality of the canvases VÀi>ÌiÃÊ >Ê Ìi}À>Ìi`Ê iÛÀiÌÊ Ê Ü
V
Ê ,Ì
½ÃÊ `ÕÀ]Ê >«V>Þ«ÌVÊ ÛÃÃÊ Ê Vi>VÊLÀÜÃÊ>`Ê>ÀÃÊi}>}iÊÊ>Ê`ÊvÊÃÞV
ÀÃi`ÊÛÃÕ>ÊV
ÀÕÃÊÌ
>Ì]Ê >LiÌÊÊ>Ê`vviÀiÌÊiÞ]ÊÀiÃÕÀv>ViÃÊÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊLÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊvÀÊ Ê 6>ÊÌÊ-
ÀÊ iÃ
>Ì]ÊvÀÊ,LiÀÌÊ >
iÊÌÊ>Ê`iÊ iÀ°Ê/
iÊ«VÌÀ>ÊÌÀ>`ÌÃÊvÊ «>Ì}ÆÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌVÕ>ÌÃÊvÊë>ViÊÜÌ
Ê>`ÊLiÞ`ÊÌ
iÊvÀ>i]ÊÌ
iÊ«>ÞÊvÊÃÕÀv>ViÊ
34
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
José Fuster, mosaic wall works (2008), Jaimanitas district, Havana, Cuba. Photo: Uwe Ackermann.
>`Ê`i«Ì
]ÊÌ
iÊ>``ÀiÃÃÊÌÊ>Ê}À>â}ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÞÃÌVÊÀ>}iÊvÀÊÀi>ÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ ÃÌÊÃÕLiÊvÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÃ]ÊvÀÊ«ÀiÌÌiÃÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊiLÀ>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊ>LiVÌ]ÊÜÊ>Ê resurface in myriad guises throughout this discussion of installation and the mov}Ê>}i°Ê/
iÊiÜÊ`Þ>V]Ê>>Ìi`ÊvÀÊvÊÃÌ>i`Ê«VÌÕÀiÃÊ`iÃÊÌÊÃÊÕV
Ê V>L>ÃiÊÌ
iÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊvÊ«>Ì}Ê>ÃÊÀi`ÃVÛiÀÊÌÃÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊiÜÊ technologies and new audiences already predisposed to the apprehension of seriaÃi`]ÊivÀ>i`ÊÛÃÕ>ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÃÊqÊÌ>iÊÊÌ
iÊ
v°
NOTES 1Ê 2Ê
3Ê 4
>ÀÀÞÊ-V
Ü>LÃÞÊÓä䣮ʼ-
ÀiÞÊ7Ì>Ã>\Ê/
iÊivv>LÌÞÊ vviV̽]ÊV>Ì>}ÕiÊiÃÃ>Þ]Ê*ÜiÀÊ *>Ì]Ê/ÀÌ]Ê«°Ê££° *>ÕÊ-
>ÀÌÃʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ ÀÕViÊiÃÊÓää®Ê¼"ÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ >À½]ÊArtforum]ÊÃÕiÀÆÊ
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ ÜÜÜ°ÕÌÕ>>ÀÌ°VÉ"«iÀÌViÉ"ÕÌvÌ
i >ÀÉnÎ ÎÈn än ÈCÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÇÊÕÞÊ 2014). -iiÊ ÀÞÊiÀÊÓä䣮ʼ/
iÊ->LÕÃ̽ÃÊ-ÌÀÞ\ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ/>Li>Õ½]ÊOxford Art Journal]ÊëiV>ÊÃÃÕiʼ"ÊÃÌ>>̽]ÊÓ{\ÊÓ]Ê««°ÊÇxqΰ I am aware of those forms of painting that inscribe an ambulatory spectator such as fresVÃ]ÊÜ
V
ÊÊ`ÃVÕÃÃÊÊ`ÕiÊVÕÀÃi]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ-Ì>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÀÃÃÊÀiviÀiVi`ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊi°
PAINTING
35
5Ê 6Ê 7Ê 8Ê 9Ê 10 11Ê 12Ê 13
14Ê 15
16Ê 17
18 19Ê 20Ê
21Ê
22Ê 23
36
°Ê°Ê,iiÃÆÊi>ÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]ÊÊÕÞÊÓääÈ° -iiÊiÃÃ>ÊÀÕ`ÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼"LÃiÀÛ>Ì>Ê\Ê`ÃÌÀ>ÌÊvÊ-V>Ê,i>ÌÞ½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê £\ÊÓ]Ê«°Ê£Çΰ -ii]ÊV
>«ÌiÀÃÊÃÝ]ÊiÊ>`ÊiiÛiÊÊÌ
ÃÊÛÕi° ÀÊ>Ê`ÃVÕÃÃÊvÊVi>ÌVÊÕÃÃÊ>`Ê>ÌÕÃÃ]ÊÃiiÊ>Ì
>Ê7>iÞÊÓä£{®Ê ¼ Ý«iÀiÌ>ÊVi>½ÃÊÕÃÛiÊÕý]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê««°ÊÓÎqxä° >ÀViÊ*ÀÕÃÌʵÕÌi`ÊÊ ÀÞÊiÀÊÓä䣮]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÇÇ° Ibid. p. 79. ,V
>À`Ê7
iʵÕÌi`ÊÊÀ>
>iÊ7iLÀiÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼ ÕÀi`Ê«>«iÀÊÊÕiÌÊÛ>iÞ\Ê VÌÀ>`VÌÃ]ÊÀiÃ>ViÃ]Ê>`Ê«ÕÀ>ÌiÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊvÊ*>ÌÊ"½ i½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\ÊÓ]Ê«°Ê£x° /
iÊiÝÌiÀ>Ê«>À>«
iÀ>>ÊvÊ>ÊÌÀÊÃÊvÌiÊÊ`ë>ÞÊqÊÌ
iÊÌ>}iÊvÊÜÀiÃ]ÊÕÌ«Õ}ÃÊ >`ÊÝiÀÃÊqÊLÕÌÊÌÃÊÌiÀ>ÊÜÀ}ÃÊÀi>ÊÛii`°Ê I am not suggesting that this spectator-led play between surface and depth makes a viewer
iÀiÌÞÊÀiʼ>VÌÛi½°ÊÊv>VÌ]ÊviÜÊ>`ÕÌÃÊ}ÊÕ«ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊ>`ÊÜ>ÌV
ÊÌ
iÊ`ÌÃÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÞÊ children do. My interest is in the structural equivalence between Impressionist painting >`Ê«ÀiVÌi`ÊwÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÕ`Ê>ÜÊvÀÊÃÕV
Ê>ÊÛiÃÌ}>Ì° /
ÃÊiÝ«>ÃÊvÊÛÕiÊLÞÊviÀiViÊVÕ`ÊÜiÊLiÊÀi>`Ê>ÃÊ>ÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊvÊvvÃVÀiiÊ Ã«>Vi]Ê>ÊÌ
iiÊÊÃ
>ÊÀiÌÕÀÊÌÊ>ÌiÀÊÊÌ
ÃÊV
>«ÌiÀÊ>`Ê>}>ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊi° A. L. Rees (2000) A History of Experimental Film and Video°Ê`\Ê ÀÌÃ
ÊÊÃÌÌÕÌi]Ê p. 23. Rees also credits the Cubists for inspiring the development of Russian revolutionary w]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊÃÕ``iÊV
>}iÃÊvÊÛiÜÊÕ«ÊVÕÌîÊ>`ÊLiÊV>iÀ>° -ii]ÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]ÊÀ>Ê>ÃiÊÓä£Ó®ÊCinema and Experience; Siegfried Kracauer, Walter Benjamin, and Theodor W. Adorno°Ê iÀiiÞ]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ >vÀ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ°Ê The pioneering film director D. W. Griffith was influenced by the way Charles Dickens broke Õ«Ê>ÊÃÌÀÞ]ʼÃ
vÌ}ÊvÀÊiÊ}ÀÕ«ÊvÊ«i«iÊÌÊ>Ì
iÀ½]Ê>`ÊÌ
Ãʼi>ÀiÃÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃÌVÃÊvÊVi>ÊÊQÌ
iRÊiÌ
`ýÊvÊ«>À>iÊÃÌÀÞÌi}]Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ ÃiÃÌi]Ê was another powerful source for the development of montage. See Sergei Eisenstein (1944) Dickens, Griffith, and the Film Today. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉw>`>«Ì>Ì°µÜÀÌ}°µV°VÕÞ°i`ÕÉviÃÉÓä£ÓÉänÉ ÃiÃÌi ViÃÀvvÌ
>`Ì
i/`>Þ°«`f (accessed 30 September 2014). Ardengo Soffici quoted by RoseLee Goldberg (1979) Performance: Live Art from 1909 to the Present°Ê`\Ê/
>iÃÊEÊÕ`Ã]Ê«°Ê£ä° Ì
iÀÊ >ÌiVi`iÌÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ ÌÀ>ViÀÊ ivviVÌÊ V>Ê LiÊ vÕ`Ê Ê Ì
iÊ ÕÌ«iÊ iÝ«ÃÕÀiÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ¼V
À«
Ì}À>«
iÀ½Ê ÌiiÊÕiÃÊ>ÀiÞÊ£nÎäq£ä{®°Ê
ÞÊ,V
>À`ýÃÊÌiÀ]ÊÕÃi`ÊÊ>Ê`ÃVÕÃÃÊvÊ
iÀÊÜÀÊ`ÕÀ}ÊÌ
iÊFiguring Landscapes ÌÕÀ]Ê1]ÊÀi>`]ÊÕÃÌÀ>>ÊÓäänqÓä£ä®ÆÊ
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÃÌÕ`ÞViVÌ°V°ÕÉw}ÕÀ}>`Ãcapes (aVViÃÃi`ÊÇÊÕÞÊÓä£{®° ÀÊ>ÊÃ}
ÌvÕÊ>VVÕÌÊvÊ-iV`ÕVÌÀ½ÃÊÜÀÃÊÃiiÊÞÊÕÃL>`ÃÊÓä£Î®Ê¼/
iÊiÌ> «
ÞÃVÃÊvÊ`>Ì>\Ê*
ë
V>ÊÃViViÊÊ-iV`ÕVÌÀ½ÃÊ>>Ìi`ÊÛ`iý]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê ««°Ê£nqÓ£Ó°Ê,iViÌÊÞi>ÀÃÊ
>ÛiÊ>ÃÊÜÌiÃÃi`Ê>ÊiÝ«ÃÊvÊÌi>«ÃiÊw>}ÊÊ galleries and online. >ÀÊÀ>ÕÃÃÊÊ
ÃÊ££äÊiÃÃ>ÞʼiiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ ÃiµÕiViý]ʵÕÌi`ÊÊ>Ì
>Ê>âiÊ Óä£Î®Ê¼,>}iÊ>}>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊ>V
i½]ÊGuardian Review]Ê£{Ê-i«ÌiLiÀ]Ê«°ÊÓ° A term Tom Sherman uses throughout Before and after the I-Bomb: An Artist in the
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
24 25Ê 26 27Ê 28 29Ê 30 31 32Ê 33 34Ê
35Ê 36Ê 37 38 39Ê 40Ê
41Ê 42Ê
Ê
Information Environment. Atlanta: The Banff Centre Press (2002). See Catherine Elwes (2005) Video Art: A Guided Tour°Ê`\Ê° °Ê/>ÕÀÃ]Ê««°ÊÈq££È°ÊÊÜÊ return to this topic in chapter eleven. Ê iiÌÌÊÓään®ÊT_Visionarium: A User’s Guide]ÊÀi«À`ÕVi`Êi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Vi>° ÕÃÜ°i`Õ°>ÕÉ«ÀiVÌÃÉÌÚÛÃ>ÀÕm (accessed 10 September 2013). Heinrich Böll ([1961] 2011) Billiards at Half Past Nine]Ê ÌÀ>Ã°Ê *>ÌÀVÊ ÜiÃ°Ê `\Ê >ÀÞÊ Þ>ÀÃ]Ê«°ÊÈ° /
iÀiÊÃÊÃiÊ`ëÕÌiÊ>}ÊÃV
>ÀÃÊ>ÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>VVÕÀ>VÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÌÀLÕÌÊÌÊÌÌ]ÊLÕÌÊ this need not detain us here. Heinrich Wolfflin ([1952] 1968) Classic Art]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ*iÌiÀÊ>`Ê`>ÊÕÀÀ>Þ°Ê`\Ê*
>`]Ê p. 3. Ê6>ÊÓääήÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê
Ê7>Ã
]ÊThe Eye of the HeartÊ>ÀÊ`i]Ê`ÀiVÌÀ®]Ê Ê{°Ê Ibid. Ibid. `ÀiÜÊÀ>
> ÝÊ£®ÊJourney of the Magus]ÊxÊ iViLiÀ°ÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ ÜÜÜ°LLV°V°ÕÉ«À}À>iÃÉ«ää
ÈÝÎÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£ÎÊÕ}ÕÃÌÊÓä£Î®° Ibid. -iiÊ Û`Ê,©ÃÃ>ÊÓ䣣®Ê¼/
iÊ-ÌÉÛ}Êi`\ÊÊÌÀ`ÕV̽]ÊÊ Û`Ê,©ÃÃ>Êi`°®Ê Between Stillness and Motion: Film, Photography, Algorithms. Amsterdam: Amsterdam 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°Ê££qÓÈ°Ê
Ê 7>Ã
]Ê `ÀiVÌÀÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ *>ÕÊ iÌÌÞÊ ÕÃiÕÊ ÀiÌÀi`Ê Óäää®]Ê Ê VÛiÀÃ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ê 6>]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° >`Ê Õ``Ê µÕÌi`Ê LÞÊ V
>iÊ Ài`Ê Q£ÈÇRÊ £n®Ê Art and Objecthood: Essays and Reviews. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Walter Ruttmann (c°Ê££É£Óä]Ê£n®Ê¼>iÀiÊÌÊ«>ÕÊiÀ}iÊi`°®ÊWalter Ruttmann. Eine Dokumentation°Ê iÀ\ÀiÕ`iÊ`iÀÊ`iÕÌÃV
iÊi>Ì
i]Ê«°ÊÇ{° Ibid. `ÀjÊ >âÊQ£xRÊ£Èn®Ê¼*>Ì}Ê>`Ê i>½]ÊÊWhat is Cinema: Volume One]ÊÌÀ>Ã°Ê Õ}
ÊÀ>Þ°Ê iÀiiÞ]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ >vÀ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£È{° -Ìi«
iÊi>Ì
Ê£n£®Ê¼ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ-«>Vi½]ÊÊQuestions of Cinema°Ê`\Ê>V>]Ê«°ÊxÎ°Ê Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÃVÀii°ÝvÀ`ÕÀ>ðÀ}ÉVÌiÌÉ£ÇÉÎÉÈn°iÝÌÀ>VÌÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£Ê December 2013). 7
Ê V>Ê vÀ}iÌÊ Ì
iÊ vÌ>}iÊ vÊ Ì
ÃiÊ wÀÃÌÊ Õ}>ÞÊ ÃÌi«ÃÊ Ì>iÊ LÞÊ >ÃÌÀ>ÕÌÃÊ Ê £È]ÊÊ Li>i`ÊÌÊÕÀÊi>ÀÌ
ÞÊÌiiÛÃÊÃiÌö >Ì
>ÊiÃÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼/>ÌiÊ`iÀ½ÃÊÀi
>}ÊV>ÌÊ`Ã
ÊÌ
iÊ>iÃÌÞÊvÊ>ÀÊ,Ì
½ÆÊ posted online 22 August:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì
i}Õ>À`>°VÉ>ÀÌ>``iÃ}É>Ì
>iÃL} ÉÓä£ÓÉ>Õ}ÉÓÓÉÌ>Ìi`iÀ>ÀÀÌ
o (accessed 26 September 2013).
PAINTING
37
CHAPTER THREE
Sculpture ...useless three-dimensional things. ,LiÀÌÊÀÀÃ]Ê£ÈÈ A ship in a bottle, a building within a building. *
Þ`>Ê >ÀÜ]ÊÓä£ä
THE DEMISE OF SCULPTURE "ÛiÀÊ Ì
iÊ «>ÃÌÊ ViÌÕÀÞ]Ê Ì
iÊ Ìi}ÀÌÞÊ vÊ >ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀiÊ
>ÃÊ LiiÊ LÌ
Ê >vwÀi`Ê >`Ê V«ÀÃi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ>LÌÞÊvÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê}
ÌÊÌÊ`ÃÃÛiÊÜ>ÃÊ>`ÊÀÕ«ÌÕÀiÊë>Ì>Ê VÌÕÌÞ°ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌi]ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÀÊi}iiÀÊvÊÃ`Ê>ÌÌiÀ]Ê
>ÃÊLiViÊ`ii«ÞÊiiÃ
i`ÊÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>Ì°ÊÊÌÃÊi>ÀÞÊ`>ÞÃ]ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ }
ÌÊ >««i>ÀÊ ÌÊ
>ÛiÊ iÞi`Ê ÃiÊ V}ÀÕiViÊ ÜÌ
Ê iiÌÊ ÀiiLiÀ}½ÃÊ `iÀÃÌÊ `i>`Ê vÀÊ ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ ÌÊ ¼>Û`Ê `i«i`iViÊ Õ«Ê >ÞÊ À`iÀÊ vÊ iÝ«iÀiViÊ not given in the most essentially construed nature of its medium’.1 This state of >ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊ}À>ViÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊLiÊ>V
iÛi`]ÊÃ>`ÊÀiiLiÀ}]ÊÞÊLÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊV>Ìi}ÀV>ÞÊ ¼ÀiÕV}ÊÕý°Ê-ÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Êw>iÀÃÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃÊ ``Ê`ii`Ê>ÕV
ÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊLÀ>`ÊvʼÌÀÕÌ
ÊÌÊ>ÌiÀ>ý]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊÜÊÃiiÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊÃÝ°Ê /
iÞÊ`iÌiÀi`ÊÌÊiÝ«ÃiÊÌ
iÊiV
>ÃÃÊvÊÕÃÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÕÃÌ>i`ÊÀi>ÃÊ >`Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ`iðÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÊëÌiÊvÊÌ
iÀÊivvÀÌÃÊÌÊ«ÀiÃiÌÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}iÃÊ vÊ Û}Ê >}iÊ ¼ÃiÞÊ Ê ÌiÀÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÀÊ Ãi«>À>ÌiÊ >`Ê ÀÀi`ÕVLiÊ ÃiÛiý] 2 even the most abstract of structural films could not reform patterns of light genetically «Ài`ëÃi`ÊÌÊ>õÕiÀ>`iÊ>ÃÊ>Ì
iÀÊÀi>ÌÞ°ÊÊÃVÀiiÊÀi>ÌÊÃÌ>>ÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ ViÌÀ>ÊÌiiÌÊvÊ`iÀÃÌÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi]ÊÌ
iÊÛV>ÌʼÌÊLiÊÌÃiv½ÊVÕ`ÊÌ
iÀivÀiÊÊ longer be sustained to the level required by the Greenbergian ethos.
38
The imperfect adaptation of modernist sculptural precepts by the moving image vÀi`Ê«>ÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ}À>`Õ>ÊiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊV>Ìi}ÀÞÊvʼÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi½ÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>`ÊLiiÊÕder way since the 1920s. The Russian Suprematist El Lissitzky created his series of Proun Rooms (1923) in which splintered paintings were straining to escape into the V`ÌÊvÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊÀ]Ê«ÃÃLÞ]ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÃÊÜiÀiÊvÀ>}iÌ}Ê>`Êi>«}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ walls for safety) perfectly illustrating Phyllida Barlow’s concept of contemporary ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ>ÃʼÜ>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊViÊ>Ü>ÞÊvÀÊÜ>ý°3ÊÊÌ
iÊ`iÀÃÌÊ«iÀ`]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ vÊ ,LiÀÌÊ ,>ÕÃV
iLiÀ}Ê >`Ê Ãi«
Ê iÕÞÃÊ iÝi«wi`Ê ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ LÀi>}Ê ÕÌÊ vÊ its conventional boundaries and distributing its constituent elements across a galiÀÞÊë>ViÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊÃÊÕV
Ê>««Ài
i`}Ê>Ê`ÃVÀiÌiÊLiVÌÊvÀÊ >ÊvÀÌ>Ê«ÃÌÊÕÌÃ`iÊ>ÃÊÌÀ>Ûi}ÊÃ`iÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÌÃiv°ÊiÝÊ*ÌÌÃÊ
>ÃÊi`Ê Ì
iÊë>Ì>ÊiÝ«>ÃÊvÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊÌÊ>Ê`iÃÀiÊÊÌ
iÊ«>ÀÌÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃʼÌÊ}iÌÊ>Ü>ÞÊvÀÊ «ÕÀiÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ°°°ÊÌÊLiÊ>LiÊÌÊiÝ«ÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÜiÀvÕÊÛÃÕ>ÊivviVÌÃÊvÊÌ>ÌiÊi}ÕviÌÊ`iÛi«i`ÊÊVi>Ê>`ÊViÀÌ>Ê«>Ì}ÊÃÌ>>Ìý] 4 an ambition that was Ài>Ãi`ÊÜ
iÊLiVÌÃÊÜiÀiÊVLi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ`i>ÌiÀ>Ãi`Êi`ÕÊvÊwÊ>`Ê Û`i°ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÊÃVÕ«ÌÀÊ >`ÊÕ``Ê>ÃÊV
>i}i`ÊÌ
iÊ«iÀ>Ê Ã}Õ>ÀÌÞÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ
>`VÀ>vÌi`Ê LiVÌÊ LÞÊ iÝ
LÌ}Ê ÕÌ«iÃÊ vÊ i>À`iÌV>Ê ÀiVÌ>}Õ>ÀÊLÝiÃÊÊÀi}iÌi`ÊVw}ÕÀ>ÌÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÜ>ÃÊvÀiiÊ to roam. These works no longer proffered an internal argument of meaning created LÞÊ ViÌÀ«iÌ>Ê vÀ>Ê V`iÌÃÊ ÜÌ
Ê ÌÃÊ LÀ`iÀÃ]Ê LÕÌ]Ê >ÃÊ ,LiÀÌÊ ÀÀÃÊ
>ÃÊ LÃiÀÛi`]ÊÌ
iÞÊLiV>iʼ>ÊvÕVÌÊvÊë>Vi]Ê}
ÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ½ÃÊwi`ÊvÊÛýÊ>`Ê>ÃÊ >ÊÀiÃÕÌ]ÊÌ
iÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>ÊLiVÌÊ
>`ÊLiViʼiÃÃÊÃiv«ÀÌ>̽°5 vÊ>ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÊLiVÌÊiÊ>ÞÊÌ
iÀ]ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌiÊVÕ`Ê>ÞÊLiVÌÊ LiÊ>ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi¶Ê/
ÃʵÕiÃÌÊÜ>ÃÊv>ÕÃÞÊ>ÃÜiÀi`ÊLÞÊ>ÀViÊ ÕV
>«]ÊÜ
ÊÊ ££ÇÊÃÕLÌÌi`Ê>ÊÕÀ>ÊÌÊ>Ê«iÊÃ
Ü]ÊÀi>i`ÊÌÊFountain]ÊÃ}i`ÊÌʼ,°ÊÕÌÌ½Ê and convinced the world that it was art.6 If the urinal destroyed (momentarily) the VÀ>vÌÊL>ÃiÊvÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ>`ÊV
>i}i`ÊÌÃÊvÊ>ÕÌ
iÌVÌÞ]ÊÌÊ>ÃÊ
iÀ>`i`ÊÌ
iÊ iV«ÃiÊvÊ>ÞÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃÛiÊV«iÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ}
ÌÊÀiÛi>ÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌ]Ê>ÊiÛ>VÕ>ÌÊvÊiÌÛiÊVÌiÌÊÌ
>ÌÊiÃÌ>LÃ
i`Ê>Ê«À
LÌÊ>`
iÀi`ÊÌÊLÞÊ Ì
iÊ}iiÀ>ÌÃÊvÊVVi«ÌÕ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊvÜi`°ÊÃÊ ÕV
>«Ê
ÃivÊ`iV>Ài`]Ê >LiÌÊÃiÜ
>ÌÊ`Ã}iÕÕÃÞ]ʼÌ
iÊV
ViÊvÊÀi>`Þ>`iÃÊÃÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊL>Ãi`ÊÊÛÃÕ>Ê`vviÀiViÊ>`]Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌi]ÊÊÌ
iÊÌÌ>Ê>LÃiViÊvÊ}`ÊÀÊL>`ÊÌ>ÃÌi½°7 "vÊVÕÀÃi]ÊÌ
iÊÕÀ>ÊÜ>ÃÊV>ÀivÕÞÊV
ÃiÊvÀÊÌÃÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊépater la bourgeoisie]Ê>`Ê ÌÃÊÃÕVViÃÃÀÃ]ÊÊ>ÊÃÌÀVÌÞÊÌi`Êi`ÌÊ>ÕÌ
ÀÃi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÌ
iÊÀ}>ÊÜ>ÃÊ ÃÌ®Ê ÃÕLÃiµÕiÌÞÊ LiV>iÊ ViVÌ>LiÊ LiVÌÃÊ vÊ iÃiÊ Û>Õi° 8Ê ÜiÛiÀ]Ê Ì
iÊ «ÀV«iÊvÊÌ
iÊvÕ`ÊLiVÌ]Êi>VÌ}Ê>Êdétournement]Ê>ÊÌÀ>ÃvÀ>ÌÊvÊÌÃÊÀ}>Ê«ÕÀ«ÃiÊ>`Êi>}]ÊÜ>ÃÊÜÊwÀÞÊiÃÌ>LÃ
i`ÊÊ
}
ÊVÕÌÕÀiÊ>`ÊLiV>iÊ Ì
iÊ
>>ÀÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÌ`iÀÊVÕÌÕÀiÊvÊ>««À«À>Ì]ÊÃ>«}Ê>`ʵÕÌ>Ì°Ê The artistry involved was no longer located in the sculptor’s skilful manipulation of materials but was transposed to the strategic public placement of the repurposed
SCULPTURE
39
>ÀÌiv>VÌ]ÊÜ
ÃiÊÀ}>ÊVÀi>ÌÀÊÜ>ÃÊÀ>ÀiÞÊVÀi`Ìi`°ÊÊvÕ`ÊLiVÌÊÜÀÊiViÃÃtates a declaration of the artist’s authorship and the communication of his or her VVi«ÌÕ>ÊÌiÌ]Ê>`ÊÊÌ
iÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊLiV̽ÃÊiÝÃÌiViÊLÞÊÜ
>ÌiÛiÀÊ i>ÃÊ>ÌÊÌÃÊ«ÀÌiÀýÊ`ëÃ>°Ê`ÞÊ7>À
½ÃÊ>ÌÀ>]ÊÃÊLiÛi`ÊvÊ>ÀiÌiiÀÃ]Ê Ì
>Ìʼ}`ÊLÕÃiÃÃÊÃÊÌ
iÊLiÃÌÊ>À̽Ê>ÀÃÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>ÃÌÊvÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊvÀÊ>Ê>ÌÌÀLÕÌ>LiÊ>ÀÌiv>VÌÊvÊÌÀÃVÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃÛiÊ>`Ê>ÀÌÃÌVÊÛ>ÕiÊÌÊ>Ê«À«ÊÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÌÊvÊ >Ê`i>Ê>`ÊÌÃÊ«À}iÌÀ®ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÊLiViÃÊvÊÃiV`>ÀÞÊ«ÀÌ>ViÊvÊ not entirely incidental to the work as a whole. 9
APPROPRIATION, HYBRIDISATION AND THE ‘POST−MEDIUM CONDITION’ ,i>`Þ>`iÃÊÊÌ
iÊiÝ«>`i`Êwi`ÊvÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi]ÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊÃ}ÞÊÀÊÊÕÌ«iÃ]ÊV
>i}i`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÕµÕiÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>ÊLiVÌÊÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ°Ê ÊÌ
iÊVÕÌiÀVÕÌÕÀ>ÊviÀiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃ]Ê>ÊÀ}ÞÊvÊÃVi}i>ÌÊ was unleashed in the arts whereby the traditional divisions between painting and ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi]ÊÌ
i>ÌÀiÊ>`Êw]ÊÕÃVÊ>`Ê`>ViÊLi}>ÊÌÊLÀi>Ê`ÜÊÊ>Ê}iiÀ>ÊÛiÀ
>ÕÊvÊiÃÌ>LÃ
i`ÊV>Ìi}ÀiÃÊ>`Ê
iÀ>ÀV
iðÊÃÊ`V>Ìi`ÊÊÞÊÌÀ`ÕVÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ avant-garde artists of the 1960s took the discrete artistic conventions with which Ì
iÊ ÜÀ`Ê Ü>ÃÊ v>>ÀÊ >`Ê ÀiVLi`Ê Ì
iÊ ÌÊ
ÞLÀ`Ãi`Ê
>««i}Ã]Ê >ÃÃiL>}iÃÊ>`ÊiÛÀiÌÃÊëÀi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊv>ÀÞÊ`ÕÃÌÊvÊV
>Vi]ÊëÌ>iÌÞÊ>`Ê >Õ`iViÊ«>ÀÌV«>Ì°Ê/
iÀiÊÃÊ>Ê`ÃÌVÌÊÌÊLiÊ>`iÊLiÌÜiiÊÜÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÕÝÌ>«ÃiÊiiiÌÃÊvÊ`vviÀiÌÊ`ÃV«iÃÊÊÃÕÀ«ÀÃ}ÊÜ>ÞÃÊÌ
>ÌÊiÌ
iiÃÃÊ>Ì>]Ê vÊ ÌÊ ÀivÀVi]Ê Ì
iÊ `ÃÌVÌÃÊ LiÌÜiiÊ Ì
iÊ >`Ê Ì
ÃiÊ Ê Ü
V
]Ê >ÃÊ w>iÀÊ V
>iÊ -ÜÊ ViÌi`]Ê ÜiÊ ÜÌiÃÃÊ ¼iÊ i`ÕÊ i>Ì}Ê >Ì
iÀÊ i`Õ½°10 In Ì
iÊ£ÈäÃ]Ê«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ-Ì>Ê6> iÀ iiÊÃÕ}
ÌÊÌÊiÀ>`V>ÌiÊÌ
iÊ`ÛÃÃÊ between artistic disciplines – in his case by combining all the currently available ¼iÝ«iÀiViÊ>V
iýÊÌÊ}L>ÞiÌÜÀi`Êi`>ÊiÝÌÀ>Û>}>â>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ
iÊV>i`Ê Ì
iʼVÕÌÕÀ>ÊÌiÀV½°ÊÃÊ>]ÊÜÀÌiÊ>ÀÊ >ÀÌiÌÌ]ÊÜ>ÃÊÌʼÛiÌÊ>`ÊÌÊ«À`ÕViÊ collaboratively communication forms for a new society’.11 The sculptural aspects of the work were subservient to VanDerBeek’s utopian vision of social cohesion based on a common pictorial language. 7
iÊ >ÀÌÊ «Õ`ÌÃÊ Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê Ì
iÊ >}iÃÊ
>ÛiÊ «ÀV>i`Ê Ì
iÊ `i>Ì
Ê vÊ >Ê i`Õ]Ê Ì
iÊÀiÃÕÀÀiVÌÊÃÊiÛiÀÊv>ÀÊLi
`]Ê>LiÌÊÊ>Ê`vviÀiÌÊ}ÕÃi°Ê>`>`iÊÀÊ>ÀÌÃÌ `iÃ}i`Ê ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê V«iÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊ Ài}Õ>ÀÞÊ Ài>««i>Ài`Ê Ê
ÞLÀÃi`]Ê ÃÌ>i`Ê ÜÀÃÊ vÀÊ iÊ iiÞ½ÃÊ «ÕÊ 9Ê ÃÌ>}iÊ ÃiÌÃÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ Ìi«À>ÀÞÊ ÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÃÊ >`iÊ out of anything from breezeblocks to everyday tables and chairs that feature in the «iÀvÀ>ViÃÊvÊ-Ì>ÌÊÕÃiÊ"«iÀ>°ÊiÃÌÃÊÀiÌÀ`ÕVi`ÊÌ
iÊÌÊvʼiÊÊ >`i]ʽÊ>vÀ>`½12 in their radical reinvention of craft and recent performance works
40
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
LÞÊÀiViÊ*i>ÊVÕ`iÊLÌ
ÊvÕ`ÊLiVÌÃÊ>`ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê>ÃÃiL>}iðÊ/Ê`iÃVÀLiÊ >ÞÊV«iÌÊvÊÌ
iÃiÊv>LÀV>ÌÃÊ>ÃʼÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiýÊ}
ÌÊLiÊ>ÊÃiÀÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÀiÊÃÕLiVÌi`ÊÌÊivÀVi`ÊV
>LÌ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÛiÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃ]ÊÃÕ`]Ê }
Ì]ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ>`ÉÀÊÕ«Ài`VÌ>LiÊÌiÀ>VÌÃÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÕÀi
i>ÀÃi`Ê«ÕLV°Ê The special status of a sculptural artefact is also hard to maintain when it finds itÃivÊÀÕLL}ÊÕ«Ê>}>ÃÌÊ>Ê>ÃÃÀÌiÌÊvÊiÛiÀÞ`>ÞÊLiVÌÃÊ}ÛiÊiµÕ>ÊÜi}
ÌÊ>`Ê importance in the level playing field of installation. The contemporary artist Tomoko Takahashi seems to have dispensed entirely with the category of sculpture with her Ì>}i`Ê>ÃÃiL>}iÃÊ>`iÊÕ«ÊvÊÌ
iÊ`iÌÀÌÕÃÊvÊVÃÕiÀÊVÕÌÕÀi]ÊLiÀ>Ìi`ÊvÀÊ Ü
>ÌÊ7>ÌiÀÊ i>ÊV>i`ʼÌ
iÊL`>}iÊvÊÕÌÌÞ½° 13 Takahashi’s work comes from a long lineage of art bricolageÊLi}}ÊÜÌ
ÊÕÀÌÊ-V
ÜÌÌiÀýʫÀÛÃi`Ê`iÃÌVÊ environments. In his MerzbauÊ£ÓÎqÎή]Ê
iÊÌÀ>ÃvÀi`ÊÌ
iÊÀÃÊvÊ
ÃÊ>ÛiÀÊ
ÕÃiÊÌÊVÕLÃÌÊiÀ>ÃÊÌÊ
ÃÊvÀi`ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊVÕ`i`ÊiÝ>«iÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÜÀÊ>`Ê ÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊLi}}Ã]ÊÀi«iÌiÊÜÌ
Êi>V
VÊ>ÃÃV>ÌðÊÌ
iÀÊ>ÌiVi`iÌÊV>ÊLiÊvÕ`ÊÊÌ
iʼ/À«V?>½ÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊ>ÕÌ
Ài`ÊLÞÊjÊ"ÌVV>ÊÜ
]Ê>ÃÊ>Ê }iÃÌÕÀiÊvÊÀiÃÃÌ>ViÊÌÊÌ
iÊ À>â>ÊÌ>ÀÞÊ`VÌ>ÌÀÃ
«ÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÀiVÀi>Ìi`Ê the favelas (shanty towns) of Rio and invited the populace to come in and play. Some vÀÌÞÊÞi>ÀÃÊ>ÌiÀ]Ê/>>
>Ã
Ê`iÃ}i`Ê
iÀÊCrash Course (2006) at the Mead Gallery iÊ>ÊÌ
Àii`iÃ>]ÊÜ>Ê*VÊvi>ÌÕÀ}ÊÜÀÊÕÌÊV«ÕÌiÀÃ]ÊÌÀÊLÃ]Ê
Tomoko Takahashi, Crash Course (2006), Mead Gallery, Warwick University. Photo: Nicolas Whybrow from ‘One Thing and Another’ in Body, Space & Technology, 10. Available online: http://people.brunel.ac.uk/bst/vol0602/nicolaswhybrow/home.html
SCULPTURE
41
LÀiÊVVÃÊ>`Ê>«Ã]Ê}ÕÌÌi`ÊÌÀÃÊqÊÌ
iÊ`ÃV>À`i`Ê«>À>«
iÀ>>ÊvÊ>ÊÃÌtute of learning. The scattered and entwined debris of modern university life formed an apparently random arrangement spreading virally throughout the space with no iÊLiVÌÊÃ>Ìi`ÊvÀÊëiV>Ê>ÌÌiÌ°ÊvÊÌ
iÀiÊiÝÃÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÊÌiÊ Ì
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ
>`Ê>`iÊ
iÀÃiv]ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊ`iÌiVÌÊÊÌ
iÊÕi«Ìʼ}>À`iÊvÊÃÌÕvv½ÊÌ
>ÌÊ/>>
>Ã
ÊVÕi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀiÃ]ÊVÀÀ`ÀÃÊ>`ÊëÃÊvÊ7>ÀÜVÊ University. Ê £]Ê ,Ã>`Ê À>ÕÃÃÊ Vi`Ê Ì
iÊ ÌiÀÊ ¼«ÃÌi`ÕÊ V`Ì½Ê ÌÊ `iÌiÊ the melting pot into which the distinctiveness of sculpture along with that of the Ì
iÀÊ «>ÃÌVÊ >ÀÌÃÊ
>`Ê LiiÊ }À>`Õ>ÞÊ µÕiwi`°Ê -Üii«}Ê ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi]Ê «>Ì}]Ê wÊ >`ÊÛ`iÊÌÊ
iÀÊÜÊiÕÌÀ>ÊÀi«ÃÌÀÞÊvÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊ>VÌÛÌÞ]Ê>Ê«ÀiÛÕÃÞÊ`iÌw>LiÊi`ÕëiVwVÊ«À>VÌViÃÊÜiÀiÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÞʼÌÕÀi`Ê°°°ÊÃ`iÊÕ̽Ê>`ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi]Ê iÊ«>Ì}]ÊVÕ`ÊÊ}iÀÊÃÌ>`Ê>iÊ>ÃÊ>Ê>ÕÌÕÃÊ`ÃV«i°ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊ À>ÕÃÃ]Ê ÌÀ>`Ì>Ê «À>VÌViÃÊ ÜiÀiÊ ¼i«Ìi`Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ }iiÀVÊ V>Ìi}ÀÞÊ vÊ ÀÌ\Ê >ÀÌ >Ì>À}i]Ê ÀÊ >ÀÌ}iiÀ>½°14Ê Ê `ÕiÊ VÕÀÃi]Ê ÜiÊ ÜÊ ÀiÌÕÀÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ ÃÃÕiÊ vÊ i`ÕÊ Ã«iVwVÌÞÊ Ê Ì
iÊ VÌi«À>ÀÞÊ wi`]Ê LÕÌÊ ÌiÊ
iÀiÊ Ì
>ÌÊ À>ÕÃýÃÊ VVi«ÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ «ÃÌi`ÕÊÀiÌiÀ>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ViÌÕÀÞÊÀÕ«ÌÕÀiÊÃÌ}>Ìi`ÊLÞÊ ÕLÃ]Ê Dada and Surrealism whereby conventional association of materials with particular >ÀÌÃÌVÊ«ÀViÃÃiÃÊÜiÀiÊ`Ã>Ìi`\Ê«>ÌÊ>`ÊV>Û>ÃÊiµÕ>Ì}ÊÌÊ«>Ì}]ÊÜ`]Ê ÃÌiiÊ>`ÊÃÌiÊÌÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi°ÊÃÊÕÀÌÊ-V
ÜÌÌiÀÃÊ`iV>Ài`ÊÊ££]ʼÊ>Ê>Ê«>ÌiÀÊ>`Ê I nail my pictures together’.15 If the separate status of sculpture was systematically undermined by the combined efforts of artists in the early years of the last century backed up by theorists ÊÀiÊÀiViÌÊÌiÃ]ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊ`iÛ>Õi`ÊiÛiÊvÕÀÌ
iÀÊÜ
iÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊ iiÀ}i`ÊÊÌ
iÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊviÀiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃ°Ê ÞÊ}Û}ÊÃ
iÌiÀÊÌÊ Û}Ê>}iÊ«À>VÌViÃ]ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌÊ>VµÕÀi`ÊLÞÊ>ÃÃV>ÌÊ>Ê>ÀÝÃÌyiVÌi`Ê «ÌVÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÀiiVÌi`ÊÌ
iÊVÀi>ÌÊvÊÕµÕiÊLiVÌÃÊÌÊLiÊLÕ}
ÌÊ>`ÊÃ`ÊÊÜ
>ÌÊ radical practitioners regarded as an indefensible capitalist art market. By the £ÇäÃ]Ê>Ê«iÀ`Ê`>Ìi`ÊLÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊViVÌÛiÃÊÊLÌ
Ê ÕÀ«iÊ>`Ê ÀÌ
ÊiÀV>]Ê Ì
ÃÊVÀ̵ÕiÊvÊ>ÀÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÕÝÕÀÞÊV`ÌÞÊ«ÀÛ`i`ÊiÊvÊÌ
iÊÌÛ>ÌÃÊvÀÊÌ
ÃiÊ who embraced analogue video;16 a videotape could be infinitely reproduced and had a scarcity value of close to nil.17ÊÊÌ
iÊ1]ÊÛ`i>iÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ >Û`Ê>]Ê/>>À>Ê ÀÀ>]Ê/>Êi>iÊ>`Ê/ÞÊ-`iÊ`iÌiÀi`ÊÌÊ>Û`ÊÌ
iÊ«À`ÕVÌÊvÊ>Þthing that might resemble the collectable bronzes by Edgar Degas or Henry Weekes Ì
>ÌÊ iÀV
Ê ÕÀÊ >Ì>Ê ÕÃiÕÃ]Ê ÀÊ ``Ê Ì
iÞÊ ÜÃ
Ê ÌÊ iÕ>ÌiÊ Ì
iÊ >ÀÊ «ÕLVÊ sculptures that grace our city squares.18 Artists now created installations in which >ÞÊ ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê ÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÃÊ ÜiÀiÊ Ìi«À>ÀÞ]Ê `ëÃ>LiÊ >`Ê VÃÌÌÕÌÛiÞÊ ÕViVÌ>Li]Ê>Ê>ÌÌÌÕ`iÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÕÀÛÛiÃÊÊÌ
iÊÕ«VÞVi`ÊÌÀ>Ã
ÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊiÊ />>
>Ã
ÊÜ
]ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÊ`>ÞÊvÊ
iÀÊiÝ
LÌÃ]ÊÛÌiÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÕLVÊÌÊÀiÛiÊ>ÞÊ LiVÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ>iÊÌ
iÀÊv>VÞ°Ê
42
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
OBJECTS IN SPACE Our discussion so far has encompassed the apparent demise of freestanding sculpÌÕÀiÊÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÌÜ>À]Ê«ÃÌ`iÀÊiÀ>]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊVVÌ>ÌÊÃÕÀÛÛ>ÊvÊ>ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê ÃiÃLÌÞÊ>`ÊÌÃÊ>ÌiÀ>Ê«À>VÌViÃ]Ê>LiÌÊÌÀ>ÃvÀi`Ê>`ÊiÝ«>`i`ÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌ°ÊÌÊÜÊLiViÊVi>ÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>«Õ>ÌÊvÊ>ÌiÀ>ÃÊ>`Ê «ÀViÃÃiÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÀiÃÌ}ÊvÊ>ÀÌÊLiVÌÃÊÌÊ>Ê}>iÀÞÊÃiÌÌ}ÊLÞÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ «À>VÌÌiÀÃÊ ÀiÌiÀ>ÌiÃÊ ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê ÌÀ>`ÌÃ°Ê ÕÃÌÊ >ÃÊ ÃVÕ«ÌÀÃÊ VÃ`iÀÊ Ì
iÊ i«>ViiÌÊ vÊ >Ê ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi]Ê Û}Ê >}iÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÜÊ >ÌÌ>V
i`Ê >Ê iÜÊ «ÀÌ>ViÊ ÌÊÌ
iÊ>VÌÕ>Êë>ViÊvÊ«ÀiVÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊVw}ÕÀ>ÌÊvÊÌÀðÊ>ÞÊwÊ>`Ê video-makers would have agreed with Robert Morris who in 1966 declared that ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊÊÌ
iʼ«ÕýÊLÕÃiÃÃÊvÊ}Û}ÊÕ«ÊÕÃÃÊ>ÃÊ
>`ÊLiiÊ`icreed by Greenberg because it had always been an essentially tactile medium and `i>ÌÊ Ê ¼Ì
iÊ ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê v>VÌÃÊ vÊ Ã«>Vi]Ê }
Ì]Ê >`Ê >ÌiÀ>ý]Ê iiiÌÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ
>ÛiÊ ¼>Ü>ÞÃÊ vÕVÌi`Ê >ÌiÀ>ÞÊ >`Ê ÌiÀ>Þ½°19Ê ÃÊ Ã`Ê >ÌÌiÀ]Ê ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ ÃÌ>iÃÊ >Ê «
ÞÃV>ÊV>ÊÊë>Vi]Ê>`Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊÀÀÃ]ÊÌÊÃ
vÌÃÊvVÕÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃÛiÊ «ÌiÌ>ÊvÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì>ÊLiVÌÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«>VÌÊvÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊ>`Ê«ÀiÛ>}Ê}
ÌÊ conditions on the work.20 The sculptural structures in turn reiterate the physical «À«iÀÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ]ÊÃiÌÌ}ÊÕ«Ê>Ê`ÊvÊVÞLiÀiÌVÊiÝV
>}iÊLiÌÜiiÊVÀ>vÌi`Ê >ÌÌiÀÊ>`Ê>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>Êë>Vi°ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊiÝÊ*ÌÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>}}ÊvÊ>ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê LiVÌÊÊ>Ê`i>ÀV>Ìi`Êë>ViÊÃiÌÃÊvvʼµÕÌiÊÕÃÌ>LiÊÃV>ÌÃÊLiÌÜiiÊ>ÊVitring and a dispersal of looking’.21Ê9iÌÊÌ
iÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>ÊLiVÌÊV>ÊÃiÀÛiÊÌÊ>ÀÌVÕ>ÌiÊ and reinforce the visitor’s apprehension of the gallery dimensions principally by being physically welded to a given coordinate in the space – even kinetic sculptures >ÀiÊÞÊ>Ê}iÃÌÕÀ}ÊiÝÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊwÝi`ÊÃÕ««ÀÌðÊÃÊ,LiÀÌÊÀÀÃÊLÃiÀÛi`]Ê ¼iÊvÊÌ
iÊV`ÌÃÊvÊÜ}Ê>ÊLiVÌÊÃÊÃÕ««i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÃiÃ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ}À>Ûtational force acting upon it in actual space’.22 These located anchorages form part vÊÌ
iÊvÀ>ÌÊÜiÊ«ÀViÃÃÊÌÊÀiÌÊÕÀÃiÛiÃÊÊë>Vi]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ`>Ì>ÊÜiÊViVÌÊ about the work simultaneously serves to develop a mental map of the architectural iÛÀiÌÊ >ÃÊ >Ê Ü
i°Ê "vÊ VÕÀÃi]Ê ÃiÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÃiiÊ ÌÊ >Ã]Ê LÌiÀ>ÌiÊ ÀÊ Ài `iwiÊÌ
iÊv>>ÀÊi>iÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊ`ÃÌÀÌ}Ê«iÀVi«ÌÃÊvÊÃV>i]Ê`i«Ì
Ê >`ÊiiÛ>Ì°ÊÀÊÃÌ>Vi]ÊÊ£ÈÓ]ÊÌ
iÊ-Ìi`iÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>Ê`ÃÀiÌ}Ê>âiÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ }ÀÕ«ÊiÝ
LÌÊDylaby°Ê,iViÌʼwVÌ>Ê>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀi½ÊLÞÊiÊ iÃÊVÃÃÌÃÊvÊ ÀÃÊÜÌ
ÊÀÃ]ÊÜ
iÊ
ÀÃÌ«
Ê ØV
iÊ«ÀiÃiÌÃÊÌ
iÊÛÃÌÀÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê>LÞÀÌ
ÊvÊ Lilliputian chambers secreted into the gallery space through which the spectator is ÀiµÕÀi`ÊÌÊVÀ>Ü°Ê
Ê V½ÃÊÓää{ÊKlütterkammer at the ICA in London presented >ÊÃ>ÀÊV
>i}i°Ê6ÃÌÀÃÊVLi`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>ʼVvÕÃ}ÊÃ
>ÌÞÊvÊÜ`iÊÌÕiÃ½Ê Ü
iÀiÊÜÀÃÊLÞÊi>ÀÞÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ >ÃÊ>Ê`iÀÊ>`Ê6ÌÊVVVÊVÕ`ÊLiÊ iVÕÌiÀi`Ê>}ÊÜÌ
Ê`ÕÃÌ]Ê`iLÀÃÊ>`ÊLÃÌ>ViÃÊvÊiÛiÀÞÊ`°23 These post-apoc>Þ«ÌVÊÌiÀÀÃÊviÀÊÌ
iÊ`>ÀÊ«iÀÃÃÌiViÊvÊ>ÊÌÀ>Õ>ÌVÊiÀÞ]ÊÌ
iÊ`ÃV>ÌÊvÊ
SCULPTURE
43
a dream or the surreal shape-shifting of Alice in Wonderland. The works are rendered ÊÌ
iÊ>}Õ>}iÊvÊVi>ÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊ>LÀÕ«ÌÊV
>}iÃÊÊ«ÌÊvÊÛiÜ]ÊÃV>iÊ>`Ê>LiVi]ÊÌ
iÊÛÃÕ>ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÀ>i`ÊLÞÊ`ÀÜ>ÞÃ]ÊÜ`ÜÃÊ>`ÊVÀÀ`Àð ÊÌ
iÃiÊÌÌ>ÊÌÀ>ÃvÀ>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝ
LÌÊë>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊÕÌiÀÊÃ
iÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>lery is lost and the viewer has no recourse to previous knowledge of the building to
i«Ê
iÀÊi}Ì>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÜÀ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`]ÊÊÌ
iÊÀiÊv>>ÀÊVÀVÕÃÌ>ViÊ vÊ >Ê Ã}iÊ ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê LiVÌÊ ÀÊ >Ê }ÀÕ«}Ê vÊ ÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÃÊ ÃÌ>i`Ê Ê >Ê Ì
iÀÜÃiÊi«ÌÞÊë>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊÜi`}iÊvÊÌ
iÊiÃÃiÌ>Ê`iÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊÜÊ ÌÊLiÊ>ÌiÀi`Ê>`ÊÜ]ÊÊÌ
iÊÜ
i]ÊLiÊi
>Vi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÀiviÀiViÊ«ÌÃÊ«ÀÛ`i`Ê LÞÊLiVÌðÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>ÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊÌ
iÊV>«>VÌÞÊÌÊÀiwiÊÌ
iÊë>Ì>Ê template of the gallery as each new work draws out different features of the interior that may have been previously overlooked. While the actual dimensions of the space >ÀiÊÕ`iÀÃÌ`ÊÌÊÀi>ÊVÃÌ>ÌÊ>`Ê>ÀiÊ
i`Ê>ÃÊ>ÊLÕi«ÀÌÊÊÌ
iÊ>}>Ì]Ê`vviÀiÌÊ iÝ
LÌÃÊ Ài`iÀÊ Ì
iÊ Ã«>ViÊ ÌÃivÊ >i>LiÊ >`Ê V
>}i>LiÊ ÌÊ «iÀVi«Ì°Ê A series of kaleidoscopic impressions of the gallery may form akin to the impact on >Êv>>ÀÊ>`ÃV>«iÊvÊV
>}}Ê}
ÌÊ>`ÊÜi>Ì
iÀÊV`ÌÃÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊÃi>ÃÃÊÌÕÀ]Ê which nonetheless combine to create a stable topographic armature for the view.
THE NATURE OF THE BEAST vÊ>ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>ÊLiVÌÊV>ÊÀi}ÃÌiÀÊ«ÀiÃÃÃÊvÊV
>}iÊÊÜ
>ÌÊ>ÊÛiÜiÀÊÜÃÊÌÊ LiÊ>ÊVÃÌ>ÌÊ>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>ÊÌiÀÀ]ÊÜ
>ÌÊ`iÃÊ>ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê«ÀiÃiViÊ>VÌÕ>ÞÊiÌ>¶Ê ÞÊLiVÌÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊ>ÊÌiÀÀÕ«ÌÊvÊë>Vi]Ê>ÊL`ÕÀ>ÌiÊVViÌÀ>ÌÊvÊ>ÌÌiÀÊÌ
>ÌÊ VÃÕiÃÊÌ
iÊ>Û>>LiÊyÀ]ÊÜ>ÃÊ>`Ê>À]Ê>`ÊÃiÌÃÊÕ«Ê>ÊÌiÀÀ}>ÌÀÞÊÀi>ÌÃ
«Ê with whatever or whoever else enters its orbit. It activates the spaces between itself >`ÊÌ
iÀÊLiVÌÃ]ÊVÕ`}Ê«i«i]ÊÌ
ÕÃÊiÃÌ>LÃ
}ÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÃLÌÞÊvÊ>Ê
iÀ>ÀV
ÞÊ qÊ`iÌiÀ}ÊÜ
]ÊÀÊÜ
>Ì]ÊÃÊL}}iÀ]ÊÀiÊÀiwi`]ÊÀiÊÃ}wV>Ì°Ê7
iÊi>VÌ}Ê >ÊÌiÀÀÌÀ>ÊVVÕ«>ÌÊvÊë>Vi]Ê>Ê}>iÀÞÊ>ÀÌiv>VÌÊ«ÀV>ÃÊÌÃÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÀÌÊ>`Ê commands of the audience adrift in the gallery the appropriate aesthetic response. These anticipated readings will be determined by the arguments of the work’s basic attributes. The marble flesh of Rodin’s The Kiss (1889) orchestrates an appreciation of spectral sensuality; the uncompromising monumentality of Richard Serra’s steel FulcrumÊ£nÇ®ÊiVÌÃÊ>ÜiÆÊ>`ÊjÀiÌÊ"««i
i½ÃÊÃÕÀÀi>ÊObject (Le déjeuner en fourrure®Ê£ÎÈ®]Ê>ÊÌi>VÕ«ÊV}ÀÕÕÃÞÊVÛiÀi`ÊÊ}>âiiÊvÕÀ]ÊÌi>ÃiÃÊÕÌÊÕi>ÃÞÊ >Õ}
ÌiÀÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÃÌÀÕ}}iÃÊÌÊÀiÃÛiÊÌÃÊÝi`ÊiÃÃ>}iðÊ-VÕ«ÌÕÀ>ÊLiVÌÃÊ
>Ê >`Ê ÌiÀ«i>ÌiÊ Ì
iÊ Û}Ê Ì>À}iÌÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÃÊ Ì
iÊ }>iÀÞ}iÀÊ >`Ê `iwiÊ Ì
iÊ iÝV
>}iÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ>iÃÊ«>ViÊ>ÃÊ>Ê>ÀÌÊiÝ«iÀiVi°Ê/
iÊLiV̽ÃÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊÃ>ÀiÊÌ
iÊiÞiÊvÊ Ì
iÊLi
`iÀÊÃÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀi`ÊLÞÊÜ
>ÌÊ>iÃÊ ÃÊ
>ÃÊ`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iʼÌ
Ài>`ÃÊvÊ`isire’ that bind us to the world of things. 24Ê-VÕ«ÌÕÀiÊÃÊÃV>]Ê`>}VÊ>`]Ê`i«i`}Ê
44
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÊÌÃÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃ]ÊÌÊ>ÞÊÜi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
ÀÌÞÊvÊ>ʼ>ÃÌiÀ«iVi½Êi>À}ÊÌÊ>Ê«>ViÊÊÌ
iÊ «>Ì
iÊvÊ>ÀÌÊ
ÃÌÀV>Ê>ÀÛiðÊÌÊ>Þ]ÊiÊ ÕV
>«½ÃÊÕÀ>]ÊÃiiÊÌÊ`iÀ>ÊÌ
iÊ iÝÃÌ}ÊÌÀ>iVÌÀÞÊvÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ>`ÊÃi`ÊÌÊvvÊÊiÜÊ`ÀiVÌÃÊÀÊ`ii`]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÃii]Ê>ÌÌi«ÌÊÌÊÀi`iÀÊÌ
iÊV>Ìi}ÀÞÊvʼÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi½ÊÌÃivÊÀi`Õ`>Ì]ÊÌ
iÀiLÞÊ achieving greatness through notoriety. /
iÊ
Õ>Ê L`ÞÊ ÃÊ Ì
iÊ iiiÌ>ÀÞÊ LÕ`}Ê LVÊ vÊ >Ê ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi°Ê Ì>Þ]Ê ÜiÊ ÃV>Ê>ÊÃ`ÊLiVÌÊvÀÊÌÃÊ`i}ÀiiÊvÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>ÊvÀ]ÊÌÃÊÃV>iÊ >`ÊÃ
>«iÊ>`Ê«ÌiÌ>ÊvÀÊ>V̰ʼÊ`>ÞÊvi]½ÊLÃiÀÛi`Ê Ã]ʼ>ÃÊi>V
ÊiÜÊÃViiÊ «ÀiÃiÌÃÊÌÃiv]ÊÜiÊÌi`ÊÌÊÊwÀÃÌÊ>ÌÊL`iÃÊ>`ÊÞÊ>vÌiÀÜ>À`ÊiÌÊÕÀÊiÞiÃÊÌ>iÊÊ whatever else is there.’25 Eye-tracking studies have found that the gaze is drawn to v>ViÃÊÊ«ÀiviÀiViÊiÛiÊÌÊÌ]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÊÌ>ÊV>VÕ>ÌÃÊÜiÊ>iÊÊiVÕÌiÀ}Ê >Ê iÝÌiÀ>Ê «
iiÊ Ì>iÊ Ê Ì
iÊ Ü
iÊ >`Ê >ÀiÊ >`iÊ ÃÌ>Ì>iÕÃÞ°Ê 7iÊ>ÃÊÕÀÃiÛiÃ]ÊÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃiÌ}ÊiÌÌÞÊ
Õ>Ê>`Ê>Ûi]Ê>`ÊvÊÃ]ÊÃÊÌÊL}}iÀÊ ÀÊÃ>iÀÊÌ
>ÊÊ>]ÊÞÕ}iÀÊÀÊ`iÀ]Ê`iÃÀ>LiÊÀÊ`>}iÀÕÃ]ÊvÀi`ÊÀÊvi¶Ê/
ÃÊ instinctive cognitive processing for the classification of a mass in space informs Anthony McCall’s conscious application of the dimensions of the body as the baÃVÊÕÌÊvÊi>ÃÕÀiiÌÊÊ
ÃʼÃ`Ê}
̽ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiðÊV >Ê>iÃÊëiÊVV>Ê Ã
>«iÃÊÕÌÊvÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê}
ÌÊÀ}>Ì}ÊÊwÊÀÊ>ÌÌiÀÞÊ}iiÀ>Ìi`Ê`}Ì>ÞÊÜÌ
Ê >>ÌÊÃvÌÜ>Ài°Ê/
iÃiÊ}
ÃÌÞÊÃ
>«iÃÊ>ÀiÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÃiÊÀÊ`ÀÞÊViÊÌÊ give them the semblance of solidity and spectators move freely through the vaporÕÃÊ}
ÌÊLi>ðÊÊ>Ê>ÀÌViÊÊÌ
iÊÕÀ>ÊOctober]ÊV >ÊVwÀi`ÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÊL`ÞÊ ÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÌ>ÌÊi>ÃÕÀi°Ê-Ì>`}ÊÃ`iÊÌ
iÊViÊi>ÀÊÌÃÊL>ÃiÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÜ>]ÊÜ
iÀiÊ ÌÊÃÊ>ÌÊÌÃÊÌ>iÃÌÊ`iÃ]ÊÌ
iÊL`ÞÊÃ
Õ`ÊLiÊV«iÌiÞÊÃÕLÃÕi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ°Ê7Ì
Ê outstretched arms it should not be quite possible to touch the upper surface.’26
CHOREOGRAPHING THE VIEWER It is clear that McCall’s light installations were designed to establish what Daniel iÀÊ`iÃVÀLi`Ê>Ãʼ«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÊ«>ÌÌiÀÃÊvÊ`ÀiVÌi`Ê>ÌÌi̽]27 and indeed the dispoÃÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊiiiÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ}ÛiÀÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>VÃÊvÊÛiiÌÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê Ì
iÊ}
ÌÊLi>ÃÊ>`Ê`iÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊvÊ«
ÞÃV>ÊÌiÀ>VÌ°ÊÊÌ
ÃÊÀiëiVÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ Û}Ê >}iÊ ÃÌ>>ÌÊ Ã
>ÀiÃÊ ÜÌ
Ê >ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀi]Ê }>iÀÞÊ `iÃ}Ê >`Ê ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ Ì
iÊ«iÀ>ÌÛiÊÌÊ}Õ`iÊÌ
iÊÛÃÌÀÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>Ê>À}iÞÊ«Ài`iÌiÀi`ÊÌiÀ>ÀÞ]ÊÜ
>ÌÊ Ì
iÊÃVÕ«ÌÀÊ*
Þ`>Ê >ÀÜÊV>Ãʼ>ÊV
Ài}À>«
ÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ½°28 The sculptors of antiquity and the classical period understood that the viewer constructs a mental im>}iÊvÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÊ«>ÀÌÞÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê
>«ÌVÊiÀÞÊqÊ>ÃÊÕ>>Ê ÀÕÊVÌi`Ã]ʼÌÕV
Ê teaches the eyes to see beyond themselves’ – and partly from overlapping points of ÛiÜ]Ê}>Ì
iÀi`Ê>ÃÊÃ
iÊVÀVÕ>LÕ>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÊÜÀ° 29Ê/
ÃÊÕÀiÞÊÀÀÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ sculptor who took equivalent turns around the model to gather the data she needed
SCULPTURE
45
ÌÊv>Ã
Ê>Ê
Õ>ÊiiÃÃÊÊÃÌi]ÊÜ`ÊÀÊV>Þ°Ê/
iÊVÌÕÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ >ÀiÊÌ]ÊÊÌ
ÃÊÃiÃi]ÊwÝi`Ê>`ÊVÃÌ>ÌÞÊÕÌ>Ìi]ÊiÝ«>`}Ê>`ÊVÌÀ>VÌ}Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊÜ
iÀiÊÜiÊÃÌ>`ÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊLiVÌ°ÊÃÊ,LiÀÌÊÀÀÃÊ«Ìi`ÊÕÌ]ÊÊ common with the changes we might perceive in an architectural space under differiÌÊVVÕ«>Ì]ÊÌÊÃÊÌ
iÊVVi«ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÛiÀ>ÊÃ
>«iÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi]ÊÌ
iʼÜÊ VÃÌ>̽ÊÀÊiÛiÊÌ
iÊ*>ÌVÊ`i>ÊÃ
>«i®]ÊÌ
>ÌÊ>iÃÊÌ
iÊV
>}iÃÊ«iÀVi«ÌLi° 30 Although the sculptor endeavours to fashion the work so that we might pause at «Ài`iÌiÀi`Ê«ÌÃ]ÊÌÊ>««ÀiV>ÌiÊÜ
>ÌÊ >ÀÜÊ`iÃVÀLiÃÊ>ÃÊÌ
iʼ}>ÕÀÊÃ
ÌÃ½Ê – for instance the frontal aspect of Rodin’s The Kiss – the sculptor cannot legislate vÀÊÛÃÌÀÃÊ}}ÊvvÊ«ÃÌi°ÊvÊiÊ >ÀÜÊ>ÊÛiÜiÀÊ>L>`ÃÊÌ
iʼV>ÃÃVÊÛiÜýÊ>`Ê ÃÊvÀʼÌ
iÊÃÌÊ>ÜÜ>À`Ê«>ViÊÌÊÛiÜÊ̽]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÌ>iÃÊÊ>ʼLâ>ÀÀiÊÃ
>«i½ÊÌ
>ÌÊ Ì
iÊÃVÕ«ÌÀÊ``ÊÌÊÌi`°Ê/
iÊ>VÜi`}iiÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊÊwÝi`Ê«ÌÃÊvÊ ÛiÜÊÊÌ
iÊ>««iÀVi«ÌÊvÊ>ÊLiVÌÊÃÊ>ÊvÕ`>Ì>Ê«ÀV«iÊvÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ViÌÕÀÞÊ ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi°Ê >ÀÜÊ
>ÃÊÃ>`ÊvÊ*V>ÃýÃÊiÝÌÀÕ`i`ÊVÕLÃÌÊV>}iÊGlass of Absynthe £Ó£®ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊÃiÌÃÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÃÊvÊ`iÀÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊLÞʼ>Ã}ÊÕÃÊÌÊÜ>Ê>ÀÕ`ÊÌÊ°°°Ê and guess where one facet meets the other’. 31ÊÊVÊÜÌ
Ê>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>Êë>Vi]Ê ÜÌ
ÊÀi}ÕÃÊLÃiÀÛ>ViÃÊ>`ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÃ]ʼ>Ê>VÌÊV«iÌiÃÊÌ
iÊ work’.32Ê-VÕ«ÌÕÀi]ÊÌ
i]ÊÃÊÌ
iÊÕÌViÊvÊ>ÊÃÌ>LiÊ>ÀÀ>}iiÌÊvÊ«
ÞÃV>ÊiiiÌÃÊ – whether static or looping through a predetermined set of kinetic movements. It is «iÀViÛi`ÊÌÊiL`ÞÊ>Ê>iÃÌ
iÌV]ÊVVi«ÌÕ>Ê>`Ê
ÃÌÀV>ÊÃ}wV>Vi°ÊÌÊ>ÃÃiÀÌÃÊ its presence in relation to a mobile viewer whose orientation in space is dependent Ê Ì
iÊ ÃÕÌ>iÕÃÊ Ài}ÃÌÀ>ÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ LiVÌÊ Ài>ÌÛiÊ ÌÊ
ÃÉ
iÀÊ ÜÊ L`ÞÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊiÝÌiÃÛiÊ«ÀiVVÌÊÊÜ
V
]ÊÌ}iÌ
iÀ]ÊLÌ
ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ>`ÊÛiÜiÀÊ>ÀiÊiVÃi`°Ê ÜiÛiÀÊ ÕV
Ê Ì
iÊ >VÌÕ>Ê ÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊ vÊ >Ê `Û`Õ>Ê LiVÌÊ >ÃÊ ¼ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi½Ê >ÞÊ
>ÛiÊ LiiÊ iÀ`i`Ê Ê `iÀÊ ¼«ÃÌi`Õ½Ê >ÀÌÊ «À>VÌViÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ VÃÌi>ÌÊ vÊ «
ÞÃV>Ê >`Ê«iÀVi«ÌÕ>Ê«iÀ>ÌÃÊÌÊÜ
V
Ê>ÀÌiv>VÌÃ]ÊÃ}ÞÊÀÊViVÌÛiÞÊ}ÛiÊÀÃiÊ
>ÛiÊ not substantially changed in the last hundred years. The concept of sculpture has Ài>i`Ê iÝÌÀ>À`>ÀÞÊ Ìi>VÕÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ >ÀÌÃÌVÊ >}>Ì]Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ «ÌÊ Ü
iÀiÊ Ì`>Þ]Ê>Ì
Õ}
ÊÃÌÊ>ÀÌÊ«À«ÃÌÃÊ>ÀiÊV>ÃÃwi`ÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÌV
>ÊV>Ìi}ÀÞÊvʼÃÌ>>̽]ÊÌ
iÀÊvÀÕ>ÌÊ>`ÊiÝiVÕÌÊÃÊÛ>À>LÞÊ`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>°Ê
EVERYTHING IS SCULPTURE Video was too much a point in the space. Remember, the convention of the time was monitor and not video projection. Video was too much SCULPTURE. 6ÌÊVVV]ÊÓääÎÊ /
ÀÕ}
ÕÌÊÌ
iÊ`iÀÊ«iÀ`Ê>`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÜÊiÕ]ÊÃÕVViÃÃÃÊvÊ`ë>À>ÌiÊ >ÌiÀ>ÃÊ >`Ê >ÀÌÃÌVÊ «À>VÌViÃÊ
>ÛiÊ LiiÊ >Ìi`]Ê >ÌÊ `vviÀiÌÊ ÌiÃ]Ê >ÃÊ
46
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
¼ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>½]ÊVÕ`}Ê«>Ì}ÊÌÃiv°Ê>âÀÊ>iÛV
½ÃÊV>Û>ÃÊ Black Square on a White BackgroundÊ££x®Ê>V
iÛi`ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>Ã}iÌÊÃ`ÌÞÊvÊ>ÊLiVÌÊÊë>Vi°Ê *
Þ`>Ê >ÀÜÊ`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
>ÌÊë>ViÊÌÃivʼÃÊ>Ê«
ÞÃV>Ê>ÌiÀ>½ÊiÊ>ÞÊÌ
iÀÊ>ÌÊ Ì
iÊ`ëÃ>ÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÕ«ÌÀ]33 while David Hall has often asserted that in his video ÜÀÃ]Ê
iÊÃÊÃVÕ«Ì}ÊÊÌi° Chris Meigh-Andrews discovered a similar conviction ÊV
>iÊ-ÜÊÜ
iÊ
iÊ>Ãi`ÊÌ
iÊw>iÀÊÜ
iÌ
iÀʼ`ÕÀ>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊÌÊ mass in sculpture’; Snow acknowledged that La Région CentraleÊ £Ç£®]Ê
ÃÊ ÎÈä `i}ÀiiÊwÊÃ
ÌÊÊ>ÊÀ>ÜÊ+ÕiLiVÊ>`ÃV>«i]Ê>ÊÜÀÊÌ
>ÌÊVVÃÊÕ«ÊÌ
ÀiiÊ
ÕÀÃÊvÊ ÃVÀiiÊÌi]ÊÜÕ`ÊLiÊVÃ`iÀi`ʼÊViÀÌ>ÊVÀVÕÃÌ>ViÃÊ>Ê}ÊÌi½°34 He agreed Ì
>ÌÊvÀÊ
]ÊÌiÊÃÊÌ
iÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊvÊÜi}
ÌÊÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ>`ÊÊ
ÃÊwÃ]Ê
iʼ>iÃÊ >ÊÃ
>«iÊÊÌi½]Ê>ÊÃ
>«iÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊÌÊLiÊÀiVÃÌÌÕÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÌiÊâiÊvÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ°Ê VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ >iÊ ÀL>Õ]ÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃʼÃÌ>ÊÌiÊÊë>Vi½]Êi`Ü}Ê Ìi«À>ÌÞÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê>ÌiÀ>Ê«ÀiÃiVi]Ê>`ÊiÛiÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ
>ÃÊÌ>iÊÊÌ
iÊÃ`ÌÞÊvÊ sculpture.35 Neville Wakefield has argued that in Matthew Barney’s Cremaster cycle vÊÃÕÀÀi>Êivi>ÌÕÀiÊwÃ]ʼV
>À>VÌiÀ]ÊvÀÊ >ÀiÞÊÃÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê>ÌiÀ>½°36 ÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÃii]ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃÊÌ
ÞÊV >ÊÃVÕ«Ìi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊLi>Ê VÀi>Ì}Ê >Ê ÃiÀiÃÊ vÊ ¼Ã`Ê }
ÌÊ wý]Ê >ÃÊ ``Ê ÃÊ ,
`iÃ]Ê VÞÊ >ÞÊ >`Ê >ÞÊ Ì
iÀÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>Ê«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊ>ÃÊÊÜÊ`ÃVÕÃÃÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊi°ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ >ÀÌÃÌýÊÕÃiÊvÊÃÕ`ÊÌ>iÃÊÊ>ÊÃ>ÀÊÌ
ViÃÃ]ÊëÀi>`}ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>`ÊVVÕ«Þ}Ê Ã«>Vi]ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌ}ÊiÝ«>ÃiÃÊ>`ÊV`ÌÃÊÕÌÃ`iÊÌ
iÊwi`ÊvÊÛÃÊ>`ÊÜ
iÊi«Þ}ÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊ>ÃÊ>ÊiV
ÊV
>LiÀ]ÊÀiÌiÀ>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊVÌÕÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Ài>ÊÊÜ
V
Ê the viewer is located. The absence of sound takes on an equal atmospheric mass. 7
iÊÃÕÀÀÕ`i`ÊLÞÊÜ
>ÌÊ-ÌiÛiÊV+ÕiiÊV>Ãʼ>ÊV>ÕÃÌÀ«
LVÊÃiViÊÊÜ
V
Ê ÞÕÊV>Ê
i>ÀÊÞÕÀÊÜÊLÀi>Ì
}½]37ÊÜiÊÌÕiÊÊÌÊÌ
iÊÀÕL}ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊL`Þ]ÊÌ
>ÌÊ yiÃ
ÞÊÃÕ`LÝ°Ê/
iÊÜi}
ÌÊvÊÃÕ`ÊÃÊVÃÌ>ÌÞÊÃ}>i`ÊÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÃÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÕÃiÊÌÊ`iÃVÀLiÊÌ
iÊ>VÕÃÌVÊÕÛiÀÃi\ʼ«iýÊ
ÀÃÌ>Ê>ÀV>Þ®]ʼ>ÊVÌÞÊÃ}ÊÌÊ Ü>ÌiÀ½Ê
>Ì>ÊViÀ>®]Ê>`]Ê>ÃÊ>Ê>`ÕVÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>ÊvÀ>i]ʼ>Ê«À`ÕVÌÊvÊ the body’ (Lorna Simpson). Marcel Duchamp wrote a musical score in 1934 entitled Sculpture Musicale]Ê Ü
V
Ê
Ê >}iÊ `iÃVÀLi`Ê >ÃÊ ¼`vviÀiÌÊ ÃÕ`ÃÊ V}Ê vÀÊ different places and producing a sculpture which is sonorous and which remains’.38 9iÌÊvÀÊ>ÊÌÃÊÀiÛiÀLiÀ>Ì}Ê«ÀiÃiViÊ>`ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê«ÌiÌ>]ÊÃÕ`Ê
>ÃÊ`iw>LiÊ LÀ`iÀÃÊ>`]Ê>ÃÊ
Ê >}iÊ>``i`]ʼ̽ÃÊiÃÃÊiÊ>ÊLiVÌÊ>`ÊÀiÊiÊÌ
iÊÜi>Ì
iÀ°Ê Ê>ÊLiVÌÊÞÕÊV>ÊÌiÊÜ
iÀiÊÌ
iÊLÕ`>ÀiÃÊ>ÀiÊLÕÌÊÊÜi>Ì
iÀÊ̽ÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊ say when something begins or ends’.39 Sounds and filmic images may be fugitive entities and yet they are endowed with ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê>ÌÌÀLÕÌiðÊÃÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊ}À>Ìi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊë
iÀiÊvÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊLÀÕ}
ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÀiÊVÛiÌ>ÞÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê iÌÌiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊVÃÌÀÕVÌ°Ê7
iÊÌ
ÃiÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊvÜ}Ê>Ê>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊÀÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÃÌÊ`VÌÀiÊiÝ>i`ÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃÊ>`Ê«ÀViÃÃiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê Ì
iÊ>}i]ÊÌ
iÞÊvÕ`ÊLiVÌÃÊvÊiÛiÀÞÊ`]ÊV>iÀ>Ã]Ê«ÀiVÌÀÃ]ÊÃVÀiiÃ]ÊÌÀÃ]Ê
SCULPTURE
47
ÜÀiÃ]ÊVÕ«}Ê`iÛViÃÊ>`Êi`Ì}Ê>V
iÃ]ÊV
iV>ÊL>Ì
ÃÊ>`ÊiÛiÌÕ>Þ]ÊV«ÕÌiÀÃ°Ê >ÊÕiÊ*>ÊÊÌ
iÊ1-Ê>`Ê >Û`Ê>Ê>`Ê/>Êi>iÊÊÌ
iÊ1ÊÕÃi`ÊÛ`iÊ ÌÀÃÊiÊLÕ`}ÊLVÃ]ÊÌiV
}V>ÊÛiÀÃÃÊvÊÕ``½ÃÊ`iÌV>ÊÕÌ«iÃ]Ê stacked up into monumental media sculptures. Where the slowly evolving effects of >LiÌÊ}
ÌÊÊ«Ã
i`ÊiÌ>ÊÃÕÀv>ViÃÊ
>`ÊiÌÀ>Vi`ÊÌ
iÊ`iÛÌiiÊvÊÕ``½ÃÊ>ÃÌÊ LÝiÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ Û`iÊ ÃVÕ«ÌÀÃÊ vviÀi`Ê viLÀiÊ iiVÌÀVÊ >}iÃÊ >>Ì}Ê Ì
iÊ }>ÃÃÞÊv>ViÃÊvÊVÕL`ÊÌÀðÊÃÊÌ
iÊwÊ
ÃÌÀ>Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊ
>ÃÊ«Ìi`ÊÕÌ]Ê ¼ÌiiÛÃÊ
>ÃÊLiViÊÕÃÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ >Û`Ê>Ê>Ü>ÞÃÊÃ>`ÊÌÊÜ>Ã]Ê>ÊLiV̽]ÊLÕÌÊÊÌ
iÊ `}Ì>Ê>}i]ʼÌÊÃÊ>Ê
ÃÌÀVÊLiVÌÊwÀÞÊÃÌÕVÊÊÌ
iÊ«>Ã̽°40 7
iÀiÊi>i]Ê*>Ê>`Ê>ÊLÕÌÊ`Õ>ÀÊÕiÌÃÊÌÊÌiiÛÃ]Êw>iÀÃÊ such as Guy Sherwin and Atom Egoyan have played with the mechanical toys of proiVÌÀÃÊ>`ÊÃÕ`ÊÃÞÃÌiÃ]Ê>`ÊV
iiÀvÕÞÊ«i`ÊwÃÌÀ«ÃÊ>VÀÃÃÊ}>iÀiÃÊë>ViÃÊ like so much bunting on Labour Day.41Ê,LiÀÌÊ-Ì
ÃÊV>i`ÊÌ
>ÌÊiÛiʼ>ÊÃiÌÊvÊ }>ViÃÊVÕ`ÊLiÊ>ÃÊÃ`Ê>ÃÊ>ÞÊÌ
}ÊÀÊ«>Vi½°ÊÃʼ>ÀÌÊvÊ}½ÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊV
>i}iÊÌÊÌ
iÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊiÃÌ>LÃ
iÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÛ>Õi`ÊÞÊ>ÀÌÊLiVÌÃÊ>`Ê
iÊ`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ ¼Ì
iÊiÝÃÌiViÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÊÌiÊÃÊÜÀÌ
Ê>ÃÊÕV
Ê>ÃÊ>ÞÊwÃ
i`ÊLiV̽°42
SPECULATIVE REALISM, ANIMISM AND THE JOYS OF TECHNOLOGICAL TOYS /
iÊw>ÊiiiÌÊÊÌ
iÊiÜÊiÝVÊvÊL>ÃiÊ>ÌÌiÀÊV>`iiÀi`ÊLÞÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÕÃÌÊLiÊÌ
iÊL`iÃÊ>`Ê«iÀVi«ÌÕ>Ê>««>À>ÌÕÃÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ>`]Ê>ÃÊ Ê
>ÛiÊ>À}Õi`]ÊÌ
iÃiÊÛi>LiÊLiVÌÃÊV>ÊLiÊ>«Õ>Ìi`ÊiÊ>ÞÊÌ
iÀÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÊ Ì
iÊÌ
Àii`iÃ>Êë>ViÊvÊ>Ê}>iÀÞ°ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÀiÌi`Ê«
ë
ÞÊvÊÀ>
>Ê>À>Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ-«iVÕ>ÌÛiÊ,i>ÃÌÃ]Ê>ÃÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÀÊVÌâiÃ]ÊÜiÊ >ÀiÊ>ÊLiVÌÃÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊiÛiÊ«>Þ}Êwi`ÊvÊÌ
}Ã]Ê«ÀViÃÃiÃÊ>`ÊÃÌÌÕÌÃÊVÃÌÌÕÌi`Ê>ÃʵÕ>Ìw>LiÊiÌÌiÃÊÊÜ
V
ÊÊiʼLiV̽ÊÌ>iÃÊÊÀiÊÃ}wV>ViÊ Ì
>Ê>ÞÊÌ
iÀ°Ê"iÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÊ`iÌÀ>VÌÀÃÊvÊÌ
ÃÊ>««À>V
ÊÃÊ>ÕÀ>ÊVi>iÀÀÃÊ who has lamented the suppression of difference and the loss of human agency im«i`Ê Ê -«iVÕ>ÌÛiÊ ,i>Ã]Ê ÌÊ ÌÊ iÌÊ Ì
iÊ iÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ µÕiÃÌÊ vÊ iÌ
V>Ê ÀiëÃLÌÞ°ÊVi>iÀÀÃÊVVÕ`iÃÊÌ
>ÌʼLiVÌÃÊ`½ÌÊV>Ài°Ê >ÀiÊÃÊÌ
iÊÀiëÃLÌÞÊ vÊ
Õ>ý]Ê >Ê ÀiëÃLÌÞÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÜiÊ V>ÌÊ >`Ê Ã
Õ`Ê ÌÊ ÀiÕVi° 43 ÌÜÌ
ÃÌ>`}]ÊÃ
iÊ>VÜi`}iÃÊÌ
iÊÀiÌÕÀÊvÊ>ÊiÜʼÀi>ýÊÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ >ÀÌÊ Ì
>ÌÊ Ê VÌÀ>`ÃÌVÌÊ ÌÊ >̽ÃÊ `i>ÃÌÊ «
ë
ÞÊ i`ÜÃÊ Ì
iÊ LiVÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê >Ê«ÀiiÝÃÌiViÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊ`i«i`iÌÊvÊ
Õ>ÊV}Ì°Ê7iÊ>ÀiÊiÛiÊÜÌiÃÃ}Ê>Ê ÀiiÜ>ÊvÊÌiÀiÃÌÊÊ>Ã]ÊÜ
iÀiLÞ]ÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÃÊvÊ*
Þ`>Ê >ÀÜ]ʼ>ÊLiVÌÊ emerges as a sentient thing in its own right’. 44 The artist Eulalia Valldosera has pointi`ÊÕÌÊÌ
iÊ«iÀÃÃÌiViÊvÊ>ÃʼÊV
`Ài½ÃÊwÃ]ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÊvÊ>>ÌÃ½Ê LÕÌ]ÊÃ
iÊ>À}ÕiÃ]ÊÕÀÊLiivÊÊÌ
iʼiÀÊviÊvÊLiVÌýÊ
>ÃÊLiiʼÀii}>Ìi`Ê°°°ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ
48
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÕVÃVÕý]ÊvÀÊÜ
iÀiÊÃ
iÊ>`Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ>ÀVÕÃÊ >ÌiÃÊ>`ÊÕ`Ì
Ê«vÊ>ÀiÊ seeking to recall it.45 /
ÃÊiÜÊViViÊÌÊi}>}iÊÜÌ
ÊLiVÌÃ]ÊÌÊiLÀ>ViÊÌ
iÊÞÌ
V>Ê>`Ê
ÃÌÀcal significance of sculptural artefacts appears to legitimise trends that have been evolving in the field of moving image installation for many years. Madeleine Hooykaas and Elsa Stansfield began working in the 1970s and since then have combined the Û}Ê>}iÊÜÌ
ÊÃÌiÊ>`ÊiÌ>ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÃ]ÊÜ>ÌiÀ]ÊÜi>Ì
iÀÊÛ>iÃÊ>`ÊL>ÃÊvÊ autumn leaves blown in by the wind in their elegant meditations on the relationship LiÌÜiiÊ>ÀÌÊ>`ÊÃViVi]Ê>ÌÕÀiÊ>`ÊÌiV
}Þ°46 Tony Oursler has traumatised his >Õ`iViÃÊLÞÊ«ÀiVÌ}ÊÃVÀi>}Êv>ViÃÊÌÊVÀÕ`iÞ>`iÊÀ>}Ê`ÃÊÌÀ>««i`ÊÕ`iÀÊ overturned furniture; Annabel Nicolson has run a strip of film through a sewing machine and Tony Conrad has gleefully stir-fried film stock with an egg. There is a sense ÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>ÊÜ>ÃÊÀiÛÌ>Ãi`ÊÊÌÃÊiÜÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}i]Ê >ÊÃiÌiÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ}
ÌÊLiÊiÝÌÀ>VÌi`ÊvÀÊ>ÊvÌÌiÊÌÊ,Ã>`ÊÀ>ÕÃýÃÊÌ
iÀÞÊvÊ Ì
iʼ«ÃÌi`ÕÊV`̽°ÊÌ
Õ}
ÊÀ>ÕÃÃÊÀiiVÌi`Êi`ÕÊëiVwVÌÞÊ>`Ê`imoted the paraphernalia of the moving image to a mere material support to the image >`ÊÌ
iÊ`i>ÃÊÌÊiV>«ÃÕ>ÌiÃ]ÊÃ
iÊ
>ÃÊÃViÊVVi`i`ÊÌ
>ÌʼÜ
iÊ>ÊvÀÊv>ÃÊÌÊ LÃiÃViVi]Ê>ÊiÛV>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÕÌ«>Ê`i>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊvÀÊ
i`ÊÊ«ÀÃiÊ>ÌÊÌÃÊ >`ÛiÌÊÀiiiÀ}iÃ]ÊvÀii`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}V>ÊViÊÜi½Àiʽ° 47 In the case of early Û`i]ÊÕV
ÊvÊÌ
>ÌÊÕÌ«>ÃÊÜ>ÃÊ«ÀvÕ`ÞÊViVÌi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃV>Ê>`Ê«ÌV>Ê «ÌiÌ>ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊi`ÕÊ}
ÌÊ`iÛiÀ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÜiÊ}
ÌÊ>ÃÊÃ>ÞÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÌiÀ>VÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÕiµÕÛV>ʼLiVÌiÃýÊvÊ>ÌiÀ>Ê>ÀÌiv>VÌÃÊ Àii>ÃiÃ]ÊÀÊ«iÀ
>«ÃÊëÞÊ`À>>ÌÃiÃÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>Ê«ÕÃiÊvÊVÀi>ÌÛÌÞ°ÊÀÃÌÞ]ÊÜiÊ ÜÌiÃÃÊÌ
iÊÜi>Û}ÊvÊ`Ài>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}i]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊvÊ`i>ÊÃÌ>ÌiÃÊ >`Êë>ViÃÊLÌ
ÊÌiÀÀÊ>`ÊiÝÌiÀÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÞV
i°Ê-iV`Þ]ÊÜiÊV>Ê`iÌiVÌ]ÊÊÌ
iÊ >«Õ>ÌÊvÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>ÊiiiÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊi`ÕÀ}ÊV«ÕÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊÌÊ >iÊÌ
}Ã]ÊÌÊiÝ«iÀiÌÊÜÌ
ÊiÜÊ>ÌiÀ>Ã]ÊÌÊ}iÌÊÌ
iÀÊ
>`ÃÊ`ÀÌÞ°Ê I fondly recall observing male colleagues relishing the ludic pleasures of invent}ÊÕÀÌ
`ÝÊÌiV
V>ÊVw}ÕÀ>ÌÃÊvÊ>>}ÕiÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊ>V
iÃ]ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ «ÌÊvÊvÕVÌ>ÊV>«ÃiÆÊ-ÌiÛiÊÌÌ>Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ,ÛiÀÃ`iÊ-ÌÕ`ÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ£näÃ]Ê ÃÌÌ}ÊVÌiÌi`ÞÊÊ>ÊÌ>}iÊvÊÜÀiÃ]ÊÌÀ>ÃvÀiÀÃÊ>`ÊÃVÀiiÃÊ«Õ}}}ÊV>LiÃÊ ÌÊ
>v`ÃÃiVÌi`ÊÛ`iÊ`iVÃÆÊ-ÌiÛiÊ>ÀÀiÀÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ`iÀÊÀÌÊ"ÝvÀ`ÊÊÌ
iÊ£äÃÊ V
iiÀvÕÞÊ>`ÛÃ}Ê
ÃÊ>Õ`iViÊÌ
>ÌÊvÊÜiÊÜ>Ìi`ÊÌÊ>Û`Ê`iV>«Ì>Ì]ÊÜiÊÃ
Õ`Ê ÌÊ
iÃÌ>ÌiÊÌÊ`ÕVÊÊÌ
iÊiÛiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊë}Ê«ÀiVÌÀÊÊ
ÃÊAgainst the Steady Stare (1988) flying off its housing; David Dye at Tate Modern recreating in 2009 his 1973 film event Western Reversal in which he manipulates a simple arrangement vÊV>ÀÊÜ}ÊÀÀÀÃ]ÊÀivÀ>VÌ}Ê>ÊVÜLÞÊÛiÊÌÊ>ÊVÃÌi>ÌÊvÊÃÌ>ÀÀÞÊvÀ>}ments. 48Ê/
iÊ«i>ÃÕÀiÊLi}ÊÌ>iÊÊiÝ«À}ÊÜ
>ÌÊëiÊLiVÌÃÊ>`Ê>V
iÃÊ VÕ`Ê`ÊÌÊ}
ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ«>«>Li°ÊÌÊÃiÊ«ÃÞV
VÊiÛi]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌiv>VÌÃÊÜÌ
ÊÜ
V
Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÌiÀ>VÌ]Ê LÌ
Ê >Õv>VÌÕÀi`Ê >`Ê vÕ`]Ê >ÞÊ ÜiÊ vÕVÌÊ >ÃÊ ÌÀ>ÃÌ>Ê LiVÌÃÊ
SCULPTURE
49
>`ÊÃiÀÛiÊ>Ê>ÀV
>VÊii`ÊÌÊÃÞLÃiÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÃðÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌÞÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊLÞÃÊ qÊ>`Ê}ÀÃÊqÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊ>ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊiÝÌiÀ>Ê>viÃÌ>ÌÃÊvÊ
Õ>Êi`i>ÛÕÀ°ÊÌÊÌ
iÊëiÃÌÊiÛi]ÊÌ
iÞÊi>LiÊÕÃÊÌÊi>ÛiÊ>Ê>À°Ê ÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊÃÌÀÞÌi}]Ê7>ÌiÀÊ i>ÊLÃiÀÛi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊVÌiÌÊvÊ>ÊÌ>i]Ê ¼Ì
iÊÌ
}½ÊÃʼQÃÕRÊÌÊÌ
iÊviÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÞÌiiÀ½Ê>`Ê
ÃÊÌÀ>ViÃʼV}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÞÊ the way the handprints of the potter cling to the clay vessel’. 49 Whether motivated LÞÊÌ
iÊiÝÃÌiÌ>Ê«i>ÃÕÀiÃÊvÊÜÀ}ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÌiÀ>ÃÊÀÊ>Ê`iÃÀiÊvÀÊÀÌ>ÌÞ]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊÃVÕ«ÌÊÊÌiÊ>`Êë>Vi]ÊÜ`Ê>`ÊiÌ>]ÊVÌ
Ê>`Ê>Ã
iÃ]ÊiiVÌÀVÊ Ã}>Ã]Ê}
ÌÊ>`Ê>À°ÊÃÊÊ>ÀÌ]ÊÕÀÊÛiÃÊ>ÀiÊ`>Ìi`ÊLÞÊiVÕÌiÀÃÊÜÌ
Ê>ÌiÀ>Ã]Ê with people and things and these relationships can be restaged and renegotiated ÊÌ
iÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>ÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÜ
iÀiÊÌ
iÊVÛiÌÃÊ>`Ê sanctions of everyday life have loosened their grip.
NOTES 1Ê
iiÌÊÀiiLiÀ}ʣȣ®Ê¼/
iÊ iÜÊ-VÕ«ÌÕÀi½]ÊÊArt and Culture°Ê ÃÌ\Ê i>V]Ê«°Ê£Î° Ibid. 3Ê *
Þ``>Ê >ÀÜÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊ
iÃi>Ê i}iÊvÊÀÌÊEÊ iÃ}]ÊÎäÊÕiÊÓä£ä° 4Ê iÝÊ *ÌÌÃÊ Óää£®Ê ¼ÃÌ>>ÌÊ >`Ê -VÕ«ÌÕÀi½]Ê Oxford Art Journal]Ê Ã«iV>Ê ÃÃÕiÊ ¼"Ê ÃÌ>>̽]ÊÓ{\ÊÓ]Ê«°Ê£° 5Ê ,LiÀÌÊÀÀÃÊ£ÈÈL®Ê¼ ÌiÃÊÊ-VÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ*>ÀÌʽ]ÊArtforum]Ê"VÌLiÀ]Ê«°ÊÓÎ{°Ê 6 The idea for the urinal is said to have been suggested to Duchamp by one of his female col>LÀ>ÌÀðÊÀÊÌ
iÊ££ÇÊ-ViÌÞÊvÊ`i«i`iÌÊÀÌÃÌÃÊiÝ
LÌ]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÜ>ÃÊVÛiÀi`Ê Õ«ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÀ}>ÃiÀðÊÊ«ÀÌiÃÌ]Ê ÕV
>«ÊÀiÃ}i`Ê
ÃÊ«ÃÌÊ>ÃÊL>À`ÊiLiÀÊvÊÌ
iÊ Society. Various luminaries of the art world took up his cause and an art legend was born. 7 Marcel Duchamp quoted in Pierre Cabanne (1987) Dialogues with Marcel Duchamp. New 9À\Ê >Ê >«Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê{n° 8Ê Ê£]Ê>ÊvwV>ÊÀi«V>ÊÜ>ÃÊÃ`Ê>ÌÊ-Ì
iLÞ½ÃÊvÀÊf£°n° 9Ê ¼>}ÊiÞÊÃÊ>ÀÌÊ>`ÊÜÀ}ÊÃÊ>ÀÌÊ>`Ê}`ÊLÕÃiÃÃÊÃÊÌ
iÊLiÃÌÊ>À̽]Ê`ÞÊ7>À
Ê (1975) The Philosophy of Andy Warhol (From A to B and Back Again). New York: Harcourt À>ViÊÛ>ÛV
]Ê«°ÊÓ° 10Ê V
>iÊ -ÜÊ Ê VÛiÀÃ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ã>LiÌÌ>Ê >LÀâÊ >`Ê
ÀÃÊ i}
`ÀiÜÃ]Ê Ê -ÕÌ
L>]Ê`]Ê iViLiÀÊÓään° 11Ê >ÀÊ >ÀÌiÌÌÊÓ䣣®Ê¼-V>>}iÃÌVÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ6ÃÕ>ÊVÕ«ÕVÌÕÀiÊvÊ-Ì>Ê6> iÀ ii½ÃÊ
Ý«>`i`Ê i>½]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ >Ê>`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊi`îÊExpanded Cinema: Art Performance Film°Ê`\Ê/>ÌiÊ*ÕLÃ
}]Ê«°Êxx° 12Ê >ÌiÊ7>iÀ½ÃÊÌiÀÊÌÊ`iÃVÀLiÊ
iÀÊ«ÃÌ>Ê>ÀÌÊÜÀÃÊ`ë>Þi`Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊiÝ
LÌÊFeministo: Portrait of the Artist as a Housewife (1975–77). See also Rozsika Parker ([1984] 2010) The Subversive Stitch: Embroidery and the Making of the Feminine (2nd Edn). London: I.B. Tauris. 2
50
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
13Ê 14Ê 15Ê
16Ê
17Ê
18Ê
19Ê 20Ê 21Ê 22Ê 23Ê 24Ê 25Ê 26Ê 27Ê 28Ê 29 30Ê 31Ê 32Ê 33Ê 34Ê 35Ê 36 37Ê
7>ÌiÀÊ i>ʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ,Ã>`ÊÀ>ÕÃÃÊ£®ÊA Voyage on the North Sea: Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê/
>iÃÊEÊÕ`Ã]Ê«°ÊÎn° ,Ã>`ÊÀ>ÕÃÃ]ÊL`°Ê«°£ä° ÕÀÌÊ-V
ÜÌÌiÀÃÊÌ>}ÊÌÊ/ÀÃÌ>Ê/â>À>]ʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ>>Ê*>VÊÓ䣣®ÊÊ
iÀÊÀiÛiÜÊvÊ ¼ÕÀÌÊ-V
ÜÌÌiÀÃ\Ê ÀÊ>`Ê >}i½Ê>ÌÊ*ÀViÌÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊÀÌÊÕÃiÕ]ÊNew York Observer]Ê May. /
iÊÕÝÕÃÊ>viÃÌ]Ê`À>ÜÊÕ«ÊLÞÊiÀ}iÊ>VÕ>Ã]Ê`iV>Ài`ÊÌÃÊÌiÌÊÌʼ«ÕÀ}iÊÌ
iÊ ÜÀ`Ê vÊ LÕÀ}iÃÊ ÃViÃÃ]Ê ºÌiiVÌÕ>»]Ê «ÀviÃÃ>Ê EÊ ViÀV>âi`Ê VÕÌÕÀi½°Ê iÊ >ÃÊÜÀÌi]ʼÕÝÕÃÊÃÊ`iwÌiÞÊ>}>ÃÌÊQÌ
iRÊ>ÀÌLiVÌÊ>ÃÊQ>RÊvÕVÌ>ÊV`ÌÞÊ – to be sold and to make [a] livelihood for an artist’; quoted in Clive Phillpot (2013) Fluxus: Magazines, Manifestos, Multum in Parvo. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ}iÀ}i>VÕ>ðVÉVÛÉ manifesto-iÉÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£xÊÕÞÊÓä£{®° >iÀiÃ]Ê ÕÃiÕÃÊ >`Ê «ÀÛ>ÌiÊ ViVÌÀÃÊ
>ÛiÊ ÃViÊ vÕ`Ê Ü>ÞÃÊ ÀÕ`Ê Ì
iÊ «ÀLiÊ vÊ creating scarcity value in an ephemeral medium by commissioning artists to make limited i`ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÜÀ°ÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊ >Û`Ê>]Ê
iÊÜ>ÃÊÛÌi`ÊÌÊÃ}ÊÌ
iÊV>ÃÃiÌÌiÃÊvÊVpies of his analogue video works for the Tate collection. "vÊVÕÀÃi]Ê >Û`Ê>Ê
>ÃÊÜÊÃ`Ê
ÃÊi>ÀÞÊÜÀÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ/>ÌiÊ>`]ÊÊÌ
iÊ1-]Ê>ÞÊ«iiÀ}ÊÜÀÃÊÊÛ`iÊvÀÊ«>ÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝÌiÃÛiÊÀ>V
Ê iVÌ°Ê Ê6>Ê
>ÃÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>Ê permanent video work for St. Paul’s Cathedral in London. ,LiÀÌÊÀÀÃÊ£ÈÈ>®]ʼ ÌiÃÊÊ-VÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ*>ÀÌʽ]ÊArtforum]ÊiLÀÕ>ÀÞ]Ê«°ÊÓÓÎ°Ê ,LiÀÌÊÀÀÃÊ£ÈÈL®]ʼ ÌiÃÊÊ-VÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ*>ÀÌʽ]ÊArtforum]Ê"VÌLiÀ]Ê«°ÊÓÎΰ iÝÊ*ÌÌÃÊÓä䣮]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ên° ,LiÀÌÊÀÀÃÊ£ÈÈ>®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÓÓ{° `À>Ê -i>ÀiÊ Óää{®Ê ¼/ÕiÊ ÛÃ>ÀÞ½]Ê The Guardian]Ê ÓnÊ -i«ÌiLiÀ°Ê Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì
i}Õ>À`>°VÉVÕÌÕÀiÉÓää{ÉÃi«ÉÓnÉ1 (accessed 10 October 2013). >iÃÊ ÃʣȮÊThe Object Stares Back°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê-ÊEÊ-V
ÕÃÌiÀ]Ê«°Ê£Ó° L`]Ê«°Ê£Î° Ì
ÞÊV >ÊÓääήʼiÊ iÃVÀL}Ê>Ê iÊ>`Ê,i>Ìi`Êý]ÊOctober]ÊÊ£äÎ]Ê«°Ê{È° >iÊiÀÊÓään®Ê¼7>À
Ê>`Ê-ý]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÓ£]Ê«°ÊÈ° *
Þ``>Ê >ÀÜ]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° Giuliana Bruno (2002) Atlas of Emotion: Journeys in Art, Architecture, and Film. New York: 6iÀÃ]Ê«°ÊÓx£° ,LiÀÌÊÀÀÃÊ£ÈÈ>®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÓÎ{° *
Þ``>Ê >ÀÜ]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° *
Þ``>Ê >ÀÜ]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° *
Þ``>Ê >ÀÜ]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° V
>iÊ-ÜÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê Ã>LiÌÌ>Ê>LÀâÊ>`Ê
ÀÃÊi}
`ÀiÜÃ]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° >iÊ ÀL>ÕʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ>ÌiÊ`V
ÊÓä£ä®ÊScreens: Viewing Media Installation Art. i>«Ã\Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊiÃÌ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê{ä° Neville Wakefield quoted by Nicolas de Oliveira (2003) Installation Art in the New Millennium: The Empire of the Senses. `\Ê/
>iÃÊEÊÕ`Ã]Ê«°ÊÓÇ°Ê -ÌiÛiÊ V+ÕiiÊ Ê VÛiÀÃ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê *>ÌÀV>Ê ViÀÃÊ £Ç®Ê Art Monthly]Ê ÓäÓ°Ê Û>>LiÊ online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>ÀÌÌ
Þ°V°ÕÉ>}>âiÉÃÌiÉ>ÀÌViÉÃÌiÛiVµÕiiÌiÀÛiÜi` LÞ«>ÌÀV>LViÀÃ`iV>È7 (accessed 14 October 2013).
SCULPTURE
51
38Ê 39Ê 40Ê 41
42Ê 43Ê
44Ê 45Ê 46Ê
47Ê
48 49Ê
52
Ê >}iÊ ÌiÀÛiÜi`Ê Ê iÜÊ 9À]Ê ÓÊ «ÀÊ ££°Ê Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi° VÉÜ>ÌV
¶Ûr«VÇ>-È{Y (accessed 14 October 2013).
Ê >}iÊÌiÀÛiÜi`Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ7>iÀÊÀÌÊ iÌiÀ]Ê£n£°ÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉÜ>ÌV
¶Ûr< «8Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
ÀÊÃiÌiÊÊÓää{]ÊÃiÜ
iÀiÊÊ`° In SteenbecketÊ ÓääÓ®Ê ÕÃiÕÊ vÊ >`]Ê `®]Ê LÞÊ i>ÃÊ vÊ ÀÕiÀÃÊ >`Ê «ÕiÞÃÊ ÌÀ>ëÀÌ}ÊÓ]äääÊviiÌÊvÊw]Ê }Þ>ÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>ÊyÀÌVi}ÊÜiLÊvÊViÕ`ÊÃÌÀi>ÃÊ feeding a Steenbeck editing console glowing in the darkened recesses of the space. ,LiÀÌÊ-Ì
ÃʵÕÌi`ÊÊ>VÊ °Ê>Êi`°®Ê£È®ÊRobert Smithson: The Collected Writing. iÀiiÞ]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ >vÀ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê££Ó°Ê >ÕÀ>ÊVi>iÀÀÃÊÓä£Î®Ê¼`vviÀiÌÊ"LiVÌý]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÈn]ÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ ÜÜÜ°>ÀÌÌ
Þ°V°ÕÉ>}>âiÉÃÌiÉ>ÀÌViÉ`vviÀiÌLiVÌÃLÞ>ÕÀ>Vi>viÀÀà ÕÞ>Õ}ÕÃÌÓä£ÎÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£ÓÊ iViLiÀÊÓä£{®° *
Þ``>Ê >ÀÜ]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi°
Õ>>Ê 6>`ÃiÀ>Ê ÕÞÊ Óä£Ó®Ê Ê VÛiÀÃ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê ,>Þ`Ê iÕÀÊ >ÌÊ >ÀÉiÌV
iÀÊ >iÀÞ]Ê`° ÀÊ>ÊÀiÊV«Ài
iÃÛiÊ`ÃVÕÃÃÊvÊ-Ì>Ãwi`Ê>`ÊÞ>>ýÃÊÜÀ]ÊÃiiÊ >Ì
iÀiÊ
ÜiÃÊ Óä£Î>®Ê ¼,iÛi>}Ê Ì
iÊ ÛÃLi\Ê /
iÊ ÀÌÊ vÊ -Ì>Ãwi`ÉÞ>>ÃÊ vÀÊ vviÀiÌÊ *iÀëiVÌÛiý]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê««°Ê£Ó{qÎä° ,Ã>`Ê À>ÕÃÃÊ Óääx®Ê ëi>}Ê ÌÊ ÃÌÕ`iÌÃ]Ê Ài«ÀÌi`Ê LÞÊ Õ>Ê
>}°Ê Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°VÕL>°i`ÕÉHÃvÓÓÓäÉ/
}ÉÜiLVÌiÌÉ*>}iÃÉ>>}Ã}>°
Ìl. (accessed 2 October 2013). I will discuss both these works in greater detail in chapter nine. 7>ÌiÀÊ i>ÊQ£ÎÈRÊ£Çήʼ/
iÊ-ÌÀÞÌiiÀ½]ÊÊIlluminations]Êi`°Ê>>
ÊÀi`Ì]ÊÌÀ>Ã°Ê >ÀÀÞÊÃ}Ü\ÊÌ>>É Ã]Ê«°Ê£ÆÊ«°Ó°
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
CHAPTER FOUR
Performance The spectator is overwhelmed with changing recognitions, carried emotionally by a flux of evocative actions and led or held by the specific time sequence, which marks the duration of a performance.
>ÀiiÊ-V
ii>]棂
PERFORMANCE ART, ICONOCLASM AND THE REITERATION OF ROLES Installation art of every kind emphasises the role of the public as both participants >`ÊvÀi`ÊVÃÕiÀÃÊvÊ>ÀÌ°Ê*iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌ]ÊÜ
ÃÌÊÃ>ÀÞÊi«
>ÃÃ}ÊV>LÀ>ÌÛiÊÌiÀ>VÌÊÜÌ
Ê>Õ`iViÃ]ÊÊv>VÌÊÀiÃÌ>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌ]ÊÀÊ
iÀÊÃÕÀÀ}>ÌiÃ]Ê as the embodied focus of aesthetic meaning. The artist becomes the unequivocal «ÀiÃiViÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>ÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÃiLi`ÊV«>ÞÊ>`Ê`i>`ÃÊ>Ê
Õ>]ÊÀi>Ì>ÊÀiëÃi°Ê *iÀvÀ>ViÊ >ÀÌÊ Ã
>ÀiÃÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ì
i>ÌÀiÊ Ì
iÊ ÛiiÃÃÊ vÊ Ì
ÃÊ iVÕÌiÀ]Ê LÕÌÊ Ü
iÊÌÊiiÀ}i`Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÀiÊÀÊiÃÃÊ`ÃVÀiÌiÊ«À>VÌViÊÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÌÊLÀiÊÜÌ
Ê Ì
i>ÌÀV>ÊÌÀ>`Ì°ÊÌÊLi}>ÊLÞÊiÌÌÃ}ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÃViÕÊ>ÀV
ÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>`Ê«ÀÛ`i`Ê a comfortable separation between the audience and the raised spectacle on stage. Ê }>iÀiÃ]Ê Ì
}Ê ÜÊ ÃÌ`Ê LiÌÜiiÊ ÛiÜiÀÊ >`Ê «iÀvÀiÀîÆÊ LÌ
Ê VVÕ«i`Ê Ì
iÊÃ>iÊ>Ài>]Ê>ÊV
>À}i`Êë>ViÊÊÜ
V
Ê>Õ`iViÃÊÜiÀiÊÌÊLiʼÛiÀÜ
ii`½ÊLÞÊ -V
ii>½ÃʼyÕÝÊvÊiÛV>ÌÛiÊ>VÌý°ÊÌ
Õ}
ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÜÊ«ÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃÊ >}>ÃÌÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊ>Û`ÊLi}Ê`À>ÜÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>VÌ]ÊÊ«ÀV«i]ÊÌ
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊÊÀÕiÃÊ legislating where the audience should stand (seating is rare) and what they might do in response to a performance. The activation of the audience in performance was followed by the second break ÜÌ
ÊÌ
i>ÌÀi\ÊÌ
iÊ>L>`iÌÊvÊÃVÀ«ÌÃ]ÊÜ
iÊ>ÃÊÀiÕV}ÊÌ
iÊ«iÀÃ>ÌÊ vÊwVÌ>ÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃÊLÞÊ>VÌÀðʼ*iÀvÀ>ViÊÃÊÃiiÊ>Ãʺ`}»½]ÊÜÀÌiÊ->ÞÊ*ÌÌiÀÆÊ ÌÊÃʼ>Ê>VÌÛÌÞ]ÊÜ
V
ÊÃÊLi}ÊÜ>ÌV
i`]ÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>Ê>Ê«>ÀÌÊLi}Ê«>Þi`½°1 The artist
53
ÜÊiL`i`ÊÞÊ>ÊÛÃÊvÊ
ÊÀÊ
iÀÃiv]ÊvÀii`ÊvÀÊ>ÞÊiÝÌiÀ>ÞÊ«ÀÃVÀLi`Ê ÌiÝÌ°Ê/
iÊ«iÀvÀiÀÊÜ>ÃÊ}Õ`i`ÊLÞÊ>ÊÃiÀiÃÊvÊÃiv}iiÀ>Ìi`ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÃÊÀÊÌiÌÃÊÃÕ««ÀÌi`ÊLÞÊ>Ê«Ài`iÌiÀi`ÊViVÌÊvÊ>ÌiÀ>ÃÊqÊyÕÀ]ÊÊ>`ÊÀÌÌ}Ê v`ÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊ-ÌÕ>ÀÌÊ ÀÃiÞÊÊÌ
iÊ1]ÊÕÃV>ÊÃÌÀÕiÌÃ]Ê}
ÌÃÊ>`ÊwÊ«ÀiVÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊ>ÕÀiÊ`iÀÃÊÊÌ
iÊ1-]Ê>`ÊÛiÃ]ÊwÀiÊ>`Ê>Ê
>`}ÕÊÊ that of the Serbian Marina Abramovim. Chance played a large part in the outcome of the work with the most unpredictable variable being the audience itself. Artists such as Abramovim]Ê>Ê*>iÊÊÀ>ViÊ>`Ê>Ê,LiÀÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊ1ÊÌiÃÌi`ÊÌ
iÊÌÃÊ of the audience’s ability to witness self-harm. In the case of Abramovim’s Rhythm 5 £Ç{®]ÊÞÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ«>ÃÃi`ÊÕÌÊÊ>ÊVÀViÊvÊy>iÃÊ>`ÊÃiÊ``Ê>Ê`VÌÀÊ break out of the conventional detachment of the spectator and galvanise the audiiViÊÌÊ>ÊÀiÃVÕiÊ«>ÀÌÞ]ÊÕV
ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>Þ>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀiÀ° *iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÊ>ÞÊ
>ÛiÊÀiiVÌi`Ê>ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVi«ÌÃÊvÊV>ÃÃV>ÊÌ
i>ÌÀiÊLÕÌÊ it did not dissolve the theatrical. Michael Fried condemned the theatricality of minimalist sculpture in his famous essay Art and ObjecthoodÊ£ÈÇ®]Ê>ÊÌiÝÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ}À>««i`Ê with the radical shifts in the definitions of what constituted art in the last century. `iÀÃÌÊÃVÕ«ÌÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ >`ÊÕ``Ê>`Ê,LiÀÌÊÀÀÃÊ
>`ÊÃÃÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÕ>`Ài`ʼLiVÌ
`½ÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÜÀ]ÊÜ
V
]Ê`iV>Ài`ÊÀi`ʼ>ÕÌÃÊÌÊÌ
}ÊÌ
iÀÊ than a plea for a new genre of theatre’. 2 He located this undesirable theatricality in the inscription of the putative viewer as the final term coalescing the drama and }VÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iVi]Ê>ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ}Ê«ÀV«iÊÌ
>ÌÊ«ÀÛi`ÊvÕ`>Ì>ÊÊÌ
iÊiÛÕÌÊvÊ ÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌ°ÊÊÌ
iÊ£xäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>`ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>Ê>«ÀÜÊ
>`Ê>ÃÊÌ>iÊ>Ê`ÊÛiÜÊvÊÌ
iÊÌ
i>ÌÀV>ÊLiV>ÕÃi]Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ ÀÞÊiÀ]ÊÌʼ«Àisupposed a separation of an audience in visual theatre where he wanted to create ÌÌ>Ê>LÃÀ«Ì½]3Ê>Ê>LÌÊ>«ÀÜÊÃ
>Ài`ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÞÊwÊ>`ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊvÜi`°Ê/
iÊÀi>ÌÞÊÃÊÌ
>Ì]Ê
ÜiÛiÀÊiÀ>«ÌÕÀi`Ê>ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊ>ÞÊLiViÊ `ÕÀ}Ê>Ê«iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÌÃivÊÃÊ«Ài`V>Ìi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ>V>ÌÊvÊÌiÀÀi>Ìi`Ê LÕÌÊVi>ÀÞÊ>ÃÃ}i`ÊÀiÃÊvÀÊÛiÜiÀÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃ]ÊLiVÌÃ]ÊiÛÀiÌÊÀÊ ÕÌi`>ÊëiVÌ>ViÊLi}ÊÛiÜi`°ÊvÊ>Ê>Õ`iViÊiLiÀ]ÊÀÊ`ii`Ê>Ì
iÀÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÃÌ]Ê>ÌÌi«ÌÃÊÌÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃÊ`ÀiVÌÊÌ
iÊÕÌViÊvÊ>ÊÛiÊiÛiÌ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÀiÊ met with considerable resistance. 4 ÊëÌiÊvÊÌ
iÊÀ
iÌÀVÊvÊÌiÀ>VÌÛÌÞÊ`iÀÛi`ÊvÀÊ«iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊÃi}Ài}>tion of viewers persists in moving image installation and spectators then as now >ÀiÊiÛiÀÊÊ`ÕLÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÀiÊVÃÕiÀÃ]ÊÌÊ«À`ÕViÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌ°Ê/
ÃÊ`iÃÊÌÊ fundamentally change even when a spectator is wrapped in an overwhelmingly immersive installation such as Gary Hill’s ViewerʣȮ°Ê"ÊiÌiÀ}Ê>Ê«ÌV
`>ÀÊë>Vi]Ê Ì
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÃÊVvÀÌi`ÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê«>À>VÊ`ë>ÞÊvÊ«ÀiVÌÃ]Êi>V
ÊiÊ`i«VÌing an immigrant worker simply staring out of the frame. These classical portraits create in the viewer the unsettling impression of being followed by their eyes. The w}ÕÀiÃÊ>««i>ÀÊ>ÊÌ
iÊÀiÊ«ÀiÃiÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÛÃLiÊÃÊLiÌÜiiÊÃVÀiiÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ
54
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Willow Egling joining in Tino Sehgal’s performance These Associations (2012), Tate Modern, London. Photo: Catherine Elwes.
blurring of demarcation lines separating screens and floor. The illusion of actuality is i
>Vi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÃ}
ÌÊÛiiÌÃÊ>`ÊÃ
vÌÃÊÊ«ÃÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÃÕLiVÌÃÊ inadvertently betray while the viewed watch the viewers watching. This high-resolution verisimilitude does not mean that the visitor to the installation loses the ability to distinguish between who is corporeally in the space and what is only a video simu>Ì°ÊÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊi«
>ÃÃi`]ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊLÃiÃÊÜ
>ÌÊ`ÀiÜÊ1ÀÃiÊV>ÃÊÌ
iÊ ¼`ÕLiÊ VÃVÕÃiÃÃ½Ê vÊ Ì
iÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀ]Ê Ì
iÊ >LÌÞÊ ÌÊ ÃV>ÌiÊ LiÌÜiiÊ `vviÀiÌÊ `iÃÊvÊV}Ì]ÊLiÌÜiiÊÀi>`}ÊÌ
iÊVÌiÌÊvÊÕÃÃÌVÊÃ}ÃÊÜ
ÃÌÊ>Ì>}Ê>Ê>Ü>ÀiiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÃÊvÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ«À`ÕViÊÌ
i®]Ê>`Ê the apprehension of spatial realities in which the image is manifest. 5 By the same Ìi]ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>ÊiÀÃÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ`iÃÊÌÊÌ
ÀÜÊÌÊ`ÕLÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
ÀÃ
«Ê of the piece and the gallery-goer always knows her place. ÕV
ÊÛiÊ>ÀÌÊ>`ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÃÊÀ}>Ãi`Ê>ÀÕ`ÊÌ
iÊ«>ÀÌV«>ÌÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ]Ê Ài}>À`i`Ê>ÃÊ«iÀvÀ>ÌÛiÊiiiÌÃÊÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊÀ}
Ì]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÀÊÃiÃiÃÊ«Ài`Ê>`Ê Ì
iÀÊVÀÌV>Êv>VÕÌiÃÊi}>}i`°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>ÊiÝVi«Ì>ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌ]Ê>ÃÊ LÌ
Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ>`ÊVÃÕiÀÊvÊ>ÀÌ]Ê
>ÃÊLiiÊV
>i}i`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÀiViÌÊ«
ë
iÃÊ of speculative realism.6ÊÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÃii]ÊÀ>
>Ê>À>Ê
>ÃÊ>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊ an ontological equivalence between a mere substance and a sentient being both of Ü
V
Ê
iÊVÃÌÀÕiÃÊ>ÃÊLiVÌÃ]Ê«>Vi`ʼÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊvÌ}½° 7 Within a performance ÀÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÌ
ÃÊÜÕ`ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÊ>ÊVÀÀi>ÌÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊvÊ>>ÌiÊ>`Ê >>ÌiÊiÌÌiÃÊÃ
>À}Ê>Êë>Vi]Ê«ÌiÌ>ÞÊÕ`iÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÌ>ViÊ>ÌÌiÀÞÊ«>Vi`ÊÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊ>`ÊÌ
iʼÃÕLiVÌÊ«Ã̽°Ê7iÊÜÊÀiÌÕÀÊÌÊÌ
ÃÊÃÃÕiÊÊ
PERFORMANCE
55
V
>«ÌiÀÊi}
Ì°ÊÀÊÌ
iÊiÌ]Ê
ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÊÜÊÌiÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ
iÊLiVÌÀiÌi`Ê«
ë
ÞÊÛiÀÃÊÃV>ÊÀi>ÌiÃÊ>`Ê}
Ì]Ê>ÃÊ°Ê°Ê
>ÀiÃÜÀÌ
ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`]ÊVÃÌÌÕÌiÊ >Ê>ÌÌi«ÌÊÌÊÀi`ÕViÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÌʼÌ
iÊ`i>`Ê`vviÀiViÊvÊÌ
}ý]ÊÌ
iÊiÛi}Ê out of the human and non-human resonates with performance art’s attempts to vÀ}iÊ>Ê`iVÀ>ÌVÊë>ViÊvÊi>}vÕÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊiÝV
>}i° 8 That same impetus was ÀivÀÕ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊ V>ÃÊ ÕÀÀ>Õ`ÊÜ
ÊÊ£nÊ>ÕV
i`ʼ,i>Ì>ÊiÃÌ
iÌVýÊÊ>Ê book of the same name.9 Bourriaud advocated a social practice in which audiences >`ÊVÕÌiÃÊÌiÀ>VÌÊÜÌ
Ê>`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ°ÊÊÌ
iÀÞ]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ,ÀÀÌÊ /À>Û>>ÊÜ
ÊVÃÊvÀÊ
ÃÊ«ÕLV®Ê>`ÊiÀiÞÊ iiÀÊÜ
ÊÀ}>ÃiÃÊ>ÃÃÊiÛiÌÃ®Ê Vi`iÊVÌÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«>ÀÌV«>ÌðÊÊ«À>VÌVi]Ê
ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÃiÊiÛiÌÃÊ>ÀiÊV>ÀivÕÞÊÀchestrated by the galleries while the artist retains sole authorship of the work and ÞÊÃ
iÊiÞÃÊÌ
iÊw>V>ÊÀiÜ>À`ÃÊ>`ÊV>ÀiiÀÊLiiwÌðÊ}ÊLivÀiÊ ÕÀÀ>Õ`Ê Û>ÀÃi`ÊÃV>ÊÀV
iÃÌÀ>ÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÀÌ]ÊÜÌ
Ê«i«iÊ`i«Þi`ÊÕV
ÊiÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÃÊÊ >À>½ÃÊ
}iÃi`ÊÕÛiÀÃi]Ê«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃÊÜiÀiÊibroiled in what Loraine Leeson and Peter Dunn simply called community art. Unlike >À}iÃV>iÊÃÌ>}i`ÊëiVÌ>ViÃÊLÞ]ÊÃ>Þ]ÊÀ>VÃÊàÃ]10 their initiatives were designed to engage directly with political issues allied to campaigns driven by local communities – the closure of hospitals or the privatisation of the London Docklands. Their purpose was to create works that functioned as a catalyst for social change.11 Artists such as Peter Dunn and Loraine Leeson strove to minimise the distinction between the convenor of a work and its participants and embraced what the scientist Andrew *ViÀ}ÊÕ`iÀÃÌ>`ÃÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊV`ÌÊvÊiÝÃÌiViÆÊ>ÊÀiV«ÀV>ʼ`>ViÊvÊ>}iVÞ½Ê LiÌÜiiÊÃÕLiVÌð12 Where Pickering’s cybernetic perspective suggests the possiLÌÞÊvÊ>ÊiÛiÊ«>Þ}Êwi`]Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÊÀiÌ>i`ÊÌ
iÊÃi«>À>ÌiʼëiV>iÃýÊvÊ Ì
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌ]Ê>Ê`Û`Õ>ÊÜ
ÊÃÌÀÛiÊÛ>>ÌÞÊÌÊÕÀ>ÛiÊÌ
iÊÀÕiÃÊvÊÌ
i>ÌÀiÊ>`ÊV
>lenge conventions of acceptable behaviour in the hallowed spaces of art galleries and museums.
PERFORMANCE ART − PRE−HISTORY No more painters, no more musicians, no more sculptors, no more religions, no more republicans ... no more of these idiocies, Nothing Nothing Nothing. ÕÃÊÀ>}]Ê£Óä Taunting the bourgeoisie was already a favourite sport of the Dadaist Cabaret Voltaire founded in 1916 by Hugo Ball and Emmy Hennings. Launching their movement Ê ÌÀV>Ê ÌÀ>`ÌÃÊ LÞÊ ÃÌ>}}Ê Ü`Ê iÛi}ÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÛÛi`Ê >Ê
i>`ÞÊ ÝÊ vÊ «iÌÀÞ]Ê `>Vi]Ê «Õ««iÌÀÞÊ >`Ê ÕÃV]Ê ÜÌ
Ê >Ê >VÌ}Ê >ÃÊ«ÀiÃ>À°Ê >Ê>ÃÊëiV>Ãi`ÊÊ«ÀÛ}Ê
ÃÊ>Õ`iViÃÊÜÌ
ʼÃÕ`Ê«iý]Ê
56
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
performances in which he chanted declarative gibberish dressed in a cardboard ÃÕÌ°Ê"ÞÊÜ
iÊ
iÊ>V
iÛi`ÊÜ
>ÌÊi>ÊÀ«Ê`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃʼÌÌ>Ê«>`iÕ½Ê``Ê >Ê pronounce the evening a success.13 Dada’s anarchic provocations took many forms VÕ`}ÊÕÀ>ÌÊ>`Ê>ÃÌÕÀL>ÌÊÃÌ>}iÊÀ>Ê7i`i`®]Ê>Ê>VÌÊÀi«ÀÃi`ÊLÞÊ Vito Acconci in his video performance Seedbed in 1972.14 À>Ü}ÊëÀ>ÌÊvÀÊV>L>ÀiÌ]ÊÌ
iÊVÀVÕÃÊ>`ÊÛ>ÀiÌÞÊÌ
i>ÌÀi]ÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ«>ÀÌÊ of the twentieth century saw the spread across Europe of a theatre of institutional iconoclasm and physical shock. The Futurist Filippo Marinetti was determined to ¼`iÃÌÀÞÊÌ
iÊ-i]ÊÌ
iÊ->VÀi`]ÊÌ
iÊ-iÀÕÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ-ÕLiÊÊÀ̽°15 He showed his disdain for the establishment in 1914 when an enemy missile narrowly missed the Basilica in Venice. Marinetti contrived to drop leaflets over the city rousing the ««Õ>ViÊÌʼÜ>it½ÊLiV>ÕÃiʼÌ
iÊiiÞÊÃÊ>ÌÌi«Ì}ÊÌÊ`iÃÌÀÞÊÌ
iÊÕiÌÃ]Ê Ü
V
Ê ÌÊ ÃÊ ÕÀÊ ÜÊ «>ÌÀÌVÊ «ÀÛi}iÊ ÌÊ `iÃ
t½16 The artist used a variety of methods to dislodge what he saw as a backward-looking conservatism prevalent ÊÌ>Þ°Ê}ÊLivÀiÊ
Ê >}iÊÌÕi`ÊÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊiÛiÀÞ`>Þ]Ê>ÀiÌÌÊ VÀi>Ìi`ÊÜ
>ÌÊ
iÊV>i`ʼ ÀÕÌý]Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÃÊÌi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÊV
ÀÕÃiÃÊvʼÌÞ«iÜÀÌiÀÃ]ÊiÌÌi`ÀÕÃ]ÊÀ>ÌÌiÃÊ>`ÊÃ>ÕVi«>Ê`ý°17 The Dadaists and Futurists were ÌÊ>i°ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÓäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ-ÕÀÀi>ÃÌÃÊÊ*>ÀÃÊ>ÌÌ>Vi`ÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÃÊvÊÌ
i>ÌÀiÊÜÌ
Ê >ÕÌ>ÌVÊ ÜÀÌ}]Ê ÃiÌÊ Ài>`}Ê >`Ê `Ài>Ê >}iÀÞ]Ê >`Ê iÊ >ÀiÌÌ]Ê ÀV
iÃÌÀ>Ìi`Ê Ì
iÊ >V
iÃÊ vÊ `iÀÌÞ]Ê Ê Ì
iÀÊ V>ÃiÊ vÀiµÕiÌÞÊ >VV«>i`Ê LÞÊ Ì
iÊ ÕÃVÊvÊÌ
iʼ«
iÌÀV>½]Ê ÀÊ->Ìi°ÊÊ£Ó£Ê>Ê >`>ÃÌÊÕÌ}ÊÜ>ÃÊÀ}>Ãi`Ê LÞÊ/ÀÃÌ>Ê/â>À>]Ê*>ÕÊ Õ>À`]ÊÕÃÊÀ>}Ê>`ÊÌ
iÀÃÊÜ
ÃiÊLiVÌÛiÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊÀi«>ViÊ ¼V«iÌiÌÊ >`Ê ÃÕëiVÌÊ }Õ`iÃ½Ê >`Ê Ã
i«
iÀ`Ê ÛÃÌÀÃÊ >ÀÕ`Ê >Ê `iÀiVÌÊ V
ÕÀV
]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÀÊLÕ`}ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>`ʼÊÀi>ÃÊvÀÊiÝÃÌ}½°18Ê"ÊÌ
iÊ`>Þ]ÊÌ
iÊ
i>ÛiÃÊ«ii`Ê>`Ê`iÌiÀÀi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÀ>]ÊviÜÊ«i«iÊÌÕÀi`ÊÕ«°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊw`ÃÊ ÌÃÊiV
iÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊÌiÀ>Ì>Ê>ÀÌÊ}ÀÕ«ÊÕÝÕÃ]ÊiÝi«wi`ÊLÞÊ9Ê"½ÃÊ ÜÀÌÌiÊ}Õ`iÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÛÌi`ÊÛiÜiÀ«>ÀÌV«>ÌÃÊÌÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÛiÀi`Ê>ëiVÌÃÊ vÊ iÜÊ9ÀÊÀÊi
>ViÊÌ
iÀÊÜ>`iÀ}ÊLÞÊvÜ}Ê`ÀiVÌÛiÃÊÃÕV
Ê>Ã]ʼÜ>Ê>Ê over the city with an empty baby carriage’ (1961). The performance was realised by whoever carried out the instruction. The Dadaist guided tours also presage the ÜÀÊvÊ>iÌÊ >À`vv]ÊÜ
ÃiÊThe Missing Voice (Case Study B) (1999) provided a «ÀiÀiVÀ`i`ʼ>Õ`ÊÜ>½ÊÊ>Ê ÃV>]ÊÜ
V
ÊÌÀ>ëÀÌi`ÊÌ
iÊ«>ÀÌV«>ÌÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê Ì
iÊ7
ÌiV
>«iÊ>Ài>ÊvÊ`]Ê>`Ê`iÛiÀi`ÊÌ
iÊ`>ÀÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀiiÌÃÊ>}Ê the way through binaural headphones.19 /iV
}ÞÊ Ü>ÃÊ iLÀ>Vi`Ê i>ÀÞÊ Ê Ê «iÀvÀ>ViÊ >ÀÌ]Ê Ì>LÞÊ LÞÊ Ì
iÊ Ì>>Ê ÕÌÕÀÃÌÃÊ vÀÊ Ü
Ê `iÀÌÞÊ ÀiÃ`i`Ê Ê Ì
iÊ >V
iÃÊ vÊ `ÕÃÌÀÞ]Ê À>`Ê >`Ê LÀ>`V>ÃÌ}]Ê >`Ê `ii`Ê Ì
iÊ iV
>VÃÊ Ü>À°20Ê Ê £ä]Ê Ì
iÊ ÕÌÕÀÃÌÊ >viÃÌÊ «ÀV>i`ʼ7iÊÜÊ}ÀvÞÊÜ>À]ÊÌ
iÊÞÊÌÀÕiÊ
Þ}iiÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊqÊÌ>ÀÃ]Ê«>ÌÀÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ`iÃÌÀÕVÌÛiÊ}iÃÌÕÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊ>>ÀV
ÃÌ]ÊÌ
iÊLi>ÕÌvÕÊ`i>ÃÊÜ
V
ÊÊ>`Ê the scorn of women.’21 A more benign use of technology could be found in Valentine
PERFORMANCE
57
`iÊ->Ì*̽ÃÊ«iÀvÀ>ViðÊÕÌ
ÀÊvÊÌ
iÊ££Îʼ>viÃÌÊvÊÕÃ̽ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊVÕÀi`Ê}
ÌÃÊ>`Ê>Ì
i>ÌV>ÊÃÞLÃÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊÃÕÀÀÕ`}Ê
iÀÊ`>ViÊ «iÀvÀ>ViÃ]Ê>VV«>i`ÊLÞÊÀiVÌ>ÌÃÊvÊ
iÀÊÛiÊ«iÌÀÞ°Ê/
iÊiÜÊÌiV
}ÞÊ vÊwÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÀÃ
>i`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÕÌÕÀÃÌÊV>ÕÃi]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊV
>«i`ÊÃÕÌ>iÌÞ]ÊëÌ>iÌÞÊ>`ÊÀ>`]Ê>i>ÌÀÞÊÌiÀÛiÌðÊÀ>`Ê>½ÃÊ>LÃÕÀ`ÃÌÊwÊ Vita Futurista (1916) (now lost) featured such curiosities as Giacomo Balla making ÛiÊÌÊ>ÊV
>ÀÊ>`Ê>ÀiÌÌÊi}>}i`ÊÊ>ÊLÝ}Ê>ÌV
°Ê/
iÃiÊ`ÃViVÌi`]ÊÃÕÀÀi>Ê scenarios were combined with early but astonishingly sophisticated special effects VÀi>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÊvÊëÌÊÃVÀii]Ê`ÕLiÊiÝ«ÃÕÀi]ÊVÕÀÊÌÌ}Ê>`Ê`ÃÌÀÌ}ÊÀÀÀÃÊ>ÊÌi`i`ÊÌÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÊÌ
iÊÌÕÀLÕiÌÊÃÌ>ÌiÃÊvÊ`ÊiÝ«iÀiVi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÛ>ÀÕÃÊ members of the group. -ÕÀÀi>ÃÌÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÃÊvÌiÊVÀ«À>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii}ÊvÊwÃ]ÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ,ijÊ Clair’s Entr’acteÊ£Ó{®]ÊÀiÛÛ}Ê>Êi>ÀiÀÊÌÀ>`ÌÊÊÜ
V
Êv>À}ÀÕ`ÊiÌiÀÌ>ments and vaudeville included short filmic interludes between live acts. Clair’s film features farcical scenes of a funeral procession in which the mourners leap like }>âiiÃ]Ê>ÊV}ÀÕÕÃÊëiVÌ>ViÊÌ
>ÌÊLÀ}ÃÊÌÊ`Ê`ÀiÜÊÌÌ}½ÃÊÃ>ÀÞÊ absurdist performance in his film Klipperty Klöpp (1984) in which he impersonates a demented horse. Clair’s film also boasts a bearded Picabia in a tutu and Duchamp and Man Ray engaged in a game of chess. It ends with the cast breaking through the paper onto which the credits are inscribed. The footage then reverses to reinstate Ì
iÊÌÀÊÌÌi]Ê>ÊÌÀVÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÌiÀÊi>LÀ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊ*iÌiÀÊ >«ÕÃÊÊThree Transitions £Çή]Ê>ÊÛ`iÊÊÜ
V
Ê
iÊVÌÀÛi`ÊÌÊVÕÌÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê
ÃÊÜÊL>VÊ>`ÊLiÊÀiLÀÊLÞÊ stepping through the tear in his body. 22 Ê`vviÀiÌÊÌÀ>iVÌÀÞÊV>ÊLiÊÌÀ>Vi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ,ÕÃÃ>ÊÕÌÕÀÃÌÃÊÜ
Ê`iÛi«i`Ê a deliberately populist brand of performance designed to reach wider non-art audiiViÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÛiÊvÊi`ÕV>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÌ>À>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊ}ÀiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ Ã
iÛÊ revolution. They staged spectacular reconstructions of momentous events includ}]ÊÊ£Óä]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ7ÌiÀÊ*>>ViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ
i«ÊvÊ>ÊwÛi
Õ`Ài`ÃÌÀ}Ê ÀV
iÃÌÀ>]Ê>ÊL>ÌÌ>ÊvÊÃ`iÀÃÊ>`ÊÌ
ÕÃ>`ÃÊvÊVÌâiÃÊ>ÞÊvÊÜ
Ê
>`Ê«>Àticipated in the original 1917 rebellion.23 Commemorative performances staged vÀÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>ÊVÕ`iÊiÀiÞÊ iiÀÊ>`ÊiÊ}}ýÃÊBattle of OrgreaveÊÓä䣮]Ê a re-enactment of the violent confrontation between miners and police during the iÀýÊ-ÌÀiÊÊ ÀÌ>ÊÊ£n{°Ê}>]ÊÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊÀ}>Ê«ÀÌ>}ÃÌÃÊÌÊ«>ÀÌÊÊ the restaged event. Deirdre Heddon has proposed the Suffragettes as the prototypical political pervÀiÀÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÀÊÃiÌiÃiÝÌÀiiÊ«ÕLVÊ«ÀÌiÃÌÃÊiÝi«wi`ÊLÞÊ ÞÊ7`}Ê >ÛÃÊÜ
Ê`iV>Ài`]ʼ ii`ÃÊÌÊ7À`ýÊ>`Ê
ÕÀi`Ê
iÀÃivÊÕ`iÀÊÌ
iÊ}½ÃÊ
ÀÃiÊ on Derby day in 1913. Heddon cites as an early form of body art the self-mutilation vÊ ÃÌ>ViÊÞÌÌ]ÊÜ
]ÊÜ
ÃÌÊÊ«ÀÃÊÊ£äÊ>ÌÌi«Ìi`ÊÌÊV>ÀÛiÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÃÊ ¼6ÌiÃÊvÀÊ7i½ÊÌÊ
iÀÊL`ÞÊÜÌ
Ê>Êii`i°24 These anarchic acts may well have
58
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Andrew Kötting, Klipperty Klöpp (1984). Film still courtesy of the artist.
influenced artists and the thread of self-harm in art draws down through the years to Antonin Artaud and his 1920s Theatre of Cruelty and the blood and guts gallery «iÀvÀ>ViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ6iiÃiÊÌÃÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÜ
ÊÃ
>Ài`ÊÀÌ>Õ`½ÃÊ`iÌiÀ>ÌÊÌÊvÀViÊLÕÀ}iÃÊÃViÌÞÊÌÊv>ViÊÌÃÊ}ÀiÀÊÌÀÕÌ
ðÊ/
iÊÌÃÌÃÊiÝ«Ài`Ê Ì
iÊiÝÌÀiiÃÊvÊ
Õ>ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÌiÌÊvÊ`ÕV}ÊV>Ì
>ÀÌVÊÀi>VÌÃÊ ÊÌ
iÀÊ>Õ`iViÃ°Ê >Ì
>ÀÃÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊLiiÛi`]ÊVÕ`ÊLÞ«>ÃÃÊÌ
iÊVÃÌÀVÌ}Ê>`Ê`i>`ening effects on the human psyche of bourgeois social convention. According to iÀ}iÃÊ >Ì>i]ÊÌ
iÊL`ÞÊÊiÝÌÀiÃÊÜ>ÃÊV>«>LiÊvÊ`ÃÃÛ}ÊÃV>Ê`ÛÃÃÊ>`]Ê
iÊLÃiÀÛi`]ʼ
Õ>ÊLi}ÃÊ>ÀiÊiÛiÀÊÕÌi`ÊÜÌ
Êi>V
ÊÌ
iÀÊiÝVi«ÌÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌi>ÀÃÊ and wounds’.25Ê«}Ê«iÀ
>«ÃÊÌÊiVÌÊ>ÊÃ>ÀÊi}>Ì>À>Êi«>Ì
Þ]ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃÊ and 1980s Marina Abramovim also toyed with the limits of human endurance and ÃÕ}
ÌÊÕÌÊ
iÀÊ«iÀÃ>Ê«>ÊÌ
ÀiÃ
`ÃÊÊ
iÀʼÀ}ÃÊvÊwÀi½Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊiÌi`Ê >LÛiÊ>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÜÀÃÊÛÛ}Ê
Þ«iÀÛiÌ>Ì]ÊÃÌ>ÀÛ>ÌÊ>`Ê`ÀÕ}`ÕVi`ÊV>Ì>ÌVÊÃÌ>ÌiðÊ-
iÊÜ>ÃÊi`ÊÊÌ
ÃÊÃivÕÌ>ÌÊiÌiÀ«ÀÃiÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ À>â>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ Leticia Parente who in Marca Registrada/TrademarkÊ£Ç{®]ÊÃiÜi`ʼ>`iÊÊ À>â½Ê ÌÊÌ
iÊÃiÊvÊ
iÀÊvÌ] 26 and Gina Pane whose Psychic Action (1974) was a ritual vÊÕÀ}ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ`i>Ì
ÊvÊ
iÀÊÌ
iÀ]Ê>ÊViÀiÞÊÌ
>ÌÊÛÛi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊVÕÌting herself with razor blades.27ÊÊÌ
iÊ1]Ê->ÊÝÊ>ÃÊÀiV>i`ÊÌ
iÊ-ÕvvÀ>}iÌÌi½ÃÊ traumatic protests in her performance Echoes from the NorthÊ£Çnqnä®]Ê>ÊÜÀÊÊ which the artist lacerated her legs as she walked through fields of barbed wire as a
PERFORMANCE
59
}iÃÌÕÀiÊvÊÃ`>ÀÌÞÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÜiÊvÊ ÀÌ
iÀÊÀi>`Ê`ÕÀ}ÊÌ
iʼ/ÀÕLiý]ÊÌ
iÊ war of attrition between Protestants and Catholics. 28 Individual demonstrations of grief and political anger such as those enacted by *>i]Ê *>ÀiÌiÊ >`Ê ÝÊ >`Ê >ÞÊ ÃÌÊ VVÕÀ]Ê LÕÌÊ Ì
iÞÊ }iiÀ>ÞÊ >viÃÌÊ ÕÌÃ`iÊ }>iÀÞÊë>ViðÊÀÊÃÌ>Vi]ÊÊÓääÎ]ÊÌ
iÊ`iÀÊ>ÀÊVÜ>ÊÌ
iʼÀÌÃÌÊ/>ÝÊ Driver’) pushed a peanut from New Cross to No. 10 Downing Street using only his nose as a protest against the introduction of student fees.29 Such individual performative gestures are less prevalent nowadays and social and political issues from climate change through corporate corruption to intrusive government surveillance tend to be addressed collectively by named organisations operating outside the galiÀÞÊÃÞÃÌi°ÊÊÌ
ÃÊVÌiÝÌ]Ê>ÀÌÊÃÊiÃÃÊ>Ê«ÌÊvÊÀiviÀiViÊvÀÊy>Ã
ÊLÊÀÊiÊ Ì>ÌÛiÃ]ÊÌ
>ÊÃÊ>`ÛiÀÌÃ}Ê>`ÊÌ
iÀÊvÀÃÊvÊ««Õ>ÀÊVÕÌÕÀi° 30Ê>Ì
iÀÃ{ÕÃÌViÊ tap into the fashion for dressing up as superheroes to highlight the plight of divorced iÊÜ
Ê>ÀiÊ`ii`Ê>VViÃÃÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊV
`ÀiÆÊÊVÌiÃÊ>VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊ}Li]ÊÌ
iÊ"VVÕ«ÞÊ ÛiiÌÊ ÕÃiÊ >À}iÞÊ ÛiÌ]Ê V>ÀÛ>iõÕiÊ iV>«iÌÃÊ ÌÊ «ÀÌiÃÌÊ Ì
iÊ iÝViÃÃiÃÊvÊV>«Ì>ðÊ/
iÃiÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ«ÀÌiÃÌÊÛiiÌÃÊ>ÞÊÜiÊLiÊÌ
iÊ
iÀÌÀÃÊvʼ>}Ì«À«½Ê>viÃÌ>ÌÃÊÀ}>Ì}ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ,ÕÃÃ>ÊÀiÛÕÌ>ÀiÃ]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÀÊ>VÌÃÊvÊVÛÊ`ÃLi`iViÊÜiÊ>ÌÊi>ÃÌÊ>ÃÊÕV
ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÀiÊÀiViÌÊ Ì>ÌÛiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÜiÊ>ÌÊÀii
>Ê ÊÊÌ
iÊ1]ÊÜ
ÃiÊ}ÌiÀÊVVÕ«>tion of the American airbase’s perimeter fence protested the presence of nuclear weapons held there in the early 1980s. 31 It is perhaps the Bauhaus performances of the early 1920s that most directly resonate with the gallery-based installation with which we have become familiar in the postmodern and contemporary eras. Walter Gropius opened the Weimar Bauhaus in 1919 with the intention of creating a fertile collegiate environment in which all the >ÀÌÃÊÜiÀiÊiVÕÀ>}i`ÊÌÊV}i°ÊiÊÌ
iÊÌ>>ÊÕÌÕÀÃÌÃ]Ê >Õ
>ÕÃÊiLiÀÃÊViebrated the creative reciprocity of art and technology in an age of optimism about the benefits to humanity of science and engineering. Oskar Schlemmer developed highly mechanistic dance performances that deployed the body caught up in a web of geometric lines that together reiterated the dimensions of the space in which the performers were in play. In Schlemmer’s Slat DanceÊ£ÓÇ®ÊÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀiÀ½ÃÊ>ÀÃ]Ê legs and shoulders were fitted with long poles protruding from the body like over}ÀÜÊëÌÃ]Ê`iÛViÃÊÌ
>ÌÊLÌ
ÊÀi`ÕVi`ÊÌ
iÊw}ÕÀiÊÌÊ>Ê>ÕÌ>ÌÊ>`Ê`À>>ÌÃi`Ê the kinetic energy of human musculature – with an additional frisson of bondage in Ì
iÊ ÀiÃÌÀVÌÊ vÊ ÛiiÌÊ Ì
iÊ VÃÌÕiÃÊ «Ãi`°Ê /
ÃÊ ÕÃiÊ vÊ L`ÞÊ iÝÌiÃÃÊ reappeared in the 1970s in the performance and video works of Rebecca Horn. In Finger GlovesÊ£ÇÓ®]ÊÃ
iÊÃÌÀ>««i`Ê}ÊÃÌVÃÊÌÊ
iÀÊw}iÀÃ]ÊV}ÀÕÕÃÊ«ÀÃÌ
iÌVÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ i>Li`Ê
iÀÊ ÌÊ >VViÃÃÊ LiVÌÃÊ >`Ê ÃÕÀv>ViÃÊ À>ÞÊ LiÞ`Ê
iÀÊ Ài>V
]Ê while simultaneously reducing the sensory capacity of her touch. In Roi Vaara’s Towards the SkyÊ £{®]Ê À½ÃÊ L`ÞÊ iÝÌiÃÃÊ ÜiÀiÊ ÜÊ Ài«>Vi`Ê LÞÊ >Ê ÀÜÊ vÊ
60
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
wooden struts assembled in a series of precariously balanced A-frames that togethiÀÊ
i`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊL`ÞÊ>ÊLÀi>Ì
Ê>Ü>ÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊVi}]Ê«ÀÛ`}Ê>Êi>ÃÊÜ
iÀiLÞÊ a spectator could precisely gauge the distance between floor and ceiling. The body as an instrument of measurement in the built environment brings us back to the }
ÌÊ«ÀiVÌÃÊvÊV >]ÊÜÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ`ÀiVÌÞÊ«V>ÌiÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>ÊL`ÞÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ iÃÃiÌ>ÊLÕ`}ÊLV]ÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>Ê«À«ÀÌÊ>ÀÕ`ÊÜ
V
Ê>ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ animate the volumetrics of architectural space. Artists and viewers are bonded by Ì
iÀÊVÊÀÌ>ÊvÀ>iÃ]ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊiµÕÛ>iViÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÃiÃÀÞÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃ]ÊÜ
V
Ê delivers to them what Schlemmer called Raumempfindung]ʼ>ÊÃiÃ>ÌÊvÊë>Vi½] 32 >Ê>Õ`iViÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÃVÌi`ÊLÞÊLÌ
Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>`ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌ°
PERFORMANCE IN THE 1960S AND BEYOND Performance is like a force of nature that doesn’t have a name. Lucas Samaras (2002) It might seem from the account so far that much of what came to define performance in the 1960s had already been laid down by the pioneers of live art in the early «>ÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊViÌÕÀÞ]Ê«Ài`>ÌÞÊÊ ÕÀ«i°ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ£xäÃÊÌ
iÊiÀV>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ >Ê>«ÀÜÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ài>`ÞÊ«À>VÌV}Ê>ÊiÝ«>`i`ÊvÀÊvÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ
iÊV>i`ʼ>ÃÃiL>}i½Ê>`Ê
iÊÃÊÌÀ`ÕVi`Ê«>ÀÌV«>ÌÀÞÊiiiÌÃÊÊivvÊiÛiÌÃ]ÊÜ
V
Ê
iÊÜÊV
ÀÃÌii`ʼ
>««i}ý]Ê>ÊÌiÀÊ>ÃÊv>ÛÕÀi`ÊLÞÊÕÝÕÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>«>iÃiÊ ÕÌ>Ê}ÀÕ«°Ê>«ÀܽÃÊ
>««i}ÃÊVÕ`i`ÊÌ}
ÌÞʼÃVÀi`½Ê>VÌÛÌiÃÊvÀÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ >`Ê
ÃÊÃÌ>Ìi`Ê>ÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
iʼÌi}À>ÌÊvÊ>ÊiiiÌÃÊqÊiÛÀiÌ]ÊVÃÌÀÕVÌi`Ê ÃiVÌÃ]ÊÌi]Êë>Vi]Ê>`Ê«i«i½° 33ʼ>««i}½Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÀÕLÀVÊ>ÌiÀÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌi`ÊÌÊÌÃivÊ >Ê`iLiÊ>ÃÃV>ÌÊvÊ
««Þ`]Ê>`ÊÜ>ÃÊÀi«>Vi`ÊÜÌ
ʼ«iÀvÀ>Vi½ÊÜ
iʼÛiÊ >À̽ÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÊÌiÀÊvÌiÊ>`«Ìi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ1ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊvÊÌÃÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊiV«>ÃÃÊ>ÃÌÊ >ÞÌ
}Ê>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ}
ÌÊ`ÊÊvÀÌÊv]Ê>`ÊÜÌ
]Ê>ÊÛiÊ>Õ`iVi°Ê One of the changes that took place in the early 1960s was the recognition of «iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÃi«>À>ÌiÊV>Ìi}ÀÞÊvÊ>ÀÌÊ«À>VÌVi]Ê>LiÌÊÃÕLÃÃÌ}ÊÊÌ
iÊ>À}ÃÊvÊVÕÌÕÀ>Êvi°Ê >ÃÃVÊ£ÈäÃÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÊÜ>ÃÊ>i`ÊÌÊVÕÌiÀVÕÌÕÀ>]Ê ÃV>ÃÌÊ«ÀV«iÃÊ>`]ÊiÊÕV
ÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊ«iÀ`]ÊÌÊ«À`ÕVi`ÊÊ>ÀÌÊLiVÌÃÊÌÊvii`ÊÌ
iÊViÀV>ÊÌiÀiÃÌÃÊvÊ>ÊV>«Ì>ÃÌÊ>ÀÌÊ>ÀiÌ°Ê >ÀÞÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ >``ÀiÃÃi`Ê ¼ÃÃÕiÃÊ vÊ «>ÀÌV«>Ì]Ê Ãiv`iÌiÀ>Ì]Ê VÕÌÕÀ>Ê >ÕÌÞÊ >`Ê >ÕÌ
iÌVÌÞ½]Ê ÜÀÌiÊ iÀ`ÀiÊ i``]Ê >`Ê vÕVÌi`]Ê ¼LiÞ`Ê Ì
iÊ iÌÜi`Ê Ài>V
Ê vÊ state and market’. 34 One of the rallying cries for performance art in the 1960s and 1970s was the vÕÃÊvÊviÊ>`Ê>ÀÌ°Ê>«ÀÜÊ`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÊiÊLiÌÜiiÊ>ÀÌÊ>`ÊviÊÃ
Õ`ÊLiÊ i«ÌÊ >ÃÊ yÕ`]Ê >`Ê «iÀ
>«ÃÊ `ÃÌVÌ]Ê >ÃÊ «ÃÃLi½° 35Ê Ê £ÇäÃÊ 1]Ê Ì
iÊ ÀÌÃ
Ê `ÕÊ
PERFORMANCE
61
LiÀÌÊ>`ÊiÀ}iÊ«>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃÊÃÛiÀ]ÊVLi`ÊÌÊ}>iÀÞÊ«Ì
ÃÊ>`ÊÃ>}Ê Ì
iÊ `Ê Ü>ÀÌiÊ `ÌÌÞÊ ¼1`iÀi>Ì
Ê Ì
iÊ ÀV
iÃ½Ê Ü
ÃÌÊ «ÀV>}Ê Ì
iÃiÛiÃÊ ¼Û}ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiý°ÊVÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊ«`]ÊÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊ«iÀ`]ÊÕ`ÞÊ
V>}Ê>`Ê>Ê}ÀÕ«ÊvÊ ÞÕ}ÊÜiÊ>ÌÊÀiÃÊÃÌ>ÌiÊVi}iÊ`Õ}Ê`ii«ÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊiÝ«iÀiViÊ>`ÊÃÕ}
ÌÊ Ìʼ«iÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÀÊÜ
iÊÀ>}iÊvÊiÌÃÊvÀÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊÜÀ½°36 They dissolved the
>ÀÌiÃ>ÊëÌÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊÌiiVÌÊ>`ÊiL`i`]ÊÃÌVÌÕ>ÊÀiëÃiÃÊÊÜÀÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ>ÌÌi«Ìi`ÊÌʼÊÌ
iÊ«ÕLVÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÛ>ÌiÊÊÕÀÊÃV
â`ÊÜÀ`]ÊÌÊiLÀ>ViÊ the whole of life’. 37ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊ>À}Õi`ÊLivÀi]ÊviÊ>`Ê>ÀÌÊ``ÊÌÊÃiÊÌ
iÀÊ`Ãtinctive domains and performance artists maintained the requisite critical distance Ì
>ÌÊi>Li`ÊÌ
iÊÌÊ`iÛi«ÊÌ
iÀÊViÌ>ÀÞÊÊÃV>ÊÀi>ÌiÃ]ÊiëiV>Þ]ÊÊÌ
iÊ V>ÃiÊvÊ
V>}]ÊÊÌ
iÊ««ÀiÃÃÊvÊÜi° ÊÌ
iÃiÊiÝ>«iÃÊvÊi>ÀÞÊ«iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊÛ}ÊL`ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÜ>ÃÊ`iÃ}nated the fulcrum of meaning in the work in tension with the embodied presence of Ì
iÊ>Õ`iVi°Ê7Ì
ÊÌÌiÊÀÊÊ`ÀiVÌÛiÊÀi}>À`}ÊÜ
iÀiÊÌÊÃÌ>`Ê>`ÊÃÌ]ÊÀÊ`ii`Ê
ÜÊ ÌÊLi
>Ûi]ÊiLiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊiÝ«iÀiViÊ>Ê
i}
Ìii`Ê>Ü>ÀiiÃÃÊÌÊÞÊvÊ Ì
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌ«iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊLÕÌÊ>ÃÊvÊiÊ>Ì
iÀ]ÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>ÊV
>À}i`Ê>Ìë
iÀiÊvÊ ÕÌ«iÊViVÌÛÌiðÊÃÊ>ÞiÞÊ iÜ>ÊViÊÀi>Ài`]ʼÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊ«iÀvÀÊ themselves; there is a camouflaged performance by the audience’.38 The open structure of a performance has occasionally led to life spilling unchecked into art. I have already footnoted my granddaughter’s gentle intervention into a recent work by Tino -i
}>]ÊLÕÌÊVÀÃÃ}ÊÌ
iÊLÕ`>ÀÞÊLiÌÜiiÊ«iÀvÀiÀÊ>`Ê>Õ`iVi]ÊLiÌÜiiÊviÊ and art was not always so civilised. Sometime in the late 1970s at the Air gallery in `]Ê>ÊiÛi}ÊvÊÃVÀii}ÃÊ
ÃÌi`ÊLÞÊ`Ê6`iÊÀÌÃÊÜ>ÃÊÌiÀÀÕ«Ìi`ÊLÞÊ >Ê>ÌiÀV>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊiÀÕ«Ìi`Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊL>VÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iVi°ÊiÛÊÌ
iÀÌ]ÊÜ
ÊÜÀi`Ê ÊLÌ
ÊÛ`iÊ>`Ê«iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊÌÊiÝVi«ÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÛi}½ÃÊ«ÀVii`}ÃÊ>`Ê>vÌiÀÊ>Ê
i>Ìi`ÊiÝV
>}iÊÜÌ
Ê >Û`Ê>]Ê>ÊVÕ«iÊvÊ«ÕV
iÃÊÜiÀiÊÌ
ÀÜÊÀiÃÕÌ}ÊÊ >Êw}
ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÕÀi`Ê>ÊÃVÀii}ÊÌÊ>Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊvÊiÝVi«Ì>ÊÛiÀÃÌÕ`i°Ê/
iÊ audience was left wondering whether they were witnessing a performance by the fulminating Atherton or an alarming slice of real life. 39 More personally disturbing to me was the reaction of an audience to my performance Each Fine Strand (1978) at Ì
iÊ >ÃiiÌÊÊ iÜV>ÃÌi°ÊÊiÝ«ÃÊvÊV>ÃÃÊÌiÃÃÊLÀiÊÛiÀÊÞÊ
i>`Ê>ÃÊ ÊÜ>ÃÊ«iÌi`ÊÜÌ
ÊLiiÀÊV>ÃÊ>`ÊÌ`ÊÌÊÌ>iÊÞÃivÊ>`ÊÞʼÌvv½Ê>VViÌÊL>VÊ`ÜÊ South. 40 Although the Futurists would have approved of such enthusiastic audience «>ÀÌV«>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÊiÝ>«iÊ`iÃÊ«ÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ
iÀiÌÊ`>}iÀÃÊvÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ vÀÊ Üi°Ê /
iÊ Ì
iiÊ vÊ ÛiViÊ ÌÊ ÜiÊ Ü>ÃÊ `iLiÀ>ÌiÞÊ iÝ«Ài`Ê LÞÊ >À>Ê AbramovimÊ>ÃÊÜiÊ9Ê"]ÊÜ
ÊÊCut Piece (1964) invited members of the audience to cut away her clothes with a pair of scissors (with the risk that they might also begin cutting her flesh).41 Ê /
iÊ ÛÛiiÌÊ vÊ ÜiÊ Ê «iÀvÀ>ViÊ >ÀÌÊ Ü>ÃÊ iÝÌÀV>LÞÊ i`Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ viÃÌÊÛiiÌÊyÕÀÃ
}ÊÊ ÕÀ«iÊ>`Ê ÀÌ
ÊiÀV>ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃ]Ê
62
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
}Õ`i`ÊLÞÊÌÃÊvÕ`>Ì>Ê>Ý]ʼÌ
iÊ«iÀÃ>ÊÃÊ«ÌV>½°Ê/
iÊ«ÀëiVÌÊvÊ>ÊÜ>Ê performing in public inevitably awakened associations with the early history of theatre in which actresses were regarded as little more than prostitutes. 42 The theme vÊviÃÊÜÊVÀ«ÊÕ«Ê>}>ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊÃÝ]ÊLÕÌÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊ«iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊ iÞÊLiVÌÛiÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊÀivÕÃiÊÌ
iÊ`Õ>ÊÃÕÌÊvÊLi}ÊÀii}>Ìi`ÊiÌ
iÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊV>Ìi}ÀÞÊ vÊÃÌ>}iLÕ`Ê>VÌÀiÃÃÉÜ
Ài]Êv>}ÊÌ
iÊÃiÝÕ>Ê`iÃÀiÃÊvÊÌ
i>ÌÀiÊ>Õ`iViÃ]ÊÀÊ `iÉÕÃi]ÊvÀâiÊÊÃiÊÜÌ}Ê«ÃiÊÌÊ«ÀÛ`iÊëÀ>ÌÊvÀÊ>Ê>iÊ>ÀÌÃÌ°ÊÃÊ `iiÊÃÌiÀÊ>`Ê ÊiÃÊ
>ÛiÊLÃiÀÛi`]ÊÜiʼÜiÀiÊw>ÞÊ`i>`}ÊÌÊ«ÕLVÞÊ play their own parts’. 43 The process of emancipation was by no means straightforÜ>À`ÆÊÌ
i]Ê>ÃÊÜ]ÊÜi½ÃÊÛiÃÊÜiÀiÊ`>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÕVÌÊÌÊLiÊVÃÌ>ÌÞÊ ÊÃ
Ü°ÊÜÊVÕ`ÊiÝ«Ã}Ê
iÀÃivÊÌÊ«ÕLVÊ}>âiÊÀiÛiÀÃiÊÌ
iÊ`i>`ÃÊvÊ«>ÌÀ>ÀV
ÞÊÊ>ÊÜ>ÊÌÊ«iÀvÀÊÞÊÃ>VÌi`Ê`iÃÊvÊviÌÞ¶Ê/
iÊÃÌÀ>Ìi}ÞÊ artists like Chicago adopted was to counter the repressive stereotypes promulgated ÊÀi}]Ê>ÀÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊi`>ÊÜÌ
ÊÕ>`Ài`Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊ`>ÞÊÌÀLÕ>ÌÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
ÕÃÊÃiiÊÌÊÀi`iwiÊvÀÊÜiÊ>Ê«ÕLVÊÛÃLÌÞÊqÊÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊÌiÀÃ°Ê *iÀvÀ>ViÊ iÌÊ ÌÃivÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ ÌiÀiÃÌÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÀÊ `ÃivÀ>V
Ãi`Ê ¼ÀÌÞ½ÊÊ }ÀÕ«ÃÊÜ
ÃiÊL`iÃÊÜiÀiÊ>Ài`Ê>ÃÊ`vviÀiÌ\ÊL>VÊ>`ÊÃ>ÌVÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃ]Ê}>ÞÊ>`Ê disabled practitioners all of whom sought to contend with both the personal and political consequences resulting from the negative mis-reading of their physical ap«i>À>Vi°Ê/
iÊÌÊvʼ«iÀvÀ>ÌÛÌÞ½]ÊViÊÃiiÊLÞÊViÌ>ÌÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ*i}}ÞÊ *
i>Ê>`ÊÕ`Ì
Ê ÕÌiÀÊ>ÃÊ>ÊLiÀ>Ì}ÊvÀVi]Êi>L}Ê`Û`Õ>Ê>}iVÞ]ÊÜ>`>ÞÃÊ is turning into a new kind of societal pressure.44 Reality TV has rendered performance >ÊV«ÕÃÀÞÊvÀÊvÊÃV>Ê>`Ê«ÀviÃÃ>Êi}>}iiÌÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>Ê«ÃÌ`iÀ]Ê Baudrillardian nightmare in which surface is the only graspable reality. 45 Social me`>Ê ÕÃiÀÃÊ Ã>ÀÞÊ «ÀiVÌÊ }Ài`Ê ÛiÀÃÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÃiÛiÃÊ VvÀ}Ê ÌÊ ÃV>Ê iÝ«iVÌ>ÌÃ°Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ}Ê
>ÃÊ«Ìi`ÊÕÌÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÊiÝViÃÃÛiÊ>}}ÊvÊ>Ê>ÀÀÜÊ range of feminine attributes actually works to make women invisible’. 46 Where young ÜiÊÛ>Ã
ÊÕ`iÀÊÌ
iÊÃiÝÕ>Ãi`ÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃÌVÃÊvÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊviÌÞ]ÊÌ
ÃiÊÜ
Ê cannot or will not conform struggle to be seen and heard. Nina Power has argued Ì
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÀiµÕÀiiÌÃÊvÀÊÜiÊÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÊÌÊ«iÀvÀÊ>Ê>VV`>Ì}]ÊiÛiÀ V
iiÀvÕʼÌi>Ê«>ÞiÀ½ÊLÀ>`ÊvÊviÃi`ÊÃV>ÊÌiÀVÕÀÃiÊ
>ÃÊLiViÊ>`>ÌÀÞÊ vÀÊÃiVÕÀ}Ê>`Êii«}Ê>ÊL° 47Ê/
ÃÊ
>ÃÊi`ÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ*ÜiÀÊV>ÃÊÌ
iʼÃiÝÕ>Ã>ÌÊvÊ Ì
iÊiVÞ½ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌi«À>ÀÞ]ʼyiÝLi½]ÊÜ«>`ÊÜÀ}ÊV`ÌÃÊÌÀ>`Ì>ÞÊ reserved for women are rolled out across the board. With the uncertainties of the VÕÀÀiÌÊiVVÊV>ÌiÊ>ÊÃÕÀViÊvÊVÃÌ>ÌÊ>ÝiÌÞ]ÊÌ
ÃiÊÊÜÀÊÌÊÞÊ>ëÀiÊ ÌÊÜÊi«ÞiiÊvÊÌ
iÊÌ
ÊLÕÌ]Ê>À}ÕiÃÊ*ÜiÀ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÃÊ>ÜÊÌ
iÀÊ«ÀÛ>ÌiÊÛiÃÊ to be appropriated by their employers. Employees voluntarily enter into a process of VÃÌ>ÌÊÃiv`ÃVÃÕÀi]Ê«ÃÌ}Êi`>}iVʼÃiwiýÊÞÕ}]ÊÃiÝÞ]ÊÃÕVViÃÃvÕ®ÊÊ >ViL]Ê>`Ê`>ÞÊ«
Ì`>ÀiÃÊÊÃÌ>}À>°Ê/
iÞÊÜÊVÌÕiÊÌÊ«iÀvÀÊÌ
iÊ V«>ÞÊiÌ
ÃÊÊÌ
iÀÊ«ÕLVÊ«ÀÌ>ÃÊÞiÌÊÌÊLiÊÛiÌi`]ÊÊ>Ê}ÀÌiõÕiÊ`ÃÌÀÌÊ
PERFORMANCE
63
vÊÌ
iÊviÃÌÊ«ÀV«iÊvʼÌ
iÊ«iÀÃ>ÊÃÊ«ÌV>½°Ê/
ÃÊ«iÀ«iÌÕ>Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊvÊ social conformity feeds on our latent narcissism and seeps into all aspects of life in Ü
V
]Ê>ÃÊ*ÜiÀÊLÃiÀÛiÃ]ÊiÊÃÊV«ii`ÊÌÊLiʼVÃÌ>ÌÞÊ>`ÛiÀÌÃ}ÊiÃivÊ>ÃÊ >ÊÃiÝÕ>Ãi`ÊLi}]Ê«ÀiÃiÌ>Li]ÊiÌÜÀ}]ÊÃi}ÊiÃiv½°48 Contemporary performance has now been overtaken by the regimented perfor>ÌÛÌÞÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ}ÊÃV>Ê>`ÊVÀ«À>ÌiÊvi]Ê>`Ê>ÃÊ>ÀÊ,>Ûi
Ê
>ÃÊLÃiÀÛi`]Ê ¼Ì
iÀiÊÃÊvÌiÊ>ÊÃiÃiÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊ>Ê«>ÀÌÊvÊ>Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊÛiÀÊÜ
V
ÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÌÌiÊ control’.49Ê ÃÊ Ê Ã
>Ê >À}ÕiÊ LiÜ]Ê Ì
iÊ >ÀÌÊ >ÀiÌÊ >iÃÊ Ê iÃÃÊ iÝ}iÌÊ `i>`ÃÊ vÊ«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊÜ
Ê>ÀiÊÀiµÕÀi`ÊÌÊi
>ViÊÌ
iÀÊiÝ
LÌÃÊÜÌ
ÊV
Ài}À>«
i`Ê «ÕLVÊ>««i>À>ViÃÆÊ
ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÊLiiÛiÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊÃÊÃÌÊ«ÃÃLiÊvÀÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÊ ÌÊÀiÃÕÀÀiVÌÊÃiÌ
}ÊvÊÌÃÊÀ>`V>]Ê««ÃÌ>ÊÀÌÃÊ>`Ê`iÛi«ÊÌÃÊV>«>VÌÞÊÌÊ ¼ÀiVw}ÕÀiÊÌ
iÊÛÃLiÊ>`ÊÕÃiÌÌi`ÊÌ
iÊÃii}ÞÊ}Ûi½°50 Performance can apply >Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÊ>`ÊÃiÃÀÞÊV
>À}iÊÌʵÕÌ`>ÊiÝÃÌiVi]Ê>`ÊV
>i}iÊÌ
iÊ«ÌV>Ê establishment as has been demonstrated by artists working both inside the EuroiÀV>Ê>ÝÃÊ>`ÊLiÞ`ÊÊ ÕL>]ÊÀVVÊ>`Ê
>°51ÊÀÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃ]Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊ i>LiÃÊÌ
iÊÌÊV>ÀÛiÊÕÌÊ>Êë>ViÊ>`Ê>ÊÌiÊÊÜ
V
]ÊvÀÊ>ÊÜ
iÊ>ÌÊi>ÃÌ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ
`Ê Ì
iÊiiiÌÊvÊÃÕÀ«ÀÃiÊ>`ÊiÝ«iÀiVi]ÊLÀiyÞ]ÊÌ
iÊvii}ÊqÊ
ÜiÛiÀÊÕÃÀÞÊqÊvÊ being in control.52
THE LEGACY OF PERFORMANCE Performance art flourished throughout the 1980s then somewhat fell out of favour ÊÌ
iÊ£äÃ]ÊÊÌ
iÊ1ÊLi}ÊÛiÀÌ>iÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ¼Þ >½Ê«
iiÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊvÕ`i`Ê ÊÌ
iÊ«>ÃÌVÊ>ÀÌðÊÌ
Õ}
Ê/À>ViÞÊ ]ÊiÊvÊÌ
iÊi>`}Ê}
ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iʼ-iÃ>Ì½Ê }iiÀ>Ì]Ê >Ì>i`Ê >Ê Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ viÃÌÊ ÃÃÌiViÊ Ê «iÀÃ>Ê VÌiÌ]Ê Ã
iÊ simultaneously divested it of its political relevance.53 Together with the likes of >iÊ ÀÃÌ]Ê >ÀVÕÃÊ >ÀÛiÞÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ
>«>Ê LÀÌ
iÀÃ]Ê Ê Ã
ÀÕ}}i`Ê vvÊ Ì
iÊ squeamishness towards the art market that had driven the previous generation ÌÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃ½Ê ViVÌÛiÃÊ >`Ê >ÌiÀ>ÌÛi]Ê >ÀÌÃÌÀÕÊ ÛiÕiÃ°Ê ÃÊ Ì
iÊ VÌÞÊ vÊ `Ê LiV>iÊÀV
ÊÊ`iÀi}Õ>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊÞ >ÃÊ«À`ÕVi`ÊÛÃÕ>ÞÊV>«ÌÛ>Ì}Ê>`ÊvÌiÊÃiÃ>Ì>ÃÌÊLiVÌÃÊvÀÊÃ>iÊÌÊÌ
ÃiÊÜ
ÊVÕ`Ê«>Þ°Ê/
iÊViÀV>Ê}>iÀiÃÊÜ
Ê
>`ÊÃÌÀÕ}}i`ÊÌÊÌÀ>`iÊÊÌ
iÊÀiÃ`ÕiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`i>ÌiÀ>Ãi`]Êi«
iiÀ>Êi`ÕÊvÊ «iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊViÊ>}>ÊÀiVi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ>VVÕÕ>ÌÊvÊ>ÀiÌ>LiÊ>ÀÌÊLiVÌÃÊ>`Ê business boomed.54 ÌÊÌ
iÊiÜÊiÕ]ÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀiÃÊ
>ÛiÊwi`ÊÜÌ
Ê«>Ì}]ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi]ÊÛ`iÊ and photography dominated by a postmodern sensibility of pastiche and quotation. ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÊ`iV>`iÊÀÊÃ]Ê>ÊÀiÃÕÀ}iViÊvÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÊ
>ÃÊÀiÛÛi`ÊÜ
>ÌÊ iÀ`ÀiÊi``Ê`iwi`Ê>Ãʼ>Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃiÌÊi̽°55Êi>ÊiÃÊ >ÌÌÀLÕÌiÃÊ Ì
iÊ iÜÊ iÌ
ÕÃ>ÃÊ vÀÊ >Ê Ì
}ÃÊ ÛiÊ ÌÊ ¼i«V
>Ê iÛiÌÃ½Ê ÃÕV
Ê >ÃÊ Ì
iÊ
64
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
6iÛiÌÊ,iÛÕÌÊ>`ÊÉ££]Ê
ÃÌÀV>ÊiÃÌiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀiÊi>`}ÊÌÊ>ʵÕiÃÌ}ÊvÊ political realities through performance.56 A number of commentators have recently questioned whether art actions might offer resistance to the local and global work}ÃÊvÊ«ÜiÀ]ÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊiLiÀ>ÊÀÊ>ÕÌVÀ>ÌV°Ê-ÛiÊØÌÌViÊ«ÃÌÕ>ÌiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>Ê performance by a currently fashionable artist such as Tino Sehgal is sold as a serÛViÊiÊ>ÞÊÌ
iÀÊV`ÌÞÊÊÌ
iʼiÝ«iÀiViÊiVÞ½° 57 This creates an echo ÌÊÌ
iÊ«iÀÃÃÌiÌÊLiiv]ÊÕÌi`Ê>LÛi]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÜÌ
ÃÌ>`}ÊÌ
iÊVÃÌ>ÌÊi«
>ÃÃÊÊ>««i>À>ViÊÊÌ
iÊi`>]Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÊV>ÊVÀVÕÛiÌÊÌ
iÊ«À`ÕVÌÊvÊ V`ÌiðÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ£ÇäÃÊ>`Êi>ÀÞÊ£näÃ]Ê
>Û}ÊLÞÊÀivÕÃi`ÊÌÊ>Õv>VÌÕÀiÊ>ÀÌÊLiVÌÃ]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃʼVÕÌÕÀ>ÊÜÀiÀý]ÊÃi}ÊÌ
iÀÊ>LÕÀÊ by the hour like any member of the working classes.58 Most performance artists were half-hearted about the production of documentation and some followed Peggy *
i>½ÃÊÕVÌÊÌÊÀiÕViÊiÌÀiÞÊÌ
iÊ>VVÕÕ>ÌÊvÊÛ`iÊ>`Ê«
Ì}À>«
VÊ records of live work.59 Tino Sehgal similarly abhors documentation and is said to prohibit any images of his performances being published. The fact that such a posiÌÊÃÊÕÌi>LiÊÃÊ>ÌÌiÃÌi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ/>ÌiÊÜiLÃÌi]ÊÜ
V
ÊÃÊ>Ü>Ã
ÊÜÌ
Ê«
Ì}À>«
ÃÊ vÊ-i
}>½ÃÊÜÀÊ>`Ê`ii`ÊÌ>ÃÌivÕÊÃ>«ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ
Ãiv°ÊØÌÌViÊ>iÃÊ the astute observation that Sehgal’s self-effacing stance in fact serves to fan the y>iÃÊvÊViÀViÊLÞÊÀ>V}ÊÕ«ÊÌÀiÌÞÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÜ
>ÌÊ
iÊV>ÃʼÌ
iÊÞÃ̵ÕiÊ of absence’.60 High-profile performance events provide relatively cheap publicity for V>Ã
ÃÌÀ>««i`Ê «ÕLVÊ ÃÌÌÕÌÃ]Ê Ü
V
Ê }
ÌÊ `ii`Ê ÌÊ >VVÕÌÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÀÊ ÀiViÌÊ successes within the international museum and gallery network. 61 iÊ ÃÌ>>Ì]Ê «iÀvÀ>ViÊ ÃÊ }iiÀ>ÞÊ >Û>>LiÊ ÞÊ >ÃÊ >Ê Ã
ÀÌÊ ÀÕÊ vÊ i«
iiÀ>ÊiÝ«iÀiViðÊÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊV>ÊÃiÌiÃÊLiÊÀiÃÌÀVÌi`ÊÌÊ>ÊivvÊ>ÀÌÊ >viÃÌ>Ì]ÊÜÌiÃÃi`ÊLÞÊ>ÊÃ>Ê}>Ì
iÀ}ÊvÊ`Û`Õ>Ã]ÊiÛiÀÊÌÊLiÊÀi«i>Ìi`°Ê Live art is therefore wholly dependent on an industrial process of promotion that begins with a gestation period as the gallery or museum’s publicity department dripfeeds to the media and the blogosphere tantalising glimpses of the main event to come. The performance itself is formulated at least in part to enhance its ability to «À`ÕViʼi`>}iV½Ê`VÕiÌ>Ì° 62 The video and photographic documentation ÜÊÌÊÞÊ«ÀÛiÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊiÛiÌÊ
>ÃÊÌ>iÊ«>Vi]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊÜÊ«ÀÛ`iÊÌ
iÊv``iÀÊvÀÊ Ì
iÊÜÀ½ÃÊV>ÀivÕÞÊÀV
iÃÌÀ>Ìi`Ê>vÌiÀvi°ÊÊi}ÊvÊ>ÀÌÊ«Õ`ÌÃ]ÊViiLÀÌÞÊVÕÀ>ÌÀÃ]Ê ÌÜiiÌiÀÃ]ÊVÀÌVÃÊ>`Êi>ÀiÃÌÊÃV
>ÀÃÊ>ÀiÊLÃi`ÊÌÊ«>ÀÌV«>ÌiÊÊ>V>ÀÞÊiÛiÌÃ\Ê VviÀiViÃ]ÊÜÀÃ
«ÃÊ>`Ê+EÊiVÕÌiÀÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌ°Ê iÞ`ÊÌ
>Ì]ÊVÀÌV>Ê >««À>Ã>ÊÊÀiÛiÜÃ]ÊÌiÀÛiÜÃ]ÊL}ÃÊ>`Ê>V>`iVÊ«>«iÀÃÊiÝÌi`ÊÌ
iÊ«>VÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ work and labour to confirm its place in the art historical canon. Although video records vÊ «iÀvÀ>ViÃÊ
>ÛiÊ «ÀÛi`Ê «ÀÊ Ì>ÌÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ À}>Ê iÛiÌ]Ê >ÞÊ «
Ì }À>«
VÊ>}iÃÊ
>ÛiÊLiViÊÞÌ
VÊLiVÌÃÊÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊÀ}
Ì]Ê
i«}ÊÌÊÃiVÕÀiÊ the progress of their creators’ careers and legacy. These emblematic black and white images may have provided the fillip for the rash of re-enactments of key
PERFORMANCE
65
historical performances witnessed in recent years. The documentation is the main «ÌÊvÊÀiviÀiViÊvÀÊÌ
iÃiÊÀi>}}ÃÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>ÊÌ
iÊÛi`ÊiÛiÌÊ>ÃÊÌÊiÝÃÌÃ]Ê atomised and scattered across the fading memories of the few individuals who were there at the time.
INSTALLATION AND PERFORMANCE Beyond a common dependence on documentation and institutional support through «ÀÌÊ>`ÊVÀÌV>ÊÀiÛiÜ]ÊÜ
>ÌÊ`iÃÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÊLiµÕi>Ì
ÊÌÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ ÃÌ>>̶ÊÀÃÌÞ]ÊÌ
iÊÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÊÌi«À>ÀÞÊ>ÃÃiL>}iÊvÊ
Õ>]ÊÌiV
}V>Ê>`Ê>ÌiÀ>ÊiÌÌiÃÊVw}ÕÀi`Ê>ÃÊ>ÀÌÊÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊiÛiÌ]Ê>ÊvÕ}ÌÛiÊ>viÃÌ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
ÊʼÀ}>½ÊÀÊ>ÃÌiÀÊV«ÞÊiiÀ}}ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊvÀ>ÞÊÌ
>ÌÊV>ÊLiÊÃÕLÌÌi`ÊÌÊ `iwÌÛiÊVÀÌV>ÊiÝ>>Ì° 63ÊÊëÌiÊvÊÌ
iÊivvÀÌÃÊvÊVÀÌVÃÊÌÊÕ`Ê«]ÊÌÊ is difficult to reach a consensus around the meaning and cultural value of an ephemeral artwork that may have several iterations. The escape from absolute definition vÊ>ÊÛiÊiÛiÌ]ÊÌ
iÊvÕ`>iÌ>ÊVÌ}iVÞÊvÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÊ
>ÃÊLiiÊ>ÃÃVated with a worldview derived from the Greek philosopher Heraclitus. According to Õ}
Ê/Ài`iV]ÊiÀ>VÌÕÃÊv>ÕÃÞÊÀiiVÌi`ÊÌ
iÊÌÊvÊ>ÊÃÌ>Li]ÊiÌiÀ>ÊÕÛiÀÃiÊVVÕ`}ÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊiÝÃÌÊÊ>ÊVÌÕ>ÊÃÌ>ÌiÊvÊyÕÝ]Ê>ÊV`ÌÊL>Ãi`ÊʼÌ
iÊ «iÀ>iViÊvÊiÛiÀÞÌ
}ÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`Ê>ÀÕ`ÊÕÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÃLÌÞÊvÊknowing anything that is changing all the time even as you think of it’. 64 Gilles Deleuze LiiÛi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÜiÀiÊV>ÃÌÊL>VÊÌÊÌ
iÃiÊiÝÀ>LiÊÌ`iÃÊvÊÕÌ>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊ ¼ÕÌ«iÊÛ}ÊÕÛiÀÃi½ÊÜ
iÊiÝ«Ãi`ÊÌÊwÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ â}>Ê6iÀÌÛ½ÃÊMan with a Movie Camera (1929).65Ê Ã«ÕÃ}ÊÌ
ÃÊÌ
iiÊvÊÌÀ>ÃiViÊ>`ÊÕ}À>ë>LÌÞ]Ê>`Ê appropriating for the performing art Heraclitus’s famous aphorism that a man cannot ÃÌi«ÊÌÜViÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÀÛiÀ]ÊÌÊÀÌ>Õ`Ê>`iÊ>ÊÃ>ÀÊLÃiÀÛ>Ì\ʼ>Ê}iÃÌÕÀi]Ê ViÊ >`i]Ê V>Ê iÛiÀÊ LiÊ >`iÊ Ì
iÊ Ã>iÊ ÌÜVi½°66Ê >V
ÊÌiÀ>Ì]Êi>V
ÊiVÕÌiÀÊ with a performance is unique because of the deliberate use of aleatory elements VÕ`}Ê>ÌiÀ>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀiÊyÕ`ÊÀÊVÃÌÌÕÌ>ÞÊÕÃÌ>Li]Ê>`ÊÌiÀ>VÌÛiÊÌiV
}iÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ`i«i`ÊÊÕ`ÀiVÌi`Ê>Õ`iViÊ«>ÀÌV«>Ì°ÊÃÊ>Ài>`ÞÊÃÌ>Ìi`]ÊÌ
iÊ ÕÌ>ÌiÊÛ>À>LiÊÊÌ
iÊ«iViÊÃÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ]Ê>Ê`Û`Õ>ÊÜÌ
ÊÕ«Ài`VÌ>LiÊëiVwVÌiÃÊvÊ}i`iÀ]Ê>}i]Ê
i>Ì
]ÊiÌ
VÌÞ]ÊVÕÌÕÀ>Ê
ÃÌÀÞ]ÊiÀÞÊ>`ÊÌi«iÀ>iÌ°Ê /
ÃÊi>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊV>ÊiÝ«iVÌÊ>ÊÜ`iÊÛ>À>ÌÊÊ
ÜÊÜiÊ}
ÌÊiÝ«iÀiViÊ >`ÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌÊ>ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÀÊ>Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÆÊÌ
iÊÃiÀÊÌ
iÊvÀ>iÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ more likely that people come away with very different accounts of what they saw >`Ê
i>À`°ÊÃÊ À>Ê>ÃÃÕÊÀi>Ài`]ʼ>ÊÌ
}Ê
>ÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÞÊi>}ÃÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊ vÀViÃÊV>«>LiÊvÊÃiâ}Ê̽]Ê>`]ÊÊÜÕ`Ê>``]Ê>ÃÊ>ÞÊ«ÌÃÊvÊÛiÜÊqÊÃÌ>`}]Ê sitting and sprawling – from which to formulate those readings. 67 The same is true Ü
iÊ>ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÃÊvviÀi`ÊÌ
iÊvÀii`ÊÌÊiÝ«ÀiÊ>LÞÀÌ
iÊÀÕÌiÃÊÌÀ>ÛiÀÃ}Ê>Ê
66
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÃÌ>>Ì]Ê«>Ì
Ü>ÞÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ}
ÌÊiVÕÀ>}iÊ>L}ÊÀÊÀ>V}]ÊÀÊÜÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊL}iÊ visitors to climb or crawl through narrow spaces. Spectatorial attention cannot be }Õ>À>Ìii`°Ê"iÊV>ÊV
ÃiÊÌÊvVÕÃÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]ÊÀÊ
>vÊ>ÌÌi`ÊÜ
ÃÌÊV
>ÌÌ}ÊÌÊ>Ê friend and simultaneously checking social media on an iPhone; one can listen with iÞiÃÊ«iÊÀÊVÃi`]ÊÀÊÜÌ
Êi>À«
iÃÊV>«i`ÊÌÊi½ÃÊ
i>`ÊÃÌÀi>}ÊÌ
iÊVÕÀÀiÌÊ «>ÞÃÌÆÊiÊV>ÊÜ>ÌV
ÊÜÌ
ÕÌÊÃÌi}°Ê"vÊVÕÀÃi]Ê>ÞÊÃÌ>>ÌÃ]Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊ those that involve pre-recorded film and video do not vary much from venue to venÕi]Ê>`ÊviÜÊV>ÊLiÊV>ÃÃwi`Ê>ÃÊÃÌiëiVwV°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀV«iÊÃÌÊ
`ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ `vviÀiViÃÊÜÊ`ii`ÊVVÕÀ]Ê`Û`Õ>ÊÛiÀÃÃÊvÊÕÌÃVÀiiÊÜÀÃÊ>Àiʼi`Ìi`½Ê LÞÊi>V
ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ]ÊÊÌ
iÊÛi]Ê>`Ê>ÞÊÛi]ÊÀi>ÌiÊi`>ÊÌiÀ>VÌÊÜÌ
Ê>Õ`ences can produce surprisingly divergent responses in different users.68 /
ÃÊ LÀ}ÃÊ ÕÃÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ ÃiV`Ê LiµÕiÃÌÊ «iÀvÀ>ViÊ >iÃÊ ÌÊ ÃÌ>>Ì]Ê Ì
iÊ ¼ÛiiÃýÊvÊÌ
iÊiVÕÌiÀÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]Ê>Ì̽Ãʼ>iÃÌ
iÌVÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃiÌÊi̽°Ê/
iÊÌÃÊvÊÛiiÃÃÊ>`ÊÀi>ÊÌi]ÊÜ
iÊÌÀ>ëÃi`ÊÌÊÃÌ>>Ì]Ê«>ViÊ Ì
iÊi«
>ÃÃÊÊ>ÊÃiÀiÃÊvÊÌÀ>}Õ>Ìi`ÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÃÊLiÌÜiiÊ>Õ`iViÃ]Ê>ÀÌiv>VÌÃÊ and their creators. The ensemble of elements in an installation is embraced by an arV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>]ÊÃV>Ê>`ÊÃÌÌÕÌ>ÊVÌiÝÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÃÊ«ÀÌiÃÊ>Ê
i}
Ìii`ÊÃiÃiÊ vʼܽ°Ê/
iÊVÌÕÕÃÊ«ÀiÃiÌÊvÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊÃ>ÀÞÊÃ
>`ÜÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÃVÀLi`Ê duration of an installation – book-ended by the arrival and departure of the specÌ>ÌÀ°Ê/
iÊÜÀÊÃÊÃiÌÊ>«>ÀÌÊvÀÊ`>ÞÊvi]Ê>`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ
>Üi`ÊiV>ÛiÊvÊÌ
iÊ }>iÀÞÊë>Vi]ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊ>Ê
>ÌÕÃÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌÊÃÞV
ÀÃiÃÊÌ
iÊÌi«À>ÌÞÊ vÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ>`ÊÌ
>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ°Ê/
iÊi«
>ÃÃÊÃÊÌÊÊ>ÊÌiÀ>]Ê
À}V>Ê Ìi«À>ÌÞ]ÊLÕÌÊÊÌ
iʵÕ>ÌÞÊvÊiÝ«iÀiVi`ÊÌi°Êi>ÊiÃÊ
>ÃÊ>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ «iÀvÀ>ViÊ ÃÊ >Ê >ÀÌÊ vÀÊ ¼Ì
>ÌÊ Li}ÃÊ vÀÊ >Ê `ÕÀ>Ì>Ê i}>}iiÌÊ ÛiÀÊ Ìi½°69 ÃÌ>>ÌÊÀiµÕÀiÃÊ>ÊÃ>ÀÊ}vÌÊvÊ>ÌÌiÌÛiiÃÃ]Ê
ÜiÛiÀÊÌ
iÊiÝÌiÌÊvÊÌ
>ÌÊVmitment is self-programmed and spectators are not compelled to stay beyond their natural inclination.70 There are durational works in film and video that also demand a ÃÕLÃÌ>Ì>Ê>V>ÌÊvÊÌi]Ê>Ì
Õ}
Ê>ÃÊ*>i>Ê°ÊiiÊ
>ÃÊLÃiÀÛi`]ÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊ of Warhol’s EmpireÊ£È{®]ÊÀÕ}ÊÌÊi}
ÌÊ
ÕÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÃʼLiÃÌÊ«>Þi`ÊÕÌÊÊ the mind’s eye than actually burned – and interminably so – on the retina’.71 There Ài>Ã]Ê
ÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÊÃiÃiÊvÊ>ÊÃ
>Ài`ÊÕÀiÞÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊ>ÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊiÊ that is heightened by the introduction of moving image elements that themselves V>ÊÌÊÀ`iÀÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ]Êi«Þ}Êv>>ÀÊVi>ÌVÊ>`ÊÌiiÛÃÕ>Ê`iÃÊvÊ>``ÀiÃÃ]ÊÌÊÜ
V
ÊÜiÊ
>LÌÕ>ÞÊ>ÌÌi`°Ê Performance art’s final bequest is the direct address of an artist to a live audiiVi]Ê>ÊVw}ÕÀ>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÀiÃÕÀv>ViÃÊÊÌ
iÊVÕÌÞÊvÊ>``ÀiÃÃÊvÊÌiiÛÃ]Ê>`Ê ÊÌ
iÊ`iV>À>ÌÛiÊ`iÊvÀiµÕiÌÞÊ>`«Ìi`ÊLÞÊÛ`iÊÃÌ>>Ì]Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊÊÌ
iÊ i>ÀÞÊÞi>ÀðÊ/
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÀÊÌ
iÀÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃÊ«>ÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>]Ê«ÀiVÌ}ÊÌ
iÀÊiÃÃ>}iÊvÀÊÌ
iÊV>«ÌÛÌÞÊvÊÌ
iʼLݽ]ÊÌ
iÊÛ`iÊÌÀÃ]ÊÜ
iÀi]Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ,LiÀÌÊ,°Ê ,iÞ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÃÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃʼÌ
iÊL`Þ½ÃÊVwiiÌÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊÌi½°72Ê ÀÕViÊ >Õ>]Ê
PERFORMANCE
67
Ü
Ê
>ÃÊvÌiÊÌÀ>««i`Ê
ÃÊ>}iÊÊÀi«iÌÌÛi]ÊV«ÕÃÛiÊ>VÌÃ]Ê
>ÃÊ>``ÀiÃÃi`Ê his audiences in a number of guises including his clown persona. Vito Acconci has ÕÃi`Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊÌÊV>iÀ>Ê>ÃÊ>ÊvÀÊvÊÃÕÌ]ÊiiÀ}Ê>ÌÊvi>iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊvÀÊ>Ê ÌÀÊ«>Vi`ÊÊÌ
iÊyÀÊ>`ÊyVÌ}ÊÊÌ
iÊÛiÀL>ÊÃÕÌÃ]ÊÜ
>ÌÊÕ`Ì
Ê ÕÌiÀÊ `iÃVÀLi`Ê>Ãʼ}ÕÃÌVÊ«>½°73Êi>Ü
iÊiÛÊÌ
iÀÌÊ
>À>}Õi`ÊÌiiÛÃÊ>Õ`iViÃ]Ê>Ê ÕÀÊ>`Ê
Ê-Ì
Ê`iÛi«i`ÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊÜÀÞÊViÌ>ÀiÃÊÊ`Ê life and Martha Rosler gave her fans a tour of her kitchen utensils. 74 I will return to Ì
ÃÊÌ
iiÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌ]ÊLÕÌÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊÛiÊ>ÀÌÊVVÕ`iÊÌ
>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊ >}iÊvÊÛ`iÊ`>ÀiÃ]ÊL}ÃÊ>`ÊÜiLV>ÊÃÌiÃ]Ê`Û`Õ>ÃÊV>ÊÜÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ world – anyone can be an online performance star. 7
iÀiÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ`iÛ>ÌiÃÊvÀÊ«iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊÌÊÃÊÊÌ
iÊvÀiµÕiÌÊÀiÛ>ÊvÊ Ì
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊ«iÀÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊi}
Ì]ÊÌÊLiÊÀi«>Vi`ÊiÌ
iÀÊLÞÊ>Ê«ÀiÀiVÀ`i`Ê>}iÊÃVÀiiÊÀÊLÞÊ>ÞÊÕLiÀÊvÊÃiÌiÌÊÀÊ>>ÌiÊÃÕÀÀ}>ÌiðÊÊ£È]Ê>ÃÊ ÕiÃÊwi`Ê>Ê}>iÀÞÊÜÌ
ÊÌiÌ
iÀi`Ê
ÀÃiÃ]ÊÌ
}ÊvÊÌÊ>ÊÃÞLÊvÊ«ÌiVÞ]Ê >`ÊÊ££]Ê >iÊÀÃÌÊiÝ
LÌi`Ê>Ê«Vi`ÊÃ
>À]Ê«iÀ
>«ÃÊ>ÊÀiviÀiViÊÌÊ
ÃÊLÕÃness acumen.75ÊÀiÊVÌÀÛiÀÃ>Þ]ÊÊ£nqÓäää]Ê6>iÃÃ>Ê iiVÀvÌÊ>ÃÃiLi`Ê a roomful of pencil-thin models each standing naked but for a pair of Gucci high heels >`Ê`iÌV>ÊÜ}°Ê iiVÀvÌÊ
iÀÃivÊ`iÃVÀLi`ÊÌ
iÃiÊ«ÀÝiÃÊ>ÃÊÃiv«ÀÌÀ>ÌÃ]Ê>}iÃÊ Ì
>Ì]Ê>ÃÊ,LiÀÌ>Ê-Ì
ÊÀi>Ài`]ÊÜiÀiÊÀi`iÀi`ʼÊÀi>ÊÌiÊ>`ÊÀi>ÊyiÃ
½°76 They ÃiÀÛi`Ê>ÃÊ>Ê«>ÃëÀÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊvÊ
}
Ê>ÀÌÊ>`Êv>Ã
]Ê>`ÊÊÜÕ`Ê ÃÕ}}iÃÌ]Ê Ì
iÞÊ iL`i`Ê iiVÀv̽ÃÊ ÜÊ ÃÌÀÕ}}iÊ ÜÌ
Ê
iÀÊ Üi}
Ì]Ê >viÃÌÊ >ÃÊ >Ê ¼iÝiÀVÃiÊLÕ>½Êi>Ì}Ê`ÃÀ`iÀ°77ÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>Ì]Ê>ÞÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊÀiÌÀi>Ìi`ÊÌÊ>ÊÃÕ>Ìi`Ê«ÀiÃiVi]ÊÌ
iÀÊiiÃÃiÃÊiL>i`ÊÊÌ
iÊ>LiÀÊ vÊwÊÀÊÛ`iÊÌiV
}Þ°ÊÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ>Ê7i>À}]Ê
Ê-Ì
]Ê>Ê ÕÀ]Ê Vera Frenkel and Laure Prouvost leave only their disembodied voices and have sacÀwVi`ÊÌ
iʫ
ÞÃV>ÊÛiiÃÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ«ÀÛi`ÊÀÀiÃÃÌLiÊÌÊÕiÃ]Ê iiVÀvÌÊ>`ÊÀÃÌÊ (albeit deputised to surrogates). ÊÌiÀÊ«
>Ãi]ÊvÀ}Ê>ÊLÀ`}iÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊiÃ
À}ÊvÊÌ
iÊÛiÊ«ÀiÃiViÊ vÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÀiÌÀi>ÌÊÌÊ>viÃÌ>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃivÊLÞÊ«ÀÝÞÊ can be found among those in the 1970s who combined their personal appearance ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÀÊÃÕ>Ìi`Ê>}iÃÊÃVÀii°ÊÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊiÛÊÌ
iÀÌ]Ê>Ê>ÌÕ]Ê />Êi>i]Ê-Ìi>Ê6>ÃÕ>]Ê,ÃiÊiViÞÊ>`Ê,ÃiÊ>ÀÀ>À`Ê«>Þi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>Ã>VÌÊ LiÌÜiiÊ Ì
iÀÊ i`>ÌÃi`]Ê iiVÌÀVÊ «iÀÃwV>ÌÃ]Ê «ÀiÀiVÀ`i`Ê ÀÊ Û>Ê >ÊÛiÊvii`]ÊLÌ
Ê>Õ`Ê>`ÊÛ`i]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÀÊiL`i`]ÊyiÃ
>`L`Ê>ÌiÀ>Ã>tion in the scheduled performance itself. In Beyond Still LifeÊ£nä®]Ê,ÃiÊ>ÀÀ>À`Ê sent in heralds of her impending arrival in the shape of a plaster cast of her head >`ÊÃ
Õ`iÀÃ]Ê>Ê`i>`ÊLÀ`]Ê>ÊLÊ>`ÊiÛiÌÕ>ÞÊ
iÀÊ`ÃiL`i`ÊÛViÊ`iÃVÀL}Ê Ì
iÊÃi>Ìi`Ê>Õ`iVi]ÊÀi`iÀ}ÊÕÃÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì]ÊÕÀʼÜÉÕÀÊ«ÀiÃiÌ]Ê>Ài>`ÞÊ Ê Ì
iÊ «>Ã̽]Ê >ÃÊ />Ê iÃÊ Ài>Ài`°78Ê 7
iÊ >ÀÀ>À`Ê w>ÞÊ >««i>Ài`]Ê Ã
iÊ Ûi`Ê >}Ê Ì
iÊ LiVÌÃÊ Ã«i>}Ê vÊ Ì
iÀÊ «iÀÃ>Ê Ã}wV>ViÊ ÌÊ
iÀÊ >`Ê «iÀ`V>ÞÊ
68
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Rose Garrard, Beyond Still Life (1980), video performance. Courtesy of the artist.
positioning herself so that a live video camera relayed her image to a monitor. By i>ÃÊ vÊ ÃÕ«iÀ«ÃÌ]Ê ¼
iÀÊ >}iÊ iÀ}i`Ê ÜÌ
Ê
iÀÊ Ài«V>Ê °°°Ê Ì
iÊ Ài>Ê Ü>ÃÊ iÝchanged for the copy’.79Ê7
iÊ>ÌÊiÊiÛi]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÜ>ÃÊ>Êi`Ì>ÌÊÊÃÌÊvi]ÊÊ >Ì
iÀ]Ê>ÀÀ>À`½ÃÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>Ài`ÊÌ
iÊiÌÊvÊÌÀ>ÃÌÊvÀÊÛiÊ>VÌÃÊ ÌÊ«ÀiÀiVÀ`i`Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊÌÊV>iÀ>]ÊÜÊVÞÊ>ÃÃV>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>Ì°ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌi]Ê>ÀÀ>À`ÊÀ>Ãi`ʵÕiÃÌÃÊ>LÕÌÊvi>iÊ`iÌÌÞ]Ê `iÃÌÀ>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊëÌÌ}ÊvÊ
iÀÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌÞÊÌÊ
iÀÊiL`i`]ÊÃÕLiVÌÛiÊÃiÃiÊ of self – so impossible to disavow as she stood before us – and her regulated and V`wi`ÊiÝÃÌiViÊ>ÃÊ>Êi`>Ìi`Ê>}iÊÃVÀii°Ê7
iÀiÊÌ
iÊÛiÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ
>`Ê}ÛiÊ>ÀÀ>À`ÊVÌÀÊÛiÀÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÃÊvÊ
iÀÊÛÃLÌÞ]ÊÌ
iÀiÌV>ÞÊÌ
iÊÛ`iÊ>}iÊVÕ`ÊÜÊLiÊÀi«À`ÕVi`]ÊÀiVÌiÝÌÕ>Ãi`]ÊÃiÝÕ>Ãi`]Ê`ÃÌÀÌi`Ê>`ÊÃ`ÊLÞÊ whoever might acquire it. Ãv>ÀÊ>ÃÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ>iÃÊ
ÊÀÊ
iÀÃivÊ>ÊLiVÌÊvÊ>ÌÌiÌ]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÕÃÌÊLiÊ some degree of amour propreÊ>ÌÊ«>Þ]ÊiÛiÊvÊÌÊÃÊëÞÊÌ
iÊVw`iVi]ÊÀÊÌ
iÊ
ÕLÀÃÊ
PERFORMANCE
69
required for an individual to communicate their thoughts to an audience. As menÌi`]ÊÌ
>ÌÊVw`iViÊ
>ÃÊÃiiÊÃiÌ
}ÊvÊ>ÊÀiÛÛ>ÊÊÀiViÌÊÞi>ÀÃ]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ galleries awash with a new wave of performance artists promulgating their views ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊÜiÊÛiÊ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊ«iÀÃÃÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊvÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊwÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÕÌÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]Ê£ÇäÃÊ>`ÊLiÞ`°Ê/
iÊÛiÊ«ÀiÃiViÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ Ü>ÃÊÌÊLiÊvÕ`ÊiÃ
Ài`ÊÊ
ÞLÀ`]ÊÃÌÕ>Ìi`ÊÜÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊV>iÊÌÊLiÊÜÊ>ÃʼiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>½]Ê>ÊÌi`iVÞÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊ>À}Õ>LÞÊÌ
iÊwÀÃÌÊ>viÃÌ>ÌÊvÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ ÃÌ>>Ì°Ê/
ÃÊÀV
ÊÛiÊvÊÜÀÊÜÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃÕLÃÌ>ViÊvÊV
>«ÌiÀÊi]ÊLÕÌÊÊÜÊ i`Ê
iÀiÊLÞÊÌ}ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊL`ÞÊÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊÃÊÕV
Ê>ÊÛi
ViÊ vÀÊÌ
iÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊ«iÀÃ>ÌÞÊÀÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌÞÊqÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]ÊLiÌÀ>Þ}Ê>Ê«iV
>ÌÊvÀÊÜ
>ÌÊ À>Ê >ÌÊV>i`ʼÌ
iÊ>LÀ>]ÊÌ
iÊÃ`ÀiVÌi`Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ misspelled’80 – as an instrument for both the celebration and materialist deconstrucÌÊvÊÌ
iÊwVÊ>««>À>ÌÕðÊ/ÊÌ
ÃÊi`]Ê>VÊiÊÀViÊÌiÀÀÕ«Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊ Li>]Ê VÞÊ>ÞÊ>«Õ>Ìi`ÊÕÌ«iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊ`ÕÀ}Ê
ÃÊÃVÀii}ÃÊ>`]ÊiÊ ,ÃiÊ>ÀÀ>À`]Ê>`Ê >ÊÀ>
>ÊÊÌ
iÊ1-]Ê>Ê>ÌÕÊÌÀ>i`Ê>ÊV>iÀ>ÊÊLÌ
Ê herself and the audience uniting the whole assembly in the perpetual feedback of a VÃi`VÀVÕÌÊÛ`iÊÃÞÃÌi°ÊÊLÌ
ÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>Ê>`ÊÛ`iÊ«iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊ ÌiV
}ÞÊÃÊLÀÕ}
ÌÊÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃ
>`ÜÃÊ>`ÊÛi`ÊViÌÀiÊÃÌ>}i]ÊÌÃÊ«À«iÀÌiÃÊÌ
iÊ >VÌÀÃÊÊ>ÊiÜÊ«ÕLVÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊvÊVi>Ê>`ÊÌiiÛðÊ/
iÊL`ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌ]Ê iÊÌ
iÊwÊÃÌÀ«]Ê«ÀiVÌÊLi>]ÊÛ`iÊV>iÀ>Ê>`ÊÌÀ]ÊÜ>ÃÊÜÊ«>Vi`Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ ÃiÀÛViÊvÊÜ
>ÌÊÕ`Ì
Ê ÕÌiÀÊV>i`Ê«iÀvÀ>ÌÛiʼÀiÃ}wV>̽]ÊÌ
iʼÌÀÕL}½ÊvÊ iÃÌ>LÃ
i`Ê`iÌÌiÃÊ>`ÊLiivÊÃÞÃÌiÃ]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊ>ÃÊLÌ
ÊÜÌiÃÃÊ>`Ê co-conspirator.81
NOTES 1Ê 2Ê 3Ê 4
70
->ÞÊ*ÌÌiÀÊ£nä®Ê¼"Ê-
Üý]ÊiÝ
LÌÊV>Ì>}ÕiÊvÀÊAbout Time: Video, Performance and Installation by 21 Women Artists]ÊÃÌÌÕÌiÊvÊ Ìi«À>ÀÞÊÀÌÃ]Ê`]ÊÕ«>}>Ìi`°Ê V
>iÊ Ài`Ê Q£ÈÇRÊ £n®]Ê ¼ÀÌÊ >`Ê "LiVÌ
`½]Ê Ê Art and Objecthood: Essays and Reviews°Ê
V>}\Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ
V>}Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£xΰ ÀÞÊ iÀÊ Óää£®Ê ¼/
iÊ ->LÕÃ̽ÃÊ -ÌÀÞ\Ê ÃÌ>>ÌÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ />Li>Õ½]Ê Oxford Art Journal]ÊëiV>ÊÃÃÕiʼ"ÊÃÌ>>̽]ÊÓ{\ÊÓ]Ê«°Ênä°Ê My then three-year-old granddaughter Willow Egling decided to participate in a work by Tino Sehgal in the Turbine Hall at Tate Modern in 2012. She pushed her buggy up the slope of the Hall in slow time to match the regimented movements of the performers. The embarrassiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ
Ài`ÊÌÀÕ«iÊÜ>ÃÊ«>«>Li°Ê/
iÀiÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÊiÝVi«ÌÊqÊ>Ê>ÊV>i`ʼ/½Ê}Ài`Ê
ÃÊÃÌÀÕVÌÃÊÌÊÌÊÌiÀ>VÌÊÜÌ
Ê>Õ`iViÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ`iÛiÀÞÊvÊLÀiv]Ê«ÀiÃVÀ«Ìi`Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃ]Ê>`Ê>`iÊÀÊvÀÊ7ÜÊÌÊÜ>ʵÕiÌÞÊLiÃ`iÊ
°Ê
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
5Ê 6Ê
7
8Ê 9Ê 10Ê 11Ê
12Ê
13Ê 14Ê 15Ê 16Ê 17Ê 18Ê 19 20Ê
`ÀiÜÊ6°Ê1ÀÃiÊÓään®Ê¼-Ì}Ê i>½]ÊÊ/>Þ>ÊÊi}
ÌÊi`°®ÊArt and the Moving Imagee: A Critical Reader°Ê`\Ê/>ÌiÊ*ÕLÃ
}ÉvÌiÀ>]Ê«°ÊÎnÇ° Ü}Ê`ÀiÜÊ*ViÀ}]ÊÊÕÃiÊÌ
iÊÌiÀʼ
Õ>ÊiÝVi«Ì>ýÊÌÊ`iÌiÊÌ
iÊëiV>Ê ÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊvÊ
Õ>ÊLi}ÃÊÀi>ÌÛiÊÌʼÌ
iÊÀiÃÌÊvÊVÀi>̽°Ê-iiÊAgainst Human Exceptionalism]Ê >ÊÌ>Ê}ÛiÊ>Ìʼ7
>ÌÊ`iÃÊÌÊi>ÊÌÊLiÊ
Õ>¶½ÊÜÀÃ
«]Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ ÝiÌiÀ]ÊÓään°Ê Available online:
ÌÌ«Ã\ÉÉÀi°iÝiÌiÀ°>V°ÕÉÀi«ÃÌÀÞÉLÌÃÌÀi>É
>`iÉ£ääÎÈÉ£nnÇÎÉ 8/,ÜÀÃ
«Óxä£än°«`v¶ÃiµÕiVir1Ê>VViÃÃi`Ê£xÊÕÞÊÓä£{®°Ê See Graham Harman (2002) Tool-Being: Heidegger and the Metaphysics of Objects. Chicago: Open Court. Underlying the theories of Cognitive Capitalism and Speculative Realism is a generalised concern about environmental damage wreaked by society in the grip of late V>«Ì>ðÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊvÀÕ>ÌÊ}ÀiÃÊÃV>ÊiµÕ>ÌiÃÊ>VÀÃÃÊ}i`iÀ]ÊV>ÃÃÊ>`Ê À>Vi°Ê -iiÊ -Ûi>Ê ÀLiÀ}Ê Óä£Î®Ê ¼/
iÊ Ì*ÌV>Ê iÃÌ
iÌVÃÊ vÊ "LiVÌÃÊ >`Ê 7À`ÃÊ iÞ`½]ÊMute]ÊÓxÊÕÞ°ÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°iÌ>ÕÌi°À}Éi`ÌÀ>É>ÀÌViÃÉ>Ì «ÌV>>iÃÌ
iÌVÃLiVÌÃ>`ÜÀ`ÃLiÞdÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£xÊÕÞÊÓä£{®° °Ê°Ê
>ÀiÃÜÀÌ
ÊÓä£{®Ê¼-ÕLiVÌÊÛÊ"LiVÌý]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÇ{]Ê«°Ê{° ÊiÃÃ>ÞÊÊÀi>Ì>Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÃÊwÀÃÌÊ>««i>Ài`ÊÊÌ
iÊV>Ì>}ÕiÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÝ
LÌÊTraffic (1996). àýÃÊWhen Faith Moves Mountains (2002) involved a line of five hundred anonymous volunteers shovelling a Peruvian sand dune 10cm from its original position. ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ£ÇäÃ]Ê*iÌiÀÊ ÕÊ>`ÊÀ>iÊiiÃÊ>`iÊV>LÀ>ÌÛiÊÛ`iÌ>«iÃÊÊÃÕ««ÀÌÊ vÊÌ
iÊV>«>}ÊÌÊÃ>ÛiÊÌ
iÊ iÌ
>ÊÀiiÊëÌ>ÊÊ >ÃÌÊ`]ÊÜ
V
ÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
Ài>Ìii`Ê ÜÌ
Ê VÃÕÀiÊ LÞÊ >Ê >LÕÀÊ }ÛiÀiÌ°Ê >ÞÊ Ì
iÀÊ VÕÌÞÊ «ÀiVÌÃÊ vÜi`°Ê ÀÊ >Ê `ÃVÕÃÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÀÊ VÀi>ÌÛiÊ ÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃ]Ê ÃiiÊ *iÌiÀÊ ÕÊ >`Ê À>iÊ iiÃÊ £Ç®Ê ¼/
iÊ iÃÌ
iÌVÃÊvÊ >LÀ>̽]ÊArt Journal]ÊxÈ\Ê£]Ê i}iÊvÊÀÌÊÃÃV>Ì]Ê-«À}]Ê««°ÊÓÈqÎÇ°Ê ÊÌ
iÊ£äÃ]ÊÌ
iÊVÕÀ>ÌÀÊ>ÀÞÊ>iÊ>VLýʼ ÕÌÕÀiÊÊV̽ÊÌ>ÌÛiÊÜ>ÃÊViÌÀ>ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ continuation of politically engaged art in the USA. *ViÀ}ÊiÝÌi`ÃÊ
ÃÊVÞLiÀiÌVÊ`iÊÌÊVÕ`iÊÌ
iʼ«iÀvÀ>ÌÛiÊ>`Ê>`>«ÌÛiÊÌiÀ>Vtions’ of people and materials with their environment; see Against Human Exceptionalism]Ê op. cit. See also Andrew Pickering (2010) The Cybernetic Brain: Sketches of Another Future. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. His thinking has influenced the new materialism in cultural theory. i>ÊÀ«ÊµÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ,ÃiiiÊ`LiÀ}ʣǮÊPerformance: Live Art 1909 to the Present. `\Ê/
>iÃÊEÊÕ`ÃÊ«°Êΰ VVVÊ«i>ÃÕÀi`Ê
ÃivÊÕ`iÀÊ>Êv>ÃiÊyÀÊÜ
iÊ
ÃÊÃiÝÕ>Êv>Ì>ÃiÃÊÜiÀiÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊÌÊÊ the gallery visitors by means of loudspeakers. >ÀiÌÌʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ,ÃiiiÊ`LiÀ}ʣǮ]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£Î°Ê >ÀiÌÌʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ>ÊÀÀÃʣήÊVenice°Ê`\Ê>LiÀÊEÊ>LiÀ]Ê«°ÊÓ{{° ,V
>À`ÊÕiÃiLiVʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ,ÃiiiÊ`LiÀ}ʣǮ]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£Î°Ê -iiÊ`LiÀ}]Ê«°VÌ°Ê«°ÊxÈ°Ê I will return to this work in chapter ten. >ÀiÌÌÊvÕ`i`ÊÌ
iÊÕÌÕÀÃÌÊ,>`«
VÊ/
i>ÌÀi]ÊÜ
V
Ê«À«Ãi`ʼ>ÊiÜÊ>ÀÌÊÌ
>ÌÊLi}ÃÊ Ü
iÀiÊÌ
i>ÌÀi]ÊVi>Ì}À>«
ÞÊ>`Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÊÃÌ«½°Ê/
iÊÕÌÕÀÃÌÃÊÜiÀiÊÌiÀiÃÌi`ÊÊÃÌ>ÌVÊ Ãi]Ê>`ʼÌ
iÊ}iiÌÀVÊVÃÌÀÕVÌÊvÊÃiVi½Ê`LiÀ}°Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÓ£®°ÊÌÊÃÊÃÕÀ«ÀÃ}Ê that artists have engaged so little with the medium of radio in the ensuing decades.
PERFORMANCE
71
21 22Ê
23Ê 24Ê 25 26Ê 27Ê
28
29Ê
30Ê
31
32Ê 33Ê
34Ê
72
The Futurist Manifesto is available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÛÃiÀÛiÀ£°VÃVðÃ>°ÕV
°i`ÕÉHVÀÃ
>âÉ /{*ÉvÕÌÕÀÃÌ>viÃÌ°
Ìl (accessed 28 October 2013).
>«ÕÃÊÕÃi`ÊÌÜÊV>iÀ>ÃÊÌÊ«ÀiVÌÊÌ
iÊÛiÊ>}iÊvÊ
ÃÊL>VÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃÕÀv>ViÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê which he was cutting. The video can be viewed online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÛi°VÉ£nÓÓnx{Î (accessed 28 October 2013). I will return to this work in chapter nine. /
iÊ w>iÀÊ -iÀ}iÊ ÃiÃÌiÊ >ÌiÀÊ ÀiVÀi>Ìi`Ê Ì
iÃiÊ «iÀvÀ>ViÃÊ Ê
ÃÊ -ÛiÌÊ i«V]Ê October 1917 (Ten Days That Shook the World) (1928). iÀ`ÀiÊi``ÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼/
iÊ*ÌVÃÊvÊÛiÊÀ̽]ÊÊ iÀ`ÀiÊi``Ê>`ÊiiÊiÊi`Ã®Ê Histories & Practices of Live Art°Ê >Ã}ÃÌi\Ê*>}À>ÛiÊ>V>]Ê«°Ê£n{° Georges Bataille quoted in Denis Hollier ([1974] 1992) Against Architecture: The Writings of Georges Bataille°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÈÇ° -iiÊ VÊ ÌV
Ê Óä£Ó®Ê ¼º-ÌÕ>XªiÃÌiû\Ê /
iÊ iÀ}iViÊ vÊ 6`iÊ ÀÌÊ Ê À>âÊ Ê Ì
iÊ £Çäý]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\Ê£]Ê««°ÊxqÈÇ° ÀÊ>ÊvÕiÀÊ`ÃVÕÃÃÊvÊi>ÀÞÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÊLÞÊÜi]ÊÃiiÊ >Ì
iÀiÊ ÜiÃÊQ£nxRÊ Óäää®Ê ¼>Ì}Ê iÌÞÊ qÊ Ê Ê >ÌÊ *iÀvÀ>ViÊ ÀÌÊ LÞÊ 7i½]Ê Ê Video Loupe: A Collection of Essays By and About the Videomaker and Critic Catherine Elwes°Ê`\Ê/Ê *ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°ÊÇ£qn{° The notion that these deliberate performances of self-harm by women bring under conÌÀÊÌ
iÊÛiViÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊ`iÊÌÊ>ÊÜiÊÃÕLiVÌi`ÊÌÊ«>ÌÀ>ÀV
>ÊÃV>ÊÃÞÃÌiÃÊiÛiÀÊ µÕÌiÊVÛViðÊ7
iÊv>Vi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÀ>Ü]Ê`ÃÌÀiÃÃ}Ê}iÃÌÕÀiÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÃi]ÊiÊLiViÃÊ aware of how difficult it is for women to effectively protect themselves against the random violence of individuals as well as organised male aggression in the guise of military might. 7
iÊÀiÜÀ}ÊÌ
ÃÊÃiVÌ]ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÕVi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÊ }iÀ>ÊÛiÀÊÌÜÊ
Õ`Ài`Ê}ÀÃÊ
>`Ê LiiÊ`>««i`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÊÃV
ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÌ>ÌÊÃ>VÊ}ÀÕ«Ê Ê>À>]ÊÜ
ÃiÊ>iÊ V`iÃÊ7iÃÌiÀÊi`ÕV>Ì]Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊvÀÊÜi°ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÌiÊvÊ}}ÊÌÊ«ÀiÃÃ]Ê>ÀÕ`Ê ÃÝÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊV
`ÀiÊ>ÀiÊÀi«ÀÌi`ÊÌÊ
>ÛiÊiÃV>«i`ÆÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀÃÊ>ÀiÊÃÌÊLi}Ê
i`ÊV>«ÌÛi° /
iÊvÜ}ÊÞi>À]ÊÃÌÕ`iÌÊviiÃÊÀÃiÊÌÊËÎ]äääÊ>ÊÞi>À]Ê>Ê`iÃÌÊÀÃiÊLÞÊÌ`>Þ½ÃÊÃÌ>`>À`Ã°Ê McGowan left a request at Downing Street that the peanut be accepted in lieu of his student debt; see
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>ÀV}Ü>°À}É (accessed 3 March 2014). ÊÓ䣣]ÊÌ
iʼÀÌÊÌÊ"½Ê>Ì *Ê«ÀÌiÃÌÀÃÊ«iÀvÀi`Ê>ʼÃii«ÛiÀ½ÊÊÌ
iÊ/ÕÀLiÊ>Ê>ÌÊ Tate Modern to draw attention to BP’s sponsorship of the gallery and its whitewashing vÊÌ
iÊiÛÀiÌ>Ê`Ã>ÃÌiÀÊvÜ}ÊÌ
iÊÕvÊvÊiÝVÊÊëÊvÀÊÜ
V
Ê *ÊÜ>ÃÊ
i`Ê responsible. All contemporary political initiatives use social media and the Internet to promote their acÌÛÌiÃ]ÊiÊÀiÊÃÊÌ
>ÊÜ
iÊ«i>VivÕÊ«ÀÌiÃÌÊiÀÕ«ÌÃÊÌÊÕÌÀ}
ÌÊÀiÛÕÌÊ>ÃÊ
>ÃÊ LiiÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊÊÌ
iÊÃV>i`ʼÀ>LÊ-«À}½ÊÊ/ÕÃ>]Ê }Þ«Ì]Ê-ÞÀ>Ê>`ÊLÞ>ÊÊÀiViÌÊÞi>ÀÃ]Ê >`ÊÊÌ
iÊ1À>i]ÊiÛiÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>ÛiÊÞiÌÊÌÊLiÊÀi«ÀViÃÃi`Ê>ÃÊ>ÀÌÊÊ>Ê}>iÀÞÊVÌiÝÌ°Ê "Ã>ÀÊ-V
iiÀʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ,ÃiiiÊ`LiÀ}]Ê«°VÌ°]Ê«°Èn° >Ê >«ÀÜÊ £ÈÈ®Ê Assemblage, Environments, and Happenings. New York: Harry N. Abrams; quoted on UBUWEB: HISTORIAL:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÕLÕ°VÉ
ÃÌÀV>É>«ÀÜÉ`iÝ° html (accessed 3 November 2013). iÀ`ÀiÊi``]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£n£°Ê ii`iÃÃÊÌÊÃ>Þ]ÊiÌ
iÀÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊÀÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>V
iÛi`ÊvÕÊ`i«i`iViÊvÀÊÃÌ>ÌiÊÀÊ«ÀÛ>ÌiÊëÃÀÃ
«]Ê>`ÊÃViÊÌ
iÊ£äÃÊ ÃÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊiLÀ>Vi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊ>ÀiÌ°ÊÃ>>VÊÕi½ÃÊ«
Ì}À>«
ÃÊ>ÃÃV>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
Ê
ÃÊ
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
35Ê 36Ê
37Ê 38Ê 39
40Ê 41
42Ê
43Ê
44Ê
45Ê
VÕÀÀiÌʼ*>ÞÌi½ÊiÝ
LÌÊ>ÌÊ6VÌÀ>ÊÀÊÊ`ÊÓä£{®Ê
>ÛiÊ>Ê«ÀViÊÌ>}ÊvÊËÎx]äää]Ê Ü
iÊÌ
iÊÌ
iiÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝ
LÌÊÃʼÌ
iÊ`À>>ÌVÊ>`ÊÕ>Vi`ÊÃÕLiVÌÊvÊV>«Ì>½\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ ÜÜÜ°ÛVÌÀ>À°VÉiÝ
LÌÃÉ{{É (accessed 6 March 2014). Whether or not the irony is intentional is a moot point. >Ê>«ÀÜ]Ê«°ÊVÌ°ÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜiL°Ì°i`ÕÉÃV
iLÉ*ÕLVÉ«iÀvÀ>Vii`>É>«ÀÜÚ>ÃÃiL>}ið«df (accessed 3 November 2013). Õ`ÞÊ
V>}Ê£ÇÇ®ÊThrough the Flower°Ê iÜÊ9À\ÊV
ÀÊ Ã]Ê«°ÊÓ°Ê-iiÊ>ÃÊÊi`ÃÊ (ed.) (2011) Entering the Picture: Judy Chicago, The Fresno Feminist Art Program, and the Collective Visions of Women Artists°Ê iÜÊ 9À\Ê ,ÕÌi`}i°Ê >ÀiÀÊ Ê Ì
iÊ ViÌÕÀÞ]Ê "Ã>ÀÊ Schlemmer asserted that his painting and drawing represented the intellectual side of his «À>VÌViÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊÜÀÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃi`ÊÌ
iÊ ÞÃ>]Ê«i>ÃÕÀ>LiÊ>`ÊÃiÃÕ>Ê >ëiVÌÊvÊ
ÃÊÜÀ°Ê-iiÊ`LiÀ}]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÈÇ°Ê Õ`ÞÊ
V>}]ÊL`°Ê >ÞiÞÊ iÜ>Êëi>}Ê>ÌÊ,ÕÃÊ-V
ÊvÊÀÌ]Ê"ÝvÀ`]ÊÓÊ iViLiÀ]ÊÓää{° David Hall assures me that Atherton’s outburst was a completely unscheduled part of the «À}À>i°ÊiÊ«ÀÛ`iÃÊÃiÊ`iÌ>\ʼÊÀiiLiÀÊV
>i}}Ê
ÊÕÌÃ`iÊiÝÌÊÌÊ>ÊÀViÌÞÊ table where we’d provided glasses of wine (suggesting it must indeed have been the open}Ê}
ÌÊÊ£Çn®°Ê7
ÊÃÌÀÕVÊÕÌÊwÀÃÌÊÊV>½ÌÊÀiiLiÀ]ÊLÕÌÊÊ`ÊÀiiLiÀÊ
ÊÀii}Ê L>VÜ>À`ÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊÌ>LiÊÃ
>ÌÌiÀ}ÊiÛiÀÞÌ
}Ê°°°ÊV>½ÌÊÀiiLiÀÊÀiÊiÝVi«ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÜi½ÛiÊ }ÌÊ>}ÊwiÊiÛiÀÊÃVi½ÆÊi>ÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
Ê >Û`Ê>]ÊÎÊ ÛiLiÀÊÓä£Î° 7
iÊÊÀi«ÀÃi`ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ ]ÊÊ£Ç]Ê>Ê`ÀÕiÊ>ÊLi}>ÊÌÊÃ
ÕÌÊÃiÝÃÌÊ>LÕÃiÊ>ÌÊ me until he was forcibly removed from the gallery. Although the performance was at least in part a gesture of passive protest against the ÀÕL}ÃÊ vÊ ÌiÀ>Ì>Ê >}}ÀiÃÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ `£ÈäÃ]Ê >ÃÊ ÜÌ
Ê ->Ê Ý½ÃÊ ÜÀ]Ê Ì
iÊ overriding impression of the performance as it struck me at the time was of a tense evocation of the diurnal threat of violence that is a feature of so many women’s lives the world over. Ê££Î]ÊÞÊ}À>`Ì
iÀÊ ÀÌ
ÞÊ°Ê/iÞÊ>L>`i`ÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>}iÊvÜ}Ê>ÊvviÀÊvÊ>ÀÀ>}iÊvÀÊ>ÊÕV
Ê`iÀʼÃÌ>}i`ÀÊ
Þ½]Ê>`Ê>ÊÛiÊÜ>ÃʵÕVÞÊ`À>ÜÊÛiÀÊ
iÀÊi>ÀÞÊ career as an actress. We can find no records of her appearances in London theatres at the turn of the century. `iiÊÃÌiÀÊ>`Ê ÊiÃʣǮʼ ÛiÀÞL`ÞÊ7>ÌÃÊÌÊ iÊÌ
iÊÀ½]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê ÀÃÊ>`Ê Peggy Gale (eds) Performance by Artists°Ê /ÀÌ\Ê ÀÌÊ iÌÀ«i]Ê «°Ê Ó{È°Ê -iiÊ >ÃÊ À>Ê Roth (ed.) The Amazing Decade: Women and Performance Art in America 1970–1980. Los Angeles: Astro Artz. /
iÊÀiÃi>ÀV
iÀÊÞÊ/LÊ
>ÃÊÛi`Ê>Ü>ÞÊvÀÊiÝV>Û>Ì}Ê`iVÃÛi]Ê«iÀvÀ>ÌÛiÊÜÀÃÊ LÞÊÜi]ÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ >ÀiiÊ-V
ii>½ÃÊInterior ScrollÊ£Çx®]ÊÊv>ÛÕÀÊvÊVÕÌÞ L>Ãi`]Ê`ëiÀÃi`ÊÜÀðÊ-
iÊvVÕÃiÃÊÊÌ>ÌÛiÃÊiÊ>ÌiÊ7>iÀ½ÃÊFeministo (1974) in Ü
V
Ê >Ê ViVÌÛiÊ vÊ ÜiÊ iÝV
>}i`Ê «ÃÌ>Ê ÜÀÃ]Ê ¼ÕÌiÌ
iÀi`Ê vÀÊ V>ÌÞ½]Ê «iViÃÊ Ì
>ÌʼvÀi`ÊÃV>ÊÀi>ÌÃÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>ÊÌiÀÛi}ÊÊLÕÀi>ÕVÀ>VÞ½°ÊÞÊ/LÊÜ>ÃÊëi>}Ê>LÕÌÊ
iÀÊ`VÌÀ>ÊÀiÃi>ÀV
Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ >Û`Ê,LiÀÌÃÊÀÌÊÕ`>Ì]Ê`ÊÊxÊ>Þ]Ê 2014. Speakers included Lisa Tickner and Catherine Elwes. -iiÊi>Ê >Õ`À>À`ÊQ£n£RÊ£{ÊQÓ`Êi`®ÊSimulacra and Simulation. Michigan: University of Michigan Press.
PERFORMANCE
73
46Ê
47 48Ê 49Ê 50Ê 51Ê 52Ê
53Ê
54Ê
55Ê 56Ê 57Ê
58
59Ê
60Ê 61Ê
62Ê 63Ê 64Ê 65Ê
74
>Ì
iÀiÊ}]Ê`VÌÀ>ÊÌ
iÃÃ]ÊA Feminist Dialogue with the Camera]ÊvÀÌ
V}°Ê}Ê draws on Why Feminism Matters: Feminism Lost and FoundÊ Óää®Ê LÞÊ >Ì
Ê >`Ê -«
iÊ 7`Ü>À`ÊÜ
Êi«
>ÃÃiÊÌ
iʼÃ>iiÃýÊvÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÃÊvÊÜi° See Nina Power (2009) One-dimentional Woman. Hampshire: Zer0 Books. >Ê *ÜiÀÊ Ã«i>}Ê >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ ÕÃ>Ê Ã
«]Ê `]Ê ÈÊ >ÀV
Ê Óä£ä\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ° ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉÜ>ÌV
¶ÛrÃÞ> /VY (accessed 3 November 2013). >ÀÊ,>Ûi
ÊÓääǮʼÊÜÀ`ÊvÊëiVÌ>Vi½]ÊThe Guardian]ÊÓäÊ"VÌLiÀ]Ê«°Ê£Î° iÀ`ÀiÊi``]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£nΰ -iiÊ/
>ÃÊ°Ê iÀ}
ÕÃÊÓääÈ®ÊPerformance Art in China°Ê}Ê}\Ê/iâiÊn° ÊViÊ>Ãi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>Ê,LiÀÌÃÊÜ
ÞÊ
iÊ>`iÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÃ]Ê>`Ê
iÊ>ÃÜiÀi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ it was the only time he ever felt in control of his otherwise chaotic life. I will discuss artists’ investment in moving image installation at greater length in chapter twelve. /
iʼ-iÃ>̽ÊiÝ
LÌÊÌÊ«>ViÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ,Þ>ÊV>`iÞÊvÊÀÌÃÊÊ`]Ê-i«ÌiLiÀq iViLiÀÊ£Ç]Ê>`ÊVViÌÀ>Ìi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
i`ÊÊÌ
iÊViVÌÊvÊ
>ÀiÃÊ Saatchi. "Ê «iÀvÀ>ViÊ >ÃÊ >Ê `i>ÌiÀ>Ãi`Ê >ÀÌÊ vÀ]Ê ÃiiÊ ÕVÞÊ ««>À`Ê £Ç®Ê Six Years: The Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966 to 1972°Ê iÀiiÞ]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ >vÀ>Ê Press. iÀ`ÀiÊi``]Ê«°VÌ°]Ê«°Ê£Çx° i>ÊiÃÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼/
iÊ ÜÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÊ ii\Ê*>À>`ÝiÃÊvÊÛiÊÀÌÊÊÃÌÀÞ½]ÊÊi>Ê iÃÊi`°®ÊPerform Repeat Record: Live Art in History°Ê ÀÃÌ\ÊÌiiVÌ]Ê«°Ê£Î° -ÛiÊØÌÌViÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼*À}ÀiÃÃÛiÊ-ÌÀ«Ìi>Ãi½ÊÊi>ÊiÃÊi`°®ÊPerform Repeat Record: Live Art in History°Ê ÀÃÌ\ÊÌiiVÌ]Ê«°Ê£n°ÊØÌÌViÊÃÊÀiviÀÀ}ÊÌÊÃi«
Ê*iÊ>`Ê>iÃÊ Gilmore’s book The Experience Economy; Every Work is Theatre and Every Business a Stage £®]ÊÜ
V
ÊV
>ÀÌÃÊÌ
iÊÃ
vÌÊÊ>ÌiÊ >«Ì>ÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ«À`ÕVÌÊvÊ}`ÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃi}Ê vÊiÝ«iÀiVið My memory suggests that the going rate for a performance at the Filmmakers’ Co-op or Ì
iÊÕÃV>ÃÊ «ÊÊ`ÊÊ£näÊÜ>ÃÊËÇäÊÜ
iÊvÕ`i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÌiÀÊ`ÊÀÌÃÊ ÃÃV>Ì°ÊÊ
>ÛiÊÌÊ>``ÊÌ
>ÌÊÊëÌiÊvÊÕÀÊÃV>ÃÌÊi>}Ã]ÊÛiÀÞÊviÜÊvÊÕÃÊÜiÀiÊvÀÊ working-class backgrounds. /
ÃiÊÜ
Ê
>`Ê>ÞÊÃiÃi]ÊiÊ-ÌÕ>ÀÌÊ ÀÃiÞ]Ê«À`ÕVi`ÊiݵÕÃÌiÊ«
Ì}À>«
ÃÊ>`ÊÛ`iÃÊ of their work. For more on Phelan’s condemnation of performance documentation see Peggy Phelan (1993) Unmarked: The Politics of Performance°Ê`\Ê,ÕÌi`}i]Ê«°ÊÓ°Ê -ÛiÊØÌÌVi]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê«°Ê£Ó°
Ê*iÀÀÞÊ
>ÃÊ«Ìi`ÊÕÌÊÌ
iÊ>`Û>Ì>}iÃÊvÀÊ}>iÀiÃÊvʼV
i>«½Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÃÊÀi>ÌÛiÊ to the high costs of shows of painting and sculpture. Live events often involve cheap or Õ«>`Ê>LÕÀÊ>`]ÊvÀÊ>Ê`iÃÌÊÕÌ>Þ]ʼ>ÌÌÀ>VÌÊ>Ê}Ài>ÌÊ`i>ÊvÊi`>Ê>`ÊÃV>Êi`>Ê>ÌÌi̽ÆÊi>ÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]ÊÓäÊ>ÞÊÓä£{° -ÛiÊØÌÌVi½ÃÊi}Ã]Ê>ÃÊv>ÀÊ>ÃÊÊV>Ê}>Ì
iÀ° ÃÊÌi`Êi>ÀiÀÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊÃ>>VÊÕi]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊ}ÌÊÀÕ`ÊÌ
ÃÊ«ÀLiÊLÞÊ«À`ÕV}Ê
}
}ÃÃÊÃÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÜÀÊÌ
>ÌÊLiViÊiÝ«iÃÛiÊÃÕÛiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊiÛiÌ° Õ}
Ê/Ài`iVÊi`°ÊEÊÌÀ>ð®Ê£x®ÊPlato: The Last Days of Socrates°Ê`]Ê*i}Õ]ÊÊ p. 14. -iiÊ
Ê ,>V
>Ê Óää®Ê ¼ iiÕâi½ÃÊ /i]Ê ÀÊ ÜÊ Ì
iÊ i>ÌVÊ
>}iÃÊ "ÕÀÊ `i>ÃÊ vÊ
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
66 67 68Ê
69Ê 70
71 72Ê 73Ê 74 75Ê
76Ê 77Ê 78Ê 79 80Ê 81Ê
À̽]ÊÊ >Û`Ê,`ÜVÊi`°®ÊAfterimages of Gilles Deleuze’s Film Philosophy. Minneapolis: 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊiÃÌ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÓn° Antonin Artaud (1938) The Theatre and its Double°Ê iÜÊ9À\ÊÀÛiÊ>`Ê7i`ivi`]Ê«°ÊÇx° Brian Massumi (2008) A User’s Guide to Capitalism and Schizophrenia: Deviations from Deleuze and Guattari°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°£ä° Ê
>ÛiÊLiiÊÃÌÀÕVÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ`ë>ÀÌÞÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃÊ>`ÊÌ
>ÌÊvÊ>Ê >Õ`iVi°ÊÀÊi]ÊÌ
iÊÀii>VÌiÌÊvÊ >ÀiiÊ-V
ii>½ÃÊMeat Joy at the Whitechapel >iÀÞÊQ£È{RÊÓääÓ®ÊÛiÀÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ
iÀÃivÊ«ÀiÃ`i`ÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ê}ÀÕÃ]ÊLÕÌÊv>ÌÞÊ>LÃÕÀ`Ê>Ã
Õ«ÊvÊV
ViÃ]Êvv>Ê>`ÊLV>`ÊÞÕ}ÃÌiÀðÊÊ«ÀiÌÊVÀÌVÊÊÌ
iÊÀÜÊ behind me muttered the insult that Schneemann looked like a listed building. The young «>ÀÌV«>ÌÃ]ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊ>vÌiÀÊÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊVi>ÀÞÊ
>`Ê>ÊÛiÀÞÊ`vviÀiÌÊ>`ÊÌ>LÞÊÀiÊ«ÃÌÛiÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊÌ
iÊiÛiÌ°Ê i>ÊiÃÊÓä£Ó®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê££° Leaving an installation does not constitute a public enactment of disapproval as would Ü>}Ê ÕÌÊ LivÀiÊ Ì
iÊ i`Ê vÊ >Ê «iÀvÀ>Vi]Ê iVÌÕÀiÊ ÀÊ wÊ ÃVÀii}°Ê /
iÀiÊ ÜiÀi]Ê vÊ VÕÀÃi]Ê>ÞÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÃÌi`Ê`>ÞÃÊ>`ÊiÛiÊÌ
Ã]Ê>`ÊiÊÜ>ÃÊiÝ«iVÌed to witness every minute. Not even the artist stayed the whole course. Stuart Brisley admitted to me that in 180 Hours Work for Two PeopleÊ£Çn®]Ê
ÃÊÃiÛi`>ÞÊVÌÕÕÃÊ «iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ Ê}>iÀÞÊÊ`]ÊÜ
iÊÌ
}ÃÊÜiÀiʵÕiÌ]Ê
iÊÜiÌÊ
iÊvÀÊ>Ê
ÌÊ meal. Pamela M. Lee (2006) Chronophobia: On Time in the Art of the 1960s°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê/Ê *ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÓnÎ°Ê ,LiÀÌÊ,°Ê,iÞÊ£®Ê¼/i]Ê*iÀVi«ÌÊ>`Ê-}
̽]ÊÊSeeing TimeÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê->ÊÀ>VÃVÊ ÕÃiÕÊvÊ`iÀÊÀÌ]Ê«°Ê£° -iiÊ Õ`Ì
Ê ÕÌiÀÊ £Ç®Ê Excitable Speech: A Politics of the Performative. New York: ,ÕÌi`}i]Ê«°Êx° See Catherine Elwes (2005) Video Art: A Guided Tour°Ê`\Ê° °Ê/>ÕÀÃ]Ê«°Ê{ÓÆÊ«°Ê£{Ó° ÊÓää]Ê >iÊÀÃÌÊÌÊi}>Ê>VÌÊ>}>ÃÌÊ >ÀÌÀ>]Ê>Ê£ÇÞi>À`Ê}À>vwÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÜ
Ê made collages based on Hirst’s For the Love of God]Ê>Ê`>`iVÀÕÃÌi`Ê
i>`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÕ««Ãi`ÞÊ Ã`Ê vÀÊ ËxäÊ °Ê ÀVi`Ê ÌÊ ÃÕÀÀi`iÀÊ Ì
iÊ ÜÀ]Ê >ÀÌÀ>Ê «ÀVii`i`Ê ÌÊ ÃÌi>Ê some pencils from Hirst’s Tate Britain installation Pharmacy and threatened to sharpen the pencils into oblivion if his collages were not returned to him. ,LiÀÌ>Ê-Ì
Ê£n®Ê¼ ÀÌV½ÃÊ ÌiL\Ê-Ì>`}Ê>`Ê-Ì>À}]Ê9iÌÊ }ÊvÀÊ «ÜiÀi̽]Ê The New York Times]ÊÈÊ>Þ° -iiÊ VÊ
ÃÌiÊÓääx®Ê¼ >ÀiÊÌÊ >Ài½]ÊThe Observer]Ê£ÎÊ>ÀV
°ÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ ÜÜÜ°Ì
i}Õ>À`>°VÉ>ÀÌ>``iÃ}ÉÓääxÉ>ÀÉ£ÎÉ>ÀtÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÓÊÕÞÊÓä£{®° />ÊiÃÊ£nä®Ê¼,ÃiÊ>ÀÀ>À`ʺ iÞ`Ê-ÌÊvi»½]ÊPSÊ>}>âi]ÊÈ]Ê«°Ê° Ibid. À>Ê >ÌÊ Ã«i>}Ê >LÕÌÊ
ÃÊ ÜÀÊ >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ ,ÕÃÊ -V
Ê vÊ ÀÌ]Ê "ÝvÀ`]Ê ÓÊ iViLiÀÊ 2004. Õ`Ì
Ê ÕÌiÀʣǮ]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£{°
PERFORMANCE
75
CHAPTER FIVE
Film History SHADOWS ON THE WALL, PROTO CINEMA AND THE CINEMA OF ATTRACTIONS 1 The crystal ball was the first vision machine. iiÌ
Ê}iÀ]ÊÓääÈÊ The great work of light is the shadow. Ì
>>ÃÕÃÊÀV
iÀ]Ê£Èä{ It is only necessary to live half a century to become aware of the rise and fall of hemlines and the eternal re-cycling of human ideas and passions. This is not to suggest Ì
>ÌÊÌiÊÃÌ>`ÃÊÃÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ}
ÌÊVÀViÃÊvÊÀiVÕÀÀiVi]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊÊ`iÞ}ÊÌ
iÊ LÀi>Ì
Ì>}ÊÌiV
}V>Ê>`Û>ViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÊ`iV>`iðÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÊLÀivÊÕÀiÞÊ through the history of film reveals many elements that might well have been cast off ÊÌ
iÊ`}Ì>Ê>}iÊLÕÌÊÃÌi>`Ê«ÀiÛ>i`Ê>`ÊÀiÃÕÀv>Vi`]ÊÀivÀiÃ
i`ÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃ]ÊiëiV>ÞÊÜ
iÊÌ>}ÊÌ
iÊvÀÊvÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>Ì°Ê7iÊ ÜÊÃiiVÌÛiÞÊÀiÛÃÌÊw½ÃÊ>LÞÀÌ
iÊ
ÃÌÀÞ]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊ>Ài`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÌtent presence of artists whose own evolution coils around that of the mainstream in >ÊVÕÌÕÀ>Ê`ÕLiÊ
iÝ° 7iÊ}
ÌÊLi}ÊÕÀÊÕÀiÞÊÜÌ
Ê*>̽ÃÊV>Ûi]Ê>À}Õ>LÞÊ>Êi>ÀÞÊÃÌ>ViÊvÊwÊ LÕÌÊ>Ã]Ê>`Ê«iÀ
>«ÃÊÀiÊ«>ÕÃLÞ]ÊÌ
iÊwÀÃÌÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>LiÌÊÊ the form of an apologue (moral fable). In his Allegory of the Cave]ÊvÀÊ Ê6ÊvÊ The RepublicÊVÀV>ÊÎnäÊ ®]Ê*>ÌÊ>}iÃÊ>ÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊ}Ài>ÌÊ«
losopher Socrates and his pupil Glaucon. Socrates describes a dark cave in which >>Vi`Ê«ÀÃiÀÃ]ÊVÕÌÊvvÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊÕÌÃ`i]Ê>ÀiÊÌÕÀi`ÊÌÊv>ViÊ>ÊL>ÀiÊÜ>°ÊÊ fire burns above the entrance to the cave and a walkway allows humanity and its artefacts to pass through casting a procession of shadows onto the wall the prisoners
76
>ÀiÊV`ii`ÊvÀiÛiÀÊÌÊVÌi«>Ìi°Ê i}Ê`iÝV>Ê>}iÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃ
>`ÜÃÊÛiÊ in synchrony with the sounds made by the flow of individuals thus heightening the impression that the shadows are alive. Socrates asks Glaucon to imagine that the «ÀÃiÀÃÊ>ÀiÊÌ
iÊi`ÊÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊV>ÛiÊ>`ÊiÝ«Ãi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊLÀ}
ÌÊ}
ÌÊvÊ`>Þ°Ê/
iÊ Li`>ââi`ÊiÊÜÕ`ÊÌÊÀiV}ÃiÊÀi>ÌÞÊLiV>ÕÃiʼÌÊÌ
iÊ°°°ÊÌ
iÊÌÀÕÌ
ÊÜÕ`ÊLiÊ ÌiÀ>ÞÊÌ
}ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÊÃ
>`ÜÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}iýÊ>`ÊvÀÊ>ÊÌi]ÊÌ
iÊ
>«iÃÃÊ«ÀÃiÀÃÊ would only perceive the shadows of men and trees as real’. 2 Plato’s story is a parable vÊ>ÊÕÀiÞÊ>Ü>ÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊvÊÜi`}iÊL>Ãi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ}
ÌÊ of higher intellectual enlightenment and goodness. Sean Cubitt nominates Plato’s ÃÌÀÞÊ>Ãʼ>Ê«ÀiVÕÀÃÀÊvÊiÛiÀÞÊÌ
iÀÞÊvÊVi>Ê>`ÊÛ`iÊ>ÃÊv>ÃiÊVÃVÕÃiÃý]3 Ü
iÊ ÕV>Ê7
ÌiÊëiVwiÃÊi>Ê >Õ`À>À`½ÃÊÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÕ>VÀÕÊ>ÃÊ>Ê`ÀiVÌÊ`iÃVi`iÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃ
>`ÜÞÊV>Ûi]ÊiÊÊÜ
V
ʼÌ
iÊV«ÞÊLiViÃÊÀiÊÀi>Ê than its original and images show us only themselves and not the world around us’. 4 7
iÀiÊi>ÕÃÊ >Õ`ÀÞÊ
}
}
Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Ê
}ÞÊLiÌÜiiÊ*>̽ÃÊV>ÛiÊ >`Ê Vi>Ê ¼Ê Ü
V
Ê Ì
iÊ V>iÀ>]Ê Ì
iÊ `>Àii`Ê V
>LiÀ]Ê ÃÊ iVÃi`Ê Ê >Ì
iÀÊ `>Àii`ÊV
>LiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊ
>½]5 the allegory also evokes the power of filmic representation and the progressive displacement of reality by the world of idealised Vi>ÌVÊ ÕÃÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ ÌÜiÌiÌ
Ê ViÌÕÀÞÊ >`Ê LiÞ`]Ê >Ê Ì
iiÊ Ì
>ÌÊ Õ`iÀ«ÃÊ much of the discussion of moving image installation throughout this book. The world of illusions began deep in human history with shadow plays and pup«iÌÀÞ]Ê >`Ê Üi`}iÊ vÊ «ÌVÃÊ «À`ÕVi`Ê Ì
iÊ V>iÀ>Ê LÃVÕÀ>]Ê >Ê `iÛViÊ Ì
>ÌÊ
>`Ê been in circulation since the time of the ancient Chinese. The camera obscura was Àiwi`ÊÊÌ
iÊiÀ>ÊvÊÀÃÌÌi]Êi>ÀÞÊvÕÀÊ
Õ`Ài`ÊÞi>ÀÃÊLivÀiÊ
ÀÃÌÊ>`ÊÊÌ
iÊwÀÃÌÊ ViÌÕÀÞÊ ]ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÃ>VÊÛiÌÀÊ
>âi°Ê/
iÊ>}}Ê`iÛViÊV
>}i`ÊÌÌiÊÛiÀÊ Ìi\Ê>ÊLÝÊÀÊ`>Àii`ÊV
>LiÀÊ}>ÛiÊÕ«Ê>Ê>}iÊvÊviÊÕÌÃ`iÊLÞÊVViÌÀ>Ì}Ê }
ÌÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>ÊÃ>Ê>«iÀÌÕÀi]Ê>ÌiÀÊvVÕÃi`ÊÊ>ÊiÃ]Ê>`Ê`ÀiVÌ}ÊÌÊÌÊ>Ê««Ã}Ê ÃÕÀv>Vi°ÊÌ>Þ]ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊV>iÊÕÌÊÕ«Ã`iÊ`ÜÊ>`ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊÕÌÊÌ
iÊi}
ÌiiÌ
Ê century that a mirror was used to invert the image into a more conventional orientaÌ°Ê ÞÊÜ]Ê*>̽ÃÊÃ
>`ÜÃÊÜiÀiÊi`Üi`ÊÜÌ
Ê}
ÌÊ>`ÊVÕÀ]Ê>`ÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>Ê instantaneous image of reality that served both as an aid to painters in the early and high Renaissance and as a source of fascination and delight for avid enthusiasts of optical curiosities.6 The period of the Enlightenment in the eighteenth century saw the scientific achievements of man challenge the primacy of a Christian God and the study of «ÌVÃÊÜ>ÃÊÃÌÀÕiÌ>ÊÊÃ
vÌ}ÊÌ
iÊi«
>ÃÃÊ>Ü>ÞÊvÀÊÌ
iʼ`iÕÃýÊvÊv>Ì
Ê ÌÊÌ
iÊÕ>ÌÊvÊi«ÀV>ÊiÛ`iVi°Ê Ì}Ê
>ÀiÃÊÕÃÃiÀ]ÊÕVÞÊ,iÞ`ÃÊ
>ÃÊ >À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÊëÌiÊvÊ }
ÌiiÌÊÀ>Ì>Ã]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÃV>ÌÊvÊÌ
iʫ
Ì}À>«
VÊ>}iÊÜÌ
ÊÃViÌwVÊ`ÃVÛiÀÞ]ÊÌÊiÛiÀÊÃÌÊÌÃÊViVÌÊÜÌ
Ê`>ÀiÃÃ]Ê with shadow and the human capacity for depravity.7Ê/ÊÕ}ÊVVÕÀÃ]ÊÌ}Ê that early optical devices enabled a narcotic fascination with the grotesque. Such
FILM HISTORY
77
Plato: Allegory of the Cave. Drawing: Markus Maurer (1996), Wikimedia Commons. Available online: http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Plato_-_Allegory_of_the_Cave.png.
Õi>ÀÌ
ÞÊVÕÀÃÌiÃÊÜiÀiÊ>ÃÃV>Ìi`ÊÀiÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÕ}ÕÃÌ>ʼÕÃÌÊvÊÌ
iÊiÞiÃ½Ê than the contemplation of transcendent beauty.8Ê Ê Ì
iÊ i>ÀÞÊ ÌÜiÌiÌ
Ê ViÌÕÀÞ]Ê i>Ê «ÃÌiÊ `iÛi«i`Ê
ÃÊ Ì
iÀÞÊ vÊ photogénieÊ Ê Ài>ÌÊ ÌÊ w]Ê Ü
V
Ê
iÊ `iÃVÀLi`Ê>Ãʼ>ÞÊ>ëiVÌÊvÊÌ
}Ã]ÊLi}Ã]ÊÀÊÃÕÃÊÜ
ÃiÊÀ>ÊV
>À>VÌiÀÊÃÊi
>Vi`Ê
78
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Gill Eatherley, Aperture Sweep (1973), performed at Filmaktion, The Tanks, Tate Modern in 2012. Courtesy of the artist. Photograph © Tate.
by filmic reproduction’.9Ê,>V
iÊÀiÊ
>ÃÊiÝ«>`i`ÊÌ
iÊÌÊÌÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃiÊ>ʼÕÀ}iÊ towards contact with the radically other’. 10 This referred not only to the strangeness vÊÌ
iÊÀiÌiÊ ÀiÌÊÃ>`ÃÊ «ÃÌiÊV>«ÌÕÀi`ÊÊ
ÃÊwÃÊLÕÌÊ>ÃÊÌÊVi>ÊÌÃiv]Ê ¼vÀÊÌÊÃÊVi>ÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊ>iÊ>`Ê>}V>½°11 ÊÌ
iÊ``iÊ}iÃ]ÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>ÊLÃVÕÀ>Ê>`Ê>}VÊ>ÌiÀÃÊÜiÀiÊ>ÃÃV>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÊ«À>VÌViÃÊvÊ`>ÀÊ>}VÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊVVÕÌÊÜÀ`ÊvÊ`iÃÊ>`Ê}
ÃÌðÊÀV>Þ]ÊÌÊ Ü>ÃÊ>ÊÃiÛiÌiiÌ
ViÌÕÀÞÊ]ÊÌ
>>ÃÕÃÊÀV
iÀ]ÊÜ
ÊÃÊVÀi`Ìi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÛiÌ}ÊÌ
iÊwÀÃÌÊ>}VÊ>ÌiÀ°ÊÀV
iÀÊ`ÃVÛiÀi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÊV>`iÊVÌ>i`ÊÊ>ÊLÝ]ÊÌÃÊ }
ÌÊ V`iÃi`Ê >`Ê `ÀiVÌi`Ê Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê >Ê iÃÊ >`Ê vÀÊ Ì
iÀiÊ «ÀiVÌi`Ê Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê >Ê «>Ìi`Ê}>ÃÃÊ«>Ìi]ÊVÕ`Ê«À`ÕViÊ}Ê>}iÃÊÊ>Êv>V}ÊÃÕÀv>Vi°Ê ÞÊÀ>Ã}Ê Ã«iVÌÀiÃÊiV
>V>Þ]Ê
iÊ
«i`ÊÌÊ`ëÀÛiÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ
ÀÃÌ>ÊLiivÊÊëÀÌðÊÃÊ ,iÞ`ÃÊiÝ«>Ã]ʼ>ÊÃ
>`ÜÊÃÊ>Ê`iÝV>Ê«ÀÌÊvÊ>ÊÛ}Ê«ÀiÃiVi½12 or indeed >Ê«>«iÀÊVÕÌÊÕÌ]Ê>`ÊÌ]Ê>ÃÊÀV
iÀÊÜÃ
i`ÊÌÊ`iÃÌÀ>Ìi]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÕ«iÀnatural. Ê£Ó]Ê>ÀÞÊÊÀi`i`ÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ>ÃÃV>ÌÊvÊ«
Ì}À>«
VÊ>}}Ê with phantasmagoria in his interactive video installation Tall Ships°Ê
ÃÌÞ]Ê>ÌÌiÕated figures were summoned from the darkness by ambulating spectators breaking vÀ>Ài`Ê Li>ÃÊ }Õ>À`}Ê >Ê ÃiÀiÃÊ vÊ ÃVÀiiÃ°Ê *iÀ
>«ÃÊ iÊ ÀV
iÀ½ÃÊ `iÃÌÀ>ÌÃ]ʽÃÊÃi«ÕV
À>ÊÃÕ>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊëÀÌÊÜÀ`Ê``Ê>ÃÊÕV
ÊÌÊ«ÀÌiÊ>ÊLiivÊ ÊÌ
iÊiÝÃÌiViÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÕ«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>]ÊÜ
>ÌÊ,iÞ`ÃÊV>ÃÊ>ʼÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊvÊÌ
iÀiÃý13 as it did to disprove it. The science of optics has successfully re-animated the hallucinatory world of Ì
iÊ«>À>À>]ÊLÌ
Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ`>ÜÊvÊVi>Ê>`ÊÊÌ
iÊ>>}ÕiÊ«
>ÃiÊvÊwÊ>`Ê
FILM HISTORY
79
video.14Ê >ÀÞÊL>VÊ>`ÊÜ
ÌiÊÛ`iÊÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>À]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊiVÌ«>ÃVÊvÀÃÊLii`}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃÕÀÀÕ`}Ê`>ÀiÃÃÊ
>`ÊÌ
iÊÕµÕiÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊVÕÀiÊÌ
iÊ}
ÃÌÊÊÌ
iÊ >V
i]ÊÌÊi>ÃÌÊʽÃÊi>ÀÞÊÜÀÃ]ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÃÕ«i]ÊV
ÀiÊL`iÃÊ«>iÞÊ
>LÌi`Ê>ÊÀÜÊvÊvÕiÀi>ÊÌÀðÊ,iÞ`ÃÊ
>ÃÊ`iÌwi`Ê>ÊÃ>ÀʼëiVÌÀ>ÊÀiturn’ in the work of artist-filmmakers of the 1960s and 1970s such as Malcolm Le ÀVi]ÊÕÞÊ-
iÀÜÊ>`ÊÊ >Ì
iÀiÞ°Ê,iÞ`ÃÊ>««iÃÊÌ
ÃÊÌ
iÀÞÊÌÊ >Ì
iÀiÞ½ÃÊ Aperture SweepÊ£ÇήÊ>ÊÜÀÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌ]ÊÃÌ>`}ÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊ >`ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii]ÊÕÃiÃÊÌ
iÊÃ
>`ÜÊÃ
iÊV>ÃÌÃÊÌÊÌÀ>ÃvÀÊ
iÀÊÕÌÜ>À`Ê>««i>À>Vi]Ê >Ê«ÜiÀÊ,iÞ`ÃÊ>À}ÕiÃÊÃʼ>ÃÃV>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊVVÕÌÊ>`Ê>}VÊViÀiiýÊ>`]Ê iÊVÕ`Ê>``]ÊÌ
iÊvi>ÀvÕÊ«ÜiÀÃÊvÊÜÌV
VÀ>vÌ°Ê7iÊÃiiÊÊÌ
iÃiÊÜÀÃÊ>Êi`ÕÀ}Ê fascination with the moving image and its ability to transport the viewer into anothiÀÊÀi>ÌÞÊÀ]Ê>ÃÊ,LiÀÌÊ-Ì
ÃÊ«ÕÌÊÌ]ÊÌ
iʼ«ÜiÀÊÌÊÌ>iÊ«iÀVi«ÌÊiÃiÜ
iÀi½°15 /
>ÌÊÌ
iÀÊÀi>ÊÃÊvÌiÊ
>ÕÌi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ
iÀÃiv]Ê>Ài>`ÞÊ>`Ê >Ü>ÞÃÊ>ÊÀiÛi>Ì]Ê>ÊÃ
>`ÜÊvÊ>Ê}ÃÌÊ«ÀiÃiViÊ«}Ê`iwÌiÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊ future.16
MAGIC SHOWS i}}ÊÜÌ
Ê>}VÊ>ÌiÀÃÊ>`Êi>ÀÞÊV>iÀ>Ã]Ê>`ÊiÛiÌÕ>ÞÊiÛÛ}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ ÛiÊV>iÀ>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊV>iÊvÊ>}iÊÊÌ
iÊiÌiiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ]Ê«
Ì}À>«
VÊ`iÛViÃÊ }À>`Õ>ÞÊ«iÀviVÌi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊvÊÀ>Ã}Ê}
ÃÌÃ]Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌiÊÀiÛi>}ÊÌ
iÊÜ`iÀÃÊ of the natural world and the man-made achievements of modernity. The evolution of optics also gave rise to a technological showmanship that specialised in fooling the eyes of a citizenry already susceptible to the enchantments of scientific demonstrations and the magic tricks of prestidigitators. A brief detour into this colourful history will identify aesthetic and structural concerns that recur in moving image installations in the twentieth century and beyond. 7Ì
ÊÌ
iÊ`iÛi«iÌÊvÊ«
Ì}À>«
ÞÊÊÌ
iÊ£nÎäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÃÊwÀÃÌÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê LÞÊÀV
iÀÊLiV>iÊÀiÊviiÊ>`Ê>ÌiÀÃÌÃÊÃÊ`ÃVÛiÀi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊ ÌÊ VÀi>ÌiÊ Ã«iÊ ÛiiÌÃÊ LÞÊ >VÌÛ>Ì}Ê ÃiÛiÀ>Ê >ÌiÀÃÊ ÀÊ «ÀiVÌÀÃÊ Ê µÕVÊ ÃÕVViÃÃ]Ê Ì
ÕÃÊ >V
iÛ}Ê Ã«>Ì>Ê >`Ê Ìi«À>Ê ÌÀ>ÃvÀ>ÌÃ°Ê 7Ì
Ê Ì
iÊ «ÀiÃÃÊvÊÛiiÌÊÜÊ>``i`ÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊÀi«iÀÌÀiÊvÊ>>âiiÌÃ]Êi}ÃÊvÊ ÌiÀ>ÌÊÃ
Üi]ÊvÌiÊV>ÀÀÞ}ÊÌ
iÀÊiµÕ«iÌÃÊÊÌ
iÀÊL>VÃ]ÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊ>}VÊ lantern shows to castles and inns across Europe and North America. A contemporary description of a performance of Etienne Robertson’s Phantasmagorie in the 1790s Ài>`ÃÊiÊ>ÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊiÛiÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃ]ÊLÕÌÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÀiÊ`À>>ÌV\ Suddenly the lamp went out. Thunder roared and lightning flashed. Church LiÃÊ Ìi`]Ê Ì
iÊ }
Ì}Ê >`Ê Ì
Õ`iÀÊ VÀi>Ãi`]Ê >`Ê >Ê ÌÞÊ w}ÕÀiÊ qÊ
>v
80
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Õ>]Ê
>v`iÊqÊ>««i>Ài`ÊÊÌ
iÊ>À]ÊÃ
iÀ}Ê>`Ê}
ÃÌÞ°ÊÀ>`Õ>ÞÊ Ì
iÊw}ÕÀiÊÃiii`ÊÌÊ>««À>V
]Ê}ÀÜ}Ê>À}iÀÊ>`Ê>À}iÀ]ÊÕÌÊÃÕ``iÞÊÌÊ `Ã>««i>Ài`Ê ÜÌ
Ê >Ê Ü>°Ê >ÌÃÊ yÕÌÌiÀi`Ê Ê Ì
iÊ Ü>Ã]Ê }
ÃÌÃÊ >`Ê }LÃÊ }À>i`]ÊÃiiÌÃÊV>iÊ
ÕÀÌ}ÊÌÜ>À`ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iVi°17 This alarming spectacle was achieved with the help of several assistants manipulat}Ê«ÀiVÌÀÃÊÕÌi`ÊÊLiÊ«>ÌvÀÃ]ÊÃiÊ«Ì}Ê>ÌÊÃVÀiiÃÊ>`ÊÜ>Ã]Ê >`ÊÌ
iÀÃ]Ê>ÌV«>Ì}Ê/ÞÊ"ÕÀÃiÀÊLÞÊÃiÛiÀ>ÊViÌÕÀiÃ]Ê«ÀiVÌ}ÊÌÊLÜ}Ê smoke. In The Influence MachineÊÓäää®]ÊÃÌ>}i`ÊÊ-
Ê-µÕ>ÀiÊÊ`]Ê"ÕÀÃiÀÊ used dry ice rather than smoke and the images he directed at the wafting clouds were video sequences featuring the faces and voices of inventors associated with Ì
iÊ`iÛi«iÌÊvÊÜ
>ÌÊ
iÊV>i`ʼ`ÃiL`i`ÊVÕV>̽ÊVÕ`}Ê ÌiiÊ ,LiÀÌÃÊ
ÃivÊ >`Ê
Ê }iÊ >À`]Ê Ì
iÊ ÛiÌÀÊ vÊ ÌiiÛÃ°Ê /
iÊ }
ÃÌÞÊ echoes of these pioneers of illusionism wafted through the square and demateriaÃi`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iʼÃi½Ê`ëiÀÃi`°18 The nineteenth and early twentieth centuries saw the evolution of ever more elaborate proto-cinematic devices including ingenious fairground attractions such >ÃÊÌ
iÊ«iÀ>>]ÊÊÜ
V
Ê>Õ`iViÃÊÃ>ÌÊÊ>ÊviÃâi`]Ê«ÌV
}ÊÃ
«ÊÜ
iÊ>Ê}>Ì]Ê illuminated screen painted with ships and maritime events scrolled by. The viewer iÞi`Ê Ì
iÊ ÕÃÊ vÊ Ã>}Ê Ü
iÊ Ài>}Ê ÃÌ>Ì>ÀÞ°Ê iV
>V>ÞÊ «iÀ>Ìi`Ê Ü>ÛiÃÊÀi`ÊÌ
iÊ
ÕÊvÊÌ
iÊÛiÃÃiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊÕÀiÞi`ÊvÀÊV>ÃÌ>ÊÀ>ViÊ to Byzantium. Not only did this gadget anticipate flight simulators of the twentieth ViÌÕÀÞ]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊ>ÃÊ«Àiw}ÕÀi`ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>Ûi}ÕiÊvÀ>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊLiV>iÊ>ÊÃÌ>«iÊvÊLÌ
Ê >ÃÌÀi>Ê>`ÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊÛ}Ê>}i° One of the most famous of these early travel simulators featured in a scene from the film Letter from an Unknown WomanÊ>ÝÊ"«
ØÃ]Ê£{n®°Ê/
iÊÃi`ÕVÌÊvÊ>Ê Ì>iÊLÞÊÕÃÊÕÀ`>ÊÌ>iÃÊ«>ViÊÊ>ÊÌiÃÃÊv>À}ÀÕ`ÊÀ>Ü>ÞÊV>ÀÀ>}iÊÊ which a series of countries appear to glide past the window. The scrolled travelogue ÃÊ«iÀ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊ>ÊwÝi`ÊLVÞVi]Ê
iViÊÌÃÊ>i\ÊVÞVÀ>>]Ê>Ê`iÛViÊÌ
>ÌÊÊÌÃÊÃÕVViÃÃÛiÊiÝ«ÃÕÀiÊvÊ>}iÃÊ«>ÃÃ}ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>ÊwÝi`ÊvÀ>iÊ>ÌV«>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}V>Ê ÀiÛÕÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÃ>ÀÞÊ«À}ÀiÃÃi`ÊÃÌ>ÌVÊ>}iÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>Ê>«iÀÌÕÀi]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
ÃÊÌiÊ v>ÃÌÊiÕ}
ÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÕÃÊvÊÛiiÌ°ÊÊ£nä]Ê Ê À>`ÊÌÕÀi`ÊL>VÊÌ
iÊ film history clock when he created the proto-cinematic Masstransiscope in Myrtle ÛiÕi]Ê>Ê`ÃÕÃi`ÊÃÕLÜ>ÞÊÃÌ>ÌÊÊ ÀÞ°Ê À>`ÊÃÌ>i`Ê>ÊvÀiâiÊvÊ
>`«>Ìi`Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ>}iÃÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊÌÊÃ}iÊwÊvÀ>iÃ]Ê«>ÀÌ>ÞÊ
``iÊLi
`Ê>ÊÃÌÌi`Ê
ÕÃ}°Ê/
iÊÃiµÕiÌ>Ê>}iÃÊVÕ`ÊLiÊÛiÜi`ÊÞÊvÀÊ>Ê«>ÃÃ}ÊÌÀ>]ÊÜ
V
Ê «ÀÛ`i`ÊÌ
iÊiÌÕÊÌÊ>>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÌÊ>ÊÌÊ«VÌÕÀiÊÃ
Ü]ÊÜ`}Ê`ÜÊ ÌÊÃi«>À>Ìi]ÊÃÌ>ÌVÊvÀ>iÃÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>ÊV>iÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÝÌÊÃÌ>Ì]ÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊ unravelling the magic of film.19 Where the pictures moved and the viewer remained ÃÌ>Ì>ÀÞÊÊÌ
iÊVÞVÀ>>]ÊÌ
iÊÀiÛiÀÃiÊÜ>ÃÊÌÀÕiÊÃiÊiÌÞÊÞi>ÀÃÊ>ÌiÀÊÊ >`½ÃÊ
FILM HISTORY
81
Bill Brand, Masstransiscope (1980). The installation consists of two sections separated by a staircase. The artist is seen at the entrance to the long section of the work as the train passes by. Photo: Martha Cooper. Courtesy of the artist.
ingenious Masstransiscope]Ê>ÊÜÀÊÌ
>ÌÊ«>`Ê
>}iÊÌÊÌ
iÊ}Ài>ÌÊ«ÀiVi>ÌVÊventors of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. >}VÊ>ÌiÀÊÃ
ÜÃÊvÌiÊÛÛi`Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÀÃ]ÊÕÃV>ÃÊ>`Êi>ÀÞÊviÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ adding sound effects. Audiences could be given instruments to play on cue and were iVÕÀ>}i`ÊÌÊ>««>Õ`Ê>`ÉÀÊiiÀÊ>`Ê}iiÀ>ÞÊÌiÀ>VÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃViiÊÕv`}Ê >ÀÕ`ÊÌ
i°Ê/
iÃiÊ>Õ`ÛÃÕ>ÊëiVÌ>ViÃÊLiV>iÊiÝÌÀiiÞÊi>LÀ>ÌiÊ>`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊ >ÀÌÊvÊ>ÌiÀÊÃ
ÜÃÊiÛÛi`]ÊÌ
iÞÊÜiÀiÊv>ÃÌÊ>««À>V
}ÊÌ
iÊV`ÌÊvÊVi>°ÊÊ Ì
iÊ£nÇäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ}Ài>ÌÊiÀV>Ê>ÌiÀÃÌÊÃi«
Ê i>iÊ`i«Þi`Ê«ÀiVÌi`Ê>}iÃÊ to create three-dimensional narratives. Terry Borton describes the scene: °°°ÃiµÕiViÃÊvÊÃ`iÃÊÌÊÞÊÌÀ>VÊÌ
iÊ>VÌ]ÊLÕÌÊÛiÊÌ
iʼV>iÀ>Ê>}i½Ê ÀÊ «ÌÊ vÊ ÛiÜ]Ê Ã
vÌ}Ê «iÀëiVÌÛiÊ ÌÊ i«
>ÃâiÊ «ÃÞV
}V>Ê «ÌÃ°Ê ÃÃÛ}Ê>}iÃ]ÊVÃiÕ«Ã]Êv>`iÃ]ÊVÀÃÃi`Ì}ÊvÊÃÌÀÞiÃ]ÊiÌV°Ê>ÀiÊ>Ê part of Beale’s artistic repertoire for telling stories on screen. 20 /
iÃiÊ Ûii`Ìi`Ê iÝÌÀ>Û>}>â>ÃÊ >ÌV«>Ìi`Ê ÌÊ ÞÊ Ì
iÊ ÀiÊ vÊ «ÃÌ«À`ÕVÌÊ i`Ì}ÊÊw]ÊLÕÌÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÞV
i`iVÊ}
ÌÊÃ
ÜÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]Ê>`>«Ìi`Ê>`Êi>LÀ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊiÀV>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ-Ì>Ê6> iÀ ii]Ê>VÊ-Ì
Ê>`ÊiÜÃÊ>
À°Ê7iÊ >ÞÊ>ÃÊ`iÌvÞÊ i>iÊ>ÃÊ>Ê«ÀiVÕÀÃÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÌVÊÜÀÃÊvÊ Ì
iÊ ÀÌÃ
Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ VÞÊ>ÞÊÌ
>ÌÊÛÛi`ÊÌ
iÊÛiÊ>«Õ>ÌÊvÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊ>ÃÊ
82
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
well as more recent work by the Americans Gibson and Recoder. Perhaps the most ÃÌÀ}Ê«>À>iÊÜÌ
Ê i>i½ÃÊÛiÊ«ÀiVÌÊiÛiÌÃÊÃÊÌ
iÊwÊProjection Instructions £ÇÈ®ÊLÞÊÀ}>ÊÃ
iÀÊÊÜ
V
ÊÜÀÌÌiÊÃÌÀÕVÌÃÊ>««i>ÀÊÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii\ʼÌÕÀÊ Ì
iÊÛÕiÊÕ«É`ÜÆÊViÌÀiÊvÀ>iÆÊÌ
ÀÜÊÕÌÊvÊvVÕýÊiÌV°]ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÃÌÊ attempts to follow the onscreen directives. ÊÜÊÀiÌÕÀÊÌÊÌ
iÃiÊÜÀÃÊÊÌ
iÊvÜ}ÊV
>«ÌiÀÃÊ>`Êi>Ü
iÊi`ÊÌ
ÃÊiÝpedition into the history of pre-cinematic inventions with my favourite engineer of }
ÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ«iiÀ}Ê`>ÞÃÊvÊÌ
iÊiÌiiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ°ÊÊ£nÓÎ]Ê-ÀÊ`ÃÜÀÌ
ÞÊ ÕiÀiÞÊLÕÀi`ÊV>VÕÊÝ`iÊÊ>Ê
Þ`À}iÊy>iÊ>`ÊÌ
iÀiLÞÊÛiÌi`Êi}
Ì]Ê>Ê form of illumination that came to be widely used in theatres and music halls to irradi>ÌiÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ViÊÊÃÌ>}i°ÊÕiÀiÞÊÀiwi`Ê
ÃÊÛiÌÊLÞÊÌÀ`ÕV}ÊÝÞ}iÊÌÊ >ÊwÀi`Êy>i]Ê>Ü}ÊÀiÊV>ÀLÊÌÊLiÊLÕÀi`]Ê>`ÊÀi`ÕV}ÊÌ
iÊi
`ÊvÊ iݫðÊÕiÀiÞ½Ãʼ Õ`iÊ}
̽ʫÀÛ`i`ÊÌ
iÊ}
Ì}ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÃÊvÊ*>À>iÌÊ ÕÌÊÌ
iÊÌÀ`ÕVÌÊvÊiiVÌÀVÌÞ]ÊLÕÌÊ
iÊ>ÃÊÕÃi`ÊÌÊÌÊÕ>ÌiÊ
ÃÊ`iÃÌʼV>ÃÌi½]ÊLÕÌÊÊ>ÊÃ>`L>ÊÊÌ
iÊ ÀÃ
ÊÃi>Ã`iÊÌÜÊvÊ Õ`i°Ê ÞÊi>ÃÊvÊ>ÊV«iÝÊ >ÀÀ>}iiÌÊvÊÀÀÀÃÊ>`ÊiÃiÃ]Ê
iÊÜ>ÃÊ>LiÊÌÊ}
ÌÊÌ
iÊÜ
iÊi`wViÊVÀi>Ì}Ê an ethereal inner glow like a Tardis about to take off into the cinematic future. In the ÃÕiÀÊvÊ£nÓ]Ê
iÊ>ÃÊVÌÀÛi`ÊÌÊ«ÀiVÌÊÌ
iÊ Õ`iÊ}
ÌÊvÀÊ
ÃÊV>ÃÌiÊÌÊ
ÃÊ cousin’s room at the Falcon Hotel some four hundred yards away on the other side vÊÌ
iÊV>>°Ê"ÛiÀÊ>Ê
Õ`Ài`ÊÞi>ÀÃÊ>ÌiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ ÀÌÃ
ÊViVÌÛiÊÕÃiÜ>ÌV
Ê>VÌÛiÊ in the 1970s and 1980s) similarly transformed buildings into lanterns by back-proiVÌ}ÊwÊ>`Ê>ÌiÀÊÛ`iÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊÜ`ÜÃÊ>ÌÊ}
Ì°21ÊiÊÕiÀiÞ]ÊÕÃiÜ>ÌV
Ê VÌÀÛi`ÊÌÊÀi`iÀÊÃ`Ê>ÌÌiÀÊ>}V>Ê>`ÊÃii}ÞÊÜi}
ÌiÃÃ]ÊVÃiÀÊÌÊ>ÊVtainer of dreams than the reality of bricks and mortar. This ability to both affirm and dematerialise walls and ceilings remains one of the defining characteristics of moving image installations.
VISION MACHINES It was in the early 1830s that vision machines were first manufactured with a ca«>VÌÞÊ vÀÊ iÝ«Ì}Ê Ì
iÊ «iÀÃÃÌiViÊ vÊ ÛÃÊ ÀÊ Ã
ÀÌÀ>}iÊ >««>ÀiÌÊ Ì]Ê >Ê «iÀVi«ÌÕ>Ê «
iiÊ Ì
>ÌÊ Ì>iÃÊ «>ViÊ Ü
iÊ iÞiÊ >`Ê LÀ>Ê >ÀiÊ iÝ«Ãi`Ê ÌÊ >Ê ÃÕVViÃÃÊvÊÌi«À>Þi`Ê>}iÃ]ÊÃi«>À>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÃ
ÀÌÊi«Ã`iÃÊvÊL>V°ÊÌÊ >ÞÌ
}Ê ÛiÀÊ ÃÝÌiiÊ >}iÃÊ «iÀÊ ÃiV`]Ê ÜiÊ «iÀViÛiÊ ÃÌ
Ê ÛiiÌÊ >ÃÊ Ê Brand’s Masstransiscope so elegantly demonstrates. 22 /
iÊ âiÌÀ«i]Ê Ì
iÀÜÃiÊ ÜÊ >ÃÊ Ì
iÊ ¼7
iiÊ vÊ vi½Ê ÀÊ ¼7
iiÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ iÛ½]Ê Ü>ÃÊiÊvÊÌ
iÊi>ÀiÃÌÊÛÃÊ>V
iÃ]ÊÛiÌi`ÊÊ£nÎ{°ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ê`iÛViÊÌ
>ÌÊiabled several viewers simultaneously to look through slots in the side of a revolving drum on the inside surface of which was pasted a strip of drawings representing
FILM HISTORY
83
successive stages of movement that come alive when the drum is spinning. Any ÕLiÀÊ vÊ ÛÃÊ >V
iÃÊ >««i>Ài`Ê VÕ`}Ê ,iÞ>Õ`½ÃÊ *À>ÝÃV«iÊ >`Ê Daguerre’s large-scale dioramas while flip books and other optical toys created similar impressions of movement and are still produced for the amusement of children today.23Ê/ÊÕ}ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
ÃÊ}iÀiÊvʼVi>ÊvÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌýÊÜ>ÃÊ Ìi«À>ÀÞÊ `ë>Vi`Ê LÞÊ VÛiÌ>]Ê Ã}iÃVÀiiÊ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ Vi>Ê >`Ê ÞÊ re-emerged in later avant-garde practices in the early 1900s.24ÊÃÊÜiÊÃ
>ÊÃii]ÊÌ
iÊ ÛiiÃÃÊvÊ«ÀiVi>ÌVÊÛÃÊ>V
iÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ`À>>ÌVÊÃÌ>}}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃÊ >`ÊÌÃÊV>«>LÌiÃ]ÊÀiÃÕÀv>Vi`ÊÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]Ê>`Ê>Ê fascination with imaging gadgetry persists into the digital age. As A. L. Rees pointi`ÊÕÌʼVi>ÊwÃÊ>ÀiÊÃÌÊÛiÜi`Ê>ÃÊ«>À>>ÃÊÊ`>ÀÊë>Viý]ÊÃiÌ
}ÊÌ
>ÌÊ is also true of much installation art.25 The panorama itself recurs in the history of >ÀÌÃÌÃ½Ê Û}Ê >}iÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ì>LiÊ Ài}Õ>ÀÌÞ]Ê vÀÊ iÝ>«iÊ Ê Ì
iÊ VÀVÕ>ÀÊ ÃVÀiiÃÊ featured in Steve Farrer’s ghostly films (The Machine]Ê£Çn®ÊÀÊÌ
iÊ«>À>VÊÃVÀiiÊ «ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊ`iÊ>`«Ìi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊViiLÀ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊw>iÀÊivvÊiiÊ (1923–2012) in the Tanks at Tate Modern (September 2012). These installations Ì
iÀÕ`ÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ÊÛiÜiÀÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊLÌ
Ê}À>ÌvÞ}Ê>`ÊvÀÕÃÌÀ>Ì}°Ê/
iÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÊV>ÊÜ>ÊvÀiiÞÊÃ`iÊÌ
iÊVÀVÕ>ÀÊÃVÀiiÊ>`ÊiÞÊ>ÊÃiÃiÊvÊiÀÃÊ ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊLÕÌÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌi]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊÌ
iÊ}}}Êvii}ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊ ÃiÌ
}ÊÀiÊÌiÀiÃÌ}Ê}}ÊÊLi
`Êi½ÃÊL>V]ÊÃ}>i`ÊLÞÊ>Ê>}iÊ`>Ving tantalisingly on the periphery of vision. The viewer must calculate the relative benefits of staying with the image in the current field of vision versus turning around ÌÊiÝ«ÀiÊÌ
iÊÕÜÊÊ>Ê}>iÊvÊ«
ÞÃV>ÊV
>iÊ
««}°ÊÌÊÃÊLiViÃÊVi>ÀÊ Ì
>ÌÊÃ`iÊ>Ê«>À>VÊÃVÀii]ÊÌ
iÊÜ
iÊÜÀÊV>ÊiÛiÀÊLiÊ}À>ëi`]ÊvÌiÊÀiÃÕÌ}ÊÊ>ÊvÕÌiÊë}ÊÌ]Ê>ÊLÃiÀÛ>ÌÊÊÜÊiÝ«>`ÊÊÊ`ÕiÊVÕÀÃi°Ê*iÀ
>«ÃÊ the most accomplished and witty re-creation of a zoetrope is Mat Collishaw’s Garden of Unearthly Delights (2009) in which a cast of impudent putti do violence to nature Ê>Êë}ÊÌÕÀÌ>Li]Ê>>Ìi`ÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvÊÃÌÀLiÊ}
Ì}°26 The manic repetitiveness of the naked babies’ assaults on the flora and fauna of Collishaw’s tropical «>À>`ÃiÊ iÝ>VÌÞÊ Ài«À`ÕViÃÊ Ì
iÊ Ã
ÀÌÊ «i`Ê >VÌÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ >ÀiÊ V
>À>VÌiÀÃÌVÊ vÊ >Ê zoetrope while simultaneously creating a parable of the relentlessness of human destructiveness. Collishaw’s spinning garden was well-received by a general audience and in this respect the work aspires to the popular appeal of the earliest manifestations of the «ÀiVÌi`Ê >}i°Ê "ÕÀÊ ÛiÌÛiÊ iÌiiÌ
ViÌÕÀÞÊ >ViÃÌÀÃÊ VÀi>Ìi`Ê Li}Õ}Ê spectacles of light and shade; they shared the sleight of hand and the showmanÃ
«Ê vÊ Ì
iÊ v>À}ÀÕ`Ã]Ê VÀVÕÃiÃÊ >`Ê ÕÃVÊ
>ÃÊ vÀÊ Ü
V
Ê Ì
iÞÊ iiÀ}i`ÆÊ Ì
iÞÊ boasted links to scientific discovery in the machine age and transmitted a sense of Ü`iÀÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>V
iÞÊvÊ«
Ì}À>«
VÊÕÃÃÊÜÌ
ÊÃÊ`>ÀiÀ]ÊÞÃÌV>ÊVÌ>ÌÃ]ÊÌÃÊViVÌÊÌÊLÌ
ÊviÊ>`Ê`i>Ì
°Ê/
iÃiÊ>ÌÌÀLÕÌiÃÊ vÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ
84
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Mat Collishaw, Garden of Unearthly Delights (2009). Steel, aluminium, plaster, resin, LED lights, motor. Image courtesy of the artist and Blain/Southern. Photographer: Christian Glaeser, 2009. © the artist.
ÜiÀiÊiÃÌ>LÃ
i`ÊÊÌ
iÊ«iiÀ}Ê`>ÞÃÊvÊ«ÀiVi>ÌVÊ>ÌiÀÊÃ
ÜÃ]Ê`À>>Ã]Ê âiÌÀ«iÃÊ>`Ê«ÌV>ÊÌÞÃÊ>`]Ê>ÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`]ÊvÕ`Ê>Ê`ÕÀ>LiÊi}>VÞÊÊÌ
iÊ work of moving image installation artists throughout the twentieth century and into Ì
iÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊiÀ>°Ê/
iÀÊÕ`VÊ«À«iÀÌiÃ]ÊÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>À]ÊÜÊÀi>««i>ÀÊVÃÃÌiÌÞÊ in artists’ work throughout this narrative.
EARLY CINEMA Nature caught in the act. -«iVÌ>ÌÀÊvÊ>Êi>ÀÞÊVj>Ì}À>«
iÊÃVÀii}]Ê*>Àð In her looped film performance Reel TimeÊ £Ç£qÇή]Ê >LiÊ VÃÊ >`iÊ >Ê oblique reference to another technological precursor to film when she fed a filmstrip Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê>ÊÃiÜ}Ê>V
i°Ê/
iÊw]Ê`i«VÌ}Ê>ÊÃ
>`ÜÊ«>ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÜÀ}Ê>ÌÊ Ì
iÊÃ>iÊ>V
i]ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>Ûii`ÊÊÌÊ>Ê«ÀiVÌÀÊÌ
>ÌÊ>`iÊÛÃLiÊÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀ>ÌÃÊ resulting from the sewing machine’s repeated assaults on the film. The piercings gradually destroyed both the material of the filmstrip and the images of Nicolson it carried. The film performance was in part a reminder of the working conditions of ÜiÊÊÌiÝÌiÊv>VÌÀiÃÊ`ÕÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ`ÕÃÌÀ>ÊÀiÛÕÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÕ`iÀÀiV}ÌÊ
FILM HISTORY
85
Annabel Nicolson, Reel Time (1973). Photo: Ian Kerr. Courtesy of the artist.
vÊÜi½ÃÊ>LÕÀÊÊÌ
iÊ
i°ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê VÃÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÃÊÃ}>}Ê>ÊÊLiÌÜiiÊ the mechanical claw action of a sewing machine that regulates the passage of cloth ÀÊÊ VýÃÊV>Ãi]ÊViÕ`®Ê«>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊii`iÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvÊ}À>ë}Ê>`ÊÃ
vÌ}Ê Ì
iÊv>LÀVÊ>}]Ê>`Ê>Ê`i>ÊÌ
>ÌÊ7°Ê°Ê°Ê VÃÊV>iÊÕ«ÊÜÌ
ÊÊ£n£ÊÜ
iÊ
iÊÜ>ÃÊ working with Thomas Edison. Inspired by the transport mechanism of the sewing >V
i]Ê VÃÊvi`Ê>ÊÃiÀiÃÊvÊ«
Ì}À>«
VÊ>}iÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>ÊÛiÜ}Ê>V
i]Ê Ì
iÊiÌ}À>«
]ÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvÊV}ÊÌÊ>ÊÃiÀiÃÊvÊëÀViÌÊ
iÃÊÀÕ}Ê>}Ê the strip of images. This created the template for all subsequent celluloid film tech}ÞÊ>`Ê`>Ìi`ÊwÊ«À`ÕVÌÊ>`ÊiÝ
LÌÊÕÌÊÌ
iÊ>`ÛiÌÊvÊ>>}ÕiÊ video and subsequent digital imaging into which the earlier technologies were eventually subsumed. The short films that Dickson and Edison produced of vaudeville acts and athletes yiÝ}ÊÌ
iÀÊÕÃViÃÊÜiÀiÊÃ
ÜÊʼiÌÃV«iÊ*>ÀÕÀýÊÊ iÜÊ9À]ÊvÀÊ>ÊViÊ a throw.27Ê ÞÊÌ
iÊ£näÃ]ÊÃ
ÀÌÊwÃÊLÞÊViÊÕÞÊ >V
j]ÊÌ
iÊÕmÀiÊ ÀÌ
iÀÃÊ>`Ê iÀ}iÃÊjmÃÊÊÀ>ViÊ>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊiÃÊEÊÀ>ÌÊÊiÀV>Ê>`Ê ÀÌÊVÀiÃÊÊÌ
iÊ 1Ê>ÃÊÃ
Üi`ÊÊV>vjÃ]ÊiÌiÀÌ>iÌÊ«>ÀÕÀÃ]ÊÕÃVÊ
>Ã]Êv>À}ÀÕ`Ã]ÊÃViÌwVÊ ÃÌÌÕÌiÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÀÊ«ÕLVÊë>ViÃ]ÊiÃÌ>LÃ
}ÊwÊ>ÃÊ>Ê««Õ>ÀÊvÀÊvÊ`ÛiÀÃÊ vÀÊÌ
iÊÕÌÃiÌ]ÊÊiÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊi>ÀiÀÊ>ÌiÀÊÃ
ÜÃÊ>`Ê`À>>ðÊ-iÊvÊÌ
iÊ earliest film footage featured single events designed to show off the new technol}ÞÊÌÊÌÃÊLiÃÌÊ>`Û>Ì>}i\ÊÜÀiÀÃÊi>Û}Ê>Êv>VÌÀÞ]Ê>ÊL>ÌÊLLL}ÊÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÛiÃ]Ê >ÊÌÀ>Ê`À>Ü}ÊÕÌÊvÊ>ÊÃÌ>ÌÊqÊÜ
>ÌÊ/ÊÕ}Ê`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃÊ>ʼVi>ÊvÊÃÌ>ÌýÊ>ÃÊ««Ãi`ÊÌÊ>Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊVi>Êvʼ`iÛi«}ÊÃÌÕ>Ìý°28 The impassive
86
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
contemplation of reality from the perspective of a static camera was gradually >L>`i`Ê>ÃÊV>iÀ>ÃÊLiV>iÊLiÊ>`Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃÊÀiÊV«iÝ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ steady gaze of the locked-off shot found favour once again in the work of artists in film and video who were active in the second half of the twentieth century and who ÜÃ
i`ÊÌÊÀi>ÃÃiÀÌÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊw>iÀ°Ê-Ì>ÌV]Ê`ÕÀ>Ì>ÊÃiµÕiViÃÊ can be seen today as a central component of installations by artists such as Gary ]Ê->Ê/>ÞÀ7`]Ê*>ÌÀVÊiiÀÊ>`Ê]ÊÜ
ÃiÊÕÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}VÊV>ÃiiÌÊvÊ>ÊwÝi`ÊvÀ>iÊÃ}>ÃÊÌ
iÀÊ`iÃÀiÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÌÊ>`«ÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊiÛiÊvÊ concentrated attention to a scene that the artist devoted to its filming. The desire to astonish an audience appears to be timeless and in terms of the moving image began at the dawn of film. A contemporary account gives an insight into the impact of apparent motion on a gathering of citizens attending a screen}ÊÊ£nÈ°Ê/
iÊwÊvi>ÌÕÀi`Ê>ÊÌÕÀLÕiÌÊÃi>ÃV>«iÊÊÜ
V
ʼ>ÊÕLiÀÊvÊLÀi>}Ê Ü>ÛiÃ]ÊÜ
V
Ê>ÞÊLiÊÃiiÊÌÊÀÊÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃi>]ÊVÕÀÊÛiÀÊ>}>ÃÌÊ>ÊiÌÌÞÊ>`ÊLÀi>Ê into clouds of snowy spray that seemed to start from the screen’29 – a trick now perfected by 3D cinema. Tom Gunning recounts a similar but possibly apocryphal ÃÌÀÞÊvÊÌ
iÊVÃÌiÀ>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊiÌÊÌ
iÊwÀÃÌÊÃVÀii}ÊÊ£nxÊvÊÌ
iÊÕmÀiÊLÀÌ
ers’ Arrival of a Train at the Station (1895). Legend has it that the illusion of a train hurtling towards them was so convincing that audiences were either rooted to the ëÌÊÀ]ÊÌÀ>Õ>ÌÃi`ÊLÞÊÌ
ÃÊ>««>ÀiÌÊ`>}iÀ]ÊÌ
iÞÊyi`°ÊÕ}Ê}iÃÊÊÌÊ>À}ÕiÊ Ì
>ÌÊwÊÌ
iÀÃÌÃÊÛiÃÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÞÌ
VÊ>}iÊvÊÃV>ÌÌiÀ}ÊVÌâiÃ]ÊÌ
Ãʼ«À>Ê ÃVii½ÊvÊ>Ê>Õ`iViÊiÌ
À>i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÌiÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê«ÜiÀÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}i]ÊÊÀ`iÀÊÌÊ underwrite a concept of spectatorship centred on the passive consumption of the Vi>ÌVÊëiVÌ>ViÊqÊ>ÊÌ
iÀÞÊÜiÊÜÊiVÕÌiÀÊÊÌ
iÊiÝÌÊV
>«ÌiÀ°ÊÊÕ}½ÃÊ ÛiÜ]Ê Ì
ÃÊ vÀÕ>ÌÊ ¼Õ`iÀiÃÌ>Ìi`Ê Ì
iÊ L>ÃVÊ Ìi}iViÊ >`Ê Ài>ÌÞÌiÃÌ}Ê abilities of the average film viewer’. 30 Early audiences were by no means duped by Vi>ÌVÊÛiÀÃÌÕ`iÆÊÊv>VÌ]Ê«À«Ãi`ÊÕ}]ÊÌ
iÞÊÜiÀiʼVÃVÕÃÞÊ>Ü>ÀiÊ vÊ>ÀÌwVi½Ê>`]ÊÜ
iÊ>L>`}ÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii]ʼÌÊ Ü>ÃÊÌ
iÊVÀi`LiÊ nature of the illusion itself that rendered the spectators speechless’.31 A desire to Ã
ÜV>ÃiÊÌ
iÊwVÊÕÃÊÌÛ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊÕmÀiÊLÀÌ
iÀýÊ
>LÌÊvÊ«ÀiVÌ}ÊÌ
iÊ first few frames of a film as a series of stills and then incrementally cranking the «ÀiVÌÀÊÕ«ÊÌÊëii`]Ê}À>`Õ>ÞÊLÀ}}ÊÌ
iÊÃiµÕiViÊÌÊvi°Ê/
iÞÊ>ÃÊÀ>ÊÌ
iÊwÊ L>VÜ>À`ÃÊvÀÊ>``Ì>ÊivviVÌ°ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊÕ}]ÊÊÀiÛi>}ÊÌ
iÊVÀÌV>ÊiÌÊÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>ÊÃ
vÌÊvÀÊÃÌÊÌÊÛ}Ê>}iÊVVÕÀÃ]Ê Ì
iÊÕmÀiÃÊ`iÃÌÀ>Ìi`ÊÌÊÃÊÕV
ʼ>ÊÃViÌwVÊÌiÀiÃÌÊÊ Ì
iÊÀi«À`ÕVÌÊ vÊ̽ÊLÕÌÊ>ʼ>i}>ViÊÌÊ>Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÊvÊ>ÃÌÃ
i̽° 32 Gunning concludes Ì
>ÌÊv>ÀÊvÀÊÃÌ>iÞÊÀi>`}ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÃÊ>ÃÊÀi>ÌÞ]ÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ>Õ`iViÃÊÀigarded the great new invention of the modern age as only the latest in a long line of ÌiV
}V>ÊÛiÌiðÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÃ
VÊvÊÌ
iÊiÜÊÜÕ`ÊÌÊÌ>iÊ«>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊÛsion machine failed to produce a plausible facsimile of reality whilst simultaneously
FILM HISTORY
87
maintaining a sense of the trick being played. Based on his readings of contemporary V>Ì>}ÕiÊ `iÃVÀ«ÌÃÊ vÊ wÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ «iÀ`Ê >`iÊ >Û>>LiÊ LÞÊ
>ÀiÃÊ ÕÃÃiÀ] 33 >ÀÊ-Õ}>Ê>À}ÕiÃÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÊ
ÃÌÀV>ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÜ>ÃÊL>Ãi`ÊÌÊVÃÌÀÕiÊÌ
iÊwÃÊ in narrative rather than spectacular terms’. 34 Not only did many of the early films `ÀÛiÊÌ
iÊ>VÌÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊVÃÕÀi]ÊLÕÌÊ>Ã]Ê>ÃÊÕÃÃiÀÊi«
>ÃÃiÃ]ÊwÃÊ were often programmed across an evening’s entertainment to create narrative coherence. Slugan points to the preponderance of narrative in other cultural forms of Ì
iÊ`>ÞÊqÊÌiÀ>ÌÕÀi]ÊÌ
i>ÌÀi]ÊÕÃVÊ
>ÊqÊÃ>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iVi½ÃÊ>ÌÌiÌÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊ>Ê w½ÃÊÃÌÀÞiÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>ÊÌ
iʼ>ÌÌÀ>VÌýÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}Þ°Ê iÛiÀÌ
iiÃÃ]ÊÜiÊV>Ê >VVi«ÌÊÕ}½ÃÊÌ
iÃÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÌÝV>ÌÊvÊi>ÀÞÊwÊ>Õ`iViÃÊÜ>ÃÊ>V
iÛi`Ê >ÌÊi>ÃÌÊÊ«>ÀÌÊLÞÊ«ÀiÃiÌ}ÊVi>Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÌiV
}V>ÊëiVÌ>Vi°Ê/
iÊiÝVÌiiÌÊ aroused by the capabilities of each new vision machine survives even in the parallel and eventually dominant development of Hollywood productions that effaced the technology in the service of narrative. Ê Ã«ÌiÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ii`Ê vÀÊ ÃÌÀVÌÊ Ài«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì>Ê V`iÃÊ Ê wÊ iÌiÀÌ>iÌ]Ê ÌiV
V>Ê>`Û>ViÃÊVÌÕi`ÊÌÊ«ÀÛ`iÊiÌÃÊvʼ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊ>ÃÌÃ
i̽]ÊLi}}ÊÜÌ
ÊLiÊV>iÀ>Ã]ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ`ÕVÌÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÓäÃÊvÊÃÞV
ÀÃi`ÊÃÕ`Ê and in the 1910s of colour. 35Ê/iiÛÃÊLÀÕ}
ÌÊÌÃÊÜÊÌiV
}V>Ê>ÀÛiÃ]ÊÕ«ÊÌÊ >`ÊVÕ`}Ê
}
Ê`iwÌÊÛiÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ}Ê>`ÊiÛiÊÊÌ
iÊiÜÊ`}Ì>Ê>}i]Êiiments of techno-showmanship are discernible in mainstream moving image culture ÀiÃViÌÊvÊÌ
ÃiÊ>`À}ÊÌ
iÊv>VÞÊvÊw°Ê6`iÊ}>iÃ]ÊÌiÀ>VÌÛiÊÛiÃÊ such as Mike Figgis’s Time CodeÊÓäää®]ÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>VÕ>ÀÊ ÊivviVÌÃÊ`iÛi«i`ÊLÞÊ V«>iÃÊiÊ*Ý>À]ÊÌ
iÊÌÊV>«ÌÕÀiÊÌiV
µÕiÃÊ`iÛÃi`ÊLÞÊ>iÃÊ >iÀÊvÀÊ
ÃÊÛi>VÌÉ>>Ìi`Êv>Ì>ÃÞÊAvatar (2009) and the new wonders of 3D all return `i`V>Ìi`ÊVi«
iÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊV`ÌÊvÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>Ê>Üi°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌÊÃÊÊÌ
iÊ realm of art and underground film that we find the most resonant tributes to the operating structures and aesthetic preoccupations of early cinema. As the story of film Õv`Ã]ÊÌÊÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊ`iÌvÞÊ«ÌÃÊvÊVÛiÀ}iViÊLiÌÜiiÊV«iÌÊ`iÃÊvÊ wÊ«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊ>`Ê>ÌiÀÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÌVÊ«À>VÌViÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊ contemporary moving image installation – correspondences that revolve around a common emphasis on the staging of the work. ÞÊÌ
iÊ£ÓäÃ]ÊÛiÃÊÜiÀiÊLi}ÊÃVÀiii`ÊÊ«ÕiÌÊÃÕÀÀÕ`}Ã]ÊÊÌ
iÊ}ÌÌiÀing picture palaces of the epoch. The films themselves were bookended by live acts and interrupted by musical interludes and the whole line-up of entertainment was Üi`i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊViVÌÛiÊÌÃÃÕiÊvÊÌ
iÊy>LÞ>ÌÊ>ÃÌiÀÃÊvÊViÀiÞ]ÊÜ
]Ê>ÃÊÊ Ì
iÊi>ÀiÀÊ>}VÊ>ÌiÀÊÃ
ÜÃ]ÊiVÕÀ>}i`Ê>Õ`iViÃÊÌÊÀië`ÊëÌ>iÕÃÞÊ ÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌÃÊ«>À>`i`ÊLivÀiÊÌ
i°Ê Li``i`ÊÊ>Ê`ÊvÊÛ>ÀiÌÞÊÌ
i>ÌÀi]ÊÌ
iÊ illusionism of film was mitigated by live events and the distancing effects of noisily «ÀiÃiÌÊviÜÊëiVÌ>ÌÀðÊ/
iÊÌi}À>ÌÊvÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÜÌ
ÊÛiÊ«iÀvÀ>Vi]Ê ÜÌ
Ê>ÌiÀ>Ê«À«Ã]ÊÛ>À>LiÊ}
Ì}Ê>`Ê>Õ`iViÊ«>ÀÌV«>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃÌVÊ
88
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
of early film presentations and finds echoes in contemporary installation art. In both V>ÃiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>}}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}}ÊÌiV
}ÞÊÃÊVÀÌV>ÊÌÊÌÃÊ«>VÌÊ>`ÊÌiÀ>Ê}V]ÊÌ
iÊÛÃÊ`iÛViÃÊ>ÃÊÕV
Ê>Ê«>ÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃ
ÜÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃÃÃÊvÊÀi>ÌÞÊÌ
iÞÊ generate. Both manifestations of film induce an oscillation between hallucinogenic immersion in a simulated environment and embodied engagement with concrete reality. The spectatorial encounter with the work as event in early film and the marshalling of mediums of mass entertainment recur in artist’s engagement with the Û}Ê>}iÊÊ}iiÀ>]Ê>`ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>À°Ê /
iÊ«iÀvÀ>ÌÛiÊ>`ÊÀiyiÝÛiÊÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃÊvÊi>ÀÞÊVi>Ì}À>«
VÊ«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊ Ì
ÕÃÊ ÌÀ>ÃÕÌi`Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ iÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê ÌÀ>`ÌÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÌÜiÌiÌ
Ê ViÌÕÀÞÊ >Û>Ì }>À`i°Ê i>Ü
i]Ê >ÃÊ Ê
>ÛiÊ ÃÕ}}iÃÌi`]Ê Ì
iÊ LÕÀ}i}Ê wÊ `ÕÃÌÀÞÊ >`]Ê >ÌiÀ]Ê ÌiiÛÃ]Ê ÌÜÌ
ÃÌ>`}Ê Ì
iÀÊ VÌiÌÊ ÌÊ ÌiV
}V>Ê Û>Ì]Ê `iÛioped a separate cinematic practice in which the apparatus of cinema was pressed into the service of verisimilitude and fictional narrative. The iconoclastic ferment of Ì
iÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÌ}iÌ
iÀÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÀiiVÌÊvÊÀi>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊ`iÀÃÌÊ«iÀ`]Ê}>ÛiÊÀÃiÊ ÌÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊÌiV
V>Ê`iÛViÃÊvÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊÜiÀiÊ ViÊ>}>ÊÌ
iÊ>Ê«ÀÌ>}ÃÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊVi>ÌVÊiVÕÌiÀ]ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÀÊÕÃÃÌÊ capabilities were systematically dismantled and reconstituted in what Raymond iÕÀÊV>i`ʼÕÌ«iÊVi>ý° 36ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊLivÀiÊÃ
vÌ}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÀ>ÊvÊ>Û>Ì }>À`iÊ wVÊ «À>VÌViÃ]Ê Ê ÜÕ`Ê iÊ ÌÊ Ì>iÊ >Ê LÀivÊ iÝVÕÀÃÊ ÌÊ >ÃÌÀi>Ê wÊ
ÃÌÀÞ]ÊÜ
V
]ÊvÀÊ>ÞÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÀÌ}Ê«ÌÊvÀÊ`iÛi«}Ê>Ê>ÌiÀ>ÌÛiÊ«À>VÌViÊ within the realm of art.
THE EVOLUTION OF MAINSTREAM NARRATIVE FILM Two film pieces of any kind, placed together, inevitably combine into a new concept, a new quality arising out of that juxtaposition. Sergei Eisenstein37 Ì
Õ}
Ê>ÞÊvi>ÌÕÀiÃÊvÊi>ÀÞÊVi>Ê«iÀÃÃÌÊÊLÌ
]ÊÌ
iÊLvÕÀV>ÌÊvÊwÊÌÊ Ì
iÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê>Û>Ì}>À`iÊ>`Ê>ÃÌÀi>Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊVi>ÊÌi`i`ÊvÀÊ>ÃÃÊ audiences began in 1910 and was well under way by the early 1920s. Early cinema
>`ÊÌÊÛiÀViÊÌ
iÊ«ÀLiÊÌ
>ÌÊ>Õ`iViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃiÌÊÃVÀiiÊii`i`ÊÌʼÕ`iÀÃÌ>`ÊÌ
iÊV>ÕÃ>]Êë>Ì>]Ê>`ÊÌi«À>ÊÀi>ÌýÊvÊ>Êw°38Ê7Ì
ÕÌÊÃÕ`]ÊV
>}iÃÊ of scene or the introduction of new characters could be confusing and a live narrator Ü>ÃÊ vÌiÊ ÀiµÕÀi`Ê ÌÊ iÝ«>Ê Ì
iÊ «Ì°Ê >ÀÞÊ `ÀiVÌÀÃÊ }À>`Õ>ÞÊ `iÛi«i`Ê >Ê Vematic vocabulary that communicated their stories more effectively and a regime of representation evolved of such familiarity today that we are largely unaware of ÌÃÊ«iÀ>ÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊwVÊiÝ«iÀiVi°Ê/
iÃiÊi>ÀÞÊ>ÃÌÀi>Ê
FILM HISTORY
89
`iÛViÃÊVÕ`i`Êw}ÊÌ
iÊ>VÌÊÊ`i«Ì
ÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>ÊÃÌÕ>Ì}ÊÌÊÊ>Êy>Ì]ÊÌ
i>ÌÀV>ÊÃÌ>}}°Ê lÊ ÕÀV
ÊÀiVÀ`ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊiÀ}iÃÊjmÃÊÕÃi`ÊVÕÀÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊ`i«Ì
ÊÊ otherwise flat images. 39 Lighting was now designed to match the time of day sug}iÃÌi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÃVi>À°Ê-
ÌÉÀiÛiÀÃiÃ
ÌÃÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>ʼë>Ì>ÊÌi}ÀÌÞ½]ÊVÃiÕ«ÃÊvÊ >VÌÀÃÊ>Üi`ÊvÀÊ}Ài>ÌiÀÊÕ`iÀÃÌ>`}ÊvÊiÌÊ>`ÊÌÛ>ÌÊ>`]ÊvÀÊ£äx]Ê intertitles filled in the potential gaps in audiences’ understanding of the scenario.40Ê `Ì}Ê «ÀÛ`i`Ê VÌÕÌÞ]Ê ¼ÕLÀiÊ ViVÌ½Ê LiÌÜiiÊ Ã
ÌÃÊ >`Ê ÛÃÕ>Ê VÕiÃÊÜiÀiÊÕÃi`ÊÌÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÊÌiÊyÜ}ÊV
À}V>ÞÊ>VÀÃÃÊÌÜÊÃ
ÌÃ]ÊÀÊÌiÊ elapsing between them. 41 Vitagraph’s The 100-to-One Shot (1906) is regarded as the wÀÃÌÊiÝ>«iÊvÊÌiÀVÕÌÌ}ÊÀÊ«>À>iÊi`Ì}]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÃ]ÊVÀÃÃVÕÌÌ}ÊLiÌÜiiÊÌÜÊ ÃÕÌ>iÕÃÊiÛiÌðÊ-}iÃ
ÌÊÃ
ÀÌʼ>ÌÌÀ>VÌýÊÜiÀiÊÀi«>Vi`ÊLÞÊ}iÀÊÜÀÃÊ and D. W. Griffith developed parallel editing uniting three concurrent events in The Lonely Villa (1909). Contiguity editing created the illusion that a character walks into >ÊÃViiÊvÀÊiÊ`ÀiVÌ]ÊvÜÃÊ>Ê}V>Êë>Ì>ÊÌÀ>iVÌÀÞÊ>`ÊiÝÌÃÊÌ
iÊvÀ>i°ÊÊ Ì
iÊiÝÌÊÃ
Ì]ÊÃ
iÊÀi>««i>ÀÃÊÊ>Ê`vviÀiÌÊV>Ì]Ê>««>ÀiÌÞÊ>`>ViÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÊ Ã
iÊ
>ÃÊÕÃÌÊ`i«>ÀÌi`°Ê/
iÊ£näcÊÀÕiÊÜ>ÃÊ`iÛi«i`ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>ÊÃÊÀiÃÌÀVÌed to an imaginary semi-circle so that the viewer is able to maintain a consistent orientation of the figures in shot. Cameras were positioned to embody the point of view of different characters and directors matched the eyelines of the protagonist ÌÊ`iÌ>ÊVÕÌ>Ü>ÞÃÊÌ
>ÌÊvÜi`ÊÌ
iÀÊ}>âi°Ê"Ì
iÀ]ÊÜÊv>>ÀÊ`iÛViÃÊV`iÃi`Ê ÌiÊÌÊ>iÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃÊÜ>iÊÕ«ÊÊÌ
iÊvÕÌÕÀi]ÊÀÊÀiÌÕÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«>ÃÌÊÊy>Ã
L>VÃ°Ê ÕLiÊiÝ«ÃÕÀiÊÃ>`ÊÌÊ
>ÛiÊLiiÊÛiÌi`ÊLÞÊjmîÊÌÀ`ÕVi`ÊÃÕÀÀi>]ÊVV>ÊÀÊÕV>ÞÊivviVÌÃÊ>`ÊÀiÊLiÊV>iÀ>ÃÊ
>`
i`ÊÀÊÊÌÀ>VÃ]Êi>Li`Ê }iÀÊÃiµÕiViÃÊÌÊLiÊÃ
ÌÊVÌÕÕÃÞÊ>``}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÊvÊ>ÊÛi`]ÊÃVÀiiÊ reality. The studios became larger and more elaborate providing a deeper pictorial ë>ViÊ>`ÊvÜ}ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ`ÕVÌÊvÊÃÕ`]Ê>VÌ}ÊLiV>iÊiÃÃÊiÝ>}}iÀ>Ìi`Ê>`Ê more naturalistic. The addition of artificial light and painted backdrops increased the VÌÀÊw>iÀÃÊVÕ`ÊÜi`ÊÛiÀÊÌ
iÊ`Ài>Ê>V
i]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ>«Õ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ medium became less and less perceptible as the verisimilitude of the scene depicted on screen gradually improved until today’s high-definition images and quadraphonic sound offer the viewer immersion in a staggeringly believable parallel universe. 42 The rules of engagement developed in mainstream film were set up like ducks at Ì
iÊv>À}ÀÕ`ÊÌÊLiÊÃ
ÌÊ`ÜÊLÞÊÃÕVViÃÃÛiÊ}iiÀ>ÌÃÊvÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊwÊ>`Ê Û`i>iÀÃ]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊiiÀ}iÌVÊÃ>Õ}
ÌÊLi}Ê>ÕV
i`ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê £ÇäðÊ/
ÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊvÀÊvÊ>ÊÌÜ«À}i`Ê>ÌÌ>V]ÊiÊV}ÊvÀÊ>ÀÌÃÌýʫÀ>VÌViÊ >`ÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀÊ`ÃV
>À}i`Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÃV
>ÀÞÊVÀ̵ÕiÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«]ÊLi}}ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ condemnation of film as a one-way system of communication. As Geoffrey Nowell-Ì
Ê >À}Õi`Ê ¼Ì
iÀiÊ ÃÊ Ê ÀiV«ÀVÌÞ\Ê Ü
iÊ ÞÕÊ >ÀiÊ Ü>ÌV
}Ê >Ê Ûi]Ê ÞÕÊ >Ài½ÌÊ >}ÊiÊ°°°ÊvÀiiÊiÝV
>}iÊiÝÃÌÃÊÞÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÀiÃ`Õ>ÊLÕÌÊÌi>VÕÃÊÞÌ
½° 43 A concept of spectatorship promulgated in the 1970s by Christian Metz cast the viewer
90
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
>ÃÊ>Ê
i«iÃÃÊ`Õ«i]Ê}À««i`ÊLÞÊ>Ê>ÀVÃÃÃÌV]Ê
Þ«>}}VÊV`Ì°44 Mainstream ÌiiÛÃÊ>`ÊVi>ÊÜiÀiÊ`ÃÃÃi`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊÃiÀÛ>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÌiÊiÝiÀVÃ}Ê>ÊvÀÊ vÊÃV>ÊVÌÀÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>ÃÃÊ
>ÕV>Ì]Ê>Ê>VVÕÃ>ÌÊÀiÃViÌÊvÊ>ÀݽÃÊ imputation of religion as the opiate of a gullible populace. We will return to this topic in the following chapter.
EUROPEAN ART CINEMA, ABSTRACT FILM AND RUSSIAN MONTAGE Although avant-garde artists and theorists of the 1960s can pride themselves on >ÃÌiÀ`}ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊÛVviÀÕÃÊ>Ì>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ«
>ÃiÊÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ
ÃÌÀÞ]Ê throughout the century there were artist-filmmakers who already saw greater possibilities in the new medium of film than the mere dissemination of popular stories. iÀ>iÊ Õ>V]ÊiÊvÊÌ
iÊÕ>ÀiÃÊvÊÀiV
Ê«ÀiÃÃÃÌÊVi>ÊÃÃÌi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ wÊVÃÌÌÕÌiÃÊ>Ê>ÕÌÕÃÊ«À>VÌVi]Ê>ʼÀ}>½Ê>ÀÌÊ°°°Ê>Ê>ÀÌÊvÊÌiÀÀÊviÊ>`Ê of sensation’. 45ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÓäÃÊ>`Ê£ÎäÃÊ Õ>VÊ>}ÊÜÌ
ÊÀiV
ÊV«>ÌÀÌÃÊi>Ê
«ÃÌiÊ>`Êi>Ê,iÀ]Ê>`ÊÜÌ
ÊiµÕÛ>iÌÃÊÊ,ÕÃÃ>]ÊiÀ>ÞÊ>`ÊiÃiÜ
iÀiÊ Ê ÕÀ«i]ÊÜÀi`ÊÌÊÀiÃÕÀÀiVÌÊÌ
iÊÛÃ>ÀÞÊëÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iiÀÃÊÜ
ÊwÀÃÌÊ`iÛioped the art of moving pictures. These early twentieth century filmmakers created Ü
>ÌÊ
>ÃÊLiiÊÛ>ÀÕÃÞÊ`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ>Û>Ì}>À`i]ÊwÀÃÌÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊ ÀÊ>ÀÌÊVi>]ÊÌÊ`ÃÌ}ÕÃ
ÊÌ
iÀÊ«À>VÌViÊvÀÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊÜÀÃÊ`iÃVi`}ÊvÀÊ
ÕLÃÊ >`Ê ÕÌÕÀÃÊ ÀÊ iÛiÊ Ì
iÊ ÀiÊ iÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê vÀ}iÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ >ÃÌÀi>°Ê ÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÃÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃÊ
>ÃÊ>À}Õi`]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÜ>ÃÊÕV
ÊÌÀ>vwVÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊ`vviÀiÌÊÌi`iViÃ]ÊÜiÊÌÊÌ
iÊ£{äÃÊ>`Ê£xäÃ]Ê>`Ê
iÊ>`ÛÃiÃÊÃii}ÊÌ
iʼViVÌÛiÞÊ°°°Ê as part of a new cinema outside the commercial genres’ dominated by Hollywood. 46 ÊÌ
iÊ£xäÃ]ÊÀ>XÃÊ/ÀÕvv>ÕÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ«iÀ`V>ÊCahiers du cinéma launched Ì
iÊVVi«ÌÊvÊÌ
iʼ>ÕÌiÕÀ½]Ê`iÌ}ÊÌ
iÊ`ÀiVÌÀÊÜ
ÃiÊÃ}Õ>ÀÊÛÃÊÃÊiL`i`Ê ÊÌ
iÊw]ÊÜ
ÃiÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊÃiÃLÌÞÊ
`ÃÊÌ
iÊiÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊi>}ÊvÊ>ÊÜÀ°Ê/
ÃÊ is a notion of authorship that chimed with filmmakers emerging directly from a fine >ÀÌÊÌÀ>`ÌÊ>`ÊÜ
]ÊiÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃ]ÊÃ>ÜÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃÊ>ÃÊ`Û`Õ>ÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊ>}iÌÃ]Ê i}>}i`ÊÊ Õ>V½Ãʼ>ÀÌÊvÊÌiÀÀÊviÊ>`ÊÃiÃ>̽°ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÓäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊV
>ÀÃVÕÀÊ>ÀÌÊVi>ÊvÊiÀ>Ê Ý«ÀiÃÃÃÊiÝ«Ài`ÊÌ
iÊ`>ÀiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>ÊÃÕ]Ê echoing the religious superstitions underlying the phantasmagoria of early magic >ÌiÀÊÃ
ÜðÊ/
iÃiÊÌ
VÊÃ>}>ÃÊÀÀÀi`ÊÌ
iiÃÊvÊ>`iÃÃ]ÊÃ>LÕÃ]Ê «ÃÃiÃÃÊ>`Ê`i>Ì
]ÊVÕ>Ì}ÊÊ°Ê7°ÊÕÀ>Õ½ÃÊNosferatuÊ£ÓÓ®]Ê>Ê«>À>LiÊvÊ À>V>Ê>`ÊÃiÝÕ>Ê«ÕÀÌÞÊVÌ>>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ«Ài`>ÌÀÞʼÌ
iÀ½]Ê>Ê`iVÊvÀViÊÌ
>ÌÊ V>iÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ >ÃÌ°Ê VÕÀÀiÌÞ]ÊÌ
iÊw>iÀÃÊvÊ >`>Ê>`Ê-ÕÀÀi>ÃÊi`ÊÌ
iÊ V«iÝÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`Û`Õ>Ê«ÃÞV
iÊLÞÊVÀi>Ì}Êv>Ì>ÃÌV>Ê`Ài>ÃV>«iÃÊiÛ}Ê the repressed desires and drives being uncovered by Freudian psychoanalysts. The
FILM HISTORY
91
filmmakers used incongruous images to short circuit the rational mind and unlock the secrets of the unconscious including the propensity for criminal violence as was inferred in Luis Buñuel and Salvador Dalí’s classic Un Chien Andalou (1928) in which a man appears to slice into a woman’s eye with a cutthroat razor. In the 1940s and £xäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊ>}>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊiÝ«Ài`ÊÊ>ÊÞÀV>]Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ>`Ê«ÀiÃsionistic genre of filmmaking manifesting simultaneously in different parts of the ÜÀ`°ÊÀÊÃÌ>Vi]Ê>Þ>Ê iÀiÊÜÀ}ÊÊÌ
iÊ1-Ê`ÀiVÌi`Ê
iÀÃivÊÊMeshes of the AfternoonÊ£{ή]Ê>Êi`Ì>ÌÊÊ>ÊÞÕ}ÊÜ>½ÃÊÀiÛiÀiÃÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃi`ÊLÞÊ>Ê languid eroticism but overshadowed by intimations of impending doom. A continent >Ü>Þ]Ê >À}>ÀiÌÊ />Ì]Ê Ã>Ìi`Ê Ê Ì
iÊ -VÌÌÃ
Ê "ÀiÞÃ]Ê >ÃÊ À>Ãi`Ê Ì
iÊ µÕiÃÌÊ vÊ }i`iÀi`ÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌÞ]ÊÜ
>ÌÊÃ
iÊV>i`ÊÌ
iʼ>Ìë
iÀi½ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>iÀ]ÊLÕÌÊLÞÊi>ÃÊ vÊ>Ê«iÌVÊÌiÀ>VÌÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÃÌÕ>Ìi`]Ê`}iÕÃÊ>`ÃV>«i°Ê Ì
ÊÜiÊiÝiÀVÃi`Ê >Ê «ÀvÕ`Ê yÕiViÊ Ê ÜiÊ wÊ >`Ê Û`i>iÀÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ £ÇäÃÊ >`Ê £näÃ]Ê VÕ`}Ê->ÞÊ*ÌÌiÀ]Ê>ÞiÊ*>ÀiÀ]Ê->À>
Ê*ÕVÊ>`Ê >Ê >°Ê/
iÃiÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕLiVÌi`ÊÌ
iÀÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÌÊviÃÌÊ>>ÞÃÃ]Ê«ÃÌ}ÊÌ
iÊ`Û`Õ>ÊÊ>Ê}i`iÀi`Ê «ÌV>ÊvÀ>iÜÀ]ÊÜ
ÃÌÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊ>Ì>}Ê>ÊÞÀV>ÊÃiÃLÌÞÊ`iÀÛi`Ê from Deren and Tait. 7
iÊwÊÜ>ÃÊLi}ÊiiÛ>Ìi`ÊÌÊ>Ê>ÀÌÊvÀÊÊ ÕÀ«i>ÊVi>]ÊÌ
iÀiÊiiÀ}i`Ê >ÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÊi«
>ÃÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ>>]ÊÜ
V
Ê«ÀÛi`ÊVÀÌV>ÊvÀÊÜi½ÃÊ«>ÀÌV«>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊLÕÀ}i}Êi`Õ°ÊÊÌ
iÊ££äÃ]ÊiÀ>iÊ Õ>VÊi>Ài`ÊÌ
iÊwÊ ÌÀ>`iÊLÞÊ}iÌÌ}ÊÛÛi`ÊÊ>ÊÃÌ>}iÃÊvÊ«À`ÕVÌÊ>`Ê«ÃÌ«À`ÕVÌ\ʼÌÊÃÊÞÊ LÞÊ`iÛi«}Ê`i>ÃÊÞÃiv]ÊiÝ«À}ÊÃiÃ>ÌÃ]Ê>«Õ>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊ}
ÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃ]Ê Ì
>ÌÊ LÞÊ Ì
iÊ i`Ê vÊ ÞÊ wÀÃÌÊ w]Ê Ê Õ`iÀÃÌ`Ê Ü
>ÌÊ Ü>ÃÊ Vi>°½47 In the i>ÀÞÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀvÕ`Êi}>}iiÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ>]ÊiV
>V>Ê>`Ê >®V
iV>Ê«ÀViÃÃiÃÊvÊw>}Ê>ÃÊ«ÀÛ`i`ÊÌ
iÊ«iÌÕÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÝ«>`i`Ê Vi>ÌVÊ«À>VÌViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃ]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊÃ
>ÊÃiiÊÊÌ
iÊvÜ}ÊV
>«ters. Many avant-garde artists drew inspiration from the hand-made abstract films vÊÌ
iÊ£ÓäÃÊÌ
>ÌÊiÊ Õ>V½Ãʼ>ÀÌÊvÊÃiÃ>̽]ÊÃÕ}
ÌÊÌÊÃÌÀÊÌ
iÊiÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊ iÌ]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê«ÕÀiÊÀ
ÞÌ
]ÊvÀ]ÊVÕÀÊ>`ÊÛÃÕ>Ê
>ÀiÃ]Ê}ÀÕ`i`ÊÊ>ÀÌÃ>>]Ê
>`ÃÊ ÌiV
µÕiÃ°Ê ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÃÕV
Ê >ÃÊ >ÀÞÊ iÊ ÕÌi]Ê "Ã>ÀÊ ÃV
}iÀ]Ê Walter Ruttman and Len Lye painted successive images onto glass plates and animated them frame by frame. They worked directly onto clear film stock to cre>ÌiÊ«ÕÃ>Ì}Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ«>VÌi`Ê`ÀiVÌÞÊÊÌ
iÊiÞiÊ>`Êi>À]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊiÀÊ rhythms of the body. Hans Richter’s Rhythmus 21ÊV°Ê£Ó£®]Ê>Ê«>À>`iÊvÊiÝ«>`}Ê >`ÊÀiVi`}ÊõÕ>ÀiÃÊ>`ÊÀiVÌ>}iÃÊÊ>ÊiÕÌÀ>ÊL>VÊL>V}ÀÕ`]Ê`ëiÃiÃÊiÌÀiÞÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊw}ÕÀi}ÀÕ`ÊVw}ÕÀ>ÌÊvÊLiVÌÛiÊ«>Ì}Ê>`ÊÃÌi>`ÊVÕÀiÃÊ Ì
iÊvÀ>ÊiÝ«iÀiÌÃÊvÊ ÕLÃÌÊ«>Ì}Ê>`ÊÌ
iÀÊi>LÀ>ÌÃÊvÊ«VÌÀ>Êë>ViÊ forever flirting with the outer limits of the frame. As Henri Chomette remarked at the Ìi]ÊÌ
iÃiÊ}iiÌÀVÊV«ÃÌÃÊVÀi>ÌiʼÕv>>ÀÊÛÃÃÊVViÛ>LiÊÕÌÃ`iÊ the union of lens and moving film-strip’. 48 The bombardment of the senses with non-
92
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
representational imagery by the abstract filmmakers of the 1920s produced what ÌÊ
ÀiâÜi}Ê`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃÊ>ʼ«Þ«
V½Ê>ÀÌ]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊ}>ÛiÊÀÃiÊÌÊ>ʼ`vvÕÃi]Ê ÃV>ÌÌiÀi`Ê`ÊvÊ>ÌÌi̽] 49Ê>ÊVÃÌ>ÌÞÊÃ
vÌ}Ê«ÌÊvÊvVÕÃ]Ê>>}ÕÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ «ÀViÃÃÊvÊÃV>}ÊÌ
iÊ`À«Ê«>Ì}ÃÊvÊ>VÃÊ*V°Ê/
iÊÀiviÀiÌ>ÊwÊ also gestured towards the contemporary interest in synaesthesia among painters ÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ7>ÃÃÞÊ>`ðÊ/
ÃÊVvÕÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊÀi>ÃÊ a potent thematic in contemporary work by practitioners such as Simon Payne and -ÌiÛiÊ >]ÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃÊÌ
iÊ
iÀÌÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÛ`iÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÃÊvÊ-Ìi>Ê>`Ê7`ÞÊ Vasulka in the 1970s and 1980s as well as the computer-generated organic mutations created by William Latham in the 1990s. 50 Abstract film also anticipates the immersive environments later fashioned by moving image installation artists who made it possible to physically enter and navigate vertiginous abstract worlds. The non-representational terrain of abstraction was widely held to offer a demotic ëiVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê>Ài>°ÊÀÌÃÌÃÊÜiÀiÊÌʼ>}Ê°°°Ê
Õ>ÊLi}ý]Ê>ÃÊ >ÀL>À>Êi«ÜÀÌ
Ê `iV>Ài`]ÊLÕÌʼ>Ê«>ViÊÜ
iÀiÊÞÕÊV>Ê}½°51Ê ÞÊ«V>Ì]Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊLiViÃÊ>Ê«>ViÊ Ü
iÀiÊ>ÞiÊV>Ê}]Ê>`Ê>ÃÊÜ>Ê >âÜVÊ>À}Õi`]ÊÌ
iÊÕÛiÀÃ>ÊÜÀ`ÊvʼõÕ>ÀiÃ]Ê VÀViÃ]Ê ÌÀ>}iÃÊ >`Ê iÃ½Ê ÃÊ Ìi}LiÊ ÌÊ ÛiÜiÀÃ]Ê ¼Ài}>À`iÃÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÀÊ >}Õ>}i]Ê nationality or place in society’.52ÊÌ
Õ}
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÌV>Ê`iÃÃÊvÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌ]ÊVÕ`}ÊÌ
iÊVÌÀ>`VÌÀÞÊ«ÕÃiÊÌÊLÌ
ÊÀiiVÌÊÌ
iÊÀ>Ì>ÊÜÀ`Ê>`Êw`ÊiÜÊÜ>ÞÃÊ vʼLi}ÊiÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÕÛiÀÃi½53 have found their champions throughout the history vÊw]ÊÌ
iÊÀiÊv>>ÀÊ>viÃÌ>ÌÊvÊ«ÌV>Êi}>}iiÌÊ>}ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ artists can be traced back to the Constructivists of the 1920s.54 Fired by the rhetoÀVÊvÊÌ
iÊ,ÕÃÃ>ÊÀiÛÕÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ ÃÌÀÕVÌÛÃÌÃÊÀi}>À`i`ÊÌ
iÊw>iÀÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÃi`Ê ÌiV
V>]Ê>ÊVÀ>vÌÃ>ÊÀÊÜ>ÊÜÀ}ÊÊÌ
iÊÃiÀÛViÊvÊÌ
iÊ«i«i°ÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊ-ÛiÌÊ,ÕÃÃ>]ÊÌiV
V>ÊiÝ«iÀÌÃiÊÃ
Õ`ÊÌÊÃiÀÛiÊÌ
iÊÛ>ÌiÃÊvÊ`Û`Õ>Ê ¼VÀi>ÌÛiýÊ>ÃÊÌÊ``ÊÌ
iʼ>ÕÌiÕÀýÊvÊ ÕÀ«i>ÊVi>°Ê/
iÀiÌV>Þ]ÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÛiÊÜ>ÃÊ to mobilise those skilled in the plastic arts to educate the masses in the glories of the Soviet political system. This didacticism nonetheless involved considerable taliÌ]Ê«iÀÃ>ÊÛÃÊ>`ÊÌiV
V>ÊÛ>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊ«>ÀÌÊvÊ`Û`Õ>ÃÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊwÃÊvÊ â}>Ê6iÀÌÛ]Ê9iâ>ÛiÌ>Ê-ÛÛ>Ê>`Ê-iÀ}iÊ ÃiÃÌiÊ>«ÞÊ`iÃÌÀ>Ìi° ivÌÃÌÊ`i}ÞÊÌÛ>Ìi`Ê>ÞÊvÊÌ
iʼVÕÌÕÀ>ÊÜÀiÀýÊ>}ÊÕÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ >`Ê£ÇäÃ]Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊÌ
ÃiÊi}>}i`ÊÊ«ÌV>ÊV>«>}ðÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ-ÛiÌÊ filmmakers are more important to later installation artists as formal innovators. Montage was a mode of visual assembly that Eisenstein pioneered based on the «ÀV«iÊvÊ>LÀÕ«ÌÊÕÝÌ>«ÃÌÊvÊ`ÃViVÌi`ÊÃ
ÌÃ]ÊÜ
V
Ê
iÊV>i`ʼViý]Ê
i`Ê Ê`Þ>VÊÌiÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Êi`Ì}°ÊÀÊÌ
iÃiÊ`ë>À>ÌiÊiiiÌÃ]Ê>ÊiÜÊÃÞÌ
iÃÃÊ Ü>ÃÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iʼiÌ>ÊÃ
VýÊ>ÃÃV>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
Êi>V
Ê>}iÊÜiÀiÊLÀÕ}
ÌÊ Ìʼ>Ê«À«iÀÊÀ`iÀÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÌÌ>ÌÞ½°55 In Battleship PotemkinÊ£Óx®]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊv>ÕÃÊ ÃViiÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÃ>VÀiÊÊÌ
iÊ"`iÃÃ>Ê-Ìi«Ã]Ê ÃiÃÌiÊi`Ìi`ÊÌ}iÌ
iÀÊVÌÀ>ÃÌ}Ê images of violence alternating long shots and close-ups. Poignant individual portraits
FILM HISTORY
93
vÊ VÌâiÃÊ VÀi>ÌiÊ iÌÃÊ vÊ ÃÌiÃÃ]Ê Ê ÃiÀÊ iÃÌ>LÃ
i`Ê Ì
>Ê Ã
>ÌÌiÀi`Ê LÞÊ Ì
iÊÃÕ``iÊÌÀ`ÕVÌÊvÊ`Þ>VÊÌÊqÊÃ`iÀÃÊ>ÀV
}ÊÜÌ
Ê}ÕÃÊL>â}]Ê VÌâiÃÊÃV>ÌÌiÀ}ÊÊ«>V°Ê/
iÊ"`iÃÃ>Ê-Ìi«ÃÊi«Ã`iÊÃÊVÕÀi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊL>ÀiÃÌÊ vÊ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ «À«ÌÃ]Ê VÀi>Ì}Ê LÌ
Ê >Ê ¼ÌiiVÌÕ>½Ê Vi>Ê `À>Ü}Ê Ê Ì
iÊ `i`ÕVÌÛiÊ«ÜiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊ>`Ê>ÊVi>ÊvÊ«ÜiÀvÕÊiÌ>Ê>vviVÌ]ÊÌ
iÊVLi`Ê impact of which was pressed into the service of Bolshevik propaganda. Montage >`Ê `ÃVÌÕÌÞÊ ÜiÌÊ Ê ÌÊ `>ÌiÊ Ì
iÊ vÀ>Ê ÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃÊ vÊ iÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê wÊ and video in the 1960s and 1970s and can still be witnessed today in the work of >ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ â>LiÌ
Ê*ÀViÊÜ
ÃiÊ}>iÀÞÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊÕÝÌ>«ÃiÊ>ÀV
Û>ÊvÌage with the persuasive iconography of advertising and computer graphics. In THE WOOLWORTHS CHOIR OF 1970ÊÓä£Ó®]Ê*ÀViÊVÕÀÌÃÊÌ
iʼ`À>>ÌV]ÊyÜ}ÊÃÕÀ}i½Ê
iÀÊ iµÕÛ>iÌÊvÊ ÃiÃÌi½ÃʼÃ
Vý®ÊÕi>Ã
i`ÊLÞÊÕ«ÊVÕÌÃÊLiÌÜii]ÊÊÌ
ÃÊV>Ãi]Ê `ÃÃ>ÌÊ>}iÃÊvÊ£ÇäÃÊÌiiÛÃÊ««ÊÃ
ÜÃ]ÊÀi«ÀÌ>}iÊvÊ>Ê`i«>ÀÌiÌÊÃÌÀiÊ wÀiÊ>`ÊÃÌ>À]ÊL>VÊ>`ÊÜ
ÌiÊ«
Ì}À>«
ÃÊvÊ>ÊV>Ì
i`À>ÊÌiÀÀ°56 Installation art is >ÃÌÊLÞÊ`iwÌÊ>ÊÃÌ>ViÊvÊÌ>}i]Ê>ÊÌiÀ«>ÞÊvÊVÌ}ÕÕÃÊV«iÌÃÊ VÌ>i`ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊiÝÌÀÕ`i`]Êë>Ì>Ãi`ÊÌÌ>ÌÞ°ÊiÊÌ
iÊ`Û`Õ>ÊÃ
ÌÃÊ>}ÊÕ«Ê Eisenstein’s incendiary films of the Russian revolution or the conflagration in Price’s
À]Êi>V
ÊÕÌÊvÊw]Êi>V
ʼVi½]Ê}>ÃÊiÜ]ÊV«Õ`i`ÊÃ}wV>ViÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊ Ì
iÊiÝÌ]Êi>}ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÕ`ÊÞÊÀi>Ê>ÌiÌÊÜiÀiÊÌ
iÊÃiµÕiViÃÊÌÊÀi>Ê`i«i`iÌ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊi«
>ÃÃi`]ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊvÀiµÕiÌÞÊÃ
vÌÃÊÌ
iÊ`À>>Ê of the encounter from contrasting elements within the frame to tensions between
Elizabeth Price, THE WOOLWORTHS CHOIR OF 1979 (2012). HD video installation, 18 min. Installation view, Baltic Centre for Contemporary Art, Gateshead, UK. Courtesy of the artist and MOT International, London & Brussels.
94
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Elizabeth Price, THE WOOLWORTHS CHOIR OF 1979 (video still) (2012). HD video installation, 18 min. Courtesy of the artist and MOT International, London & Brussels.
Ì
iÊ `ÃÌ>V}Ê ivviVÌÊ vÊ >ÌiÀ>]Ê >ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>Ê Ài>ÌÞÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ ÕÃÀÞÊ «
ii>Ê ÃVÀii°ÊiÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÀÃÊvÊi>ÀÞÊÞÜ`ÊwÃÊi}>}i`ÊÊÃÕ>Ìi`ÊÛi>}]Ê visitors to installations always keep one if not two feet on the ground.57 vÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÀiµÕÀiÊ>Ê>i`Ê>ViÃÌÀ]ÊÜiÊii`ÊÊÊ further than the legendary Abel Gance who anticipated multi-screen installations by many decades with his epic Napoleon (1927). The film tells the story of the great
«iÀÀ½ÃÊÀÃiÊÌÊ«ÜiÀÊ>`ÊÃÕLÃiµÕiÌÊÌ>ÀÞÊ`ivi>Ì]Ê>`ÊÜ
iÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊwÀÃÌÊiÝ
Lited NapoleonÊÜ>ÃÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊÌÊÌ
ÀiiÊ>`>ViÌÊÃVÀiiÃÊVÀÀië`}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÌ
ÀiiÊ wÝi`ÊV>iÀ>ÃÊ>ViÊÕÃi`ÊÌÊV>«ÌÕÀiÊ«>À>VÊÛiÜÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>VÌ°ÊÊÌ
ÃÊ>iÀ]Ê the epic battles of the Napoleonic wars were brought to life.58ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃ]Ê
ÀÃÊ 7iÃLÞÊ>ÃÊÜ`ii`ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊLÞÊ>}}ÊÕÌ«iÊ«ÀiVÌÃÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ÊÃ}iÊ iÝÌi`i`Ê>}iÊÊ
ÃÊShorelineÊÃiÀiðÊ7iÃLÞÊ`i«Þi`ÊÃÝÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊ`i«VÌ}ÊÌ
iÊ iLLÊ>`ÊyÜÊvÊÜ>ÛiÃÊV>ÃV>`}Ê>}ÊÌ
iÊi}Ì
ÊvÊ>Ê }Ã
ÊLi>V
°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ panorama Welsby devised was an illusion. It was created from a single viewpoint Ì>iÊ}ÊÕÌÊÌÊÃi>Ê>ÌÊ`vviÀiÌÊÌiÃÊvÊ`>Þ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÃÝÊÌi«À>ʼÃÌýÊÜiÀiÊ `ÃÌÀLÕÌi`Ê>VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊ>`Ê«i`ÊVÌÕÕÃÞ°Ê/
iÊiÝÌi`i`ÊÌi«À>Ê frame became a key constituent of structural film in the late 1960s and early 1970s and can be traced back to Gance’s Napoleon]ÊÜ
V
ÊÜ>ÃÊÃ>`ÊÌÊ
>ÛiÊÀÕÊvÀÊÃÝÊ
ÕÀÃ°Ê 7
iÀiÊ>Vi½ÃÊÛ>ÌÃÊÜiÀiÊ`iÃ}i`ÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ÊiÝ«>ÃÛiÊV>Û>ÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊvÊ >«i½ÃÊiÝÌÀ>À`>ÀÞÊvi]Ê7iÃLÞ½ÃÊÕÃiÊvÊÃ>ÀÊÌiV
µÕiÃÊÃiÀÛi`Ê>Ê >ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊ>`Ê>ÃÌÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊÌ
>ÌÊ`>Ìi`ÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊwÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃ°Ê ÜiÛiÀ]Ê7iÃLÞÊ>`Ê
ÃÊVÌi«À>ÀiÃÊ
>ÛiÊ«ÀÛi`ÊÊiÃÃÊÛiÌÛiÊÌ
>Ê>ViÊ in their approaches to solving the problems of securing the desired shot. The many irresistible tales about Gance include a report of his strapping a camera to a horse and driving it into the sea to discover what one wave looked like to another.59 This recalls a conversation with William Raban in which he confided to me
ÃÊ«>ÃÊÌÊ>Ã
Ê
ÃivÊ>`Ê
ÃÊ£ÈÊ iÝÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÜÊvÊ>ÊL>ÌÊÊÀ`iÀÊÌÊV>«ÌÕÀiÊ
FILM HISTORY
95
Ì
iÊ«iÀviVÌÊÜ>ÛiÊÊ>ÊÃÌÀÊvÀViÊn]Ê>Ê«>Ê
iÊÌ
>vÕÞÊ>L>`i`°60 Gance is also Ã>`ÊÌÊ
>ÛiÊÌi`Ê>ÊV>iÀ>ÊÌÊÌ
iÊV
iÃÌÊvÊ
ÃÊV>iÀ>Ê«iÀ>ÌÀ]Ê>ÊÌÀVÊÌ
>ÌÊÕiÀable avant-garde artists have since elaborated with imaging devices being attached ÌÊ iÛiÀÞÊ VViÛ>LiÊ «>ÀÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ L`ÞÊ >`Ê ÌÃÊ iÝÌiÃð61Ê /
iÊ ÕÌ>ÌiÊ V>iÀ>É body fusion is arguably Mona Hatoum’s Corps Étranger (1994) in which the artist ÌÊ>Êi`ÃV«VÊV>iÀ>ÊvÀÊ>ÊvÀiÃVÊÕÀiÞÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊÌiÀ>Ê«>ÃÃ>}iÜ>ÞÃÊ of her anatomy. Where classical Hollywood cinema generally seeks to mask the presence of the V>iÀ>Ê«iÀ>ÌÀÊÊÌ
iÊÃiÀÛViÊvÊVi>ÌVÊÀi>Ã]ÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>Êw>iÀÃÊi«
>ÃÃiÊÌ
iÊiµÕÛ>iViÊÊÌ
iÊ«ÌÊvÊÛiÜÊvÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>]Êw>iÀÊ>`ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊ at the moment of reception.62 The image is inevitably modulated by the physical atÌÀLÕÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`Û`Õ>ÊLi
`ÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>\ÊÌ
iÊ
i}
ÌÊvÊ>Ê«iÀ>ÌÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>>Ê >`ÊÃÌÀi}Ì
ÊvÊLÃÊLi>À}ÊÌ
iÊÜi}
ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}Þ]ÊÌ
iÊÀi>V
ÊvÊ>Ê>À]ÊÌ
iÊ i}Ì
ÊvÊ>ÊÃÌÀ`i]ÊÌ
iÊ>VÕÌÞÊvÊÛðÊ/
iÊÃVÀ«ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÕÃiiÊLÕÌÊviÀÀi`ÊV>iÀ>Ê«iÀ>ÌÀ½ÃÊL`ÞÊ`iÃ>ÌÞÊ«iÃÊÕ«Ê>Êë>ViÊvÀÊi«>Ì
VÊ`iÌwV>Ì]Ê a theme we will return to in our discussion of spectatorship. This corporeal interÃÕLiVÌÛÌÞ]Ê>ÕV
i`ÊLÞÊ>ViÊi>ÀÞÊ>ÊViÌÕÀÞÊ>}]ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌÃÊ>Ê`vviÀiÌÊ`ÊvÊ engagement to the seamless process of identification that conventional cinematic and televisual grammar induces. Morgan Fisher whose works in the 1970s brought ÌÊÌ
iÊvÀiÊÌ
iÊL`ÞÊ>`ÊÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊVVi>i`Ê«ÀiVÌÃÌ]ÊÜÀÌiÊvÊ
ÃÊwÃ]ʼÌ
iÞÊ ÀiÌÕÀÊÞÕÊÌÊÌ
iÊ
iÀiÊ>`ÊÜ]Ê>`ÊÊÃÊ`}Ê}ÛiÊÞÕÊL>VÊÌ
iÊL`ÞÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÊÌ
iÀÊ films take away from you’.63
THE ARCHITECTURE OF FILM: THE CRITICAL OCCUPATION OF SPACE AND THE SUSPENSION OF DISBELIEF vÊÌ
iÊ`iw}Êvi>ÌÕÀiÊvÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌÊÃÊÌÃÊVÀÌV>ÊVVÕ«>ÌÊvÊë>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊÌÊÃÊ already systemically aligned with the moving image. Since the dawn of film in the iÌiiÌ
Ê ViÌÕÀÞ]Ê Ã«>Ì>ÌÞÊ
>ÃÊ LiiÊ Ìi}À>Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ i>ÃÊ vÊ «À`ÕVÌÊ >`Ê iÝ
LÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}i]ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊ«VÌÀ>ÊiÝ«>ÃiÃÊVÕÀi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊwVÊ >}iÊVÀi>ÌiÊ«>À>i]Ê>LiÌÊÕÃÀÞÊÌiÀÀÌÀiðÊ7
iÊÊ£nxÊÌ
iÊÕmÀiÊ ÀÌ
iÀÃÊ wÀÃÌÊÃiÌÊÕ«Ê>ÊV>iÀ>ÊÕÌÃ`iÊ>Êv>VÌÀÞÊ>`Êwi`]ÊÊÀi>ÊÌi]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀiÀÃÊÃÌÀi>}ÊÕÌÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊi`ÊvÊÌ
iÊ`>Þ]ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>`VÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊvÊV>iÀ>ÊÌÊÃÕLiVÌÊ>`ÊÃÕLiVÌÊ to the eye and body of the viewer was established. Consumers of mainstream film VÕÌÕÀiÊÃÌVÌÛiÞÊ}À>ëÊÌ
iÊë>Ì>Ê`iÌiÀ>ÌÃÊ>`Ê`ÜÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÕmÀiÃÊ>`Ê refined through a century of movie entertainment. These spatial cues function corÀiVÌÞ]Ê>ÃÊ}Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊÃÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊVvÀÌ>LiÊÛiÜ}Ê`ÃÌ>Vi]Ê>`ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊ }VÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÕ>Ìi`Êë>ViÊÃVÀiiÊÀÀÀÃÊ
Õ>ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊ>VÌÕ>Êë>Vi°Ê
96
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÌÊÌ
iÊVi>]ÊÜi`}iÊvÊÌ
iÊë>Ì>Ê«>À>iÌiÀÃÊvÊwÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ Ài}Õ>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÀÊÃÌ
ÊiÝiVÕÌÊÃÊVÀ«À>Ìi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÕVÃVÕÃÊVVi«ÌÕ>Ê grid that structures our reading of the work. Viewers are also adept at ignoring the v>VÌÊÌ
>ÌÊwÊÌÃivÊÃÊ>`iÊÕ«ÊvÊ}
ÌÊÀ>ÞÃÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>ÊV
>ÊvÊÃÌ>i`ÊViÕ`ÊvÀ>iÃÊÌÊvÀÊÛ}Ê«VÌÕÀiÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÞÊÃ>ÀÞÊ`Ã>ÛÜÊw½ÃÊiÜÊiiVÌÀVÊ DNA as digital systems of recording and display have displaced analogue technolo}iÃ°Ê /
iÊ >ÌiÀ>ÌÞÊ vÊ >ÞÊ >VV«>Þ}Ê >Õ`Ê ÌÀ>VÊ i>ÃÞÊ VÕ`Ê LiÊ «ÀÛi]Ê >ÃÊ sound waves will obligingly flicker their energy patterns across the screen of an osVÃV«i]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÊVÃÌÀÕVÌi`Ê>ÌÕÀiÊvÊÃÕ`ÊÊwÊÃÊ>ÃÊ>À}iÞÊ`ÃVÕÌi`]Ê ÕiÃÃÊÌÊ>vÕVÌðÊÌÊ«VÌÕÀiÃÊ>`ÊÃÕ`ÊÌ
ÕÃÊÌÀVÊÌ
iÊi>À]ÊÌ
iÊiÞiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ brain into believing in what is demonstrably not present. The willingness to suspend disbelief enables viewers to ignore the artifice of the film as well as the physical realÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀ]ÊÌ
iÊLi>ÊvÊ}
Ì]ÊviÜÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊ >Õ`ÌÀÕ°ÊÊÌ
ÃÊÜ>Þ]ÊÌÊÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊÌ>iÊ`i}
ÌÊÊÀi>`}ÊÌ
iÊyViÀ}ÊÃ
>`ÜÃÊ ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÌi«À>ÀÞÊÀi>ÌÞÊÌÊLiÊÃÕÀÛiÞi`]ÊÕÃii]Ê>`Ê`iÌvÞÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ V>`}Ê«ÃÌÊvÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>É«ÀiVÌÀ°Ê Spectatorial auto-deception is achieved in the charged space of the imagination. ÃÊ Ê6>Ê
>ÃÊÀ}
ÌÞÊLÃiÀÛi`]ÊÌ
ÃÊÃÊÌÊ>ÊÃÌÀ>}
ÌvÀÜ>À`Ê«ÀViÃÃ\ʼÌ
iÊÛÃÕ>Ê ÃÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊÃÕLÃiÀÛiÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊwi`]ÊÌ
iÊÌÌ>ÊÃÞÃÌiÊvÊ«iÀVi«ÌÉV}ÌÊ>ÌÊÜÀÊ ... the awareness or sensing of an entire space at once’.64ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ«i>ÃÕÀiÃÊvÊ Vi>ÌVÊÕÃÃÊÛiÀÀ`iÊÌ
iÊ«ÌV>]Ê
>«ÌVÊ>`Ê«À«ÀVi«ÌÛiÊÃiÃi`>Ì>ÊÌ
>ÌÊ tell us where we are located in space. Tuning in to the simulated realities of pictorial ÕÃÃÊÌ>iÃÊ«>ViÊÊ«>Ì}]Ê`À>Ü}Ê>`ÊÌÀL>Ãi`ÊÛ`i]Ê
ÜiÛiÀ]Êw]Ê with its epic scale aided by the penetration of quadraphonic sound and the darkened ë>ViÃÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌÊÃÊÃ
Ü]ÊÀiÊivviVÌÛiÞÊiÌViÃÊÛiÜiÀÃÊ>Ü>ÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ
iÀiÊ>`Ê ÜÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊi>ÊÕ`>ÊÌiÀi`ʼVÃVÕÃÊ
>ÕV>̽°65 In the following chapÌiÀÃ]ÊÊÃ
>Ê>À}ÕiÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃÃÊvÊ
>«ÌVÊ>`Êë>Ì>Ê>Ü>ÀiiÃÃÊÊÌ
iÊVi>ÊÃÊiÛiÀÊ ÌÌ>]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÜÊÀi>ÌiÃÊV>ÊLiÊ
i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞ]Ê>`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊLiVtive world can easily be retrieved to escape the power of the illusion should it become ÌÊ`ÃÌÕÀL}ÊqÊÃÌ>À}Ê
>À`Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊiÝÌÊÃ}ÊÊÌ
iÊVi>Ê>Ü>ÞÃÊÜÀÃÊvÀÊi°Ê
CROSS−MIGRATIONS OF FORMS AND SOUNDS ÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÃii]ÊÌ
iÊ«iiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊVi>Ì}À>«
ÊÃiÌÊÌ
iÊë>Ì>Ê«>À>iÌiÀÃÊvÊwÊ >`Ê`ÕVi`ÊÌ
iÊÃÕëiÃÊvÊ`ÃLiivÊLÞÊÀi«À`ÕV}ÊÌ
iÊ`Þ>ÃÊ>`ÊyÕÝÊvÊviÆÊ Ì
iÊ ,ÕÃÃ>ÃÊ ÛiÌi`Ê Ì>}i]Ê >`Ê LiÊ >ViÊ ÌÀ`ÕVi`Ê LÌ
Ê ÕÌÃVÀiiÊ «ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ
i}
Ìii`ÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ
>`
i`ÊV>iÀ>°Ê/
iÊ£ÓäÃÊ>`Ê £ÎäÃÊ}iiÀ>Ì]ÊÌ>LÞÊÌ
iÊÀiV
Ê«ÀiÃÃÃÌÊw>iÀÃ]Ê>ÀiÊVÀi`Ìi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ `i>ÊvÊwÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÃÞÌ
iÃÃiÀÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌðÊÌÊ«VÌÕÀiÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊÃ>`]Ê
>ÛiÊÌ
iÊV>«>VÌÞÊ
FILM HISTORY
97
ÌÊvÕÃiÊÌ
i>ÌÀi]ÊÌiÀ>ÌÕÀiÊ>`Ê«>Ì}ÊÊÌ
iÊ>iV«>ÃÃ}ÊiLÀ>ViÊvÊVi>]Ê>Ê interdisciplinary and transmedial approach that has carried over into installation. As ÀÃÌÊ/
«ÃÊ>`Ê >Û`Ê À`ÜiÊ«ÌÊÕÌ]Ê>Ì
Õ}
ÊwÊÃÊ>Êi`ÕÊÌ
>ÌÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊ ÌÃÊÜÊÕµÕiÊ>««ÀÝ>ÌÃÊvÊÕÀÊiL`i`ÊiÝÃÌiVi]ÊÌÊLÀÀÜÃÊÃiÊvÊÌÃÊÃ}vÞ}Ê«À>VÌViÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÊ`ÃV«iðÊʼVLiÃÊÌÃÊë>Ì>ʵÕ>ÌiÃÊÜÌ
ÊÀ
ÞÌ
VÊ Ài>ÌÃ
«ÃÊV«>À>LiÊÌÊÌ
ÃiÊvÊÕÃV]Ê«iÌÀÞÊ>`Ê`>Vi½°66 The ability of film to >>}>>ÌiÊ`ë>À>ÌiÊÛÃÕ>]Ê>ÕÀ>Ê>`ÊÌi«À>ÊiiiÌÃÊÌÊ>ÊV
iÀiÌÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊ iÝ«iÀiViÊ>`Ê
>ÀÃiÊ>ÊÀ>}iÊvÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊÌÀ>`ÌÃ]ÊÀiÃ>ÌiÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>LÌÃÊ vÊ >ÌiÀÊ ÃÌ>>ÌÊ «À>VÌViÃ°Ê iÀi]Ê Ì
iÊ Û}Ê >}iÊ ÀÕLÃÊ Ã
Õ`iÀÃÊ ÜÌ
Ê ÕÌ«iÊ «VÌÀ>]Ê«iÀvÀ>ÌÛi]ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê>`Ê`}Ì>Ê>ÀÌiv>VÌÃ]ÊÃiÌiÃÊÊ>Ê>ÌÌi«ÌÊÌÊ VÀi>ÌiÊ>ÊiÜÊ
ÞLÀ`Ãi`Ê>ÀÌÊvÀ]Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÀÃÊÌÊ>Ì>ÊÌ
iÊ`ÃV«>ÀÞÊ>ÕÌÞÊvÊ each tradition. Two opposing forces are at play within an installation: fragmentation and cohesion. The continuity of space is used to both contain and stage the internal drama vÊ>ÊÜÀÊ>`iÊÕ«ÊvÊ`ë>À>ÌiÊiiiÌÃÊ`À>ÜÊvÀÊ>ÊÀ>}iÊvÊ`ÃV«iðÊ-Õ`]Ê >LiÌÊ>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊvÀÊvÊÕÃVÊ>`ÊëiiV
]ÊÃÊvÀiµÕiÌÞÊLÃi`ÊvÀÊÌÃÊ synthesising properties in both cinema and installation. Where sound pulls together «
ÞÃV>ÞÊ`ÃÌVÌÊiiiÌÃÊÊ>ÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`ÊÌÀ>VÊvÊ>ÊwÊÃÊÕÃi`Ê>ÃÊ>Ê ÃÌ
}Ê`iÛViÊvÀÊ}ÊiÊÃViiÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÝÌÊ>`ÊÀ>Ì>Ã}Ê«ÌiÌ>ÞÊ}V>ÊÕÝÌ>«ÃÌÃÊvÊV>ÌÃÊ>`ÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃ°Ê ÊÌ
iÊ£äÃ]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÜ>ÃÊ>Êv>Ã
ÊvÀÊÛ`iÃÊÜ
ÃiÊ`ÕÀ>ÌÊVvÀi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ two- to three-minute length of popular songs. Ann McGuire’s I am Crazy And You’re Not Wrong (1997) and Michael Curran’s Sentimental JourneyÊ £x®]Ê vÀÊ iÝ>«i]Ê LÌ
Ê`iv>>ÀÃi`ÊÜiÜÊÌÀ>VÃÊÜÌ
ÊÃ>ÌÀV>Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÃÊÌÊV>iÀ>]ÊLÕÌÊ their actions were nonetheless contained by the continuity of the original song. As ÀÌÊ>}>ÀÊLÃiÀÛi`]ʼºÃ}»Ê°°°ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÃÊ>ÊLÕÌÊÀ
ÞÌ
]Ê>ÊiÌÀi]Ê>ÊV«ÃÌÊ Ì
>ÌÊ
`ÃÊÕÀÊ>ÌÌi̽Ê>`ÊÊÌ
ÃÊÀiëiVÌ]ÊÕÃVÊ
>ÃÊÌ
iÊV>«>VÌÞÊÌÊ
>ÀÃiÊ Ì
iÊÃÌÊiÝÌÀiiÊÛÃÕ>Ê`ÃÃ>ViÃÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ}
ÌÊÌ
ÀÜÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii°67 Within Ì
iÊÕÀÃ`VÌÊvÊ>ÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÕÃVÊV>ÊÃ>ÀÞÊ«>V>ÌiÊÜ>ÀÀ}ÊiiiÌÃ]ÊLÌ
Ê on screen and set loose in the gallery space.
THE PERSISTENT ALLURE OF FILMIC ILLUSION IN AN AGE OF INSTALLATION ÊLiµÕi>Ì
ÃÊÌÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÌ
iÊ}À>>ÀÊvÊVi>]ÊÌÃÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÃÊ vÊ«À`ÕVÌÊ>`ÊÀiVi«Ì]ÊÌÃÊVÕÌÕÀ>Ê
ÃÌÀÞ]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌÃÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊV`ÌÃ°Ê ÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÃii]ÊÛ}Ê>}iÃÊ
>ÛiÊ>Ê`Õ>Ê>ÌÕÀiÆÊÜ
ÃÌÊVÃÃÌ}ÊvÊÌ
}Ê ÀiÊÌ
>ÊÃÕVViÃÃÛiÊ«>ÌV
iÃÊvÊ}
ÌÊ>`Ê>ÕÀ>Ê`ÃÌÕÀL>ViÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÀiÊÀ}>Ãi`Ê into a pictorial flow passing through a frame equivalent to a window onto another
98
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÜÀ`]Ê }ÛiÀi`Ê LÞÊ Ì
iÊ >ÜÃÊ vÊ «iÀëiVÌÛiÊ iÊ >ÌÌÃÌ>Ê LiÀÌÊ iÃÌ>LÃ
i`Ê Ê Renaissance painting. The aperture of the filmic frame reveals a dynamic and fugitive universe of movement and sound endowed with an uncanny likeness to our own and running in parallel with our lives. In this alternative universe what seems fa>ÀÊÊÕÀÊÜÊiÛÀiÌÊÌ>iÃÊÊÕiÝ«iVÌi`ʵÕ>ÌiÃÊ>`Ê>vviVÌÃÆÊ>ÃÊ ÌÀÊ ÀÃ>vvÊ
>ÃÊÀi>Ài`]ʼi>V
ÊÌ
}ÊiÝÃÌ}ÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊÜÃÊ>Ì
iÀÊiÝÃÌiViÊ on the screen’.68Ê/
iÊiV
>ÌiÌÊvÊw]ÊÌÃÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊÕVÊÌ
iÊÃiVÀiÌÃÊvÊ«i«iÃ]Ê «>ViÃÊ>`ÊÌ
}ÃʼÛ}ÊÌ
iÀÊÞÃÌiÀÕÃ]ÊÃiÌÊÛiÃÊ>iÊÌÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>ÊÃiÃLity’69 seems to endow the spectator with second sight and this visionary dimension has guaranteed the enduring appeal of cinematic illusionism. Even at the height vÊÌ
iÊ`iVÃÌÀÕVÌÛiÊ«ÀiVÌÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ]ÊÜ
iÊVi>ÌVÊÛiÀÃÌÕ`iÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÊvÊVÌiÃÌ>ÌÊ>`Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊiÝ«iÀiÌi`ÊÜÌ
ÊiÀÃÛi]Ê LÀ`iÀiÃÃÊ«ÀiVÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ-ÌiÛiÊ>ÀÀiÀ½ÃʼvÀ>iiÃÃÊwý] 70 or when they reiVÌi`Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ>`ÊÛÃÕ>Ê«i>ÃÕÀiÊ>Ì}iÌ
iÀ]ÊÀiyiÝÛiÞÊ`À>Ü}Ê>ÌÌiÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ v>VÌÃÊvÊ>ÌÌiÀÊÊw]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊiÌ
iiÃÃÊÀi>i`ÊiÌ
À>i`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÜ`iÀÃÊvÊ cinematic mimesis.71 No artistic proposition could ever be made manifest for the consideration of an audience without splitting off the simulated spaces of the creative imagination from the real world. Artists have consistently reverted to the filmic frame for its capacity ÌÊ`i>ÀV>ÌiÊ>`ÊVÕÀiÊÕ«Ê>Ì
iÀÊÀi>ÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊ>}]Ê«iÀ
>«ÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊVÀÀi>ÌiÊvÊÌ
iÊÃiv]ÊiÝ«iÀiVi`Ê>ÃÊ>Ê«ÃÞV
VÊë>Vi]Ê>ÊÌiÀÀÊ`>ÊvÊiÌÃ]Ê `Ài>ÃÊ>`Êvi>ÀðÊ7ÀÌ}Êʣǣ]ÊiÌÌiÊV
iÃÊ«ÀV>i`ÊwÃʼ>>}ÕiÃÊ vÊ VÃVÕÃiÃý]Ê >ÀÌiv>VÌÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ >ÜÊ >Õ`iViÃÊ ÌÊ ÀiyiVÌÊ ¼Ê Ì
iÊ V`ÌÃÊ vÊ knowledge’.72Ê ÕÀÌ
iÀÀi]Ê Ì
iÞÊ ¼v>VÌ>ÌiÊ >Ê VÀÌV>Ê vVÕÃÊ Õ«Ê Ì
iÊ i`>VÞÊ vÊ iÝ«iÀiViÊÊÌ
iÊyÜÊvÊÌi½°73 The bounded image also isolates the elements that Ã>ÀiÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃ½Ê ÌiÀiÃÌÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ iÝÌiÀ>Ê ÜÀ`Ê i>L}Ê Ì
iÊ ÌÊ LiÊ ÃÕi`Ê ¼ÕÌÊ vÊÌ
iÊÃ
>`ÜÃÊvÊ`vviÀiVi½ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«>iÌÌiÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌVÊiÝ«ÀiÃð74 For William ,>L>]ÊÌ
iÊwÊvÀ>iÊ>ÃÊ«ÀÛ`iÃÊ>Ê>ÌiÀ>Ê>V
ÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀViÃÃiÃÊvÊ}]Ê vÀÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>`ÊÛiÜiÀÊ>i°Ê7
ÃÌÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊvVÕÃiÃÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê>ÌÌiÌ]Ê ÌÊ>ÃÊi>LiÃÊ,>L>ÊÌÊ}iiÀ>ÌiʼÌ
Õ}
ÌÃÊÊw½]Ê}Û}ÊÌiÃÌ>iÌÊÌÊ
ÃÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊ endeavours and asserting his self-presence in a world of fragmented identities. 75 Like the demi-gods of Greek mythology reconciling the differences between ÀÌ>ÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ`ÛÌÞ]ÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊ`iÛi«i`ÊÌ
iÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊÛiÊÃi>iÃÃÞÊLiÌÜiiÊ ÜÀ`Ã]Ê>`ÊÌÊÃÊÌ
ÃÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>ÊÕÀiÞ}ÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊ`À>>ÌÃi`ÊÊÛ}Ê>}iÊstallation. The gallery offers us a sanctuary in which to drift between the domain vÊÌ
iÊwVÊ>}>ÌÊÜ
iÀiÊ6À}>Ê7vÊvÕ`ʼÌ
Õ}
ÌÊÊÌÃÊÜ`iÃÃ]ÊÊÌÃÊ Li>ÕÌÞÊ>`ÊÊÌÃÊ``ÌÞ½Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÊvÊLÃiÀÛ>LiÊÀi>ÌÞ]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊvÊÌ
}ð76 ÃÊÜiÊ«À}ÀiÃÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊë>ViÃÊvÊ>ÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÊÕÀÊVÀÃÃ}ÃÊ>`ÊÀiÌÕÀÃ]Ê ÕÀÊV}ÌÛiÊv>VÕÌiÃÊ>`ÊÕÀÊiÌÃÊÌÀ>ÛiÊÜÌ
ÊÕÃ]Êë}ÊvÀÊiÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>Ê Ã«
iÀiÊÌÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀ]ÊÕ``Þ}ÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÌiÀÃÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊÌÜ°Ê
FILM HISTORY
99
NOTES 1 2 3Ê 4Ê
5Ê 6 7Ê
8Ê
9Ê 10Ê
11 12Ê 13Ê 14Ê
15 16Ê 17Ê 18Ê
19
100
Proto cinema refers to practices that employ technical or formal aspects of film without reÃÛ}ÊÌÊVÛiÌ>Ê«ÀiVÌi`ÊÜÀðÊ/
ÃÊÜÕ`ÊVÕ`iÊ«ÀiVi>ÌVÊ«ÌV>Ê`iÛVið Plato (1991) The Republic]ÊÌÀ>Ã°Ê i>ÊÜiÌÌ°Ê`\Ê6Ì>}i]Ê«°Ê£Ç°ÊÛ>>LiÊline:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ«iÞ°VÉ`ÉLÀ>ÀÞ£ÉÀi«ÕLV°«`f (accessed 17 November 2013). -i>Ê ÕLÌÌÊÓä£Î®Ê¼/
iÊ-
>`ܽ]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê«°Ê£nn° ÕV>Ê7
ÌiÊÓä£Î®Ê¼i`>ÊÃÊÃiÃ>Ì>\ÊÀÌÊ>`Êi`>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊiÝ«iÀiViÊiVÞ½]Ê MIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê«°Ê£ÈÓ°Ê-iiÊ>ÃÊi>Ê >Õ`À>À`ÊÓ䣣®ÊSymbolic Exchange and Death. London: Sage. i>ÕÃÊ >Õ`ÀÞÊ £Ç{®Ê ¼`i}V>Ê vviVÌÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ >ÃVÊ i>Ì}À>«
VÊ ««>À>ÌÕý]Ê Film Quarterly]ÊÓn\ÊÓ]Ê«°Ê{Ç° Shadow play has been a feature of many contemporary installation works by artists such >ÃÊÊ >Ì
iÀiÞ]Ê >Û`Ê ÞiÊ>`Ê >Ê>>° ÕVÞÊ,iÞ`Ã]ʼ>}VÊ/ÀVö\Ê/
iÊ1ÃiÊvÊ-
>`ÜÊ*>ÞÊÊ ÀÌÃ
Ê Ý«>`i`Ê i>½]Ê«>«iÀÊ given at Expanded Cinema – Activating the Space of ReceptionÊVviÀiVi]Ê/>ÌiÊ`iÀ]Ê `]Ê£ÇÊ«ÀÊÓää° /ÊÕ}ÊQ£nRÊ£{®Ê¼ÊiÃÌ
iÌVÊvÊÃÌÃ
iÌ\Ê >ÀÞÊÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ® Ài`ÕÕÃÊ -«iVÌ>ÌÀ½]ÊÊ`>Ê7>ÃÊi`°®ÊViewing Positions: Ways of Seeing Film°Ê iÜÊ ÀÕÃÜV]Ê 9\Ê,ÕÌ}iÀÃÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê££x° i>Ê «ÃÌiÊQ£ÓÎRÊ£n£®Ê¼"Ê iÀÌ>Ê
>À>VÌiÀÃÌVÃÊvÊPhotogénie½]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ/Êi]Ê Afterimage]Ê£ä]Ê«°Ê£{° ,>V
iÊ"°ÊÀiÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼Ê vviÀiÌÊ >ÌÕÀi½]ÊÊ->À>
ÊiiÀÊ>`Ê>ÃÊ °Ê*>ÕÊi`îÊJean Epstein: Critical Essays and New Translations°ÊÃÌiÀ`>\ÊÃÌiÀ`>Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê p. 180. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ`>Ài°ÕÛ>°É`VÕiÌÉÎÈ£xnÊ >VViÃÃi`Ê £9 November 2013). Ibid. ÕVÞÊ,iÞ`Ã]Ê«°ÊVÌ° ÕVÞÊ,iÞ`Ã]Ê«°ÊVÌ° ÊÃ>Þʼ
>ÕV>ÌÀÞ½]ÊLÕÌÊÊ>ÊiÊvÊ>ÞÊÜ
ÊLiiÛiÊÌ
iÞÊ
>ÛiÊÃiiÊ>Ê}
ÃÌ°Ê ÊÃViÌwVÊ iÝ«>>ÌÊ
>ÃÊÞiÌÊLiiÊ«ÃÌi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ«ÀÛiÃÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊvÊÌ
iÊëiVÌÀ>ÊÜ>ÊÊÃ>ÜÊÜ>ÃÊ Ã«ÞÊÌ
iÊÀiÃÕÌÊvÊ`}iÃÌ]Ê>Ìë
iÀVÊ«ÀiÃÃÕÀiÊÀÊÃiÊ«
Ì}À>«
VÊ«ÀÌÊibedded in the room in which nefarious events once took place. Robert Smithson (1996) Robert Smithson: The Collected Writings°Ê iÀiiÞ]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ vÊ >vÀ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£În°Ê Ê
>ÛiÊ`ÃVÕÃÃi`ÊÌ
ÃÊÌÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊ*iÌiÀÊ >«ÕýÃÊÜÀÊʼ*iÌiÀÊ >«ÕÃ\Ê"«ÌVý]Ê MIRAJ]Ê£\Ê£]Ê««°Ê£äÇq£ä° +ÕÌi`Ê Ê /iÀÀÞÊ ÀÌÊ £n®Ê History of Magic Lantern Shows. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ ÜÜÜ°>}V>ÌiÀÃ
ÜðVÉ
ÃÌÀÞ°
Ìm (accessed 8 August 2012). /
iÊ ÕÌV
Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ iÀ`>ÕÌÊ-`iÊ
>ÃÊ`iÛi«i`Ê>ÊÃ>ÀÊLÃiÃÃÊÜÌ
ÊVÕ`Ã]ÊLÕÌÊ
ÃÊ ÌÀVÊÃÊÌÊ}iiÀ>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÊÌ
}Ê`ÀÃ]ÊÜÌ
ÊÃiÊ>`ÊÜ>ÌiÀÊÛ>«ÕÀ°Ê/
iÃiÊi}>ÌVÊ weather systems evaporate within a few moments. The work was restored in 2008; see:
ÌÌ«Ã\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉÜ>ÌV
¶ÛrÎÜ6 xiv8â0 >VViÃÃi`ÊnÊÕiÊÓä£{®°
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
20Ê 21Ê
22
23Ê 24Ê
25 26 27Ê 28Ê 29Ê 30Ê 31Ê 32Ê 33
34 35
36Ê
37 38Ê 39Ê
/iÀÀÞÊ ÀÌ]Ê«°VÌ°ÊÊ ÕÃiÜ>ÌV
Ê VÃÃÌi`Ê vÊ >Ê ÕÀ]Ê ÕÕÊ +Õ]Ê iÀ}iÊ ->Ý]Ê /ÞÊ -`i]Ê -Ì>vÀ`Ê -ÌiiiÊ>`ÊÃÊ7i°Ê/
iÀiÊÃÊÌÌiÊÜÀÌÌiÊ>LÕÌÊÌ
iÀÊÜÀ]ÊLÕÌÊ>Ê«>}iÊÊÌ
iÊÕÝiÊ website provides some information:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÕÝi°À}°ÕÉ>ÀÌViÃÉ
ÕÃiÜ>ÌV
Ú>ÌÚ Ã«Ì>wi`ïÓn£¯Ó°
Ìl (accessed 19 November 2013). Persistence of vision is said to be retinal in that an afterimage lingers in the eye to compensate for blackout breaks in vision while blinking. Much argument has erupted around Ü
iÀiÊÌ
iÊ«iÀVi«ÌÊvÊÌÊÌ>iÃÊ«>Vi]ÊÊÌ
iÊiÞiÊÀÊÌ
iÊLÀ>]ÊÀÊÜÌ
ÊÃiÊV«iÝÊ interaction between the two. ÊÓääÇ]Ê ÓÊÕÃi`Ê>ÊâiÌÀ«iÊÌvÊ>ÃÊ>Ê`iÌÊ}ÊÌ
iÊiÛi}½ÃÊ«À}À>ið /Ê Õ}Ê £nÈ®Ê ¼/
iÊ i>Ê vÊ ÌÌÀ>VÌ\Ê >ÀÞÊ ]Ê ÌÃÊ -«iVÌ>ÌÀÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ Û>Ì >À`i½]ÊWide Angle]Ên\ÊÎÉ{]Ê««°ÊÈÎqÇä°ÊÕ}ÊVi`ÊÌ
iʫ
À>ÃiʼVi>ÊvÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌÃ½Ê ÜÌ
Ê`ÀiÊ>Õ`Ài>ÕÌÊÊ£nx]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊÌÃivÊ>Ê>`>«Ì>ÌÊvÊ ÃiÃÌi½ÃÊÌÊvÊ>Ê ¼Ì>}iÊvÊÊÌÌÀ>VÌýÊvÀÊ>Ê£ÓäÃÊiÃÃ>ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊ>i°ÊÊ A. L. Rees (1999) A History of Experimental Film and Video°Ê`\Ê ÀÌÃ
ÊÊÃÌÌÕÌi]Ê«°Ê 17. Documentation of the work is available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÛi°VÉnäää{n7 (accessed 20 November 2013). ÀÊ>Ê
ÃÌÀÞÊvÊi>ÀÞÊVi>]ÊÃiiÊÀÃÌÊ/
«ÃÊ>`Ê >Û`Ê À`ÜiÊQ£{RÊÓääÎÊQÓ`Ê edn) Film History: An Introduction°Ê iÜÊ9À\ÊVÀ>Ü]Ê««°Ê£ÎqÎÓ° /ÊÕ}]ʼÊiÃÌ
iÌVÊvÊÃÌÃ
i̽]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£Óΰ +ÕÌi`ÊLÞÊÀÃÌÊ/
«ÃÊ>`Ê >Û`Ê À`Üi]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£È° /ÊÕ}]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°££x° L`°]Ê«°Ê£nn° L`°]Ê«°Ê££° Charles Musser (1986) Motion picture catalogs by American producers and distributors, 1894–1908 [microform]: a microfilm edition]Ê Ài`iÀV]Ê \Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ *ÕLV>ÌÃÊ vÊ America. Mario Slugan (2011) Some Concerns Regarding the Cinema of Attractions]ÊÜÀ}Ê«>«iÀ]Ê p. 1. The earliest colour was achieved by hand-tinting black and white film. The British two-coÕÀÊÃÞÃÌiÊi>VÕÀÊÜ>ÃÊÛiÌi`ÊLÞÊiÀ}iÊ-Ì
ÊÊ ÀÌ>Ê>`ÊÛiÀÌ>iÊÊÌ
iÊ £ÓäÃÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ
}
ÞÃ>ÌÕÀ>Ìi`Ê/iV
VÕÀ]Ê`iÛi«i`ÊÊiÀV>°Ê ,>Þ`Ê iÕÀ½ÃÊÕLÀi>ÊÌiÀÊ`iÛi«i`ÊÕÌÊvÊ
ÃÊÌiÀiÃÌÊʼÌ
iÊÕÌ>ÌÃÊ>`ÊiÝV
>}iÃÊLiÌÜiiÊ`vviÀiÌÊ>}iÊi`>½]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ`iÛi«iÌÊvÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊLÌ
Ê ¼ÕÃiÊVi>Ê>ÃÊ>ÊLiV̽]ÊVÕ`}ÊÜÀÃÊL>Ãi`ÊÊvÕ`ÊvÌ>}i]Ê>`ÊÌ
ÃiÊ>`iÊLÞÊw>iÀÃÊÕÃ}ÊÌ
iÀÊ ÜÊ >}iÀÞ°Ê -iiÊ ,>Þ`Ê iÕÀÊ Óä£Î®Ê ¼º i>»]Ê iÉÕÌ«iÊ º i>û½]ÊÊÕÀ«
ÞÊÌÀ>ð®Ê Alphaville: Journal of Film and Screen Media]Êx°ÊÛ>>LiÊ online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>«
>ÛiÕÀ>°VÉÃÃÕixÉ/ÉÀÌVi iÕÀ°
Ìl (accessed 15 ÕÞÊÓä£{®°Ê Sergei Eisenstein ([1942] 1945) The Film Sense]Ê ÌÀ>Ã°Ê >ÞÊ iÞ`>°Ê `\Ê >LiÀÊ >`Ê >LiÀ]Ê«°Ê£{° ÀÃÌÊ/
«ÃÊ>`Ê >Û`Ê À`Üi]Ê«°VÌ°]Ê«°Ê{ΰ -iiÊ lÊ ÕÀV
Ê £Ç®Ê ¼½ÃÊ ÃÌÌÕÌ>Ê `iÊ vÊ ,i«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ -ÛiÌÊ
FILM HISTORY
101
40 41Ê 42 43Ê 44 45Ê
46Ê 47Ê 48Ê 49 50
51Ê 52 53 54Ê
55Ê 56
57Ê
58Ê 59
60Ê
102
,iëÃi½]ÊOctober]Ê££]Ê««°ÊÇÇqÈ° Ibid. p. 83. ÀÃÌÊ/
«ÃÊ>`Ê >Û`Ê À`Üi]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê{È° See Thompson and Bordwell for a fuller account of the development of Hollywood film. op. cit. ivvÀiÞÊ Üi-Ì
Ê£ÇȮʼÛ}ÊÊvÀÊiÌâ½]ÊJump Cut]Ê£Ó\Ê£Î]Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°iÕ«VÕÌ° À}É>ÀV
ÛiÉiÃÃ>ÞÃÉV£Ó£Îv`iÀÉiÌâ°ÃÌ
°
ÌÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£ÓÊ iViLiÀÊÓä£{®° Christian Metz (1977) Psychoanalysis and Cinema: The Imaginary Signifier]Ê ÌÀ>Ã°Ê i>Ê ÀÌÌ]ÊÜÞÊ7>Ã]Ê iÊ ÀiÜÃÌiÀÊ>`ÊvÀi`ÊÕââiÌÌ°Ê`\Ê>V>° iÀ>iÊ Õ>VÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊ*>ÕÊ iÃV>ÕÝÊÊMon Cine]Ê"VÌLiÀÊ£ÓÎ]ÊÞÊÌÀ>Ã>Ì®]Ê Ì
iÊÀ}>ÊÀiV
ʵÕÌi`ÊÊ,Ã>>Ê>ÕiÊÓääӮʼ/
iÊ«ÀÌ>ViÊvÊ i}Ê>ÊÊÕÌ
À\Ê iÀ>iÊ Õ>VÊ>`Êi>iÊÕÌ
ÀÃ
«½]ÊSenses of Cinema]ÊÓΰÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÃiÃiÃvVi>°VÉÓääÓÉvi>ÌÕÀi>ÀÌViÃÉ`Õ>VÉ (accessed 7 October 2012). °Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê«°ÊÎä°Ê iÀ>iÊ Õ>V]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]ÊÞÊÌÀ>Ã>Ì®° iÀÊ
iÌÌiʵÕÌi`ÊÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÎx° Anton Ehrenzweig ([1967] 1973 [2nd edn) The Hidden Order of Art°Ê-Ì°ÊL>Ã\ÊÀ>>`>]Ê«°Ê 14. Clare Considine reports in The GuardianÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÞ>iÃÌ
iÃ>ÊÃÊÜʼ>ÊÌ
iÊÀ>}i½Ê>`ʼ>ÞÊ musos are currently claiming [it] as their superpower’. Devotees include Nick Ryan who >ÃÃiÀÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊiÜÊÌiV
}iÃÊ>ÀiÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>Ê`ÊvʼVÕÌÕÀ>ÊÃÞÃ>iÃÌ
iÃ>½]Ê>}ÊÌ
iÊ ¼VÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÃÊ>Û>>LiÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÃiýÊÇÊÕiÊÓä£{®°Ê >ÀL>À>Êi«ÜÀÌ
ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÀiLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊÊAbstract Artists in Their Own WordsÊ iÊ>À`}]Ê`ÀiVÌÀ®]Ê {]ÊnÊ-i«ÌiLiÀÊÓä£{° Iwona Blazwick speaking on Abstract Artists in Their Own Words]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° Robert Motherwell (1951) in What Abstract Art Means to Me]Ê ÕiÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÕÃiÕÊ vÊ `iÀÊÀÌÊ iÜÊ9À®]Ê£n\ÊÎ]ÊÕ«>}>Ìi`° -iiʼ/
iÊ>vviVÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ>}iÊÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊ>À̽]ÊÀÕ`Ì>LiÊ`ÃVÕÃÃÊÜÌ
Ê >Ý>ÊÊ >]Ê>ë>ÀÊÃi«
iÃÌiÀÊ>`Ê,ÕLi`ÊÓä£Ó®]ÊMIRAJ]Ê £\Ê£]Ê««°ÊÇqnÇ° -iÀ}iÊ ÃiÃÌi]Ê«]ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£n£° Elizabeth Price interviewed by Tate Films (2012). Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì>Ìi°À}° ÕÉVÌiÝÌViÌÉÛ`iÉÌÕÀiÀ«ÀâiÓä£Óiâ>LiÌ
«ÀVe (accessed 29 November 2013). ÊÌ
iÊ£ÎäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÞÃÊ `iÊ}ÛiÀi`ʼÀ>ÊÃÌ>`>À`ýÊvÀÊwÃÊ`iÃÌi`ÊvÀÊ}iiÀ>ÊÀii>Ãi°Ê>ÞÊvÊÌ
iʫLÌÃÊÀi>Ì}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ`i«VÌÊvʼÕÃÌvÕÊiLÀ>Vi½ÊʼÃÕ}}iÃÌÛiÊ postures’ were avoided by the actors keeping one foot on the floor. >Vi½ÃÊ «ÀiVÌÊ ÌiV
µÕiÊ >ÌV«>Ìi`Ê Ì
iÊ `iÛi«iÌÊ Ê Ì
iÊ £xäÃÊ vÊ iÀ>>Ê Ê Ü
V
ÊÌ
ÀiiÊÃÞV
ÀÃi`Ê«ÀiVÌÀÃÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>Ê«>À>VÊ>}iÊÊ>ÊVÕÀÛi`ÊÃVÀii° Gance can also be seen firing a pistol in the air to shock his actors into big reacÌÃ°Ê -iiÊ >Ê Ã
ÀÌÊ Ê Ì
iÊ `ÀiVÌÀÊ LÞÊ iÛÊ ÀÜÜÊ
iÀi\Ê
ÌÌ«Ã\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉ Ü>ÌV
¶ÛrÓ,â>ÞoÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÊÕiÊÓä£{®°Ê /
iÊ«>ÌiÀÊ°Ê°Ê7°Ê/ÕÀiÀÊ
>`Ê
ÃivÊ>Ã
i`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÊvÊ>ÊÃ
«ÊÊ>ÊÃÌÀÊÊÀ`iÀÊÌÊ better represent the scene in his painting Snow Storm (1842) – or so he claimed.
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
61
62
63
64 65Ê
66Ê 67Ê 68Ê 69Ê 70
71Ê
72Ê 73Ê 74Ê 75Ê 76
In Coir’ a’ Ghrunnda 360ÊÓääÇ®]ÊÌ
iÊVLiÀÊ>`Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ >Ê-
«Ã`iÃÊÃV>i`Ê>ÊÀiÌiÊ«i>Ê in Scotland and attached a modified video camera to an 8-metre leash. By whirling the V>iÀ>Ê>ÀÕ`Ê
ÃÊ
i>`]Ê
iÊiÝ«>`i`ÊÌ
iÊÀi>V
ÊvÊ
ÃÊiÞiÊÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÜ>ÞÊÌ
>ÌÊÊ the 1920s Oskar Schlemmer defied the limits of his body in his Bauhaus performances by i>ÃÊvÊ}iiÌÀVÊL`ÞÊiÝÌiÃð The erasure of the human hand and eye from spectatorial awareness has been reversed ÌÊÃiÊiÝÌiÌÊÊÀiViÌÊÞi>ÀÃ]ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊiÜÊv>Ã
ÊvÀÊ
>`
i`]ÊÃÕLiVÌÛiÊV>iÀ>ÊÃÌÞles in the mainstream. These are nonetheless married to solidly conventional narrative frameworks as witnessed in the recent BBC2 Cold War thriller LegacyÊÓä£Î]ÊÕVÞÊ,V
iÀ]Ê director). The visuals were at times so hard to decipher that one was entirely reliant on the sparse dialogue to follow the story. Morgan Fisher commenting on his film Projection InstructionsÊ £ÇÈ®]Ê µÕÌi`Ê LÞÊ -VÌÌÊ Macdonald. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°i>ÀÌðÀ}ÉiÉ`i«i`iÌwÃÉ«ÀiVÌ instructions (accessed 28 August 2013). Bill Viola quoted by Chris Darke (2000) Light Readings: Film Criticism and Screen Arts. `Ê>`Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê7>yÜiÀÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£nÎ°Ê i>Ê Õ`>Ê £Óx®Ê ¼-ÕÀÀi>ÃÊ >`Ê i>½]Ê Ài«ÀÌi`Ê Ê *>ÕÊ >`Ê Óäää®Ê The Shadow and its Shadows: Surrealist Writings on the Cinema°Ê->ÊÀ>VÃV\Ê ÌÞÊ}
ÌÃ]Ê««°Ê 49–56. ÀÃÌÊ/
«ÃÊ>`Ê >Û`Ê À`Üi]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Êä° ÀÌÊ >}>ÀÊ Óä£Ó®Ê ¼/
iÊ Û}Ê >}i\Ê «i`]Ê ÌÊ LiÊ ÕÌtÊ qÊ Ì
iÊ i>Ê *À>Þ¸ga VÃViVi½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\ÊÓ]Ê«°Ê£° ÌÀÊÀÃ>vvÊ£ÓȮʼ*ÀLmiÃÊ`iÊ>Ê«
Ì}ji½]ÊÊCinéa-Ciné pour tous]ÊÈÓ]Ê£ÊÕi]Ê p. 10. i>Ê «ÃÌiÊQ£ÓÎRÊ£nn®Ê¼"Ê iÀÌ>Ê
>À>VÌiÀÃÌVÃÊvÊPhotogénie½]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ/Êi]ÊÊ Richard Abel (ed.) French Film Theory°Ê*ÀViÌ]Ê /\Ê*ÀViÌÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊΣǰ In The MachineÊ£Çnqnn®]Ê>ÀÀiÀÊÀiVÀ`i`Ê>`Ê«ÀiVÌi`ʼvÀ>iiÃÃ]ÊÕÌiÀÀÕ«Ìi`ÊÎÈäÊ `i}ÀiiÊÃÜii«ÃÊÌÊÎxÊViÊwÊVÀi>Ì}ÊvÀ>iiÃÃ]ÊVÌÕÕÃÊÀiVÀ`}ÃÊvÊÌiÊ>`Ê space’; Michael Maziere (2007) The Dispersed Subject. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>V>`i>°i`ÕÉ{£ÎääÓÉ/
iÚ Ã«iÀÃi`Ú-ÕLiVtÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£ÈÊÕÞÊÓä£{®° >ÀÀiÀ½ÃÊLÀi>Ì
Ì>}ÊVÀVÕ>ÀÊ«ÀiVÌÃÊ>ÞÊ
>Ûiʼ>VÌÛ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊvÊ«ÀiV̽]Ê>ÃÊ Ì
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÊwÊ>ÝÊ`iVÀii`]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÞÊ``ÊÃÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvÊw}ÕÀ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÃ
>«iÃÊÀisolving into likenesses of individuals and then fading away into a penumbral landscape. iÌÌiÊV
iÃʣǣ®Ê¼/Ü>À`Ê-Ü\Ê*>ÀÌʽ]ÊArtforum]Ê\Ê£ä]Ê«°Ê£ÇÓ° L`°]Ê«°Ê£ÇÓ° i>Ê «ÃÌi]Ê«°VÌ°Ê 7>Ê,>L>ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]ÊÃiÌiÊÊÓä£ä° Virginia Woolf (1926) The Cinema. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Üvi°Vɶµr«ÀÌÉ LÉiÝ«ÀÌÉ
ÌÉ£ää7 (accessed 29 October 2012).
FILM HISTORY
103
CHAPTER SIX
Film as Film L’illusion est le premier plaisir. ¼>Ê*ÕViiÊ`½"Àj>ý]Ê6Ì>Ài]Ê£ÇÈÓ
NATURALISM: THE ENCHANTMENTS OF THE SCREEN Michael O’Pray described the cinematic outpourings of avant-garde artists in the £ÈäÃÊ >`Ê £ÇäÃÊ >ÃÊ >Ê ¼«ÀÃVÕÕÃÊ >VÌÛÌÞ]Ê Ì>}Ê >ÞÊ vÀÃÊ >`Ê Ã
Ü}Ê Ê >ÊÀ>}iÊvÊVÌiÝÌý]ÊVÕ`}ÊVÕLÃ]ÊVi>Ã]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÀÕÊÛiÕiÃ]ÊV>LiÊ/6Ê>`Ê}>leries.1Ê ÌÊ `vviÀiÌÊ ÌiÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ ÜÀÊ Ü>ÃÊ >Lii`Ê iÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê w]Ê >Û>Ì}>À`iÊ w]ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊwÊÀ]ÊÊÌ
iÊ1-ÊÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>À]ÊÕ`iÀ}ÀÕ`Êw]Ê>ÊÌiÀÊ "½*À>ÞÊv>ÛÕÀÃÊLiV>ÕÃiÊvʼÌÃÊ«V>ÌÊvÀÊ>Ê>ÀÌÊÌ
>ÌÊViÃÊvÀÊLiÜ]ÊvÀÊLineath the accepted culture as opposed to leading from in front’. 2 Many practitioners did indeed believe that they were the as-yet-unrecognised radical vanguard of a new age of creative if not political efflorescence and it was in this period that film came into its own as an autonomous art practice. An elaborate scholarly armature was `iÛi«i`ÊÌÊÛiÃÌ}>ÌiÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>]Ê«ÀVi`ÕÀ>]Ê`ÕÃÌÀ>]Ê«ÃÞV
>>ÞÌV]Ê«
ii}V>]Ê«ÌV>Ê>`ÊÌ}V>ÊëiVwVÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊi`Õ]ÊiV«>ÃÃ}Ê moving image in both popular culture and art. In the pages of a bevy of film theory >`Ê>ÀÌÊ>}>âiÃ] 3 avant-garde film became so heavily academicised that watch}ÊwÃÊÜ>ÃÊÜÊÕ`iÀÃÌ`ÊÌÊLiÊÜ
>ÌÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃÊV>i`ʼ>Ê>VÌÊvÊÀi>`}½4 rather Ì
>ÊÌ
iÊ««ÀÌÕÌÞÊÌÊ}ÊÊ>ÊÕÀiÞÊvʼÛÃÕ>Êi̽Ê>ÃÊ6À}>Ê7vÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`]ÊÜ
iÀiÊÜiÊVÕ`ʼ«iÊÕÀÊ`ÃÊÜ`iÊÌÊLi>ÕÌÞ½° 5 A detailed discussion of the fine distinctions between the different factions of iÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊwÊÀÊ`ii`ÊÌ
iÊÌÀV>ViÃÊvÊ*iÌiÀÊ7i½Ãʼ/ÜÊÛ>Ì>À`iý6 is LiÞ`ÊÌ
iÊÃV«iÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃiÌÊÛÕiÊqÊ,iiÃ]Ê"½*À>Þ]Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊ>`Ê>VÊ Le Grice are reliable sources in this respect.7ÊÃÌi>`]ÊÊÃ
>ÊVViÌÀ>ÌiÊÊÌi`iViÃÊÌ
>ÌÊV>ÀÀi`ÊÛiÀÊÌÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>Ê>`ÊÃÌ>>Ì]Ê«À>ÀÞÊÜÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ
104
concerned with the physical presence of the filmic apparatus and artists who undertook the deconstruction of cinematic codes driven by broadly leftist and feminist political convictions. We begin our tour of avant-garde film by revisiting the staging vÊ>ÃÌÀi>]ÊÕÃÃÌÊVi>]Ê>`Ê«ÀVii`ÊÌÊVÃ`iÀÊÌÃÊ`Ã>ÃÃiLÞÊLÞÊÃÞtactical critique and material interference in the work of avant-garde filmmakers. Ê Ì
iÊ «ÀiÛÕÃÊ V
>«ÌiÀ]Ê ÜiÊ VÃ`iÀi`Ê /Ê Õ}½ÃÊ >À}ÕiÌÊ Ì
>ÌÊ Ì
iÊ «iiÀ}Êw>iÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊiÌiiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ]Êv>ÀÊvÀÊÜÃ
}ÊÌÊÌÀVÊÌ
iÊiÞiÊ>`Ê LÀ>ÊvÊÌ
iÀÊ>Õ`iViÃ]Ê>Ì>i`ʼ>ÊVÃVÕÃÊvVÕÃÊÊÌ
iÊv>VÌÊÌ
>ÌÊQÌ
iÀÊwÃRÊ were only illusions’.8Ê/
iÊ}>ëÃÊvÊi>ÀÞÊVi>Ê>Õ`iViÃ]ÊÃ>`ÊÕ}]ÊÜiÀiÊ>ÃÊ ÕV
ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ}iÕÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}ÞÊ>ÃÊvÀÊÌ
iʼÛÃÕ>ÊÌÀ>Õ>½ÊvÊLiiÛ}ÊÊ phantasmagorical apparitions. The apparatus of film formed an integral part of the ëiVÌ>Vi°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ`iÛi«iÌÊvÊÞÜ`Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊi>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊVi>ÌVÊ verisimilitude gradually took precedence over the self-referential showmanship that Ü>ÃÊÃÊÕV
ÊÊiÛ`iViÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ`>ÜÊvÊVi>°Ê}
ÌÃÊÜiÀiÊ`i`]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊ `Ã>««i>Ài`ÊÌÊÌÃÊ
iÀiÌV>ÞÊÃi>i`ÊLÌ
]Êëi>iÀÃÊÜiÀiÊiLi``i`ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊ and cinema seats were upholstered in velvet to absorb the sound of sweet wrappers >`ÊÃ
i>}>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊL>VÊÀÜ°ÊÊ>Ê«>À>iÊ`iÛi«iÌÊÊÌ
i>ÌÀi]ÊÌ
iÊ>Þ
iÊ vÊi>ÀÞÊ>Õ`iViÊ«>ÀÌV«>ÌÊÊ«ÕLÃ]Êv>ÀÃÊ>`ÊÕÃVÊ
>ÃÊ}>ÛiÊÜ>ÞÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ,ÃÃÊ ÀÜÊV>i`ʼÌ
iÊ`À>>ÌÕÀ}V>Ê`iÊvÊ>Õ`̽]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÀiµÕÀi`ÊÌ
iÊVÀi>Ã}Ê separation of spectacle and audience.9Ê /
iÊ `iÃ}Ê vÊ Ì
i>ÌÀiÃ]Ê VViÀÌÊ
>ÃÊ >`Ê i>ÀÞÊ«VÌÕÀiÊ«>>ViÃÊ}À>`Õ>ÞÊ«iÀviVÌi`ÊÌ
iÊÕÌ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iVi]ÊÌ
iÊÃiV}Ê of their bodily presence and the narrowing of attention to what was taking place onstage or on the big screen. "ViÊwÝ>Ìi`ÊÊÌ
iÊV>Û>V>`iÊvÊ>}iÃÊ«>À>`}ÊÊÌ
iÊ`>À]ÊÌ
iÊÃÕëiÃÊvÊ `ÃLiivÊV>iÊÌÊ«>Þ°ÊÃÊÜiÊÃ>ÜÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÊV
>«ÌiÀ]ÊÌ
ÃÊ>Üi`ÊÛiÜiÀÃÊÌÊiÌiÀÊ ÌÊÌ
iÊ>}>ÌÛiÊë>ViÊvÊ>ÊÛiÊÜ
iÀiÊÌ
iÞÊLiV>iÊÃV
i`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃÞÌ>ÝÊ vÊ Vi>Ê L>Ãi`Ê Ê >ÀÀ>ÌÛi]Ê VÌÕÌÞÊ >`Ê Ài>Ã°Ê i>ÌVÊ iÃÃÊ ÃÊ ÌÃivÊ `i«i`iÌÊ Ê Ì
iÊ ÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ}Ê vÀ>iÜÀÊ vÊ «iÀëiVÌÛi]Ê >Ê ÕV`>Ê Ã«>Ì>Ê }VÊ ÊÜ
V
ÊÛiiÌ]Ê«>À>>ÝÊ>`ÊÃV>iÊi>LiÊÌ
iÊ«iÀVi«ÌÊvÊ`i«Ì
ÊÜ
iÊÛiÜing distances are calibrated to the functional range of the human eye and ear. As I «À«Ãi`ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊwÛi]ÊViÊ>VµÕÀi`]ÊwÀi>`}ÊÃÃÊLiViÊÌ
iÊÕVÃVÕÃÊ À}>Ã}Ê«ÀV«iÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«°ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ£ÈäÃ]Ê
ÀÃÌ>ÊiÌâÊ>Õ}ÕÀ>Ìi`Ê >ÊÃÞÃÌi>ÌVÊÃÌÕ`ÞÊvÊwÊÃÞÌ>ÝÊL>Ãi`ÊÊ->ÕÃÃÕÀi>Ê}ÕÃÌVÃÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊwÊ ÃÊÕ`iÀÃÌ`Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÃiÌVÊÌiÝÌÊ`iÀÛ}ÊÌÃÊi>}ÊvÀÊÌÃÊ`vviÀiÌ>Ê«ÃÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê>ÊiÌÜÀÊvÊÌiÝÌð10 Where Metz studied the structures of cinematic signiwV>Ì]Ê Õ>>Ê ÀÕÊ i>LÀ>Ìi`Ê
iÀÊ VVi«ÌÊ vÊ ÛiÃÊ >ÃÊ ¼>Ì>ÃiÃÊ vÊ i̽]Ê V>ÀÌ}À>«
VÊÕÀiÞÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÀ>ëÀÌÊÕÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊÃiÌiÌ>Ê>`ÃV>«iÊvÊ
Õmanity.11 Mieke Bal similarly refocused on the impact of cinematic content arguing that the key attribute of the figurative image is its capacity to move the spectator.12 >ÞÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>Êw>iÀÃÊÀiiVÌi`Êw}ÕÀ>ÌÊ>`«Ì}ÊÃÌi>`ÊÛ>ÀÞ}Ê`i}ÀiiÃÊ
FILM AS FILM
105
vÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÆÊ
ÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÊÃ}wV>ÌÊÕLiÀÊÀiÌ>i`ÊiÌVÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÃÊvÊ reality including filmic portraits of individuals. Cognitive science tells us that the hu>ÊvÀ]ÊÜ
iÊÀi«À`ÕVi`Ê«
Ì}À>«
V>ÞÊ>`ÊÃiÌÊÊÌÊÊ>ÊÃVÀii]Ê
>ÃÊ>Ê unique ability to capture spectatorial attention. The empirical research of Uri Hasson ÀÊ/Ê-Ì
ÊVwÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊwi`ÊvÊÛÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>ÊLÀ>Ê«ÀÀÌÃiÃÊ«iple in general and the human face in particular while peripheral vision is primed to register movement.13Ê ÃÊ ÃV>Ê Li}Ã]Ê Ì
iÊ >LÌÞÊ ÌÊ ÀiV}ÃiÊ
Õ>Ê >viÃÌ>tions in space is critical to survival. Stephen Heath in his 1976 essay Narrative Space proposed that the viewer has a further need: to occupy a secure position in relaÌÊÌÊ«iÀëiVÌÛ>Êë>Vi]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊÌ
Ài>Ìii`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊVÃÌ>ÌÊÌÊvÊwVÊ >}iðÊ
ÀÃÌ>Ê iÌâÊ`iÌwi`Ê>Ì
iÀÊiÛiÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê >ÝiÌÞÊ>ÀÕ`ÊÌ
iÊ possibility that the illusion at any moment might break down.14 Heath describes how a reassuringly coherent sense of space is achieved by the logic of narrative into Ü
V
ÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÃʼÃÕÌÕÀi`½°Ê/
iÊiÌÀiÊwVÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÃÊLi`i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ establishing and closing vues]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÌVÊÜ`iÊÃ
ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÀ>Ê>VÀÃÃÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊ `À>>ÊÕv`i`Ê>`ÊV>iÊÌÊ>ÊVVÕÃ]ʼÌ
iÊw>ÊÜÀ`ÊvÊÌÃÊÀi>ÌÞ½°15 Following i>Ì
]Ê /Ê "½,iÞÊ
>ÃÊ Ìi`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ >ÃÌÀi>Ê Vi>Ê VÀi>ÌiÃÊ >Ê ¼`iÃÀiÊ vÀÊ >Ê Õfied perception of both space and narrative’.16 This need for pictorial and diegetic V
iÀiViÊ}iiÀ>ÌiÃÊ>Ê>««iÌÌiÊÌÊ`ÃVÛiÀÊÜ
>ÌÊ
>««iÃÊiÝÌÊ>`ÊÌÛ>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÊ spectator to make sense of the succession of partial views in precarious motion that VÃÌÌÕÌiÊÌ
iÊ>ÛiÀ>}iÊÛiÊÀÊÌiiÛÃÊ`À>>]Ê>ÊÀi>`}ÊvÊVi>ÌVÊV`iÊÌ
>Ì]Ê vÀÊÕÃ]Ê
>ÃÊLiViÊÃiV`Ê>ÌÕÀi° It was the remarkable willingness of spectators to suspend the here and now and allow themselves to be transported into another world that formed the focus of the avant-garde critique of narrative cinema in the counter-cultural maelstrom of Ì
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäðÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÀ
iÌÀVÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}i]ʼ«>ÃÃÛiÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«½Ê made cinemagoers vulnerable to the ideological messages smuggled into pleasur>LiÊiÃV>«Ã]ÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊÃÌÊvÊÕÃÊÜÕ`ÊÀi}>À`Ê>ÃÊ
>ÀiÃÃÊiÌiÀÌ>iÌ°Ê/
iÃiÊ iÃÃ>}iÃÊÜiÀiÊ«À}À>i`ÊÌÊÀivÀViÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÛ>}ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÃÊvÊÌ
iʼÃV>ÊÀ`iÀ½]Ê«ÀÌ}ÊÜ>ÞÃÊvÊÃii}ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌi`i`ÊÌÊ>ÌÕÀ>ÃiÊÌ
iÊ«ÜiÀÊ>`Ê yÕiViÊvÊÌ
ÃiÊÊVÌÀÊÜ
ÃÌÊÕÃÌvÞ}ÊÌ
iÊÃÕLÕ}>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ ««Õ>Ì°ÊÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊvÊ«ÀÌiÃÌ]Ê>ÃÌÀi>ÊÌiiÛÃÊ>`ÊVi>ÊÜiÀiÊ>VVÕÃi`ÊvÊ Ã`ÕÃÞÊ«iÀ«iÌÕ>Ì}ÊiµÕ>ÌÞÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvÊÃÕL>Ê`VÌÀ>Ì°ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê Ì
ÃÊVÀ̵ÕiÊÃÊÌÊÀiÃÌÀVÌi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃÆÊÃViÊÌ
i]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÕÌÊÌ
iÊ «ÃÌ`iÀÊ«iÀ`]ÊViÌ>ÌÀÃÊ>`Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊVÌÕi`ÊÌÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃÊVViÀÊ >LÕÌÊÌ
iÊ`iiÌiÀÕÃÊivviVÌÃÊvÊiÝ«ÃÕÀiÊÌÊVi>ÌVÊiÌiÀÌ>iÌ°ÊÊÌ
iÊ£äÃ]Ê ÕiÊLLÃ]ÊÜÀÌ}Ê>LÕÌÊÌ
iÊ«À«>}>ÌÊvÊi}>ÌÛiÊÀÃ
ÊÃÌiÀiÌÞ«iÃÊÊ««Õ>ÀÊ VÕÌÕÀi]Ê>ÃÃiÀÌi`ÊÌ
>Ìʼi`>ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÃÊ°°°Ê>VÌÊ>ÃÊÌÀ>ÃvÀ>ÌÛiÊvÀViÃÊÊÃViÌÞ]ÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>Ê>ÃʺÀiyiVÌûÊÀÊiÌVÊvÀÃÊ>ÌÊiÊÀiÛiÊvÀÊÀi>ÌÞ½°17 The innocence of the image is not to be reinstated and Gibbons emphasised its continuing
106
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
«ÜiÀÊÌÊÕ`ÊÌ
iÊ`Û`Õ>°ÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÕ]ÊÊÕÀÊVÀi>Ã}ÞÊi`>ÌÃi`Ê iÛÀiÌ]Ê->ÛÊ=ãiÊ
>ÃÊÜ>Ài`ÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀVÕÃÊÛÃLÌÞÊvÊVÛiÀÌÊ«ÌV>Ê `VÌÀ>Ì\ʼÜiÊÛiÊÊÌiÃÊÜ
iÀiÊ`i}ÞÊÃÊÛiÀÞÊÃÌÀ}]ÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÝÌiÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊ Ã½ÌÊiÛiÊiÝ«iÀiVi`Ê>ÃÊ`i}Þ½°18Ê/
iÊÀ>Ã>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊiLiÀ>ÉVÃiÀÛ>ÌÛiÊ>}i`>Êi>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÃÊÌÃÊvÊ>Ì
`]Ê«À}ÀiÃÃ]Ê}ÀÜÌ
]ʼÕýÊ>`ʼÌ
i½Ê are so well assimilated that voices of dissent struggle to make an impact. The concept vÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀʼ`ÕLÞÊÃÌQÌ}RÊÊ>Üi½ÊvÊ`i>Ãi`ÊÃViÌ>ÊiÝi«>ÀÃ]ÊÜ
iÀiÛiÀÊ Ì
iÞÊ>ÀiÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊqÊLL>À`Ã]ÊÌiiÛÃ]ÊVi>]ÊiÜë>«iÀÃ]Ê>}>âiÃ]ÊÊ«ÀÌÊ ÀÊiÊqÊÕ`iÀÃVÀiÃÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊÛiÃÌ}>ÌÃÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«]Ê«VÌÞÊÀÊ iÝ«VÌÞ°19 The new cultural stereotypes (not so different from the old) themselves modulate artists’ creative responses to the ideologically inflected representational field in which we all struggle to build a viable identity.
PSYCHOANALYSIS AND FEMINISM ÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃ]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>`Ê>V>`iVÃÊÃÌÀÕ}}i`ÊÌÊÕ`iÀÃÌ>`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀViÃÃÊvÊV>Ì
iÝÃ]ÊÌ
iÊiÌ>ÊÛiÃÌiÌÊÊÃVÀiiÊiÌÌiðÊ7
Þ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ>Ãi`]Ê `ÊÜiÊ`iÃÀiÊÌÊiÌiÀÊÌ
iÊ>VÌʼ>ÃÊvÊÌÊ>ÌÌiÀi`ÊÌÊÕý¶20 Christian Metz believed that our appetite for pleasurable identification with aspirational cinematic scenarios ÃÊ`ÀÛiÊLÞÊ>Ê«ÃÞV
VÊvÀ>ÌÊ>`Ê`ÜÊÊ>VµÕiÃÊ>V>½ÃʼÀÀÀÊ«
>Ãi½]Ê>Ê`iÛiopmental milestone triggered by the infant’s first encounter with her own image in >ÊÀÀÀ°Ê/
iÊV
`Ê«iÀViÛiÃÊ
iÀÊÀiyiVÌ]Ê
iÀÊÃivÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÊV
iÀiÌ]Ê Ìi}À>Ìi`ÊLi}]Ê>Ê`i>Ãi`Ê>}iÊëÌÊvvÊvÀÊ
iÀÊÃÕLiVÌÛiÊiÝ«iÀiVi]ÊÜ
V
Ê ÃÊÌÃivÊvÀ>}iÌi`Ê>`Ê`ëiÀÃi`]ÊÀi`ÊÊÌ
iÊV
>ÌVÊiÌÃÊ>`ÊL`ÞÊÃiÃ>tions of infancy.21 The mirror phase heralds the child’s evolving sense of herself as >ÊÃV>ÊLi}]ÊÕÌÊÌ
iÀiÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`]Ê>Ê«À`ÕVÌÊvÊÌ
iʼÃV>ÊÀ`iÀ½Ê>`ÊÌÃÊÀi}iÃÊ vÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì°ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊiÌâ]ÊÌ
iÊVi>ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊ`Õ}iÃÊÊ>Ê«i>ÃÕÀ>LiÊ re-visiting of the idealised and imaginary identity now reincarnated in the elegant beings animating the cinema screen. /
iÊ«ÃÞV
>>ÞÌVÊ`iÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«ÊÃiiÃÊÌÊiÝ«>Ê
ÜÊÌ
iÊÀi«>Þ}ÊvÊ Ì
iÊÀÀÀÊ«
>Ãi]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊiLÀ>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}>ÀÞÊ}
ÌÊvÕVÌÊÊVi>°ÊiÌâÊ >À}ÕiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊVi>ÊÃÌ>}iÃÊÕÀÊÜÊ`iÃÀi]Ê>`ÊÌ
ÃÊLiViÃÊÌÀ>Ã>Ìi`ÊÌÊ>Ê desire to both possess and embody the reified models of humanity in the starry fir>iÌÊvÊÞÜ`°ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÞV
>>ÞÌV>Ê«>À>`}]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊ and identification is achieved by means of narrative immersion undergird by narcissistic fantasies of omnipotence. Protected by the dark auditorium and enveloped in Ì
iÀʼV>ÃÊvÊÛÃLÌÞ½]ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊV>ÊÀiÌÀi>ÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃV««
VÊ`i}
ÌÃÊvÊLÃiÀÛ}ÊÌ
iÊ`iÃÀi`ÊLiVÌÊÕÃii]ÊÕÃÌÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ `iÀÃÊëi`ÊÊÌ
iÊLi>ÕÌvÕÊ-ÕÃ>>Ê vÀÊ Li
`Ê VÛiiÌÞ«>Vi`Ê LLV>Ê LÕÃ
iÃ°Ê ÃÊ 6À}>Ê 7vÊ LÃiÀÛi`]Ê ÜiÊ
FILM AS FILM
107
¼Li
`½ÊÃVÀiiÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃʼ>ÃÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÀiÊÜ
iÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊÌÊÌ
iÀi½Ê>`ÊÌ>}ÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÊ «ÀÛi}i`Ê«ÃÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>«ÜiÀvÕÊ}>âi]ÊVi>}}Ê>Õ`iViÃÊV>ÊviÌÃ
ÃÌV>ÞÊVÃÕiÊ>}iÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÀÃÊÜ
]ÊiÊ-ÕÃ>>]Ê>««i>Ài`ÊÌÊLiÊÕ>Ü>ÀiÊvÊ being observed.22Ê/
iÊ«ÌÊ>LÕÌÊ`iÃÀi]ÊvÊVÕÀÃi]ÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊV>ÊiÛiÀÊLiÊÃ>ÌÃwi`°Ê ÃÊ ÕÌÊ6ÀÃÞÊ`ÃVÛiÀi`]ÊViÊÊ«ÃÃiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊiV
>Ì}Ê>Ê>Ài]Ê
iÀÊVµÕiÃÌʼLÀÕ}
ÌÊ
ÊÊÀiÊÌ
>Ê>Ê}À>ÊvÊÃ>`ÊÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÕÌ>ÊvÊLÃÃÊ
iÊ
>`ÊiÝ«iVÌi`½°23Ê/
iÊÀi>Ã>ÌÊÌ
iÊ`>ÜÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ
iÊ
>ÃÊLiiÊ}ÕÌÞÊvÊÌ
iʼiÌiÀnal error men make in imagining that happiness consists in the realisation of their desires’.24 Cinema materialises and regulates the eternal circulation of desire and >ÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÃii]Ê>Õ`iViÃ]ÊÕÝÕÀ>Ì}ÊÊÌÃÊÛÞiÕÀÃÌVÊ`i}
ÌÃ]ÊV>ÊLiViÊÃÊ
Þ«ÌÃi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊÜÀ`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÞÊÀi>ÊLÛÕÃÊÌÊÌ
iʼÌÀ>ÃvÀ>ÌÛiÊ vÀViýÊLLÃÊ>`Ê=ãiÊV>Ê>ÀiÊÃÌÊ«iÀ>Ì}ÊÜÌ
Êi`>ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌðÊÌÊ ÃÊÌ
iÃiÊvÀViÃ]ÊÃÕLÌÞÊ>««i`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>Ê«ÃÞV
iÊÌ
>ÌÊwÊÌ
iÀÃÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃÊ identified as capable of modulating individuals’ perceptions of the society to which Ì
iÞÊLi}]ÊV}Ê`ÜÊÌ
iÀÊ«ÃÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌÊ>`ÊyÕiV}ÊÌ
iÀÊviÊV
ViÃ°Ê The feminist critique of spectatorship differentiated between the male and vi>iÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀ]Ê >`Ê >Ìi`Ê LÌ
Ê Ì
iÊ iÞiÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ V>iÀ>Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ iÞiÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ Li
`iÀÊ >ÃÊ VÃÌÌÕÌ>ÞÊ «
>ViÌÀV]Ê «Ài`>ÌÞÊ À}>Ãi`Ê >ÀÕ`Ê Ì
iÊ iÀÌVÊ`iÃÀiÃÊvÊi°ÊÊ
iÀÊViiLÀ>Ìi`ÊiÃÃ>Þʼ6ÃÕ>Ê*i>ÃÕÀiÊ>`Ê >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ i>½Ê £Çx®]Ê>ÕÀ>ÊÕÛiÞÊ>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊvi>iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÜ>ÃÊV`ii`ÊÌÊÃV>ÌiÊ between two modes of spectatorship. She could either passively identify with an LiVÌwi`]ÊÃiÝÕ>Ãi`Ê
iÀiÊÃVÀiiÊ>ÊV
>À>VÌiÀÊV`ii`ÊÌÊLiʼÌ
iÊLi>ÀiÀÊ vÊi>}]ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>iÀÊvÊi>}½®]ÊÀÊ>VÌÛiÞÊ>ÃÃV>ÌiÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃV««
VÊ }>âiÊvÊÌ
iÊ>iÊ«ÀÌ>}ÃÌÃÊ>`ÊLÞÊiÝÌiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>iÊiLiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ >Õ`iVi]Ê
iÀÊVVVÕ«>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`ÌÀÕ° 25 Mulvey went on to show the predicament of the woman spectator who co-opts the agency of the active male hero but gains her position of spectatorial mastery only by abdicating her given gender. Although Mulvey among others has since revised her initial theory of female specÌ>ÌÀÃ
«]ÊÌÊÃiÀÛi`ÊÌÊ
}
}
ÌÊÌ
iÊVÀÕV>ÊÀiÊvÊ`iÌwV>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊVÃÊ ÊÌ
iÊÃV>Ã>ÌÊvÊ}ÀÃ]Ê>ÊÃÌÀÕiÌ>Êi`ÕV>Ì>ÊvÀViÊÌ
>ÌÊÀi>ÃÊÜÌ
ÊÕÃÊ today.26ÊÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀViÃÃÊvÊiÛÛ}Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÃV>ÊLi}ÊÃÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀi`Ê >ÀÕ`ÊÌ
iÊÃi>ÀV
ÊvÀÊ>ÊÛ>LiÊ«>ViÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ`Û`Õ>Ê}
ÌÊ«À`ÕVÌÛiÞÊVVÕ«Þ°Ê ÊiÃÃÊÌ`>ÞÊÌ
>ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]Êi`>Ê>}iÃ]ÊLÞÊÛÀÌÕiÊvÊÌ
iÀÊ ÕLµÕÌÞ]ÊVÌÕiÊÌÊyÕiViÊÕÀÊ`i>ÃÊ>LÕÌÊÜ
ÊÜiÊÌ
ÊÜiÊ>Ài]ÊÜ
>ÌÊÜiÊ>ëÀiÊ ÌÊLiViÊ>`Ê
ÜÊÜiÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÕÀÊÛiÃÊvÀÊ>Ê}i`iÀi`]ÊiÌ
VÊ>`Ê>}i`iwi`Ê standpoint. It may seem tiresome to labour this point but in 2008 the then culture ÃÌiÀÊ >ÀL>À>ÊiÌÌÊ>`iÊ>ÊV
}ÊLÃiÀÛ>Ì\ʼvÊÞÕÊ>ÃÊÌÌiÊ}ÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊiÌ
iÀÊ want to be footballers’ wives or win The X Factor°½ÊiÌÌÊVVÕ`i`ÊÌ
>ÌʼÕÀÊÃViÌÞÊ is in danger of being Barbie-dolled’.27 Natasha Walter has shown how a new brand of biological determinism is masking cultural reinforcement and rationalising girls’
108
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
>««>ÀiÌÊ«ÀiviÀiViÊvÀÊ>ÊÌ
}ÃÊ«Ê>Ãʼ>ÊiÃV>«>LiÊÀiÃÕÌÊvÊL}Þ]ÊÜ
V
Ê is assumed to be resistant to change’.28 The equally worrying findings of an Ofsted report in 2011 highlight the continuing lack of ambition among girls beyond the traditionally proscribed roles for women in Western society. 29 7Ì
ÊÀi«i>Ìi`ÊiÝ«ÃÕÀiÊÌÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃÊÃÕ««ÀÌ}ÊÌ
ÃÊÛiÜ]ÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊVÃVÕÃÞÊ ÀÊÌ]ÊÜiÊ>ÞÊviiÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÌ
ÕÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÌÛiÊV
>À}iÊvÊÞÕÌ
Ê>`ÊÃiÝÕ>Ê`iÃÀ>LÌÞ]ÊÌ
iÀÊÃV>ÊÛ>ÕiÊÃÊVÃ`iÀ>LÞÊ`Ã
i`°Ê}i>ÊV,LLiÊ
>ÃÊLÃiÀÛi`Ê Ì
>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊÃV>i`ʼ«ÃÌviÃ̽Ê>}i]ÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊLiiÊÃ`Ê>ÊëÕÀÕÃÊÌÊ vÊi«ÜiÀiÌÊ>`ÊvÀii`ÊvÊV
ViÊÌ
>Ì]ÊÊv>VÌ]ÊÃÊ}i>Ài`ÊÌÊV`ÌÞÊVÃÕ«ÌÊ>`ÊÀiÃÌ>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÊÀÕiÊvÊ`Û`Õ>Ã]ÊÌ
ÕÃÊ
LÌ}ÊViVÌÛiÊ«ÌV>Ê initiatives.30Ê ÌÊÞÊÌ
>Ì]ÊLÕÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>L>`iÌÊvʼÜi½ÊÊv>ÛÕÀÊvʼ½]ÊviÃÊ
>ÃÊLiiʼ`Ã>ÀÌVÕ>Ìi`½]ÊÃiÛiÀi`ÊvÀÊÌÃÊ>ÌÕÀ>Ê>iÃÊÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>`iÊÕÊÛiiÌÊ and among anti-racist and gay activists. 31 Despite the legislative reforms that have ÃÌÌÕÌi`ÊÊ«ÀV«i®ÊiµÕ>Ê««ÀÌÕÌiÃÊvÀÊÜi]Ê /Ê>`ÊiÌ
VÊÀÌiÃÊÊ 7iÃÌiÀÊÃViÌiÃ]Ê>ÃÌÀi>ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊvÀiµÕiÌÞÊ«iÀ>ÌiÃÊ>ÃÊ>Ê««Ã}]Ê Ài>VÌ>ÀÞÊvÀVi°ÊÌÊÃÕ>ÌiÃÊÌÃÊiLiÀ>]ÊÀiÌÀ}ÀiÃÃÛiÊ`i}V>ÊiÃÃ>}iÃÊ ÌÊÌ
iÊÌi`iÀÊ>LÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÞÕ}Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊVÌÕ}ÊiÝ«iVÌ>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`]Ê into the hopes of the marginalised and the dreams of the displaced.
INDEXICALITY It is possible to argue that the persuasive power of the moving image has been overÃÌ>Ìi`Ê LÌ
Ê LÞÊ Ì
iÊ iÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê wÊ }iiÀ>ÌÊ ÌÊ Ü
V
Ê Ê Li}Ê >`Ê `ii`Ê LÞÊ VÕÀÀiÌÊViÌ>ÌÀÃ]Ê>`ÊÊÃ
>Ê`ii`Ê«ÕÀÃÕiÊÌ
>ÌÊiÊÊ`ÕiÊVÕÀÃi°ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê the illusionism of film derives its plausibility partly from the presupposition of in`iÝV>ÌÞ]Ê>ÊVVi«ÌÊvÀÕ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iʫ
ë
iÀÊ °Ê-°Ê*iÀViÊÊ
ÃÊ£äÓÊiÃÃ>ÞÊ Three Trichotomies of Signs.32ʼÊIndexÊÃÊ>ÊÃ}]½Ê`iV>Ài`Ê*iÀVi]ʼÜ
V
ÊÀiviÀÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ "LiVÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊ`iÌiÃÊLÞÊÛÀÌÕiÊvÊLi}ÊÀi>ÞÊ>vviVÌi`ÊLÞÊÌ
>ÌÊ"LiV̽°33 The foot«ÀÌÊÃÊÃÌÊVÞÊVÌi`Ê>ÃÊ>Ê>>}ÕiÊvÊÌ
iÊ`iÝV>ÌÞÊvÊwÊqÊV
>}}Ê patterns of light imprint themselves on the photosensitive material of the filmstrip in the same way that a foot bearing the weight of a body makes its mark in fresh snow. The new impression takes the shape of the foot that created it and thus becomes a sign for the absent body while the host material is physically transformed in the iVÕÌiÀ]ÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊÃÜÊÀÊViÕ`°Ê*iÀVi½ÃÊÌÊvÊ`iÝV>ÌÞÊÜ>ÃÊi>LÀ>Ìi`Ê LÞÊ*iÌiÀÊ7iÊÜ
]ÊÊSigns and Meaning in the CinemaÊ£ÇÓ®]Ê`ÀiÜÊ>Ê`ÃÌVÌÊ LiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊVVÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ`iÝV>]Êii}>ÌÞÊÃÕ>ÀÃi`ÊLÞÊ>Ê
ÀÃÌiÊ>ÃÊvÜÃ\Ê ¼VVÊ LiV>ÕÃiÊ wÊ >}iÃÊ ÀiÃiLiÊ Ì
ÃiÊ Ì
}ÃÊ Ü
V
Ê Ì
iÞÊ Ã}vÞÆÊ >`Ê `iÝV>ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊÌ
iÀÊ>iÀÊvÊ«À`ÕVÌÊqÊVi>Ì}À>«
ÞÊqÊ«À`ÕViÃÊ*iÀVi½ÃÊ º}iÕiÊÀi>Ì»ÊLiÌÜiiÊÃ}Ê>`ʺLiVÌ»°½34 This direct causal relationship came
FILM AS FILM
109
ÌÊLiÊViiLÀ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>Êw>iÀÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊëiVwVÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃÌVÊvÊwÊÀiÃ`}]Ê>ÃÊ VÞÊ>ÞÊLÃiÀÛi`]ÊÊÌÃÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊ}iiÀ>ÌiʼÌÀ>ViÃÊÌ
>ÌÊiÛ`iViÊ>Ê ViÀÌ>ÊÃÌÕ>ÌÊiÝÃÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÀÊÜ
iÀiÊÌ
iÊiÛiÌÊÌÊ«>Vi½]Ê>ÊiÛiÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ witnessed by a camera. 35 /
iÊ ÃÞÃÌiVÊ `iÝV>ÌÞÊ vÊ wÊ Ì
iÀivÀiÊ V>ÀÀiÃÊ ÜÌ
Ê ÌÊ >Ê >ÃÃÕ«ÌÊ vÊ `VÕiÌ>ÀÞÊ>ÕÌ
iÌVÌÞ]Ê>ÊVÀ>ÀÞÊÌÊÌ
iʼiÃÃiÌ>ÞÊLiVÌÛiÊV
>À>VÌiÀ½ÊvÊ«
Ì}À>«
ÞÊÊÜ
V
Ê`ÀjÊ >âÊL>Ãi`Ê
ÃʼÕwV>̽ÊÌ
iÀÞ°Ê/
iʫ
Ì}À>«
VÊ >}i]ÊLÌ
ÊÃÌÊ>`ÊÛ}]Ê
iÊVÌi`i`]Êi>LiÃʼ>Ê>½ÊÌʼ«ÀiÃiÀÛi]Ê>ÀÌwV>Þ]Ê
ÃÊL`ÞÊ>««i>À>Vi½Ê>`ÊÌ
ÕÃÊ«ÀÛ`iʼ>Ê`iviViÊ>}>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊ«>ÃÃ>}iÊvÊÌi½]Ê>Ê means to cheat death through representation.36Ê,V
>À`ÊiÊ
>ÃÊ>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊwÃ]Ê iÊ «
Ì}À>«
ÃÊ ¼V>ÀÀÞÊ >Ê «ÀiÃÕ«ÌÊ vÊ ÌÀÕÌ
Ê vÀÊ Ì
iÊ ÛiÜiÀÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÀiÃÌÃÊ Õ«Ê Ì
iÊ V>ÕÃ>Ê Ài>ÌÃ
«Ê LiÌÜiiÊ LiVÌÊ >`Ê >}i½° 37Ê iÊ >â]Ê iÊ VVÕ`i`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ the analogical model of the photographic image has carried over into film where any vÌ>}i]Ê`VÕiÌ>ÀÞÊÀÊwVÌ>ÊÃÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌi`ÊLÞÊ>Ê>Õ`iViÊ>Ãʼ>VÌÕ>ÌÞÊvÌ>}i½]Ê>`ÊÊÌÃÊi>À«iÀviVÌÊVÀÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÊÜÀ`Ê>VµÕÀiÃʼiÛ`iÌ>ÀÞÊÃÌ>ÌÕý° 38 iÊ}iÃÊÊÌÊ«À«ÃiÊÌ
>ÌÊ>Ì
Õ}
ÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊÌʼ>Ûi½]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÃ]ÊÜiÊ`ÊÌÊÃÌ>iÊ >ÊwVÌÊwÊvÀÊÀi>ÌÞ]ÊÜiÊiÌ
iiÃÃʼLiiÛiÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ
>ÌÊÜiÊÃiiÊÃÊ>VÌÕ>ÌÞÊÕiÃÃÊ Ì
iÀiÊÃÊÀi>Ã>LiÊiÛ`iViÊÌÊÌ
iÊVÌÀ>ÀÞ½°ÊÊÜ
>ÌiÛiÀÊvÀÊÌÊÌ>iÃ]ʼÀi«À`ÕVÌÛiÊ illusion trades upon this belief’. 39 The facticity of film has acquired an archival gloss in contemporary re-appraisals of mainstream films. Catherine Russell has identified >ÊÀ>`V>ʼÕÌiiÃýÊÌÊÌ
iÊVÌiÃÊ>`Ê>`ÃV>«iÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>««i>ÀÊÊÌ
iÊL>V}ÀÕ`ÃÊ of mainstream films.40Ê/
iÞÊÃÌ>`Ê>ÃÊ>Ê
ÃÌÀV>Ê`VÕiÌ]Ê>Ê`iÝV>ÊÌÀ>ViÊvÊ the locations against which the action was set. This is also true of artists’ films. For ÃÌ>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊwÃÊÃ
ÌÊLÞÊÀÌ
ÕÀÊ>`Ê ÀiÊ >ÌÀÊ>ÀÕ`Ê >LiÀÀ>]ÊÕÃÌÀ>>]Ê Ê Ì
iÊ £ÇäÃÊ Ài>Ê >Ê «ÌiÌÊ ¼Õwi`½Ê ÀiVÀ`Ê vÊ >Ê >`ÃV>«iÊ ViÊ Ìi}À>Ê ÌÊ LÀ}>ÊVÕÌÕÀi]ÊÜÊL}
Ìi`ÊLÞÊ7iÃÌiÀÊÃiÌÌiiÌÊ>`Ê`iÛi«iÌ° 41 ÊëÌiÊvÊÌ
iÊë
ÃÌV>ÌÊvÊÌ`>Þ½ÃÊVi>Ê>Õ`iViÃ]ÊVÕ`}ÊÌ
iÊÌiÀ>tional community of film historians who are finding new meaning in the backgrounds vÊ V>V>Ê wÃ]Ê ÜiÊ ÃÌÊ VV>Ã>ÞÊ ÜÌiÃÃÊ Ì
iÊ «
iiÊ vÊ `iÕÃ>Ê stalker fans who cannot differentiate between fiction and reality. In their frenzied «ÕÀÃÕÌÊvÊÃÌ>ÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊLiiÛiÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÀiÊÜÀÃ
«}ÊÌ
iÊV
>À>VÌiÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>VÌÀ° 42 If Ì
ÃÊÃÕ`ÃÊiÊ>ÊiÝÌÀiiÊ>`ÊiÝVi«Ì>ÊiÝ>«iÊvÊi`>ÊÌÀiVÌ]Ê>ÊÌÊ ÀiÕ`½Ãʼ«ÃÞV
ÃýÊvÊ`Ài>Ã]ÊÜiÊ`ÊÌÊii`ÊÌÊÊÛiÀÞÊv>ÀÊvÀÊiÛ`iViÊvÊÌ
iÊ «ÜiÀÊÌ
>ÌÊi`>ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊVÌÕiÃÊÌÊiÝiÀÌÊÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÞV
iÃÊvÊÌ
iÊVÌâiÀÞ°Ê I have already suggested that girls restrict their ambitions in line with the role modiÃÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÀiÊiÝ«Ãi`ÊÌÊÊw]ÊÌiiÛÃÊ>`ÊÊÌ
iÊÌiÀiÌ]ÊLÕÌÊÊÃ
>Êi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ ÌiÃÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÀÌÃ
ÊÃ`iÀÊÌ
ÞÊ-ÜvvÀ`°ÊÊÓääÎ]Ê
iÊ>`ÌÌi`ÊÌÊ>ÊGuardian Ài«ÀÌiÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊÀÕÊÕ«ÊÌÊÌ
iÊwÀÃÌÊÕvÊVyVÌ]Ê
iÊ>`Ê
ÃÊviÜÊ>ÀiÃÊÜ>ÌV
i`Ê }ÃÌVÊÜ>ÀÊwÃʼ>`ÊÜiÀiÊiÝVÌi`ÊLÞÊÌ
i]ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊÌ
iÞÊViiLÀ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÀLiÊ and despicable beauty of our fighting skills’.43 The aestheticisation and normalisation
110
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
vÊÛiViÊÃÊ>Ì
iÀÊ«À`ÕVÌÊvÊi`>ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì]Ê>ÃÊÃÊÃÌÌÕÌ>Ãi`ÊÀ>VÃÊ >`ÊÌ
iÊVÀii«}ÊyÕiViÊvÊÀi}ÊÊÃiVÕ>ÀÊvi]ÊVÕ`}Êi`ÕV>Ì° 44 It would be unwise to dismiss the critiques of representation developed in the 1960s and 1970s. The power of mainstream cultural representations remains undiminished and the impact of film has been amplified by the digital age; its tentacles reach every corner of our lives as we fill our homes with ever-wider-screened receivers and ÛÕÌ>ÀÞÊV>ÀÀÞÊ>ÀÕ`ÊÜÌ
ÊÕÃÊ>ÌÕÀÃi`ʼyÕiViÊ>V
iý° 45
STRATEGIES OF DECONSTRUCTION: ANTI−NARRATIVE Ê VÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÀÊ VÌi«À>ÀiÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ wi`ÃÊ vÊ ÃV>Ê ÃViVi]Ê ÌiÀ>ÀÞÊ VÀÌVÃÊ>`Ê«ÌV>Ê«
ë
Þ]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜÀ}ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊâiÌ}iÃÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê £ÇäÃÊ Li}>Ê ÌÊ µÕiÃÌÊ 7iÃÌiÀÊ ÃViÌÞ½ÃÊ ¼À}`Ê VÕÌÕÀ>Ê VÛiÌý° 46 In the Ü`iÀÊÌiÀ>Ì>]Ê«ÃÌV>ÊVÌiÝÌ]ÊÀ>`V>Ê«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊÌiÀÀ}>Ìi`Ê7iÃÌiÀÊ «ÜiÀÃ½Ê Li}iÀiÌÊ vÀi}Ê «ViÃ]Ê «>ÃÌÊ >`Ê «ÀiÃiÌ]Ê >ÃÊ ÜiÊ >ÃÊ Ì
iÀÊ ¼Ã}Õ`i`Ê public posturing’.47Ê ÃiÀÊÌÊ
i]Ê««ÃÌ>ÊÌ
iÀÃÊiÝ«Ãi`ÊiÌÀiV
i`ÊÃcial inequalities legitimised by essentialism – the appeal to universal truths based Ê L>ÀÞÊ ««ÃÌÃÊ vÊ L>VÊ ÛÃ°Ê Ü
Ìi]Ê vi>iÊ ÛÃ°Ê >i]Ê
iÌiÀÃiÝÕ>Ê ÛÃ°Ê ¼`iÛ>̽]Ê«ÀÌÛiÊÛðÊVÛÃi`]Ê>ÌÕÀiÊÛðÊVÕÌÕÀi°Ê/
iÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊ>ÃÊÌÊiÛÛi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ £ÇäÃÊ>`Ê£näÃÊiLÀ>Vi`Ê>VµÕiÃÊ iÀÀ`>½ÃÊVÀ̵ÕiÊvÊÌ
iÊÕwi`ÊÃÕLiVÌ]Ê>`Ê >ëÀi`ÊÌÊ>Ê`iÌÌÞÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊyÕ`]Ê«ÀÛÃ>]ÊvÀ>}iÌi`Ê>`Ê«ÕÀi°ÊÊ>`Ê videomakers sought to mitigate the negative impact of surreptitious indoctrination encoded in cinematic and televisual content. Their aim was to transform spectators vÀÊ`ViÊVÃÕiÀÃÊvÊ`>ÌÊ`i}ÞÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊV
iiÊ>ÀÊV>i`ʼÌÀÃV>ÞÊ«ÌVÃi`ÊÃÕLiVÌî½° 48 If ideological messages work their nefarious magic by means of visual pleasure and narcissistic identification with defined characters ««Õ>Ì}Ê>ÊwVÌ>ÊÃVi>À]ÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÊwÀÃÌÊÃÌi«ÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊÌiÀÛiiÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÃÊ of cinematic representation. The imperative was to disrupt the viewer’s habitual ÀiëÃiÃÊ>`Ê
LÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ VÞÊ>ÞÊV>i`ʼÌ
iÀÊ}iÃÌ>ÌvÀ}ÊivvÀÌý]ÊÌ
>ÌÊ Ã]Ê Ì
iÀÊ >LÌÞÊ ÌÊ VÀi>ÌiÊ Ã>ÌÃv>VÌÀÞ]Ê V
iÀiÌÊ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃÊ ÕÌÊ vÊ >Ê ÃÕVViÃÃÊ vÊ disparate onscreen events. 49 Filmmakers such as Laura Mulvey were determined ÌÊ i>V«>ÌiÊ Ì
iÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÊ >`Ê >`«Ìi`Ê i>ÃÕÀiÃÊ ÌÊ iÃÕÀiÊ Ì
iÊ ¼`iÃÌÀÕVÌÊ of pleasure as a radical weapon’.50 The deconstructive programme thus began by iÌÌÃ}ÊVÛiÌ>Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛi]Êi>ÀÊÃÌÀÞÌi}Ê>`Ê>ÞÊ`À>>ÌÕÀ}V>ÊiÌiÀÌ>iÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÛÛi`Ê>VÌÀÃ]Ê`>ViÀÃ]ÊÃ}iÀÃ]ÊVÃÌÕiÃ]ÊÕÃV]ÊiÝÌVÊV>ÌÃÊ >`Ê i>LÀ>ÌiÊ ÃiÌÃ°Ê Ì
Õ}
Ê w>iÀÃÊ ÃÕV
Ê >ÃÊ ÕÛiÞÊ
iÀÃiv]Ê >ÃÊ ÜiÊ >ÃÊ Û`i>iÀÃÊ VÕ`}Ê -ÌÕ>ÀÌÊ >ÀÃ
>]Ê >`>«Ìi`Ê >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ >`Ê `VÕiÌ>ÀÞÊ V`iÃ]Ê Ì
iÞÊ`iÛÃi`ÊÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃÊÌÊÃÕLÛiÀÌÊÌ
i]ÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊ>ÀÃ
>ÊLÞÊÕÃ}ÊÃÌÌi`]Ê >>ÌiÕÀÃ
Ê>VÌ}]Ê>`ÊÕÛiÞÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvÊiÝÌi`i`ÊÎÈäÂÊÃ
ÌðÊÃÊÜiÊÃ
>ÊÃii]Ê
FILM AS FILM
111
ÊÌ
iÊÀiÊiÝÌÀiiÊV>ÃiÃÊvÊVi>ÌVÊ`iVÃÌÀÕVÌ]ÊÌ
iÊvÀ>VÌÕÀ}ÊvÊ>}Õ>}iÊ advocated by Derrida resulted in the virtual destruction of filmic illusionism and the denial of the fetishistic pleasures of voyeurism.
CASTRATING THE GAZE *iÌiÀÊ `>Ê `iVÀii`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ Ê >Û>Ì}>À`iÊ wÊ ¼Ì
iÊ Ã
>«iÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ >ÌiÀ>½Ê Ã
Õ`Ê LiÊ ¼«À>ÀÞÊ ÌÊ >ÞÊ Ài«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì>Ê VÌi̽]Ê >`Ê Ì
ÃÊ «ÀiVi«ÌÊ LiV>iÊ Ì
iÊ }ÛiÀing principle of much British work.51 A number of formal and analytical strategies ÜiÀiÊ>`«Ìi`ÊÌÊ>V
iÛiÊÌ
ÃÊ>]ÊÊÌ
iÊiÊ
>`Ê`iVÃÌÀÕVÌ}ÊÌ
iÊ>}Õ>}iÊvÊ >ÃÌÀi>ÊwÊ>`]ÊÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀ]Ê>}Ê«
ÞÃV>ÊÌiÀÛiÌÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊwVÊ>««>À>ÌÕðÊÊÌ
iÊvÜ}ÊÃiVÌÃ]ÊÊÃ
>ÊÕÌiÊÃiÊvÊÌ
iÃiÊ>««À>V
iÃ]ÊLÌ
Ê ÃiÌVÊ>`Ê>ÌiÀ>ÃÌ]ÊViVÌÛiÞÊÌi`i`ÊÌÊÀiÛi>Ê>`ÊÕ`iÀiÊÌ
iÊÃÌ
Ê workings of illusionism in narrative film as well as disrupt conventional modes of ëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«°ÊiÃÌÊw>iÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ>ÕÀ>ÊÕÛiÞ]Ê->ÞÊ*ÌÌiÀÊ>`ÊÞViÊ 7i>`Ê>`«Ìi`Ê>ÊëiÊÌiV
µÕiÊvÀʼV>ÃÌÀ>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊ}>âi½ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÊÃVÀii]ÊÌ
iÊ>VÌÀiÃÃÊÀ]ÊÊ7i>`½ÃÊV>Ãi]Ê
iÀÊviiÊ>ÌiÀÊi}]ÊLÀi>ÃÊÌ
iÊV>À`>ÊÀÕiÊ of narrative cinema and looks directly into the lens of the camera. The theory was Ì
>ÌÊÜ
iÊ>ÊÜ>ÊÀiÌÕÀÃÊÌ
iÊ}>âiÊvÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ>i®ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊLiÞ`]Ê Ã
iÊ LÜÃÊ Ì
iÀÊ VÛiÀ]Ê ÛÞiÕÀÃÊÃÊiÝ«Ãi`Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊw}iÀÊ is denied the pleasures of consuming the female body from a position of spectatorial «ÀÛi}i°Ê >ÞiÊ *>ÀiÀ½ÃÊ I Dish (1982) is a case in point. The vi>iÊ«ÀÌ>}ÃÌ]Êi}>}i`ÊÊ the preparation of a fish for the Ì>Li]Ê Ài}Õ>ÀÞÊ ÌÕÀÃÊ
iÀÊ }>âiÊ L>VÊÌÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ]ÊÌ
iʼ½ÊvÊ
iÀÊ iÞi]ÊÀi}ÃÌiÀ}Ê
iÀÊ>Ü>ÀiiÃÃÊ of the apparatus of film and of Ì
iÊ >Õ`iViÊ Ü>ÌV
}]Ê >`Ê >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ Ã>iÊ Ìi]Ê >ÃÃiÀÌ}Ê
iÀÊ ÜÊ}i`iÀi`ÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌÞ° The radical films of the feminist deconstructive school ÜiÀi]Ê >ÌÊ ÌiÃ]Ê LiÜ`iÀ}Ê ÌÊ Jayne Parker, I Dish (1982), 16mm, b/w, 16 min. Courtesy of the artist and LUX. contemporary audiences. In
112
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Light ReadingÊ£Çn®]ÊÃÊ,
`iÃÊÀivÕÃi`Ê>ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊLµÕiÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÃÊ of a woman’s body on the grounds that it could not escape erotic retrieval even if the performer’s gaze was locked onto the eye of the beholder. Peggy Phelan condemned Ì
iÊ`ë>ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ`i}V>Þʼ>Ài`½ÊL`ÞÊvÊÜ>ÊÊ>ÀÌ]ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊÌÊVÕ`ÊLiÊ ÕÃi`ÊÌʼº«ÀÛi»ÊÌ
>ÌÊÃiÝÕ>Ê`vviÀiViÊÃÊ>ÊÀi>Ê`vviÀiVi½° 52 Rhodes avoided offer}Ê Õ«Ê
iÀÊ L`ÞÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ V>iÀ>Ê >`Ê ÃÌi>`Ê >ÃÃiÀÌi`Ê
iÀÊ ÃÕLiVÌÛÌÞÊ Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê
iÀÊ ÛViÊ>`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃÃÊÃ
iÊ`i«Þi`ÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>Êi`Ì}ÊÀi}iÊvÊV«iÝÊ>ÞiÀ}]Ê fragmentation and repetition. The film opens with an elegiac monologue in which the >ÀÌÃÌÊÃÊ
i>À`ÊÕÃ}ÊÊ
iÀÊiÌÀ>«iÌÊÊ>}Õ>}i]ÊvÜi`ÊLÞÊ>Ê`iV>À>ÌÊvÊ her modus operandi°Ê¼Ê>Ê«>Vi`ÊÊ`>ÀiÃÃÊÞÊÌÊLiÊ>««>ÀiÌ]ÊÌÊ>««i>ÀÊÜÌ
ÕÌÊ>}i½]ÊÃ
iÊÌiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÃÊëiÊÛiÀÊ>ÊÕV«ÀÃ}ÞÊÕvÀÊL>VÊ screen marking her presence as a creative agent and her absence as image.53 Laura Mulvey and Peter Wollen’s Riddles of the SphinxÊ£ÇÇ®]ÊÌ
iÊÃÜ]ÊÃÕLiVÌÛiÊÀiVÀ`Ê vÊ>Ê`>ÞÊÊÌ
iÊviÊvÊ>Ê>ÛiÀ>}iÊ
ÕÃiÜvi]Ê>`Ê iÌÌiÊ>v̽ÃÊiÝÌi`i`ÊLÕÌÃÊ of convulsive laughter in Sally Potter’s ThrillerʣǮÊLÌ
ÊVvÕ`i`Ê>ÊiÝ«iVÌ>ÌÃÊvÊiÌiÀÌ>}ÊÃVÀiiÊÌi°ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃ]ÊÃÕV
ÊÃÕLÛiÀÃÛiÊwÃÊvÌiÊvÕ`Ê Ì
iÃiÛiÃÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊViÌÀiÊvÊv>VÌ>ÊVyVÌðÊ>ÀÝÃÌÊ>`ÊviÃÌÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`imakers believed the struggle should be conducted at the level of cinematic language Ü
iÊÌ
iÊV>«>}}ÊÜ}ÃÊvÊÃV>ÃÊ>`ÊviÃ]ÊÜ
V
Ê*iÌiÀÊ7iÊÕ`}i`Ê ÌÊLiʼ>iÃÌ
iÌV>ÞÊVÃiÀÛ>ÌÛi½]ÊvÕ`ÊÌÊ«ÌV>ÞÊiÝ«i`iÌÊÌÊ>`«ÌÊ``>VÌVÊ`Vumentary modes of communication.54Ê Ý«iÀiÌ>ÊÜÀÊÜ>ÃÊvÀiµÕiÌÞÊ`ÃÃÃi`Ê vÀÊLi}ÊLÃVÕÀiÊ>`ÊiÌÃÌÊ>`ÊÕÌÊvÊÌÕV
ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕ}}iÃÊvÊÀ`>ÀÞ]ÊÜÀing-class men and women.55ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ}ÀÕ`LÀi>}ÊwÃÊvÊÕÛiÞ]Ê,
`iÃ]Ê *ÌÌiÀÊ>`Ê*>ÀiÀ]Ê>}ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÀÊ>iÊVÕÌiÀ«>ÀÌÃÊÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊwÊÜiÀi]ÊÊ >ÞÊV>ÃiÃ]ÊÛ}ÊiÛV>ÌÃÊvÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌiÃÊÊÌÀ>ÃÌ]Ê>`ÊÜÌ
Ê>}>ÌÛiÞÊ>`>«Ìi`Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊvÀÃÊ>`ÊÀV
ÞÊÌiÝÌÕÀi`ÊÛÃÕ>Ê>`ÃV>«iÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊÜiÀi]ÊÊv>VÌ]Ê comparatively accessible works. They inspired only a small fraction of the incompre
iÃÊÞÊÜÊVÕ`i`®ÊÌ
>ÌÊiÌÊÌ
iÊ>`ÛiÌÊvÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊw°
STRUCTURAL/MATERIALISM *iÌiÀÊ `>Ê wÀÃÌÊ >Ài`Ê
ÃÊ À>`V>Ê `VÌÀiÊ vÊ wÊ Ê
ÃÊ £ÇxÊ iÃÃ>ÞÊ ¼/
iÀÞÊ >`Ê iwÌÊ vÊ -ÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊ ½°56 Any recourse to the conventional lan}Õ>}iÊvÊ>ÃÌÀi>ÊwÊÜÕ`ÊÀÕÊÌ
iÊÀÃÊvÊVÀi>Ì}ʼi>}ÃÊÜ
V
Ê>ÀiÊÌ
iÊ «ÃÌi`Ê>ÃÊ>ÌÕÀ>]Ê>ÃÊ
iÀi̽°57 Such lapses Gidal condemned as a return to the iÝiÀVÃiÊ vÊ Ü
>ÌÊ
iÊ V>i`Ê ¼«ÀViÃÃiÃÊ vÊ «ÜiÀi>VÌi̽°58 To counter the iniµÕÌiÃÊ iLi``i`Ê Ê `>ÌÊ wVÊ >}Õ>}i]Ê `>Ê >ÕV
i`Ê >Ê «À}À>iÊ vÊ ÃivÀiyiÝÛiÊw>}ÊV>Ìi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ`Ê>iÀÃ½Ê «ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ£ÈäÃÊ >`Êi>ÀÞÊ£ÇäðÊÊ}ÀÕ«ÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊVÕ`}Ê>VÊiÊÀVi]Ê VÞÊ>Þ]ÊÃÊ
FILM AS FILM
113
,
`iÃ]Ê>LiÊ VÃ]Ê7>Ê,>L>Ê>`ÊÊ >Ì
iÀiÞÊ«À`ÕVi`Ê>ÊL`ÞÊvÊÜÀÊ `iÃ}i`ÊÌÊÀi`iÀÊÛÃLiÊÌ
iÊÜÀ}ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃÊvÊw]Ê>À}iÞÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvÊ Ã>LÌ>}i°ÊÊÌ
iÊÀÕiÃÊvÊVi>ÌVÊ}À>>ÀÊÜiÀiÊLÀi\Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ}VÊ«`i`]Ê VÌÕÌÞÊ`ÃÀÕ«Ìi`]Ê>`Êi`ÌÃÊ>`iÊÛÃLiÊLÞÊÃÕLÃÌÌÕÌ}ÊÃÌ
Ê`ÃÃÛiÃÊÜÌ
Ê `ÃViVÌi`ÊÕ«ÊVÕÌðÊ/
iÊÃÞV
ÀÃ>ÌÊvÊ>}iÊ>`ÊÃÕ`ÊÜ>ÃÊÕVÕ«i`Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ >Õ`Ê ÌÀ>VÊ `ÃÌi}À>Ìi`Ê ÌÊ >Ê V>V«
ÞÊ vÊ ÛViÃ]Ê ÃVÀiiV
}Ê ÃÌÀÕiÌÃÊ>`ÊiiVÌÀVÊÃiÊÀ]ÊÊ
>}iÊÌÊi>ÀÞÊw]ÊÀi>i`ÊÕÌÌiÀÞÊÃiÌ°ÊVÌÀÃÊ ÃÌi««i`ÊÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÀiÃÊÀÊëiÊ}LLiÀÃ
]ÊÃiÌÃÊÜiÀiÊÀiÛi>i`Ê>ÃÊv>i]ÊV>iÀ>Ê«iÀ>ÌÀÃÊÜiÀiÊÊ}iÀÊ>ÞÕÃÊqÊÕÃÌ>Li]ÊÕÌvvVÕÃ]Ê>`Ê
>`
i`ÊvÌ>}iÊ betrayed their mediating presence. Directors shouted incoherent instructions from ÕÌÊvÊvÀ>i]Ê}
Ì}ÊÜiÌÊ
>ÞÜÀiÊÜÌ
ÊÃÌÕ`Ê}
ÌÃÊÀÊÌ
iÊÃÕÊÀi}Õ>ÀÞÊL`}Ê Ì
iÊiÃ]ÊÀÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`ÌÀÕÊÜ>ÃÊÃÕ``iÞÊ«Õ}i`ÊÌÊ`>ÀiÃÃÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ}
ÌÃÊÜiÀiÊ iÝ«V>LÞÊiÝÌ}ÕÃ
i`°ÊLÃÌÀÕÃiÊiÃÃ>}iÃÊy>Ã
i`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊÊ>Ê«>À`ÞÊvÊ ÌiÀÌÌiÃ]ÊvÕ`ÊvÌ>}iÊÜ>ÃÊ>}i`Ê>`ÊÀi}ÕÀ}Ì>Ìi`ÊÌÊ>ÊÛÃÕ>Ê}>>ÕvÀÞÊ>Vcompanied by a mélange of incidental sound. The conventional roles of the film set ÜiÀiÊÛiÀÌÕÀi`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊw>iÀÊÀi}Õ>ÀÞÊ`ÕLi`Ê>ÃÊ«iÀvÀiÀ]ÊV>iÀ>Ê«iÀ>ÌÀ]Ê i`ÌÀ]Ê«ÀiVÌÃÌÊ>`Ê`ÃÌÀLÕÌÀÊ>`]Ê>vÌiÀÊ
ÕÀÃ]ÊLiV>iÊ>Ê«
ë
V>Ê>«}ÃÌÊvÀÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊwÊÊi>Ài`ÊÕÀ>ÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊScreen and UndercutÊÊÌ
iÊ1]Ê the Cantrill Filmnotes in Australia and Millennium Film Journal in the USA. Ê>``ÌÊÌÊÜÌiÃÃ}ÊÌ
iÊ`iVÃÌÀÕVÌÊvÊiÃÌ>LÃ
i`ÊwÊ}À>>À]Ê>`Ê the unmasking what were regarded as the deceptions perpetrated by cinematic illuÃÃ]ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê>ÌÌiÌÊÜ>ÃÊÀi`ÀiVÌi`ÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊÌ
iÊi>ÃÊvÊ«À`ÕVÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ }>`}iÌÀÞÊ>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iʫ
ÞÃV>Ê>`ÊV
iV>ÊÃÕLÃÌÀ>ÌiÊvÊw]Ê>ÊvÊÌ
iÃiÊ>ÌiÀ>Ê >ÌÌÀLÕÌiÃÊLi}Ê«ÀiÛÕÃÞÊVVi>i`°Ê Ý«iÀiÌ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜÊLÀÕ}
ÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊvÀiÊ the creative processes of pre- and post-production as well as the final stages of film>}ÊiL`i`ÊÊÌ
iÊ«>À>«
iÀ>>ÊvÊÌ
iÊVi>\ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀ]ÊwÃÌÀ«Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ light beam that together with the mechanical transport of the film at 24 frames per ÃiV`]Ê}iiÀ>ÌiÊ>ÊÛ}Ê>}i°Ê¼7
>ÌÊÃÊ>ÌÊÃÌ>i½ÊÜÀÌiÊ*
«Ê ÀÕ`]ʼÃÊÌÊ iÀiÞÊÌ
iʺ`iVÃÌÀÕVÌ»ÊvÊwÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛi]ÊLÕÌÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
iÊiÌÀiÊÌiÀ>Ê`>iVÌVÊ of film construction’.59Ê>Þ]Ê«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊiÊÀVi]Ê,
`iÃÊ>`Ê >Ì
iÀiÞÊ ÊÌ
iÊ1]ÊV
>iÊ-ÜÊÊ >>`>]Ê*iÌiÀÊ7iLiÊÊiÀ>ÞÊ>`ÊiÊ>VLÃÊÊÌ
iÊ 1-]ÊLÀÕ}
ÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊiµÕ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ`i>ÊvÊwÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÌiL>Ãi`Ê«ÀiVÌÊiÛiÌÊiV«>ÃÃ}ÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}Þ]ÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊqÊLÌ
ÊÃV>Ê>`Ê«
ÞÃV>ÊqÊ>`]ÊÊVViÀÌÊ ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊvÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>Ê>`ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌÊLiÞ`ÊÌ]ÊÌ
iÊiÝ«iÀiViÊ of spectators. With the curtain ripped away from the tricks of mainstream narrative film LÌ
ÊÌÀÃV>ÞÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ`i}iÌVÊë>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊwÊ>`ÊiÝÌÀÃV>ÞÊÊÌÃÊÛÃLiÊ ÌiV
V>Ê ÃÕ««ÀÌÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ ÕÃÃÊ vÊ Vi>Ê Ü>ÃÊ Ã
>iÊ ÌÊ ÌÃÊ VÀiÊ >`Ê Ê Ì
iÊ>vÌiÀÃ
VÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÕëiÃÊvÊ`ÃLiivÊÃÌÀÕ}}i`ÊÌÊ>Ì>ÊÌÃÊ
`ÊÊÌ
iÊ ÛiÜiÀ°Ê/
ÀÕ}
ÊÀi«iÌÌ]Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ>`ÊvÀ>}iÌ>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊVi>ÌVÊÃ}ÊÜ>ÃÊ
114
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Vi>Ûi`ÊvÀÊÌÃÊÀiviÀiÌÊ>`ÊÊ>ÊvÀiiÊ«>ÞÊvÊÃ}wiÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>ë>ÀiVÞÊvÊw]Ê ÌÃÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊÛiÊÌÃivÊÊiÃÃÊvÊÀi>ÌÞ]ÊÜ>ÃÊi}>Ìi`°Ê ,LiÀÌÊ Õ}
iÃ]Ê ÜÀÌ}Ê Ê Ì
iÊ >ÌiÊ £ÇäÃ]Ê >ÌÌi«Ìi`Ê ÌÊ `iwiÊ Ì
iÊ «ÀV«iÃÊ ÃÌiiÀ}Ê >Û>Ì}>À`iÊ ÛÃÕ>Ê ÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃ°Ê ÀÌÃÌÃ]Ê Ã>`Ê Õ}
iÃ]Ê ÕÀÌÕÀi`Ê Ì
iÊ LiivÊ Ì
>ÌʼLÞÊV
>}}ÊÌ
iÊ>}Õ>}iÊvÊ>ÀÌ]ÊÞÕÊ>vviVÌÊÌ
iÊ`iÃÊvÊÌ
Õ}
Ì]ÊÞÕÊV
>}iÊ life’.60 It was this creed that drove Gidal’s somewhat utopian determination to rei`ÕV>ÌiÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvÊ`i>]ÊÊ>VVÀ`>ViÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÃÌÀVÌʼÌ
i}ÞÊvÊ negation’.61ÊvÊÞÕÊÜÌ
`ÊÌ
iÊ`i}
ÌÃÊvÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊiÀÃÊÊÌ
iʼ`Ài>ÊÃVÀii½]Ê ÃÊ Ì
iÊ Ì
iÀÞÊ ÜiÌ]Ê >`Ê ÃÌi>`Ê iÝ«ÃiÊ ÞÕÀÊ >Õ`iViÊ ÌÊ >Ê w>Ãw]Ê iÊ ¼Ì
>ÌÊ `iÃÊÌÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌÊÀÊ`VÕiÌÊ>ÞÌ
}½]62 they will come to realise the degree to which mainstream film manipulates their responses for the benefit of those in powiÀ°ÊÊ>``Ì]ÊViÊLiÀ>Ìi`ÊvÀʼ`iÃýÊ>LÃÀ«ÌÊÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊiÌiÀÌ>iÌ]Ê Ì
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÜÕ`ÊLiViÊ«À`ÕVÌÛiÞÊ>Ü>ÀiÊvÊ
iÀÊÜÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>Ê«ÀViÃÃiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ V}ÌÛiÊ iV
>ÃÃÊ vÊ wÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«Ê Ì
>ÌÊ >ÀiÊ LÃi`Ê Ê Ài>ÃÌÊ Vi>]Ê >`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÃ
iÊ
>ÃÊi>Ài`ÊiÊ>ÊV`Ìi`ÊÀiyiÝ°Ê/
ÃÊiÜÊÃiÃÌÛÌÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
iÊvVÕÃÊ>`ÊiÞÊÌÊ>ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊwÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀ`°Ê/
iÊ w>ÊLiVÌÛiÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊ`iÛi«ÊÊ Ì
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÌ
iÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊÀiV}ÃiÊ>`ÊÀivÕÌiÊ Ì
iÊ«ÌV>ÞÌÛ>Ìi`ÊiÃÃ>}iÃÊÕÀ}ÊÊ>ÃÃÊi`>]Ê>`]ÊLÞÊiÝÌiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ ÀiÊ`ÀiVÌ]ÊvwV>ÊÕÌÌiÀ>ViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÀÕ}ÊiÌi°Ê"ViÊÜÃiÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>V
>ÌÃÊvÊ «ÜiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ`iVÃÊÌÊLiViÊ«ÌV>ÞÊ>VÌÛiÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊVÕÌiÀVÕÌÕÀiÊÜ>ÃÊLÕÌÊ iÊÃ
ÀÌÊÃÌi«Ê>Ü>Þ°ÊÊÜÊÀiÌÕÀÊÌÊ`>½ÃÊÌ
iÀiÃ]ÊLÕÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÌ]ÊÊÜÃ
ÊÌÊ ÌiÊÌ
iÊVÃVÕÃiÃÃÀ>Ã}ÊÌÛ>ÌÊ`ÀÛ}Ê
Ãʼi}>ÌÛiÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVý°63
NORTH AMERICAN STRUCTURALISM Boredom is a powerful tool. *iÌiÀÊ >«ÕÃ]ÊÓään /
iÀiÊ Ü>ÃÊ VÃ`iÀ>LiÊ ÛiÀ>«Ê LiÌÜiiÊ Ì
iÊ ÀÌÃ
Ê ÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊ Ûiment and structural or underground film in the USA and Canada. Like their British VÕÌiÀ«>ÀÌÃ]Ê ÀÌ
ÊiÀV>Êw>iÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ ÀÕViÊ À]Ê*>ÕÊ-
>ÀÌÃ]ÊÞViÊ 7i>`Ê>`ÊiÊ>VLÃÊvÜi`ÊÌ
iÊ`iÀÃÌÊ«ÀiVi«ÌÊvʼÌÀÕÌ
ÊÌÊ>ÌiÀ>ý]Ê>`Ê `ÀiÜÊ>ÌÌiÌÊ>Ü>ÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃÞLÃÊvÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊVÌiÌ]ÊÀivVÕÃ}ÊÊÌ
iʼ>teriality of the medium [and] the formal structure or shape of the film’.64 According ÌÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃ]ÊÌ
ÃÊ>Ài`ÊÌ
iÊiÌÊÜ
iʼvÀÊLiV>iÊVÌi̽]Ê>`]Ê>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊ 1]ÊÌ
iÊiÜÊ«>VÌÞÊvÊwÊ}>ÛiÊÀÃiÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÃLÌÞÊvÊÀiyiVÌ}ÊÊÌ
iÊiÝ«iÀiViÊ vÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«]Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÕv`i`° 65Ê/
iÊÌiÀʼÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Êw½ÊÜ>ÃÊVi`ÊLÞÊ *°Ê`>ÃÊ-ÌiÞÊÊ
ÃÊÌiÝÌÊVisionary Film – The American Avant-Garde (1974) in which he iÕiÀ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃÌVÃÊvÊ>ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Êw\Ê>ÊwÝi`ÊV>iÀ>Ê«ÃÌ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀLiÊ
FILM AS FILM
115
ivviVÌÊ>ÊÌiV
µÕiÊ«iÀviVÌi`ÊLÞÊ*>ÕÊ-
>ÀÌÃÊÊ
ÃÊyViÀÊwî]ÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÊvÊ«ÃÊÀÊÀi«iÌÌÊ>`Êw}Ê«ÀiiÝÃÌ}ÊvÌ>}iÊvvÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii°66ÊÊv>VÌ]ÊÛiÀÞÊviÜÊwÃÊVvÀi`Ê iÝ>VÌÞÊÌÊÌ
iÃiÊÀiµÕÀiiÌÃÊ>`]Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ,iiÃ]Ê>ÞÊ«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊÀiiVÌi`ÊÌ
iÊ notion of structural film altogether. He quotes Hollis Frampton who in 1972 opined that Ì
iÊÌiÀÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÃʼÃ
Õ`Ê
>ÛiÊLiiÊivÌÊÊÀ>ViÊÌÊVvÕ`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÊvÀÊ>Ì
iÀÊ generation’.67 In spite of filmmakers’ aversion to being in any way misrepresented and Ì
iÀÊii`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊâiÌ}iÃÌÊÌÊLiÊ>VVÕÀ>ÌiÞÊ`iwi`]ÊÌ
iÊ ÌiÀʼÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Êw½Ê>`
iÀi`ÊÌÊ>ÊÜ`iÊÀ>}iÊvÊ«À>VÌViÃÊ>ÀÃ}ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÜÊi}>}iiÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃiÌVÃ]Ê>ÌiÀ>Ã]Ê>««>À>ÌÕÃÊ>`Ê«ÀViÃÃiÃÊvÊw°Ê
TEMPORAL TAMPERING: FAST AND SLOW Time, said A ... was by far the most artificial of all our inventions. W. G. Sebald (2001)68 ÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊÕÌi`]ÊÌ
iÊvÀi}ÀÕ`}ÊvÊwVÊ>}Õ>}iÊÌÊ«>ViÊÜ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊy>}À>ÌÞÊLÀiÊÌ
iÊÀÕiÃÊvÊ>ÃÌÀi>ÊVi>Ê>`Ê>ÊviÜÊiÝ>«iÃÊvÀÊLÌ
ÊÃ`iÃÊ of the Atlantic may give a flavour of the aesthetics to which this approach gave rise. ÀÌÃÌÃÊ `ÃÀÕ«Ìi`Ê Ì
iÊ ÃiµÕiÌ>Ê yÜÊ vÊ w]Ê Ì
iÊ >««>ÀiÌÊ Õv`}Ê vÊ `À>>ÌVÊ iÛiÌÃÊÜÌ
Ê>Êi>ÀÊÌi«À>ÌÞÊÌ
>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊÃÞÌ>ÝÊvÊwÊ>««ÀÝ>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÊ«>ViÊvÊ vi°Ê¼ÌÊÃÊ>ÊÃÌ>iÊÌÊÌ
ÊvÊÌ
iÊVi>Ì}À>«
VÊ>}iÊ>ÃÊLi}ÊLÞÊ>ÌÕÀiÊÊÌ
iÊ «ÀiÃi̽ÊLÃiÀÛi`ÊiÃÊ iiÕâi] 69 and avant-garde filmmakers set out to prove the i>ÃÌVÌÞÊvÊÌiÊLÞÊV«ÀiÃÃ}]ÊÃÌÀiÌV
}Ê>`Ê«}ÊÌ]Ê`ÃÀÕ«Ì}ÊÌ
iÊ}VÊvÊ conventional cinematic continuities. Film time was accelerated by means of rapid V>iÀ>ÊÌÊqÊ
>`
i`ÊÊÌ
iÊ
v]ÊÀÊÃ
ÌÊvÀÊv>ÃÌÛ}ÊV>ÀÃÊÀÊÌÀ>ðÊÊ epidemic of quick-fire editing erupted that not only thrust into the limelight the invisLiÊÃÊLiÛi`ÊvÊÃvÕÊ`ÕÃÌÀÞÊi`ÌÀÃ]ÊLÕÌÊ>ÃÊ«ÕÃ
i`ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊÌÊ vÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>Êi}LÌÞ]ÊÌ
iÀiLÞÊ`iÃÌÀÞ}ÊÌ
iÊÌiÀ>Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊV
iÀiViÊvÊÌ
iÊ film. Marie Menken used stop-motion in her vertiginous Go! Go! Go!Ê£ÈÓ®]Ê>ÊÜÀÊÊ Ì
iʼVÌÞÊÃÞ«
Þ½ÊÌÀ>`ÌÊvÊi>ÀÞÊ ÕÀ«i>Êw]ÊLÕÌÊÌ>iÊ>ÌÊLÀi>iVÊëii`°Ê /
iÊV>iÀ>ÊÀ>ViÃÊÕÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊVÌÞ]Ê«>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊ`VÃÊ}ÊÜÌ
ÊÜÀiÀÃ]Ê>}Ê L`ÞÃÌÀiÜÊ Li>V
iÃ]Ê ÃÌ««}Ê vvÊ iÌ>ÀÞÊ vÀÊ ÃV>Ê iÛiÌÃÊ qÊ >Ê }À>`Õ>ÌÊ `>Þ]Ê>ÊL`ÞLÕ`}ÊVÌiÃÌÊ>`Ê>Ê`iLÕÌ>ÌiÊL>ÊqÊÌ
iÊw>iÀÊ>L>`}Ê
iÀself to the chance delights of a summer in New York City. The swiftness with which the film moves makes it impossible to linger over any particular scene and there is no narrative in the conventional sense.70ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÃÊÃÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊÊ«À>VÌV>ÞÊ>ÊÌ
iÊ ÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÊwÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀ`]Ê>Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊvÊÃÀÌÃÊiiÀ}iÃ]ÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊLÞÊV
>ViÊÀÊ LÞÊÃÕLVÃVÕÃÊÌiÌ°Ê/
iÊwÊ`iÃÌÀ>ÌiÃÊLÌ
Ê>ÊÃiÃÕÕÃÊ«ÌV>ÌÞ]ÊÀi>V
}Ê almost hallucinatory levels in the forward momentum of the camera in flight. The
116
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Chris Welsby, Park Film (1972–3), 7min., 16mm, silent (24fps). Courtesy of the artist.
pace of the film is analogous to the energy of a city on the brink of profound social V
>}i]ÊLÕÌÊÜÌ
ÊÛiÃÌ}iÃÊvÊÀiÊVÃiÀÛ>ÌÛiÊÌiÃÊ}«Ãi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÌÜÀÊvÊÌ
iÊ debutantes’ dresses. Today the film has acquired a patina of nostalgia as we rec}ÃiÊÌ
iÊÃ
ÀÌi}ÊÃÀÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊLÕvv>ÌÊ
>À`Ã]Ê>`ÊvÀ>ÊÃÕÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊiÊÊ Ì
iÀÊÜ>ÞÊÌÊÜÀ°Ê7iÊ>ÀiÊÜÊ}Ê>ÌÊ>ÊiÝ>«iÊvÊ >Ì
iÀiÊ,ÕÃÃi½Ãʼ>ÀV
Û>Ê Vi>½]Ê>ÊÀiVÀ`ÊvÊ>ÊVÌÞÊÊÌÀ>ÃÌ]Ê>ÊÃV>Ê`VÕiÌÊ>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊ>ÊwiÊiÝ>«iÊ of the anti-narrative impulse of the American avant-garde. ÊÌ
iÊ1]ÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÊvÊÌi>«ÃiÊÌÊV«ÀiÃÃÊLÌ
ÊÌiÊ>`Êë>ViÊÜ>ÃÊÕV
ÊÊiÛ`iVi]Ê«ÀV«>ÞÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊ7>Ê,>L>]ÊiÊi}}iÌÌÊ>`Ê
ÀÃÊ7iÃLÞÊÜ
ÃiÊ Park FilmÊ£ÇÓqήÊÀiVÀ`i`ÊÌ
ÀiiÊ`>ÞÃÊÊÌ
iÊviÊvÊ>Ê`Ê«>À]Ê>Ê>ÃÃÊvÊ}ÀiiÊ ÊÌ
iÊLÕÌÊiÛÀiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊiÌÀ«Ã°ÊiÊ>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÌi]Ê7iÃLÞÊÜ>ÃÊ influenced by Gregory Bateson’s systems theory and structured his filmic observaÌÃÊvÊ>ÌÕÀiÊ>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ«ÀiÃiÌÊÀÕiÃ]ÊÊÌ
ÃÊV>Ãi]ÊiÝ«Ã}Ê>ÊÃ}iÊvÀ>iÊi>V
Ê ÌiÊ>Ê`Û`Õ>Ê«>ÃÃi`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊwÝi`ÊvÀ>iÊÛiÜÊvÊÌ
iÊ«>À°Ê"ÛiÀÊ>ÊÕLiÀÊvÊ wÃ]Ê7iÃLÞÊVLi`ÊwÊÌiV
}ÞÊÜÌ
Ê>i>ÌÀÞÊiiiÌðÊÊPark Film]ÊÌ
iÃiÊ ÌÊÌ
iÊvÀÊvÊÛ}ÊL`iÃ]ÊÌ
iÊvÀiµÕiVÞÊvÊÌ
iÀÊ>««i>À>ViÃÊ`i«i`iÌÊÊ Ì
iÊÛ>}>ÀiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÜi>Ì
iÀ]ÊviÜiÀÊÜ
iÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊÀ>}Ê>`ÊÀiÊÊViiÌÊÜi>Ì
iÀ°Ê /
iÊw]ÊÌ
i]ÊÜ>ÃÊVÃÌÀÕVÌi`Ê>ÃÊÕV
ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÜi>Ì
iÀÊ>ÃÊLÞÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ >ÀÌÃÌ]Ê>`Ê>ÃÊ7iÃLÞÊ
ÃivÊ`iV>Ài`]ÊPark FilmÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊ>ÊwÊ>LÕÌÊ>Ê«>ÀÊLÕÌʼ>Ê film that was part of the park as much as a film can be’. 71 Beyond the elegance of its VVi«ÌÕ>ÊvÀ>iÜÀ]ÊÌ
iÊwÊ«ÀÛ`iÃÊ>Ê>i`ÃV«VÊ«ÀÌÀ>ÌÊvÊ>Ê«>ViÊÊÜ
V
Ê ÌÜÌV
}]ÊÃÌViÊ«i«iÊ
>ÛiÊ>ÊÜÀÞiõÕiÊV
>À°72ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÃ>ÌÊ
FILM AS FILM
117
vÊÌ
iʼÃÌÕÌÌiÀ}½Êw}ÕÀiÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>`ÃV>«iÊ>ÃÊ«ÀÛ`iÃÊ>ÊiÛÀiÌ>ÊÀiÃ>ViÊÜ
iÊ>ÊViÀÌ>Ê>}VÊ>ÀÃiÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÛV>ÌÊvÊÜ
>ÌÊ>Ê>ÌiÀÊiÝ«iÌÊvÊ Ìi>«Ãi]Ê ÞÊ,V
>À`Ã]Ê`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃʼÌ
iÊLÀi>Ì
ÊvÊ>ÌÕÀi½°73ÊÀÊ
iÀÊqÊ>`]ÊÊ ÃÕëiVÌ]ÊvÀÊ7iÃLÞÊLivÀiÊ
iÀÊqÊÌ
iÃiÊ`i«VÌÃÊvÊ
Õ>ÊÌÀ>vwVÊ>`Ì
iÊÛÃLiÊ >LÕÀÃÊvÊ>ÌÕÀiÊ>ÀiÊ>ÃʼÃÕ}}iÃÌÛiÊvÊiÀÊÜÀ`ÃÊÀÊÃÌ>ÌiÃÊvÊ`½°74 ÌÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀÊi`ÊvÊÌ
iÊÃV>i]Ê`iViiÀ>Ìi`ÊwÊÜ>ÃÊV}ÊÌ
iÊ«>ViÊÊÌ
iÊvÀÊ of both slow motion and the long duration of the films themselves. Following Abel >Vi]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ-Ì>Ê À>
>}i]ÊV
>iÊ-Ü]ÊÞViÊ7i>`Ê>`Ê`ÞÊ7>À
Ê iÝÌi`i`ÊÌ
iÊVÛiÌ>ÊÀÕ}ÊÌiÃÊvÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊwÃ]ÊÌ>LÞÊ7>À
½ÃÊSleep £È{®]ÊÊÜ
V
ʼÀi>ÊÌi½ÊÃ
ÌÃÊvÊ>ÊÃii«}Ê>ÊÜiÀiÊëVi`ÊÌ}iÌ
iÀ]ÊÌÀ}Ê ÃÝÊ
ÕÀÃÊvÊ
ÃÊÃÕLiÀðÊ/
iÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊLi}ÊViÃi`ÊÌÊÃÌ>ÀiÊ>ÌÊ>Ì
iÀÊ`vidual not only indulges the fetishism of the gaze but also demonstrates its ultimate frustration. The face alone tells us little about the reality of the man to whom it be}ÃÊ>`Ê>Ì
Õ}
Ê
ÃÌÀÞÊÀiÛi>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ
iÊÜ>ÃÊ
ÊÀ]Ê7>À
½ÃÊÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊwÊ itself betrays none of his secrets. We are left with our own scopophilic desires and Ì
iÊV`Ìi`Ê>ÃÃÕ«ÌÃÊÜiÊ«ÀiVÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊLi>ÕÌÞÊvÊÀ½ÃÊÃÕ«iÊvÀ°Ê ÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÃii]ÊÊÌ
iÊ1]Ê >Û`Ê>ÊÀi}>À`i`ÊÌiÊ>ÃÊ>ÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊÌ]Êi>LÀ>Ì}Ê
ÃÊÌÊvʼÃVÕ«Ì}ÊÊÌi½Ê>VÀÃÃÊw]ÊÛ`iÊ>`ÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÜ
iÊÊ >>`>Ê V
>iÊ-ÜÊi`Üi`ÊÌiÊÜÌ
ÊëiVwVÊÜi}
Ì]Êi>L}Ê
]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Êw]ÊÌʼ>iÊ a shape in time’.75ÊiÊ>Ê>`Ê-Ü]ÊÃÊÀ>«ÌÊViiLÀ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊvÀ>Ê«À«iÀÌiÃÊ vÊÌiÊÜ
V
]Ê
iÊÃ>`]ÊÊVi>Ê>Àiʼ«ÀiVÃiÞÊ>ÃÊ«>ÃÌV]Ê>i>LiÊ>`ÊÌ>VÌiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ physical substance of film itself’.76 He also designated time as the central metaphor of w]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊiÝ«iÀiVi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊ>ÃʼÌ
iÊ`iÃÌÞ]ÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÊÌ
>ÌÊÃiÌ
}Ê ÜÊ
>««iÆÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
}ÊÜÊ
>««i½Ê>`ÊÊÌ
ÃÊÀiëiVÌ]ʼÌiÊÃÊÌ
iÊ>iÊvÀÊÃithing which is consciousness’.77Ê>VÊiÊÀViÊiÝ«Ài`ÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊLiÌÜiiÊ Ã«>ViÊ>`ÊÌiÊÌ}ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌi«À>ÊÌ>«iÀ}ÃÊV
>}iʼë>Ì>Ê«iÀVi«ÌÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê progressively altering the rate of change of the image’.78 Taking Chris Welsby’s time>«ÃiÊwÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊiÝ>«i]ÊiÊÀViÊLÃiÀÛiÃÊÌ
>ÌʼÜ
iÊÌiÊV«ÀiÃÃÊÀiÃÕÌÃÊÊ>Ê À>«`Ê>««>ÀiÌÊÌ]ÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÊÀ>ÌiÊvÊV
>}iÊÊÌ
iÊ>}iÃÊLi}ÃÊÌÊÛÃLÞÊ`ivÀÊ the space being recorded’.79Ê À}}Ê`ÜÊÌ
iÊÌi«ÊViÊ>}>]Ê*iÌiÀÊ`>]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌiÀÊvÊÃÜÊwÃ]Ê>ÃÊiLÀ>Vi`Ê`ÕÀ>Ìʼ>ÃÊ>Ê>ÌiÀ>Ê«iViÊvÊÌi½80 and argued that boredom in the face of interminable durational films was a passport to a higher level of consciousness. This is a sentiment recently echoed by Tacita Dean who confessed: Ê`ÊVÕÀÌÊLÀi`]ÊÜ
>ÌÊÃÊiÕ«
iÃÌV>ÞÊV>i`Ê}ÕiÕÀÊ°°°ÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊ>ÊÃÀÌÊ of surrender ... you have to give yourself up to it visually. There isn’t a narraÌÛiÊÌ
Ài>`]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊvÊÌ
iÊ`>ÞÊ«>ÃÃ}°81 ÊÌ
ÃÊiÝÃÌiÌ>ÊÌië>ViÊÌÊÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÜ
>ÌÊ ÀÌ
i>ÊÀ>VÊV>ÃÊ Ì
iʼ`i«Ì
ÊvÊÌiÊÊVÌi«>ÌÛiÊiÝ«iÀiViÊQRÊvÕÊ«ÀiÃiVi½° 82 The longueurs
118
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
vÊ Ài>ÌiÊ wÃÊ LÞÊ i>]Ê >`Ê `>Ê LivÀiÊ
iÀ]Ê Ì
iÀivÀiÊ iVÕÀ>}iÊ ÃÕÃÌ>i`Ê meditation on temporality and also bring the timeframe of the film and that of the viewer into a 1:1 equivalence. This becomes a feature of much moving image instal>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀÊ«>ÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞÊ>`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÜÊiÕ]ÊÌ>LÞÊ Douglas Gordon’s 24 Hour Psycho (1995) and Christian Marclay’s The Clock (2010). >ÌiÊ`V
Ê
>ÃÊ>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÃiÊÃÌ>}iÊÌiÊÊë>Vi]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÀiÊ has been no starrier staging than Marclay’s filmic chronometer made up of countless classic movie clips.83 What links them is a direct reference in each to times of `>Þ]ÊÃ}>i`ÊLÞÊVVÃ]ÊÜ>ÌV
iÃÊ>`Ê>VÌÀÃÊ`iV>À}ʼÌiÊvÀÊÌi>½]ÊÌ
iÊiÃiLiÊ synchronised precisely to real time. No less impressive was Gordon’s reworking of Hitchcock’s PsychoÊ £Èä®]Ê >Ê >ÌÌiÕ>Ìi`]Ê Ó{
ÕÀ]Ê ÕÌÀ>ÃÜÊ ÌÊ ÛiÀÃÊ vÊ the film classic. Melissa Gronlund has argued that slow motion solidifies time into >Ê LiVÌÊ ÀÊ >Ê ¼ÌiÊ «ÀÌÀ>Ì½Ê Ì
>ÌÊ Ê Ì
iÊ V>ÃiÊ vÊ 24 Hour PsychoÊ ¼vÀViÃÊ >ÌÌiÌÊ onto each frame as an image to be beheld rather than a film to be watched’. 84 Paul "½>iÊ
>ÃÊvÕ`ÊÊÌ
iʼ}>V>ÊÌi½ÊvÊÃÜÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÀiÛi>ÌÊvÊ>ÌÕÀiÊ Ì
>ÌÊ,V
>À`ÃÊ`ÃVÛiÀi`ÊÊÌi>«Ãi°Ê¼-ÜÊÌ]½Ê
iÊÜÀÌiÃʼÌÊÞÊ«ÀiÃiÌÃÊ familiar qualities of movement but reveals in them entirely unknown ones [...] The >VÌÊvÊÀi>V
}ÊvÀÊ>Ê}
ÌiÀÊÀÊ>ÊëÊÃÊv>>ÀÊÀÕÌi]ÊÞiÌÊÜiÊ
>À`ÞÊÜÊÜ
>ÌÊÀially goes on between hand and metal.’85 The conceit of Gordon’s reworking of Psycho Ü>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃÜ]ÊvÀiÃVÊ>>ÞÃÃÊvÊ
Õ>ÊÛiiÌÊ>`ÊL`ÞÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃÊÜ>ÃÊ ÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊÌ
iÊÕÛi}ÊvÊVi>ÌVÊ>ÀÌwVi]Ê`Ã>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊÌ
Ê`Ã}ÕÃiÃÊvÊ >VÌ}]ÊVÃÌÕi]Ê«À«ÃÊ>`ÊÃÌÕ`ÊÃViiÀÞ°Ê/
iÊi>VÌiÌÊvÊëiÊ}iÃÌÕÀiÃÊÜ>ÃÊ ÜÊvÌi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÊvÊÜ
>ÌÊ"½>iÊ`ÕLLi`ʼÃÕ«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>ÊÌý°86 High-speed digital technology has allowed Bill Viola to produce video portraits vÊ>VÌÀÃÊiÌ}Ê}ÀivÊÊiÝÌÀiiÊÃÜÊÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊL>ÀiÞÊLÀi>Ì
}°ÊÊThe PassionsÊÓäääqή]Ê
iÊ>V
iÛiÃÊÛiÀÞÊ
}
Ê>}iÊÀiÃÕÌÊÀ}ÊÕÌÊÌ
iÊÛÃLiÊ scan lines that distinguished analogue video and the grain that was such a feature of Psycho½ÃÊÃÜÊÌ]ÊÌ
iÀiLÞÊÀiÕV}ÊÜ
>ÌÊ"½>iÊV
ÀÃÌii`ʼÌ
iÊëiV>Ê grace awarded by grainy black-and-white cine film’.87Ê ÕÀÕÃÞ]Ê LÞÊ Ài`ÕV}Ê Ì
iÊ moving image to virtual stasis – the progress of the image in The Passions is barely «iÀVi«ÌLiÊqÊÌ
iÊiÌ>ÊÌÀ>ëÀÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ"½>iÊ>ÌÌÀLÕÌiÃÊÌÊÃÜÊÌÊÃÊ>ÃÊ iÝÌ}ÕÃ
i`°Ê7Ì
ÕÌÊÌ
iÊÃÕ««ÀÌÊvÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊVÌiÝÌ]Ê>ÊÃÌÀÞiÊÌ
>ÌÊ}
ÌÊ«ÀÛ`iÊ>ÊVÕiÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>VÌÀýÊ>««>ÀiÌÊ`ÃÌÀiÃÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÀi>ÃÊVV>ÞÊLiVÌÛi°88
REPETITIONS, LAYERS AND LOOPS: SCRATCHING AND PAINTING /
iÊÀiiVÌÊvÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ>`ÊVÌÕÌÞ]ÊvʼiÊ`>ÊÌ
}Ê>vÌiÀÊ>Ì
iÀ½89ÊÊiÝperimental film of the 1960s and 1970s often entailed the use of repetition and
FILM AS FILM
119
«Ã]Ê `iÛViÃÊ `iÃ}i`Ê ÌÊ VÕÌiÀÊ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ «À}ÀiÃÃÊ >`Ê iÝÌi`Ê ÌiÊ `iwÌiÞ]ÊÜÌ
ÊÞÊÌ
iÊ}À>`Õ>ÊiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊwÊVÀVÕ>Ì}ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊ>ÃÊ >ÊÛiÀw>LiÊÀi}ÃÌiÀÊvÊV
>}i°ÊiÊÀ>«`Êi`ÌÃÊ>`ÊÃÜÊÌ]ÊÀi«iÌÌÊÀi>ÃÊ >ÊÃÌ>«iÊvÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>Êw]Ê>`ÊÃ>ÀÞÊÕÀ>ÛiÃÊÌ
iÊÃiµÕiÌ>Ê>ÀV
ÊvÊÌiÊÌÊ which mainstream film is confined. We will return to the repeat edit in our discusÃÊvÊÛ`iÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊiiÛi]ÊLÕÌÊ
iÀiÊÌÊ will suffice to note the ability of repetition ÌÊÕwÝÊ}ÛiÊi>}]ÊÌÊÜÀiÃÌÊÌ
iÊÃ}Ê from its referent and reinvest the image ÜÌ
Ê iÜÊ VÌ>ÌÃ]Ê LÌ
Ê iÌ>Ê >`ÊÃi>ÌV°Ê,i«iÌÌ]ÊÜ
V
Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ ÜiÀÊ `iÃVÀLiÃÊ >ÃÊ >Ê ¼`ÕLiÊ iÝ«ÃÕÀi½]Ê can evoke the circularity of obsessional Li
>ÛÕÀ]ÊÌ
iÊiÃV>«>LÌÞÊvÊÀiVÕÀÀ}Ê }
Ì>ÀiÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÌiÃÃÊÀi«>ÞÊvÊ>Ýeties that lead to mental breakdown. 90 In Anticipation of the NightÊ £xn®]Ê -Ì>Ê À>
>}iÊ >`«ÌÃÊ >Ê Ì}
Ì]Ê V>ÕÃÌÀ«
LVÊ vÀ>}]Ê`iv>>ÀÃ}Ê>ÊÌ>}iÊvÊ
ÃÊ iÛiÀÞ`>ÞÊiÛÀiÌ°ÊÊ
>`
i`]ÊÀiÃÌless camera picks out menacing shadows vÊ
>`Ã]Ê >ÀÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ >}Ì>Ìi`Ê
i>`}
ÌÃÊ vÊ V}Ê ÌÀ>vwV]Ê Ì>}i`Ê v>}i]Ê glimpses of a child. These images briefly wÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊLÕÌÊii«ÊÀiÌÕÀ}]ÊiÊÌ
iÊ ÕÜiViÊ
>ÕV>ÌÃÊ vÊ >Ê ¼L>`Ê ÌÀ«½]Ê anticipating another dark night of the ÃÕ°ÊÃÊ*°Ê`>ÃÊ-ÌiÞÊLÃiÀÛi`]ÊÜ
iÊ >Ê >}iÊ ÀiVÕÀÃ]Ê ¼ÌÊ }>ÃÊ iÜÊ i>}Ê Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê ÌÃÊ iÜÊ VÌiÝÌÊ >`Ê Ê Ài>ÌÊ to the material that has passed during the interval’. 91 In the reiterative poetics of Malcolm Le Grice’s Berlin HorseÊ£Çä®]Ê the image sheds layers of its original meaning as it acquires its new symbolic carapace. A short sequence of film depicting a horse circling its trainer on the end Malcolm Le Grice, Berlin Horse (1970), vÊ>Êi>`}ÊÀiÊÃÊÀi«i>Ìi`]ÊÀiÛiÀÃi`Ê>`Ê simulated film strip of 16mm double VÕÀÃi`]Ê >`Ê w>ÞÊ ÕÝÌ>«Ãi`Ê ÜÌ
Ê projection film. Sound: Brian Eno. >Ê ÃiV`Ê wÊ V«]Ê Ì
ÃÊ ÌiÊ >Ê Ã>ÀÞÊ Courtesy of the artist.
120
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÀiÜÀi`ÊvÀ>}iÌÊvÊi>ÀÞÊiÜÃÀiiÊvÊ
ÀÃiÃÊLi}Ê
ÕÀÀi`ÊÕÌÊvÊ>ÊLÕÀ}ÊL>À]Ê to escape the conflagration. The hypnotic repetition of the images with subtle variaÌÃÊÊÛÃÕ>ÊÌÀi>ÌiÌÊÊi>V
ÊÌiÀ>Ì]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ>VV«>Þ}ÊÌÀ>Vi`ÕV}Ê ÃÕ`ÌÀ>VÊLÞÊ À>Ê ]ÊiÀ`iÊ>`ÊÃ
vÌÊÌ
iÊi>}Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ½ÃÊÜÊ associative proclivities. My own reading of the film gradually transmigrated from an >««ÀiV>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}wViViÊvÊÌ
iÊ>>ÊÌÊvii}]ÊÃiÜ
iÀiÊÊÞÊLiÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ ÌiÃÊ LiÌÜiiÊ ÌÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ ÕÃiiÊ ÌÀ>iÀ]Ê Ì
iÊ viLÀiÊ iÊViVÌ}ÊÌ
iÊ>Ê ÃÞLÊvÊÌ
iÊ
ÀÃi½ÃÊV>«ÌÛÌÞ]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ}ÀÕ`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÀi«iÌÌÛiÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÊ vÊÌ
iÊw°ÊiÊÀViÊ
ÃivÊÀi}>À`ÃÊÌ
iÊwÊ>ÃÊ>ÊiÝ«À>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ«>À>`ÝV>ÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊLiÌÜiiʼÌ
iʺÀi>»ÊÌi]ÊÜ
V
ÊiÝÃÌÃÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊwÊÜ>ÃÊLi}ÊÃ
̽Ê>`Ê ¼Ì
iʺÀi>»ÊÌi]ÊÜ
V
ÊiÝÃÌÃÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊwÊÃÊLi}ÊÃVÀiii`½° 92 Where filmmakers iÊ`>Ê>`Ê7>À
Êi«Þi`ʼÀi>ÊÌi½ÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>Ê£\£ÊiµÕÛ>iViÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊ ÌÜÊÌi«À>ÌiÃ]ÊiÊÀViÊÜÌ
Ê
ÃÊiÃiÀVÊ«ÃÊ>`ÊÀi«iÌÌÃÊ`iÃÌÀ>Ìi`Ê
ÜÊ Ì
>ÌÊ iµÕ>ÌÊ ¼V>Ê LiÊ `Õ>Ìi`Ê LÞÊ ÌiV
V>Ê >«Õ>ÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ >}i½° 93 >ÃÌÀi>Ê wÊ >V
iÛiÃÊ Ìi«À>Ê i>ÃÌVÌÞÊ LÞÊ V«ÀiÃÃ}Ê ÌiÊ qÊ ¼wÛiÊ Þi>ÀÃÊ later’ – and through the digressional time travel of flashbacks as well as the simulÌ>iÌÞÊvÊ«>À>iÊi`Ì}Êqʼi>Ü
i]ÊL>VÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÀ>V
½°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊiÊvÊÌ
iÃiÊ VÌÀÛ>ViÃÊLÀi>ÃÊÌ
iÊÕÃÊvÊVÌÕÌÞ]ÊÜ
>ÌÊiÊÀViÊV>ÃÊ>ʼVÃiµÕiÌ>Ê temporality’.94Ê1Ì>ÌiÞ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ`ÊÌÌiÊÌÊV«ÀÃiÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÊÕv`}ÊvÊiÛiÌÃÊ ÃVÀii]Ê >Ê VÃÌÀÕVÌÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÀÀÀÃÊ Ì
iÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀ½ÃÊ ÜÊ VVi«ÌÕ>Ã>ÌÊ vÊ
ÜÊ Ìi]Êi>ÃÕÀi`ÊÕÌ]ÊÀi}Õ>ÌiÃÊ>`Ê}ÛiÃÊi>}ÊÌÊ
iÀÊ«À}ÀiÃÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Êvi°Ê Berlin HorseÊ>iÃÊÌÊ`vwVÕÌÊÌÊiÃÌ>LÃ
ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌi«À>ÊiµÕÛ>iVi]ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊ >VÊvÊ`ÃÌVÌÛi]Ê}V>]ÊvÀÜ>À`ÊiÌÕÊÊÌ
iÊw]ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊvÊÌÃÊÕV«ÀÃ}]ÊÛiÀÌ}ÕÃÊVÀVÕ>ÀÌÞ°Ê In the middle of Berlin Horse there is a transitional section in which the equine ÃiµÕiViÃ]ÊvÀÊ>ÊÌi]Ê>ÌiÀ>ÌiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀiÊÃÕ«iÀ«Ãi`]ÊiÊ>}iÊÃÜ}Ê ÌÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀ°Ê-Õ«iÀ«ÃÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÞiÀ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}i]ÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÊÜ`iëÀi>`Ê«À>VÌViÊ Ê iÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê wÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ £ÈäÃÊ >`Ê £ÇäÃ°Ê Ê Ming GreenÊ £ÈÈ®]Ê Ài}ÀÞÊ >À«ÕÃÊLÕÌÊÕ«Ê«VÌÀ>Ê>ÞiÀÃÊÕÃ}Ê`ÕLiÊ>`ÊÌÀ«iÊiÝ«ÃÕÀiÃ]ÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>}iÃÊvÊiÛV>ÌÛiÊÌiÀÀÃÊÀi«i>Ìi`ÞÊ`ÀÜÊÊ>ÊÛÀÌiÝÊvÊV«iÝÊ«>ÌÌiÀ}]ÊÜ
>ÌÊ >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊ`iwi`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊÛÃÕ>ÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊvʼ>ÊÀVV
iÌÊvÊ`i>ý]95 only to resurface into brief legibility before once again being overwhelmed by new strata of visual information. ÃÊÜiÊÃ>ÜÊÊÕÀÊ`ÃVÕÃÃÊvÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊw]ÊÃiÊ«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÃiÊ Vi>ÌVÊ«>«ÃiÃÌÃÊLÞÊÃVÀ>ÌV
}Ê>`Ê«>Ì}Ê`ÀiVÌÞÊÌÊ ViÕ`]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀViÃÃÊvʼ
>`>`iÊwýÊLi}ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀi`Ê>ÀÕ`Ê>ÊVvi`iÀ>VÞÊvÊ«Ài`iÌiÀ>ÌÊ >`ÊV
>Vi°ÊÊÌ
ÃÊÜ>Þ]ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊvÀi}ÀÕ`ÊÌ
iÊÃÕÀv>ViÊ>`Ê>ÌiÀ>ÌÞÊ vÊÌ
iÊwÃÌÀ«]ʼÌ
iÊwi`ÊvÊ}À>ÊÌ
>ÌÊLi>ÀÃÊÌ
iÊ>}i½°96Ê1Ì>ÌiÞ]ÊÌÊÃÊÌ
iÊÌiÀaction of surface and depth established in painting that determines the formalist >««À>V
Ê Ê w]Ê iÊ Ì
>ÌÊ À>
>iÊ 7iLÀiÊ V
>À>VÌiÀÃiÃÊ >ÃÊ ¼i«
>Ãâ}Ê Ì
iÊ
FILM AS FILM
121
interface between a physical screen and a non-material depiction’. 97 At the same Ìi]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ*>ÌÊ"½ iÊÊÌ
iÊ1-Ê>`ÊivvÊiiÊÊÌ
iÊ1ÊëÞÊÀiÛii`ÊÊ Ì
iÊ
}
ÞÊ`iVÀ>ÌÛiÊÌÃÊvÊÛÃÕ>ÊV`iÌÊÌ
iÞÊVÕ`ÊÜÊ}iiÀ>Ìi]ÊVL}Ê macerated found footage with sequences they shot themselves as well as graphic interventions to the surface of the film. Direct filmmaking created abstract pictorial V`iÃ>ÌÃÊÌ
>Ì]Ê>À}Õi`ÊiÊÀVi]ʼÜÀÊÊQÌ
iÀRÊÜÊÌi½°98 They seem to rise Õ«ÊÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÌi«À>ÊyÜÊvÊÌ
iÊwÊÌÊ>ÊÃÌ>ÌiÊvÊÃÕëi`i`Ê>>Ì]ÊÀÊÃÌ>ÃÃ]Ê analogous to the condition of abstract painting. It is in these heady concentrations of levitating signs that we become aware of the distinction between the Greek concepts of kairosÊÌ
>ÌÊ`iwiÃÊ
ÜÊÌiÊviiÃ]Ê and chronos]ÊV
À}V>ÊÌiÊÌ
>ÌÊëÞÊ>ÀÃÊÌ
iÊ`ÕÀ>ÌÊvÊiÛiÌðÊ/
ÃÊi>`ÃÊ ÕÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊV«iÝÌiÃÊvÊiÃÊ iiÕâi½ÃÊÌ
iÀiÃÊ>LÕÌÊÌi°ÊÌ
Õ}
Ê
iÊ>iÃÊ ÊÀiviÀiViÊÌÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊwÊÀÊÛ`iÊÊ
ÃÊ}Ài>ÌÊÌÀ>VÌÊCinema 2: The Time-Image £nx®]Ê
ÃÊÌÊvÊV
À}V>ÊÌiÊ
>ÃÊLiiÊÜ`iÞÊ>««i`ÊÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌýÊÛ}Ê>}i°Ê iiÕâiÊ`À>ÜÃÊÊÌ
iʫ
ë
ÞÊvÊiÀÊ iÀ}Ã]ÊÜ
Ê>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÕÀÊ «iÀVi«ÌÊvÊÌiÊV>ÌÊLiÊÀi`ÕVi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊvÀÜ>À`Ê>ÀV
ÊvÊÕÌÃi`]ÊVÃiVÕÌÛi]Ê
À}V>ÊÌi]ÊÜ
iÊÕÀÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊÌiÊÃÊÃÌÀiÌV
i`Ê>`ÊV«ÀiÃÃi`Ê>VVÀ`ing to circumstances – from the endlessness of a reverie to moments of crisis when iÛiÌÃÊÃiiÊÌÊy>Ã
ÊLÞÊÊ>ÊÃÌ>Ì°Ê/
iÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊLiÌÜiiÊ«>ÃÌ]Ê«ÀiÃiÌÊ>`Ê future is equally difficult to define when the past pulls a veil of memories over the «ÀiÃiÌÊ>`Ê«ÀiVÌÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊvÕÌÕÀiÊÃ>ÀÞÊ«iÀi>ÌiÊÕÀÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊÌ
iʼ>VÌÕ>½]ÊÌ
iÊ
iÀiÊ>`ÊÜ°ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊ iiÕâi]ÊV
À}V>ÊÌiÊÃÊÌ
iÀivÀiʼ>ÌÊ once a past and always to come’.99 More relevant to our purposes is Deleuze’s notion vʼÌiÊ>}iýÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÊ«À«ÕÃÊvÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ
iÃÌ>ÌiÃÊLivÀiÊ>Ê>biguous pictorial phenomenon – a figure halted by a reverie whose origin remains ÕiÝ«>i`]Ê>Ê>VÌÊÌ
>ÌÊVÌÀ>`VÌÃÊÜ
>ÌÊ
>ÃÊ}iÊLivÀi°Ê }ÌÛiÊ`ÃÃ>Vi]Ê Ì
iÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊV
iÀiÊi>}ÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê}V>]Ê«ÀiiÝÃÌ}ÊvÀ>iÜÀ]ÊÃÌ}>ÌiÃÊ protracted forays into memories of scenarios and images past that might elucidate Ü
>ÌÊÃÊ«ÀiÃiÌi`ÊÜÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÞi]ÊÀiÃÕÌ}ÊÊ>ÊÃÜi}ÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊÌ
iÊ «ÀiÃiÌÊ LÞÊ Ì
iÊ «>ÃÌ°Ê >Þ>Ê iÀi½ÃÊ i>ÀiÀÊ vÀÕ>ÌÊ vÊ ¼ÛiÀÌV>Ê ÛiÃÌ}>Ì½Ê ÃÊ ÀiiÛ>ÌÊ
iÀi]Ê>ÊVVi«ÌÊÃ
iÊ`iÛi«i`ÊÊÌ
iÊ£{äðÊ/
iÊw>iÀÊÃ>ÜÊÌ
iÊvÀÜ>À`Ê >ÀV
ÊvÊ>Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ>ÃÊ>ʼ
ÀâÌ>½ÊÌi«À>ÌÞÊL>Ãi`ÊʼÌ
iÊ}VÊvÊ>VÌý°100 In VÌÀ>ÃÌ]ÊÊ>ʼÛiÀÌV>½Ê>ÝÃ]ÊV>ÊLiÊvÕ`ÊiÌÃÊÊwÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀiʼVViÀi`ÊÜÌ
Ê µÕ>ÌÞÊ>`Ê`i«Ì
½°Ê/
iÃiÊ>Àiʼ
i`ÊÌ}iÌ
iÀÊLÞÊ>ÊiÌÊÀÊ>Êi>}ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÞÊ
>ÛiÊÊV½°Ê-ÕV
ÊÌiÃÌiÃ]Ê iÀiÊVÌi`Ã]Ê>ÀiÊ>>}ÕÃÊÌʼÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÊ vÊ«iÌÀÞ½]Ê>Ê>ÀÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÃ
>ÀiÃÊ>Êi>ÀÊ`Þ>VÊÌ
>Ì]ÊvÜ}Ê iÀi]Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ ÜiÀÊ>ÌÌÀLÕÌiÃÊÌÊÌ
iʼÛiÀÌV>½ÊiÝ«>ÃÊvÊi>}ÊÊw°ÊÊiÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ}ÛiÊ ÕÃÊ«>ÕÃi]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊÃÌÌÕÌi`Ê>ÊÌi«À>ÌÞÊÌ
>Ìʼ`iÃÊÌÊÛiÊÊLÕÌÊÛiÃÊL>VÊ >`Ê>ÀÕ`½ÊÌÃÊÃÕLiVÌ°101Ê6iÀÌV>Êi>}ÃÊÌ
ÕÃÊiÝÃÌÊʼ>ÊÌiÊvÊi>Ü
i½Ê>`Ê >ÃÊÕÃÊÌÊÃÌ>ÞÊÜÌ
Ê>`ʼÌ
Ê>ÀÕ`½Ê>ÊiÛiÌ° 102 When the image on the screen
122
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÃÊvÊ>Ì
iÀÊ
Õ>ÊLi}]ʼÃÌ>Þ}ÊÜÌ
½ÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊLiViÃÊVÀÌV>ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ`i«Ì
Ê vÊ i}>}iiÌÊ Ì
>ÌÊ V>Ê LiÊ >V
iÛi`°Ê ¼7iÊ Ì>ÞÊ «iÀViÛiÊ `Û`Õ>ÃÊ>ÃÊLiVÌÃ½Ê LÃiÀÛi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ"ÛiÀÊ >À`]ʼÜiÊ°°°Êii`ÊÌiÊÌÊÀiV}ÃiÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÊÃÕLiVÌý°103 /
iÊÃÕÃÌ>i`ʼ-VÀiiÊ/iÃ̽ÊwÊ«ÀÌÀ>ÌÃÊLÞÊ7>À
ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÀÊ Ài`>Ê iL>Ê>`Ê ÀÛiÊÀÛ>ÌV½ÃÊGeographyÊÊ£n]ÊvviÀÊÕÃÊÌ
iÊ««ÀÌÕÌÞÊÌʼÃÌ>ÞÊÜÌ
½Ê>Ì
iÀÊ «iÀÃ]ÊÌÊÀi}ÃÌiÀÊÌ
iÊi>iÌÃÊvÊ>Êv>Vi]Ê>`]ÊÛiÀÊÌi]ÊÌÊV>ÌV
ÊÌ
iÊyiiÌ}ÊiÝpressions that play across human features as the interior life momentarily breaks the surface. /
iÊÌi«À>ÊÛiÃÌ}>ÌÃÊLÞÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ʼwÊ>ÃÊw½Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÀÊiÝ«>Ã]Ê VÌÀ>VÌÊ>`Ê«}ÊvÊÌi]Ê
>ÃÊLiiÊ>««i`ÊÌÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÃ]Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊÌ
ÃiÊwi`}ÊÃiÛiÀ>ÊÃVÀiiðÊiÀi]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ
>ÃÊÌ
iÊ«>ÃÃ}ÊÛiÜiÀÊÜÌ
Ê >ÊÃÕVViÃÃÊvÊ iÀi½ÃÊiÌÃÊvÊÛiÀÌV>ÌÞ]ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÃiÀiÃÊvÊivÀ>i`ÊVi>ÌVÊ events that invite the viewer to step out of literal space and chronological time and iÝ«iÀiViÊÌ
iÊ>}>ÌÛiÊ>«wV>ÌÊÀÊVÌÀ>VÌ®ÊvÊLÌ
Ê`iÃðÊ
NOTES 1 2Ê 3 4Ê 5
6Ê
7
8Ê
9Ê
Michael O’Pray (ed.) (1996) The British Avant-Garde Film, 1926 to 1995. London: Arts Council vÊ }>`É
ÊLLiÞÊi`>]Ê«°ÊÓ° L`°ÊÊëÌiÊvÊ
ÃÊi`ÀÃiiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiÀʼÕ`iÀ}ÀÕ`Êw½]Ê"½*À>ÞÊ
ÃivÊÃiÌÌiÃÊvÀÊ ¼>Û>Ì}>À`i½ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÌÌiÊvÊ
ÃÊL° For instance Screen]ÊMillennium Film Journal]ÊFilm Forum and October. °Ê°Ê,iiÃÊQ£RÊÓ䣣]ÊÓ`Êi`®ÊA History of Experimental Film and Video. London: British ÊÃÌÌÕÌiÉ*>}À>ÛiÊ>V>]Ê«°ÊÇ° Virginia Woolf (1926) The Cinema. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ``i°ÃVÀ«Ì°ÕÛ«>ÀÃ``iÀÌ°vÀÉ V>ÀiÉL>Vi`ÃÉ`Ü>`°«
«¶ÕÀrä+£8LÓÃ6v9ÓÕÞÊi`°®ÊThe British Avant-Garde Film, 1926 to 1995°Ê `\Ê ÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊ vÊ }>`É
Ê LLiÞÊ i`>]Ê pp. 133–44. See Michael O’Pray (ed.) (1996) op. cit.; A. L. Rees (2011) op. cit.; David Curtis (2007) A History of Artists’ Film and Video in Britain. London: British Film Institute; and Malcolm Le Grice (1977) Abstract Film and Beyond. London: Studio Vista. /Ê Õ}Ê £{®Ê ¼Ê iÃÌ
iÌVÊ vÊ ÃÌÃ
iÌ\Ê >ÀÞÊ Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ ® Ài`ÕÕÃÊ -«iVÌ>ÌÀ½]ÊÊ`>Ê7>ÃÊi`°®ÊViewing Positions: Ways of Seeing Film°Ê iÜÊ ÀÕÃÜV]Ê \Ê,ÕÌ}iÀÃÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê££Ç° ,ÃÃÊ ÀÜÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ`Ê i}iÊvÊ ÕV>Ì]ÊÓÎÊ>ÀV
ÊÓ䣣°Ê/
iÊ>VÌÀÊ ÃÊ6>ÌÞiÀÊÊÌ
iÊi>`ÊÀiÊ>ÃÊ,LÊ`Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ"ÝvÀ`Ê*>Þ
ÕÃiÊÊÓä£ÎÊÀiÛi>i`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ
FILM AS FILM
123
10 11Ê 12 13 14
15 16Ê
17 18Ê 19 20 21Ê 22Ê 23 24Ê 25
26Ê
27Ê
28Ê
124
`ÕÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀ>Vi]Ê
iÊ
>`ÊÌÌiÊÃiÃiÊvÊÜ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ}}ÊÊÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`ÌÀÕÊ>`ÊÜ>ÃÊ informed about the different levels of audience reactions via an earpiece. See Christian Metz ([1967] 1974) Film, Language: A Semiotics of the Cinema]ÊÌÀ>ðÊV
>iÊ />ÞÀ°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê"ÝvÀ`Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃð -iiÊÕ>>Ê ÀÕÊQÓääÓRÊÓääÇ]ÊÓ`Êi`®ÊAtlas of Emotion. London: Verso. See Mieke Bal (2013) The Politics of Video Art Installation According to Eija-Liisa Ahtila. London: Bloomsbury Academic. I will discuss the work of Tim Smith and other cognitive scientists who study film spectatorship in the concluding chapter. See Christian Metz (1982) The Imaginary Signifier: Psychoanalysis and the Cinema]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ
i>Ê ÀÌÌ]ÊÜÞÊ7>Ã]Ê iÊ ÀiÜÃÌiÀÊ>`ÊvÀi`ÊÕââiÌÌ°Ê }Ì]Ê \Ê`>>Ê University Press. Stephen Heath (1981) Narrative Space. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÃVÀii°ÝvÀ`ÕÀ>ðÀ}É VÌiÌÉ£ÇÉÎÉÈn°iÝÌÀ>Vt (accessed 19 December 2013). /Ê "½,iÞÊ Óääx®Ê ¼,i«ÀiÃiÌ}Ê ÕÃÃ\Ê -«>Vi]Ê >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ -«iVÌ>ÌÀ½]Ê Ê >ÌÞÊ Macloed and Lin Holdridge (eds) Thinking Through Art: Reflections on Art as Research. `\Ê,ÕÌi`}i]Ê«°ÊÇÓ° Luke Gibbons (1996) Transformations in Irish Culture°Ê À\Ê ÀÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÝ° ->ÛÊ=ãiÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÕ>ÊÃÃ>}i]ÊÓÊÕÞÊÓ䣣]Ê/ÀÝÞÊ/
i>ÌÀi]Ê`°Ê A survey of the impact of social media and the Internet on art practice is beyond the scope of Ì
ÃÊL°Ê-iiÊ">ÀÊ
ivÊi`°®ÊÓä£{®ÊArt After the Internet. Manchester: Cornerhouse. Malcolm Le Grice speaking at Expanded Cinema, the Live Record]ÊÈÊ iViLiÀÊÓään]Ê Ê -ÕÌ
L>]Ê`° >VµÕiÃÊ >V>Ê Q£ÎÈRÊ £ÇÇ®Ê ¼/
iÊ ÀÀÀÊ -Ì>}iÊ >ÃÊ vÀ>ÌÛiÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ vÕVÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ½]Ê Ê Ecrits: A Selection]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ>Ê-
iÀ`>°Ê`\Ê/>ÛÃÌV]Ê««°£qÇ° 6À}>Ê7vÊ£ÓÈ®]Ê«°ÊVÌ° Leo Tolstoy ([1849] 2009) Anna Karenin]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ,Ãi>ÀÞÊ ``ðÊ`\Ê*i}Õ]Ê«°Ê 490. L`°]Ê«°Ê{£° Laura Mulvey (1975) Visual Pleasure and Narrative Cinema. First published in Screen £Çx®]Ê £È\Î°Ê Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ«ÀÌv°ÕÃV°i`ÕÉVÌVÃxäxÉÕÛiÞ6ÃÕ>*i>ÃÕreNarrativeCinema.pdf (accessed 15 December 2013). -iiÊ >ÕÀ>Ê ÕÛiÞÊ £n£®Ê ¼vÌiÀÌ
Õ}
ÌÃÊ Ê º6ÃÕ>Ê *i>ÃÕÀiÊ >`Ê >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ i>»Ê ëÀi`Ê LÞÊ }Ê 6`À½ÃÊ Duel in the SunÊ £{È®½]Ê Framework]Ê £x]Ê £È]Ê £Ç]Ê ««°Ê £Óq£xÆÊ ÃiiÊ >ÃÊ>ÕÀ>ÊÕÛiÞʣȮʼ]ÊiÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÛ>Ì>À`i½]ÊÊV
>iÊ"½*À>ÞÊi`°®ÊThe British Avant-Garde Film, 1926 to 1995°Ê`\ÊÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊvÊ }>`É
ÊLLiÞÊi`>]Ê 199–216. >ÀL>À>ÊiÌÌʵÕÌi`ÊÊ-ÌiÛiÊ`>ÃÊÓään®Ê¼ÀÃÊÕÃÌÊÜ>ÌÊÌÊÜÊ/
iÊ8Ê>VÌÀÊÀÊ>ÀÀÞÊ >ÊvÌL>iÀ]ÊÃ>ÞÃÊÃÌiÀ½]ÊDaily Telegraph]Ê£{Ê"VÌLiÀ°Ê"ÊÌ
iÊ >ÀLiwV>ÌÊvÊVÕÌÕÀiÊ Ì`>Þ]Ê ÃiiÊ >Ì>Ã
>Ê 7>ÌiÀÊ Óä£ä®Ê Living Dolls: The Return to Sexism°Ê `\Ê 6À>}]Ê pp. 199–216.. >Ì>Ã
>Ê7>ÌiÀÊÓä£ä®]ÊL`°]Ê«°Ê££ÆÊÃiiÊ>ÃÊ À`i>ÊiÊÓä£ä®ÊDelusions of Gender: The Real Science Behind Sex Differences°Ê`\ÊV°ÊiÊiÝ>iÃÊÌ
iÊÀiViÌÊ>ÌÌi«ÌÃÊvÊ iÕÀÃViÌÃÌÃÊÌÊiÝ«>ÊÌ
iÊ`vviÀiViÃÊLiÌÜiiÊ>iÊ>`Êvi>iÊLi
>ÛÕÀÊÊÌiÀÃÊvÊ
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
29Ê
30 31 32 33 34Ê 35 36Ê 37 38 39 40
41Ê
42Ê
43Ê 44
45Ê 46Ê
47 48
divergences in brain structure. ¼ÀÊ>Êi>ÀÞÊ>}i]ÊÌ
iÊ}ÀÃÊÃÕÀÛiÞi`Ê
>`Ê
i`ÊVÛiÌ>ÞÊÃÌiÀiÌÞ«V>ÊÛiÜÃÊ>LÕÌÊ LÃÊvÀÊiÊ>`Ê Üi°Ê /
iÞÊ ÀiÌ>i`Ê Ì
ÃiÊ ÛiÜÃÊ Ì
ÀÕ}
ÕÌÊ Ì
iÀÊ ÃV
}Ê `iëÌiÊ being taught about equality of opportunity and knowing their rights to access any kind of future career.’ Ofsted report (2011) Girls’ career aspirations]Ê«°Êx°ÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ ÜÜÜ°`ÌV°À}°>ÕÉ VÕiÌÃÉÓÎÈ°«`f (accessed 17 November 2013). See Angela McRobbie (2009) The Aftermath of Feminism. London: Sage. I am grateful to Catherine Long for drawing my attention to McRobbie’s writing. C. S. Peirce (1902) Three Trichotomies of Signs. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>ÀÝÃÌðÀ}É ÀiviÀiViÉÃÕLiVÌÉ«
ë
ÞÉÜÀÃÉÕÃÉ«iÀViÓ°
Ìm (accessed 20 December 2013). Ibid. >Ê
ÀÃÌi]Ê Õ«ÕLÃ
i`Ê ÌiÃÊ ÌÜ>À`ÃÊ >Ê «ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊ >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ , MIRAJÊ VviÀiVi]Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÀÌÃÊ`]ÊÓ䣣° Nicky Hamlyn (2010) Medium Practices]ÊÕ«>}>Ìi`]ÊÕ«ÕLÃ
i`ÊiÃÃ>Þ° `ÀjÊ >âÊ Q£xnRÊ £Èä®Ê ¼/
iÊ "Ì}ÞÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ *
Ì}À>«
VÊ >}i½]Ê ÌÀ>Ã°Ê Õ}
Ê À>Þ]Ê Film Quarterly]Ê£Î\Ê{]Ê««°Ê{q° Richard Allen (1997) Projecting Illusion: Film Spectatorship and the Repression of Reality.
>LÀ`}i\Ê >LÀ`}iÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£° Ibid. p.95. Ibid. See Catherine Russell (2012) The Restoration ofÊ/
iÊ ÝiÃ: The Untimeliness of Archival Cinema. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÃVÀii}Ì
i«>ÃÌ°VÉÓä£ÓÉänÉÌ
iÀiÃÌÀ>Ìv Ì
iiÝiÃÌ
iÕÌiiÃÃv>ÀV
Û>Vi>ÉÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÓÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{®° -iiÊ >Ì
iÀiÊ ÜiÃÊÓä£ÎL®Ê¼}ÕÀ}Ê>`ÃV>«iÃÊÊÕÃÌÀ>>ÊÀÌÃÌýÊÊ>`Ê6`i½]Ê Ê >Ì
>Ê ,>ÞiÀÊ >`Ê À>iiÊ >À«iÀÊ i`Ã®Ê Film Landscapes. Newcastle upon Tyne:
>LÀ`}iÊ-V
>ÀÃÊ*ÕLÃ
}]Ê««°Ê£È{qnΰ ÊÓä£{]ÊÌ
iÊ>VÌÀiÃÃÊ->`À>Ê ÕVÊÜ>ÃÊVvÀÌi`ÊLÞÊÃÌ>iÀÊÃ
Õ>Ê>iÃÊ ÀLiÌÌÊÜ
Ê had penetrated her home as far as her bedroom door. The Los Angeles Times reported that ¼Ì
iÞÊvÕ`Ê«
ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>VÌÀiÃÃÊÊ
ÃÊ«ViÌÃ]Ê>ÊiÌÌiÀÊ«ÀÌÀ>Þ}Ê
ÃivÊ>ÃÊ
iÀÊ
ÕÃL>`Ê >`ÊÌ
iÊÛiÊvÊ
ÃÊviÊ>`Ê>ÊVVi>i`ÊÜi>«Ê«iÀÌÊvÀÊ1Ì>
½ÊÕÞÊ£x®°Ê"Ì
iÀÊ>VÌÀÃÊ Ü
Ê
>ÛiÊLiiÊÃÌ>i`ÊVÕ`iÊ>iÊ iÀÀÞ]Ê-ii>ÊiâÊ>`Ê,iLiVV>Ê-V
>ivviÀ]ÊÜ
ÊÜ>ÃÊ murdered by a stalker in 1989; see
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>ÌiðVÉV>É>ÜÉ>iÃ>`À> bullock-stalker-bedroom-20140715-story.htmlÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£ÇÊÕÞÊÓä£{®° Ì
ÞÊ-ÜvvÀ`ÊÓääήʼ/
iÊ-«iÀ½ÃÊ/>i½]ÊGuardian Weekend]Ê£äÊ>ÀV
° The current (2014) debates in the British government about the influence of Islamic fundamentalists in British schools highlight the role of faith schools of all denominations in forming the minds of the young. /
iÊÌÌiÊvÊ/ÞÊ"ÕÀÃiÀ½ÃÊÓäääÊÃÌ>>Ì]Ê-
Ê-µÕ>Ài]Ê`° -ii]Ê vÀÊ ÃÌ>Vi]Ê 7>ÌiÀÊ iÌâÊ Óää£®Ê ¼º7
>ÌÊ 7iÌÊ 7À}¶»\Ê /
iÊ iÀV>Ê Û>Ì>À`iÊ
i>Ê vÊ Ì
iÊ £Èäý]Ê Ê *>ÕÊ >VÊ i`°®Ê The Sixities: 1960–1969. New York: Charles -VÀLiÀ½ÃÊ-Ã]Ê«°ÊÓÈä° Ibid. Michele Aaron (2007) Spectatorship: The Power of Looking On°Ê`\Ê7>yÜiÀÊ*ÀiÃÃ]ÊÊ p. 4.
FILM AS FILM
125
49Ê 50Ê 51Ê
52 53Ê
54Ê 55Ê
56Ê 57Ê 58Ê 59Ê 60Ê 61Ê
62Ê 63Ê 64Ê 65Ê 66 67Ê 68Ê 69
126
VÞÊ>ÞÊÓä£ä®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]ÊÕ«>}>Ìi`° >ÕÀ>ÊÕÛiÞÊ£Çx®]Ê«°ÊVÌ° *iÌiÀÊ `>Ê £Çx®Ê ¼/
iÀÞÊ >`Ê iwÌÊ vÊ -ÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊ ½]Ê Studio International]Ê £ä]Ê ÛiLiÀÉ iViLiÀ°Ê Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÕÝi°À}°ÕÉ >ÀÌViÃÉÌ
iÀÞÚ>`Ú`iw̯Ón«ÀÌÛiÀïӰ
ÌÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£ÎÊ iViLiÀÊÓä£{®° See Peggy Phelan (1993) Unmarked: The Politics of Performance°Ê`\Ê,ÕÌi`}i]Ê«°Ê{°Ê ¼VÌÛiÊ Û>Ã
}½Ê V>Ê >ÃÊ LiÊ vÕ`Ê Ê ÀiÊ VÌi«À>ÀÞÊ ÜÀ°Ê Ê ÓääÈ]Ê Ì
iÊ -Üi`Ã
Ê >ÀÌÃÌÊ>Ã>Ê >
LiÀ}Ê>`iÊÌ
iÊÛ`iÊFemale Fist in which an activist speaks of the difficulÌiÃÊÛÛi`ÊÊVÀi>Ì}ÊiÃL>Ê«À}À>«
ÞÊÊ>Ê
iÌiÀÀ>ÌÛiÊVÕÌÕÀi°ÊiÊ,
`iÃ]Ê >
LiÀ}Ê>Ì>ÃÊ>ÊL>VÊÃVÀii]ÊLÕÌÊ>``ÃÊÃÕLÌÌiðÊÊ>Ê}À>ÌivÕÊÌÊ >Ì
iÀiÊ}ÊvÀÊ alerting me to Dahlberg’s work. *iÌiÀÊ7iÊQ£ÇxRʣȮ]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£{ä°Ê ÊViÊ>ÌÌi`i`Ê>ÊiÛiÌÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ
iiÃÊ-ÌÀiiÌÊ ÀÊ>ÊÊ`ÊÜ
iÀiÊ>ÀÞÊiÞÊÜ>ÃÊ Ê VÛiÀÃ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê -ÕÃ>Ê iÀ°Ê iÀ]Ê ÜÌ
Ê
iÀÊ L>V}ÀÕ`Ê Ê >Ì
À«}ÞÊ >`Ê iÞÊ drawing on psychoanalytic theory together wove a fascinating discourse on their respectiÛiÊ«À>VÌViÃ]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÌÊÛiÀÊÌ
iÊ
i>`ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÞÊvÊ>ÃÃiLi`ÊÜi°Ê/
ÃÊi`ÊÌÊ
ÃÌiÊ>VVÕÃ>ÌÃÊvÊLÃVÕÀ>ÌÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>««À«À>ÌiiÃÃÊvÊ>`«Ì}ʼ>i½ÊÌ
iÀiÌV>Ê`iÃÊ>V>]Ê->ÕÃÃÕÀi]ÊÀiÕ`Êet al®ÊÌÊÕ>ÌiÊÜi½ÃÊÛiðÊiÞÊ>ÌÌi«Ìi`ÊÌÊ
i>ÊÌ
iÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊLÀi>V
ÊÊÌ
iÊÀ>ÃÊLÞÊÃÕ}}iÃÌ}ÊÌ
>ÌÊ
iÀÊVÀÞ«ÌÛÃÕ>ÊÜÀ]ÊVÕ`}Ê her Post Partum DocumentÊ£ÇÎǮʫiÀ>Ìi`ÊÊ>ÞÊiÛiÃ]ÊLÌ
Ê>iÃÌ
iÌV]ÊiÌ>Ê and theoretical and that it was possible to approach it according to one’s abilities and eduV>Ì°Ê/
iÊ«i`ÊviÃÌÊ
iÀ>ÀV
ÞÊÃiÜ
>ÌÊÕ`iÀi`ÊiÞ½ÃÊ>ÌÌi«ÌÊÌÊ«>V>ÌiÊ the audience. *iÌiÀÊ`>Ê£Çx®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê««°Ê£nqÈ° *iÌiÀÊ `>Ê £È®Ê ¼/
iÀÞÊ >`Ê iwÌÊ vÊ -ÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÃÌÉ>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊ ½]Ê Ài«ÀÌi`Ê Ê V
>iÊ"½*À>ÞÊi`°®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£xΰ *iÌiÀÊ`>ÊÓä䣮ʼ/
iÀiÊÃÊÊÌ
iÀ½]ÊFilmwaves]Ê£{]Ê«°Êxn° *
«Ê ÀÕ`ʣǮʼ ÌÃÊvÊÛ>Ì}>À`iÊ i>½]ÊÊFilm as Film catalogue. London: >ÞÜ>À`Ê>iÀÞÉÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊvÊÀi>ÌÊ ÀÌ>]Ê«°Ê£{° ,LiÀÌÊÕ}
iÃʣǮʼ£äÊ9i>ÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ ÕÀi`ÊÌ
iÊÛ>Ì>À`i½]ÊSunday TimesÊ>}>âi]ÊÎäÊ iViLiÀ]Ê«°Ê£° >iÃÊ >`½ÃÊÌiÀ]ʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ-ÌiÛiÊVÌÞÀiÊÊ
ÃÊ«iÀVi«ÌÛiÊÀi>ÃÃiÃÃiÌÊvÊ`>½ÃÊ VÌÀLÕÌÊÌÊwÊÌ
iÀÞÊ>`Êi`ÕV>ÌÆÊÃiiÊÓä£Î®Ê¼*iÌiÀÊ`>½ÃÊ>Ì>ÀÀ>ÌÛi\ÊÊ>ÀÌÊvÊ Ài«ÀÃ>ÊÀi>««À>Ãi`½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê««°ÊÓÈqÎÇ° *iÌiÀÊ`>ʣȮ]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£n° >iÃÊ >`Êi`°®Ê£n®ÊFantasy and the Cinema°Ê`\Ê ÀÌÃ
ÊÊÃÌÌÕÌi]Ê«°Ê{° iiÊ ÕÃLiÀÀiÊ£ÇǮʼ-iÊi>ÀÞÊwÃÊLÞÊ*iÌiÀÊ`>½]ÊV>Ì>}ÕiÊiÃÃ>ÞÊÊPerspectives on British Avant-Garde Film]Ê>ÞÜ>À`Ê>iÀÞ° °Ê°Ê,iiÃÊQÓ䣣R]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÇ° See P. Adams Sitney (1974) Visionary Film – The American Avant-Garde°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê"ÝvÀ`Ê University Press. ÃÊÀ>«ÌʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃÊQÓ䣣R]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ên£° 7°Ê°Ê-iL>`ÊQÓää£RÊÓääÓ]ÊÓ`Êi`®ÊAusterlitz°Ê`\Ê*i}Õ]Ê«°Ê£{° Gilles Deleuze (1989) Cinema 2: The Time-Image]ÊÌÀ>ðÊÕ}
Ê/ÃÊ>`Ê,LiÀÌÊ>iÌ>°Ê
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
70
71Ê 72Ê
73Ê
74 75Ê 76
77 78 79 80Ê 81Ê 82Ê
83Ê 84Ê 85Ê 86 87 88
89Ê
i>«Ã]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊiÃÌ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£äx° The film is available online and in the digital age it is possible to freeze individual frames and access the detail that was so difficult to grasp in the original screenings. This new ability to ÃÌÊÌ
iÊwÊ}ÛiÃÊÀÃiÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ,>Þ`Ê iÕÀÊ
>ÃÊV>i`ÊÌ
iʼ«iÃÛiÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ½]Ê>ÊÌ
iiÊ ÊÜÊÀiÌÕÀÊÌ]ÊLÕÌÊÊÌ
iÊi>ÌiÊÌÊÃÊÜÀÌ
ÊÌ>}Ê>ÊiÌÊÌÊ>««ÀiV>ÌiÊÌ
ÃÊwÊline:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉÜ>ÌV
¶ÛrÃÎ*Û
7v*oÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÈÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{®°
ÀÃÊ7iÃLÞÊÓä£Î®Ê¼Ê ÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ Üiý]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê«°ÊΣȰ >Ê >iÀÊ>`Ê,V
>À`ÊÃiÊ
>ÛiÊLÃiÀÛi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iʼÃÌÕÌÌiÀ}½ÊivviVÌÊvÊÌi>«ÃiÊ Ìi`ÃÊÌʼ`iVÀ«Ài>Ãi½Ê
Õ>Êw}ÕÀiÃÊqÊÌ
iÞÊLiViÊiÊ>ÕÌ>Ì>]Ê>ÊV`iÌ>ÊivviVÌÊ vÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}ÞÆÊÃiiÊ>Ê >iÀÊ>`Ê,V
>À`ÊÃiÊÓä£{®Ê¼/i>«ÃiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊL`Þ½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÎ\Ê£]Ê««°ÊÎnqx£°
ÞÊ,V
>À`ÃÊÓään®Ê >Ì>}ÕiÊiÌÀÞÊÊ-ÌiÛiÊ >]Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ ÜiÃ]Ê ÕÊÊ
Õ>Êi`Ã®Ê Figuring Landscapes: Artists’ Moving Image from Australia and the UK. London: Arts Council
}>`]Ê«°Ênä° Ibid. V
>iÊ -ÜÊ Ê VÛiÀÃ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê
ÀÃÊ i}
`ÀiÜÃÊ >`Ê Ã>LiÌÌ>Ê >LÀâ]Ê Ê -ÕÌ
L>]Ê`]ÊÈÊ iViLiÀÊÓään°Ê Hollis Frampton speaking at An Evening with Hollis Frampton]ÊnÊ>ÀV
Ê£ÇÎÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÕÊ vÊ`iÀÊÀÌ]Ê iÜÊ9À°ÊÕ`ÊÀiVÀ`}Ê>Û>>LiÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê"ÊÃÕ`Ê>ÀV
ÛiÃ\Êwww. >°À}Éi>ÀÉÀiÃÕÀViÃÉ>ÀV
ÛiÃ. Ibid. Malcolm Le Grice (1982) Abstract Film and Beyond°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£ÓÈ° Ibid. *iÌiÀÊ`>ʣȮ]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£xΰ />VÌ>Ê i>Ê Ã«i>}Ê ÌÊ Ã>>VÊ ÕiÊ Ê >Ê Guide to Artists’ Filmmaking]Ê Ê ,>`Ê {]Ê £nÊ >Õ>ÀÞÊÓ䣣°Ê ÀÌ
i>Ê À>VÊ Óä£ä®Ê ¼ ii«Ê }\Ê Ê Õ``
ÃÌÊ Ê >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ 7ÀÊ vÊ -Ì>Ãwi`É Þ>>ý]ÊÊ>`iÊÞ>>ÃÊ>`Ê >ÀiÊÛ>Ê*ÕÌÌiÊi`îÊRevealing the Invisible: The Art of Stansfield/Hooykaas from Different Perspectives°ÊÃÌiÀ`>\Ê1Ì}iÛiÀÊ iÊ ÕÌi>Ì]Ê p. 127. -iiÊ >ÌiÊ `V
Ê Óä£ä®Ê Screens: Viewing Media Installation Art°Ê i>«Ã]Ê \Ê University of Minnesota Press. iÃÃ>ÊÀÕ`ÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼"LÃiÀÛ>Ì>Êw\Ê`ÃÌÀ>ÌÊvÊÃV>ÊÀi>ÌÞ½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\ÊÓ]Ê p. 173. *>ÕÊ"½>iÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼"Ê>}ÊÀ̽]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÈä]Ê«°ÊÓ° Ibid. Ibid. This is in contrast to Crying MenÊÓää{®]Ê>Ê«
Ì}À>«
VÊÜÀÊLÞÊ->Ê/>ÞÀ7`Êvi>ÌÕÀ}Ê ÜiÜÊ>VÌÀÃÊÜii«}°Ê/
iÊ>}iÃÊ>ÀiÊÃÌ]ÊÌ
iÊiÊ>ÀiÊ>VÌ}ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÊÌi>ÀÃ]ÊÜiÊ>ÃÃÕiÊ>ÀiÊÀi>Ê>`ÊÊÀ`iÀÊÌÊ«À`ÕViÊÌ
i]Êi>V
Ê>ÊÜÊ
>ÛiÊ`À>ÜÊÊ
ÃÊÜÊÀiÃiÀÛÀÃÊ vÊ«>vÕÊiÀiðÊ/
iÊ«>VÌÊvÊÌ
iÃiÊ>ÕÌL}À>«
V>ÊÌi>ÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÃiÊvÀ>}iÊiÌÃÊ Ü
iʼL}ÊLÞýÊ`ÊVÀÞ]ÊÃÊÊ>ÞÊV>ÃiÃ]ÊÃÕÀ«ÀÃ}ÞÊÛ}° ÌÌÀLÕÌi`ÊÛ>ÀÕÃÞÊÌÊÀ`Ê/ÞLiiÉ7ÃÌÊ
ÕÀV
É>ÀÊ/Ü>\ʼÃÌÀÞÊÃʺÕÃÌÊiÊ `>i`ÊÌ
}Ê>vÌiÀÊ>Ì
iÀ»½°
FILM AS FILM
127
90Ê
>Ì
iÀiÊÜiÀÊÓää{®Ê¼,ÊvÀÊiÝ«iÀiÌ\Ê}>iÀÞÊwÃÊ>`ÊÛiÀÌV>ÊÌiÊvÀÊ>Þ>Ê iÀiÊÌÊ >ÊÃ>Ê
Ì>½]ÊScreen]Ê{x\Ê{]Ê«°ÊÎÓn° 91Ê *°Ê`>ÃÊ-ÌiÞ]ÊÕ`>Ìi`Ê«À}À>iÊÌiÊvÀÊAnticipation of the Night]ʵÕÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ18Ê website:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÕÝ°À}°ÕÉViVÌÉÜÀÃÉ>ÌV«>Ì}
tÊ >VViÃÃi`Ê £xÊ >Õ>ÀÞÊ 2014). 92 Macolm Le Grice writing about Berlin HorseÊÊÌ
iÊÕÝiÊÜiLÃÌi°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÕÝi° À}°ÕÉ>ÀÌÃÌÃÉ>VÚiÚ}ÀViÉLiÀÚ
ÀÃi°
ÌlÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£xÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{®° 93 Ibid. 94Ê >VÊiÊÀViʣȮʼ/
iÊÃÌÀÞÊ7iÊ ii`½]ÊÊV
>iÊ"½*À>ÞÊi`°®Ê£È®ÊThe British Avant-Garde Film, 1926 to 1995°Ê `\Ê ÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊ vÊ }>`É
Ê LLiÞÊ i`>]Ê p. 186. 95Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃ]ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]ÊÃiÌiÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ£äÃ°Ê 96Ê VÞÊ>ÞÊÓä£ä®]Ê«ÊVÌ°° 97Ê À>
>iÊ7iLÀiÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼ ÕÀi`Ê«>«iÀÊÊÕiÌÊÛ>iÞ\Ê ÌÀ>`VÌÃ]ÊÀiÃ>ViÃÊ>`Ê«ÕÀ>ÌiÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊvÊ*>ÌÊ"½ i½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\ÊÓ]Ê«°Ê£Èä° 98Ê >VÊiÊÀVi]ÊÕÝiÊÜiLÃÌi]Ê«°ÊVÌ° 99 Gilles Deleuze ([1989] 2005) Cinema 2: The Time-Image]ÊÌÀ>ðÊÕ}
Ê/ÃÊ>`Ê,LiÀÌÊ >iÌ>°Êi>«Ã]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊiÃÌ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£Óΰ 100 All Maya Deren quotes are from an address to the Poetry and the Film Symposium]ÊÓnÊ"VÌLiÀÊ 1953. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉÜ>ÌV
¶ÛrÞâµÞÜV+ (accessed 12 >Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{®ÆÊÃiiÊ>ÃÊ>Þ>Ê iÀiÊQ£{ÈRÊÓä䣮ʼÊ>>}À>ÊvÊ`i>ÃÊÊ>ÀÌ]ÊvÀÊ>`Ê w½]ÊÊ Ê V
ÃÊi`°®ÊMaya Deren and the American Avant-Garde°Ê iÀiiÞ]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ vÊ >vÀ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°ÊÇq{° 101Ê >Ì
iÀiÊÜiÀ]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÎÓn° 102 Ibid. 103 Olivier Bardin quoted by Maeve Connolly (2014) TV Museum: Contemporary Art and the Age of Television°Ê ÀÃÌ\ÊÌiiVÌ]Ê«°Ê££Î°Ê
128
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
CHAPTER SEVEN
Structural Film: Detractions and Revisions I’m watching a film that has been filmed on film and is being projected ... by a projector.
Ê*iÀÀÞ]ÊÓää In any consideration of structural film and the materialist creed that dominated >Û>Ì}>À`iÊ«À>VÌViÃÊÊÌ
iÊÃiV`Ê
>vÊvÊÌ
iÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ]ÊÌÊÃÊÜÃiÊÌÊterrogate some of the foundational principles to which it adhered. The structuralist VÀ̵ÕiÊvÊVi>ÊÜ>ÃÊL>Ãi`ÊÊ>ÊÕLiÀÊvÊÌiÀViVÌi`ÊÃÕ««ÃÌÃ]Ê>`ÊÜiÊ ÜÊLi}ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊLiivÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊ>Ài>`ÞÊiÝ«Ài`]ÊÌ
>ÌÊw]Ê>`ÊLÞÊiÝÌiÃÊÌiiÛÃ]ÊÕÃÊ>Õ`iViÃÊÌÊ>VVi«Ì}Ê>ÊÃiÀiÃÊvÊVi>ÌVÊÕÃÃÊ>ÃÊÀi>ÌÞ]ÊÌ
iÀiLÞÊ laying themselves open to ideological messages embedded in screen-based enterÌ>iÌ°ÊÊÀi>Ìi`Ê`i>ÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>Õ`iViÃÊ>ÀiÊÃÊiÌ
À>i`ÊÌÊÌ
iʼ`Ài>ÊÃVÀii½Ê Ì
>Ì]ÊÊÌ
iÊ«>À>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊ`>Þ]ÊÌ
iÞʼ«>ÃÃÛiÞÊVÃÕi`½ÊÌ
iʫ
>Ì>Ã>}À>ÊÌ
>ÌÊ «>ÃÃi`ÊLivÀiÊÌ
i°Ê7iÊÃ
Õ`ÊÜÊ>Ã]ÊÜiÀiÊ>`Ê>Ài®Ê>Õ`iViÃÊ`ii`ÊÀi`iÀi`Ê incapable of thinking critically about the conservative worldviews woven into the ÃÕLÌiÝÌÊvÊÞÜ`ÊÃVÀ«ÌÃÊqÊvÀÊ}ÃÌVÊiÝ«>ÃÃ]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÃÌiÀiÌÞ«}Ê LÞÊÀ>ViÊ>`ÊÃiÝÕ>ÊÀiÌ>ÌÊÌÊÃiÝÃÌÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÃÊvÊÜi¶Ê"vÊVÕÀÃi]ÊÌ
iÊ >ÃÜiÀÊÃ]ʼÞiÃÊ>`ʽÆÊÃ]Ê
>Û}ÊiÝ«Ài`ÊÌ
iÊ>vwÀ>ÌÛi]ÊÜiÊV>ÊÜÊÌÕÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊ V>Ûi>ÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>ÛiÊ>VVÀÕi`ÊÊÃÕLÃiµÕiÌÊVÃ`iÀ>ÌÃÊvÊwÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«]Ê>`Ê take these forward when discussing the claim that installation liberated the passive viewer and offered her a new creative relationship with the moving image.
MAINSTREAM PLAYS WITH THE ILLUSION: PUSH−PULL However staggeringly convincing cinema and television illusionism has become ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>`ÛiÌÊvÊÜ`iÃVÀii]ÊÎ Ê>`Ê
}
Ê`iwÌ]ÊViÀV>ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ
129
products are beset by the ever-present tension between the narrative and its setÌ}°Ê/
Ã]Ê>À}ÕiÃÊ-i>Ê ÕLÌÌ]ÊÃÊÜ
Þʼ>Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊÃÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊV«iÌi½°1ÊÊ>``Ì]Ê the fantasy world onscreen is destabilised by the material reality of the instruments vÊ ÌÃÊ >Õv>VÌÕÀi]Ê «ÀV«>ÞÊ Ì
iÊ ÃVÀii]Ê Ü
V
]Ê >VVÀ`}Ê ÌÊ
Ê 7iÃ
>]Ê `iwiÃÊ ¼Ì
iÊ L>ÌÌiwi`Ê LiÌÜiiÊ `i«Ì
Ê >`Ê ÃÕÀv>Vi½°2 The immediate effect of imiÀÃÊÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ>ÞÊLiÊ«ÜiÀvÕ]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊÃÊÌi«À>ÀÞÊ>`Ê>LÃÀ«ÌÊ ÊÌ
iÊVi>ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÃÊiÛiÀÊÌÌ>°Ê/
iÊÜiÜÀÊ}iÀiÃÊvÊwÊ>`ÊÌiiÛÃÊ entertainment already establish an anticipatory distance between the viewer and Ì
iÊ Vi>ÌVÊ iÝ«iÀiViÆÊ }iÀiÊ «>ViÃÊ >Ê }`i`Ê vÀ>iÊ >ÀÕ`Ê Ì
iÊ >ÀÌiv>VÌÊ ÌÃiv°Ê ¼7iÊÜÊ>ÊÌ
ÀiÀÊÜ
iÊÜiÊÃiiÊi½]ÊLÃiÀÛi`Ê,V
>À`Ê>ÌLÞ]Ê ¼`ii`]ÊÜiÊÜÊ a thriller before we see one’. 3ÊÛiÃÊ>`ÊÌiiÛÃÊ
>ÛiÊ>Ê«ÀiÛÕÃÊiÝÃÌiViÊ>`Ê >Ê>vÌiÀviÊÊÌ
iÊÜ`iÀÊÜÀ`ÊvÊv>Ã
]Ê>}>âiÃ]ÊV
>ÌÊÃ
ÜÃ]ÊLÃ]ÊÜiLÃÌiÃ]Ê ÌÀ>iÀÃ]Ê}>iÃÊ>`ÊÕÃV]ÊvÀÃÊvÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÀivÀViÊ>Ü>ÀiiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ «À`ÕVÌÊ LÕÌÊ >ÀiÊ >ÃÊ >ÌÕÀ>ÞÊ ÃivÀiyiÝÛi°Ê /iiÛÃÊ ÃÊ >Ü>ÞÃÊ
>vÜ>ÌV
i`Ê LÞÊ Ì
iÊ }À>â}Ê Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀ]Ê Ì
iÊ ÌiÀiÌÊ iVÕÀ>}iÃÊ Ã
ÀÌÊ >ÌÌiÌÊë>Ã]Ê>}>âiÃÊ Ài>ÊLiVÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊ
>`ÊÜ
ÃÌÊÌ
iÞÊ`iÛiÀÊÌ
iÀÊiÃÃ>}iÃ]Ê}Li>À}ÊVÌ
iÃÊ >ÀiÊÜÀÊLÞÊÀi>ÊL`iÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÃiÊ«ÀÌVi>ÌV]Ê«ÀÌ>Ê>ÀÌiv>VÌÃÊV>ÊÕ`iÀmine the verisimilitude of the film itself as well as reinforce its cultural impact. ÊÜÊÀiÛÃÌÊÃÃÕiÃÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê>ÌÌiÌÊÊÌ
iÊiÝÌÊV
>«ÌiÀ]ÊLÕÌÊÜÊÌÕÀÊÌÊ other aspects of mainstream film that militate against the credibility of their putaÌÛiÊ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃ°Ê ÃÊ ÜiÊ
>ÛiÊ >Ài>`ÞÊ Ãii]Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ ,ÕÃÃiÊ >À}Õi`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ ¼>ÀV
Û>Ê cinema’ records the history of a place as well as the story for which it provides a ÃiÌÌ}°Ê ÕÊÊ
Õ>Ê
>ÃÊ>`iÊ>ÊÃ>ÀÊLÃiÀÛ>ÌÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊÜiÜÊ>VÌÀÃÊ ÊÞÜ`ÊÛiÃ]ÊÃÌ>ÀÃÊÜ
ÊVÀi>ÌiÊÜ
>ÌÊ*>ÌÊ"½ iÊV>Ãʼ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>Ê>L}ÕÌÞ½° 4 Our reading of their onscreen presence involves a denotive doubling and Chua µÕÌiÃÊi>ÕVÊ`>À`ÊÌÊ`ÀÛiÊ
iÊ
ÃÊ«Ì\ʼiÛiÀÞÊwÊÃÌ>ÀÀ}Ê>ÀÞÊÀiÊ is also a documentary about Marilyn Monroe’.5Ê7iÊÜ>ÌV
]ÊÌÊÞÊÌ
iÊV
>À>VÌiÀÊÃ
iÊ iL`iÃ]ÊLÕÌÊ>ÃÊ
iÀÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>`Ê
iÀÊ«iÀÃ>°Ê ÀÛiÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÌiÃÌÞÊvÊÕÀÊ fandom and informed by the diligence of our researches into her tempestuous and Õ
>««ÞÊ«ÀÛ>ÌiÊvi]ÊÜiÊëiVÕ>ÌiÊ>LÕÌÊ
iÀÊÃÌ>ÌiÊvÊ`Ê>`ÊL`ÞÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÌiÊÌ
iÊ wÊÜ>ÃÊ>`i°ÊÊÌ
iÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊvÊ>ÃÌÀi>Êw]ÊÌ
iÊÃ
>`ÜÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊvÊ«iÀvÀers’ lives can threaten to crack the veneer of the parts they play and publicists have vÌiÊ>LÕÀi`ÊÌÊÃVÀiiÊÌ
iÊÃii`iÀÊÃ`iÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÀýÊiÝÃÌiViÊvÀÊ«ÕLVÊ}>âi]Ê something that in the age of the Internet is increasingly hard to achieve. 6 Not only do the parallel stories of screen legends’ lives compromise the transpariVÞÊvÊ>ÃÌÀi>ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊVÕÌÕÀi]ÊLÕÌÊVi>ÌVÊÀi>ÃÊÃÊ>ÃÊVÃÌ>ÌÞÊ betrayed by technical failures in production and post-production (defective micro«
iÃ]Ê v>ÕÌÞÊ «>ÞL>V]Ê «VÌÕÀiÊ À]Ê iÌV°®]Ê }ÌV
iÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ >`ÛiÀÌiÌÞÊ «À`ÕViÊ >Ê disruptive effect and help us maintain the distinction between reality and fiction. /
iÃiÊV>iÃÕÀ>iÊV>Ê>ÃÊLiÊÌÀ}}iÀi`ÊLÞÊ>ÞÊÕLiÀÊvÊ>«ÃiÃÊvÊÌ>ÃÌiÆÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]Ê
130
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
>ÊÛiÀLÜÊÕÃV>ÊÃÕ`ÌÀ>V]Ê>Ê>VÌÀ½ÃÊ«ÀÊ«iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊÀÕÃ
i`ÊÀÊ>VVÕÀ>ÌiÊ ÃÕLÌÌiÃ]ÊiÝ>}}iÀ>Ìi`ÊivviVÌÃÊvÊ}
Ì}Ê>`ÊÃÕ`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ«ÊÛiÀÊÌÊwVÊ>iÀðÊ/
iÊv>X>`iÊvÊVÌÀi`Ê>ÕÌ
ÀÌÞÊÌ
>ÌÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃiÃÊÛiÊÌiiÛÃÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÃÊ can also be shattered by unscripted malfunctions.7 In the BBC television series Acorn AntiquesÊ£nxqnÇ®]Ê6VÌÀ>Ê7`ÊLÕÌÊ>ÊiÌÀiÊVi`VÊVViÌÊÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ poor standards of production dogging the soap operas of the day. The daily drama vÊviÊÊÌ
iÊ>̵ÕiÃÊÌÀ>`iÊÜ>ÃÊVÃÌ>ÌÞÊÕ«ÃÌ>}i`ÊLÞÊÜLLÞÊÌÌiÃ]ÊV`Ê>VÌ}]Ê dodgy camerawork and defective sets; in one case a low boom practically decapiÌ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ>iÊi>`°Ê Ì}Ê
Ê/
ÀÌÊ >`Üi½ÃÊÌÊvʼ`ÕÃÌÀ>ÊÀiyiÝÛÌÞ½] 8 Maeve Connolly argues that in the 1970s and 1980s television was formally innovaÌÛiÊ>`Ê`iÛi«i`ÊÃivÀiyiÝÛiÊÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃ]ÊÌÊÞÊÜÌ
ÊVi`VÊÃ
ÜÃÊiÊAcorn AntiquesÊLÕÌÊ>VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊÜ
iÊëiVÌÀÕÊvÊ«À}À>}°Ê/
ÃÊÀiÃÕÌi`ÊʼÃÌÞÃÌVÊ iÝViÃÃiýÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÕ`Ê
i«Ê«ÕLVÊÃiÀÛViÊiÌÜÀÃÊV«iÌiÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ}ÀÜ}Ê`ipendent television companies.9ÊÌÊ>ÃÊLiV>iÊÃÌ>`>À`Ê«À>VÌViÊvÊLÀi>v>ÃÌÊ/6]Ê iÜÃÊ«À}À>iÃ]ÊV
>ÌÊÃ
ÜÃÊ>`ÊÕÌÃ`iÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊëÀÌÃÊiÛiÌÃÊÌÊ`ë>ÞÊÌ
iÊ «>À>«
iÀ>>ÊvÊ«À`ÕVÌ°Ê Ü>`>ÞÃ]ÊÀi>ÌÞÊ/6Ê
>ÃÊ`ëiÃi`ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÞÊ«ÀiÌiViÊ at fictional treatment and instead sets up an equivalence between life onscreen and Ì
>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ½ÃʵÕÌ`>ÊiÝÃÌiVi°ÊÊ>ÊÀiÛiÀÃ>ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>`ÛiÀÌiÌÊLiÌÀ>Þ>ÃÊvÊ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊw]ÊÌ
ÃÊLÀ>`ÊvÊÌiiÛÃʼÀi>ÌÞ½ÊÃÊvÌiÊÀiÛi>i`ÊÌÊLiÊ>Êv>LÀV>Ì]Ê a simulacrum of ordinary life played out for the cameras.10 Viewers must unravel illusion masquerading as reality behind which lurks another reality based largely Ê >ÀVÃÃÃÌVÊ ÌÀiVÌÊ vÊ ÃViÌ>Ê >ëÀ>ÌÃ°Ê /
iÊ `vviÀiViÊ
iÀiÊ ÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ Ì
iÊ LÀV>Ìi`Ê>ÞiÀÃÊvÊ
>vÌÀÕÌ
ÃÊ>`Ê>ÀÌwViÊ>ÀiÊÌÊ`ÃViÀi`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÛÃÕ>ÊVÕiÃ]Ê LÞÊë«>}iÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊÀÊÃÕ`]ÊLÕÌÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvÊiÝÌiÀ>ÊÌiÀÛiÌÃ]ÊÛiÀL>Ê ÀiÛi>ÌÃ]ÊiÝ«ÃjÃÊ>`ÊÀÕÕÀÃÊVÀVÕ>Ì}ÊÊÌ
iÊÜ`iÀÊi`>°Ê The concatenations of clues that betray the constructed nature of the cinematic `ë>ÞÊ«ÀÌiÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iVi½ÃÊVÌÕ}Ê>Ü>ÀiiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«]Ê Ü
V
ÊÃÊiÛiÀÊiÌÀiÞÊvÀ}ÌÌiÊ
ÜiÛiÀÊÕV
ÊÌ
iÞÊ}
ÌÊÃÕÀÀi`iÀ]ÊÊÌ
iÊ iÌ]Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ Ã«iVÌ>ViÊ «>Þi`Ê ÕÌÊ ÃVÀiiÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÀÊ `iiVÌ>ÌÊ >`Ê `i}
Ì°Ê Ê >ÃÌÀi>Ê wÊ V>Ê >ÃÊ ÀÃÊ ÌÃÊ ÜÊ Õ`}Ê vÊ Ì
iÊ `ÀiVÌÀÊ V
ÃiÃÊ ÌÊ iVÌÊ >ÌÕÃÃÌV]ÊiÛiʼiÝ«iÀiÌ>½ÊiiiÌÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊyÜ]ÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>Ê ««Ã}Ê`Þ>VÊÊÌ
iÊ`i}iÌVÊ«>ÕÃLÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊw°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÃiʼÃÌ>iÃ½Ê >ÀiÊ ÃiÌiÃÊ iÝ«Ìi`Ê ÌÊ iÀV
Ê Ì
iÊ «Ì]Ê «>Þ}Ê Ê Ì
iÊ >Õ`iVi½ÃÊ V«iÌiÊ ÃÕëiÃÊvÊ`ÃLiiv°ÊÀÊiÝ>«i]Ê ÕÃÌiÀÊi>̽ÃÊ}iÕÃÊSherlock Jr. (1924) vi>ÌÕÀiÃÊ Ì
iÊ w>iÀÊ >}Ê >Ê iÊ >LÕÌÊ i`Ì}Ê >ÃÊ
iÊ ÃÊ V>Ì>«ÕÌi`Ê vÀÊ iÊ ÃViiÊÌÊ>Ì
iÀ]ÊÌÕL}ÊLiÌÜiiÊ>ÊÃÜLÕ`Ê>`ÃV>«i]Ê>ʽÃÊ`i]ÊÌ
iÊi`}iÊ vÊ>Ê«ÀiV«ViÊ>}ÊÌ
iÀÊ«iÀÕÃÊÃiÌÌ}ðÊi>ÌÊÌiÀ>ÞÊÕ«ÃÊ>VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊi`ÌÃÊ `À>Ü}Ê>ÌÌiÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊV«ÀiÃÃÊvÊë>ViÊ>`ÊÌiÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iVi]Ê>Ài>`ÞÊ ÜiÊÃV
i`ÊÊÌ
iÊ}À>>ÀÊvÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊw]Ê
>LÌÕ>ÞÊÃÌ
iÃÊÕÌÊÌÊ>Ê}V>Ê continuum. The knowing wink to the audience also occurs in Powell and Pressburger’s
STRUCTURAL FILM: DETRACTIONS AND REVISIONS
131
A Matter of Life and DeathÊ£{È®]ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊ>Ê`ÀiVÌÊÀiviÀiViÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>tus of proto-cinematic illusionism. The character of Dr. Reeves is seen operating his vintage camera obscura located at the top of his house from where he surveys the viÊvÊÌ
iÊÛ>}i°Ê/
iÊ
iÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊw]ÊÌ
iʼÛiÊÌiÀiÃ̽ÊV`i`Ê>ÃÊ>ÊLiVÌÊvÊ >iÊ`iÃÀi]ÊVÞViÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊÛ>}i]Ê>`ÊÜiÊLÃiÀÛiÊ À°Ê,iiÛiÃÊÛÞiÕÀÃÌV>ÞÊ >««ÀiV>Ì}Ê
iÀÊV
>ÀÃ]ÊÀÀÀ}ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ½ÃÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê«ÀÛi}iÃ°Ê >ÌiÀÊÊÌ
iÊw]Ê*ÜiÊ>`Ê*ÀiÃÃLÕÀ}iÀÊi«ÞÊvÀiiâiÊvÀ>iÃÊ>`ÊV}ÀÕÕÃ]Êvv stage sounds to disrupt the first-line narrative and intimate both the intervention of ÃÕ«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>ÊvÀViÃ]Ê>`Ê`ii«iÀÊiÛiÃÊvÊ`iÕÃÊÃÕvviÀi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ>Ê«ÀÌ>}ÃÌ°Ê /
iÃiÊivviVÌÃÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ÊÃÞÌ>VÌV>ÊÜLLiÊÊÌ
iÊwÊÜ
iÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊiÝ«Ìing the lapse in the audience’s suspension of disbelief to drive home a key element vÊwVÌ>Êi>}°ÊV
>iÊ
>>ÊV>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊvÊVi>ÊÃʼ>Ê«ÀViÃÃÊ of the limits of the image repeatedly transgressed’. 11 In the case of A Matter of Life and Death]ÊÌ
iÊ`ÀiVÌÀýÊVÌÀ>ÛiÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÀÕiÃÊvÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊVi>ÊÌÊÞÊ Ì
Vii`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÌÊLÕÌÊ>Ã]Ê>ÃÊ``ÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ«iiÀÃÊvÊVi>]ÊLÀÕ}
ÌÊÌÊvVÕÃÊ Ì
iÊÜ`ÀÕÃÊÌiV
V>ÊV>«>LÌiÃÊvÊw]ÊVÀV>Ê£{ä°Ê/
iÊÃÕVViÃÃvÕÊÌi}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÃÌÀÞÊ«>À>`ÝV>ÞÊ`i«i`i`ÊÊÌ
iÊV«iÌiÊiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊÊÌ
iÊ ÕÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊw]ÊÊÌ
iÀÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊ>««ÀiV>ÌiÊÌ
iÊVÃÌÀÕVÌi`Ê >ÌÕÀiÊvÊÜ
>ÌÊÌ
iÞÊÜiÀiÊÃii}]Ê>`ÊÞÊ«>ÀÌÞÊLiiÛ}°Ê ÞÊÜÊLÃiÀÛ>ÌÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ`>Þ]ÊÌ
iÊÀiÊÞÜ`ÊÛiÃÊÜ>ÌÊÕÃÊÌÊLiiÛiÊ Ì
iÊ«ÃÃLi]ÊLÃ}ÊVÀi>Ã}ÞÊi>LÀ>ÌiÊ ÊivviVÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÀiÊÌ
iÊÕÃÊ breaks down. Even Ridley Scott’s Robin HoodÊÓä£ä®]ÊÌ
Õ}
Ê`iÃÌÊÊÌiÀÃÊvÊëiV>ÊivviVÌÃ]Ê`iÃÊÃÕV
Ê>Ê}`ÊLÊvÊÀiVÀi>Ì}Êi`iÛ>Ê }>`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÊvÕ`ÊÞÃivÊ i}ÀÃÃi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
iÌVÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀ`ÊVÃÌÕiÃÊ>`ÊÃiÌÃ]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊÃi>iÃÃÞÊV«ÃÌi`Ê>`ÃV>«iÃÊ>`ÊÃiÌÊ«iViʼ>V̽ÊÃiµÕiViÃÊqÊÌ
iÊ>iÀÃÃÊvÊ Ì
iÊwÊqÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊyÃÞÊÃÌÀÞiÊ«>ÃÃi`ÊiÊLÞ°Ê Ê`ÕLÌ]Ê,ÕÃÃiÊ ÀÜi½ÃÊÜ`ÞÊ varying interpretations of a northern English accent contributed to the sense of profound artifice that envelops the movie and encouraged my own transgressions as a ÛiÜiÀ]ÊVÕ`}Ê`iÊëiVÕ>ÌÃÊ>ÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊVÃÌÃÊÛÛi`ÊÊÃÕV
ÊVi>ÌVÊ,VVÊ >`Ê
ÜÊ>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌýÊwÃÊ}
ÌÊ
>ÛiÊLiiÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊLÕ`}iÌ°ÊÞÊiÝperience of watching the film would seem to suggest that it is indeed possible to be >Ê>VÌÛiÞÊi}>}i`ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ]Ê«ÕÀÃÕ}ÊÌÀ>ÃÊvÊÌ
Õ}
ÌÊ>ÌÊ>ÊÌ>}iÌÊÌ]ÊLÕÌÊÌÀ}}iÀi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛi]Ê
ÜiÛiÀÊ`iÃÌÊÌ
ÃiÊÕÃ}ÃÊ}
ÌÊLi°Ê
THE UTOPIANISM OF STRUCTURAL FILM If mainstream film was not the closed system of flawless realism that the theoretical >À>ÌÕÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`ÊÌÊ}
ÌÊLi]Ê``ÊÌ
iÊ>Ì`ÌiÊÌʼ«>ÃÃÛi½Ê spectatorship offered by avant-garde filmmakers prove to be a successful treatment
132
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Peter Gidal, Room Film (1973), 16mm, colour, silent speed (16/18 fps). Courtesy of the artist.
vÀÊÌ
iÊivviVÌÃÊvÊÀi«i>Ìi`ÊiÝ«ÃÕÀiÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«iÀVÕÃÊyÕiViÃÊvÊÞÜ`¶Ê*iÌiÀÊ `>Ê>`ÊÌ
ÃiÊiëÕÃ}ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊ`VÌÀiÊi`i>ÛÕÀi`ÊÌÊvVÕÃÊ >ÌÌiÌÊÃiÞÊÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃÊ>`Ê«ÀViÃÃiÃÊvÊw]Ê>ÃÊ Ê*iÀÀÞÊ«ÕÌÊÌ]ʼÜ>ÌV
}Ê >Ê wÊ Ì
>ÌÊ
>ÃÊ LiiÊ wi`Ê Ê wÊ >`Ê ÃÊ Li}Ê «ÀiVÌi`Ê °°°Ê LÞÊ >Ê «ÀiVÌÀ½°12 ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÊëÌiÊvÊ
ÃÊLiÃÌÊivvÀÌÃ]Ê`>½ÃÊRoom FilmÊ£ÇήÊÃÊÀiÊÌ
>Ê>ÊiÝiÀcise in tautology and it cannot be distilled to the sum of its moving parts. Gidal may
>ÛiÊLiiÊ`i`V>Ìi`ÊÌÊ>ÊiÝÌÀiiÊ>ÃÊÊ
ÃÊwÃÊÛÛ}ʼÃ}wiÀÃÊ>««À>V
}Êi«ÌiÃý]ÊLÕÌÊ
iÊVÕ`ÊÌ]ÊLÞÊ
ÃÊÜÊ>`ÃÃ]Ê>Û`Ê«À`ÕV}ÊwVÊ >}iÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ >}}Ài}>ÌiÊ ÌÊ >Ê >iÃÌ
iÌVÊ iÝ«iÀiVi]Ê iÊ Ì
>ÌÊ V>ÀÀiÃÊ >ÃÃV>ÌÛiÊ i>}Ã]Ê>LiÌÊʼ>ÊÛiÀÞÊÜÊiÞ½°13 Room FilmÊvi>ÌÕÀiÃÊ`iÌiÀ>Ìi]ÊÃvÌi`}i`Ê areas of light and shade that occasionally resolve into perceptible images of VÀÕ«i`ÊLi``}]Ê>Ê>}i«ÃiÊ>«]Ê>ÊÜ>Ê«Õ}Ê>`Ê>Ê«iÊLÊqÊ>Ê>ÕÌLgraphical detail signalling Gidal’s rich intellectual life.14 In spite of what Perry called -ÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ýÃʼÃiÃÕ>ÊÃiv>Li}>̽]ÊÌ
iÃiÊÃÌ>ViÃÊvÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì>ÊV>Àty in a sea of abstraction seem to evoke a longing for the visual pleasures that Gidal’s absolutist theoretical platform forbade him. The film can also be interpreted as an >ÕÃÊÌÊ«
ÞÃV>Ê>`ÊiÌ>ÊLÀi>`Ü]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ`ÃÌÀÌi`ÊÛÃÕ>Ã>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÀÊÀÊViÊ>««ÀÝ>Ì}Ê«>ÀiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>ÊÃÞÃÌiÊÊi«Ã`iÃÊvÊ«ÃÞchosis. There is in Room Film a sense of psychic turmoil reminiscent of Brakhage’s Ã>ÀÞÊV>ÕÃÌÀ«
LVÊ}«ÃiÃÊÌÊ
ÃÊ`iÃÌVÊviÊÀÊ`ii`]ÊÊÌ
iÊwi`ÊvÊÌiÀ>ÌÕÀi]ÊÌ
iÊ«iÀÃ>]Ê>ÌÌiÕ>Ìi`Ê`iÃVÀ«ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊÊÌ
iÊvÀiÃVÊÛiÃÊ of Alain Robbe-Grillet. We know that it is possible to build narratives and a constellation of associations (mine will be different from yours) out of the barest audiovisual vÀ>Ì°Ê"ÕÀÊLÀ>ÃÊ>ÀiÊ
>À`ÜÀi`ÊÌÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌÊÃiÃÀÞÊ`>Ì>]Ê
ÜiÛiÀÊyÃÞÊÀÊ ambiguous. If Gidal had wished to block all associative and illusory elements in his ÜÀ]Ê>`ÊÌiÃÌÊÌ
iÊÌÃÊvÊÕÀÊ`iwÌÊvÊw]Ê
iÊ}
ÌÊ
>ÛiÊvÜi`ÊÌ
iÊiÝ>«iÊ vÊ >ÊÕiÊ*>ÊÜ
ÃiÊZen For Film (1964) consisted of an eight-minute strip of £ÈÊVi>ÀÊi>`iÀ]Ê`iÛ`ÊvÊ>ÞÊ>}iÃ]ÊÀÊ>>`iÊ>ÀÃ]ÊVÌÕÕÃÞÊ«}Ê Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê>Ê«ÀiVÌÀ°Ê/
iÊÞÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊÊÌ
ÃÊwVÊtabula rasa is the phenomenon vÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê}
ÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ}À>`Õ>Ê>VVÕÕ>ÌÊvÊ`ÕÃÌÊ>`ÊÃVÀ>ÌV
iÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌiÃÊÌ
iÊ
STRUCTURAL FILM: DETRACTIONS AND REVISIONS
133
viÊÃÌÀÞÊvÊ>Ê`Û`Õ>ÊÃÌÀ«ÊvÊViÕ`°Ê`>Ê>`Ê
ÃÊ>VÞÌiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÊÜ]Ê`À>ÜÊ ÊÌ
iÊ`iÝV>Ê«À«iÀÌiÃÊvÊwÊ>`ÊÌÃÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊÀi>>ÌiÊ>Ê«ÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÆÊ Ì
iÞÊÀ>ÀiÞ]ÊvÊiÛiÀ]ÊÀiÃÀÌÊÌÊL>Êw°ÊÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÜ>ÞÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÀi>Ê
>ÃÊ v>i`ÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊV«Ài
iÃÛiÞÊV«>ÌÊ>Õ`iViÃ]Ê>Ì>}Ê«ÌÕÊiÛiÃÊ vÊiÀÃÊÊÌ
iÊÕÃÃÊvÊw]Ê`>ÊVÕ`ÊÀi}iÌÊiÌ
iÀÊ
ÃivÊÀÊ
ÃÊ >Õ`iViÃÊÌÊ>ÊÃi>ÌVÊÛ>VÕÕ°Ê iÌ
iÀÊVÕ`Ê
iÊ}Õ>À>ÌiiÊÌ
iÊ`iÃÀi`ʼ«ÌV>½ÊÀiëÃiÃÊÀÊ«ÀiÛiÌÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊvÀÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛÃ}]Ê>`Ê`ii`ÊiÞ}Ê
ÃÊ >`ÛiÀÌiÌÞÊÞÀV>ÊÜÀðʼ vwVÕ̽]ÊiÃÌiÀVÊwÃÊ>ÀiÊ`ÀÛiÊLÞÊ>ÊÕÌ«>Ê`iÃÀiÊÌÊ «ÀÌiÊVÀÌV>ÌÞÊÊÌ
iÀÊ>Õ`iViÃÊ>`ÊÃÌÕ>ÌiÊ«ÌV>Ê>VÌ]ÊÊÌ
ÃÊV>ÃiÊLÞÊ i>ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÌi«Ìi`ÊÜÌ
`À>Ü>ÊvÊÛÃÕ>Ê>`Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ«i>ÃÕÀiðÊÊ«À>VÌVi]Ê the anticipated political awakening rarely occurred beyond the already converted ÜÌ
ÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊVÀViÃ]Ê>`Ê}iiÀ>Ê>Õ`iViÃÊÜiÀiÊëÞÊL>vyi`ÊLÞÊÜ
>ÌÊÌ
iÞÊ Ã>Ü°ÊÊ>``Ì]ÊÌÊVÕ`ÊL>VwÀi°ÊÊÃÕëiVÌÊÌ
>Ì]ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃ]ÊÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊ>iÊÊ Ãii}ÊÀiivÊvÀÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊwÊv>Ì}ÕiÊ>`ÊÀiÌÀi>Ì}ÊÌʼ`i}V>½ÊiÃV>«ist fare on TV to recover from the dictatorship of those long sessions of avant-garde Ãiv«ÀÛiiÌ°Ê /
Ã]Ê Ê >ÃÃÕi]Ê Ü>ÃÊ ÌÊ >Ê `iÃÀ>LiÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê ÕÌViÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ«iÀëiVÌÛiÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊ«ÀiVÌ°Ê "Ì
iÀÊ LiVÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊ LiiÊ À>Ãi`Ê Ê Ài>ÌÊ ÌÊ >ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊ w°Ê ÌÊ ÞÊ
>ÃÊ ÌÊLiiÊVw}ÕÀi`]Ê>ÃÊ*iÀÀÞÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÃÊ>LÛi]ÊÊ«ÕÀÌ>V>ÊÌiÀÃ]ÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê«ÀÃVÀ«ÌÛiÊ>}i`>ÊV«iÌiÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê}ÊÃÌÊvÊ«À
LÌÃ]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊ
>ÃÊ>ÃÊLiiÊ>VVÕÃi`Ê vÊVÀi>Ì}ÊvÀÕ>VÊ
ÕÃiÊÃÌÞiÃÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÜ
vvÊvÊiÌðÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊ lÊ >ÀÀ]Ê Ì
iÊ ÃiÌiÃviÌÃ
ÃÌVÊ iLÀ>ViÊ vÊ w½ÃÊ >ÌiÀ>Ê L>Ãi]Ê >Ê VVÕ«>Ì>Ê
>â>À`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃi>ÀV
ÊvÀÊÌÃÊiÀÊ>ÌÕÀi]Ê
>ÃÊÀiÃÕÌi`ÊÊ>ÊÌi`iVÞÊ>}Ê`iÀÃÌÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊÌÊÃ>ÌiÊ>Ê}ÛiÊ>ÌÌÀLÕÌiÊvÊ>Êi`Õ]ÊiÊ>}Ê>ÞÊ«ÃÃLiÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃÌVÃ]Ê>`ÊV>ÊÌÊ>ÃÊiLi>ÌVÊvÊ>ÊÜ
iÊ«À>VÌVi]ÊÌ
iÀiLÞÊiÝVÕ`}Ê>ÞÊÌ
iÀÊ >««À>V
°Ê7
iÊvÀÊ
>ÃÊLiViÊVÌiÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ`ÃVÛiÀÞʼÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÃiÊÌ
}ÃÊ
>ÛiÊ>Ê >ÌÕÀi½Ê>ÃÊÀiÃÕÌÃÊʼÌ
>ÌÊ>ÌÕÀiÊ>VÌÕ>ÞÊÌiQ}RÊÞÕÊÀÊiÛiÊ`VÌ>ÌQ}RÊÌÊÞÕÊ what you should and should not do’.15 Carroll argued that what makes a medium significant is not the molecular or electronic infrastructure that gives it its character qÊÌ
iÊÛÃVÃÌÞÊvÊ«>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊÃ`ÌÞÊvÊÜ`]ÊÌ
iÊV
iV>ÊÀ>ViÊvÊ}
ÌÃiÃÌÛiÊ celluloid or magnetised tape – but the uses to which artists put the materials at their disposal.16 À>
>iÊ7iLÀiÊ
>ÃÊVÌi`i`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÊ
ÃÊÀV
ÞÊ«ÀViÃÃi`Ê>`ÊÕÌ>ÞiÀi`]Ê >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊÜÀÃ]Ê*>ÌÊ"½ iÊ>V
iÛiÃÊÌ
iÊwVÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊvʼÕÝÕÀÕÃÊ
ÞLÀ`Ê Ì
ViÌýÊ>`ÊvÕÀÌ
iÀ]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÊ
ÃÊV>Ãi]ʼpictorial density is invariably the result of a conceptual density’.17 This is indeed the case in his ingenious Foregrounds (1979) in Ü
V
Ê>ÊVÃiÊÕ«ÊvÊ>ÊwÃÌÀ«Ê
>}}ÊvÀÊ>ÊÌÀiiÊLiViÃÊ>ÊÃVÀii]Ê>`ÊvÌ>}iÊ vÊ>ÊÃi>Ã`iÊ>`ÃV>«iÊÀ>ÌÌiÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊvÀ>iðÊiÃÃÊÃ]ÊÊÜÕ`Ê>À}Õi]ÊÊÜÀÃÊ `>Ìi`ÊLÞÊii}>ÌÊ>`ÊÛiÀÞÊV«iÝÊÛÃÕ>ÊÀi«ÀViÃÃ}ÊvÊLÌ
ÊÃiv}iiÀ>Ìed and found footage. There are interesting arguments to be made for the value of
134
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Pat O’Neill, Foregrounds (1979). Courtesy of the artist. © Pat O’Neill.
>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊÊÌ
iÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊwi`]ÊÃiÊvÊÜ
V
ÊÊ
>ÛiÊÀi
i>ÀÃi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÛous chapter and to which we can add the view that non-representational art resists Ì
iÊV`wV>ÌÊ>`ÊViÀV>ÊiÝ«Ì>ÌÊvʼ}ViÌÀV½Êw}ÕÀ>Ì°Ê-iÊ have argued that it reflects the profound underlying structures in nature and in the brain.18Ê ÜiÛiÀ]Ê Ê Ì
iÊ VÌiÝÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ >ÌiÊ £ÈäÃ]Ê £ÇäÃÊ >`Ê £näÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ `iÃiÀÊ optical confections in both abstract film and video had a tendency to dissolve pictoÀ>Ê>`ÊVVi«ÌÕ>Ê`iÃÌÞÊÌÊÕ`vviÀiÌ>Ìi`ÊÃÕÀv>ViÊ`iVÀ>Ì]Ê>`ÊÌÊÃÊÌ
ÃÊ aspect of the avant-garde that has proved so vulnerable to re-appropriation by the >ÃÌÀi>°ÊÞÜ`Êw]Ê>Ài>`ÞÊ>`i«ÌÊ>ÌÊiÝ«Ì}ÊÃivÀiyiÝÛiÊiiiÌÃÊÌÊ i
>ViÊÌÃÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊÌ
ÀÕÃÌ]Ê
>ÃÊ>`«Ìi`Ê>ÞÊÕLiÀÊvʼ>Û>Ì}>À`i½Ê`iÛViÃ]ÊvÀÊ >LÃÌÀ>VÌ]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÃV>Ì}Ê«ÌÃÊvÊvVÕÃÊ>`Ê
>`
i`ʼÃÕLiVÌÛi½ÊV>iÀ>]ÊÌÊ pictorial and temporal fragmentation. Television and music videos have consumed Ì
iÊÀiÃÌÊ>`Ê>ÃÊ"½ iÊ
ÃivÊÀi>Ài`]ʼÜ
>ÌÊV>ÊÞÕÊ`ÊÌ
>ÌÊܽÌÊiÛiÌÕ>ÞÊLiÊ Ài`}iÃÌi`ÊÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>Þ¶½19 I will return to the theme of re-appropriation by the mainstream of artist’s for>Ê Û>ÌÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ VÌiÝÌÊ vÊ Û`iÊ >ÀÌ]Ê LÕÌÊ Ü
>ÌÊ Ê ÜÃ
Ê ÌÊ i«
>ÃÃiÊ
iÀiÊ ÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÀi>ÊV>ÌÊ
«iÊÌÊiÝiÀÌÊÌÌ>ÊVÌÀÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÀiëÃiÊ>ÞÊ ÀiÊÌ
>ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊwÊV>ÊiVÌÊëiVwi`ÊÀi>VÌÃ]Êi}>ÌÛiÞ]ÊLÞÊ blocking those habitually obtained in narrative film. If the somnolent spectator is less in need of rescuing from her narcotic consumption of the mainstream than was
STRUCTURAL FILM: DETRACTIONS AND REVISIONS
135
ÃÕ««Ãi`]Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ iÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê wÊ >wV>`Ê ÃÊ ÀiÊ ÀiÃÃÌ>ÌÊ ÌÊ >Ê >ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊ reading of structural film that had been hoped by Gidal et al]ÊÜ
>ÌÊiÃÃÃÊV>ÊÜiÊ i>ÀÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊw>iÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ¶Ê
THE ACHIEVEMENTS OF STRUCTURAL FILM ÊëÌiÊvÊÌ
iÊ>À}ÕiÌÃÊvÊÌÃÊ`iÌÀ>VÌÀÃ]ÊVÕ`}ÊÞÊÜ]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊÊ`ÕLÌÊÌ
>ÌÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊwÊÜ>ÃÊÀiëÃLiÊvÀÊÃiÊiÝÌÀ>À`>ÀÞÊvÀ>Ê`iÛi«iÌÃ]ÊÜ
>ÌÊ ,`Ê-Ìi>ÊV>i`ÊÌÃʼÛÃÕ>ÊV«iÃ>Ìý°20Ê/
iÊiÀ>ÊvʼVÕÌiÀÊVÕÌÕÀi½ÊLÌ
Ê iÀV
i`Ê>ÀÌÃÌýÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊ>`ÊÀiÛÌ>Ãi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÀi>]Ê>`Ê>Ì
Õ}
ÊÕV
Ê of the political impetus for early forms of deconstruction and abstraction was neutr>Ãi`ÊÊÌÃÊ««Õ>ÀÊi`>Ê>viÃÌ>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊVVi«ÌÕ>ÊÌi}iVi]ÊÌiV
}V>Ê Û>Ì]ÊÜÌÊ>`ÊÃ
iiÀÊÛiÌÛiiÃÃÊ>À}iÞÊÃÕÀÛÛi`ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>ÃÌ°Ê"iÊÃÌÀ}Ê iÝ>«iÊÜÊÃÕvwVi°ÊÊ£nä]ÊÜ
iÊÃÌÊ>ÊÃÌÕ`iÌÊ>ÌÊ >Ì
ÊV>`iÞ]Ê/Ê>V>Ê developed a time-slice technique partly inspired by Eadweard Muybridge’s pioneer}ÊÜÀÊÜÌ
ÊÕÌ«iÊÃÌÊV>iÀ>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£nnäÃÊ>`Ê«>ÀÌÞÊLÞÊ/ÞʽÃʼÃ>ÌiÌiÊ VÀ>i½]Ê>ÊÛiÀÌ}ÕÃÊÀÌ>Ì}ÊV>iÀ>ÊÀ}Ê
iÊVÃÌÀÕVÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ£näð 21 Macmillan shot an action or event from multiple viewpoints and then stitched the sequences together in post-production. What began as an attempt to render Cubist visualisaÌÃÊvÊë>ViÊÊw]Êi`i`ÊÊ>ÊÌiV
V>Êtour de force]ʼ>ÊÌÀ>V}ÊÃ
ÌÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê space’.22Ê6iÜiÀÃÊÜiÀiÊVvÀÌi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ViÊvÊ>ÊvÀâiÊiÌ]ÊÊÜ
V
Ê LiVÌÃ]Ê«i«iÊ>`]ÊiÀ>LÞ]Ê>Ê
ÀÃiÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÌÊvÊ`i>Ì
Ê>««i>Ài`ÊÌÊ
ÛiÀ]Ê LÃi`ÊÊ`>ÀÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>Êy>Ìi`Ê>ÀÕ`ÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊ>vvÀ`}ÊÕÃÊ>Ê ÌiiÃÃ]ÊViiÃÌ>Ê«iÀëiVÌÛiÊvÀÊÜ
V
ÊÌÊVÌi«>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÛVÃÃÌÕ`iÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ
Õman and animal condition. Macmillan eventually sold his time-slice technique and it can now be seen sustaining a different agenda in commercials ranging from Centre *>ÀÃ]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê À`ÃÊ ÞiÊÌÊ/Ã
L>°Êi>Ü
iÊÌ
iÊÜÀ}Ê«ÀViÃÃiÃÊ>V>Ê `iÛi«i`Ê
>ÛiÊ}iÊvÕÊVÀViÊ>`ÊÀiÌÕÀi`ÊÌÊÃiÀÛiÊÌ
iÊëiVÕ>ÌÛiÊ«iÌVÃÊvÊ>ÀÌ]Ê achieving even greater technical refinement in the work of contemporary practitioners such as David Claerbout in Belgium and Daniel Crooks in Australia. Nicky Hamlyn has argued that structural film inaugurated a programme of inÛiÃÌ}>ÌÃÊ ÌÊ ¼«iÀVi«Ì]Ê iÝ«À}Ê Ì
iÊ
Õ>Ê iÞi]Ê Ì
iÊ iÝ«iÀiViÊ vÊ ÌiÊ >`Ê ÛiiÌÊ >`Ê Ì
iÀÊ V«iÝÊ Ài>ÌÃ
«Ê ÌÊ wÊ ÌiV
}Þ½°23Ê `ii`]Ê -Ì>Ê À>
>}iÊ VViÛi`Ê vÊ
ÃÊ ¼«ÃÞV
`À>>Ã½Ê >ÃÊ >>}ÕiÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ «iÀVi«ÌÕ>Ê «ÀViÃÃiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊvÀ>VÌÕÀi`ÊÛÃÃÊvÊ ÕLÃÊ
>`ÊwÀÃÌÊ>ÌÌi«Ìi`ÊÌÊiÛiÊÊ«>Ì}]Ê V>}iÊ >`Ê ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi°Ê Ê À>
>}i½ÃÊ wÃ]Ê >ÃÊ Ê Ì
ÃiÊ vÊ LÌ
Ê >ÀiÊ iiÊ >`Ê >ÃÊi>Ã]Ê>LÀÕ«ÌÊV
>}iÃÊvÊ«ÌÊvÊÛiÜ]Ê>}Ì>Ìi`ÊV>iÀ>ÜÀÊ>`ÊÃÌ>VV>ÌÊ editing mimic the saccades of the eye as it darts about the visual field. As suggested >LÛi]Ê Ì
iÊ `ÃViVÌi`Ê ÃÕVViÃÃÊ vÊ «ÀiÃÃÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ V
>À>VÌiÀÃiÊ ÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Ê
136
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
wÊ>ÃÊiÛiÃÊÌ
iÊ>vÕVÌ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊV}ÌÛiÊ«>ÀiÌÊvÊÕÀÞÊ >`Ê`Ê>}i]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ>>ÀV
VÊ>Ã
Õ«ÊvÊiÀiÃ]Êvi>ÀÃÊ>`ÊÜÃ
vÕwiÌÊ that dominate our dream world. The many points of intersection between perception and the apprehension of film were investigated in these early years and as À>
>}iÊ«Ìi`ÊÕÌ]ÊÌÊÃÊÌ
iÊV}ÌÛiÊ«ÀViÃÃ}ÊvÊÛÃÕ>ÊvÀ>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÊÕÃÊvÊ>ÊÃÌ
Ê«>Ê>VÀÃÃÊ>Ê
Àâ]Ê>ÊvÕVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊLÀ>ÊÌ
>ÌÊwÊ
>ÃÊÃÊÃÕVViÃÃvÕÞÊiÝ«Ìi`°ÊÛiÃÌ}>ÌÃÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«Ê>ÀÃ}ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÝperimental phase of artists’ moving image are also precursors to studies measuring Ì
iÊivviVÌÃÊvÊVViÌÀ>Ìi`]Ê}ÌiÀÊiÝ«ÃÕÀiÊÌÊÃVÀiiÊvÀ>ÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÞÊV>Ê help us consider aspects of spectatorship that arise when we encounter the moving >}iÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊÃÌ>>Ì°Ê7iÊÜÊÀiÌÕÀÊÌÊÌ
ÃÊÌ
iiÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊÌÜiÛiÊ where we will consider issues of film spectatorship illuminated by recent research in cognitive science.
THE SECOND GENERATION AND BEYOND ÊÌ
iÊ£näÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ ÀÌÃ
ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Ê«ÀiVÌÊë>Üi`Ê>ÊÃiV`}iiÀ>ÌÊvÊw>iÀÃÊÜ
ÊÃÌi««i`ÊL>VÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÀiÊiÝÌÀiiÊ>Ì>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ`VÌÀiÊV
>«i`Ê LÞÊ*iÌiÀÊ`>]Ê>`ÊÌÊ>ÊiÃÃiÀÊ`i}Àii]ÊLÞÊ>LiÊ VÃÊ>`Ê>VÊiÊÀVi°Ê Artists now combined an engagement with identity politics and a constellation of soV>ÊVViÀÃÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊiÜÊÃiÃÀÕÊvÊwÊÌ
>ÌÊVÕ`i`ÊÌ
iÊiVÃÌ>ÌVÊ >Ê >®]Ê Ì
iÊ>vviVÌÛiÊi}>}iiÌÊÜÌ
ÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊVÃÊi>Ê>ÌÌ
ii®Ê>`Ê>Ê«iÌVÃÊvÊiÀÞÊ>`Ê`iÌÌÞÊV
>iÊ>âmÀi]Ê->À>
Ê*ÕV®°Ê/
iÊ>V>`iVÃÊvÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÊwÊ iÝ«>`i`ÊÌÊ>ÊLÀ>`iÀÊvÀÊvÊ`ÃVÕÀÃÛiÊÜÀÌ}]Ê>««i>À}Ê«ÀV«>ÞÊÊÌ
iÊ«>}iÃÊ vÊÌ
iÊÕÀ>ÊUndercutÊ£näqä®]Ê>ÊÀiÃi>ÀV
Ê>VÌÛÌÞÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊÕ`iÀÃÌ`ÊÌÊVstitute a critical component of the filmmakers’ practice. In an introductory essay to The Undercut ReaderÊÓääή]Ê >Ê«ÃÌi`ÊÌ
iÊÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>ÃÊ>ʼÌiÃiÊ ÃÕLiV̽ÊÃÌÀÕ}}}ÊÌÊw`Ê>ÊwVÊvÀÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌʼëi>ÊÌÃiv½° 24 In the same publicaÌ]ÊV
>iÊ"½*À>ÞÊVVi`i`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊi}>ÌVÊÜÀ}ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÕVÃVÕÃÊÜiÀiÊ also at play in our relationship to film25Ê>`Ê>âiÀi]ÊvÀÊ
ÃÊ«>ÀÌ]Ê>`ÛV>Ìi`Ê>ʼ«iÌVÊi«ÀVýÊÌ
>Ì]ÊvÜ}Ê-«â>]Ê>ÃÊVÀ«À>ÌiÃÊÌÕÌÛiÊÕ`iÀÃÌ>`}°Ê Ì
Õ}
ÊÌ
iÃiÊw>iÀÃÊÀiiVÌi`ÊÌ
iÊvÀ>Ê«À
LÌÃÊvÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊ wÊ qÊ ÃÌÀÞÌi}]Ê «VÌÀ>Ã]Ê ÞÀVÃÊ >`Ê iÛiÊ Ã}Ê ÜiÀiÊ ÀiÌÀ`ÕVi`Ê qÊ Ì
iÞÊ iÌ
iiÃÃÊÀiÌ>i`ÊÌ
iÊViÌÀ>ÊiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iiÀ}Ê}iiÀ>Ì]Ê>iÞÊÌ
>ÌÊ >}Õ>}iÊV>ÌÊLiÊVÕÌi`ÊÊ>ÃÊ>ÊiÕÌÀ>ÊÛi
ViÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÕi`>Ìi`ÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃÊ of artists’ creative enterprise. Film and its television and online manifestations are >`iÊÜÌ
Ê«ÀiVi`iÌÊ`iÀÛi`Ê>ÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊvÊVi>]ÊLÕÌÊ>ÃÊvÀÊ«>Ì}]Ê«
Ì}À>«
ÞÊ>`Ê>`ÛiÀÌÃ}°Ê*Ài`iÌiÀi`Êi>}ÃÊ>ÀiÊ`iLÞÊÃVÀLi`Ê on the bodies of all who appear onscreen and without any strategies to undermine
STRUCTURAL FILM: DETRACTIONS AND REVISIONS
137
Ì
iÊ«ÀViÃÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊÜÊiL`ÞÊVÛiÌ>ÊÀi>`}ÃÊvÊ>ÃVÕÌÞÊ>`ÊviÌÞ]Ê ÃiÝÕ>ÊÀiÌ>Ì]ÊiÌ
VÌÞÊÀʼvÀi}iÃýÊ>`ÊiÛiÀÞÊÌ
iÀÊ«iÀÕÌ>ÌÊvÊ
Õ>Ê ÌÞ«}iðÊ/
iÊ>ÀiÀÃÊvÊ`ÀiÃÃ]ÊëiiV
Ê>`Ê}iÃÌÕÀi]ÊiÃÌ>LÃ
ÊÌ
iÊV>ÃÃÊvÊ>ÊÃÕLiVÌÊ VÕÀ}Ê >ÃÃV>ÌÃÊ À>}}Ê vÀÊ Ì
iÊ >ÕÌ
ÀÌÞÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ iÝ«iÀÌ]Ê Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê Ì
iÊ
iÀÌi`Ê«ÀÛi}iÃÊvÊÌ
iʼÌvv½ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ}ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÛwi`ʼLiiwÌÊÃVÀÕ}iÀ½° 26
>V
Ê}ÀÕ«ÊÃÊwÝi`ÊÌÊÌÃÊÀi>ÌÛiÊ«ÃÌÊÊÌ
iÊÃV>ÊÀ`iÀ]ÊV>Ìi}ÀiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>ÛiÊ proved remarkably resilient in spite of the social mobility inaugurated by the radicalism of the 1960s. The second generation of Co-op filmmakers understood that film is a loaded i`Õ]Ê VÌÀi`Ê LÞÊ Ì
iÊ ÃÌÌÕÌÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ >iÊ ÌÊ >Û>>LiÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ «ÕLV]Ê >`Ê that only a careful negotiation of its forms and conventions can avoid unwitting iÝ«ÀiÃÃ]Ê Ê Ì
iÀÊ ÜÊ ÜÀ]Ê vÊ i>}ÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÜiÀiÊ VÌÀ>ÀÞÊ ÌÊ Ì
ÃiÊ Ì
iÞÊ Ìi`i`]ÊÀivÀV}Ê`i}iÃÊÌÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÞÊ``ÊÌÊÃÕLÃVÀLi°ÊÊvi>ÀÊÌ
ÃÊÃÊ>ÊiÃÃÊ that has been largely forgotten in the contemporary field where we witness what iÊ ÕvÀ`Ê
>ÃÊ`iÃ}>Ìi`ʼÌ
iÊÀÕÃ
ÊL>VÊÌÊÕÀiyiVÌÛiÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>̽°27 The «ÃÌ`iÀÊ>}iÊÃ>ÜÊÌ
iÊÜ
iÃ>iÊÀiVÞV}ÊvÊ`>ÌÊwVÊvÀÃ]ÊLÀÀÜ}Ê LiÀ>ÞÊvÀÊVi`iÃ]ÊÌÀ>}i`iÃ]Ê}>iÊÃ
ÜÃÊ>`ʼv>VÌÕ>½ÊÀi«ÀÌ>}i]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊ }ÊÌ
iÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊvÊ>ÃÌÀi>Êw]ÊÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>ÛiÊVÌÕi`ÊÕV
iVi`Ê into the new millennium. The loss of critical attention to form has given rise to a concomitant impoverishment of political engagement and an insistence on ethical iÕÌÀ>ÌÞ°ÊÌ
Õ}
ÊÊÃiÊvÊ
iÀÊÀiViÌÊÜÀÊ,Ã>`Ê >Ã
>Ã
LÊ
>ÃÊiÝ«Ài`Ê Ì
iÊ ÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ }>âi]Ê Ã
iÊ `iV>Ài`Ê >ÌÊ >Ê ÀiViÌÊ ÃVÀii}Ê vÊ
iÀÊ wÊ Carlo’s VisionÊÓ䣣®ÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÀiÊÃÊÊÀ>ÊV`iÊÌÊÌ
iÊw½] 28 thereby disavowing some of the deeper resonances of her own practice. vÌiÀÊÌ
iÊiÛÌ>LiÊL>V>Ã
Ê>}>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀVÌÕÀiÃÊ«Ãi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É >ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊÀi}i]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊÜÊiÛ`iViÊvÊ>ÊVÀÌV>ÊÀi>ÃÃiÃÃiÌÊvÊÜÀÃÊLÞÊ `Û`Õ>Êw>iÀÃ]ÊÌÊi>ÃÌÊÊÌ
iÊ«>}iÃÊvÊ>V>`iVÊ«ÕLV>ÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊ Millennium Film Journal in the USA and MIRAJÊÊÌ
iÊ1°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÜ
>ÌÊÃÕÀÛÛiÃÊvÊ Ì
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Ê«ÀiVÌÊÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ«À>VÌViÊÌÊvÌiÊÀiÛÛiÃÊ>ÀÕ`ÊÌ
iÊÛÃÕ>Ê style of the era rather than a revision of the deeper concerns of the deconstructive programme and few artists have publicly embraced the radical politics that under«i`ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊw>iÀÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäðÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê«ÀÌ>ÌÊiÝVi«ÌÃÊV>ÊLiÊ found in the practices of artists such as Shirin Neshat whose non-narrative film installations directly address the social position of women within Islamic culture. A socialist strand can be found in works by Uriel Orlow who engages with a politics of place. In Sounds from BeneathÊÜÌ
Ê
>Ê>ÀÃ]ÊÓä£äq£Ó®Ê
iÊVÛii`ÊÌ
iÊ -Ü`ÜÊ iÀÞÊ >iÊ 6ViÊ
ÀÊ >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ ÃÌiÊ vÊ >Ê >L>`i`Ê ViÀÞÊ Ê iÌ°Ê />}ÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÊvÀ>ÌÊvÊ>Ê«ViÌÊi]ÊÌ
iÊÃ}iÀÃʼÀiÃÕÃVÌ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊiÃÊÛV>Þ½]Ê>ÀÀ>}}ÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÃÊvÊ>ÊÜÀ}Ê«ÌÊÌÊ>ÊVÕ>Ê>iÌ°Ê/°Ê°Ê iÃÊ
>ÃÊ `iÌwi`Ê>Ê}ÀÕ«ÊvÊV«>À>LiÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊVÕ`}ÊÀ>Ê
]Ê-ÛiÊ
138
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Mikhail Karikis and Uriel Orlow, Sounds from Beneath (2010–2011). Sound and video, 6:49 min. Courtesy of the artists.
Õ}ÕÃÌiÊ>`Ê-ÌiÛiÊV+ÕiiÊÜ
Êi}>}iÊÜÌ
Ê«ÃÌV>Ê}i«ÌVÃÊ>`ÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌÞ°29 Yet most of these works are organised around a revision of evidentiary documentary practices and the rigorous analysis of cinematic language that disÌ}ÕÃ
i`ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É>ÌiÀ>ÃÊÃÊ>À}iÞÊ>LÃiÌÆÊvÀÊ>ÀÊiÜÃ]ÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ ÜÀÃÊ>VÊÌ
iÊ>LÌÞÊÌʼ>iÊiÊÌ
Ê>LÕÌÊÜ
>ÌÊÌÊi>ÃÊÌÊÌ>iÊ>Ê«VÌÕÀiÊvÊ something today’.30Ê7
iÊÌ
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ VÞÊ>Þ]Ê>Ê -Þi`Ê>`Ê-Ê*>ÞiÊÜ
ÊVÌÕiÊÌÊÛiÃÌ}>ÌiÊÌ
iÊ>}Õ>}iÊvÊViÕ`Êw]Ê>ÃÊ ÊÃ
>Ê`ÃVÕÃÃÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊÌÜiÛi]ÊÌÊÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>Ài>ÊvÊ`}Ì>ÊV`iÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ`iVÃÌÀÕVÌÛiÊÌiV
µÕiÃÊvÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÊwÊ
>ÛiÊÀiiiÀ}i`]ÊLÕÌÊ>ÞÊÜÌ
ÕÌÊÌ
iÊÃV>ÃÌÊ cultural politics that underpinned the work of the 1970s. vÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÊVÌÀLÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÊiÀ>ÊÜ>ÃÊ`ii`ÊÌÃÊVÀÌV>Ê>>ÞÃÃÊvÊ wÊvÀÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃÊvÊVi>]Ê>`ÊÌÃÊÃiV`>ÀÞÊ>V
iÛiiÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ}ÕÀ>ÌÊvÊ>ÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊÌiÀiÃÌÊÊÛÃÕ>Ê«iÀVi«Ì]ÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÊÜ
iÊiÌiÀ«ÀÃiÊ turned on a consideration of spectatorship. We will now divert into a more detailed iÝ>>ÌÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«ÊÊÕÀÊÜ>ÞÊÌÊ>Ê`ÃVÕÃÃÊvÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>]ÊÌ
iÊ iÝÌ]ÊVÀÌV>Ê>ÌiVi`iÌÊvÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>Ì°Ê
NOTES 1Ê
-i>Ê ÕLÌÌÊÓä£{®Ê¼]Ê>`ÃV>«iÊ>`Ê*ÌV>ÊiÃÌ
iÌVÃ\ÊDeseret½]ÊiÞÌiÊ>``ÀiÃÃ]Ê ScreenÊVviÀiVi]ÊÓÊÕi°Ê-
ÀÌii`ÊÛiÀÃÊ>Û>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«Ã\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>V>`i>°
STRUCTURAL FILM: DETRACTIONS AND REVISIONS
139
2Ê 3 4Ê
5Ê 6Ê
7Ê
8Ê 9 10
11Ê
12Ê 13Ê
14Ê
15Ê
16 17Ê 18Ê
140
i`ÕÉÇxÎÇnÈÓÉÚ>`ÃV>«iÚ>`Ú*ÌV>ÚiÃÌ
iÌVsÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÇÊÕÞÊÓä£{®°
Ê7iÃ
>Êëi>}Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊDrawn Encounters, Complex IdentitiesÊVviÀiVi]Ê ÀÌÃ
Ê -V
Ê>ÌÊ,i]Ê-i«ÌiLiÀÊÓään° Richard Maltby (1995) Hollywood Cinema°Ê>`i]Ê\Ê >VÜi]Ê«°Ê£äÇ° -iiÊ >Û`Ê °Ê >iÃÊ £Ç®Ê ¼Ê ÌiÀÛiÜÊ ÜÌ
Ê *>ÌÊ "½ i½]ÊMillennium Film Journal]Ê ÎäÉΣ°Ê Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°vi°À}ÉÕÀ>*>}iÃÉÎä¯Ó 룃 >iÃÌiÀÛiÜ° htmlÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£nÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{®°
ÕÊÊ
Õ>Êëi>}Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ, ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÀÌÊÃi>À]Ê
7ÊÀ>`Õ>ÌiÊ-V
]Ê
iÃi>Ê
i}iÊvÊÀÌÃ]Ê`]Ê£Ê>Õ>ÀÞÊÓ䣣° ÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃ]Ê,LiÀÌÊ*ÜiÊÜ>ÃÊV>ÃÌÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊi>`ÊÊJesus of NazarethÊÀ>VÊÃ]Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊÌi]ÊÊ>ÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊÜÌ
Ê >LÃÊÀ`]Ê>Ê`>ViÀÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ Ê/6ÊÕÃVÊ Ã
Ü]ÊTop of the Pops. It was rumoured that he was put under pressure to marry her before w}ÊÃÌ>ÀÌi`ÊÃÊÌ
>Ìʼ
ÀÃ̽ÊÜÕ`ÊÌÊLiÊÛ}ÊÊÃ°Ê Ê£ÇÈ]ÊÌ
iÊiÜÃÀi>`iÀÊ*iÌiÀÊ7`ÃÊÜ>ÃÊÕ>LiÊÌÊ>Ì>Ê
ÃÊ>ÀÊvÊV>Ê`iÌ>V
iÌÊ Ü
iÊ
iÊ>««i>Ài`ÊÌÊLiÊ`ÀÕÊÜ
ÃÌÊÀi>`}ÊÌ
iÊiÜðÊ7Ì
ÊÕÌiÃ]ÊiÜë>«iÀÊÀi«ÀÌiÀÃÊ ÜiÀiÊ >LiÊ ÌÊ «iiÌÀ>ÌiÊ /iiÛÃÊ iÌÀiÊ ÌÊ ÛiÃÌ}>Ìi]Ê Ì>}Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ >Ê
ÃivÊ propping up the BBC bar. -iiÊ
Ê /
ÀÌÊ >`ÜiÊ Óään®Ê Production Culture: Industrial Reflexivity and Critical Practice in Film and Television°Ê ÕÀ
>]Ê \Ê ÕiÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃð Maeve Connolly (2014) TV Museum: Contemporary Art and the Age of Television. Bristol: ÌiiVÌ]Ê«°Ê££° The producers of the American reality show Keeping Up with the KardashiansÊ t®Ê>i}i`ÞÊ ÀiÃÌ>}i`ÊÀÃÊÕ«
ÀiýÊ>ÀÀ>}iÊ«À«Ã>ÊÌÊÊ>À`>Ã
>°Ê"Ì
iÀÊÃViiÃÊ>ÀiÊÃ>`ÊÌÊ have been faked to cement the logic of the show’s current storyline. V
>iÊ
>>Ê £n®Ê ¼>ÌÊ iÀV>Ê i>Ê Ê Ì
iÊ ¼äÃ\Ê ,i«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì>Ê -«>ViÊ Ê ,iViÌÊ >ÌÊ iÀV>Ê i>½]Ê Cultura visual en American Latina]Ê \£°Ê Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì>Õ°>V°Éi>É8Ú£ÉV
>>°
ÌlÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£Ê>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{®°
Ê*iÀÀÞÊÓää®Ê¼,iiÊÌÊ,i>½]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÓn]Ê«°ÊÓ° *iÌiÀÊ `>Ê £È®Ê ¼/
iÀÞÊ >`Ê iwÌÊ vÊ -ÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÃÌÉ>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊ ½]Ê Ê V
>iÊ O’Pray (ed.) The British Avant-Garde Film, 1926 to 1995°Ê`\ÊÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊvÊ }>`É
ÊLLiÞÊi`>]Ê«°Ê£xΰ VÞÊ>ÞÊ
>ÃÊ>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ`>ÊÌ>Ìi`Ê>Ê}iÀiÊvʼÀÊw½ÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊÌ>iÊÕ«ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ ÃiV`Ê}iiÀ>ÌÊvÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>Êw>iÀÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£näðÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊ>Þ]Ê>ÊÀÊ «ÀÛ`i`ʼ>ÊVÛiiÌÊÕ
>LÌi`Êë>ViÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌÊ>«Õ>ÌiÊvÀ½ÆÊÃiiÊ VÞÊ>ÞÊ £È®Ê ¼-ÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Ê /À>Viý]Ê Ê V
>iÊ "½*À>ÞÊ i`°®Ê The British Avant-Garde Film, 1926 to 1995°Ê`\ÊÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊvÊ }>`É
ÊLLiÞÊi`>]Ê««°ÊÓ£qÈä° lÊ >ÀÀÊÓä䣮ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊ,>ÞÊ*ÀÛiÌÌÊ>`Ê>iÃÊÀiÕ]ÊSenses of Cinema]Ê£äÊ«À°Ê Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÃiÃiÃvVi>°VÉÓää£É£ÎÉV>ÀÀÉÊ >VViÃÃi`Ê ÓÊ >Õ>ÀÞÊ 2014). See Noël Carroll (1996) Theorising the Moving Image. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. À>
>iÊ7iLÀiÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼ ÕÀi`Ê«>«iÀÊÊÕiÌÊÛ>iÞ\Ê ÌÀ>`VÌÃ]ÊÀiÃ>ViÃÊ>`Ê«ÕÀ>ÌiÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊvÊ*>ÌÊ"½ i½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\ÊÓ]Ê«°Ê£xn° -iiÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊÀÕ`ÊÌ>LiÊ`ÃVÕÃÃ]ʼ/
iÊ>vviVÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ>}iÊÊwÊ>`Ê
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
19Ê 20Ê
21
22Ê
23Ê 24Ê
25Ê
26Ê
27Ê
28Ê 29Ê
30
Û`iÊ >À̽]Ê Ê MIRAJ]Ê £\£Ê Óä£Ó®]Ê V
>Ài`Ê LÞÊ >Ý>Ê Ê >]Ê >ë>ÀÊÃi«
ÊiÃÌiÀÊ>`Ê,1 "° *>ÌÊ"½ iʣǮÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊ >Û`°Ê °Ê>iðÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉvi°À}É ÕÀ>*>}iÃÉÎä]룃 >iÃÌiÀÛiÜ°
ÌlÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÓÎÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{®° ,`Ê -Ìi>Ê £x®Ê ¼VÕÀÃÃÊ >`Ê VÕÃÃ\Ê /
iÊ Û>Ì>À`iÊ Ê
>iÊ ÕÀÊ £nÎqν]ÊÊV
>iÊ"½*À>ÞÊi`°®ÊThe British Avant-Garde Film, 1926 to 1995. London: Arts
ÕVÊvÊ }>`É
ÊLLiÞÊi`>]Ê«°ÊÓnÈ° This device resulted in Hill’s film Downside Up (1984) in which the camera described an arc of 180 degrees and then disappeared underground only to resurface in a different landsca«i]ÊÌ
iÀiLÞÊÃÕ>Ì}ÊLÌ
ÊÌ
iÊy}
ÌÊvÊ>ÊLÀ`Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊLÕÀÀÜ}ÊvÊ>Êi°ÊiÊ>ÌiÀÊi>Ãi`Ê a version of his crane for a Toyota car commercial:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÌÞ
wðVÉws (accessed 3 February 2014). -iÊ i>ÀÞÊ iÝ>«iÃÊ >ÀiÊ >Û>>LiÊ Ê Ûi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÛi°VÉÈ£Èx£ä8 (accessed 3 February 2014). FermentÊ£®ÊÃÊ>Û>>LiÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ*ÀiVÌÃÊÜiLÃÌi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ° >>Ìi«ÀiVÌðÀ}ÉwÃÉLÞÚ`>ÌiÉ£ÚÓää£ÉviÀit (accessed 3 February 2014). VÞÊ>ÞʣȮ]Ê«°ÊVÌ]Ê«°ÊÓÎ{° >Ê >Ê ÓääÎ®Ê ¼/
iÊ ÌiÃiÊ -ÕLiV̽]Ê Ê >Ê >Ê >`Ê V
>iÊ >âiÀiÊ i`Ã®Ê The Undercut Reader: Critical Writings on Artists’ Film and Video°Ê `\Ê 7>yÜiÀÊ *ÀiÃÃ]Ê pp. 8–12. V
>iÊ "½*À>ÞÊ ÓääÎ®Ê ¼`iÀÃ]Ê *
>Ì>ÃÞÊ >`Ê Û>Ì>À`iÊ ½]Ê Ê >Ê >Ê >`Ê Michael Maziere (eds) The Undercut Reader: Critical Writings on Artists’ Film and Video. `\Ê7>yÜiÀÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°ÊΣq{°Ê Ê£nÇ]ÊÊÃ
ÌÊÌ
iÊÛ`iÊWinterÊÊ>ÊÃÜÞÊ>`ÃV>«iÊLi
`ÊÞÊ
ÕÃiÊÊ"ÝvÀ`°ÊÌÊiÊ «ÌÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]ÊÊÀ>ÃiÊÞÊ
>`ÃÊ>`ÊVÛiÀÊÞÊiÞiÃ]ÊÊ>Ê}iÃÌÕÀiÊvÊvi>ÀÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÌiÌ>Ê ÃÃÊvÊ>ÊV
`°Ê/
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>ÌiÊiÞiÊ«Ìi`ÊÕÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ}ÛiÃÊÊÜ>ÃÊÜi>À}ÊÜiÀiÊLÛÕÃÞÊÃ}Ê}ÛiÃ]Ê>À}ÊiÊ>ÃÊLÌ
Ê``iV>ÃÃÊ>`Ê>vyÕiÌ°Ê iÊ ÕvÀ`Ê ÓääÎ®Ê ¼6`iÊ ÀÌ\Ê /
iÊ >ÀÊ }iý]Ê >Ê >Ê >`Ê V
>iÊ >âiÀiÊ i`Ã®Ê The Undercut Reader: Critical Writings on Artists’ Film and Video°Ê`\Ê7>yÜiÀÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê p. 247. ,Ã>`Ê >Ã
>Ã
LÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊ/>ÌiÊ ÀÌ>]Ê£ÎÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{° /°Ê°Ê iÃÊÓä£Î®ÊReturn to the Postcolony: Specters of Colonialism in Contemporary Art. iÀ\Ê-ÌiÀLiÀ}Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê>`ÊÓä£Î®ÊThe Migrant Image: The Art and Politics of Documentary During Global Crisis]Ê ÕÀ
>]Ê \Ê ÕiÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ°Ê Mark Lewis (2011) speaking at Moving Image & the Global Media Spectacle]ÊÌ
iÊÃiV`ÊÊ the series of Artists’ Moving Image Research Network events hosted by MIRAJ]Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÀÌÃÊ `]Ê Õi°Ê ÝViÀ«ÌÃÊ >Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Û}>}iiÌÜÀ° V°ÕÉÃi>ÀÃÉÃi>ÀÓÉÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£ÊÕÞÊÓä£{®°
STRUCTURAL FILM: DETRACTIONS AND REVISIONS
141
CHAPTER EIGHT
The Dialectics of Spectatorship
My work is like the light in a fridge. It only works when there are people there to open the fridge door. Without people, it is not art, it is something else: stuff in a room. >ÊV]ÊÓäää
SUBJECTIVITY a kaleidoscope endowed with consciousness...
>ÀiÃÊ >Õ`i>Ài]Ê£nÈÎ 7
>ÌiÛiÀÊÀiëÃiÃÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>ÞÊLiÊÃii}ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÛiÜ}Ê«ÕLV]ÊÃÌÊÜÕ`Ê agree with Liam Gillick that the bodies and minds of the persons who pass through >`ÊÌiÀ>VÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ>ÀiÊÌ
iÊiÃÃiÌ>]ÊÃiÌiÌÊiiiÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊV«iÌiÊÌ
iÊ work. Claire Bishop is one among many who has emphasised the importance of the }>iÀÞ}iÀÊÊÌ
iÊ`iÛi«iÌÊvÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌ°ÊÕ`>iÌ>ÊÌÊÌÃÊ«À>VÌVi]ÊÃ
iÊ Ã>ÞÃ]ÊÃÊ>ÊVʼ`iÃÀiÊÌÊ
i}
ÌiÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ½ÃÊ>Ü>ÀiiÃÃÊvÊ
ÜÊLiVÌÃÊ>ÀiÊ «ÃÌi`ÊÃÌ>i`®ÊÊë>Vi]Ê>`ÊvÊÕÀÊL`ÞÊÀiëÃiÊÌÊÌ
ý°1 She emphasises ÜÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÌÕ>ÌiÊÛiÜiÀýÊÃiÃiÃ]Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊÌ
ÃiÊv>VÕÌiÃÊ>ÃÃV>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
Ê ÀiÌ>Ì]ÊÜ
ÃÌÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊÀV
iÃÌÀ>Ì}Ê>Õ`iViýÊÃÕLiVÌÛiÊÀiëÃiÃ]Ê i}>}}ÊÌ
iÊÊ>Ê
i>Ì
ÞÊiÝiÀVÃiÊÊÃiv>Ü>ÀiiÃðÊ7
iÊÌ
iÃiÊLÀ>`ÊÕÌiÃÊ >ÀiÊÕÃivÕ]Ê>ÊÕLiÀÊvʵÕiÃÌÃÊÀi>ÊÕ>ÃÜiÀi`\ÊÜ
ÊÃÊ}Ê>ÌÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊ ÜÀ¶Ê7
>ÌÊ`iÌiÀiÃÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ½ÃÊÀiëÃi¶Ê7
iÊ>Ê`ii«iÀÊiÝ>>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ
142
`i>ÃÊiÛi}ÊÕÀÊÕ`iÀÃÌ>`}ÊvÊ`iÌÌÞ]ÊV}Ì]Ê«iÀVi«ÌÊ>`ÊVÃVÕÃiÃÃÊÃÊLiÞ`ÊÌ
iÊÃV«iÊvÊÌ
ÃÊÛÕi]ÊÊÜÊLÀiyÞÊÃ}>ÊÞÊÜÊ>i}>ViÃÊ as I have periodically tuned in to the discussion. We have already touched on the psychoanalytic model of spectatorship that turns on audiences temporarily idenÌvÞ}ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÕÃÀÞÊÜÀ`ÊÃVÀii°Ê7iÊ}
ÌÊÀiiVÌÊÌ
iÊ >ÀÌiÃ>Ê`iÊvÊÌ
iÊ Ãiv]ÊÃÕ>ÀÃi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iʫ
ë
iÀÊ*>ÕÊ-Ü`Ê>ÃÊ>ʼ>ÌiÀ>]ÊëÀÌÕ>Êi}]Ê related to the body but separate from the body’.2Ê7iÊ>Þ]ÊÃÌi>`]Ê>`«ÌÊ>Ê«ÕÀiÞÊ «
ÞÃ}V>Ê >««À>V
]Ê >`Ê ÃÕLÃVÀLiÊ ÌÊ ÌÊ >>ýÃÊ VVi«ÌÊ vÊ >Ê ¼«ÀÌ Ãiv½ÊÀÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÌ
i>ÌÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiðÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊ >>Ã]ÊÕÀÊÀiëÃiÃÊ>ÀiÊ i`>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvʼ>ÊV
iÀiÌÊViVÌÊvÊiÕÀ>Ê«>ÌÌiÀÃ]ÊÜ
V
ÊVÃÌ>ÌÞÊ >«]ÊiÌÊLÞÊiÌ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÌiÊvÊÌ
iʫ
ÞÃV>ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊÀ}>ÃÊÊ its many dimensions’. 3 A cybernetic system of proprioceptors and neurons is responsible for the viewer’s understanding of her position in space and the nature of Ü
>ÌÊÃÕÀÀÕ`ÃÊ
iÀ°ÊÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊ`ÃVÕÃÃi`]ÊÌ
ÃÊVÀ«Ài>Ê«iÀ>Ì}ÊÃÞÃÌiÊÃÊÜ
>ÌÊ Ì>ÌiÃÊ >}>ÃÌÊ ÌÌ>Ê iÀÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ ÕÃÃÊ vÊ w]Ê Ü
>ÌÊ ii«ÃÊ ÕÀÊ viiÌÊ ÊÌ
iÊ}ÀÕ`°ÊvÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÃÊÀiÌÊÕÃÊÊë>Vi]ÊÜ
>ÌÊVÃÌÌÕÌiÃÊÌ
iÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌÛiÊ iV
>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÃÃiÃÃiÃÊÜ
>ÌÊÜiÊÃii]Ê
i>À]ÊÃiÊ>`Êvii¶Ê7iÊVÛiÌ>ÞÊ >}iÊ>ÊiÀÊÊÌ
i>ÌÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊ`ÊÜ
iÀiÊÜiÊV>ÌiÊÌ
iʼ½ÊvÊVÃVÕÃiÃÃ]ÊÌ
>ÌÊ i`}iÕÃÊÛiÜiÀÊÜ
ÊLÃiÀÛiÃÊ>`Ê`iV`iÃÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊVÕÀi`ÊÕ«ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiðÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
ÃÊÌÊ}iÃÊ>}>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊÌ
ÀÕÃÌÊvÊÃViÌwVÊ>À}ÕiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÊ Ì
ÀÌÞÊÞi>ÀðÊÊ
iÀÊiÃÃ>ÞʼÞÃÌiÀiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`½]Ê-ÕÃ>Ê >VÀi]Ê>ÊwÀÊLiiÛiÀÊ ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiiiViÊvÊÃViViÊÊ}iiÀ>Ê>`ÊiÕÀÃViViÊÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>À]ÊÃVÀÃÊ >ÞÊÜ
vvÊvÊ >ÀÌiÃ>Ê`Õ>ÃÊ>`ÊVw`iÌÞÊ>ÃÃiÀÌÃ\ʼ/
iÊÃ
Ü]ÊÌ
iÊÌ
i>ÌÀiÊ>`Ê its inner observer are all illusions.’4Ê/
iÀiÊÃÊÊÕwi`ÊÃiv]ÊÃi«>À>ÌiÊvÀÊÌÃÊÜÊ «
ÞÃV>Ê>iÕ«]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ>`ÊÃÌ>ÌiÊvÊ
i>Ì
ÊvÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>ÊÀ}>ÃÊÜÊ`iÌiÀiÊÌÃÊÜ>Ý}ÊÀÊÜ>}ÊV>«>VÌÞÊÌÊÌiÀ>VÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊÃÕÀÀÕ`}ðÊ/
ÃÊÛiÜÊ promotes the search for the key to consciousness in the infinitesimal mappings of ÕÀÊ«
ÞÃ}ÞÊ>V
iÛi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊVLi`ÊÀiÛi>ÌÃÊvÊ ]ÊÕÀÊL`ÞÊV
iÃÌÀÞÊ >`ÊÌ
iÊiÛiÀÀiÊ>VÕÌiÊ«ÀL}ÊvÊ,ÊÃV>iÀðÊ-ViVi]ÊÜ
V
Ê
>ÃÊ}vÀ}ÌÌiÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀÞÊvÊÌ
iÊvÕÀÊV>À`>Ê
ÕÕÀÃÊL`]Ê«
i}]ÊÞiÜÊ>`ÊL>VÊLi®]Ê ÜÊÌiÃÊÕÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÕÀÊL`iÃÊ>ÀiÊ>`iÊÕ«ÊvÊ>LÕÌÊÈä¯ÊÜ>ÌiÀ]Ê>`ÊÕÀÊ`ÃÊ>ÀiÊ nothing but the effect of electrical and chemical changes geared to the optimum ÃÕÀÛÛ>ÊvÊÌ
iÊÀ}>ðÊÊÜÊiÝ«ÀiÊvÕÀÌ
iÀÊÌ
ÃÊiV
>ÃÌVÊÛiÜÊÊÞÊ`ÃVÕÃsion of cognitive science and the moving image in chapter twelve. "Ì
iÀÊVÀÀi>Ì>ÊÌ
iÀiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃivÊ«À«ÃiÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊiÝÃÌÊÞÊÊ>ÊÜiLÊvÊ ÃV>Ê>`ÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊViVÌÛÌÞ°Ê`ii`ÊÌÊÃiÊ`i}ÀiiÊÊ,V
>À`Ê >ÜýʼÃivÃ
Ê}ii½Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊiÌÜÀi`ÊÃ}vÞ}ÊÀi}iÃÊvÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Ê}ÕÃÌVÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÛÀ>Ê Ì
iÀÞÊvÊiiÃÊVw}ÕÀiÃÊ`Û`Õ>ÃÊ>ÃÊÃÌ>}}Ê«ÃÌÃÊvÀÊ`i>Ã]ÊiÌÌiÃÊÌ
>Ì]Ê Ê ÃÕVViÃÃ]Ê >ÀiÊ viVÌi`Ê LÞÊ >Ê ÌiÀ>ÌÊ VVi«Ì°Ê /
iÊ ÃÕLiVÌÊ ÃÊ `wi`Ê ÌÊ >Ê }Ài>ÌiÀÊÀÊiÃÃiÀÊiÝÌiÌÊLÞÊÌ
iÊiiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ«>ÃÃiÃÊÌÊ°5 It is easy to become
THE DIALECTICS OF SPECTATORSHIP
143
`i«ÀiÃÃi`ÊLÞÊ>ÊLiivÊÊÌ
iÊVÕÌÕÀ>Ê
i«iÃÃiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`iViÌiÀi`ÊLi}]ÊÛÕiÀ>LiÊÌÊiÛiÀÞÊ«>ÃÃ}ÊÕVÌÊvÊV}ÌÛiÊV>«Ì>ÃÊ«ÌV
i`ÊLÞÊ>`ÛiÀÌÃiÀÃ]Ê «ÌV>Ã]ÊiÌiÀÌ>iÀÃÊÀÊiÊiÌÀi«ÀiiÕÀð 6 The more recent arguments of speculative realism offer little comfort; they too roundly condemn any theoretical «ÃÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ}
ÌÊVÀ«À>ÌiÊ>Ê>ÕÌÕÃ]Ê>VÌÛiÊÃÕLiVÌ°7 Within the logic of ëiVÕ>ÌÛiÊÀi>Ã]ÊLiVÌÃÊ>ÀiÊ}ÛiÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÜi}
ÌÊ>`ÊÛ>ÕiÊ>ÃÊ
Õ>ÊLi}Ã]Ê ÀÊÀ>Ì
iÀ]Ê«i«iÊ>ÀiÊÀi`ÕVi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊvÊLiVÌÃÊÊ>ÊÃi>ÊvÊ>>ÌiÊiÌÌiÃ°Ê ÊÌ
ÃÊy>ÌÌii`ÊÕÛiÀÃi]Ê°Ê°Ê
>ÀiÃÜÀÌ
ÊVVÕ`iÃ\ʼÌ
iÀiÊÃ
Õ`ÊÌÊLiÊÕV
Ê vÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊivÌÊvÊÜ
V
ÊÌÊëi>½°8 Confronted by another attempt to annihilate Ì
iÊ`Û`Õ>]ÊÌ
ÃÊÌiÊViÌÀi`ÊʼÌ
iÊiÝÌÀiiÊi}>ÌÊvÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌÞ½]9 I find myÃivÊÃÌVÌÛiÞÊ`À>ÜÊÌÊ
ÊVi½ÃÊÃiÛiÌiiÌ
ViÌÕÀÞÊÌÊvÊ`iÌÌÞÊ>ÃÊ a construction based on the persistence of consciousness and memory over time.
ÛiÊÀiÊÀi>ÃÃÕÀ}Ê>ÀiÊÌ
iÊÀiViÌÊ«ÃÌÕ>ÌÃÊvÊ-ÌiÛiÊ-
>ÛÀ]ÊÜ
Ê>À}ÕiÃÊ Ì
>ÌʼiÛiÀÞÊLiVÌÊÀiÌ>ÃÊ>Ê
``iÊÀiÃiÀÛiÊvÊLi}]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊ ÃÊiÛiÀÊiÝ
>ÕÃÌi`Ê LÞ]Ê >`Ê iÛiÀÊ vÕÞÊ iÝ«ÀiÃÃi`Ê ]Ê ÌÃÊ VÌ>VÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÀÊ LiVÌý10Ê >`]Ê iÊ VÕ`Ê >``]ÊÊÌÃÊVÌ>VÌÊÜÌ
ÊVÕÌÕÀiÊ>`ÊÌÃÊÃÌÌÕÌð The new feminist materialism vviÀÃÊ>ÊÛÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiÀViVÌi`iÃÃÊvÊ>ÌÌiÀÊ>`ÊVÕÌÕÀi]Ê>}Õ>}iÊ>`ÊL}Þ]Ê>`ÊV
>iÊ>iÃ>ÀV>ÊVw}ÕÀiÃÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊ>`Ê
iÀÊL`ÞÊ>ÃʼÃiÌ
}Ê ÀiÊÌ
>Ê>ÊiÀÌ]Ê«>ÃÃÛiÊLiVÌÊÊÜ
V
Ê`i}ÞÊÃVÀLiÃÊi>}]ÊLÕÌÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊ it is an agential reality with its own causal role in making meaning’. 11 In earlier chapÌiÀÃ]ÊÊ
>ÛiÊi«
>ÃÃi`ÊÌ
iÊyÕiViÊvÊVÕÌÕÀ>Ê>`Ê«ÌV>ÊvÀViÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ«>VÌÊvÊ Ì
iÊÌ
ÕÃÃiÀ>ʼÃÌ>ÌiÊ>««>À>ÌÕýÊÊÌ
iÊ`iÛi«iÌÊvÊ>Ê
Õ>ÊLi}ÆÊ>`ÊÊ
>ÛiÊ >VÜi`}i`ÊÌ
iÊ>LÌÞÊvÊVÕÌÕÀ>Ê>ÀÌiv>VÌÃÊÌÊÌiÀ«i>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê vÀÊÌ
iÊ«ÕÀ«ÃiÃÊvÊÌ
ÃÊ`ÃVÕÃÃ]ÊÊÜÊVViÛiÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊ>ÃÊÃÌ>Ì>Ì}Ê >ÊÕµÕiÊVV`iViÊvÊ«
ÞÃV>Ê>`Ê«ÃÞV
VÊ>ÌÌÀLÕÌiÃ]ÊvÀ>i`ÊLÞÊ
ÃÌÀV>Ê>`Ê ÃV«ÌV>ÊVÀVÕÃÌ>ViÃ]Ê>`Êi`Üi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÛ>ÀÞ}Ê«À«iÃÌiÃÊÌÊÀiÃÃÌÊÀÊ LiÊ>ÌiÀi`ÊLÞÊ>ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊ>ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>Ì°Ê
THE IMPERFECT SPECTATOR Malcolm Le Grice has lamented the loss of concentrated attentiveness to the mov}Ê>}iÊÊ>ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊVÌiÝÌ]ÊÜ
V
]Ê
iÊÃ>ÞÃ]ÊÃʼÌÊ>Ê}`ÊiÊvÀÊ>ÞÌ
}Ê that has any temporal development’.12ÊÃÊ>ÊÀiÃÕÌ]ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÜÊÀië`Ê«Ài`>ÌÞÊÌʼVVi«ÌÊ>`Ê`i>½ÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>ÊÃiiÊÕÌÊ>ʼi}>}i`ÊiÝ«iÀiVi½°13 The splitting of attention between multiple dimensions in a gallery can indeed render ÕÃÊ«iÀviVÌÊëiVÌ>ÌÀðÊ/
iÊ`vvÕÃÊvÊ>Ü>ÀiiÃÃ]ÊÀÊÜ
>ÌÊ*iÌiÀÊ"ÃLÀiÊV>ÃÊ ¼«ÃÞV
VÊ>ÌÌiÌÊÊ`ëiÀÃ>½]14 is not limited to the connoisseur of moving image installations. The grazing TV viewer dozing off on the couch at home is engaged Ê >Ê Ã>ÀÊ ¼`ÃÌÀ>VÌi`Ê ÀiVi«Ì½Ê >ÃÊ ÃÊ Ì
iÊ ÞÕ}Ê VÕ«iÊ >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ Vi>]Ê `Û`}Ê
144
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Ì
iÀÊ>ÌÌiÌÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊw]ÊÌ
iÊ««VÀÊ>`ÊÌ
iÀÊÕÌÕ>Ê}iÃÌÕÀiÃÊvÊ>vviVÌ°Ê-i}vÀi`ÊÀ>V>ÕiÀÊÜÀÌ}ÊÊ£ÓÈÊÃÕëi`i`Ê
ÃÊi>ÀiÀÊViiLÀ>ÌÃÊvÊ>ÃÃÊ Ã«iVÌ>ViÊ >`Ê V`ii`Ê Ì
iÊ ÃÕ«iÀwV>ÌÞÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÃiÃÀÞÊ iÝ«iÀiViÃÊ i}idered by both film and modern life. Even if the spectator is naturally inclined to >Ê>VÌÛiÊi}>}iiÌÊÜÌ
Ê>ÀÌ]ÊwÊ>}iÃ]ÊiÊÌ
iÊ`ââÞ}Ê«ÀiÃÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ Ìi>}ÊiÌÀ«Ã]ʼÃÕVVii`Êi>V
ÊÌ
iÀÊÜÌ
ÊÃÕV
ÊÀ>«`ÌÞÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊÊÀÊ left for even the slightest contemplation to squeeze in between them’.15ÊÀ>V>ÕiÀÊ «ÀÌÀ>Þi`ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊiÃVVi`ÊÊ>Ê}`i`Ê«VÌÕÀiÊ«>>Vi]ÊiÃ>Ûi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÃÊ at the cost of the intellect – the over-stimulated body eclipsing the Socratic soul. In Society of the SpectacleÊ£ÈÇ®]ÊÕÞÊ iLÀ`ÊÀiVw}ÕÀi`ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>ÊV>«ÌÛÌÞÊ >}Ê>Ê>ÝÃÊvÊ`iÃÀi°ÊiÊV
>ÀÌi`ÊÌ
iÊ«À}ÀiÃÃÛiÊ>i>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃV>ÊÃÕLiVÌ]Ê transformed into a compulsive agent of consumption and floundering in a sea of >««i>À>ViðÊ/
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊvÊwÊÜ>ÃÊV`ii`Ê>ÃÊiÀiÞʼ>ÊVÃÕiÀÊ
Õ}ÀÞÊ for thrills’.16 Moviegoers were said to be divorced from reality as they indulged their ¼ÕÃÌÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ iÞi½]Ê >Ê VÀVÕ>Ì}Ê `iÃÀiÊ Ì
>ÌÊ V>Ê iÛiÀÊ ÌÊ LiÊ Ã>ÌÃwi`°Ê -«iVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê >ÌÌiÌÊ
>`ÊÃV>ÌÌiÀi`]Ê>`ÊÌ
iʵÕ>ÌÞÊvÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÌÌiÌÛiiÃÃ]ÊÌ
iÊVÀÌV>ÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÛiÜ}ÊÃÕLiVÌ]ÊÜ>ÃÊÃiiÊÌÊLiÊV«ÀÃi`ÊLÞÊ`iÀÌÞÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊ
}
ÊÌÕÀÛiÀÊ of irresistible enchantments. /
iÊ`i}À>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÜ>ÃÊÌ]Ê
ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÕÛiÀÃ>°ÊV
iÊ`iÊ iÀÌi>Õ]Ê vÀÊÃÌ>Vi]Ê>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iʼ`ÃÌÀ>VÌi`½ÊÛiÜiÀÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊÃÊÕV
Ê>ÊLÌÃi`Ê consumer of culture as an active user of cultural products.17 Consumers have long repurposed popular culture and commercially produced artefacts for their own i`ðÊ/ÊLÀÀÜÊ`iÊ iÀÌi>Õ½ÃÊÌÊvÊ>ÊLÊ>ÃÊ>ʼÀiÌi`Ê>«>ÀÌi̽ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊiÌiÀ«ÀÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊÀi>`iÀ]Ê>ÊVi>]Ê>Ê/6ÊÃiÌÊÀÊ}>iÀÞÊë>ViÊÃÊ>ÃÊÌiÀ>ÞÊ>Ê hired space for the spectator’s internal and interpersonal transactions. This leads us to the multiple functions of spectatorial engagement; not only can the landscape vÊ Ì
iÊ >}>ÌÊ w`Ê iÀV
iÌÊ Ê >ÃÃÊ iÌiÀÌ>iÌ]Ê LÕÌÊ Ì
iÊ /6Ê ÛiÜiÀÊ ÀÊ gallery-goer may be simultaneously interacting with her family and friends around Ì
iÊÃ
>Ài`ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊ>ÊÃ
Ü°Ê/
iÊÞÕ}ÊVÕ«iÊ«>ÀÌ>}ÊvÊ>ÊiÛi}Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ Vi>Ê>ÀiÊLÕ`}ÊiÀiÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊ>`ÊiÝ«Ì}ÊÌ
iÊ`>ÀiÃÃÊÌÊ«À}ÀiÃÃÊ Ì
iÀÊVÕÀÌÃ
«]Ê>`i`ÊÊ`ÕLÌÊLÞÊÌ
iÊw½ÃÊÀ>ÌVÊÃVi>ÀÊ }}ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ ÛiÀýÊ`Ài>ÃÊvÊ>ÊVi`ÊvÕÌÕÀi°Ê/
iÞÊÜÊ«>ÀÌV«>ÌiÊÊÌ
iÊÃV>ÊL`}ÊÌ
>ÌÊ «ÀVii`ÃÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ iÝ«iÀiViÊ vÊ VÕ>Ê >Õ}
ÌiÀÊ >`Ê Ìi>ÀÃ°Ê /
iÊ }>iÀÞ}iÀÊ >ÞÊLiÊiµÕ>ÞÊ>VÌÛiÊÊ
iÀÊiVÕÌiÀÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊiëiV>ÞÊ vÊÃ
iÊÃÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ
iÀÃivÊ>`ÊÃÊ>ÌÌi`}Ê>Ê«ÀÛ>ÌiÊÛiÜÊÜ
i]ÊÊ«>À>iÊÜÌ
Ê
iÀÊ >««ÀiV>ÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ iÝ
LÌ]Ê V«>ÀÃÃÊ ÌÊ
iÀÊ ÜÊ «À>VÌViÊ LiViÊ iÛÌ>Li]Ê >`ÊÃV>ÊÌiÀ>VÌÊ>`ʼiÌÜÀ}½ÊÌ>iÊ«>Vi]Ê>Ê«ÀViÃÃÊ`ëiÃLiÊvÀÊ
iÀÊ career progression.
THE DIALECTICS OF SPECTATORSHIP
145
THE SPECTATOR: SEEING DOUBLE In the cinema, I am simultaneously in this action and outside it, in this space and out of this space. Having the power of ubiquity, I am everywhere and nowhere. i>ÊÌÀÞ]Ê£Èx18 ÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊ>À}Õi`]ÊÕÀÊ>««ÀiV>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊwVÊiiiÌÃÊvÊ>ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊLises our ability to read the moving image both as a material phenomenon and as an ¼Ì
iÀ½ÊÀi>ÌÞÊÊ>ÊÀiViÃÃi`]ÊÕÃÃÌVÊë>Vi°Ê7iÊ>Ì>ÊÌ
iÊÌÜÊvÀÃÊvÊÜi`}iÊ VVÕÀÀiÌÞ]Ê `À>Ü}Ê ÕÀÊ VVÕÃÃÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÃiÊ iiÃ
i`Ê V`ÌÃÊ vÊ understanding. It is in early childhood that we learn the skill of inhabiting two worlds ÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞ]ÊÜ
iÊÜiÊwÀÃÌÊ
i>ÀÊv>ÀÞÊÌ>iÃÊ>`Ê>ÃVÀLiÊÌÊÌÀ>ÃÌ>ÊLiVÌÃÊ `iÌÌiÃÊLiÞ`ÊÌ
iÀÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊV`Ì\Ê>Ê`ÊLiViÃÊ>ÊL>LÞ]Ê>ÊLi>ÀÊ>ÊÌÀÕÃÌi`Ê vÀi`]Ê>ÊÌÞÊ«À>ÌiÊ>ÊÃÜÀÊiiÞ°19 Bruno Bettleheim believed that young children ÕÃiÊÌ
iÃiÊÕÀiÞÃÊÌÊv>Ì>ÃÞÊÌʼLÀ}ÊÀ`iÀ½ÊÌÊÌ
iÊV
>ÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊiÀÊÛiÃ]Ê>`Ê v>ÀÞÊÌ>iÃʼvviÀÊÃÞLVÊÃÕÌÃÊÌÊQÌ
iÀRÊ`vwVÕÌiý° 20ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
ÃÊy}
ÌÊÌÊ Ì
iÊÜÀ`ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}>ÌÊÀ>ÀiÞÊi>`ÃÊÌÊVvÕÃ]Ê>ÃÊ iÌÌi
iÊLÃiÀÛi`]ʼ>vÌiÀÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊvÊ>««ÀÝ>ÌiÞÊwÛiÊqÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊÜ
iÊv>ÀÞÊÌ>iÃÊLiViÊÌÀÕÞÊi>}vÕÊ qÊÊÀ>ÊV
`ÊÌ>iÃÊÌ
iÃiÊÃÌÀiÃÊ>ÃÊÌÀÕiÊÌÊiÝÌiÀ>ÊÀi>ÌÞ½° 21ÊÊÕÀÊ>`ÕÌ
`]Ê ÜiÊ>Ì>ÊÌ
ÃÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊÃi«>À>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÌÜÊÀi>ÃÊvÊv>Ì>ÃÞÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÊÜÀ`]Ê>`Ê >Ì
Õ}
]Ê>ÃÊ,V
>À`ÊiÊ«ÌÃÊÕÌ]ÊVi>ÌVÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«Ê¼ÛÛiÃÊiÌiÀÌ>}ÊÌ
iÊÌ
Õ}
ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÊ«iÀViÛi`ÊÃÊLivÀiÊÕý]Ê>ÌÊÊ«ÌÊ`ÊÜiʼLiiÛiÊÌ
iÊ LiVÌÊisÊLivÀiÊÕýÊÀÊ`ÊÜiÊ>}iÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊ>ÀiʼÜÌiÃÃ}ÊÀi>ÊiÛiÌý°22 Andrew Uroskie has also evoked our cognitive ability to entertain two conditions of apperVi«ÌÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊÜ
iÊÜiÊÜ>ÌV
Ê}>iÀÞÊwðÊiÊ`iÃVÀLiÃÊÌÊ>ÃÊ>ʼ`ÕLiÊ VÃVÕÃiÃý]23Ê>ÊÌiÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÀiV>ÃÊ>ÌiÊ`V
½ÃÊÌÊvʼëiVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê`ÕLiiÃýÆÊiV
}Ê iÌÌi
i]ÊÃ
iÊ>ÃÃiÀÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÛiÜiÀÃÊ>ÀiÊiÊV
`ÀiÊÃÌi}ÊÌÊ>Ê ÃÌÀÞÊ>`Ê>Àiʼ«ÀiÃiÌÊÊÌ
iÊÀi>Ê}>iÀÞÊë>ViÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÛÀÌÕ>ÊÃVÀiiÊë>ViÊÃÕtaneously’.24ÊÃÊÌi`ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊÌÜ]Ê,V
>À`Ê7
iÊVÃ`iÀi`ÊÌ
iÊ>««ÀiV>ÌÊ vÊ>ÀÌÊÌÊLiÊ«Ài`V>Ìi`ÊÊÌ
ÃÊëÌÊÀiV}ÌÊ>`ÊÊÌ
iÊ`£ÇäÃ]Ê,>`Ê >ÀÌ
iÃÊ advocated surrender to the dual fascinations of the filmic encounter. The initial emL`i`ÊÀiëÃi]Ê >ÀÌ
iÃÊVÌi`i`]ÊÃÊÌÊLiViʼÃÌÊÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÝ>ÌiÊÀÀÀ½ÊvÊ Ì
iÊÃVÀiiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÃiV`]ÊÌÊviÌÃ
ÃiÊÜ
>ÌÊiÝVii`ÃÊÌ
iÊ>}i]ʼÌ
iÊÌiÝÌÕÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÃÕ`]ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`ÌÀÕ]ÊÌ
iÊ`>ÀiÃÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÕ`vviÀiÌ>Ìi`Ê>ÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀÊL`iÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊLi>]ÊÌ
iÊiÌÀÞÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊiÝÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊë>Vi½° 25Ê/
iÊVi>]ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`Ê >ÀÌ
iÃ]Ê
>ÃÊÌÃÊÜ]ÊLÕÌÊiV
>ÃÃÊvÊ ÀiV
Ì>Ê`ÃÌ>V>Ì]ÊV`ÌÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ>ÃÊ>««ÞÊÌÊ}>iÀÞÊÃÌ>>ÌðÊ/
iÊ>ÀÌÞÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÀi>ÊÃ}Õ>ÀÞÊ unperturbed by the knowledge that eye and brain are being deceived and what ap«i>ÀÃÊÌÊLiÊÌ
iÀiÊÃ]ÊÊv>VÌ]Ê>LÃiÌ°Ê*iÀ
>«ÃÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>Ê}
ÃÌÞÊ>««>ÀÌÊ
146
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
strikes terror into its victim is because it manifests without any clue to its method vÊ«À`ÕVÌÆÊÌÊÃÊiÊ>ÊÛ`iÊÜÌ
ÕÌÊ>ÊÃVÀii]Ê>ÊwÊÜÌ
ÊÊ«ÀiVÌÀ°Ê7Ì
ÕÌÊ >ÞÊ ÛÃLiÊ i>ÃÊ vÊ ÃÕ««ÀÌ]Ê >Ê Ã«iVÌÀiÊ ÃÊ iÊ >Ê Û}Ê >}iÊ Ì
>ÌÊ
>ÃÊ ÃÌÊ ÌÃÊ ¼`ÕLiiÃý° In spite of the advent of digital technologies that have blurred the distinction beÌÜiiÊ>ÌiÀ>Ê>`ÊÛÀÌÕ>ÊâiÃÊvÊÀi>ÌÞ]ÊvviÀ}ÊÕÃÊiÛiÀÊÀiÊ««ÀÌÕÌiÃÊÌÊ `À>ÜÊÊÜ
>ÌÊ >ÀÌ
iÃÊ`iÌwi`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊ
i>}Ê«À«iÀÌiÃÊvÊVi>ÌVʼ
Þ«Ãý]Ê we cognitively preserve the separateness of the screen world whether encountered Ê>Ê}>iÀÞ]ÊVi>ÊÀÊi°Ê/
ÃÊÃÊiëiV>ÞÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊÜ
iÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊÜ>ÌV
}Ê>ÊwÊ ÀÊÛ`iÊ>`]Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌi]Ê>}Ê`iVÃÃÊ>LÕÌÊÜ
iÀiÊÌÊÜ>]ÊÃÌ>`ÊÀÊÃÌÊÊ >Ê}>iÀÞL>Ãi`ÊiÛÀiÌ°ÊÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÃii]ÊÕÀÊÃiÃiÃÊÃ}>ÊÛÌ>ÊvÀ>ÌÊ >LÕÌÊÕÀÊi`>ÌiÊiÛÀiÌ°ÊÕ>>Ê ÀÕÊi«
>ÃÃiÃÊÌ
iÊ
>«ÌVÊÃiÃi]ÊÌ
iÊ >LÌÞÊÌʼ>««Ài
i`Êë>Vi½ÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvÊÌÕV
Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊ«À«iÀÌÞÊ vÊÌ
iÊÀ}>Ã]ÊÜ
V
Ê>ÜÃÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÌʼÃiÃiÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊÛiiÌÊÊë>Vi½°26 We also maintain the distinction between the two realities with the help of the ÃVÀiiÊvÀ>i]ÊÌ
iÊwÝi`ÊLÕ`>ÀÞÊÌ
>ÌÊ`iÌÃÊÌ
iÊ>}i]Ê>Ê`i>ÀV>ÌÊiÊVstantly hovering on the periphery of vision. The border is established by the effect vÊ«>À>>ÝÊ>ÃÊÜiÊÛiÊ>VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊë>Vi°ÊÃÊ,LiÀÌÊÀÀÃÊÃ>`ÊvÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀi]Ê Ì
iÊLiVÌÊÃÊ}À>ëi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊLiÌÜiiʼÌ
iÊÜÊVÃÌ>ÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊiÝperienced variable’.27 The frame of the screen marks the difference between what ÛiÃÊ>`ÊÜ
>ÌÊÀi>ÃÊÃÌ>ÌV]ÊÜ
>ÌÊLi}ÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊvÊÌ
}ÃÊ>`ÊÜ
>ÌÊiÝÃÌÃÊ in the realm of illusion. Our levels of attention to the image vary according to individual taste – whether or not we like what we see – and are modified by the fluctuations vÊiÝÌÀ>ÃVÀiiÊ`ÃÌÀ>VÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊë>Vi°Ê iÛiÀÌ
iiÃÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ}iiÀ>Ê«ÀV«iÊ «À«Ãi`ÊLÞÊÀ>
>Ê>À>]ÊÌ
>ÌʼÜiÊ>ÀiÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊÊVÌ>VÌÊÜÌ
ÊÀi>ÌÞÊÊiÊÜ>ÞÊ ÀÊ>Ì
iÀ½]ÊÊÃÌÊV>ÃiÃÊÜÕ`Ê>««Þ°28
FILM FORMS THE MIND My instinctual humanism has insisted on asserting the critical mass that is an indiÛ`Õ>Ê>`]ÊÊëÌiÊvÊÌ
iÊ`ëÕÌ>LiÊ>ÕÀiÊvÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ>ÃÌÀi>Êi`>]Ê Ê
>ÛiÊ>À}Õi`ÊvÀÊ>Ê`i}ÀiiÊvÊ>ÕÌÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ]ÊÊVÌÀ>ÃÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀÞÊ of the passive spectator propounded by the structuralist regime of the 1960s and £ÇäÃ°Ê /
ÃÊ «ÌÃÊ Ìi`ÃÊ ÌÊ «ÀiÃÕ««ÃiÊ >Ê ÛÀ}>Ê Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀ]Ê i`Üi`Ê ÜÌ
Ê >ÌiÊVÊÃiÃiÊ>`Ê>ÊÀ>ÊV«>ÃÃ]ʵÕ>ÌiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÊ«ÀÌiVÌÊ
iÀÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ ÜÀÃÌÊyÕiViÃÊvÊÃVÀiiÊiÌiÀÌ>iÌ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊvÊ>À}ÕiÌ]ÊÊÜÊ ÌÕÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊ««Ã}ÊÛiÜ°Ê ÛiÊ>ÌÊ>Êi>ÀÞÊ>}i]ÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>ÊÃÕLiVÌÊÃÊÃV>Ãi`Ê>`Ê interpellated by culture in general and film culture in particular. Some have argued Ì
>ÌÊiiVÌÀVÊi`>ÊÌÊÞÊ`ëiÀÃiÃÊ>ÌÌiÌ]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊ
>ÃÊ>ÃÊVÃi`Ê
Õ>Ê
THE DIALECTICS OF SPECTATORSHIP
147
VÃVÕÃiÃÃÊÌÊÃÕV
Ê>ÊiÝÌiÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊVÃÌÌÕÌiÃÊÌ
iÊ}ÛiÀ}Ê Ài>ÌÞÊ vÊ µÕtidian life. Sean Cubitt has suggested that our cognitive immersion in simulated realities is no longer a periodic diversion from the everyday business of getting >}ÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`°Ê¼i`>Ê>ÀiÊÌ
iÊÛÃLiÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊvÊ
Õ>ÌÞ]½Ê
iÊ
>ÃÊ>À}Õi`]ʼÌ
iÞÊ are what humanity does when we are being human’. 29ÊÊÀiViÌÊÞi>ÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ`i>Ê
>ÃÊ gained ground that together with its later manifestations within television and oni]ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÀiÊÌ
>Ê>ÞÊÌ
iÀÊi`ÕÊ`iÌiÀiÃÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÞÃÊÊÜ
V
ÊÜiÊ iÝ«iÀiVi]ÊÕ`iÀÃÌ>`Ê>`ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`° ÃÊi>ÀÞÊ>ÃÊ££È]ÊÕ}ÊØÃÌiÀLiÀ}Ê>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊwÊVÃÊvÕVÌ>ÊV}Ì]Ê Ì
iÊ iÀÊ ÜÀ}ÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ `]Ê >`Ê
iÊ `iÌwi`Ê iµÕÛ>iViÃÊ LiÌÜii]Ê vÀÊ ÃÌ>Vi]ÊVÃiÕ«ÃÊ>`ÊÕÀÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊ«>ÞÊ>ÌÌiÌÊiÝVÕÃÛiÞÊÌÊiÊ>ëiVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÛÃÕ>Êwi`ÆÊy>Ã
L>VÃ]Ê
iÊÃ>`]ÊÀi«V>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÞÊiÀÞÊ`wiÃÊÕÀÊÀiëÃiÃÊ ÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃiÌ°ÊÀÊØÃÌiÀLiÀ}]ÊÌ
iʼ«
Ì«>Þ½ÊVÛiÀÌi`ÊiÝÌiÀ>ÊÀi>ÌÞÊÌʼÌ
iÊ vÀÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ iÀÊ ÜÀ`]Ê >iÞ]Ê >ÌÌiÌ]Ê iÀÞ]Ê >}>ÌÊ >`Ê i̽° 30
ÃiÃÌiÊLiiÛi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ>}i]Ê>ÃÊ>ÊvÀ>}iÌ>ÌÊvÊ«iÀVi«ÌÃ]ÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ài>`ÞÊ part of our thinking processes. Paul Virilio suggested that perception itself is governed by cinema and we see reality through the prism of cinematic representation. /
ÃÊVÌiÌÊÃÊiV
i`ÊLÞÊ>ÝÊ`ÀiÜÃ]ÊÜ
Ê>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊwÊVÕÌÕÀiÊ«iÀi>ÌiÃÊ >Ê>ëiVÌÃÊvÊÕÀÊÌ
}Ê>`Êvii}]Ê>`ÊÕ`iÀÜÀÌiÃÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÞÊÜiÊÀië`ÊÌÊviÊ events: >ÞLiÊÕÀÊiÀiÃÊ>ÀiÊ>`iÊÕ«ÊvÊwÃÊ>`Ê>ÊvÊÕÀÊiÝ«iVÌ>ÌÃÊ>LÕÌÊ love and death and how we deal with things have already been portrayed ÌÊÕÃÊÊwÃ]Ê>`ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÃiÊÌ
}ÃÊ
>««iÊÌÊÕÃ]ÊÜiÊV>ÊÀiviÀiViÊÌ
iÃiÊ Ì
}ÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÌ
À`«>ÀÌÞÊiÀiÃÊv]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊLi
>ÛiÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
i° 31
Ìi«À>ÀÞÊViÌ>ÌÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ6Û>Ê-LV
>VÊ>`Ê>ÌiÊ`V
ÊÀi}>À`Ê
Õ>ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ>Ã]ÊÀiëiVÌÛiÞ]ÊÌÀ>ÃvÀi`ÊÊÌ
iÀÊÃiÃiÊvÊÃivÊLÞÊ>ÃÌÀi>Ê VÕÌÕÀi]Ê>`ÊÕÌ>Ìi`ÊvÀÊ>ÕÌÕÃÊLi}ÃÊÌʼÃVÀiiÊÃÕLiVÌý°ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊ `V
]ÊÜiÊÀi>ʼ>À}iÞÊ`iwi`ÊLÞÊÕÀÊ`>ÞÊÌiÀ>VÌÃÊi`>Ìi`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>Ê range of screen-based technologies and devices’.32 The implication is that the more ÌiÊÜiÊëi`ÊÊvÀÌÊvÊÃVÀiiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÀiÊÕÀÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÃÊvÕii`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊ i`>]ÊÜ
Ê`}iÃÌÊ>`ÊÀiVÃÌÌÕÌiÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊvÀÊÕÀÊ`>ÞÊVÃÕ«Ì° Others have argued that our bodies as well as our minds are inscribed by the ide}iÃÊvÊ>ÃÌÀi>Êi`>Ê>}iÀÞ]ÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃÊÀÀÀ}ÊÃViÌ>ÊÀÕiÃÊiÃ
Ài`Ê Ê>}Õ>}i]Ê>ÌÊ>`Ê>Ü°Ê7iÊ
>ÛiÊ>Ài>`ÞÊÃiiÊ
ÜÊ*i}}ÞÊ*
i>ÊvÀ>i`ÊÌ
iÊ L`ÞÊ>ÃÊVÕÌÕÀ>Þʼ>Ài`½ÊLÞÊ`i}Þ]Ê>`ÊÊSnows (1967) Carolee Schneemann ÀiVÞVi`Ê«ÀiVÌi`Ê>}iÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ6iÌ>Ê7>À]ÊÜ
V
ÊÃ
iÊ`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃÊiÌiÀ}Ê>`Ê changing her body like a virus. More recent research by Dr. Bill Lewinski suggests that police marksmen’s reaction times are likely to be reduced because they hold
148
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
their guns in the positions adopted by television cops for dramatic effect rather than Ì>iÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÊ>««À«À>ÌiÊÃÌ>ViÊLivÀiÊ>}Ê>`ÊwÀ}°Ê/
iÊÕ`}iiÌÊvÊV>ÃiÃÊÊ which officers mistakenly shoot innocent civilians is similarly distorted by fictional V>ÃiÃ°Ê ÃÊ iÜÃÊ >À}ÕiÃ]Ê ¼iÛiÀÞL`ÞÊ Ê ÕÀÊ >Ì]Ê VÕ`}Ê >ÜÊ ivÀViiÌ]Ê gets their training about police shootings from Hollywood’. 33 If cinema and its contemporary manifestations can influence how we interpret >`Ê>VÌÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`]ÊÃÊÌÊ`iÃÊÌÊVÕÀÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>«Õ>ÌiÊiÃÌ>LÃ
i`Ê vÀÃÊvÊiÝ«ÀiÃðÊÊ£ÈÇ]Ê iÀÌÌÊ ÀiV
ÌÊÜÀÌiÊvÊÌ
iÊ«>VÌÊvÊwÊÊÌiÀ>ÌÕÀi\Ê ¼Vi>ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÜÊÜÊÀi>`ÊÌiÝÌÃÊÊ>Ê`vviÀiÌÊÜ>Þ]Ê>`ÊÌ
ÃiÊÜ
ÊÜÀÌiÊÌ
iÊ will themselves also be spectators of cinema’.34 Writers would now include in their ÃÕÀViÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÜ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊiÜÊÌiV
}iÃÊ>ÀiÊV>«>LiÊvÊÃ
Ü}Ê>`]ÊÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊvÊ Vi>]ÊÌ
iÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊÌ
}ÊvÊ>Ê>ÕÌ
ÀÊLiViÃÊ«À}ÀiÃÃÛiÞÊÃÌÀÕiÌ>Ãi`]Ê Ì
iÀÊÜÀ]ÊVÀi>Ã}ÞÊVi>Ì}À>«
V°Ê Once the structuralist prohibition on narrative and visual pleasure lifted from wÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ£näÃÊ>`Êi>ÀÞÊ£äÃ]ÊÌÊLiV>iÊVi>ÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ}Ê arm of Hollywood had already infiltrated artists’ creative imaginations and substantially influenced the manner in which they were to formulate their work. A feeding frenzy around the canon of Hollywood film was unleashed and innumerable classics ÜiÀiÊ«Õ`iÀi`Ê>`ʼ>Ã
i`ÊÕ«½°Ê>ÃÌÀi>ÊÌiiÛÃÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÃÊ>««À«À>Ìi`]Ê>`Ê ÌiiÛÃÕ>ÊÀi>`Þ>`iÃÊÜiÀiʼÃVÀ>ÌV
i`½Ê>`ÊÀiVÃÌÌÕÌi`Ê>ÃÊ>ÀÌ°Ê/
iÃiÊÌÀLÕÌiÃÊÌÊ Ì
iÊÌÌ>ÃÊvÊÌiiÛÃÊ>`ÊÞÜ`ÊÜiÀiÊÌÀ>ëÃi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊë>Vi]ÊÜ
V
Ê LiV>iÊÜ
>ÌÊ
ÀÃÊ >ÀiÊ`ÕLLi`ʼÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ«ÃÞÊÀ½ÊvÊÌ
iÊÛiÃÆÊÌ
iÀi]ʼ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ undertook a forensic dissection of film grammar and cinema history’.35 Post-modern pastiches and remakes of Hitchcock classics became popular – Douglas Gordon’s 24 Hour PsychoÊLi}ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊv>Ì
vÕ]ÊÃÜ`À«Ê
>}iÊÌÊÌ
iÊ}Ài>ÌÊ>°ÊÀÌÃÌÃÊ >VÌi`Ê ÕÌÊ Ì
iÊ wÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÜiÀiÊ ÃÌÊ «iÀÃ>ÞÊ ÀiÃ>ÌÊ vÀÊ Ì
i°Ê Ê Ì
iÊ £näÃ]Ê Ê>}ÕÃÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊÛ`iÊÀiÀÕÃÊvÊÃÌVÊÌiiÛÃÊÃ
ÜÃ]ÊV>ÃÌ}Ê
iÀÃivÊ>ÃÊ >ÞÌ
}ÊvÀÊ>ÊÌÀ>}VÊ
iÀiÊÌÊ>ÃiÊV
`Ài½ÃÊ/6Ê«ÀiÃiÌiÀ°Ê/ÜiÌÞÊÞi>ÀÃÊ]Ê Candice Breitz mobilised her own acting talents in BecomingÊÓääή]Ê}ÊÌ
iÊiÃÊ «iÀvÀi`ÊLÞÊ
iÀÊv>ÛÕÀÌiÊÃÌ>ÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÛiÀÊÃVÀiiÊ >â]Ê,LiÀÌÃÊ>`Ê7Ì
iÀë®Ê alongside clips from their films including Pretty WomanÊ>ÀÀÞÊ>ÀÃ
>]Ê£ä®Ê>`Ê The Sweetest ThingÊ ,}iÀÊ ÕLi]Ê ÓääÓ®°Ê Ì
Ê ¼««Ê
>ViÀÃ½Ê i}Ì>Ìi`Ê Ì
iÊ wiÊ line between critique and narcissistic enslavement to the skin-deep attractions of television and Hollywood glamour. One of the most ingenious mainstream appropriations came in the form of Mark Lewis’s Peeping Tom (2000). The artist re-created the film within the film that Michael Powell’s murderous protagonist is shooting in the movie of the same name (1960). Lewis (who shares a name with Powell’s antihero) trades on the collective memories we have formed of the original film notably the thoroughly unpleasant spectacle of female victims being skewered with a spike >ÌÌ>V
i`ÊÌʼiÜýýÊV>iÀ>]Ê>Ê>}iÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊÃi>Ài`ÊÌÊ*Üi½ÃÊL>VÊV>Ì>}Õi°Ê
THE DIALECTICS OF SPECTATORSHIP
149
Mark Lewis, Peeping Tom (2000), 35mm transferred to DVD, 5:31 min. Film still courtesy and © the artist.
À`]Ê ÀiÌâÊ>`ÊiÜÃÊVwÀÊ Ê6>½ÃÊÌ
iÃÃÊÌ
>Ì]ÊvÀÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃ]ʼ>ÊÌ
iÊÛiÃÊ [they] have ever seen and all the television [they] have ever watched is in there when [they] pick up that camera’.36 ÊÜÊÀiÌÕÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊÞÜ`ÊÌÀLÕÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ£äÃÊ>`ÊLiÞ`]ÊLÕÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÌ]Ê vviÀÊ Ì
iÊ «ÀÛÃ>Ê VVÕÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÌÜÌ
ÃÌ>`}Ê `Û`Õ>Ê Û>À>ÌÃÊ >`Ê ÀiÃÃÌ>ViÃ]Ê LÌ
Ê «À`ÕViÀÃÊ >`Ê VÃÕiÀÃÊ Àië`Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ Û}Ê >}iÊ Ì
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊ>VVÕÕ>Ìi`ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊ>ÃÌÀi>ÊwÊ>`ÊÌiiÛÃÊ>`]ÊVÀi>Ã}Þ]ÊÌ
iÊ}Ài>ÌÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊL>LLiÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiÀiÌ°ÊÌÊÃÊÕ`i>LiÊÌ
>ÌÊ Ì
iÊV«ÀÃi`Ê>`Ê«iÀviVÌÊ>ÌÕÀiÊvÊÕÀÊ«ÀivÀi`ÊÛiÜ}ÊÃÊiÝ>ViÀL>Ìi`ÊLÞÊ the dispersion of our attention across the multiple media devices offering us global
150
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Simon Payne, Window Piece (2012), 14 min., site-specific looping video projection. Installation view, Camden Arts Centre, London. Courtesy of the artist. (p. 14)
(Left) Stan Douglas, still from Journey Into Fear, (2001). Courtesy of the artist and David Zwirner, New York. (p. 17)
Neil Brown, Dennis Del Favero, Jeffrey Shaw, Peter Weibel, T_Visionarium (2008). Courtesy of Jeffrey Shaw. (p. 27)
Bill Viola, The Quintet of the Astonished (2000). Colour video rear projection on screen mounted on wall in dark room. Projected image size: 4 ft 7 in x 7 ft 10 in (1.4 x 2.4 m); room dimensions variable, 15:20 min. Performers: John Malpede, Weba Garretson, Tom Fitzpatrick, John Fleck, Dan Gerrity. Photo: Kira Perov. Courtesy of the artist. (p. 29)
Bill Brand, Masstransiscope (1980). The installation consists of two sections separated by a staircase. The artist is seen at the entrance to the long section of the work as the train passes by. Photo: Martha Cooper. Courtesy of the artist. (p. 82)
José Fuster, mosaic wall works (2008), Jaimanitas district, Havana, Cuba. Photo: Uwe Ackermann. (p. 35)
Mat Collishaw, Garden of Unearthly Delights (2009). Steel, aluminium, plaster, resin, LED lights, motor. Image courtesy of the artist and Blain/Southern. Photographer: Christian Glaeser, 2009. © the artist. (p. 85)
Elizabeth Price, THE WOOLWORTHS CHOIR OF 1979 (video still) (2012). HD video installation, 18 min. Courtesy of the artist and MOT International, London & Brussels. (p. 95)
Malcolm Le Grice, Berlin Horse (1970), simulated film strip of 16mm double projection film. Sound: Brian Eno. Courtesy of the artist.
Pat O’Neill, Foregrounds (1979). Courtesy of the artist. © Pat O’Neill. (p. 135)
Mikhail Karikis and Uriel Orlow, Sounds from Beneath (2010–2011). Sound and video, 6:49 min. Courtesy of the artists. (p. 139)
Mark Lewis, Peeping Tom (2000), 35mm transferred to DVD, 5:31 min. Film still courtesy and © the artist. (p. 150)
David Cotterrell, Borrowed Time (1997/2002). Montage using the original footage. Courtesy of the artist. (p. 175)
Chris Welsby, Shoreline 1 (1977), ACME Gallery, a six screen film installation/16mm film loops. Sound: ‘live’, 6 projectors. Courtesy of the artist. (p. 179)
(Above) Tony Oursler, System for Dramatic Feedback (1994). Courtesy of the artist. (p. 182)
(Left) Yayoi Kusama, Self-Obliteration (1967), 16mm, 23 min. Courtesy of the artist. © Yayoi Kusama. (p. 193)
(Left) Gillian Wearing, 2 into 1 (1997). Colour video for monitor with sound, 4:30 min. Courtesy of Maureen Paley, London. © the artist. (p. 215)
Greg Pope, Cipher Screen (2009–14), performed at the Never or Now Festival, Bergen, Norway (January 2011). Sound collaborator: John Hegre. Courtesy of the artist. Photographer unknown. (p. 221)
Tim Smith. Illustration from the article ‘The Attentional Theory of Continuity Editing’ (2012), Projections: The Journal for Movies and the Mind, 6: 1. © Paramount Vintage. Courtesy of Tim Smith. (p. 259)
ViVÌÛÌÞÊÛ>ÊV«ÕÌiÀÃ]ÊÌ>LiÌÃ]Ê*
iÃÊ>`ÊÜ
>ÌiÛiÀÊÌiV
}iÃÊÌ
iÊvÕÌÕÀiÊ may throw up. It takes skill and a strong mind to negotiate what Chris Darke calls ¼Ì
iÊ>}iÊÃÌÀ½ÊÌ
>ÌÊÛ>`iÃÊÕÀʵÕÌ`>ÊÛið37 We try to balance the real and the simulated and nurture a criticality in relation to what we see and hear so that invÀ>ÌÊ`iÃÊÌÊVÌÀÊÕÃÊLÕÌÊÃiÀÛiÃÊÕÃ]Ê«iÀÃ>ÞÊ>`Ê«ÌV>Þ°ÊÊÜÕ`Ê>À}ÕiÊ that installation and the moving image dramatises and focuses our relationship to VÕÌÕÀiÊLÞÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>ÊÃi«>À>ÌiÊë>ViÊvÊÌiÀ>VÌ]Ê>Ê>ÌiÀÊÌÊÀi>ÌÞ]Ê>Ê«>ÞÊ ÀÊÊÜ
V
ÊÛÃÌÀÃÊV>ÊiÝ«ÀiÊ>`ÊÃiiÊiÜÊÜ>ÞÃÊvÊ«>ÀÌV«>Ì}ÊÊÕÀÊVÀi>Ã}ÞÊvÀ>}iÌi`]Ê«Þ«
VÊ>`Êi`>ÌÃi`ÊiÛÀiÌ°
THE MANY FACES OF THE SPECTATOR ÊÌ
ÃÊÃiiÃ>Ü}]Ê`V
ÌÕÃÊ>VVÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊqÊiÊÕÌiÊ>Ê`i«i`iÌ`i`]Ê`ÃViÀ}Ê>ÀÌÊ`iÛÌii]Ê>`Ê>Ê
>«iÃÃÊ«À`ÕVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÀi>ÊÌ
iÊ iÝÌÊqÊÜiÊÃ
Õ`ÊÜÊVÃ`iÀÊÌ
iÊÕëiÊ>ÃÃÕ«ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊ`i>}ÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê ÕÛiÀÃ>]Ê
}iÃi`ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ°Ê/
iÊ««ÃÌ>Ê«À>VÌViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]Ê£ÇäÃÊ >`Ê £näÃÊ ÃÃÌiÌÞÊ Û>`>Ìi`Ê Ì
iÊ ÃÌ>`>À`Ê ÃÕLiVÌÛÌiÃÊ vÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃ]Ê «>À>`ÝV>ÞÊ`À>Ü}ÊÊÌ
iÊVÕÌÊvÊ`Û`Õ>ÃÊ>ÃÃV>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
ÊwiÊ>ÀÌÊÌÊLÃÌiÀÊ>Ê attack on the normalising tendencies of dominant representations. A polyphony of ¼Ì
iÀiÃÃiý]ÊÜ>ÃÊViiLÀ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜ
Ê«ÀÕ`ÞÊ`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
iÀÊëiVwVÌiÃÊvÊ }i`iÀ]ÊÀ>Vi]Ê>}i]ÊVÕÌÕÀiÊ>`ÊVÀii`Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÀÊÃiÝÕ>ÊÀiÌ>Ì]ÊiVVÊ ÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊ >`Ê ÃÌ>ÌiÊ vÊ
i>Ì
°Ê ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÃÕV
Ê >ÃÊ iÌ
Ê *«iÀ]Ê >ÀiiÊ -V
ii>Ê >`Ê iÀiÊ>À>ÊViiLÀ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ>Ì
iÌVÊ«ÀÜiÃÃÊvÊÞÕÌ
Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊL`ÞÊLi>ÕÌvÕÊÜ
iÊ Ann Whitehurst and Stephen Dwoskin revealed the hidden lives of the disabled. If artÃÌÃÊVÕ`ÊiL`ÞÊ>ÊÕÌ«VÌÞÊvÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÛiÜiÀÃÊÜiÀiÊ no less heterogeneous. Earlier theories of monocultural spectatorship dominated LÞÊ wÝi`Ê ÃiÌÃÊ vÊ }iiÀVÊ ÀiëÃiÃÊ ÌÊ ÃVÀiiÊ vÀ>ÌÊ «ÀÛi`Ê ÕÌi>Li°Ê Ê Ì
iÀÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ>ViÊ-Ì>ViÞ]Ê>ViÊ Þ>ÀÃÊ>`Êi>iÊiÊÜiÀiÊ`iÌiÀi`ÊÌÊ `ë>ViÊÌ
iÊVÛiÌ>ÊvÀ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÜ
Ìi]Ê``iV>ÃÃ]Ê
iÌiÀÃiÝÕ>Ê>iÊ viewer indulging in a sadistic brand of cinematic consumption from a position of fictional mastery while Laura Mulvey’s female spectator oscillated between passively identifying with wilting heroines onscreen and adopting a dominant male gaze. Stacey and others countered these models of spectatorship with a theory of the desiring female viewer caught up in a fascination between women and consum}ÊÛiÃÊVÌ>}ÊÃÕLÌiÝÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÃ
iÊVÕ`ÊÛiÃÌÊÜÌ
Ê
iÀÊÜÊi>}ð 38 Linda 7>ÃÊ>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ]ÊÜiÊÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>À]ÊV>ʼÕ}}i½]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÃ]Ê`iÌvÞÊ ÜÌ
Ê>ÊÀ>}iÊvÊÃVÀiiÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃ]ÊLÌ
Ê>iÊ>`Êvi>i° 39 Meanwhile Mary Ann >iÊVÌi`i`ÊÌ
>Ìʼvi>iÊ>õÕiÀ>`i½ÊÊÌÃÊÀiÊiÝÌÀiiÊÞÜ`Ê>viÃÌ>ÌÃÊV>Ê«À`ÕVÌÛiÞʼ`iv>>ÀÃi½ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÃÊvÊ}i`iÀÊ`iÌÌÞ]ÊÌ
ÕÃÊ
THE DIALECTICS OF SPECTATORSHIP
151
allowing women viewers to distance themselves from the more pernicious effects of female stereotyping. 40 In a more recent theory of spectatorship reminiscent of iÌÌi
i½ÃÊ>VVÕÌÊvÊv>ÀÞÊÌ>iÃ]ÊV
iiÊ>ÀÊ>`Û>ViÃÊ>ÊVVi«ÌÊvÊwÊÛiÜ}Ê>ÃÊ>ÊvÀÊvÊi}>}iiÌÊÊÜ
V
ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>Ê«ÀViÃÃÊvÊÃÕÀÀ}>VÞ]Ê >VÌÊÕÌ]Ê«ÀiÃÕ>LÞÊvÀÊ>ÊÃ>viÊ`ÃÌ>Vi]ʼÌ
iÊÕVÃVÕÃÊ>ÝiÌiÃÊ>`Ê`iÃÀiÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÌiÝÌÊ«ÀÛiý° 41 The therapeutic or cathartic aspects of watching frighti}Ê ÛiÃÊ «À}ÀiÃÃÊ vÀÊ ÛÕÌ>ÀÞÊ ÃÕLÃÃÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ >}i]Ê Ê Ü
>ÌÊ >ÀÊ `iÃVÀLiÃÊ>ÃÊ>Ê>ÃV
ÃÌV]ÊLÕÌÊ>VÌÛiÊiLÀ>ViÊvʼÌ
iÊ«i>ÃÕÀiÊvÊÕ«i>ÃÕÀi½° 42 Although it seems somewhat limiting that the only form of active pleasure a woman ëiVÌ>ÌÀÊ}
ÌÊ`iÀÛiÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊÃÊ>ÊÛ>À>ÌÊÊ>ÃV
Ã]ÊÌ
iÊÀi
i>ÀÃ>ÊvÊ vi>ÀÃ]ÊVÕ`}ÊÌ
iÊvi>ÀÊvÊ`i>Ì
ÊÌÃiv]ÊÜÕ`Ê>««i>ÀÊÌÊLiÊ>Ê`ii«Ãi>Ìi`ÊvÕVÌÊvÊ our response to narration in mainstream film.43 We might reasonably suppose that the same psychic mechanisms are at work in our contemplation of more spatialised evocations of thanatos (the Freudian death drive) encountered in artists’ installations such as Bill Viola’s Nantes TriptychÊ£Ó®]Ê>ÊÜÀÊÌ
>ÌÊvi>ÌÕÀiÃÊvÌ>}iÊvÊ
ÃÊ dying mother. vÊÌ
iÊÕÃÕLÃÌ>Ì>Ìi`]ÊëiVÕ>ÌÛiÊÌ
iÀiÃÊvÊ«ÃÞV
>>ÞÃÃÊ>««i`ÊÌÊwÊv>Ê ÌÊVÛVi]ÊÜiÊV>ÊÌÕÀÊÌÊ-ÌÕ>ÀÌÊ>]ÊÜ
ÊÊ
ÃÊ£näÊiÃÃ>Þʼ V`}É iV`}½Ê argued persuasively against the passive model of spectatorship using a formulation derived from reception theory. 44ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊ>]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊ>ÊiÛÌ>LiÊÃ>ÌV
Ê LiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊÌi`i`Êi>}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ«À`ÕViÀ]ʼÌ
iÊ`>ÌÊV`i½Ê>`ÊÜ
>ÌÊÃÊÕÌ>ÌiÞÊ`iV`i`Ê>`ÊÕ`iÀÃÌ`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ]Ê>Ê«ÀLiÊ
iÊ`iÌwi`Ê«ÀV«>ÞÊ in the transmission and reception of television broadcasts. Although much of what we see on the big and small screen promulgates a world view that we generally acVi«ÌÊ>ÃÊ>Ê}Ûi]Ê>ÊÜ>ÃÊVÛVi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊV>ÊiÛiÀÌ
iiÃÃÊÌ>iÊÕ«Ê>Ê««ÃÌ>Ê ÃÌ>ViÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃV>ÊÀ`iÀÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì]Ê>`ʼÀiÌÌ>âiÊQÌÃRÊiÃÃ>}iÊ within some alternative frame of reference’. 45 If mainstream fare is as malleable as Hall suggests then how much more open to interpretation is the ambiguous terrain vÊ>ÀÌÃÌýÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>̶ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊViÀÌ>ÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊÌiÌÊÌ
>ÌÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÃ
Õ`ÊÀiÃÃÌÊÌ
iÊÕ`iÀÞ}ÊÀ
iÌÀVÊvÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊwÃÆÊ`ii`Ê`>]Ê-Ü]Ê Le Grice et al. hoped dissention would be directed towards the implied iniquities of ÞÜ`°ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ½ÃÊ««ÃÌ>ʼ`iV`}½ÊVÕ`ÊÕÃÌÊ>ÃÊi>ÃÞÊ«ÀÛ`iÊ>ÊVÕÌiÀÀi>`}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊi>}ÃÊÌi`i`ÊLÞÊw>iÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ`>]Ê>`ÊÊ ÞÊiÝ«iÀiVi]ÊÌ
iÊiÝiÀVÃiÊvÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌÛiÊvÀii`ÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊÃÊ rarely welcomed by its practitioners. In order to demonstrate the polysemy of moving image culture in general and Ì
iÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊÀ>}iÊvÊi>}ÃÊiLi``i`ÊÊ>Ê`Û`Õ>ÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÊÃ
>ÊiÝamine a single work: BearÊ £Î®Ê LÞÊ -ÌiÛiÊ V+Õii°Ê Bear is a single-screen film installation featuring two naked wrestlers circling each other in a veiled allusion to the famous homoerotic fight scene in Women in LoveÊiÊ,ÕÃÃi]ʣȮ°Ê/
iÊÌiÃiÊ
152
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
>`Êi}>ÌVÊ>}iÊvÊÌ
iÊL>VÊL`iÃÊVi`ÊÊÕÌÕ>Ê«ÃÌÕÀ}ÊqÊ
>vÊÃi`ÕVÌ]Ê
>vÊ«Õ}ÃÌVÊÌ
Ài>ÌÊqÊVÕ`ÊLiÊÀi>`ÊÛ>ÀÕÃÞÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÀiviÀiViÊÌÊV>Ê
ÃÌÀÞ]Ê>Ê ViiLÀ>ÌÊvÊ>iÊÃiÝÕ>ÌÞ]Ê>Ê«ÃÌÛiÊÀiÊ`iÊvÀÊÞÕ}ÊLÞÃÊÃii}ÊëÀÌ}Ê
iÀiÃÊÀÊ>ÊLiVÌÊvÊvi>ÀÊÊÌ
iÊ«i`ÊÛiViÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀiÀýÊÛiiÌÃ°Ê >VÊ >Õ`iViÃÊ Ê «>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÊ }
ÌÊ `À>ÜÊ Ã«À>ÌÊ vÀÊ iÛ`iViÊ vÊ V+Õii½ÃÊ professional successes (presaging his later triumphs in mainstream film). We might also follow Richard Dyer’s lead in his 1982 article in which he recast the image of the >iÊL`ÞÊ>ÃÊ>ʼÃÕÀViÊvÊiÀÌVÊÛÃÕ>Ê«i>ÃÕÀiÊvÀÊiÊ>`ÊÜi½] 46 an enrichment of signification that encompasses the black male bodies featured in Bear.47 /
iÊÜÀÊ}
ÌÊ>ÃÊ«ÀÛ`iÊv``iÀÊvÀÊ>ÊvÀ>Ê>>ÞÃÃÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌýÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`i]ÊÌ
iÊ iµÕ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iʼÃÊvÊÌ
iÊw½ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃÕÀv>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊL`iÃÊ`i«VÌi`°ÊÊÞÊV>Ãi]Ê Ì
iÊÜÀÊëÀi`Ê«ÀvÕ`Ê>`À>ÌÊ>`]Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌi]ÊiÝ>ëiÀ>ÌÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ spurious insistence on spectatorial mobility that leads galleries to refuse adequate Ãi>Ì}ÊÌÊ«iÃiÀðÊÃÊ iÀ`ÀiÊi``Ê>À}Õi`]ÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÃʼ>VÌÛiÞÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊ i}>}i`ÊÊ>ÀÀ>Ì}Ê>`ÊÌÀ>Ã>Ì}]Ê>««À«À>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÞÊÊÀ`iÀÊÌÊ>iÊÌÊ
iÀÊ ÃÌÀÞ½] 48Ê>`Êi>V
ÊÃÌÀÞÊÜÊLiÊ`vviÀiÌ°ÊÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÜ>ÞÊÌ
>ÌÊÃL}ÃÊÀ>ÀiÞÊiÝ«iÀiVi`ÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊV
`
`Ã]ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊvÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊiÛiÀÊÃiiÊ iÝ>VÌÞÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÜÀ°Ê The meaning of a work is multiple and polymorphous and any instance of interpretation largely depends on who is doing the looking. The person engaged in active ÌÀ>Ã>VÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ>ÃÊLÀ}ÃÊÌÊÌÊ
iÀÊ`Û`Õ>ÊviÊ
ÃÌÀÞ]Ê
iÀÊLiivÊÃÞÃÌiÃ]Ê«ÌV>Ê>vw>ÌÃÊ>`Ê
iÀÊ>ëÀ>ÌÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊvÕÌÕÀi]ÊÌÊÌÊiÌ]Ê>ÃÊ6>Ê Ài`i`ÊÕÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>i`ÃV«iÊvÊiÀiÃÊvÊ>ÊÌ
iÊwÃ]ÊÛ`iÃ]ÊÌiiÛÃÊÃ
ÜÃÊ and installations she has ever seen. Not only are the autobiographical specificities vÊi>V
ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>ÊÃÕLiVÌÊVÀÌV>ÊÌÊ>ÊÀi>`}ÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÀÊVÌiÝÌÕ>Ê factors come into play. The historical moment in which the work is screened will inyiVÌÊÌÃÊi>}ÆÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊÃ>ÜÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊÃÝ]Êi>ÀÞÊÜÀÃÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ >ÌÀÃÊ ÊÕÃÌÀ>>]ÊÃ
ÌÊÊÌ
iÊLÕÃ
Ê>ÀÕ`Ê >LiÀÀ>ÊÜiÀiÊvÀ>ÞÊÀ>`V>ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê 1970s but today take on additional meaning as historical records of an Aboriginal >`ÃV>«iÊ ÜÊ ÃÜ>«i`Ê LÞÊ ÕÀiÃÌÀVÌi`Ê ÕÀL>Ê iÝ«>Ã°Ê Ê ÜÀÊ ÜÊ >ÃÊ LiÊ coloured by the institutional setting in which it is located – from the modest artistÀÕʼ>ÌiÀ>ÌÛi½Ê}>iÀÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊ}À>`iÃÌÊvÊ>Ì>ÊÕÃiÕðÊÌÊÃÊ>Ài`ÊvÕÀÌ
iÀÊ by the economic conditions of its production and reception as well as the critical reëÃiÊÌ
>ÌÊ}ÛiÃÊÌÊi}Ì>VÞÊÀÊ`ii`]ÊLÞÊÃiViÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊ«ÀiÃÃÊÌ
>ÌÊVÕÌÃÊÃ
ÀÌÊ its life. All of these factors taken in aggregate lead us to conclude that the meaning of a moving image installation is multi-layered and indeterminate. Change any one of these variables and the work is potentially transformed. Where Stuart Hall championed the agency of the spectator based on her ability to `iV`iÊ>ÃÌÀi>ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÌÊÃÕÌÊ
iÀÊÜÊ>}i`>]ÊÀiÊÀiViÌÊwÊÌ
iÀÞÊ has figured the viewer continually linking and comparing the image presented to
THE DIALECTICS OF SPECTATORSHIP
153
iÀÊÜÊiÝ«iÀiViÃÊqÊ>Ê`ÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>ÊÀi>ÌÞÊÌiÃÌ}°Ê>VµÕiÃÊ,>VmÀiÊÌÀ`ÕVi`ÊÌ
iÊ`i>ÊvÊÌ
iʼi>V«>Ìi`ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ½ÊL>Ãi`ÊÊ
ÃÊLÃiÀÛ>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
i>ÌÀiÊ ÊÜ
V
]Ê
iÊÃ>`]ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊ
>ÀiÃÃiÃÊÌ
iʼÀi>Ã}Ê`ÃÌ>Vi½ÊÌ
iÊÛiÊiÛiÌÊ>vvÀ`Ã]Ê>`ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÌ
ÕÃÊ>Ì>ÊÌ
iÀÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊÃiiÊ>`ÊÌ
° 49Êv]Ê>ÃÊ,>VmÀiÊ VÌi`Ã]ÊÜiÊ«ÀiÃiÀÛiÊÕÀÊVÀÌV>Êv>VÕÌiÃÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊ>ÊÃÌ>}i`ÊÜÀ]Ê>ÊiµÕ>ÞÊ ¼ÃÌ>}i`½ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÃÊ}ÛiÃÊÀÃiÊÌÊ>VÌÛiÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌ>Ì]Ê>`ʼÌiÀpreting the world is already a means of transforming it’.50Ê,>VmÀi½ÃÊ«ÌÃÊÜ>ÃÊ ÀiViÌÞÊÀiÌiÀ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊ,>Þ`Ê iÕÀÊvÀÊÜ
ÊiÛiÊÌ
iÊLi]ÊÃi>Ìi`ÊëiVÌ>tor in a movie theatre engages positively with the spectacle. In a reversal of recent ÌÀi`ÃÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌÕ`ÞÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«]Ê iÕÀÊ
>ÃÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃi`Ê«
ÞÃV>ÊÃÌ>ÃÃÊ>ÃÊ>Ê `iV`i`Ê>`Û>Ì>}iÊLiV>ÕÃiÊÌʼ}ÛiÃÊvÀii`ÊvÀÊiÌ>Ê>VÌÛÌÞ½51 and for the moLÃ>ÌÊvÊiÀÞ°ÊÊÌ
ÃÊÀiëiVÌ]Ê iÕÀÊÃÊiV
}Ê-VÀ>ÌiÃÊÜ
]Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ *>Ì]Ê`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
>Ìʼ«ÕÀiÊÜi`}i½ÊVÕ`ÊÞÊLiÊ>V
iÛi`ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊ`ÊÃʼvÀii`Ê from the shackles of the body’. 52 Bellour also echoes Donna Harraway who champii`ÊÌ
iÊVÞLÀ}Ê>ÃÊ>Ê>ÌiÀ>ÌÛiÊÌÊL}V>Ê`iÌiÀÃ]53Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊi>ÕÃÊ >Õ`ÀÞ]ÊÜ
Êi`Üi`ÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÜiÀÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ÊÜ>Þv>À}ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊ ¼Ê}iÀÊviÌÌiÀi`ÊLÞÊ>ÊL`Þ]ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ>ÜÃÊvÊ>ÌÌiÀÊ>`ÊÌi½° 54ÊvÊÌ
iÀiÊ>ÀiʼÊÀiÊ >ÃÃ}>LiÊÌÃÊÌÊÌÃÊ`ë>Vii̽]ÊÌ
iÊÌ
iʼÌÀ>ÃVi`iÌ>ÊÃÕLiV̽Ê>V
iÛiÃÊ>Ê ViÀÌ>Ê«ÜiÀÊÊÌ
iÊiÝiÀVÃiÊvÊÌÃÊ>}>Ì°55
COMPLICIT AND EMPATHIC SPECTATORSHIP 7Ì
Ê«ÜiÀÊViÃÊÀiëÃLÌÞÊ>`ÊV
iiÊ>ÀÊÀ>ÃiÃÊÌ
iÊÃÃÕiÊvÊÌ
iʼiÛÌ>LiÊ V«VÌÞÊ°°°ÊÌ
>ÌÊiÃÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ
i>ÀÌÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«½]ÊiëiV>ÞÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊLÃVii]Ê violent or potentially unethical material. 56 Does one participate in the ongoing misery vÊÌ
iÊ>V
VÃÊ>Ê7i>À}ÊÛÌi`ÊÌÊ
iÀÊÃÌÕ`Ê>`Ê«i`ÊÜÌ
Ê`À]ÊÌ
iÀÊ`ÀÕen behaviour forming the material for her video installation DrunkÊÓää䮶ÊÜÊ`iÃÊ Ì
iÊÜÀÊ`iyiVÌÊÌ
iʼÀÀiëÃLÌÞÊÀÊiÕÌÀ>ÌÞÊvÊ}ʽ¶57 Aaron’s answer is that only works that insistently and uncomfortably foreground the spectatorship vÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊ>Û`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊV
>À}iÊvÊV«VÌÞ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÊÌ
iÊiÝ>«iÃÊ >ÀÊ«ÀÛ`iÃ]Ê«ÀV«>ÞÊ }iÊwÃ]Ê>`Ê`ii`ÊÊ7i>À}½ÃÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊÕÃÃÊ>`Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÃÊvÊ>ÃÌÀi>Êi`>Ê>ÀiÊL>ÀiÞÊLÀi>V
i`Ê>`]Ê ÊÞÊÛiÜ]Ê>ÃÊiÀÃ]ÊÜiÊÀi>Ê«V>Ìi`ÊÊÌ
iÊVÀÕiÌÞÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>ÃÊLiiÊÃÌ>}i`Ê vÀÊÕÀÊiÌiÀÌ>iÌ°Ê-«iVÌ>ÌÀ>ÊÕi>ÃiÊ
>ÃÊViÀÌ>ÞÊLiiÊ>V
iÛi`ÆÊ
ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÊ would argue that the only truly ethical stance would involve looking away. ÊÌ
iÊ`ÃVÕÃÃÊÃÊv>À]ÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÛiÀi`ÊÌ
iÊÃÃÕiÊvÊi«>Ì
Þ]Ê>ÊÀiëÃiÊ Ì
>ÌÊÜiÊ}
ÌÊ
>ÛiÊiÝ«iVÌi`Ê7i>À}½ÃÊV>ÃÌÊvÊ>V
VÃÊÌÊiVÌ°ÊÊ£nÇÎ]Ê,LiÀÌÊ Vischer concluded that empathy necessitates a suspension of the ego in favour vÊ Ì
iÊ ÃÕLiVÌÊ Ê ÛiÜ]Ê Ü
Ê ÃÊ ÀiV}Ãi`Ê >ÃÊ Ã>ÀÊ ÌÊ ÕÀÃiÛið 58 Beyond our
154
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
identification with the alcoholics in DrunkʼÌ
iÀiÊLÕÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ}À>ViÊvÊ`Ê}ʽ®]Ê>Ì
iÀ]Ê «>À>iÊ ÌiÀ«iÀÃ>Ê VÀÀië`iViÊ iÝÃÌÃÊ LiÌÜiiÊ Ì
iÊ ÛiÜiÀÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ >ÀÌÃÌ]ÊÊÌ
ÃÊV>ÃiÊ7i>À}]ÊÜ
Ê«>`ÊÌ
iÊ`ÀÕÃÊʵÕiÃÌÊÌÊ>««i>ÀÊÊ
iÀÊÜÀ°Ê 7iÊ>ÀiÊiÞÊÌÊ>V
iÛiÊ>ʼ
iÌiÀ«>Ì
V½Êi«>Ì
ÞÊÜÌ
Ê7i>À}]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊ>VÜedges the distance between ourselves as viewers and the artist as producer. 59 ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÜiÊ}
ÌÊw`ÊÕÀÊÃÞ«>Ì
iÃÊiÛ>«À>ÌiÊ>ÃÊÜiʵÕiÃÌÊÌ
iÊiÌ
VÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ «iVi]Ê >`Ê >Ã]Ê ÜÕ`Ê ÜiÊ
>ÛiÊ `iÊ Ì
ö60 Such an interrogation might limit our feelings of empathy towards Wearing as we wrestle with the ambiguity of her potenÌ>ÞÊiÝ«Ì>ÌÛiÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊÌÊ
iÀÊÃÕLiVÌðÊ7iÊ}
ÌÊ>ÃʵÕiÃÌÊ
iÀÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊ feel compassion for the people whose addiction she transformed into a large-scale i`>ÊëiVÌ>Vi]ÊÜ
iÀiÊÊÕ>Ê-Ì>>LÀ>ÃýÃÊÜÀ`Ã]ÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊÛÌi`ÊÌʼ
`>ÞÊÊ other peoples’ misery’.61
A NOTE ON THE MOBILE SPECTATOR ÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`]Ê>ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊVÀ̵ÕiÃÊvÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ and 1970s were based on the view that traditional forms of moving image involve the gradual contamination of vulnerable minds by the ideologies of the state (capiÌ>î°Ê/
ÃÊ«ÀViÃÃÊÜ>ÃÊÕ`iÀÃÌ`ÊÌÊLiÊ>`i`Ê>`Ê>LiÌÌi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊwÝi`]ÊÃi>Ìi`]Ê regimented and muted positions we adopt when indulging in these dangerous forms vÊVi>ÌVÊ«i>ÃÕÀi°Ê-ViÊÌ
i]Ê>ÊiÜÊÀ>`V>ÌÞÊvÀÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ
>ÃÊ been claimed based on the liberation of the viewer from the restrictions of sedenÌ>ÀÞÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«°Ê Àii`Ê vÊ ÛiiÌ]Ê ÌÊ Ü>ÃÊ Ã>`]Ê ÜÕ`Ê v>VÌ>ÌiÊ >Ê >VÌÛiÊ i}>}iiÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ°Ê À>Ê >ÃÊ
>ÃÊ
}
}
Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ>LÃÕÀ`ÌÞÊvʼVy>Ì}Ê physical stasis with regressive mystification and physical ambulation with criticality’.62Ê Ì}Ê iiÕâi]Ê >ÃÊ
>ÃÊ>ÃÊ>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊv>ÀÊvÀÊ`ÕV}ÊÊÌ
iÊVÃÕiÀÊ VÀÌV>ÊÌ
Õ}
ÌvÕiÃÃ]Ê«iÀ«iÌÕ>ÊÌÊÃÊÌ
iÊV`ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊLiÃÌÊÃiÀÛiÃÊÌ
iÊÌiÀiÃÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝ«iÀiViÊiVްʼ/ÊVÀVÕ>ÌiÊ>`Ê«>ÀÌV«>Ìi½]ÊÃ
iÊLÃiÀÛiÃʼ>ÀiÊ LÞÊÊi>ÃÊ>VÌÛÌiÃÊvÊÀiÃÃÌ>Vi½ÊLÕÌÊiÊÜ`ÜÃ
««}]ÊÌ
iÞÊÀi«À`ÕViʼÌ
iÊ perceptual regimes of mass culture’. 63 There is also the view that mobility allows us ÌÊÃiiÊÃÌ>i`ÊÜÀÃÊÊÜ>ÞÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÕ`ÊiÕ`iÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÌVÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ°ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊÌÜ]ÊÊ made a case for the potential of gallery goers to deconstruct the image by getting up VÃiÊiÕ}
ÊÌÊÀi>`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÝiÃÊÀiÊ`vwVÕÌÊÜÌ
Ê
}
Ê`iwÌ®°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊëÞÊ Ü>}Ê«>ÃÌÊ>ÊÃ}iÊÀÊ`ÕLiÃVÀiiÊ«ÀiVÌÊqÊÜ
>ÌÊÃÌÊvÊÕÃÊ`ÊqÊ`iÃÊÌÊ substantially change the image we see. It looks much the same from anywhere in Ì
iÊÀ°Ê-«iVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÌi`ÊÌÊ«>ÕÃiÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ`i>ÊÛiÜ}Ê«ÃÌ]ÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ iÊÌ
iÞÊÜÕ`ÊVVÕ«ÞÊÊ>ÊVi>]ÊÜ>ÌV
Ê>Ü
iÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÛiÊ°64 ÃÊiÊÀViÊ«Ìi`ÊÕÌ]ÊiÊvÊÌ
iÊ`Ã>`Û>Ì>}iÃÊvÊiVÕÀ>}}Ê>Õ`iViÃÊÌÊ drift through the gallery is that their commitment to the duration of a work cannot
THE DIALECTICS OF SPECTATORSHIP
155
LiÊ}Õ>À>Ìii`°Ê/
iÊiÜÞʼi>V«>Ìi`½ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ]ÊLÀÜÃ}ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊiÊ>ÊVÕÌÕÀ>Ê flaneur can simply walk past if not immediately grabbed by the installation. Although Ì
iÊÀi`ÕVi`Ê>ÌÌiÌÊë>ÊvÊÌ
iʼi`>LLi`½ÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊÛiÜiÀÊÃÊÕ`ÕLÌi`ÞÊ>Êv>VÌÀ]Ê>ÊÀiÕVÌ>ViÊÌÊÃÌ>ÞÊÌ
iÊVÕÀÃiÊvÊ>ÊwÊ«ÀiVÌÊÃÊiÝ>ViÀL>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ lure of other elements in a multi-media work. Like the Parisian arcades and pleasure }>À`iÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊv>ÃV>Ìi`Ê7>ÌiÀÊ i>]ÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊÕÃiÕÊiÝ
LÌÃÊ>`Ê viÃÌÛ>ÃÊ>ÃÊvi>ÌÕÀiÊ>Ê>ÀÀ>ÞÊvÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌÃ]ÊÜ
>ÌÊ >ÃÊ`iÃ}>Ìi`ÊÌ
iʼi`iÃÃÊ «>À>`iÊvÊLiVÌÃÊÌÊLiÊVÃÕi`½°65ÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊ}ÀÕ«ÊÃ
ÜÃ]ÊÌ
iÊiÝÌÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÃÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊLiV}ÊÌ>Ì>Ã}ÞÊÊÌ
iÊi`}iÊvÊ«iÀ«
iÀ>ÊÛÃ]ÊÌÃÊÃÕ`Ê Lii`}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`ÊÌÀ>VÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÕ`iÀÊi`>ÌiÊVÃ`iÀ>Ì°Ê i>½ÃÊ ¼`ÃÌÀ>VÌi`½ÊÛiÜiÀ]ÊÀ>Ãi`ÊÊ>ÊÃVÀiiÃ>ÛiÀÊVÕÌÕÀiÊvÊVÃÌ>ÌÞÊÀivÀiÃ
}Ê>}iÃ]Ê can be particularly hard to snare especially with works featuring long sequences of À>Ü]ÊÕi`Ìi`ÊvÌ>}iÊÊÜ
V
ÊÛiÀÞÊÌÌiÊÃÊ
>««i}°Ê
ÀÃÊ >ÀiÊ
>ÃÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ}>iÀÞÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`i]ÊÊÃÜ}ÊÌ
iÊ«>Vi]ÊvviÀÊÀiëÌiÊvÀʼÌ
iÊ>}iÊÃÌÀ½]Ê ÞiÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ>ÕÀiÊ`iÀÃÊV>i`ʼ`vwVÕ̽ÊwÊvÌiÊ`i>`ÃÊÀiÊ«>ÌiViÊ>`ÊÌÊ great an effort of the imagination for the average contemporary spectator to draw vÀÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊV
iÀiÌÊi>}°ÊÃÊ>ÊÀiÃÕÌ]ÊV}ÌÛiÊ`ÃÃ>Vi]ÊÀÊÜ
>ÌÊ*iÌiÀÊ Osborne regards as the failureÊvÊ`ÃÌÀ>VÌ]ÊÌÀ}}iÀÃÊvii}ÃÊvÊ>ÝiÌÞÊÊÌ
iÊÛiÜer.66ÊÀÌÕ>ÌiÞ]ÊÌ
ÃÊ`ÃVvÀÌÊÃʵÕVÞÊ>iÛ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌÕÀ}ÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊÜÀÃÊÊ Ì
iÊë>Vi]ÊLÞÊV
>ÌÌ}ÊÌÊvÀi`Ã]ÊÀÊLÞÊ«iÀÕÃ}ÊÌ
iÊiÝ«>>ÌÀÞÊÜ>«ÀÌi`ÊÌiÃÊ devised by the curators – although these can be a challenge in themselves. Osborne makes a similar point when he observes that the general environment of the gallery ¼Ì
iÊÃ}
ÌÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÛiÜiÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊLi}Õ}Ê>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀiÊvÊ}>iÀÞë>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜÊÕÌÊ vÊÌ
iÊÜ`ܽ]ÊÌ}iÌ
iÀ]ʼ«ÀÛ`iÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÃÃÕÀ>ViÊvÊ«ÃÃLiÊ`ÃÌÀ>VÌý°67 Should Ì
iÊ`vwVÕÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÃ`iÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊ«ÀÛiÊÌÊ}Ài>ÌÊ>ÊV
>i}i]ÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊ free to leave. -«iVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê>ÌÌiÌÊ`iwVÌÊ
>ÃÊViÀÌ>ÞÊLiiÊiÝ>ViÀL>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÛiÀÃ>ÌÕÀ>tion of the digital moving image in galleries and in both civic and domestic spaces. In ëÌiÊvÊÌiV
V>Ê`iÛi«iÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊi>Li`ÊÕÌÃVÀiiÊÜÀÃ]Ê>À}iÃV>i]Ê
}
Ê `iwÌÊ«ÀiVÌÃ]Ê>ÌÕÀÃi`Ê Ê`iÛViÃ]ÊÌiÀ>VÌÛiÊV«iÌÃÊ>`Ê`>ââ}Ê`}Ì>ÊivviVÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ
>ÃÊÃÌÊÕV
ÊvÊÌÃÊÛiÌÞÊÛ>ÕiÊ>`ÊÜÀÃÊ V>ÊLiViÊÜ
>ÌÊ7>ÊÀÀ}>Ê`iÃVÀLiÃÊ>ÃʼÕÃÌÊ>Ì
iÀÊiÛ>iÃViÌÊ«>ÌV
ÊvÊ light’ drifting in a sea of clones.68Ê VVÀ`}Ê ÌÊ ÀÀ}>]Ê Û`iÊ >ÀÌÊ >`]Ê ÜiÊ }
ÌÊ add the advent of video-streaming on the Internet) is responsible for desensitis}Ê ÛÃÌÀÃÊ ÌÊ i`>L>Ãi`Ê ÃÌ>>ÌÃ\Ê ¼Û`iÊ
>ÃÊ Ì>Õ}
ÌÊ ÕÃÊ ÌÊ «>ÃÃÊ LÞÊ >}iÃÊ as nineteenth-century viewers passed by lighted shop windows’. 69 The browsing }>iÀÞ}iÀÃÊ>ÀiÊViÀÌ>ÞÊÜ}ÊÌÊ>ÌÌi`]Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊÃ}>ÌÕÀiÊÛiÕiÃÊiÊÌ
iÊ />ÃÊ>ÌÊ/>ÌiÊ`iÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ*«`ÕÊ iÌÀiÊÀÊÌ
iÊ7
ÌiÞÊÕÃiÕ]ÊLÕÌÊ
ÜÊ`iÃÊ an artist make them stay long enough to hear and see the arguments of their work or Ì
iÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ʵÕ>ÌiÃÊ`i«i`iÌÊÊ`ÕÀ>ÌÊ>`Ê>ÌÌi̶
156
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
STRATEGIES FOR SUSTAINING SPECTATORIAL ATTENTION Practitioners must face the challenge of designing a work for the once-captive Vi>ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÜÊÌÀ>ÃvÀi`ÊÌÊ>ÊÕ«Ài`VÌ>Li]ÊLÀÜÃ}Ê>`]Ê>ÌÊÌiÃ]Ê ÕÀiyiVÌÛiÊ>ÀÌÊVÃÕiÀ°ÊiÊ >Ã]Ê6iÀÊ*>ÌiLÕÀ}ÊÃÊV>ÕÌÕÃ]Ê«Ì}ÊÕÌÊ Ì
>ÌÊiÌ
iÀÊVi>ÊÀÊë>Ì>Ãi`ÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊV>Ê}Õ>À>Ìiiʼ>ÌÌiÌÛiÊ«iÀVi«ÌýÊi>`}ÊÌʼÀiyiVÌÊ>`Ê>ÊVÀÌV>Ê>««À>V
½°70ÊÀiÊ«ÃÌÛiÞ]Ê*iÌiÀÊ"ÃLÀiÊ regards the new forms of fractured attention played out among installations of the Û}Ê>}iÊ>ÃÊviÀÌiÊÌiÀÀ>ÊvÀÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃ]ÊiëiV>ÞÊvÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÀiÊ>LiÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiʼiÜÊ reflective rhythms of absorption and distraction’.71Ê>ÌiÊ`V
Ê
>ÃÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`Ê that artists take full advantage of the enduring enchantments of the flickering ÃVÀii]Ê>`]ÊÊÜÕ`Ê>``]ÊÌ
iÞÊ`ÊÃÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊ
ÃÌÀV>ÞÊi}>}i`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É >ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊ«ÀiVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃÊÀÊiLÀi`ÊÊÀiÊÀiViÌÊ«ÃÌ`iÀ]ÊÀi>Ì>Ê or speculative realist alignments. Artists of whatever persuasion work with moving >}iÊLiV>ÕÃiÊvÊÌÃÊ«ÜiÀÊÌÊLi}Õi°Ê7
iÀiÊÀÀ}>ÊÃiiÃʼÕÃÌÊ>Ì
iÀÊ«>ÌV
ÊvÊ }
̽]Ê`V
Êi«
>ÃÃiÃÊÌ
iÊ>}iÌVÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii]ÊÜ
V
]ÊÃ
iÊÃ>ÞÃÊ ¼ÃÃÌiÌÞÊÃVÌÃÊÌ
iÊLÃiÀÛiÀ½ÃÊ}>âi½°72Ê-
iʵÕÌiÃÊÌ
iÊiÕÀ}ÃÌÊ
ÀÃÌvÊV
Ê Ü
ÊÀi>ÀÃÊÌ
>ÌʼÌÊÌ>iÃÊÜvÕÊivvÀÌÊÌÊ>Û`Ê}>V}Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÃÊÊÌ
iÊ TV placed above the bar’.73Ê/
ÃÊ>À}ÕiÌÊ>}ÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iʼ«VÌÀ>ÊÌÕÀ½Ê««Õ>ÀÃi`Ê ÊÌ
iÊ£äÃÊLÞÊ7°Ê°Ê/°ÊÌV
iÊÜ
ÊiÛ>Õ>Ìi`Ê>}iÃÊ>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊÌÀÃVÊ «ÜiÀ]ÊÌ
iÀÊi`ÕÀ}ÊÛÌ>ÌÞ]Ê>ÊvÀViÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ>iÃÊ«ÃÃiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ°74 /Ê
`ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ]ÊV>ÃÃVÊVi>Ê
>ÃÊÀii`ÊÊÌ
iÊV
>ÀÃÊvÊÃÌÀÞÌi}]ÊÌ
iÊ iÌÛiÊ«ÜiÀÊvÊÕÃV>ÊÃÕ`ÌÀ>VÃ]ÊÃ}Ê>`Ê`>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊ}>ÕÀÊvÊÛiÊÃÌ>ÀÃ]Ê Ì
iÊÃÕ«ÌÕÕÃiÃÃÊvÊÃViiÀÞÊ>`ÊVÃÌÕiÃ]ÊÌÊÌÊiÌÊÌ
iÊvÀÃÃÊvÊ«>À>Vi>ÌVÊViiLÀÌÞÊ}Ãë]Ê>ÊvÊÜ
V
ÊVëÀiÊÌÊwÝÊ«i«iÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊÃi>ÌðÊ>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ have now resorted to the strategies that created the cinematic traditions from Ü
V
ÊÌ
iÞÊÜiÀiÊÞÊÀiViÌÞÊÃÊiiÊÌÊLiÀ>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ°ÊÊÌ
iÊ£äÃ]ÊÃ>>VÊ ÕiÊÀiVÀi>Ìi`ÊÞÜ`ÊVÃÌÕiÊ`À>>ÃÊÜÌ
Ê
ÃÊÕÃiÊvÊ«iÀ`Ê`ÀiÃÃÊÜ
iÊ->Ê Taylor-Wood enlisted her celebrity friends to add their fairy dust to her work. Artists >`Ê w>iÀÃÊ vÀÊ >ÞiÊ *>ÀiÀÊ ÌÊ >Ê `iÊ iÀÊ
>ÛiÊ ÜÀi`Ê ÜÌ
Ê «ÀviÃÃ>ÊÕÃV>ÃÊ>`Ê`>ViÀÃ]Ê>`Ê Õ}>ÃÊÀ`Ê
>ÃÊÌÀ>i`Ê
ÃÊiÃÊÊÕÃÊvÌL>iÀ°ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜÊvÀiµÕiÌÞÊÀi«V>ÌiÊÌ
iÊ
i>-V«iÊiLÀ>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊÜ`iÊÛiÊÃVÀii]ÊÀÊV>ÊiÛiÀÞÊÜ>Ê>`ÊÃÕÀv>ViÊÊ >Êë>ViÊÜÌ
Ê«ÀiVÌi`Ê}
ÌÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊiÀÃÛiÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊÃÊvÕÞÊÀi>Ãi`°ÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊÛ`i]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>ÞÊÕÌ«ÞÊÌ
iÊÌÀÃÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊÕiÌ>Ê sculptural installations along the lines of stacked-monitor works from the 1970s by >ÊÕiÊ*>ÊÀÊ >Û`Ê>°ÊiÀiÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>ÊÃV>iÊÃÊÕÃi`ÊÌÊÌ}>ÌiÊÌ
iÊ`ÃÌ>V}Ê ivviVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊL>ÀiÊÌiV
}ÞÆÊÌ
iÞÊÛiÀÜ
iÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÜÌ
ÊÛ`iʼÜÀÌÊ>À}i½]Ê as Hall was fond of saying.
THE DIALECTICS OF SPECTATORSHIP
157
-iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ>ÀÊiÜÃÊ>`ÊÕ>Ê,Ãivi`ÌÊ
>ÛiÊ`ivÌÞÊ >««À«À>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊiLi>ÌVÊÌiV
µÕiÃÊvÊViÀV>Êw]ÊÌ
iÊ«>À>VÊÛÃÌ>Ã]Ê Ì
iÊÃÜÊ«>Ã]ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>V}ÊÃ
ÌÃÊ>`]ÊÊiÜýÃÊV>Ãi]ÊÌ
iÊV>ÃÃVÊÌÀ>ëÀÌÊ`iÛViÊ vÊL>VÊ«ÀiVÌ°Ê"Ì
iÀÃ]ÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ>ÌÌ
iÜÊ >ÀiÞÊÊ
ÃÊi«VÊCremaster Cycle]Ê
>ÛiÊ revamped surrealist film with Hollywood production values embellished by elaboÀ>ÌiÊÃiÌÃ]ÊiÝÌVÊV>ÌÃÊ>`Êv>Ì>ÃÌV>ÊVÃÌÕiÃ]ÊÜ
>ÌÊ À>Ê >ÃÊ
>ÃÊÜÀÞÞÊ `iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃÊ>ʼ«>À>`iÊvÊÃÕÀv>ViÃÊ«À«iÀÊÌÊ>Ê«iÀvÕiÊ>`ÛiÀÌÃii̽°75ÊÕÃÌÊÌÊLiÊ ViÀÌ>ÊvÊÌ
iÊ«>VÌÊvÊ
ÃÊÜÀ]Ê >ÀiÞÊ
>ÃÊÀiÌÕÀi`ÊÌ
iÊÜ
iÊ«À`ÕVÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ cinema where once again seated spectators feel compelled to stay the course of the Ü
iÊw°Ê7Ì
ÊÃÌ>i`Ê}>iÀÞÊÜÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊ>ÊÌi`iVÞÊÌÊiÌ
iÀÊLÕ`Ê>ÊVi>Ê within the space or limit the running times of any moving image element to about ÌiÊÕÌiÃÆÊÌ
iÊ>ÝÕÊiÊ}
ÌÊiÝ«iVÌÊ>Ê}>iÀÞ}iÀÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊV
ViÊÌÊ`iÛÌiÊ ÌÊ>ÊÜÀ°ÊÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ>Ê7i>À}]ÊÕÌÕ}ÊÌ>>Ê>`Ê-wÊ-`iÊ
>ÛiÊ iLÀ>Vi`ÊÌ
iÊ}ÊvÀÊ>`ÊÃÌÀ>Þi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÀÌÀÞÊvÊ`VÕiÌ>ÀÞ]ÊÊÌ
iÊ
«iÊ of capturing the viewer with the familiarity of narrative modes. Although they avoid Ì
iʼÛViÊvÊ`½Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÃÊvÊiÝ«ÃÌÀÞÊ`VÕiÌ>ÀiÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊiLÀ>ViÊi>ÀÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃÊ>`Ê>Û`Ê«VÌÀ>Ê>L}ÕÌÞ°Ê7i>À}]ÊÌ>>]Ê-`iÊ>`Ê*
Ê ÃÊ
>ÛiÊ>Ê >`«Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊvÀ>ÌÊvÊiÝÌi`i`]ÊVviÃÃ>ÊÌiÀÛiÜÃÊ>`ÊÊVÊÜÌ
ÊÀi>ÌÞÊ ÌiiÛÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊiÊÌ
iÊÕ`iÀÃ`iÊvÊÃViÌÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÊ>ÌiÀ>°Ê-«iVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÜÌiÃÃÊ Ì
iÊÃiÃ>Ì>ÊVviÃÃÃÊvÊ>V
VÃ]ÊÌÀ>Ã}i`iÀÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃ]ÊÌiÀÀÀÃÌÃ]ÊiÝ
LÌÃÌÃÊ>`Ê«ÀÃÌÌÕÌiÃ]ÊÌ
iÀÊviÊÃÌÀiÃÊi>ÌÞÊ«>V>}i`Ê>`ÊVÌ>i`ÊÜÌ
Ê the minimalist chic of modern gallery spaces. Ataman and Siden pique audience inÌiÀiÃÌÊLÞÊÕÌ«Þ}ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀýÊV
ViÃ]ÊvviÀ}ÊÕ«ÊÃiÛiÀ>ÊÃÕLiVÌÃÊÃV>ÌÌiÀi`Ê Ì
ÀÕ}
ÕÌÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊÊÌÀÃÊÀÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊqÊÃÕ>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊivviVÌÊ of the channel hopping we indulge in at home. Others have gone for the large-scale «ÌV>Ê ivviVÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ Û}Ê >}i]Ê vÀÊ Ê 6>½ÃÊ V>`iÃViÌÊ «ÀiVÌÃÊ vÊ w}ÕÀiÃÊ«Õ}}]ÊÊÃÜÊÌ]ÊÌÊÜ>ÌiÀ]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊV«ÕÌiÀ}iiÀ>Ìi`Ê`ÃÌÀÌÃÊ vÊ Ài>ÌÞÊ ÌÊ «ÕÀi]Ê iÀÃÛiÊ >LÃÌÀ>VÌÃÊ >V
iÛi`Ê LÞÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÃÕV
Ê >ÃÊ À`>Ê iÃ]Ê 7`ÞÊ >`Ê -Ìi>Ê 6>ÃÕ>]Ê 7>Ê >Ì
>Ê ÀÊ 9V
ÀÊ >Ü>}ÕÃ
°Ê ÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÃii]Ê>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜ
ÊLÀ>Ûi`ÊÌ
iÊ«iÊwi`ÊvÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÊ `iV>`iÃ]ÊvÀÊ >`ViÊ ÀiÌâÊÌÊ Õ}>ÃÊÀ`]Ê
>ÛiÊ«Õ`iÀi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀV
ÛiÊvÊwÊ as well as television history. They either sample found footage or restage moments vÀÊ ÛiÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊ Ì
iÀiLÞÊ ÀiiÝ«Ì}Ê Ì
iÊ >««i>Ê vÊ Ì
iÊ >ÃÌÀi>Ê À}>]Ê complete with high production values and immediately recognisable stars. Archival ÜÀÃÊy>ÌÌiÀÊÌ
iÊÛiÊLÕvvÊÊÕÃÊ>Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÞÊÀiÛÃÌÊÌ
iÊV
iÀÃ
i`ʼ}iÃÌÕÀiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ master-directors’.76ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÃÊÌÜi>ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÃÕvwViÌÞÊÌÊ>ÃÃiÀÌÊÌ
iÊ >ÀÌÃÌýÊÃ}>ÌÕÀiÊ>`ÊiÃÌ>LÃ
Ê
ÃÉ
iÀÊVVi«ÌÕ>ÊVÀi`iÌ>ÃÊ`ÀiÃÃi`ÊÊ>ÊÛiiiÀÊ vÊ`iÀ`>Þ]ʼ«Õ`iÀ«
V½ÊÀÞ°Ê There are those who believe that the only way to hold the viewer is to physically involve them in the resolution if not the creation of the work. We have already seen
158
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
how Gary Hill incorporated laser beams in Tall Ships (1992) enabling visitors to ma«Õ>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÛ`iÊ«ÀiVÌÃÊLÞÊ>««À>V
}Ê>`ÊÀiÌÀi>Ì}ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiðÊÀÊ Ì
iÃiÊ `iÃÌÊ Li}}Ã]Ê ¼ÌiÀ>VÌÛi½Ê ÜÀÃÊ LiV>iÊ VÀi>Ã}ÞÊ i>LÀ>ÌiÊ ÌÊ the new millennium. Adam Chapman and Camille Utterback’s networked Gathering (2004) allowed children to see themselves embedded in a world of drifting coloured `ÃVÃ]ÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÞÊVÕ`ÊÃ
ÀÕ}ÊvvÊÀÊVÊÀÊ«ÕV
ÊÌÊÛ>ÀÕÃÊVw}ÕÀ>ÌðÊ"Ì
iÀÊ artists have canvassed spectatorial attention by enlisting gallery-goers’ own moLiÊ«
iÊ`iÛViðÊÃÊ >ýÃʼ«iÀvÕiÊ>`ÛiÀÌÃii̽ÊViÌÃÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÃ]ÊÜiÊ have reached the point when art becomes congruent with commercials now that it shares the imperative to hail the consumer by whatever means. Computers linked via the Internet have made possible interactive works between remote locations on Ãi«>À>ÌiÊVÌiÌÃÊ>`ÊÌÊÃÊÜÊ>ÃÌÊÃÌVÌÛiÊÌÊÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÌiÀ>VÌÛi]Ê«ÕÃ
LÕÌÌÊÀÊÃVÀiiÃÜii«ÊiiiÌÊÊ>Ê}>iÀÞL>Ãi`ÊÃÌ>>Ì°ÊÊÃiÊÜÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ `ÛÃÊ LiÌÜiiÊ >ÀÌÊ >`Ê viÊ V>«ÃiÃÊ iÌÀiÞÊ >`]Ê >ÃÊ Ì
iÊ VÕÀ>ÌÀÊ iÀ}iÊ wi`Ê LÃiÀÛi`]Ê>ÀÌÊViÃÊÌʼÀÀÀÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÞÊÜiÊÌiÀ>VÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÊÜÀ`½°77 In the conÌi«À>ÀÞÊ «iÀ`]Ê Ì
iÊ >ÝiÌÞÊ >LÕÌÊ Ã>À}Ê >`Ê ÀiÌ>}Ê Ì
iÊ ÌiÀiÃÌÊ vÊ wVi]Ê screen-wearied audiences has indeed led to an upsurge of interactivity in gallerybased installations. It has also triggered a tendency to lapse into the promiscuous ÕÃiÊvÊ«ÜiÀvÕÊÃiÃÀÞÊÃÌÕÊqÊ>À}i]ÊÕ`]ÊLÀ}
Ì]ÊVÕÀvÕ]Ê`Þ>VÊÀÊÃ
V}Ê Ê À`iÀÊ ÌÊ `ÃV«iÊ ÀiëÃiÃ]Ê Ì
ÕÃÊ ÀiÛiÀÃ}Ê Ì
iÊ `iV>Ài`Ê ÌiÌÃÊ vÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ from the counter-cultural era to open up their work to a multiplicity of interpretaÌÛiÊ ÀiëÃiÃ°Ê ÜiÛiÀ]Ê >L}ÕÌiÃÊ `Ê vi>ÌÕÀiÊ Ê ÜÀÊ LÞÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÃÕV
Ê >ÃÊ ,Þ>Ê /ÀiV>ÀÌÊ>`ÊââiÊÌV
]ÊÜ
Ê«>À`ÞÊ««ÊVÕÌÕÀiÊ>`ÊÜ
>ÌÊÃ>ÊiÀÛ>ÊV>ÃÊÌ
iÊ ¼
Þ«iÀ>VÌÛÌÞÊ>`Ê>ÀVÃÃýÊvÊÀi>ÌÞÊ/6Ê>`ÊÃV>Êi`>]ÊVÕÌÕÀ>Êë>ViÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ >ÀiÊ«À«ii`ÊLÞʼiLiÀ>ÊiÌÜÀÃÊ>`ÊyÜýÆÊÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÃÊÌÊV>iÀ>ÊÀiÃViÌÊvÊÊ>}iýÃÊÌiiÛÃÊëvÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£näÃ]Ê/ÀiV>ÀÌÊ>`ÊÌV
ÊV>«Ê իʼ
Þ«iÀ>}wi`½Ê`iÌÌiÃÊÊÜÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊCenter Jenny (2013).78 While they vviÀÊÃiÊÀiÃÃÌ>ViÊÌÊÌ
iÊV`wV>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌ]Ê>À}ÕiÃÊiÀÛ>]ÊÌ
iÞÊ cannot claim an outsider position and inadvertently reproduce naturalised modes vÊ Li}Ê iÝi«wi`Ê LÞÊ Ì
iÊ >À`>Ã
>Ã®Ê Ì
>ÌÊ >Ài>`ÞÊ ÌÀ>vwVÊ Ê iÝ>}}iÀ>ÌÃÊ vÊ the self. The artists undoubtedly capitalise on the currency of the popularised forms they adopt and hold spectatorial attention as much through the attractions of the seductive prancing of the performers as by the critique buried in the hyperbole.
NOTES 1
Claire Bishop (2005b) Installation Art: A Critical History°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê«°ÊÈ°
THE DIALECTICS OF SPECTATORSHIP
159
2 3Ê 4Ê 5 6
7Ê
8Ê 9 10Ê
11Ê
12Ê
13Ê 14Ê 15Ê
16Ê
17 18Ê 19Ê 20 21Ê 22
160
Paul Snowdon speaking at The Curated Ego: What Makes a Good Selfie? National Portrait >iÀÞ]Ê£ÈÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{° ÌÊ >>ÃÊQ£RÊÓäää]ÊÓ`Êi`®ÊThe Feeling of What Happens: Body, Emotion and the Making of Consciousness°Ê`\Ê6Ì>}i]Ê«°Ê£x{° -ÕÃ>Ê >VÀiÊÓää®Ê¼ÞÃÌiÀiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`½]ÊÊWalking in my Mind catalogue. London: >ÞÜ>À`Ê>iÀÞ]Ê«°Êΰ See Susan Blackmore (1999) The Meme Machine°Ê"ÝvÀ`\Ê"ÝvÀ`Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃð I am reminded of my Catholic upbringing in which I was informed by the nuns that God could read all my thoughts and foretell my future misdeeds. This baffling pronouncement left me ÃÌÀÕ}}}ÊÌÊÃÕÃÌ>Ê>Ê««Ã}Ê >Ì
VÊ«ÀV«i]ÊÌ
>ÌÊvÊvÀiiÊÜÆÊvÊ`ÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÊÃii}]Ê ÊÜ
>ÌÊÃiÃiÊÜ>ÃÊÊvÀiiÊÌÊV
ÃiÊÞÊ>VÌÃ]Ê
ÜÊVÕ`ÊÊÌ>iÊVÀi`ÌÊvÀÊÀiÃÃÌ}ÊÃ¶Ê /
iÊi>`}ÊiÝ«iÌÃÊvÊëiVÕ>ÌÛiÊÀi>ÃÊVÕ`iÊ,>ÞÊ À>ÃÃiÀ]ÊÀ>
>Ê>À>Ê>`Ê +ÕiÌÊi>ÃÃÕÝÆÊÃiiÊV
>«ÌiÀÊvÕÀÊvÀÊ>Ê`ÃVÕÃÃÊvÊëiVÕ>ÌÛiÊÀi>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊ of performance art. °Ê°Ê
>ÀiÃÜÀÌ
ÊÓä£{®Ê¼-ÕLiVÌÃÊÛÊ"LiVÌý]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÇ{]Ê«°Êΰ Ibid. p. 4. -ÌiÛiÊ -
>ÛÀÊ Ó䣣®Ê ¼/
iÊ VÌÕ>Ê 6V>\Ê 7
Ìi
i>`]Ê >À>Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ *ÀLiÊ vÊ ,i>Ìý]Ê Ê iÛÊ ÀÞ>Ì]Ê VÊ -ÀViÊ >`Ê À>
>Ê >À>Ê i`Ã®Ê The Speculative Turn: Continental Materialism and Realism°ÊiLÕÀi\ÊÀi«ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÓnÓ° V
>iÊ>iÃ>ÀV>ÊÓään®Ê¼ÜÊ,i>ÊÃÊ,>Vi¶½]ÊÊ-Ì>VÞÊ>Ê>`Ê-ÕÃ>Êi>Êi`Ã®Ê Material Feminisms°Ê }Ì]Ê \Ê `>>Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ *ÀiÃÃ]Ê «°Ê ÎÓÇ°Ê ÀÊ >Ê ÛiÀÛiÜÊ vÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÃÌʼÌÕÀ½ÊÃiiÊÀÃÊ6>Ê`iÀÊ/ÕÊÓ䣣®Ê¼ iÜÊiÃÌÊ>ÌiÀ>ÃÃÊqÊ,iÛiÜÊ
ÃÃ>Þ½]ÊWomen’s Studies International Forum]ÊÎ{\Ê{]Ê««°ÊÓÇ£qÇ° >VÊiÊÀViÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊV
>iÊ>âmÀiÊÓääήÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ ÀÌÃ
ÊÀÌÃÌýÊÊ>`Ê 6`iÊ-ÌÕ`ÞÊ iVÌ]Ê iÌÀ>Ê->ÌÊ>ÀÌÃ]Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÀÌÃÊ`°ÊÛ>>LiÊline:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÃÌÕ`ÞViVÌ°V°ÕÉ>âiÀiÉÌiÀÛiÜÃÉiÀVi°
Ìl (accessed 19 ÕÞÊÓä£{®° >VÊiÊÀViÊÓä䣮ʼ«ÀÛÃ}ÊÌiÊ>`Ê>}i½]ÊFilmwaves]Ê£{\Ê£]Ê««°Ê£{q£° *iÌiÀÊ"ÃLÀiÊÓää{®Ê¼Ê ÃÌÀ>VÌi`Ê,iVi«Ì\Ê/i]ÊÀÌÊ>`Ê/iV
}Þ½]ÊTime Zones catalo}Õi°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê«°ÊÇÎ°Ê -i}vÀi`ÊÀ>V>ÕiÀÊQ£ÓÈRÊ£x®Ê¼/
iÊ ÕÌÊvÊ ÃÌÀ>VÌ\Ê"Ê iÀ½ÃÊ*VÌÕÀiÊ*>>Viý]ÊÊ The Mass Ornament: Weimar Essays]Ê ÌÀ>Ã°Ê /
>ÃÊ 9°Ê iÛ}°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê \Ê >ÀÛ>À`Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÎÓÈ° /ÊÕ}ÊQ£nRÊ£{®Ê¼ÊiÃÌ
iÌVÊvÊÃÌÃ
iÌ\Ê >ÀÞÊÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ® Ài`ÕÕÃÊ -«iVÌ>ÌÀ½]ÊÊ`>Ê7>ÃÊi`°®ÊViewing Positions: Ways of Seeing Film°Ê iÜÊ ÀÕÃÜV]Ê \Ê,ÕÌ}iÀÃÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£ÓÈ° Michel de Certeau (1980) The Practice of Everyday Life. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÕLÕ° VÉ«>«iÀÃÉ`iÚViÀÌi>Õ°
ÌlÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÓÇÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{®° i>ÊÌÀÞÊ£Èx®ÊEsthétique et psychologie du cinéma. Paris: Presses Universitaires de À>Vi]Ê«°Ê£Ç°Ê -iiÊ °Ê7°Ê7VÌÌÊQ£Ç£RÊ£nä]ÊÓ`Êi`®ÊPlaying and Reality°Ê``iÃiÝ\Ê*i}Õ°Ê Bruno Bettleheim (1978) The Uses of Enchantment°Ê`\Ê*iÀi}Ài]Ê«°xΰ L`°]Ê«°ÊÈ{° Richard Allen (1997) Projecting Illusion: Film Spectatorship and the Impression of Reality.
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
23Ê
24Ê 25Ê 26
27
28Ê 29
30Ê
31Ê 32Ê
33 34 35 36Ê 37Ê 38 39Ê
>LÀ`}i\Ê >LÀ`}iÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£ää° -iiÊ`ÀiÜÊ6°Ê1ÀÃiÊÓään®Ê¼-Ì}Ê i>½ÊÊ/>Þ>Êi}
ÌÊi`°®ÊArt and the Moving Image°Ê`\Ê/>ÌiÉvÌiÀ>]Ê««°ÊÎnÈq{ää°Ê/
iÊÌiÀʼ`ÕLiÊVÃVÕÃiÃýÊ
>ÃÊ>Ì
iÀÊ application beginning in the writings of W. E. B Dubois in the 1900s where it refers to the L>VÊ iÝ«iÀiViÊ vÊ
>ÀLÕÀ}Ê LÌ
Ê >Ê Ãiv`iÌiÀi`Ê `iÌÌÞÊ >`Ê iÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÃÊ wÌiÀi`Ê through a white perspective of ethnic races. >ÌiÊ`V
ÊÓä£ä®ÊScreens: Viewing Media Installation Art°Êi>«Ã]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ vÊiÃÌ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÝÝ° ,>`Ê >ÀÌ
iÃÊ£ÇȮʼ ÊÃÀÌ>ÌÊ`ÕÊVj>½]ÊCommunications]ÊÓÎ\£]Ê«°Ê£äÈÊÞÊÌÀ>Ã>Ì®° Guiliana Bruno (2000) Atlas of Emotion: Journeys in Art, Architecture, and Film. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕ«Õ°VÉiÉ`VÕiÌÉÛiÜÉÓΣ{ÎÈÉ}Õ>>LÀÕo (accessed 6 September 2013). Robert Morris (1966) ¼ ÌiÃÊÊ-VÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ*>ÀÌÊ£½]ÊArtforum. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ>À>LÕÃâi°VÉÕV`É Ìi«À>ÀÞÀÌÉ,i>`}ÃÉÀÀà Ìið«`fÊ >VViÃÃi`Ê ÓÇÊ >Õ>ÀÞÊ 2014). À>
>Ê>À>ʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ-ÌiÛiÊ-
>ÛÀÊÓ䣣®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÓnä° Sean Cubitt in an e-mail to the MIRAJÊi`ÌÀ>ÊÌi>]Ê£ÎÊÕÞÊÓä£ä°ÊÌÊÃÊÕÌÃ`iÊÌ
iÊÃV«iÊ vÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃiÌÊÛÕiÊÌÊ«ÕÀÃÕiÊ>Ê`ii«iÀÊ>>ÞÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊivviVÌÃÊvÊÌiiÛÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÌiÀiÌÊ and other communication devices on children and adults. Social scientists have obserÛi`Ê Li
>ÛÕÀ>Ê V
>}iÃÊ >}Ê V
`Ài]Ê >Ê Ài`ÕVi`Ê ÌiÀ>ViÊ ÌÊ `i>Þi`Ê }À>ÌwV>Ì]Ê `iVÀi>Ãi`Ê v>ÞÊ >`Ê «iiÀÊ }ÀÕ«Ê ÌiÀ>VÌÊ >`Ê VÛVÊ «>ÀÌV«>Ì]Ê >`Ê >Ê VÀi>ÃiÊ vÊ LiÃÌÞÊÊ>`ÕÌÃ]Ê>ÊvÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÌÌÀLÕÌiÊÌÊ
}
iÀÊiÛiÃÊvÊiÝ«ÃÕÀiÊÌÊÃVÀiiL>Ãi`Ê >ÌiÀ>°ÊÊÕÃivÕÊÃÕ>ÀÞÊvÊVÕÀÀiÌÊÀiÃi>ÀV
ÊV>ÊLiÊvÕ`ÊÊ°Ê-ÕLÀ>
>Þ>Êet al. Óä䣮ʼ/
iÊ«>VÌÊvÊV«ÕÌiÀÊÕÃiÊÊV
`Ài½ÃÊ>`Ê>`iÃViÌýÊ`iÛi«i̽]ÊApplied Developmental Psychology]ÊÓÓ]Ê««°ÊÇqÎä° Õ}ÊØÃÌiÀLiÀ}ÊQ££ÈRÊÓää{®Ê¼ iw}ÊÌ
iÊ*
Ì«>Þ½]ÊÊ/
>ÃÊ °Ê7>ÀÌiLiÀ}Ê>`Ê Angela Curran (eds) The Philosophy of Film: Introductory Texts and Readings°Ê"ÝvÀ`\Ê7iÞ >VÜi]Ê«°Ê{{° >ÝÊ`ÀiÜÃÊÓääÈ®ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÀ`>Ê7vÃ]ʼÜÊ`iÃÊÌ
iÊ«iÀviVÌÊ
Õ>Ê v>¶ÊiÊÌ
ý]ÊUovo]ÊÓ]ÊÊ«°£n{° >ÌiÊ`V
ÊÓä£ä®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£°Ê-iiÊ>ÃÊ6Û>Ê-LV
>VÊ£n®Ê¼/
iÊ-ViiÊvÊÌ
iÊ -VÀii\Ê ÛÃ}Ê i>ÌVÊ>`Ê iVÌÀVʺ*ÀiÃiVi»½]ÊÊMaterialities of Communication (Writing Science)Ê £{®]Ê >ÃÊ 1ÀV
Ê ÕLÀiV
ÌÊ >`Ê °Ê Õ`Ü}Ê *vivviÀÊ i`î°Ê -Ì>vÀ`\Ê -Ì>vÀ`Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°ÊnÎq£äÈ°Ê Bill Lewinski speaking on Panorama (2006) BBC1. 15 October. Bertolt Brecht (1967) Sur le Cinéma°Ê*>ÀÃ\ʽÀV
i]Ê«°Ê£ÈxÊÞÊÌÀ>Ã>Ì®° Chris Darke (2000) Light Readings: Film Criticism and Screen Arts. London: Wallflower *ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£Èΰ Ê6>ʵÕÌi`ÊÊ
ÀÃÊ >Ài]ÊL`°]Ê«°Ê£nÇ° L`°]Ê«°Ê£Çΰ See E. Deidre Pribram (ed.) (1988) Female Spectators: Looking at Film and Television. London: Verso. -iiÊ `>Ê 7>ÃÊ £n{®Ê ¼º-iÌ
}Ê ÃiÊ LiÃ`iÃÊ >Ê Ì
iÀ»\Ê º-Ìi>Ê >>Ã»Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ >ÌiÀ>Êi`À>>½]ÊCinema Journal]ÊÓ{\Ê£]Ê««°ÊÓqÓÇÆʼÀÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>Ê>`«Ì}ÊiÌ
iÀÊÌ
iÊ
THE DIALECTICS OF SPECTATORSHIP
161
40Ê
41Ê 42 43
44Ê 45 46Ê 47Ê
48Ê 49Ê 50Ê
51Ê 52Ê 53Ê
54Ê
55 56Ê 57Ê 58Ê
59Ê
162
distance and mastery of the masculine voyeur or the over-identification of Doane’s woman °°°ÊÌ
iÊvi>iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÃÊÊ>ÊVÃÌ>ÌÊÃÌ>ÌiÊvÊÕ}}}Ê>Ê«ÃÌÃÊ>ÌÊVi½]Ê«°Ê£° -iiÊ>ÀÞÊÊ >iÊQ£nÓRÊ£®Ê¼Ê>`Ê>õÕiÀ>`i\Ê/
iÀÃ}ÊÌ
iÊi>iÊ-«iVÌ>ÌÀ½]Ê in Sue Thornham (ed.) Feminist Film Theory: A Reader. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University *ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°Ê£Î£qxÈ°Ê V
iiÊ>ÀÊÓääÇ®]Ê«ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Êΰ Ibid. p.52. Aaron acknowledges a potential drawback to her theory of masochism for women when Ã
iʵÕÌiÃÊ`>Ê7>Ã\ʼÌ
iÊÀiVÛiÀÞÊvÊ>ÃV
ÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊvÀÊvÊ«i>ÃÕÀiÊ`iÃÊÌÊL`iÊ well for a feminist perspective whose political point of departure is the relative powerlesÃiÃÃÊvÊÜi½]ÊL`°]Ê««°ÊÇnä° -ÌÕ>ÀÌÊ>ÊQ£näRÊÓä䣮ʼ V`}É`iV`}½]ÊÊii>Ã
Ê}Ê ÕÀ
>Ê>`Ê Õ}>ÃÊ°Ê iiÀÊi`îÊMedia and Cultural Studies: Keyworks°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê7iÞ]Ê««°Ê£ÈÈqÇÈ° Ibid. p. 175. -iiÊ,V
>À`Ê ÞiÀÊ£nӮʼ ½ÌÊÊ Ü½]ÊScreen]ÊÓÎ\ÊÎÉ{]Ê««°ÊÈ£qÇΰ /
iÊ>Ì
iÌV]ÊL>VÊL`ÞÊ
>ÃÊÌ
iÀ]Ê«ÃÌV>Ê«V>ÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀiÊiÃÃÊ«ÃÌÛi]ÊÜÌ
Ê iV
iÃÊvÊÌ
iʼLiÊÃ>Û>}i½ÊÀiÃ>Ì}ÊÊÌ
iÊiiÛ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊvÀV>ÊëÀÌÃÊV«iÌÌÀÊÌÊ star status whilst disavowing continued racial discrimination in society at large. iÀ`ÀiÊi``ÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼/
iÊ*ÌVÃÊvÊÛiÊÀ̽]ÊÊ iÀ`ÀiÊi``Ê>`ÊiiÊiÊi`Ã®Ê Histories and Practices of Live Art°Ê >Ã}ÃÌi\Ê*>}À>ÛiÊ>V>]Ê«°Ê££° >VµÕiÃÊ,>VmÀiÊÓää®ÊThe Emancipated Spectator]ÊÌÀ>ðÊÀi}ÀÞÊ ÌÌ°Ê`\Ê6iÀÃ]Ê p. 5. >VµÕiÃÊ,>VmÀiÊÓää{®Ê9Õ/ÕLiÊiVÌÕÀi]ÊÓäÊÕ}ÕÃÌ]ÊxÌ
ÊÌiÀ>Ì>Ê-ÕiÀÊV>`iÞÊ in Frankfurt. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉÜ>ÌV
¶Ûr"ÌÊÜÌ
Ê Õ>>Ê6>`ÃiÀ>]ÊÕÞÊÓä£Ó]Ê >ÀÉiÌV
iÀÊ>iÀÞ]Ê London. *>Ì]ÊThe Last Days of SocratesÊ£x{®]ÊÌÀ>ðÊÕ}
Ê/Ài`iV°Ê>À`ÃÜÀÌ
\Ê*i}ÕÊ
>ÃÃVÃ]Ê«°Ê££Ó° -iiÊ >Ê >ÀÀ>Ü>ÞÊ ££®Ê ¼Ê ÞLÀ}Ê >viÃÌ\Ê -ViVi]Ê /iV
}Þ]Ê >`Ê -V>ÃÌ iÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ/ÜiÌiÌ
Ê iÌÕÀÞ½]ÊÊSimians, Cyborgs and Women: The Reinvention of Nature°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê,ÕÌi`}i]Ê««°Ê£{qn£° i>ÕÃÊ >Õ`ÀÞÊ Q£Ç£RÊ Óää®Ê ¼`i}V>Ê vviVÌÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ >ÃVÊ i>Ì}À>«
VÊ ««>À>ÌÕý]Ê Ê iÊ À>Õ`ÞÊ >`Ê >ÀÃ
>Ê
iÊ i`Ã®Ê Film Theory and Criticism°Ê "ÝvÀ`\Ê "ÝvÀ`Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÎÈä° Ibid. V
iiÊ>ÀÊÓääÇ®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ên° L`°]Ê«°ÊÇ°Ê -iiÊ ,LiÀÌÊ 6ÃV
iÀÊ Q£nÇÎRÊ £{®Ê ¼"Ê Ì
iÊ "«ÌV>Ê -iÃiÊ vÊ À\Ê Ê ÌÀLÕÌÊ ÌÊ iÃÌ
iÌVý]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê>}À>ÛiÊ>`Ê °ÊÕÊi`îÊEmpathy, Form and Space: Problems in German Aesthetics 1873–1893°Ê->Ì>ÊV>]Ê \ÊiÌÌÞÊ iÌiÀÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÞÊvÊÀÌÃÊ>`Ê Ì
iÊÕ>ÌiÃ]Ê««°Ênq£Óΰ -iiÊ>>Ê-ÛiÀ>ʣȮÊThe Threshold of the Visible World. New York: Routledge. Silver>Ê`À>ÜÃÊ>Ê`ÃÌVÌÊLiÌÜiiÊ`«>Ì
VÊi«>Ì
Þ]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊL>Ãi`ÊÊÌ
iÊVÀ«À>ÌÊ
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
60
61Ê 62 63Ê 64Ê 65Ê 66Ê 67Ê 68 69 70Ê 71Ê 72Ê 73Ê 74Ê
75Ê 76Ê 77
78Ê
vÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃiv]Ê>`Ê
iÌiÀ«>Ì
V]ÊÜ
V
Ê«ÀiÃiÀÛiÃÊ>`ÊÀiëiVÌÃÊ`vviÀiVi° I asked myself these same questions in relation to videos I made with my son Bruno in Ì
iÊi>ÀÞÊ£näÃÊÜ
iÊ
iÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÊÃ>ÊLÞÊ>`ÊÕ>LiÊÌÊ«ÀÌiÃÌ°ÊÊÀiÌÀëiVÌ]ÊÊw`ÊÌ
iÃiÊ ÜÀÃÊvÊÌÊ`iviÃLi]ÊÌ
iÊViÀÌ>ÞÊiÌ
V>ÞÊ>L}ÕÕÃ°Ê Õ>Ê-Ì>>LÀ>ÃÃÊ£®ÊHigh Art Lite: British Art in the 1990s°Ê`\Ê6iÀÃ]Ê«°ÊÓxÈ° Erika Balsom (2013) Exhibiting Cinema in Contemporary Art. Amsterdam: Amsterdam 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Êxΰ L`°]Ê«°Êx£° "vÊVÕÀÃi]ÊÌ
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊÌiÀ>VÌÛiÊÜÀÃÊwÌÌi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌÊÃiÃÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÊ`ii`ÊV
>}iÊ Ì
iÊ>}iÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÜ>ÃÊ«>ÃÌ]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÃiÊ>ÀiÊÌ
iÊiÝVi«ÌÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>ÊÌ
iÊÀÕi°Ê
À>Ê >ÃÊÓä£Î®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Êxΰ -iiÊ*iÌiÀÊ"ÃLÀiÊÓää{®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]ÊÈÈqÇx° L`]Ê«°ÊÈn° William Horrigan speaking at the Moving Image as Art: Time Based Media in the Art Gallery VviÀiVi]Ê/>ÌiÊ ÀÌ>Ê>`Ê/>ÌiÊ`iÀ]Ê`]ÊÕiÊÓä䣰 Ibid. 6iÀÊ*>ÌiLÕÀ}ÊÓä£{®Ê¼}À>Ì>Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÃ\Ê"ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÊÌ
iÊVi>Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÕ½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÎ\Ê£]Ê««°ÊÓxqÎx° *iÌiÀÊ"ÃLÀiÊÓää{®]Ê«°VÌ°]Ê«°ÊÇΰ >ÌiÊ`V
ÊÓä£ä®]Ê«°VÌ°] p.21.
ÀÃÌvÊV
ʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ>ÌiÊ`V
]ÊL`°]Ê«°Ê£È£° -iiÊ7°Ê°Ê/°ÊÌV
iÊÓääx®ÊWhat Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images. Chicago: 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ
V>}Ê*ÀiÃðÊÀÊ>ÊÀiViÌÊÃÕÀÛiÞÊvÊÌ
iÊiÜÊÌ
iÀiÃÊvÊ«VÌÀ>Ê>`ÊLiVÌÊ >ÕÌÞÊÃiiÊÀ>VÃÊ>ÃV>ÊÓä£{®Ê¼"LiVÌÉ-iv½]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÇx]Ê««°Êxqn°
À>Ê >ÃÊÓä£Î®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Êxx°
ÀÃÊ >ÀiÊÓäää®]Ê«°VÌ°]Ê«°Ê£È{° George Fifield (2008) discussing the Act/React: Interactive ArtÊiÝ
LÌ]ÊÜ>ÕiiÊÀÌÊ Museum in October; Avaliable online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉÜ>ÌV
¶Ûr8Ü£µÛ*s (accessed 13 February 2014). Ã>ÊiÀÛ>Êëi>}Êʼ6`i>À̽ÃÊÛiÀÌi`Ê«>«ÌV\Ê>ÊVÀÌV>Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÃÊvÊ«ÃÌVi>ÌVÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌÞ½Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ-VÀiiÊVviÀiVi]Ê>Ã}Ü]ÊÕiÊÓä£{°
THE DIALECTICS OF SPECTATORSHIP
163
CHAPTER NINE
Expanded Cinema (Expanded cinema) radically alters the spatial discreteness of the audience vis-à-vis the screen and the projector by manipulating the projection facilities in a manner which elevates their role to that of the performance itself... iiÊ ÕÃLiÀÀi]Ê£Çx
TANGLED ROOTS /
iÊ iÀV>Ê VÀÌVÊ iiÊ 9Õ}L`Ê ÃÊ VÀi`Ìi`Ê ÜÌ
Ê V}Ê Ì
iÊ ÌiÀÊ ¼iÝ«>`i`Ê cinema’ in his eponymous book written in 1970.1 Youngblood interpreted the new practice as a symptom of the impact of television and modern communication systems on the creative lives and individual psyches of artists growing up in the LÕÀ}i}Ê ¼ÌiÀi`>½Ê iÛÀiÌ]Ê Ü
V
]Ê
iÊ `iV>Ài`Ê ¼ÃÊ ÕÀÊ iÛÀi̽°2 In ëÌiÊ vÊ 9Õ}L`½ÃÊ yÕiÌ>Ê ÌiÝÌ]Ê Ì
iÀiÊ ÃÊ Ê VÃiÃÕÃÊ Ê >Ê «ÀiVÃiÊ iV>ÌÕÀiÊvÀÊÌ
ÃÊÕÌÛ>iÌÊVi>ÌVÊ>ÀÌÆÊ*iÌiÀÊÕLi>ÊÀiviÀÀi`ÊÌʼÛÃLiÊw½]Ê
>ÀiiÊ -V
ii>Ê v>ÛÕÀi`Ê ¼Vi>ÌVÊ Ì
i>ÌÀi½Ê >`Ê -Ì>Ê 6> iÀ ii]Ê ¼Ì
iÊ VÕÌÕÀ>ÊÌiÀV½°Ê-iÊÜÊ«ÀV>ʼÃÌÕ>Ìi`ÉV>Ì>Êw½ÊÀʼ>ÀÌÃÌýÊVi>½Ê>ÃÊ the collective term for an opening out of the filmic encounter. The young American i`>Ê «iÀvÀiÀÊ >VLÞÊ ->ÌÌiÀÜ
ÌiÊ `iÃVÀLiÃÊ
ÃivÊ Ê y>LÞ>ÌÊ ÌiÀÃÊ >ÃÊ >ʼiÝÌi`i`ÊvÀ>i]ÊÛ`iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ`Û>½]Êi>ÌÞÊiV>«ÃÕ>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊ
ÞLÀ`Ã>ÌÊ vÊ >ÀÌÊ «ÀViÃÃiÃÊ >`Ê `ÃV«iÃ°Ê ÜiÛiÀ]Ê 9Õ}L`½ÃÊ ¼iÝ«>`i`Ê Vi>½Ê ÃÊ Ì
iÊ VÞÊ >VVi«Ìi`Ê ÌiÀ]Ê iÊ Ì
>ÌÊ
ÃÌÀV>ÞÊ `iÌiÃÊ Ì
iÊ V`ÌÊvÊÜ
>ÌÊ6 Ê 8*",/ÊV>i`ʼLiÀ>Ìi`Êw½]Ê>Ê«À>VÌViÊÌ
>ÌÊ`iÛi«ÃÊÌ
iÊ>}Ê and viewing of film beyond the conventional screen-to-seating configuration of ÛiÊ Ì
i>ÌÀiÃÊ >`Ê ÕÌ«iÝið 3 The impulse to liberate both film and its audiiViÃÊ>viÃÌÊÊ ÕÀ«i]ÊiÀV>Ê>`Ê>«>]ÊÌ>LÞÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ7ÀÃ
«ÊvÊÌ
iÊÊ ÀÊÊ`âÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÜiÕ½Ãʼ"«iÊÀ½ÊwÊViVÌÛiÊÊ*>`ÆÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊ ÃjÊ6>Ê`iÊ">ÀÊÊ-«>ÆÊÌ
>ÌÊvÊ 8*",/]Ê7iÊ>`Ê À}ÌÊiÊ>`Ê*iÌiÀÊ7iLiÊ
164
William Raban, 2’ 45” (1973). Courtesy of the artist.
ÊiÀ>ÞÆÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÕÌ>Ê}ÀÕ«ÊÊ>«>° 4Ê Ý«>`i`ÊVi>ÊÌÕÀÃÊ>ÌÌiÌÊ>Ü>ÞÊ vÀÊVÛiÌ>Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛi]Ê>`ÊÜ
>ÌÊ>VÊiÊÀViÊV>i`ʼÌ
iÊÃ}iÊiÊvÊ>Vcess to a story’5Ê>`ÊÀivVÕÃiÃÊÊÌ
iÊ`À>>ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃÊvÊw\ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀ]Ê Ì
iÊÃVÀiiî]ÊÌ
iÊwÃÌÀ«]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊLi>Ê>`ÊÌ
iʼ«À>ÀÞÊiÝ«iÀiVi½]ÊÌ
iÊ ¼«ÀiÃiÌÊÌiÃi½6ÊvÊÌ
iÊÕµÕi]ÊivvÊVi>ÌVÊiÛiÌ°Ê/
iÃiÊÃÌ>}}ÃÊvÊwÊvÌiÊ ÕÀi`ÊÌÊÃiÛiÀ>ÊÌiÀ>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÜÀ°ÊÊ
ÃÊÃÝÃVÀiiÊÃÌ>>ÌÊAfter LeonardoÊ£Çή]ÊiÊÀViÊVÕ`i`ÊÌ
iÊ`>ÌiÃÊvÊ>ÊÌÃÊ«ÀiÛÕÃÊiÝ
LÌÃ]ÊV
>ÀÌ}Ê Ì
iÊÜÀ½ÃÊ>ÌiÀ>Ê
ÃÌÀÞ°ÊiÊiÊÀVi]Ê7>Ê,>L>ÊiÝÌi`i`ÊÌ
iÊÌi«À>ÌÞÊ vÊ
ÃÊiÝ«>`i`ÊÜÀÃ]Ê>`ÊÊ2’ 45” (1973) he layered recordings of successive film «iÀvÀ>ViÃÊÊÜ
V
Ê
iÊÃÌ`ÊLivÀiÊ>Ê«ÀiVÌ]ÊÃÌ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ`>ÌiÊ>`ÊÌi]Ê>`Ê >ÕVi`ʼ>ÊV>iÀ>ÊÃÊw}ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊÜ>ÌV
}ÊÞiÃÌiÀ`>Þ½ÃÊ>Õ`iViÊÜ>ÌV
}Ê Ì
iÊ L>Ê ÃVÀii°Ê -Õ`ÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ «ÀiVÌÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ >Õ`iVi½ÃÊ ÀiëÃiÃÊ >ÀiÊ Li}ÊÀiVÀ`i`°½Ê/
iÊ>Õ`iViÊëi`ÊÊi>ÀiÀÊ>Õ`iViÃ]Ê>Ü>ÀiÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÞÊÜiÀiÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃÊLiV}Êv``iÀÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÝÌÊÊ>ʼÀiVÕÀÃÛiÊÌi>«ÃiÊVÌ>}ÊÌ
iÊiÌÀiÊ history of the event’.7 Both Raban and Le Grice have also highlighted the importance
EXPANDED CINEMA
165
vÊ«ÀÛÃ>ÌÊ>`ÊV
>ViÊÊi>V
ÊÌiÀ>ÌÊvÊ>ÊiÝ«>`i`ÊÜÀ]ÊÜ
V
ÊiÊÀViÊ V>ÃÃwiÃÊ>ÃÊ«ii`i`]ÊÕwÃ
i`]Ê>ʼÊ`iwÌÛi½Ê«À>VÌVi°8 The temporality of the work shifted from the narrative compressions and elisions that enable a biopic ÌÊÌiÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÞÊvÊ>ÊviÊÊ>Ê
ÕÀÊÀÊÃ]ÊÌÊ>ÊVÃ`iÀ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiÊÌÊÌ>iÃÊ>ÊwÊ ÌÊ«>ÃÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊÜÌiÃÃi`ÊLÞÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ
i`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊ«>ÀViÊvÊ Ìi°Ê/
iÃiÊ>ÌÌÀLÕÌiÃÊ>}ÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊLÀ>`iÀÊ>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊVViÀÃÊ of avant-garde film and video as they emerged in the 1960s and 1970s. In common ÜÌ
Ê>ÞÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>Êw>iÀÃ]Ê«À«iÌÃÊvÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊÜiÀiÊVÌÌi`ÊÌÊiVÌ}ÊÌ
iÊ«>ÀÌV«>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊvÊ«ÀiVÌ]ÊLÌ
ÊÛiÜiÀÊ >`ÊiÛÀiÌÊLi}ÊÀi}>À`i`Ê>ÃÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊV«iÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ°ÊÕÀÌ
iÀ]ÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊiÝ«Ài`ÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊvÊwÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ ÕV>Ê7
ÌiÊ`iÃVÀLiÃÊ>ÃÊ ¼Ì
iÊiÛÀiÌÊvÊ«iÀVi«Ì½]9 testing the limits of cognition by seeking to estabÃ
ÊÌ
iÊÕÊi}LÌÞÊvÊÃÕ`Ê>`Ê«VÌÕÀi]ÊÌ
iÊ`i}ÀiiÊvÊÃi>ÌVÊV
iÀiViÊ ÀiµÕÀi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊÌÊLiÊÀi>`Ê>ÃÊ>Êw°Ê v]Ê>ÃÊ-i}vÀi`ÊÀ>V>ÕiÀÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`]ʼwÊ>}iÃÊ>vviVÌÊ«À>ÀÞÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ½ÃÊ ÃiÃiÃ]Êi}>}}Ê
Ê«
ÞÃ}V>ÞÊLivÀiÊ
iÊÃÊÊ>Ê«ÃÌÊÌÊÀië`ÊÌiiVÌÕ>Þ½]10 then they do so predominantly by means of two senses: vision and hearing.
Ý«>`i`Ê Vi>]Ê vÕ`>iÌ>ÞÊ VÌÌi`Ê ÌÊ }>Û>Ã}Ê Ì
iÊ VÀÌV>Ê v>VÕÌiÃÊ vÊ>Ê>Õ`iViÊ``ÊÃ]Ê«>À>`ÝV>Þ]ÊLÞÊLÃ}ÊÌ
iÊÜ
iÊ}>ÕÌÊvÊÃiÃiÊ«iÀVi«ÌÃ]ÊLÞÊÃÌÕ>Ì}ÊÌÕV
]ÊÃi]Êë>Ì>Ê>Ü>ÀiiÃÃÊ>`ÊiÛiÊÌ>ÃÌi°Ê/
ÃÊÜ>ÃÊ >V
iÛi`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊ`i«ÞiÌÊvÊwÊ}>`}iÌÀÞÊ}iiÀ>Ì}ÊÀ
ÞÌ
VÊÃÕ`]ÊLÌ
Ê iV
>V>ÞÊ «À`ÕVi`Ê >`Ê ÃÕ>Ìi`ÆÊ ÃVi>iÕÃÊ LiVÌÃÊ >`Ê LÕÌÊ iÛÀiÌÃÆÊÛiÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃ]Ê>>Ã]Êv`]ÊÃiÊÀÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÊ«iÀÃÊ>ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ}Ê «ÌÃÊ vÊ VViÌÀ>Ìi`Ê i>}Ê Ê >Ê Ã«>Ì>Ãi`]Ê Ìi«À>Ê iÃiLiÊ vÊ >ÀÌiv>VÌÃÊ ViVÌÛiÞÊV`i`Ê>ÃÊ>ÀÌ°Ê7
iÌ
iÀÊ}Ài>ÌÊÀÊÃ>]Ê>ÞÊVÃÌi>ÌÊvÊiiiÌÃÊiÃÌi`ÊvÀÊ>ÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊiÛiÌÊ>VÌÃÊÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÛÌ>ÊwVÊ >}iÃÊÃVÀiiî]ÊLÌ
ÊÛiÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊÛ`i®]Ê>`Ê«ÀiÀiVÀ`i`°Ê7
iÀiÊÌ
iÀiÊ ÃÊ>Ê`vviÀiViÊÊ«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊLiÌÜiiÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊÊÌ
iÊVÕÌiÀVÕÌÕÀ>ÊiÀ>Ê >`ÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÌÊÃÊ>À}iÞÊ>ʵÕiÃÌÊvÊi«
>ÃÃ°Ê Nowadays an installation is less likely to focus on the specificities of a given me`ÕÊ>`ÊÌÃÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃ]Ê>`Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÌi`ÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊ>ÊV>Ì
VÊÕÃiÊvÊ>ÌiÀ>Ã]Ê«V}Ê >`ÊV
Ã}ÊÌ
iÀÊi`ÕÊ>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÀiµÕÀiiÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌ°ÊÌ
Õ}
Ê>Ê hard core of artists still maintain loyalty to the now-obsolete charms of celluloid film qÊ«ÃÃLÞ]Ê>ÃÊ Ê*iÀÀÞÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`]ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊÌ
iÞÊiL`ÞʼÃÕLiVÌÛiÊ`iÃÀi]ÊÃtalgia and memory’11 – contemporary artists generally default to the digital in terms of moving image because of its convenience and the high-definition resolution that can now be achieved.12ÊÌÊÌÃÊVi«Ì]Ê
ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}ÞÊvÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>]ÊÌÃÊiV
>V>Ê>À>ÌÕÀiÊÜ>ÃÊ`ii`ÊVÀÌV>°Ê iÌ>ÌÀÃ]ÊÌ>LÞÊ
ÀÃÃiÊ iÃ]Ê
>ÛiÊÃÌÀiÃÃi`ÊÌ
iÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê`iÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃ]Ê>`Ê
iÀiÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ>>]Ê
>`Ã]ÊÃiÀi`«ÌÕÃÊ>ëiVÌÃÊvÊÜÀ}Ê`ÀiVÌÞÊÜÌ
ÊViÕ`Êw`Ê
>««ÞÊ
166
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÃÌÀV>ÊLi`viÜÃÊÊÌ
iÊ`iÀÃÌÊÜi`iÀÃÊvÊÃ>ÜÃ]ÊV
ÃiÃÊ>`Ê«>iÌÌiÊÛiÃÊ >`]ÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊÕÃÌ>ÛÊiÌâ}iÀ½Ãʼ>ÕÌ`iÃÌÀÕVÌÛi½Ê>ÀÌ]Ê>V`]ÊÜÌ
ÊÜ
V
Ê
iÊ>Ìtacked the illusionism of pictures on stretched nylon canvas. The artist was now engaged in a form of hand-to-hand combat with the traditional materials and processes of both painting and film. "Ì
iÀÊ>V>`iVÃÊ
>ÛiÊ
}
}
Ìi`ÊÌ
ÃiÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃÌVÃÊÌ
>ÌÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>Ê
`ÃÊÊVÊÜÌ
ÊV>ÃÃVÊVi>ÊÌÃiv\ÊÌ
iÊÌiL>ÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê>}i]Ê Ì
iÊÃV
i`ÕiÊvÊÃVÀii}Ã]ÊÌ
iÊ`i«i`iViÊÊVViÌÀ>Ìi`Ê«ÌÃÊvÊ>ÀÌwV>Ê}
ÌÊ Ê>Ê`>Àii`]ÊVÃÌiÀi`Êë>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊ}iiÀ>ÌÊ>`ÊVÌÀÊvÊÃÕ`]Ê>`]Ê>ÃÊ>iÛiÊ
ÞÊ
>ÃÊiÝ«Ài`ÊÊ`i«Ì
]ÊÌ
iÊÃV>Ê>Ài>ÊÌ
iÃiÊVÀVÕÃÌ>ViÃÊVÀi>Ìi°13 Even Ì
iÊÛiÜ}ÊV`ÌÃÊ>ÃVÀLi`ÊÌÊLÌ
ÊÕÃiÕÊ>`ÊVi>Ê
>ÛiÊLi}ÕÊÌÊiÀ}i]Ê not least because of the frequent transformation of galleries into temporary movie houses where the viewer can choose to be sedentary as in a traditional theatre or move in and out of the space at will as is sanctioned in a gallery environment. VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊÞi>ÀÃ]Ê>Ê>ÃÌÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊÀi}Õ>ÀÞÊ>ÌÌi`ÃÊÜÀÃÊÊiÝ«>`i`Ê Vi>Ê >`Ê
ÀÃÃiÊ iÃÊ
>ÃÊ LÃiÀÛi`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊ iÝ«>`i`Ê wÊ ¼«ÀiVÃiÞÊ LÞÊVÌÀ>VÌ}Ê̽]14ÊLÞÊÀi`ÕV}ÊÌÊÌÊÌÃÊVÃÌÌÕiÌÊ«>ÀÌÃÊ>`ÊiÝ«À}ÊÌ
iÀÊ
iÀiÌʵÕ>ÌiðÊÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÃii]ÊÌ
iÊVÌÀ>VÌÊ>ÃÊVVÕÀÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊiÝ«ÕÃÊ or disfiguration of traditional forms of representation and narrative arcs. For some «À>VÌÌiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ}iÀi]ÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÛiÊÃÊÌÊÀi`ÕViÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊÌÊ>ÊvÕVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ apparatus that gives it life with no reference to realities beyond the present event vÊ Ì
iÊ wÊ ÃVÀii}°Ê /
iÊ iÝ«>ÃÛ>VÌÀ>VÌÊ vÊ wÊ Ü>ÃÊ Ì
ÕÃÊ >V
iÛi`Ê Ê Ì
iÊ VÕÌiÀVÕÌÕÀ>Ê iÀ>Ê LÞÊ i>ÃÊ vÊ vÀiÃV]Ê Ì
Õ}
Ê vÌiÊ Ìi`iÀ]Ê `ÃÃiVÌÊ vÊ ÌÃÊV«iÌÃÊ>`Ê«ÀViÃÃiÃÊLivÀiÊ>ÊÛiÊ>Õ`iVi]ÊÃ>Ì}ÊiV
>ÃÃÊÜ
ÃiÊ interdependence have defined mainstream cinema since the last century. This ÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Ê ÛÛÃiVÌÊ i>LiÃÊ ÕÃÊ ÌÊ V>Ê Ê `vviÀiÌÊ >viÃÌ>ÌÃÊ vÊ iÝ«>`i`Ê cinema to draw up a provisional anatomy of film itself.
THE FILMSTRIP: AUTO DESTRUCTIVE FILM ÊÕÀÊVÃ`iÀ>ÌÊvÊwÊ>ÃÊw]ÊÜiÊÃ>ÜÊ
ÜÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>`iÊ«
ÞÃV>ÊÌiÀÛiÌÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ wÃÌÀ«]Ê ÃVÀ>ÌV
}]Ê «ÕVÌÕÀ}Ê >`Ê «>Ì}]Ê >`]Ê Ê «ÀiVÌ]Ê Ài`iÀ}Ê Ì
ÃiÊÌÀ>ViÃÊ>ÃÊy>Ã
iÃÊvÊ}
ÌÊÊV«iÝ]Ê>>Ìi`Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ«>ÌÌiÀðÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê >Ê}ÀÕ«ÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊiÝ«>`i`ÊÌ
iÊÌi«À>ÊiÛi«iÊvÊÌ
iÊwÊLÞÊ>ÌiÀ}ÊÌ
iʫ
ÞÃcal make up of the celluloid over long periods of time. In Standing Film/Moving Film £Èn®]ÊÌ
iÊiÀ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ7iÀiÀÊ iiÃÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊÜ
>ÌÊ
iÊV>i`ÊivÀ>iÊwÊ«iÀvÀ>ViðÊiÊÃÊ>ÞÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊÜÀÃÊÌ
iÃiʼwýÊV>iÊ>LÕÌÊ>VV`iÌ>Þ°Ê iiÃÊÃÌÀi`ÊÃiÊvÌ>}iÊÊ>Ê`>«ÊVi>À]Ê>`]ÊÛiÀÊÃiÛiÀ>ÊÌ
Ã]ÊÌ
iÊwÃÌÀ«ÃÊ LiV>iÊVÌ>>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÕ`°Ê7
iÊ
iÊiÝÌÀ>VÌi`Ê>ÊÃ}iÊvÀ>iÊvÊÌ
iÊwÊ>`Ê
EXPANDED CINEMA
167
Ben Rivers, Two Years at Sea (2011). Courtesy of the artist and Kate MacGarry Gallery. Funded by Arts Council England through FLAMIN.
«>Vi`Ê ÌÊ Ê >Ê «ÀiVÌÀ]Ê >ÃÊ Ì
iÊ >«Ê V>iÊ ÌÊ vi]Ê ¼Ì
iÊ VÀLiÃÊ Ê ÀÊ Ê Ì
iÊ ViÕloid started moving because of the heat’.15 Nekes was stretching the parameters of Ü
>ÌÊVÃÌÌÕÌiÃÊ>ÊwÊLÞÊ>Ã}ÊÜ
iÌ
iÀʼ>ÊÃ}iÊvÀ>iÊVÕ`ÊLiÊ>Êw½°16ÊÊÓä£{]Ê *>ÌÀVÊ/>ÀÀ>ÌÊ«À«Ãi`ÊÌ
iÊVVi«ÌÊvʼ>}VÊ>ÌiÀ>ýÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌʼVÀL>½Ê work of this kind.17 In his discussion of Ben Rivers’s Two Years at SeaÊÓ䣣®]Ê/>ÀÀ>ÌÊ LÃiÀÛi`Ê
ÜÊ V
iV>Ê LiÃ
iÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ wÊ ÃÌÀ«]Ê Ü
>ÌÊ
iÊ V>i`Ê Ì
iÊ ¼V
iV>Ê>`ÃV>«i½ÊÌÊÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊÃ}wV>Vi°Ê,ÛiÀýÃÊwÊÃÊ>LÕÌÊ>ÊÀÕÀ>ÊÀiVÕÃi]Ê >iÊ7>Ã]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊViÕ`]ÊÜ
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`]ÊLiViÊÕÌ>ÃÊ looming over the figure of Williams walking in the distance. Where Rivers enacted >ʼiÀ}}ÊvÊÌ
iÊÀi>Ê>`ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>̽]18 Nekes was more concerned to demonstrate the material death of film by dramatising the sinister work of the microbes on the time-limited material of celluloid. When the results of their chemical labour are LÜÊÕ«ÊÌÊÌ
iÊVi>ÌVÊ«À«ÀÌÃÊvÊ>ÊÃÕvvÊÛi]Ê>ÊiµÕ>ÞÊÀÌ>Ê>Õ`iViÊ is given pause for thought. "Ì
iÀÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ >`Û>Vi`Ê Ì
iÊ iVÀÌVÊ L`ÞÉwÊ >>}ÞÊ Õ`iÀ«i`Ê LÞÊ ÕÀÊÊ ¼Ã
>Ài`ÊÀ}>VÊiÝÃÌiVi½ÊLÞÊ>}ÊwÃÊÛiÀʼ}Êë>ViÃÊvÊÌi½19 with a natural
168
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
viÊ Ì
>ÌÊ VÕ`Ê Ì
iÀiÌV>ÞÊ iÝÌi`Ê ÌÊ Þi>ÀÃ]Ê Ê Ì
iÊ V>ÃiÊ vÊ /ÞÊ À>`½ÃÊ Yellow MovieÊ £ÇÎ®Ê ÌÊ ÃiÌ
}Ê ÛiÀÊ vÕÀÊ `iV>`iÃ°Ê /
iÃiÊ ÜiÀiÊ L>ÀiÞÊ wÃ]Ê iÀiÞÊ «>Ìi`ʼÛiÊvÀ>iýÊÕÃ}ÊV
i>«ÊiÕÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ}À>`Õ>ÞÊÞiÜi`ÊÜ
iÊiÝ«Ãi`Ê ÌÊ>ÌÕÀ>Ê}
Ì°Ê À>`Ê>ÃÊVÀi>Ìi`ʼV>iÀ>iÃýÊwÃÊ>`iÊÕ«ÊvÊÕ«ÀiVÌ>LiÊViÕ`ÊvÀ>}iÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ
iÊÃÕLiVÌi`ÊÌÊ«V}]ÊL>}ÊÀÊ
>iÀÊ>ÌÌ>VÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÜ>ÞÊÌÊ iÃV>«iÊÌ
iʼiÝÌÀV>LiÊL`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊViÀV>Ê«ÀViÃÃQiÃR½ÊvÊÌ
iÊwÊ`ÕÃÌÀÞ° 20 VALIE EXPORT and Peter Weibel separated the filmstrip from the camera and proiVÌÀ]Ê>`Ê`ii`Ê`ëiÃi`ÊÜÌ
ÊViÕ`Ê>Ì}iÌ
iÀÊÊÌ
iÀÊInstant Film (1968). Transparent PVC sheets were offered to spectators with which to make their own wÃÊLÞʼ
>}}ÊQÌ
iRÊÊÌ
iÊÜ>]ÊÊvÀÌÊvÊ`vviÀiÌÊVÕÀi`ÊL>V}ÀÕ`ý]21 or ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊV}>ÀiÌÌiLÕÀi`Ê>«iÀÌÕÀiÃ]ÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ÊÜ`ÜÊÊÌ
iÀÊÜÀ`°Ê/
iÊVVi«ÌÕ>ÊÃÌÀiÌV
ÊÊÌ
iÃiÊÜÀÃÊÃÊ>ÃÌÊ>ÌÊLÀi>}Ê«Ì]Ê>`Ê>ÃÊ À>`ÊÀi`ÃÊÕÃ]Ê ¼ÛiÃÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊÌ>iÊ«>ViÊÊÞÕÀÊ>}>̽°22 This has led Genevieve Yue to conVÕ`iÊÌ
>ÌÊ>Ì
Õ}
Ê>««>ÀiÌÞÊVViÀi`ÊÜÌ
Ê`iV>Þ]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊiÊ À>`Ê>`Ê iiÃÊ have made permanent works at a conceptual level. 23Ê9ÕiʵÕÌiÃÊ*iÌiÀÊÕLi>ÊÜ
Ê `iV>Ài`\ʼ7Ì
ÊÌ
ÃÊw]ÊÊ
>ÛiÊ`iÊÃiÌ
}ÊÜ
V
ÊÜÊÃÕÀÛÛiÊÌ
iÊÜ
iÊvÊwÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊLiV>ÕÃiÊÌÊÃÊÀi«i>Ì>LiÊLÞÊ>Þi°ÊÌÊÃÊÜÀÌÌiÊ`ÜÊÊ>ÊÃVÀ«Ì]ÊÌÊÃÊLiÞ`Ê decay’.24Ê9ÕiÊ`iÌwiÃÊÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÊÜÀÃÊ>`]ÊÊÌ
ÃÊVÌiÝÌ]ÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÌVÊ «ÀiVÌÃÊÜ
>ÌÊÃ
iÊV>ÃʼÌÜÊ`>iÌÀVÊÃÌÀ>ýÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊLÌ
ʼi`ÕÀiÃÊ>ÃÊ>Ê concept ... but in material form it inevitably decays’. 25 Although the radical impulse to oppose both the art market and the film industry Ü>ÃÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊÃÌÀ}ÊÊÌ
iÃiÊÜÀÃÊqÊÌ
iʼwýÊÀi>i`ÊÕViVÌ>LiÊqÊ>Ê>V>LÀi]Ê fin de siècle preoccupation with the material disintegration of film seemed to predominate in the 1960s. A similar aesthetic resurfaced at the end of the 1990s in David Gatten’s What the Water Said, nos. 1–3 (1997). The artist threw unprocessed film into the surf and let the sea create the film as a combination of marks made on «>VÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃ`Ê>ÌÌiÀÊvÊÃ>`]ÊÀVÃÊ>`ÊÛ}ÊVÀi>ÌÕÀiÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊV
iV>Ê interaction of seawater with celluloid.26 The resulting pictorial symphony to the sea VÀi>Ìi`Ê>Êii}>VÊ`ÕLiÊ>iÌÊvÀÊLÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ`ÃÃÕÌÊvÊ>>}ÕiÊw]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ slow death of marine life in our oceans. We will return to the topic of obsolescence >`Ê Vi>ÌVÊ iVÀ«
>]Ê LÕÌÊ Ü
iÀiÊ À>`]Ê iiÃÊ >`Ê >ÌÌiÊ i«
>ÃÃi`Ê Ì
iÊ >ÌiÀ>ÊÃÌ>LÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊwÃÌÀ«]Ê>`ÊLÞÊiÝÌiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊL`ÞÊ>`Ê>ÌÌiÀÞ]ÊÌ
iÊiÛÀiÌ]ÊÌ
iÀÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊVViÌÀ>Ìi`ÊÊÌ
iÊiÌÊvÊ«ÀiVÌ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃÊ that could magically bring film to life – but only in darkness.
VISION: DARKNESS Light ... like air ... tends to go unnoticed unless it suddenly dies. VÞÊ>Þ]ÊÓääÎ
EXPANDED CINEMA
169
Ý«>`i`Ê Vi>Ê ÃÊ >Ê iÛiÌÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÌÀ>ÃvÀÃÊ Ì
iÊ Ã«>ViÊ Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê Ì
iÊ V
>}}ÊivviVÌÃÊvÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê}
ÌÊ>`ÊÃÊ`i«i`iÌÊvÀÊÌÃÊ«>VÌÊÊLÌ
Ê`>ÀiÃÃÊ>`Ê >ÊÀi>LiÊÃÕÀViÊvÊiiVÌÀVÌÞÊÌÊ«ÜiÀÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊ>`ÊÃÕ`ÊÃÞÃÌi°Ê/
iÊVÀÕV>ÊV`ÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÝÃÌiViÊvÊÌ
iÊÃ
>vÌÊvÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê}
ÌÊÃÊÌ
ÕÃÊÌ
iÊ>LÃiViÊ of natural light. Should daylight or any other source of artificial light seep into the `>Àii`Ê Ã«>Vi]Ê Ì
iÊ «ÀiVÌÊ ÜÕ`Ê LiÊ V«ÀÃi`°Ê Ê Flat PruneÊ £Èx®]Ê Ì
iÊ theatre-trained American Robert Whitman lowered a bare light bulb in front of a film «ÀiVÌÊÜ
iÀiÊÌÊLÌ
ÊLi>V
i`ÊÕÌÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ>`ÊLiV>iÊ>ÊiiiÌÊvÀÊÛiÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃÊÌÊ>«Õ>Ìi]ÊivviVÌÛiÞÊLÀ}}ÊÌ
iÊ}
Ì}ÊÌiV
V>ÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>}i° ÌÊ>ÀÕ`ÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌi]Ê>VÊiÊÀViÊÊÌ
iÊ1Ê>ÃÊ`À>>ÌÃi`ÊÌ
iÊvÀ>}ÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊLi>Ê>`ÊÌ
ÕÃÊÌ
iÊVi>ÌVÊ>}iÊLÞÊÌiÀÌÌiÌÞÊÃÜÌV
}Ê on a bare light bulb hanging in front of the screen. Castle One (1966) consisted of a montage of found footage depicting demonstrations and political speeches intercut with shots of an identical light bulb to the one threatening the screen in the «ÀiVÌÊë>Vi°Ê7
iÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊLÕLÊÌÊÕ«Ê>`ÊLÌiÀ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊwVÊ>}i]ÊÌÊ >LÀÕ«ÌÞÊ ÜÀiV
i`Ê ÌÃÊ >Õ`iViÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ iÀÃÛiÊ `À>>Ê ÃVÀii]Ê VÀi>Ì}Ê >Ê iÌ>ÀÞÊ `ÃÀiÌ>ÌÊ iÊ Ì
iÊ VvÕÃÊ iÝ«iÀiVi`Ê Ü
iÊ Ü>}Ê ÃÕ``iÞÊ from a dream. Torn from the comfort and anonymity of voyeuristic immersion in Ì
iÊÕÃÀÞÊÕÛiÀÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii]ÊÛiÜiÀÃÊLiV>iʼÃivëiVÌ>ÌÀý] 27 engaged in >ÊvÀÊvÊÕÌÕ>ÊLiVÌwV>Ì°28 Where the light in Flat Prune drew attention to the ÃÌ>}iÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃ]ÊÊCastle One the light bulb stayed on long enough for normal ÃV>ÊÌiÀ>VÌÃÊÌÊÀiÃÕiÊ>}Ê>Õ`iViÊiLiÀÃ]ÊÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÃÊ ÌÊLiÊ>LÀÕ«ÌÞÊVÕÌÊÃ
ÀÌÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊLÕLÊÜ>ÃÊViÊ>}>ÊiÝÌ}ÕÃ
i`Ê>`ÊÌ
iʼÌ
iÀ½Ê filmic reality resumed its dominance. The unceremonious lurching between the two perceptual states not only confronted viewers with the physical reality of the mech>ÃÃÊvÊwÊÕÃÃ]ÊLÕÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÌV«>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÃiÛiÀ>Ê`iV>`iÃÊ>ÀÌÊ Àii`½ÃÊ now infamous installation Lights Going On and OffÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ/>ÌiÊ>iÀÞÊÊÓää£]Ê>ÊÜÀÊ to which we will return.29 iÊ ÀViÊ >ÃÊ `ÀiÜÊ >ÌÌiÌÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ ÃV>Ê V`ÌÃÊ vÊ ÌÀ>`Ì>Ê Vi>]Ê Ê which the dimmed lighting of the picture palace brought with it both promise and the VV>Ã>Ê
>â>À`ÊÕÀ}ÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÃÊqÊ>ÃÊ>ÊLÞ]Ê,Õ«iÀÌÊ ÛiÀiÌÌÊÜ>ÃÊ>`Ã
i`]Ê ¼`½ÌÊÃÌÊÌÊVÃiÊÌÊÀ°Ê >À>À`ÊvÀÊiÃÊEÊ >ÜÃ]ÊÌ
iÀi½ÃÊ>Ê}`ÊLÞ½°30 The cover of darkness allowed courting couples to indulge in behaviours not sanctioned in daylight – this being particularly so in the 1940s and 1950s and even into the 1960s when young people had few opportunities of being alone before marriage. "ÛiÀ>]ÊÌ
iÊ`>ÀiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊVi>Ê>Õ`ÌÀÕÊÃÊVÕÃÌ>ÀÞÊiÝ«iÀiVi`Ê>ÃÊLinign.31 In Moby Dick]ÊiÀ>ÊiÛiÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊÃÊÞÊÜ
iÊ>Ê>½ÃʼiÞiÃÊLiÊ VÃi`½ÊÌ
>ÌÊ
iʼV>ÊiÛiÀÊviiÊ
ÃÊÜÊ`iÌÌÞÊ>À}
ÌÊ°°°Ê>ÃÊvÊ`>ÀiÃÃÊÜiÀiÊ`ii`ÊÌ
iÊ proper element of our essences’. 32ÊvÊÜiÊ}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊVi>ÊÌÊ`ÃVÛiÀ]ÊÊÌ
iÊ`>À]ÊÕÀÊ
Õ>ÊiÃÃiViÃÊÌ
i]Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ ÀVÊ`iÊ ÀÕÞ]ÊVi>Ê`iÃÊÌÃÊLiÃÌÊÌÊv>VÌ>ÌiÊ
170
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Ì
>ÌʵÕiÃÌÊ>`Ê>iÃÊÕÃÊÜiVi°Ê+ÕÌ}Ê*iÌiÀÊÕLi>Ê
iÊVÌi`ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊVi>Ê VÀi>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÊ«i>ÃÕÀ>Liʼvii}ÊvÊLi}ÊÊÌ
iÊ`>ÀÊÌ
iÀ½ÃÊÜLÊvÀÊÜ
V
ÊiÊ ÜÕ`ÊÌ
iÊLiÊLÀÊÌÊ>Ì
iÀÊÜÀ`]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊvÊÌ
iÊw½° 33 Le Grice was intent on `ÃÀÕ«Ì}Ê«ÀiVÃiÞÊÌ
>ÌÊ>}Àii>LiÊÀiLÀÌ
]ÊÌ
iÊÀÕÌiÊLÞÊÜ
V
ÊÛiÜiÀÃÊ>ÀiÊi>Ãi`Ê ÌÊÌ
iÊ>}>ÌÛiÊë>ViÊvÊ>Ê>ÃÌÀi>ÊÛiÊqÊÌ
iÊ««VÀ]ÊÌ
iÊVÕÀÌ>ÃÊÀÃ}]Ê the trailers and the opening credits – and obligingly escorted back into the light of day at the end via the dénouement]ÊÌ
iÊVÀi`ÌÃ]Ê>`]ÊÜ>ÞÊL>VÊÜ
i]ÊÌ
iÊ>Ì>Ê anthem. 34Ê iÞ`ÊÌÃÊÃivÀiyiÝÛiÊiÃÃÃÊÊÌ
iÊ`Õ«VÌÞÊvÊÕÃÃ]ÊCastle One «>Þi`ÊÊÌ
iÊVvÀÌÊÜiÊ`iÀÛiÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÛi«}Ê`>ÀiÃÃÊvÊVi>]ÊÌ
iÊVÌÕÀ>Ê`iÃViÌÊÌÊ*>̽ÃÊV>ÛiÊvÊÃ
>`ÜÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>ÃÌÊÌÊ>ÊÃÌ>ÌiÊvÊiV
>ÌiÌÊ Ì
>ÌÊÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiV`ÌÊvÊwVÊiÝ«iÀiVi°ÊÃÊ,>Þ`Ê iÕÀÊÀi>Ài`\ʼÊ
>ÛiÊ never studied or written about a film that does not stem from what happened to me in the dark. This is the singular effect of cinema.’35 There is always sufficient light in a cinema for the contours of the auditorium to Ài>Êi}Li]ÊvÀÊ«i«iÊÌÊii«ÊÌ
iÀÊLi>À}Ã]Ê>`ÊViÊ>`Ê}ÊÜÌ
ÕÌÊvi>ÀÊvÊÕÀÞ°Ê/
ÃÊÃÊÌÊëÞÊ`ÕiÊÌÊÌ
iÊÀÜÃÊvÊÃ>ÊyÀiÛiÊ}
ÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊi>`ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ ÌÊÌ
iÊiÝÌ]ÊLÕÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊwÊÌÃiv]ÊÌ
iÊLÀ}
ÌiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊÀÀ>`>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊÌ
i>ÌÀi]Ê and the changes of light and dark throughout the film can be seen flickering across Ì
iÊv>ViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ°Ê ÞÊVÌÀ>ÃÌ]ÊÌÊÃÊVÀi>Ã}ÞÊVÊvÀÊÛ}Êage installations to require visitors to push aside heavy felt blackout curtains and iÌiÀÊ>Êë>ViÊÞÊÌÊLiÊ«Õ}i`ÊÌÊ>ÊÃ}
ÌiÃÃ]Ê`iLÌ>Ì}ÊL>ViÃðÊ-«iVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ often have to grope their way along a light trap corridor before they can discover the ÜÀÊÌÃiv°Ê ivÀiÊ}
ÌÊÛÃÊVÃÊÊ>`ÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê«ÌÃÊvÊÛÃÕ>ÊÀiviÀiViÊiÝÌ}ÕÃ
i`]ÊÌ
iÊÛÃÌÀÊÃÊ«ÀvÕ`ÞÊ`ÃÀiÌi`Ê>`ÊÌÊV>ÊÌ>iÊÕ«ÊÌÊÌ
ÀÌÞÊÕÌiÃÊvÀÊ
iÀÊiÞiÃÊÌÊvÕÞÊ>`>«ÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÜÊVÀi«ÕÃVÕ>ÀÊV`ÌðÊÌ
Õ}
]ÊÀ>Ì>Þ]ÊÜiÊ ÜÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊiÌiÀi`Ê>Ê>ÀÌÜÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌVÌÛi]ÊiL`i`ÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌ>ÌÊvÊ Ì
iÊ}
ÌÃÊ}}ÊÕÌÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊ}iÊL`]ÊÀÊÌ
iÊ>«V>Þ«ÃiÊÃÊÕ«ÊÕðÊ/Ì>Ê darkness spells dissolution and death in the human imagination and without visual VÕiÃÊÌÊ>`ÊÀiÌ>ÌÊ>`ÊV>ÌiÊÌ
iÀÃÊvÊÕÀÊ`]ÊÜiÊëÞÊviiÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊ>iÊ in the dark.36Ê"vÊÌ
iÊÕiÀ>LiÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊi}ÕvÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÊ`>ÀiÃÃ]ÊIn Camera (1999) by Smith and Stewart most effectively inspired in me the terror of Ã}ÊÞÊÃ}
Ì°Ê"ÕÌÊvÊÌÌ>ÊL>ViÃÃ]Ê>ÊÃ}i]ÊV
ÀiÊÌÀÊÃiÌÊ
}
ÊÊ a wall suddenly comes to life and casts a beacon of light into the space. The image on the monitor (with a nod to Laurie Anderson) represents a view from the recess of >ÊÕÌ
ÊÜ
iÀiÊ>ÊÌÞÊV>iÀ>Ê
>ÃÊLiiÊ«>Vi`]Ê}ÊÕÌ°Ê"ÞÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊÕÌ
ÊÃÊ «iÊ`iÃÊ>Ê>}iÊ>««i>À°Ê7
iÊÌ
iÊÕÌ
ÊV>«ÃÊÃ
ÕÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊÃÊViÊ>}>Ê iÛi«i`ÊÊ`>ÀiÃðÊ-Ì
Ê>`Ê-ÌiÜ>ÀÌÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÌi`Êvi>ÀÊ LÕÌÊ>ÃÊVvÕÃi`ÊÌ
iÊL`ÞÊVV]ÊÌ
iÊÌiÀ>ÊÌiii«iÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÕÃiÃÊ}
ÌÊÌÊ`ÃÌ}ÕÃ
Ê}
ÌÊvÀÊ`>Þ]Ê>`ÊÌÊÀi}Õ>ÌiÊÃii«}Ê>`ÊÜ>}°Ê }Ê>Ü>ÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ work into the light gave some small sense of the release prisoners must feel after a
EXPANDED CINEMA
171
«iÀ`ÊvÊ}
ÌÊ`i«ÀÛ>ÌÊ>`ÊÃÌ>ÀÞÊVwiiÌ°ÊÃÊ VÞÊ>ÞÊLÃiÀÛi`]ÊÜiÊ ÀiV}ÃiÊÌ
iÊÃ}wV>ViÊvÊ}
ÌÊÞÊÜ
iʼÌÊÃÕ``iÞÊ`iý° >ÀiÃÃ]ÊÌ
i]ÊÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiV`ÌÊvÊVi>°ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊÕVÞÊ,iÞ`Ã]Ê`>ÀiÃÃÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>Ê}
ÌÊÃʼÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊvÊVi>½° 37Ê7Ì
ÕÌÊÌ]ÊÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê>}iÊÜÊ maintain a retinal presence. Blackout may instil in the spectator the comforts of the >ÌiÀ>ÊÜL]ÊvÀÊÜ
iÀiÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊwÊ>`ÊÌÃÊ«ÃÞV
}V>Ê>`ÊÃiÃÀÞÊ«i>ÃÕÀiÃÊ>ÞÊLiÊ`Õ}i`]Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊÊÌ
iÊ
>v}
ÌÊvÊVi>Êë>ViÃÆÊÌÊ>ÞÊ>ÃÊ Ài«ÀiÃiÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ,iÞ`ÃÊ
>ÃÊ`ÕLLi`]ʼÌ
iÊÌiÀÀÌÀÞÊvÊvi>À½° 38 When the blackness ÃÊÌÌ>]ÊÌÊ«À`ÕViÃÊ`ÃÀiÌ>ÌÊ>`ÊÃÕ>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÊÃÃÊvÊÃ}
Ì]ÊÌ
iÊVÕÀÌ>iÌÊvÊ LiÀÌÞÊÀÊiÛiʼÌ
iÊ`Þ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ}
̽]ÊÌ
iÊiÝÌVÌÊvÊviÊÌÃiv° 39
THE SPACE OF PROJECTION: LIGHT The moment of projection ... refers to nothing beyond real time. It contains no illusion. It is a primary experience, not a secondary one. Ì
ÞÊV >]ÊÓääÈ ÀÌÃ
ÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃÊÜiÀiÊ«ÀV«>ÞÊVViÀi`Ê ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÊ ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê >`Ê «
ii}V>Ê «À«iÀÌiÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ «ÀiVÌÊ Li>Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊë>Ì>ÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÃ
>vÌÊvÊ}
ÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÃÕÀv>ViÊÌÊ strikes to create an image. In his emblematic Line Describing a ConeÊ£Çή]ÊÌ
ÞÊ V >Ê«>Vi`ÊÌ
iÊ}
ÌÊLi>Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊViÌÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]ÊÊ>Ê>ÌÌi«ÌÊÌÊ`iwiʼÌ
iÊ iÌÊvÊ«ÀiV̽°ÊÌ
Õ}
ÊÌ>ÞÊ«ÀiÃiÌi`ÊÊ>ÊVi>]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÌiÀÊ ÀiVÃÌÌÕÌi`Ê>ÃÊ>Ê}>iÀÞÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ`iÛ`ÊvÊÃi>Ì}°ÊÊÃ}iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊÕÌi`Ê Ê>Ê«Ì
ÊÜ>ÃÊ>VV«>i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊiV
>V>ÊV>ÌÌiÀÊ>`Ê«ÕÀÀÊvÊÌÃÊÛ}Ê«>ÀÌÃ]Ê for older viewers stirring memories of nights at the movies. Once the machine flickiÀi`ÊÌÊvi]Ê>ÊÌ
ÊLi>Ê«iÀVi`ÊÌ
iÊ`>ÀiÃÃÊÌÀ>V}Ê>ÊiÊvÊ}
ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊi`i`ÊÜ
iÊ ÌÊÃÌÀÕVÊÌ
iÊ««Ã}ÊÜ>°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii>}iÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊÜ
iÀiÊÌ
iʼw½ÊÌÊ «>Vi°Ê"ÛiÀÊÌ
iÊVÕÀÃiÊvÊÌ
ÀÌÞÊÕÌiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÛiÀÊvÊ}
ÌÊÃÜÞÊ}ÀiÜÊÕÌÊÌÊ`iÃVÀLi`Ê>Ê«iÀviVÌÊVi]Ê>ÊÛÕiÌÀVÊiÌÌÞÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊ>ÌÊÌÃÊ>«iÝÊ>`Ê«ÌÊ vÊÀ}°ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃ]ÊwÃÊiÞi`Ê>ÊvÕ}ÌÛiÊ«ÀiiÝÃÌiViÊÊÌ
iÊÌÕÀLÕiViÊvÊ V}>ÀiÌÌiÊÃiÊ>`Ê`ÕÃÌÊ«>ÀÌViÃÊ>>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊLi>°ÊV >ÊÀiVÀi>Ìi`Ê Ì
iÊÀi`iÀ}ÊvÊ}
ÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÃÃ]ÊÌ>ÞÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>`ÊvÊ
ÃÊvÀi`ýÊÀiViÃÃÊÃ}]Ê >`Ê>ÌiÀ]ÊLÞÊ«Õ«}Ê`ÀÞÊViÊÌÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ°Ê7
iÀiÊÌ
iÊVi>ÊÛiÜiÀÊ«ÀiÛÕÃÞÊ Ã>ÌÊ Ê >Ê wÝi`Ê «ÃÌ]Ê V >Ê ÜÊ >`>«Ìi`Ê Ì
iÊ ÜÀÊ vÀÊ >Ê >LÕ>ÌÀÞÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÊ >`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊViÌi`]Ê
ÃʼÃ`Ê}
ÌÊwýÊVÕ`ÊÌÊLiʼvÕÞÊiÝ«iÀiVi`ÊLÞÊ a stationary spectator’.40Ê/
iÊÜÀÊÜ>Ãʼ>`i½ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊ}iÀÊÜ
Ê`ÃVÛiÀi`Ê changing perspectives while physically moving through the beam. A more recent ÜÀ]ÊBetween You and IÊÓääÈ®]ÊÃÌ>}i`ÊÊ>ÊV
ÕÀV
ÊÊ`]Êvi>ÌÕÀi`ÊÌÜÊLi>ÃÊ
172
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Anthony McCall, Between You and I (2006). Installation view, Peer/The Round Chapel, Hackney, London. Courtesy of the artist.
vÊ }
ÌÊ «ÀiVÌi`Ê `ÜÜ>À`ÃÊ vÀÊ >Ê }Ài>ÌÊ
i}
ÌÊ VÀi>Ì}Ê ¼ÛiÀÌV>Ê V
>LiÀÃÊ ÌÊ enter and leave’. 41 The beams followed the evolution of a circle and a straight line Ì
>ÌÊÌ}iÌ
iÀÊVÃÌÌÕÌi`ÊV >½ÃʼÌÌ>ÊÛV>LÕ>ÀÞ½° 42Ê/
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃ]ÊÜÊ`}Ì>]Ê
EXPANDED CINEMA
173
no longer made their presence felt through their familiar clatter but were swallowed Õ«ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ`>ÀiÃÃÊ>LÛi]ÊÌ
iÀÊiV
>ÃÃÊ>Õ`Li°Ê7Ì
ÊÊ`ÃViÀLiÊÃÕÀViÊ vÊÌ
iÊ}
Ì]ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊÜÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊÀi«>ViÊ>Ê>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊÀi>`}ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÀiÊëÀÌÕ>Ê i°Ê/
iÊ>ÃViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊÊÌÊÌÊLiÊÌ
iÊV
ÕÀV
ÊÌÜiÀ]ÊÀiÌiÀated the verticality of the architecture and the Christian belief in a celestial deity.
ÛiÊ>ÃÊ>Ê>«Ãi`Ê >Ì
V]ÊÊvÕ`ÊÞÃivÊÕÜ}ÊÌÊëi>Ê>LÛiÊ>ÊÜ
ëiÀ°ÊV >Ê has observed how the fragility of his work instils in visitors a rare courtesy; viewers >Û`ÊLÃVÕÀ}ÊÌ
iÊLi>ÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÃÊ>`ÊÜ
iÊÊÃ>ÜÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊ>Ê «ÀÛ>ÌiÊÛiÜ]ÊÌ
iÊÌiÀ«iÀÃ>ÊiiiÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊLÀi>Ì
iÃÃÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊÃi darkness returned the work to the shared raptures of a pleasure palace. >ÞÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ iÝ«Ài`Ê Ì
iÊ VÕÀÕÃÊ iÝ«iÀiViÊ vÊ «>ÃÃ}Ê >Ê
>`Ê Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê Ü
>ÌÊ>««i>Ài`ÊÃ`ÊLÕÌÊVÕ`ÊÌÊLiÊ}À>ëi`°Ê/
iÊvÀÊÃÊ«ÕÃ
i`ʼÊ>`ÊÕÌÊvÊÃ`ÌÞ½]ÊÜÀÌiÊiÀ}iÊ >iÀÊ>`ÊÌ
ÕÃʼÊ>`ÊÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Êwi`Ê>Ì}iÌ
iÀ½° 43 Less concerned with artistic classifications and prompted once more by my reli}ÕÃÊÕ«LÀ}}]ÊÊ`ÃVÛiÀi`Ê>ÊÀiÕVÌ>ViÊÌÊÌiÀÀÕ«ÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÕÀÌÞÊÀʼÃ>VÀi`iÃÃ½Ê vÊ Ì
iÊ Li>Ã]Ê >`Ê vÕ`Ê ÞÃivÊ «`iÀ}Ê Ì
iÊ >ÌÕÀiÊ vÊ v>Ì
Ê >`Ê ÌÃÊ VÀi>ÌÊ vÊ the two great intangibles: religion and art. When I saw McCall’s Long Film for Four ProjectorsÊ£Ç{®ÊÀiÃÌ>}i`Ê>ÌÊ/>ÌiÊ ÀÌ>ÊÊÓää{]ÊÊiµÕ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ
ÀâÌ>Ê>ÌÀÝÊvÊ ÌiÀÃiVÌ}Ê«ÀiVÌÊLi>ÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÛ>>ÌÊÃi>ÀV
}
ÌÃÊVÀÃÃVÀÃÃ}ÊÌ
iÊ}
ÌÊ ÃiÃÊ>LÛiÊ`Ê`ÕÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ Ìâ]Ê>`ÊÀiV>i`ÊÌ
iÊLÀ>ÛiÀÞÊvÊÌ
ÃiÊVÕ`}ÊÞÊ mother) who stayed behind to keep the city going. V >½ÃÊë>Ì>ÊwÃÊVi>ÀÞÊÀiÌiÀ>ÌiÊLÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀiÊvÊwÊ«ÀiVÌÊ>`Ê Ì
iÊv>LÀVÊvÊÌ
iÊLÕ`}ÊÊÜ
V
Ê
iÊÃÌ>ÃÊ
ÃÊÜÀ]ÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊ,Õ`Ê
>«iÊ Ê >ÃÌ]Ê>ÃÊ>ÀÌVÕ>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊÌi`i`Ê«ÕLVÊvÕVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊLÕ`}Ê>ÃÊ>Ê«>ViÊvÊ ÜÀÃ
«°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊV >½ÃʼÃ`Ê}
̽ÊwÃÊ>ÃÊ`iÃÌÀ>ÌiÊÌ
iÊiÝÌiÌÊÌÊÜ
V
Ê iÝ«>`i`ÊVi>]ÊÃÌii«i`ÊÊ>Ê>ÃÌ]ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÊÌÀ>`Ì]ÊV>Ê>VÌÛ>ÌiÊ
Õ>Ê emotion and our proclivity to plunder both personal and cultural iconography to narÀ>ÌÛÃiÊ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ ÃiÃiÊ `>Ì>°Ê ÃÊ >iÊ
>`iÀÊ >vwÀi`]Ê ¼>LÛiÊ >]Ê ÜiÊ >ÀiÊ surely Homo SignificansÊqÊi>}>iÀý] 44 and the weaker the representational VÌiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÀiÊÜiÊÛiÌÊÌÃÊÃ}wV>Vi°Ê In spite of the perhaps unintended resonances of their work (the nature of reli}ÕÃÊv>Ì
ÆÊ`ÊÊÌ
iÊ Ìâ®]ÊÃÌÊwÀÃÌ}iiÀ>ÌÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÌVÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÃÃÌi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊiÃiLiÊvÊ>Ê«ÀiVÌÊiÛiÌÊqÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ}
ÌÊLi>]ÊÌ
iÊ space and the spectators – remained the central concern of the work. They emphasised the presentness of the live screening in contrast to what Malcolm Le Grice called Ì
iʼÀiÌÀëiV̽ÊvÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊVi>°45ÊÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÜ
ÊVLi`ÊÌ
iÊÃivÀiyiÝÛÌÞÊ vÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>Ê>`ÊÌ
iʼÀiÌÀëiV̽ÊvÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
iÊiÀV>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ/ÞÊ "ÕÀÃiÀ°Ê-ViÊÌ
iÊ£näÃÊ
iÊ
>ÃÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊÃ}Õ>ÀÊi`>ÊiÛiÌÃÊ>`]ÊiÊV >]ÊÕÃi`Ê `ÀÞÊViÊÌÊ>iÊ>viÃÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊLi>Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊV`ÕVÌi`°ÊÊ V
>«ÌiÀÊwÛi]ÊÊÌÀ`ÕVi`Ê"ÕÀÃiÀ½ÃÊÕÌ«ÀiVÌÊÃÌ>>ÌÊThe Influence Machine
174
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Óäää®ÊÃÌ>}i`ÊÊ`½ÃÊ-
Ê-µÕ>Ài°ÊÃÊ`>ÀiÃÃÊvi]Ê
iÊÀii>Ãi`ÊÜ>ÛiÃÊvÊLÜ}ʼÃi½ÊÌÊÜ
V
ÊÜiÀiÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊÌ
iÊv>ViÃÊvÊ>VÌÀÃÊ>ÃÃÕ}ÊÌ
iÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃÊ vÊÛiÌÀÃÊÜ
Ê
>`ÊViÊÛi`ÊÊÌ
iÊi}
LÕÀ
`]ÊVÕ`}Ê
Ê}iÊ >À`]ÊÌ
iÊ architect of television. While the work made clear references to pre-cinematic magic Ã
ÜÃ]ÊÌÊ>ÃÊÀiVÀi>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊë>Ì>ÌÞÊvÊ>ÊwÊÃiÌÊÀÊÌiiÛÃÊÃÌÕ`ÊV«iÌiÊÜÌ
Ê ÃÕÀÀÕ`ÊÃÕ`Ê>`ÊÛðÊ-«iVÌ>ÌÀÃÊiÝ«Ài`Ê>`Êi`Ìi`ÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊÛiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ wÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÞÊÜiÌ]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÊÌ
iÊõÕ>Ài]ÊÌ
iÊLÕ`}îÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÕÃÀÞÊÌ
iÊv>ViÃ]Ê the voices) held in almost perfect balance. By superimposing disembodied ghosts vÀÊ Ì
iÊ «>ÃÌÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ vÀ>}iÊ ÃÕLÃÌ>ViÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ «ÀiÃiÌ]Ê `ÀvÌ}Ê ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÊ L>ÀiÃÌÊ i>ÃÊvÊÃÕ««ÀÌ]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ>ÃÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>ÊÕV>ÞÊÃiÃiÊvÊÜ>}Ê>}ÊÌ
iÊ `i>`°Ê/
iÀiÊÃÊ>ÊVi>ÀÊÀiviÀiViÊ
iÀiÊÌÊÌ
iÊÀV
ÊÌÀ>`ÌÊvÊÞÜ`Ê
ÀÀÀÃ]ÊÌÊ wVÌ>Ê}
ÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ ViýÃÊ>VLÊ>ÀiÞÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ}
ÕÃ
Êv>ÞÊÊThe Others i>`ÀÊi?L>À]ÊÓä䣮°ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê"ÕÀÃiÀÊ>ÃÊ}iÃÌÕÀiÃÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊÌ
iÊ iÀÀ`>Ê ÌÊvÊ
>ÕÌ}Þ]ÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÊi>ÌÞÊÕÃÌÀ>ÌiÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊ «>À>`iÊëiVÌÀiÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ«>ÃÌ]ÊiÃÃi}iÀÃÊViÊÌÊ`ÃÌÕÀLÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃiÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÀÊ unfinished business.46 These untimely intruders outstay their welcome and unsettle our concept of the chronological march of history. In Borrowed TimeÊ £ÇÉÓääÓ®]Ê >Û`Ê ÌÌiÀÀiÊ `ÀiÜÊ Ê LÌ
Ê wÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊ >`Ê «ÀiVi`iÌÃÊÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊÜ
iÊ
iÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>ÊÌ
Àii`iÃ>ÊÃVÀiiÊÕÌÊvÊ >Ê>ÃÃÊvÊ>ÀÌwV>ÊÃiʵÕ`ÊV>ÀLÊ`Ý`i®ÊÌÊÜ
V
Ê
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊvÌ>}iÊvÊ >ÊÀ>«`ÞÊV}ÊÌÀ>°Ê/
iÊLÜ}ʼÃi½ÊÜ>ÃÊ«À«ii`ÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊ
David Cotterrell, Borrowed Time (1997/2002). Montage using the original footage. Courtesy of the artist.
EXPANDED CINEMA
175
>`Êi}Õvi`ÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊÃÊÌ
>Ì]ÊÌ}iÌ
iÀÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÃÕ`ÌÀ>VÊÌÊ>ÌV
ÊÌ
iÊiVÌ«>ÃVÊÀÕ>Ü>ÞÊÌÀ>]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃÃÊvÊiÌÊ`>}iÀÊÜ>ÃÊ«>«>LiÊÊëÌiÊvÊÌÃÊ obviously illusory nature. Cotterrell’s speeding train borne forth on its miraculous clouds nostalgically recreated some of the wonderment and terror early film audiiViÃÊ>ÀiÊÃ>`ÊÌÊ
>ÛiÊiÝ«iÀiVi`ÊÜ
iÊwÀÃÌÊiÝ«Ãi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÕmÀiÊ ÀÌ
iÀýÊThe Arrival of a Train (1895) or Thomas Edison’s Black Diamond ExpressÊ£nÈ®]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ added attraction that Cotterrell’s train was actually moving through space. Cotterrell >««À«À>Ìi`Ê >`Ê iÝÌi`i`Ê Ì
iÊ ÀiyiÝÛiÊ ÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃÊ vÊ iÝ«>`i`Ê Vi>Ê vÀÊ Ì
iÊ £ÇäÃ]ÊLÕÌÊiÊ>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊLivÀiÊ
]Ê
iÊiÝ«Ãi`ÊÌ
iÊiV
>ÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÕÃÊ Ü
ÃÌÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊViiLÀ>Ì}ÊÌÃÊ«ÜiÀÊÌÊVÕÀiÊÕ«ÊÜ
>ÌÊÃÊÌÊÌ
iÀiÊqÊÊÌ
iÊ case of Borrowed Time]ÊÌ
iÊ}
ÃÌÞÊÀi>ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊVi>ÌVÊ>ÀV
ÛiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÊ gasp of the age of steam.
THE BEAM INTERRUPTED − BY THE ARTIST 7
iÀiÊ ÌÌiÀÀiÊ>`ÊV >Ê>>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊÜÌ
Ê`ÀÞÊVi]ÊÌ
iÀÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊLÀiÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊLi>ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊL`iÃÊ>`]Ê iÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊÜÀi`ÊÛi]ÊV>}ÊÊ>Õ`iViÃÊÌÊ>ÌÌi`ÊÌiÌ>Li`Ê iÛiÌðÊÃÊ,LiÀÌÊ7
Ì>ÊÀi>Ài`]ÊÊëÌiÊvÊÌÃÊVV>Ã]Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊ
>ÃÊ ÀÕiÃÊ>`ʼÌ
iÊVÛiÌÊ
iÀiÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊiÛiÀÞiÊÃÊ}}ÊÌÊLiÊÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊ«>ViÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ same time’. 47 In Zen for FilmÊ£È{®]Ê >ÊÕiÊ*>Ê«ÀiÃiÌi`Ê>Ê>Õ`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ ÃÌ>ÀÊ«ÀëiVÌÊvÊ
ÃivÊ`ÀiÃÃi`ÊÊL>V]ÊL>Ì
i`ÊÊÌ
iÊ}
ÌÊvÊ>ÊwÊiÌÀiÞÊ>`iÊ Õ«ÊvÊVi>À]ÊÕiÝ«Ãi`Ê£ÈÊi>`iÀ°Ê/
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ
>`Ê
ÃÊL>VÊÌÕÀi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊ >`Ê>««i>Ài`ÊÌÊLiÊVÌi«>Ì}Ê
ÃÊ`««i}B}iÀ]Ê
ÃÊÜÊÃ
>`ÜÊÃ
>À«VÕÌÊÌÊ Ì
iÊ«ÕÀiÊwi`ÊvÊ}
Ì]ÊiÛ}ÊÃ
>`ÜÊ«>Þ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊÀÕ`iÌ>ÀÞÊwÊvÀ°Ê*>Ê >`Ê
ÃÊÃ
>`ÜÊ>VÌi`ÊÕÌÊëiÊÌ>ÃÃÊLiV}ÊÜ
>ÌÊ
iÊV>i`Ê>ʼÛ}Êw½ÊÜ
iÊ the filmstrip itself was gradually polluted by the scratches and dirt that accumu>Ìi`ÊÛiÀÊÀi«i>Ìi`Ê«ÀiVÌÃ]ÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>ÊV>}À>«
ÞÊvÊÌÃÊÜÊ
ÃÌÀÞ°ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊ wÛi]ÊÊ`ÃVÕÃÃi`ÊÊ >Ì
iÀiÞ½ÃÊAperture SweepÊ£Çή]ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÃÌi««i`Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ «ÀiVÌÊ Li>Ê >`Ê V>ÃÌÊ >Ê Ã
>`Ü]Ê `ÕL}Ê
iÀÊ >VÌÊ vÊ ÃÜii«}Ê Ì
iÊ ¼w½ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊLÀ°Ê`>ViÌÊÌÊÌ
ÃÊ>}i]ÊÃ
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê>ÊwÊÊÜ
V
ÊÃ
iÊÃÊÃiiÊ similarly engaged in the fruitless task of cleaning up a white wall that will forever >ÌÌÀ>VÌÊÌ
iÊ`ÀÌ°Ê/
iÊ
ÕÀÕÃÊÀiviÀiViÊÌÊÌ
iÊ`Ê>`>}iÊÌ
>Ìʼ>ÊÜ>½ÃÊÜÀÊÃÊ never done’ reverberates with a more rigorous critique of domestic labour and the ÜÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊvÊÌ
ÃiÊÜ
Ê`ÊÌ]Ê«>`ÊÀÊÕ«>`°Ê9iÌÊ`ii«iÀÊÀiÃ>ViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}iÃÊ LÌ
Ê*>Ê>`Ê >Ì
iÀiÞÊ}iiÀ>Ìi`ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÃÛiÊ«ÜiÀÃÊvÊÃ
>`Üðʼ-
>`iÃÊ ViVÌÊÌ
iÊ`ÃÌÀ>VÌi`Ê>ÌÌiÌ]½ÊÜÀÌiÊ >ë>ÀÊ
>Ê>Û>ÌiÀÊÊ£ÇÇn]Ê>`ʼVwiÊ ÌÊÌÊ>ÊÕÌi]Ê>`ÊÌ
ÕÃÊÀi`iÀÊÌ
iÊLÃiÀÛ>ÌÊÀiÊëi]Êi>ÃÞ]Ê>`Ê«ÀiVÃi½° 48 This condensation of meaning has its advantages.
176
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
In Carolee Schneemann’s SnowsÊ£ÈÇ®]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>`Ê
iÀÊL>`ÊvÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃÊ V>ÃÌÊÃ
>`ÜÃÊ>`ÊLÀiÊÌ
iÊLi>ÃÊvÊÃiÛiÀ>Ê«ÀiVÌÃÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞ]ÊÌiÀÀÕ«Ìing a montage of filmed atrocities from the Vietnam War. SnowsÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃi`ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÀÊ of her generation towards an administration that was sacrificing thousands of US >`Ê6iÌ>iÃiÊÛiÃÊÌÊ>Ê`iviÃLiÊÜ>À°Ê-V
ii>½ÃʼÀ>}iÊ>`Ê`}>̽ÊÃÊ `iV«
iÀ>LiÊÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÞÊÃ
iÊÕÃi`ÊL`iÃÊÌʼLÌ
Ê>LÃÀLÊ>`ÊvÀ>VÌÕÀiÊÌ
iÊwÊ>}iÀÞ½Ê>`ÊÃʼÀiVVÕ«Þ½49 a medium that had packaged and laundered the war for home consumption. The bodies in SnowsÊÜiÀiÊÌÊi}>}i`ÊÊÜ
>ÌÊiiÌ
ÊÕÌÌÃ-Ì
Ê `ÕLLi`ʼ>Ê`Û`Õ>Ê>ÃÃiÀÌÊvÊi}½Æ 50 they were impersonal – as Schneemann >ÃÃiÀÌi`]Ê Ã
iÊ >`Ê
iÀÊ ÌÀÕ«iÊ ÜiÀiÊ ¼ÛÃLiÊ V>ÀÀiÀÃ½Ê vÊ Ì
iÊ >}i]ÊvÊi>}]ÊLÕÌÊ Ì
iÊL`ÞʼÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>]ÊÌÊÃÊÌÊÞÕ½°51 Ulrike Rosenbach and Schneemann herself
>`ÊLi}ÕÊLÞÊ«ÀiVÌ}ÊÃ`iÃÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊL`iÃ]ÊÊ,ÃiL>V
½ÃÊV>ÃiÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊvÊ Botticelli’s Birth of VenusÊ£{nÈ®°ÊÃÊ,LiÀÌÊ7
Ì>Ê`ÃVÛiÀi`]Ê«ÀiVÌÊy>ÌÌiÃÊ Ì
iÊL`Þ]ÊÀi`iÀ}ÊÌÊ>ÃÊvÕVÌ>Ê>ÃÊ>ÊVÕÌÊÕÌ]Ê>`Ê>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌi]ʼÌÊÃiii`Ê>ÌÕÀ>Ê ÌÊÕÃiÊ>Ê«iÀÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÃÕÀv>Vi½]52Ê>ÊL>ÊV>Û>ÃÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌÊ«ÀiVÌÊw°ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê there are moments in Whitman’s Prune Flat in which the figure cavorting in front of Ì
iÊÃVÀiiÊÃÞV
ÀÃiÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊwVÌ>Êë>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊwVÊ>}i]Ê>`Ê
iÀi]ÊÌ
iÊ >}iʼLÕÀÃÌÃÊÌÊ>ÊÃÕ«iÀÀi>ÌÞ½° 53Ê/
iÊw}ÕÀi]ÊÃÕ``iÞÊëÀÕ}ÊÕÌÊvÊÌÃÊy>ÌiÃÃ]Ê «ÀiÃiÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊÀÕ`Ê>`ÊÃÕÀ}iÃÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊÊ>Êi>ÀÞÊ>««ÀÝ>ÌÊvÊ Î Êw°Ê/
iÊÃÃÊvÊ>ÞÌÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀiÀ]ÊÜÊÌ
iÊyiÃ
>`L`ʼ
ÌÊÃ«Ì½Ê >ÌÊÌ
iÊViÌÀiÊvÊw]ÊÀi`ÃÊÕÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÊÀi>Ê«iÀÃÊ
>LÌÃÊ>ÊwVÌ>ÊV
>À>VÌiÀÊÊ mainstream film. The role is brought to life by the skill of an individual who suffers >`ÊÃÜi>ÌÃ]Ê>ÃÊÌ
ÃiÊÊÌ
iÊvÀÌÊÀÜÊvÊPrune Flat will have been able to see for themselves. Ê>ÊÜÀÊLÞÊ>VÊiÊÀViÊÊÌ
iÊ1ÊViÌÀi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃ}iÊw}ÕÀiÊV>Õ}
ÌÊ in the beam and also dramatised the individuality of the performer. In Horror Film 1ʣǣ®]ÊiÊÀViÊÃÌ`Ê>i`ÊÊÌ
iÊ«>Ì
ÊvÊÌ
ÀiiÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊwÃÊ«Ã]Êi>V
ÊVÀiating a different field of colour. The visual display was accompanied by the sound vÊLÀi>Ì
}Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊiV
>V>Ê
i>ÀÌLi>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀðÊÃÊiÊÀViÊÃÃÌi`]Ê Ì
iÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÊ Ü>ÃÊ vviÀi`Ê Ê «ÀwVÊ iÛiÌ°Ê /
iÊ ¼V«iÌiÊ >ÌiÀ>Ê vÊ Ì
iÊ w½Ê was presented direct to the audience.54 Having described the limits of each frame LÞÊÃÌÀiÌV
}ÊÕÌÊ
ÃÊ>ÀÃ]ÊiÊÀViÊÃÌi««i`ÊL>VÜ>À`ÃÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊ Ì
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊÃÊ that his shadow or the negative space he cut out of the screen grew in tandem with
ÃÊ ÛiiÌÃ°Ê iÊ ÀViÊ >VÜi`}iÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ¼ÃiÌ
}Ê >}V>½Ê
>««iÃÊ iÛiÊ though the audience knows how the film event is created. With nothing to cover his >i`iÃÃÊLÕÌÊÃ
Õ`iÀi}Ì
Ê
>ÀÊ>`Ê>Êv>Ã
>LiÊLi>À`]Ê>`ÊÜÌ
Ê
ÃÊ>ÀÃÊÕÌÃÌÀiÌV
i`]ÊiÊÀViÊ«ÀiÃiÌi`Ê>Ê
ÀÃÌi]ÊÃ>VÀwV>Êw}ÕÀiÊ>ÌV«>Ì}Ê Ê6>½ÃÊ later video works featuring the male figure drifting in liquid space. Both Le Grice and 6>Ê}iÃÌÕÀiÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊ`iÛÌ>Ê>}iÀÞ]ÊLÕÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌýÊÜÊ>}iÃÊÀÊÃ
>`ÜÃÊ>VÌ}Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÃÕÀÀ}>ÌiÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ`ÛÌÞ]ÊiÊ}
ÌÊÃÕëiVÌÊ>ÊÃÕÀÀi`iÀÊÌÊ«ÕÀiÊ
EXPANDED CINEMA
177
Malcolm Le Grice, Horror Film 1 (1971), 16mm film and shadow performance. Sound: Le Grice. Performance documentation stills. Courtesy of the artist.
>ÀVÃÃðÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÊ`iÌiVÌÊÊHorror Film 1Ê>Êi>V
V]Êii}>VʵÕ>ÌÞ]ÊÃÕ}gesting an acceptance of mortality and the fragility of the human frame. It could be Ì
>ÌÊiÊÀVi]ÊiÊiÛÊÊAnna Karenin]ÊÃʼÃÌÀViÊÜÌ
Ê
ÀÀÀ]ÊÌÊÃÊÕV
Ê>ÌÊ`i>Ì
Ê >ÃÊ>ÌÊvi½Ê>`ÊÊëÌiÊvÊÌ
iÊ>VVÕÕ>Ìi`ÊÜÃ`ÊvÊÃViViÊÃÊivÌ]ʼÜÌ
ÕÌÊÌ
iÊi>ÃÌÊ VVi«ÌÊvÊQvi½ÃRÊÀ}]ÊÌÃÊ«ÕÀ«Ãi]ÊÌÃÊÀi>Ã]ÊÌÃÊ>ÌÕÀi½°55Ê7
iÀiÊiÛ]ÊiÊ -VÀ>ÌiÃ]Êw`ÃÊi>}ÊÊ>ÊviÊvʼ}`iÃý]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÃiiÃÊÌÀ>ÃVi`iViÊ>`Ê Ì
iÊVvÀÌÃÊvÊiV
>ÌiÌÊÊÌ
>ÌÊiÌÊvÊ>}VÊÌ
>ÌÊwÊV>Ê«À`ÕVi°ÊÌÊÃʼ"Ê ÌÊ`i½]ÊÕÃi`Ê7
Ì>]ÊvʼÞÕÊÜÊÜ
>ÌÊÌÊÃÊ>Ê>LÕÌÊvÀÊÌ
>ÌÊiÌÊÜ
iÊÞÕÊ are awe struck’.56 Ê£ÇÇÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÞÜ>À`Ê>iÀÞ]Ê
ÀÃÊ7iÃLÞÊiÝ«iÀiVi`Ê>Ê`i}
ÌvÕÊ>Õ`iViÊ response when he installed Shoreline 1]Ê>ÊÜÀÊÀiviÀiVi`ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊwÛi°ÊÊÀÜÊvÊ ÃÝÊ£ÈÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊÃ
Üi`Ê>Ê«i`ÊÃiµÕiViÊvÊÌ
iÊÃi>Ã
ÀiÊÊ>ÊÃÕÞÊ`>Þ°Ê ÊëÌiÊvÊÌ
iÊÃ}
ÌÊ}>«ÃÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê>}iÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>VÊvÊÃÞV
ÀÃ>ÌÊ Ê Ü>ÛiÊ vÀ>ÌÃÊ >VÀÃÃÊ Ì
iÊ ÃVÀiiÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ ÃÝÊ >}iÃÊ >`iÊ Õ«Ê >Ê LÀ>`Ê panorama of the ocean’s horizon and the liminal space between land and sea. With Ì
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊ«ÃÌi`Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊL>VÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ]ÊÌ
iÊÞÊÜ>ÞÊÌÊ>VViÃÃÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ Ü>ÃÊÌÊÌiÀÀÕ«ÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌðÊ7iÃLÞÊÌ>iÃÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÞ\Ê 7
iÊÞÕÊÜ>ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
ÃiÊLi>ÃÊvÊ}
Ì]ÊÞÕÊ}iÌÊ>ʼÜÊÞÕÊÃiiÊi]ÊÜÊ you don’t’ alternating effect because you cast a shadow on the screen until ÞÕÊ}iÌÊÊ>Ê}>«ÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊ°°°Ê"iÊÞÕ}ÊÜ>ÊÕ«ÃiÌÊÌ
iÊÕformed attendants when she did a series of cartwheels straight through the
178
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Chris Welsby, Shoreline 1 (1977), ACME Gallery, a six screen film installation/16mm film loops. Sound: ‘live’, 6 projectors. Courtesy of the artist.
Li>ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀðÊ/
ÃÊ«À`ÕVi`Ê>ÊÜ`iÀvÕÊV
>ÊvÊvÀâiÊ>}iÃÊ >VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊÃÝÊÃVÀiiðÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ê}Ài>ÌÊÌÌiÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ«iViÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÀiÃÕÌÊ looked like an animated film.57 The anonymous acrobat showed her instinctual understanding of the piece by i>VÌ}Ê >Ì
iÀÊ >ÞiÀÊ vÊ Ûi]Ê «>À>Vi>ÌVÊ w°Ê -
iÊ ÌÀ>ÃvÀi`Ê
iÀÃivÊ ÌÊ >Ê ÃiµÕiÌ>]ÊÌiÀÌÌiÌÊ`ÕLiÊ>}i]Ê>Ê}ÀÊ>`Ê
iÀÊÃ
>`ÜÊÌ>}Êy}
Ì]ÊÜ
ÃÌÊÃmultaneously defying the institution by breaking its unwritten rules of decorum.
THE BEAM INTERRUPTED − BY OBJECTS In spite of the anarchic gesture of Welsby’s spectator and the enigmatic presence vÊiÊÀVi>Ã
ÀÃÌ]Ê>ÊL`ÞÊ«>ÀÌ
``i]Ê«>ÀÌÀiÛi>i`ÊÊ>Ê«ÀiVÌÊLi>ÊÃÊy>ÌÌii`Ê>`ÊvÀ>VÌÕÀi`]Ê>`]Ê>ÃÊ7
Ì>ÊLÃiÀÛi`]ÊÌÊÌ>iÃÊÊ>ÊÀiÊ}iiÀVÊ>ëiVÌÊ >««À>V
}Ê Ì
iÊ V`ÌÊ vÊ >Ê LiVÌ°Ê ÛiÀÃiÞ]Ê ÃiÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊ «ÀiVÌi`Ê ÌÊ>>ÌiÊLiVÌÃÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÃÊ}
ÌÊ>««i>ÀÊÌÊLÀ}ÊÌ
iÊÌÊvi°Ê ÊÌ
iÊ1]Ê,Ê>Ãi`iÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê>ÊwÊvÊ>Ê>i`ÊÜ>Ê>`Ê
iÀÊ`}ÊÌÊÃÌÃÊvÊ Ì
iÊÃ>iÊwÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊw}ÕÀiÃÊ>««i>Ài`ÊÌÊvÌÊÕÌÊvÊ>Êy>ÌÊ«>i°ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃ]Ê/Ê i>`ÊÌÊÃ`iÃÊvÊLiVÌÃÊ>`Ê«ÀiVÌi`ÊÌ
iÊL>VÊÌÊÌ
ÃiÊÃ>iÊLiVÌðÊ/
iÊ >}iÊ>««i>Ài`ÊÌÊ
ÛiÀÊÛiÀÊÌÃÊ`ÕLiÊiÊ>ÊiÝÌÀÕÃÊÀÊ>Ê>ÕÀ>°ÊÊ£näÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ 7
ÌiV
>«iÊ>iÀÞ]Êi>`ÊV>LÀ>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÀ>`>Ê/ÕviÊ>`Ê>ÊÌÀÕ«iÊvÊ`>ViÀÃÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>Ê`Þ>VÊ«ÀiVÌÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊÕÌÌi`®ÊÕÃ}ÊëiÊL>À`ðÊi>`Ê describes the work as follows: /
ÃÊ«iViÊVÃÃÌi`ÊvÊ>Ê>À}iÊwÊ«ÀiVÌÊvÊ>ÊÜ>ÌiÀv>Êwi`ÊLÞÊ,V
>À`Ê 7iÃLÞ®°Ê/
iÊ`>ViÀÃÊÃÌ`ÊÊvÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊ
`}Ê>À}iÊy>ÌÊÜ
ÌiÊ ÃVÀiiÃÊÛiÀÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÌiÀv>ÊV>ÃV>`i`°Ê7
iÊÌ
iÊwÊÃÌ>ÀÌi`]ÊÌ
iÊ`>ViÀÃÉÃVÀiiÃÊÜiÀiÊÛÃLiÊLÕÌÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÕÌÊÌ
iÊ«iVi]ÊÌ
iÞÊÛi`ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÃÊ Ê `vviÀiÌÊ `ÀiVÌÃ]Ê ÀiÛi>}Ê Ì
iÃiÛiÃÊ >`Ê VÀi>Ã}ÞÊ LÀi>}Ê Õ«Ê the image.58
EXPANDED CINEMA
179
i«i`}ÊÊÌÃÊ«ÀÝÌÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀ]Êi>V
ÊVÕÀÃÊLÞÊ>ÊÀÛ}ÊL>À`ÊÛ>Àied the scale and resolution of the filmic image. When thus confined to a smaller vÀ>i]ÊÌ
iÊvÀ>}iÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊÌÊÊiÌÃÊvÊÃ`ÌÞÊÞÊÌÊLiÊV>ÃÌÊ L>VÊÌÊÌ
iÊyÜÊvÊÌ
iÊ>À}iÀÊ>}iÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ`>ViÀÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÀÊÃVÀiiÉL>À`ÃÊ`Ã>«peared. The work articulated a notion of cognition that David Peat has derived from LÌ
Ê >Û`Ê
Ê>`Ê >ÀÊÕ}]ÊiÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÃÊ«iViÊÌ}iÌ
iÀÊ>Ê«ÀiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊvÀÊiiiÌÃÊiÝÌÀ>VÌi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÕ`vviÀiÌ>Ìi`ÊyÕÝ°ÊÊÀ`iÀÊ ÌÊVÕV>ÌiÊÌÃÊ«iÀVi«ÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>ÊÃÕLiVÌÊ
>ÃÊÀiVÕÀÃiÊÌÊ>}Õ>}iÊ>`Ê Ài«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì]ÊÜ
V
ÊvÕÀÌ
iÀÊV«ÀiÃÃÊ>`ÊÃV
i>ÌÃiÊÀi>ÌÞ° 59Ê iÛiÀÌ
iiÃÃ]ÊÊ 7
Ì>½ÃÊiÌÃÊvÊ>Üi]ÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊiÌ>ÀÞÊÀiViVÌÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊyÕÝÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÜÀ`]ÊÜÌ
ÊÜ
>ÌÊ
ÊV>ÃÊÌÃʼ
Ûii̽°Ê/
iÊiwÊw}ÕÀiÃÊÊi>`½ÃÊ«ÀiVtion performance with their fugitive moments of pictorial condensation went some way to evoking the deeper connectivity of the discernible parts to the immeasurable whole. Ê «ÀiVÌÊ ÌÊ LiVÌÃÊ
>ÃÊ Ì>iÊ >ÞÊ vÀÃ]Ê >`«Ì}Ê >}iÃÕ««ÀÌÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ>ÀiÊÃiÌiÃÊ>ÃÊi«
iiÀ>Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê>}iÊÌÃiv°ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊÌ
Àii]ÊÜiÊ Ã>ÜÊ
ÜÊ>iÃÊ ÃÊi`Üi`ÊLiVÌÃÊÜÌ
Ê>}iVÞÊV>«>LiÊvÊV
>}}ÊÕÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê Ì
iʼÌ
Ài>`ÃÊvÊ`iÃÀi½ÊÌ
>ÌÊL`ÊÕÃÊÌÊÌ
i° 60Ê/
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊÜÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊiÝ«ÃiÊÕÀÊ`iÃÀiÊvÀÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÊLÞÊÌ
Ü>ÀÌ}ÊÌ]ÊLÞÊÀiÛi>}ÊÌ
iÊVÛiÌi`Ê>ÀÌiv>VÌÊÌÊLiÊ>ÊV
iÀ>°Ê When Carolee Schneemann performed in front of a screen in Ghost RevÊ£Èx®]ÊÃ
iÊ LiÜÊÃ>«ÊLÕLLiÃÊÌ
>Ì]ÊvÀÊ>ÊiÌ]ÊLiV>iÊy>Ì}]Êë
iÀV>ÊÃVÀiiÃ°Ê ÊÃiÀÊ
>`ÊÌ
iÃiÊiÌÀ>V}Ê}LiÃÊViÊÌÊLi}ÊÌ
>ÊÌ
iÞÊ«««i`]ÊV>ÃÌ}ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ ÌÊLÛ°ÊÊiÀ>Þ]Ê6 Ê 8*",/ÊÜ>ÃÊiµÕ>ÞÊv>ÃV>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊi«
iiÀ>ÌÞÊ vÊw]Ê>`Ê>ÃÊÊ`ÃVÕÃÃi`ÊÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊÌÊ>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀi]ÊÌÃÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊ`ÃÃÛiÊÃ`Ê >ÌÌiÀ°Ê Ý«ÀÌÊi«Þi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>Ê>`ÊÀiyiVÌÛiÊ«À«iÀÌiÃÊvÊ>ÊÀÀÀÊÌÊÃÕlate the effect of film without the use of traditional film materials and processes. In abstract film no. 1Ê£ÈÇqÈn®]Ê>Ê«ÀiVÌÀ½ÃÊ}
ÌÊLi>ÊÜ>ÃÊ`ÀiVÌi`Ê>ÌÊ>ÊÀÀÀÊ`ÜÊ Ü
V
ÊL>`ÃÊvÊÀi`Ê«>ÌÊÜiÀiÊÃÜÞÊÌÀV}°Ê/
iÊ>}iÊÜ>ÃÊÀivÀ>VÌi`]Ê>ÌÊ>Ê>}i]Ê ÌÊ>ÊÜ>]ÊÜ
V
Ê}>ÛiÊÌ
iÊÕÃÊvÊÛ}Ê«VÌÕÀiÃÊ`iÀÛ}ÊvÀÊ>Ê«ÀiVÌÀÊÜÌ
Ê Êw]ÊÜ
V
ÊÜ>ÃÊVvÕÃ}ÞÊ«Ì}Ê>Ü>ÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii°Ê/
iÊLiVÌÊÌiÀÀÕ«Ì}Ê Ì
iÊ }
ÌÊ VÀi>Ìi`]Ê ÌÊ >Ê Ã
>`Ü]Ê LÕÌÊ Ì
iÊ Û}Ê >}iÃÊ Ì
iÃiÛiÃ°Ê Ê Ì>Þ]Ê >Ài>Ê*ÀiÊVÃÌÀÕVÌi`Ê>Ê}À`ÊvÊÃiÌÀ>ë>ÀiÌ]ÊÃiÀiyiVÌÛiÊÃVÀiiÃÊvÀÊ her installation Film AmbienteʣȮÊÌÊÜ
V
ÊÃ
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊwð61 The V«iÝÊ>ÀÀ>}iiÌÊvÊÃVÀiiÃÊÌiÀÀÕ«Ì}Ê>`ÊÀivÀ>VÌ}ÊÌ
iÊ}
ÌÊÀiÃÕÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ >}iÊ`iÌ>V
}ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÃÊ>`Ê
ÛiÀ}ÊÊÌ
iÊë>ViÃÊLiÌÜii]ÊvÀ}Ê>Ê ÛÕiÌÀV]Ê}Ü}Ê>Ãð62 If Pirelli used film to thicken light into a solid filmic presiVi]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ-V
ii>]Ê >ÊÀ>
>ÊÀÊÕÞÊ-
iÀÜÊ>«Õ>Ìi`ÊÀÀÀÃÊ ÌÊÃV>ÌÌiÀÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ>ÀÕ`Ê>Êë>Vi]Ê>Ê«ÀViÃÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊÃÌÊ>vviVÌ}ÞÊiÝ«Ìi`Ê by David Dye in his film performance Western Reversal (1973–2009). Crouching >ÌÊÌ
iÊvÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>Ì
iÀ}]Ê
ÃÊL>VÊÌÕÀi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iVi]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊvÌi`ÊÌÊ
180
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
«ÃÌÊ>ÊL>À`ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÜiÀiÊwÝi`ÊÃÝÌiiÊV>ÀÊÜ}ÊÀÀÀÃ]Ê>ÀÀ>}i`ÊÊ>Ê}À`°Ê ÌÊÌ
iÊÀÀÀÃ]Ê
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê>Ê-Õ«iÀÊnÊwÊvÊ>Ê«i`ÊÃiµÕiViÊvÀÊ>ÊVÜLÞÊwÊ featuring a posse in hot pursuit of an archetypal baddie. Dye gradually angled the ÀÀÀÃÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊwÊvÀ>VÌÕÀi`ÊÌÊ«iÀviVÌÊ«>ÀÌÛiÜÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃiµÕiVi]ÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>Ê firmament of rushing cowboys travelling up walls and across the ceiling. As the film ëÀi>`ÊÕÌ]ÊÌÊ`i>`i`Ê>ÊVÀi>Ãi`ÊivvÀÌÊÌÊiÌ>ÞÊÀi>ÃÃiLiÊÌ
iÊvÀ>}iÌÃÊ ÌÊ>ÊV
iÀiÌÊ>}i°Ê/
iÊÜÀÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>ÊÃÜÊÌ]ÊiÝ«`i`ÊVi>Ê>ÌV«>Ìing Cornelia Parker’s Cold Dark Matter: An Exploded ViewÊ££®]ÊÊÜ
V
Ê>Ê}>À`iÊ shed was famously blown up and the shards reassembled to simulate the moment of iÝiVÕÌ°Ê ÞiÊ>ÃÊÀiÃÌÀi`Ê
ÃÊw]ÊÌÕÀ}ÊÌ
iÊÀÀÀÃÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊi>V
ÊiiiÌÊÜ>ÃÊ ÃÜÞÊ LÀÕ}
ÌÊ L>VÊ ÌÊ >}iÌ]Ê ViÊ >}>Ê vÀ}Ê >Ê i}LiÊ Ài«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì°Ê The deconstruction and reconstruction of the cowboy sequence conformed to the >Û>Ì}>À`iÊÀiµÕÀiiÌÊvÀÊÀiyiÝÛÌÞÊ>`ÊiÝ«Ài`ÊÌ
iʼV«iÝÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÃÊvÊ ÌiV
}Þ½]Ê`Ê>`ÊiÜ°63ÊÌÊ>ÃÊ>«ÞÊ`iÃÌÀ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ«>ÞvÕiÃÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ}iivÕÊ ÌiÀ}ÊÜÌ
ÊÛÃÊ>V
iÃÊvÊÕV
ÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäðÊ/
iÊÃ>iÊ `i}
ÌÊÊ
i>`iÊ}>`}iÌÀÞ]Ê«ÀÛ`}ÊÜ
>ÌÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃÊ`iwi`Ê>Ãʼ>ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊÊ>Ê Ã½]64 is still much evidence today. Torsten Lauschmann’s media performance The Amen BreakÊÓä£{®ÊÃ>ÀÞÊ`i«ÞÃÊÀÀÀÊÀiyiVÌÃ]ÊÌ
ÃÊÌiÊLÕV}ÊÌ
iÊwÊ off a rotating mirror ball and radiating a constellation of moving points of light around Ì
iÊ}>iÀÞ°ÊÊÀi>ÃÃÕÀ}Ê«>Ì>ÊvÊ`>ViÊ
>ÊÃÌ>}>ÊÜ>ÃÊÌiÀÜÛiÊÜÌ
ÊV«iÝÊ `}Ì>ÊÃÕ`ÃÊ>`Ê>}iÃ]ÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃÊ}Õ>À`i`ÊLÞÊÌÜÊ
iVÌVÊ`}Ì>ÊVVÃÊVÕÌ}Ê ÕÌÊ>ÊÃViÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iVi½ÃÊ>V>Ìi`ÊÌiÊÊi>ÀÌ
]ÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>ÊÀiÀV>ÃÌiÀÊÃiÃiÊvÊ >À}V>ÊÌiÊ>ÃÊiÝ«iÀiVi`®]ÊÀÕ}ÊÕÌÊ>ÌÊ>Ê>>À}ÊÀ>Ìi°Ê If Lauschmann’s work was designed to stimulate both enchantment (the lights) >`Ê >ÝiÌÞÊ Ì
iÊ VVî]Ê System for Dramatic Feedback (1994) by Tony Oursler ÃÕ}
ÌÊÌÊÃÌÀÊi«>Ì
VÊ
Õ>ÊÀiëÃiÃÊÊÌÃÊ>Õ`iViðÊ"ÕÀÃiÀÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊÌÊ the blank faces of small rag dolls footage of human heads in the throes of emotional ÌÕÀÊqÊiÊÃÌÕvvi`ÊVÀi>ÌÕÀi]ÊÃÕ«i`Ê«>Ì
iÌV>ÞÊÊ>ÊVÀiÀ]ÊVÀi`ÊÕÌʼ"
ÊtÊ"
Ê t½Ê/
iÊ>}ÕÃ
i`Êv>ViÃÊ>>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊVÌ
Ê
i>`ÃÊVÌÀ>ÃÌi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«>À>ÞÃÃÊvÊ Ì
iÀÊLÃÊ>`ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`Ê`ivÀi`ÊÀÊÃÌÕÌi`Ê>`ÕÌÃÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌiÊVÕÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ *ÕV
Ê>`ÊÕ`ÞÊÃ
ÜÃÊvÊV
`
`°ÊÊ
ÃÊiÃÃ>ÞÊThe UncannyÊ££®]ÊÀiÕ`ʵÕÌiÃÊ
ÀÃÌÊ iÌÃV
Ê Ü
Ê `ÃVÛiÀÃÊ Ì
iÊ ÕV>ÞÊ Ê Ì
iÊ ¼«ÀiÃÃÊ >`iÊ LÞÊ Ü>ÝÜÀÊ w}ÕÀiÃ]Ê}iÕÃÞÊVÃÌÀÕVÌi`Ê`ÃÊ>`Ê>ÕÌ>Ì>½Ê>`ÊÌ
iÃiÊ«À`ÕViʼ`ÕLÌÃÊ°°°Ê Ü
iÌ
iÀÊ>ÊviiÃÃÊLiVÌÊ}
ÌÊÌÊLiÊÊv>VÌÊ>>Ìi½° 65 The heightened realism of Ì
iÊ Û}Ê >}iÊ ViÀÌ>ÞÊ VÌÀLÕÌi`Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ ÛiÉviiÃÃÊ >L}ÕÌÞÊ vÊ "ÕÀÃiÀ½ÃÊ dolls and their small scale relative to the bodies of the viewers inspired a physical ÀiëÃi]Ê>Ê«iÀ
>«ÃÊ«>ÀiÌ>ÊÕÀ}iÊÌÊÀiÃVÕiÊÌ
iÊ`ÃÌÀiÃÃi`Êivw}iÃÊ>`Ê`ÀÞÊÌ
iÀÊ Ìi>ÀðÊÃÊÜiÊÃ>ÜÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊi}
Ì]ÊÌ
iÊi«>Ì
iÌVÊÀiëÃiÊi>LiÃÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÌÊ ¼viiÊ
ÃivÊÌÊ>Ê`Ài`ÊLiV̽66ÊvÀÊÜ
V
ÊÃÉ
iÊ>ÞÊ`iÀÛiÊ>ÊiÜÊ«iÀëiVÌÛi]Ê iÜÊÜi`}iÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`°ÊÊÌ
ÃÊV>Ãi]Ê>Ê`ÕLiÊi«>Ì
ÞÊÃÊ>ÌÊ«>Þ]ÊwÀÃÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ
EXPANDED CINEMA
181
Tony Oursler, System for Dramatic Feedback (1994). Courtesy of the artist.
ÌÀiÌi`Ê
Õ>ÊÃÕLiVÌÊiL`i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ>`ÊÃiV`ÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÊÌÊ Ü
V
ÊÌÊÃÊ«ÀiVÌi`]Ê>`]Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ
ÀÃÌiÊ"`i]ÊÌ
ÃÊÃÊ>V
iÛi`ÊÞÊÜ
iÊ ¼Ì
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊÌi«À>ÀÞÊ}ÛiÃÊÕ«Ê
ÃÊÜÊi}ÊvÀÊÌ
>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊLiV̽°67 By means of ÃÕV
Ê>ÊÀiÕV>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊ>ÞÊÀiÛiÀLiÀ>ÌiÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊvii}ÃÊvÊÌ
iÀðÊ/
iÊ LÛÕÃ]ÊLÕÀiõÕiÊv>iÀÞÊvÊÌ
iʼ
Õ>½ÊëiVÌ>Vi\ÊÌ
iÊÛiÀ>VÌ}]ÊÌ
iÊÛ`iÊ«ÀiVÌÀ]ÊLi>ÊvÊ}
ÌÊ>`ÊVÀÕ`iÞ>`iÊÌÞÃÊÀi`iÀi`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÕÃiÊÌÊÀiÃVÕiÊ"ÕÀÃiÀ½ÃÊ >>ÌiÊVÀi>ÌÕÀiÃÊ>LÃÕÀ`]ÊLÕÌÊÊiÃÃÊ«ÜiÀvÕÊvÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÀi>Ã>Ì°Ê ÞÊÀiÛÃÌ}Ê Ì
iÊÃivÀiyiÝÛÌÞÊvÊÌ
Àii`iÃ>Êi̽ëÀiÌi`]Ê>`ÊÃiÌÌ}ÊÕ«Ê>Ê«
ÞÃV>ÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ`Ã]ÊiÌ>Êi}>}iiÌÊÌÊ«>ViÊ Ü
iÀi]ÊvÀÊi]ÊÜÀÃÊLÞÊ Ê6>Ê>`Ê->Ê/>ÞÀ7`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÃ>ÀÞÊi«ÞÊ>VÌÀÃÊ ¼iÌ}½ÊÊy>ÌÃVÀiiÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊÜÀÃÊÀi>ÊVÕÀÕÃÞÊÀiÌi°ÊÌÊ>ÞÊÜiÊLiÊÌ
>ÌÊ through System for Dramatic FeedbackÊ"ÕÀÃiÀÊÃÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃ}Ê
ÃÊÜÊ`iÌwV>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê«i«i]Ê>V
iÃ]Ê>ÀÌiv>VÌÃÊ>`ÊLiVÌÃÊÌÊÜ
V
Ê
iÊ«ÀiVÌÃÊ
ÃÊvi>ÀÃÊ>`Ê `iÃÀiÃ]Ê>`Ê
ÃÊÞi>À}ÃÊvÀÊ>ÃÌÊ>ÃÌVÊÌÀ>ÃVi`iVi°ÊÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>vwÀÃ]Ê ¼iÌVÊÌiV
}Þ½ÊÃʼ>Ê`ÀiVÌÊiÝÌiÃÊvÊ«ÃÞV
}V>ÊÃÌ>Ìiý°68
THE BEAM MULTIPLIED AND MANIPULATED /
iÊÕÌ«V>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊLi>ÊVÀi>Ãi`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊvÀÊLÌ
ÊÌ
iÊVÀi> ÌÛiÊ iÌiÀ«ÀÃiÊ vÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ >Õ`iVi½ÃÊ ÌiÀ>VÌÃÊ ÜÌ
Ê «ÀiVÌi`Ê }
Ì°Ê Ê £È{]Ê
>ÀiÃÊ >`Ê ,>ÞÊ >iÃÊ ÃÌ>i`Ê Ì
iÊ Ê ¼vÀ>ÌÊ >V
i½Ê >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ iÜÊ
182
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
9ÀÊ7À`½ÃÊ>À]Ê>Ê`iÊwÌÌi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÓÓÃVÀiiÃÊ>VÀÃÃÊÜ
V
Ê«>À>`i`ÊÌ
iÊÜ`iÀÃÊ vÊ`iÀÊiÀV>Êvi°ÊÊÞi>ÀÊ>ÌiÀ]Ê-Ì>Ê6> iÀ ii½ÃʼVÕÌÕÀ>ÊÌiÀV½]ÊvviÀi`Ê>Ê iÜÊi`>ÊiÛÀiÌÊÌ
>ÌÊVÕ`i`Ê>}iÊÌÀ>ÃÃÃ]ÊÀ>`]ÊiiVÌÀVÊÃÕ`]Ê cinema and theatre. Movie-Drome (1965) was a technical Gesamtkunstwerk in which ¼ÃÕÌ>iÕÃÊ>}iÃÊvÊ>ÊÃÀÌÃÊÜÕ`ÊLiÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊÌÊ>ÊiÌÀiÊ`iÃVÀii½° 69 ÊÌ
iÊ1]ÊÃÊ,
`iýÊLight MusicÊ£Çx®ÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ê`iÃÌÊÌÜ>V
iÊ>vv>À]ÊÌ
iÊ}
ÌÊ beams staring each other down while a vertiginous cascade of geometric shapes ë>ÀÀi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ>½Ã>`ÊÊLiÌÜii°Ê >Õ}
ÌÊÊÌ
iÊVÀÃÃwÀi]ÊÊÜ>ÃÊÀi`i`Ê vÊ>iÃÊ Ã½Êi«Ì
iÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ}
ÌÊÃʼ>Ê>V`ÆÊÌÊLÕÀÃÊÌÊi]ÊÌÊÀi>iÃÊiÊÊÌÃÊ own image’.70 The network of lines scurried across the bodies of the spectators and I felt we had been transformed into mere topographical accidents in the terrain of ,
`iýÊÛiÀÌ}ÕÃÊ«ÌV>Êwi`ðÊÌ
Õ}
Ê>ÞÊÕÌ«ÀiVÌÊÜÀÃÊÜiÀiÊvÀÌ>]ÊÌ
iÀÃÊ`i«Þi`ÊÃVÀiiÃÊÀÀi}Õ>ÀÞÊÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÃÕÌ>iÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ «ÀiVÌi`Ê>}iÃÊLÌ
Êë>Ì>Ãi`ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ>`ÊV«ÀÃi`ÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÌÞÊvÊVematic time – it was not possible to follow all the screens at once. The multiplication vÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÃÊVVÕÀÀ}ÊÊÛ`iÊ>ÃÊÜiÊÜÊÃiiÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊiiÛi]ÊLÕÌÊÊÌiÀÃÊ vÊwÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊ`i«ÞiÌÊvÊÃiÛiÀ>ÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÊ«ÀiVÌÃÊi«
>ÃÃi`Ê Ì
iÊ vÀ>}iÌi`Ê >ÌÕÀiÊ vÊ «iÀVi«Ì]Ê Ì
iÊ «>ÀÌ>Ê ÛiÜÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÃÊ >ÞÊ Ài«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì°Ê >V}ÊiÞiÃÊÊÌ
iÊL>VÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊ
i>`Ã]ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÜiÀiÊL}i`ÊÌÊ>VVi«ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÞÊ could never apprehend the total artwork but only self-edit a truncated version within which all other permutations were contained as unrealised potentialities. ÕÌ«i«ÀiVÌÊiÝ«>`i`ÊÜÀÃÊLÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ-ÌiÛiÊ>ÀÀiÀ]ÊÃÊ,
`iÃ]Ê VÞÊ>ÞÊ>`]Ê>ÌiÀ]Ê/>VÌ>Ê i>ÊÀiÌiÀ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊ>ÃÊ>Ê`ÕÃÌÀ>Ê>V
iÊ «>Þ}ÊÌÃÊ«>ÀÌÊÊÌ
iÊV«iÝÊÃÞÃÌiÊvÊ«À`ÕVÌ]Ê`ÃÌÀLÕÌÊ>`ÊiÝ
LÌÊvÊ w]Ê Ü
ÃÌÊ Ài«ÕÀ«Ã}Ê Ì
iÊ `iÛViÊ >ÃÊ >Ê ¼ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê «ÀiÃiVi½]71 whose functions LiV>iÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊvÊ>Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÊ`ë>Þ°ÊÊÌ
iÀÊÃÌÊ`Þ>V]Ê>ÃÃi`Ê«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÃ]Ê«ÀiVÌÀÃÊ>ÃÊÌÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÀ>ÊvÊÌ>ÀÞÊ
>À`Ü>Ài]Ê>ÊiµÕÛ>iViÊwÀÃÌÊ Ì>Ìi`ÊLÞÊ*>ÕÊ6ÀÊÜ
iÊ
iÊi`Ê«ÀiVÌÀÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊiV
>ÃÊvÊ>Ê>V
iÊ gun.72ÊÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ1-ÊÌ>ÀÞÊ`iÛi«i`Ê>Ê«ÀÌ>LiÊÛ`iÊ`iÛViÊÕÃi`ÊvÀÊ Ì
iʼi>À}iiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÌ>ÀÞÊwi`ÊvÊ«iÀVi«Ì½ÊÊ6iÌ>ÆÊÕÃÌÊiÊiÝ>«iÊvÊ Ì
iÊiÌÜi`Ê`ÕÃÌÀiÃÊvÊVi>Ê>`ʼÌ
iÊÌ
i>ÌÀiÊvÊÜ>À½ÊÜ
iÀiÊ>ʼ`i>`ÞÊ
>ÀÞÊ ... always establishes itself between the functions of eye and weapon’. 73 The act of «ÀiVÌÊVÕ`ÊÌÃivÊVÃÌÌÕÌiÊ>ÊvÀÊvÊ>}}ÀiÃðÊ-«iVÌ>ÌÀÃÊV>«ÌÕÀi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ iÊvÊwÀiÊLiÌÜiiÊ«ÀiVÌÊLi>Ê>`ÊÃVÀiiÊV>ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊ>ÊÜÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÃ
ÌÃÊ }
ÌÊ>ÌÊÌ
i]ÊÀÊÌ
>ÌÊL`ÃÊÌ
iÊÜÌ
ÊÃÌÀL}Ê}
Ì]Ê>ÃÊ>ÊvÀÊvÊ>ÃÃ>ÕÌ°ÊÊMirror PerformanceÊ £Ç{®]Ê Ì
iÊ *Ã
Ê >ÀÌÃÌÊ ÃivÊ ,L>ÜÃÊ ``Ê ÕÃÌÊ Ì
>Ì°Ê ÕÀ>ÃÌÃÊ ÜÌ
Êy>Ã
ÊV>iÀ>ÃÊÀiÌ>>Ìi`ÊLÞÊwÀ}ÊLÕÀÃÌÃÊvÊ}
ÌÊL>VÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀ]ÊÌ
ÕÃÊ«>ÀÌV«>Ì}ÊÊ>ÊiÝÌi`i`Ê}
ÌÊLi>ÊÃ
ÌÕÌ°Ê ÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃ]Ê ÀÌÃ
Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ VÞÊ>ÞÊ«iÀ>Ìi`ÊL>ÃÊvÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊ>}i`ÊÌÊ create shifting fields of abstract imagery and in an apparent reversal of installation
EXPANDED CINEMA
183
Nicky Hamlyn, 4 X LOOPS (1974). Courtesy of the artist.
«ÀV«iÃ]Ê
iÊ>`«Ìi`Ê>ÊvÀÌ>Ê«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊvÀÊÃi>Ìi`Ê>Õ`iViÃÊ ÃÕi`Ê LÞÊ a timetabled event. Where Dye fractured and dispersed a single image by means vÊÀÀÀÃ]ÊÊ4 X LOOPSÊ£Ç{®]Ê>ÞÊ>ÃÃiLi`Ê
Ãʼw½ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊvÕÀÊÃÕÀViÊ «ÀiVÌÀðÊÃÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ«À}ÀiÃÃi`]Ê
iÊÃÜÞÊ>}i`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊÃiÛiÀ>Ê«iÀÕÌ>ÌÃÊvÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ}À`ÃÊqÊÛiÀÌV>]Ê
ÀâÌ>Ê>`Ê`>}>ÊqÊLÕÌÊÊÌ
iÊ ÌiÀ>VÌÊvÊÌ
iÊwÃÊVÃÃÌ}ÊëÞÊvÊvÕÀÊ`iÌV>ʼ8ý]Ê«}ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Êi>V
Ê «ÀiVÌÀ°Ê/
iÊÀi«i>ÌÊ«>ÌÌiÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊvÀi`Ê>`Ê`ÃÃÛi`ÊVÕ`ÊÌ
iÀiÌV>ÞÊ
>ÛiÊiÝtended beyond the frame into infinite space and time. Where X would conventionally >ÀÊ>ÊëÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ`ÀvÌ}ÊVÀÃÃiÃÊiÛiÀÊÃiÌÌi`ÊÊiÊ«>Vi]ÊiÛiÀÊvÕ`Ê>Ê`iwÌÛiÊÃiÌVÊ>V
À>}iÊÀÊvÀi`Ê>ÊÃÌ>LiÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊ>ÀÀ>}iiÌ°Ê/
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃ]Ê À>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>ÊiL`Þ}ÊÃ}i]Ê`iÌiÀÃÌVÊ«ÌÃÊvÊÛiÜ]ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌi`ÊiÊ>}Ê many potential perspectives in a choreographed performance in which chance also «>Þi`Ê>Ê«>ÀÌ°Ê/
iÊ`iVÃÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>`iÊÊÌ
iÊ`>Þ]ÊÀ>`ÊÌiÀÀÕ«ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ Li>ÃÊLÞÊÛiÜiÀÃ]ÊÛ>À>ÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊÌiV
V>ÊÃiÌÕ«Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊV>ÊV`ÌÃÊÃÕLÌÞÊ inflected each iteration of the work. When 4 X LOOPSÊÜ>ÃÊÀii>VÌi`ÊÊÓää{]ÊÌ
iÊÀÜÊ vÊvÕÀÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊÃiii`ÊÌÊÃÌ>`ÊÌÊ>ÌÌiÌÊ>`ÊÃ>ÕÌiÊÌ
iÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊvÊ>>}ÕiÊ w°Ê iÞ`ÊÌ
ÃÊ«ÀiÃÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÀiÃÃÌi`ÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌ>ÌÊ>`Ê«>ÀÌV«>Ìi`ÊÊ>Ê vÀÊvÊVi>ÊÊÜ
V
]Ê>ÃÊ>ÀÌÊ
ÃÌÀ>ÊV
>iÊÀi`Ê>`ÛV>Ìi`]ʼV`ÌÃÊvÊÃiiing prevail’.74Ê/
iÊÃÜÊ>«Õ>ÌÊvÊ>Ê}À>«
VÊÃ}]Ê`À>i`ÊvÊÀiviÀiÌ>ÊVÌiÌÊ Ì
ÀÕ}
ÊÀi«iÌÌ]ÊÜ>ÃÊÌi`i`ÊÌÊ>Ì>ÊÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊ>ÊVÃVÕÃiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ
184
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
V}ÌÛiÊ«ÀViÃÃiÃÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>ÊÃÕLiVÌÊÕ`iÀ}iÃÊ>ÃÊÌÊ`iV«
iÀÃÊLÌ
Êi`>ÊvÀmation and the cacophony of sense data emanating from the world at large. >Û`Ê ÞiÊ >`Ê VÌi«À>ÀÞÊ iÝ«iÌÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ >VViÌi`>««>À>ÌÕÃÊ }iÀiÊ vÊ iÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊÌÀ>ÃvÀi`ÊÌ
iÊwÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊvÀÊÜ
>ÌÊ>ÞÊ`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃÊ>Ê ¼«>ÃÃÛiÊ«ÀiVÌÊ`iÛVi½ÊÌÊ>ʼ>VÌÛiÊÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊVÀi>ÌÊvÊiÜÊ`ÃÊvÊwý°75 /
iÞÊ`À>>ÌÃi`ÊLÌ
ÊÌ
iÊiV
>VÃÊvÊ«ÀiVÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ
``iÊÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÃÌ°Ê Ê Against the Steady StareÊ £nn®]Ê -ÌiÛiÊ >ÀÀiÀÊ ÌÊ ÞÊ iÝ«Ài`Ê Ì
iÊ «ÀiVÌÀ½ÃÊ>ÌiÌÊ«ÌiÌ>]ÊLÕÌÊ>ÃÊ}iÃÌÕÀi`ÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÃV>ÌÃÊvÊÛiViÊ >ÃVÀLi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}ÞÊLÞÊ6À°Ê L}ÊÌ
iÊvÕVÌÊvÊV>iÀ>Ê>`Ê«ÀiVÌÀ]Ê>ÀÀiÀÊÕÌÃi`ÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊ`iÛViÊÌÊLÌ
ÊÃ
ÌÊ>`Ê«ÀiVÌÊÌ
iÊw°ÊiÊ«>Vi`ÊÌ
iÊ >V
iÊÊÌ
iÊViÌÀiÊvÊ>Êë>ViÊÃÕÀÀÕ`i`ÊLÞÊ>ÊVÀVÕ>À]ÊVÌÕÕÃÊÃVÀii]ÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>Ê>Ài>ÊÌÊÜ
V
ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ}
ÌÊÛiÌÕÀi°Ê/
iÊV>iÀ>«ÀiVÌÀÊV>iÊÌÊviÊ >`]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>`ÊvÊÌÀÃ]ÊÀÌ>Ìi`ÊÊÌÃÊ>ÝÃÊiÝÌÀiiÞÊÀ>«`ÞÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>ÊÕLÀi]ÊvÀ>iiÃÃÊwÊÌ
>ÌÊVÕ`ÊiÌ
iÀÊLiÊvÜi`Ê>Ì
iÌV>ÞÊLÞÊÌÕÀ}Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊ LÀi>iVÊëii`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀ]ÊÀÊLÞÊVViÌÀ>Ì}ÊÊiÊ«>ÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii°Ê Spectators were then rewarded with visions of spectral figures mysteriously appear}Ê>`Êv>`}Ê>Ü>Þ]Ê>ÊvÕVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊVV`iViÊvÊÌ
iÊë}Ê«ÀiVÌÀ½ÃÊëii`Ê and the persistence of vision. It was like sitting inside a giant zoetrope surrounded by the ghosts in the vision machines of yesteryear. Beyond the auratic materiality of Ì
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊiV
>ÌiÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>««>ÀÌÃÊÃVÀii]ÊÌ
iÊ`>ÌÊÀi>`ings of the work remained the materialist anatomisation of the film apparatus and 6À½ÃÊ>V
i}ÕÉ«ÀiVÌÀÊ>>}Þ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÃÊiÌi`ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊÌ
Àii]ÊÌ
iÊ Ài>Ê`>}iÀÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊiiÀ}i`Ê>ÌÊ>ÊÃVÀii}ÊÊ`iÀÊÀÌÊ"ÝvÀ`ÆÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ V
iiÀvÕÞÊ>ÕVi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊ}
ÌÊyÞÊvvÊÌÃÊ
ÕÃ}Ê>ÌÊ>ÞÊiÌÊÊ Ü
V
ÊiÛiÌÕ>ÌÞ]ÊÜiÊÜÕ`ÊLiÊLiÃÌÊ>`ÛÃi`ÊÌÊ`ÕV°Ê VÞÊ>ÞÊÀi>Ài`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ Against the Steady StareʼÀiVÀi>Ìi`ÊÊÌ
ÀiiÊ`iÃÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÞÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀwVÊ Ã«>Vi½]76 collapsing the distinction between the architecture of the conventional cini>ÌVÊ«ÀiVÌÊ>`ÊÌ
>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃiÌÊÀÊV>ÌÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊwÊÜ>ÃÊÃ
Ì°ÊÊvÕÀÌ
iÀÊ iµÕÛ>iViÊiÝÃÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ`iÌV>Êëii`ÊÜÌ
ÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>É«ÀiVÌÀÊÀÌ>Ìi`Ê Ü
iÊLÌ
Êw}Ê>`Ê«ÀiVÌ}ÊÌ
iÊw°Ê/
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÊëiVwVÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ ÜiÀiÊViÀÌ>ÞÊ>««>ÀiÌÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii}ÊÊ>ÌÌi`i`]Ê
ÜiÛiÀÆÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÊvÊ«iÀÃ>Ê ÀÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊëiVÌÀ>ÊivviVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>ÊÌiÃÌÞÊvÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ ÀiÊÛÃViÀ>ÊÌ
>ÊVVi«ÌÕ>]Ê>Ê>vviVÌÛiÊ`iÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊÕV
ÊÊiÛ`iViÊÊ iÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀ`°Ê
LIGHT WORKS AND ‘PARACINEMA’ As the wings and limbs were being pulled off the butterfly of film and its vital organs >`ÊÕÌÊvÀÊvÀiÃVÊÃVÀÕÌÞ]Ê>ÊÛ>À>ÌÊÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÌVÊÜÀÃÊiiÀ}i`ÊvÀÊ
EXPANDED CINEMA
185
Ü
V
Ê>Ì
>Ê7>iÞÊ««Õ>ÀÃi`ÊÌ
iÊÌiÀʼ«>À>Vi>½°Ê/
iÃiÊÜiÀiÊ«À>VÌViÃ]Ê
iÊ Ã>`]Ê Ì
>ÌÊ ¼ÀiV}ÃiÊ Vi>ÌVÊ «À«iÀÌiÃÊ ÕÌÃ`iÊ Ì
iÊ ÃÌ>`>À`Ê wÊ >««>À>ÌÕý°77 *>À>Vi>ÌVÊ ÜÀÃÊ vÌiÊ `ëiÃi`Ê ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÊ VÛiÌ>Ê >ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀiÊ vÊ w]Ê V>iÀ>]Ê«ÀiVÌÀÊ>`ÊÃVÀii]ÊÀ]ÊiÊÕV
ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Êw]ÊÃ>Ìi`ÊiÊÀÊÌÜÊiÞÊ V«iÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ}
Ì]ÊÌi]ÊÌ
iÊwÃÌÀ«Ê>`ÉÀÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃiViÊvÊ>Ê>Õ`iVi°ÊÃÊ Ê
>ÛiÊ`V>Ìi`]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ>ÀÀiÀÊ>`iÊÃiÛiÀ>ʼV>iÀ>iÃýÊwÃ]ÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊTen Drawings £ÇÈ®ÊÊÜ
V
Ê
iÊ«>Ìi`Ê`ÀiVÌÞÊÌÊÃÌÀ«ÃÊvÊwÊ>`ÊÕÌÊÊÌ
iÊyÀ]ÊViÕ`Ê V>Û>ÃiÃÊÌ
>Ì]ÊViÊi`ÊÌ}iÌ
iÀ]ÊVÃÌÌÕÌi`Ê>ÊwÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌiÊ
>`ÊLiiÊÀidered as space. 7Ì
ÊÌ
iÊ«>À>Vi>ÌVÊ}V]Ê>ÞÊ>viÃÌ>ÌÊvÊ>ÀÌwV>Ê}
ÌÊ}
ÌÊVÌ>Ê ÜÌ
Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ iÃÃiViÊ vÊ w°Ê >ÌÕÀ>Ê }
ÌÊ Ü>ÃÊ >Ài>`ÞÊ >Ê LiVÌÊ vÊ v>ÃV>ÌÊ Ê Ì
iÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>ʼÃÞÊLÃiÀÛ>ÌÀiýÊvÊÌ
iÊ}Ài>ÌÊ«iÌÊvÊ}
Ì]Ê>iÃÊ/ÕÀÀi°Ê/Õ}ÃÌiÊ }
Ì]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌwV>]Ê>>`iÊÃÕÀViÊvÊ}
ÌÌiÊÕ>Ì]ÊÜ
V
Ê«ÀÛ`i`ÊÌ
iÊ viL`ÊvÊ>>}ÕiÊw]ÊÜ>ÃÊÃ>ÀÞÊvÀi}ÀÕ`i`]Ê>`ÊÃiÌiÃÊÃi«>À>Ìi`ÊiÌÀiÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀ]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊÃ>ÜÊÊiÊÀVi½ÃÊCastle One. Robakowski had already >ÌÌi«Ìi`ÊÌÊL`Ê
ÃÊ>Õ`iViÊÜÌ
Ê«ÀiVÌi`Ê}
ÌÊ>`ÊÊLight WallÊÓäää®]Ê >ÀÃÌiÊ iÀÊvÕÀÌ
iÀÊiÝ«Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ`iÃÌÀÕVÌÛiÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊvÊ}
Ì]ÊLL>À`}ÊÛiÜiÀÃÊÜÌ
Ê flashing searchlights powerful enough to induce an epileptic fit in the susceptible. Ê>ÊÃ>ÀÊÛi]Ê Û>ÊV
ÊiÝ
LÌi`ÊÌÕ}ÃÌiÊ}
ÌÊÊÌÃÊÀiÛi>ÌÀÞÊ`iÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ }À>`Õ>ÞÊiÝ«Ãi`ÊÌÃÊV>«>VÌÞÊÌÊLÌiÀ>ÌiÊÛðÊMulti-media sculpture (1990) consisted of a high-walled enclosure in the shape of a spiral that lured the visitor in with >Ê}
ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ}ÀiÜÊÊÌiÃÌÞÊÕÌ]Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ
i>ÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÊÃ
iÊÜ>ÃÊVvÀÌi`Ê ÜÌ
Ê>ÊÃVÀV
}]ÊL`}Ê£]äääÜ>ÌÌÊ>«ÊÌ
>ÌÊ>`iÊÌÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊ`ÃViÀÊÜ
>Ì]Ê vÊ>ÞÌ
}]Ê>ÞÊLiÞ`°Ê"Ì
iÀÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊiÝ«Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ>vÌiÀ>}iÊÌ
>ÌÊ}iÀÃÊViÊ Ì
iÊÃÕÀViÊvÊ>ÊLÀ}
ÌÊ}
ÌÊ
>ÃÊLiiÊiÝÌ}ÕÃ
i`]ÊÌ
iÀiLÞÊLÀ}}ÊÌÊ>Ü>ÀiiÃÃÊ the impact of light on the rods and cones of the retina and the interpretive work of Ì
iÊÛÃÕ>ÊVÀÌiÝ°ÊÕiÊiÀÀ>ÊÌÊ>`Û>Ì>}iÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÌV>ÊivviVÌÊvÊ>vÌiÀ>}iÊÊ his Retinal Memory VolumeʣǮ]ÊÃÌ>}i`ÊÊ>Ê`>Àii`Êë>ViÊÊÜ
V
Ê>ÊV
>ÀÊÜ>ÃÊ ÕÃÌÊ`ÃViÀLiÊÊÌ
iÊ}°Ê/
ÀiiÊy>Ã
iÃÊvÊLÀ}
ÌÊ}
Ì]ÊÀii>Ãi`ÊʵÕVÊÃÕVViÃsion created a three-dimensional afterimage of the chair that seemed to float in the field of vision. The chimerical chair was created entirely by the physiological apparaÌÕÃÊvÊÛÃÊÀië`}ÊÌÊ>ÊÃÕ``iÊÃ>Õ}
ÌÊvÊ}
Ì°Ê"ViÊÌ
iÊ>vÌiÀ>}iÊv>`i`]Ê its documentation resided only in memory. /
iÊ}
ÌÊvÀÊ>Ê«ÀiVÌÀÊ>«Ê}ÛiÃÊviÊÌÊwVÊ«ÀiÃÃÃÊLÕÌÊÌÃÊ
i>ÌÊV>Ê also consume the image if the filmstrip is brought to a halt. Many artists staged the ÃVÀV
}ÊvÊViÕ`ʼÃiâi`½ÊÊ>Ê«ÀiVÌÀ°ÊÊBad Burns (1982) Paul Sharits com«i`Ê>ÊÃiÀiÃÊvʼÃÌ>iýÊvÀÊ>Êi>ÀiÀÊw]ÊV«iÌiÊÜÌ
ÊÛÃLiÊëÀViÌÊ
iÃÊ >`Ê «iiÌÀ>Li]Ê LÕÀÀi`Ê >}iÀÞ°Ê ,Õ}Ê ÛiÀÌV>ÞÊ «>ÃÌÊ >Ê «ÜiÀvÕÊ ÃÕÀViÊ vÊ }
Ì]ÊÌ
iÊvÌ>}iÊÃÊ`ë>Þi`ÊÊvÕÊy}
Ì]Ê«iÀ`V>ÞÊÕ``iÀ}ÊÌÊ>ÊÃÌ«]Ê>ÌÊÜ
V
Ê «ÌÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÜÌiÃÃiÃÊÌ
iÊiÝiVÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊV`ii`ÊvÀ>iÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ
i>ÌÊvÀÊ
186
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Ì
iÊ>«ÊiÌÃÊÌ
iÊViÕ`]ÊÌ
iÊ`>>}iÊëÀi>`}ÊiÊ>ÊÃÌ>Ê>VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊ>}i°Ê Sharits drew an analogy between the fragility of human life and the vulnerability of the filmstrip to the element that both brings it into being and potentially destroys it.78Ê Ì
ÊÌ
iÊwÃÌÀ«Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>ÊÃÕLiVÌʼÃÌÀÕ}}iʽ]ÊLÕÌÊiÊ>ÞÊ«ÞÀ>>VÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÃiiÃʼ>ÊvÀ>ÊLi>ÕÌÞÊÊÌ
iÊ`iÃÌÀÕVÌÛiiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊLÕÀ}Êw½°79 Another effect of light within the apparatus of film attracted the forensic attenÌÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ-
>ÀÌÃ]Ê ÀÊÞÃÊ>`Ê/ÞÊ À>`°Ê/
iÞÊ>ÊVÌÀÛi`ÊÌÊ amplify the flicker inherent in analogue film to the point that it compromised visual perception and rendered the film unwatchable. Conrad’s The Flicker (1966) consisted vÊ>ÌiÀ>Ì}ÊL>VÊ>`ÊÜ
ÌiÊvÀ>iÃ]ÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>ÊÃÌÀLÃV«VÊivviVÌÊ>`Ê`ÕV}ÊÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÃÊvÊÌÊi«i«ÌVÊwÌÃÊÌ
iÊ
>ÕV>ÌÃ]Ê`iLÌ>Ì}ÊÀiÌ>Ê>vÌiÀ>}iÃÊ >`Ê«À}i`Ê
i>`>V
iðÊ-
>ÀÌýÃÊ`ÕLiÊÃVÀii]ʼV>Ì>½ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊEpileptic Seizure ComparisonÊ £ÇÈ®Ê iÝ«VÌÞÊ i`Ê Ì
iÊ «ÌV>Ê ivviVÌÊ vÊ yViÀÊ ÌÊ «
ÞÃ }V>Ê >vÕVÌ]Ê Ã
Ü}Ê ÌÜÊ iÊ Õ`iÀ}}Ê ¼>iÃÌV½Ê VÛÕÃÃ]Ê Ì
iÀÊ VÌÀÌÃÊ VÀÀië`}Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ «ÕÃ>ÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ vÌ>}iÊ >ÌiÀ>Ì}Ê ÜÌ
Ê L>V]Ê ÌiÀëiÀÃi`ÊLÞÊ«>ÃÃ>}iÃÊvÊ«ÕÀi]Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊyViÀ°Ê/
ÃÊ«ÌV>Êi`ÕÀ>ViÊÌiÃÌÊÜ>ÃÊ wrapped in a soundtrack devoted to the distorted utterances of the epilepsy sufferers layered with recordings of their electromagnetic brain activity. The work was a «ÜiÀvÕÊÌiÃÌ>iÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ`>}iÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝÌÀiiÊivviVÌÃÊvÊ}
Ì]Ê>ÌiÌÊÊÌ
iÊÀ>ÊvÕVÌ}ÊvÊÌÊ«VÌÕÀiÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÛÕiÀ>LÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>ÊÃÞÃÌi°Ê
SENSORY OVERLOAD 7
iÊ iÝ«>`i`Ê Vi>Ê >ÃÃ>ÕÌÃÊ Ì
iÊ ÃiÃiÃ]Ê ÌÊ V>ÃÊ ÌÊ µÕiÃÌÊ >Û>Ì}>À`iÊ V>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÕV
ÊÜÀÊ«ÀÌiÃÊÌiÀ>VÌÛÌÞÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊLÃ>ÌÊvÊ>ÊVÀÌV>]ÊÀiflective viewer freed from the manipulations of cinematic illusionism and narrative `iÌwV>Ì°Ê V>ÃÊ`iÊ"ÛiÀ>ÊViÌi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊÃÌ>>Ì]ʼÃiÃ>ÌÊÌÃivÊ>««i>ÀÃÊÌÊ
>ÛiÊÀi«>Vi`ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>`Ì>Ê>ÀÌÊLiV̽°80 A positive gloss
>ÃÊ>ÌÌ>V
i`ÊÌÊÌ
Ãʼi«ÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiýÊvÜ}Ê>ÕÀViÊiÀi>Õ*ÌÞÊÜ
ÊÊ The Phenomenology of PerceptionÊ£{x®Ê`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
>ÌÊLiVÌÃÊV>ÌÊLiÊÃi«>À>Ìi`Ê vÀÊÌ
iÊÃÞÃÌiÊÌ
>ÌÊ>««Ài
i`ÃÊÌ
i]ÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊ
Õ>ÊÀÊiV
>V>°Ê9iÌÊÌÊ
>ÃÊ LiiÊiÊvÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÛiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊÌÊ`ÃViVÌÊÌ
iÊÛ>ÀÕÃÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕal effects from the cinematic apparatus that generates them. Merleau-Ponty also LÃiÀÛi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊ>ÌÌÀLÕÌiÊÛ>ÕiÃÊÌÊLiVÌÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÃ]Ê>`Ê>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊiÃÌi`ÊÌ
ÃiÊÃ>iÊÃiÃiÃÊ«ÀiVÃiÞÊÌÊ`ÛiÃÌÊLiVÌÃÊvÊVÛiÌ>Êi>}Ã]ÊÌÊi>VÌÊ>Êdétournement of associations as a way of wresting the sign from its referent and loosening inhibitions on the imagination. Other commentators such as the installation artist Robert Irwin and the filmmakiÀÊ>VÊiÊÀViÊ
>ÛiÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÃ]ÊÜ
iÊÃÕvwViÌÞÊÃÌÕ>Ìi`]Ê
EXPANDED CINEMA
187
can circumvent the intellect thereby downplaying the long reach of culture into our iL`i`Ê iÝ«iÀiViÃ°Ê VVÀ`}Ê ÌÊ iÊ ÀVi]Ê Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê «ÕÀiÞÊ ÃiÃÀÞÊ ÃÌÕÕÃ]Ê iëiV>ÞÊVÕÀ]ÊÜiÊV>ÊLÞ«>ÃÃÊÌ
iÊÀi}iÊvÊ7iÃÌiÀÊÀ>Ì>ÃÊ>`ʼÀiÌÕÀ]ÊvÊ iÌ>ÀÞ]ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÛiÀL>]ÊÌ
iÊÀi}ÀiÃÃÛiÊ>`ÊiVÃÌ>ÌV½°81 This is a sentiment iV
i`ÊLÞÊiÃÊ iiÕâiÊÜ
iÊ
iÊ>À}ÕiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊVi>ÊÃÊ>ʼV«ÃÌÊvÊ>}iÃÊ >`ÊÃ}ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊ>Ê«ÀiÛiÀL>]ÊÌi}LiÊVÌiÌÊ«ÕÀiÊÃiÌVî½° 82 This invocation of the unmediated purity of the primitive human sensorium leads Irwin in particu>ÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊVVÕÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ
iÊ`iÌV>ÞÊÃÌÕ>Ìi`]Ê>ÊiÊ>`ÊÜi®]ÊÊÌ
iÀÊ `iÀÕ]Ê>ÀiÊÀi`iÀi`ÊiµÕ>°83Ê >ÀiÊ Ã
«Ê«Ìi`ÊÕÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>vwÀmation of La vivencia]ÊÀÊÃiÃÀÞÊ«iÌÕ`i]ÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÊvÀÊvÊ«ÌV>ÊÀiÃÃÌ>ViÊÌÊÌ
iÊ repressive military regime holding sway in Brazil. The senses represented one of the viÜÊ>Ài>ÃÊvÊiÝÃÌiViÊÌ
>ÌÊVÕ`ÊiÛ>`iÊ«V}ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>Ìi°84 iÞ`ÊÌÃÊ`iVÀ>ÌÃ}Ê«ÌiÌ>]ÊiÝÌÀiiÊÃiÃ>ÌÊÃÊ>ÃÊÃ>`ÊÌÊ>VÌÛ>ÌiÊ >ÊÌÀ>Ã}ÀiÃÃÛiÊÀi«iÀÌÀiÊvÊÕVÃVÕÃÊ`Ài>Ã]Êvi>ÀÃÊ>`Ê`iÃÀiðÊ/
ÃÊLiivÊformed the cathartic performances of the Viennese Aktionists in the 1960s as well >ÃÊ Ì
iÊ «
ë
ÞÊ vÊ iÀ}iÃÊ >Ì>i]Ê Ü
Ê >`ÛV>Ìi`Ê ÃiÃÕ>ÌÞÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ L`ÞÊ Ê iÝÌÀiÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÀÕÌiÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>VÀi`Ê>`ʼ>Ê«ÀÛi}i`ÊiÌÊvÊVÕ>ÊÕÌÞ½°85 ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÊÜÕ`ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÃiÃÀÞÊÛiÀ>`ÊV>Ê>ÃÊVÀÕÃ
Ê>ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊëÌ>iÕÃÊÀi>VÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌVÊiÀÛÕÃÊÃÞÃÌi]Ê>`Ê
LÌÊÌ
iÊ`ÊvÊVÀÌV>Ê Ì
}Ê Ì
iÊ >Û>Ì}>À`iÊ ÃÌiÃLÞÊ ÜÃ
i`Ê ÌÊ «ÀÌi°Ê Ê Ì
iÊ i>ÀÞÊ £ÈäÃ]Ê `ÞÊ 7>À
ÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊiÛiÊÀiÊi>LÀ>ÌiÊÕÌi`>ÊÜÀÃÊÌ
>ÊÌ
ÃiÊvÊ6> iÀ ii]Ê VL}ÊwÃ]ÊÃ`iÃ]Ê}
ÌÊÃ
ÜÃ]Ê`>ViÀÃÊ>`Ê>ÊL>ÀÀ>}iÊvÊÃÕ`ÃÊVÕ`}ÊÛiÊ «iÀvÀ>ViÃÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ6iÛiÌÊ1`iÀ}ÀÕ`°ÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiÌÊÜ>Ã]Ê>ÌÊi>ÃÌÊÊ«>ÀÌ]ÊÌÊ À>ÃiÊÛiÜiÀýÊ>Ü>ÀiiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊV}ÌÛiÊ>`ÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌÛiÊ«ÀViÃÃiÃ]ÊÊ«À>VÌVi]Ê7>À
Ê>`iÊÌÊÛÀÌÕ>ÞÊ«ÃÃLiÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊÌÊÌiÀ>VÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ Ì
iÀÊ Ì
>Ê LÞÊ ÃÕÀÀi`iÀ}Ê ÌÊ ÌÃÊ «ÕÀiÞÊ iÀÃÛi]Ê ÃiÃÀÞÊ >ëiVÌÃ°Ê ,iÛiÜ}Ê 7>À
½ÃÊ ÕÌi`>Ê iÝÌÀ>Û>}>â>Ê Exploding Plastic InevitableÊ £ÈÈ®]Ê V
>i>Ê 7>ÃÊÜ>ÃÊ`ÀÛiÊÌÊ«ÀÌiÃÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ«i«iʼLiViÊÌ
}ÊÀiÊÌ
>Ê«>ÀÌÃÊvÊÌ]ÊÀiceptors essential to its functioning but subordinate to it and manipulated by it’.86 Far vÀÊLi}Êi«ÜiÀi`]ÊÛÃÌÀÃÊÜiÀiÊÃÌÕ«iwi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÛÃÕ>ÊwÀiÜÀÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ`Ê >`]ÊÃ>`Ê7>Ã]ʼÌÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÌÊQÜ>ÃRÊÌÊLiÊLÀÕÌ>Ãi`]Ê
i«iÃý°87 My own notes on viewing a re-enactment of Steve Farrer’s 10 DrawingsÊ£ÇÈ®ÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃi`ÊÕV
ÊÌ
iÊ Ã>iÊÃiÌiÌ\ʼvÀÊiÃÊÌÊ}À>Ã]ÊL«ÃÊ>`ÊÀÕÃ
}ÊÃÕ`Ã]Ê>Ê
`iÕÃÊÃÃÌiÌÊ rhythm ... I can’t shake off an overwhelming urge to escape’.88ÊÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊÌ>Ìi`]Ê Ê
>ÛiÊÀië`i`ÊÊÕV
ÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÜ>ÞÊÌÊ«ÌV>ÊÜÀÃÊLÞÊV
>iÊ-Ü]ÊÀÊÕ`]Ê durational pieces by Gibson and Recoder or other installations by artists determined ÌÊ`i>vi]ÊL`Ê>`Ê`ÃÀiÌÊÌ
iÀÊ>Õ`iViÊÀÊLÀiÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊLÀ>ÃÊÜÌ
ÊÀ>«`wÀiÊ repetitions. However engaged I might be with the conceptual underpinnings of the ÜÀ]ÊÌ
iÊiÛiÌÊÌÃivÊ}ÛiÃÊÀÃiÊÞÊÌÊÞÊwiÞÌÕi`ÊÃiÃiÊvÊÃÕÀÛÛ>ÊÜ
iÊVvÀÌi`ÊLÞÊ>ÃÃ>LiÊÃiÃiÊ`>Ì>°ÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÝÌÀiiÃÊvÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊÜ
iÀiÊ>Ê
188
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
`Ê vÊ >Ì>ÀÀ>ÌÛi]Ê ÛiÀÌ}ÕÃÊ >LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ ÀÕi`]Ê Ì
iÊ >Õ`iViÊ Ü>ÃÊ `ii`Ê >Ê ÃÌÀÕiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ°ÊÊÌ
ÃÊVÌiÝÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀV«iÊvÊ`ÃÌ>V>Ì]ÊÀÊÌ
iÊÃV>Ì}ʼ>i>ÌÊivviV̽Ê>`ÛV>Ìi`ÊLÞÊ iÀÌ
`Ê ÀiV
ÌÊLiViÃÊ>ÊLÕÌÊÀi`Õ`>Ì°89 /
iÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊvÊ`ÃÌ>V>ÌÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ʵÕiÃÌ}]Êi}>}i`Ê>Õ`iViÊÃÊVVÕ`i`Ê when all thought is drowned out by the strickened senses. All that remains is to decide whether to stay or safely remove oneself and consider the significance of the work including the possibility that it is a simple act of aggression. In moving image ÜÀÃÊ`i«Þ}Ê`ëÀ«ÀÌ>ÌiÊ«ÌV>Ê>`ÊÃVÊÃÌÕ]ÊÌÊÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊÜÊÌ
>ÌÊ ÃÊ«ÃÌi`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊ`>Ì]ÊÀ}>Ã}Ê«ÀV«iÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]ÊvÀVLÞÊÌ>}ÊVÌÀÊ of spectators’ reactions. Narrative film is a mere amateur in audience manipulation ÊÌ
iÊv>ViÊvÊÜÀÊëiV>Ã}ÊÊÃiÃÀÞÊÛiÀ>`°ÊiÌ
Ê/ÞÃÊ
>ÃÊÀiyiVÌi`ÊÌ
iÊ underlying intellectual poverty of such practices when he remarked that spectators Ã
Õ`ÊÌÊ>ÃʼÜ
>ÌÊÃÊÌÊ>LÕÌ]ÊLÕÌÊ
ÜÊ`ÊÊvii¶½90 His attitude heralds a return to emotionalism and a retreat from the political and ethical principles that informed installation-based work in the counter-cultural era.
ÛiÊLi}ÞÊiÀÃÛi]Êi`Ì>ÌÛiÊ>`Ê>LiÌÊÜÀÃÊ`iÃ}i`Ê ÌÊiV
>ÌÊ À>Ì
iÀÊ Ì
>Ê ÌiÀÀvÞÊ qÊ *«ÌÌÊ ,Ã̽ÃÊ `i
>V}]Ê `>«
>ÕÃÊ ÕÌÃVÀiiÊ Administrating Eternity (2011) or Doug Aitken’s New OceanÊÓä䣮]Ê>ÊÃÕÀÀÕ`Ãi>Ê «ÀiVÌÊV«iÌiÊÜÌ
Ê«>ÃÃ}ÊÃ
«ÃÊ>`ÊiÌ}Ê}>ViÀÃÊqÊV>ÊLiÊ«ÀLi>ÌV°Ê Ê£nx£]ÊiÀ>ÊiÛiÊÜ>Ài`Ê>ëÀ>ÌÊÃ>ÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ
Þ«ÌVÊivviVÌÃÊvÊ}>â}Ê ÌÊ }Ê >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ Ãi>\Ê ¼Õi`Ê ÌÊ ÃÕV
Ê >Ê «ÕiÊ ÃÌiÃÃiÃÃÊ vÊ Û>V>Ì]Ê ÕVscious reverie is this absent-minded youth by the blending cadence of waves with Ì
Õ}
ÌÃ]ÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÌÊ>ÃÌÊ
iÊÃiÃÊ
ÃÊ`iÌÌÞ½° 91Ê7
iÊiÝ«Ãi`ÊÌÊiÛi«}]ÊVi>VÊ installations there is a loosening of spectatorial agency in the process of what Peter "ÃLÀiÊV>ÃʼVÌi«>ÌÛiÊiÀý°92Ê/
iÊÜÀÊvÕVÌÃÊ>ÃÊ>ʼÛi
ViÊvÊy}
ÌÊ vÀÊ>VÌÕ>ÌÞ]ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÛiÀÞÊÌi«À>ÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÊvÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÜ
V
ÊÌÊÕÃÌÊi}>}iÊ vÊÃÊÌÊLiʺVÌi«À>ÀÞ»Ê>`ʺivviVÌÛi½»° 93Ê/
iÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊVÌiÌÊÌʼ>VÌÕ>ÌÞ½]Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ
iÀi>`ÜÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ Vi>ÌVÊ >««>À>ÌÕÃÊ ÃÊ Ì
ÕÃÊ Õ`iÀi`Ê LÞÊ Ì
iÊ soporific effects of immersive works that do little to enlighten the spectator beyond Ì
iʼVÕ>ÀÞ½94Ê«i>ÃÕÀiÃÊvÊ>ÃÌÀi>Êv``iÀ°ÊÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`]Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀÊ i`ÊvÊÌ
iÊÃV>i]ÊL>ÀÀ>}iÃÊvÊi>ÀëÌÌ}ÊÃiÊ>`ÊL`}Ê}
ÌÊivviVÌÛiÞÊiÝVÕ`iÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÜÀ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜÀ}ÊÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>Ê Ü
Ê
>ÛiÊÀiÊvÀÕÌvÕÞÊiÝ«Ìi`ÊÌ
ÀiiÊiÞÊV«iÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>>ÌÞÊvÊVi>]Ê >iÞÊ}
Ì]ÊVÕÀÊ>`ÊÃÕ`°
LIGHT SIGNALS 7
iÊ«iÀ>Ì}ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>`>À`ÊÌiÀ>ViÊvÊÛÃ]Ê}
ÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊvÕVÌi`Ê>ÃÊ>Ê means of communication since time immemorial. Installation artists have migrated
EXPANDED CINEMA
189
ÌÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊÌ
iÊÃiÃÃÊvÊ}
Ì]Ê`À>Ü}ÊëÀ>ÌÊvÀÊ
Ì«ÊwÀiÃ]ÊÀiyiVÌi`Ê light signals and Morse code. Their works have incorporated the warning beams of }
Ì
ÕÃiÃÊ
ÀÃÊ7>ÜÀ}
Ì]Ê/>VÌ>Ê i>]Ê-ÕÃ>Ê/À>}>À®]Ê>À«ÀÌÊÀÕÜ>ÞÊ}
ÌÃÊ À>
>Ê >À`®]ÊV>ÌVÊ`V>ÌÀÃÊ
ÀÃÊi}
`ÀiÜîÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊiiÀ}iVÞÊ}
ÌÃÊ ÊvÀV>ÊiÃÊ-ÌiÛiÊV+Õii®°ÊÊÌ
iÀÊ«>À>Vi>ÌV]Ê`iÌ>V
i`ÊV`Ì]Ê}
ÌÃÊ V>Ê}iiÀ>ÌiÊiÜÊi>}ðÊÀÊiÝ>«i]ÊÊLights in the CityÊ£®ÊvÀi`Ê>>ÀÊ converted red lights conventionally associated with love for sale to a social and poÌV>Ê«ÕÀ«Ãi°Ê/
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÀ}}i`ÊÕ«Ê>Ê£ää]äääÜ>ÌÌÊLi>VÊÊÌ
iÊVÕ«>ÊvÊ>Ê>ÀiÌÊ tower in Montreal and linked it to the local shelter for the homeless. Every time a new ViÌÊV>iÊÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ}
Ì]ÊÌ
iÊ}
ÌÊÊÌ
iÊVÕ«>ÊÜ>ÃÊÌÀ}}iÀi`Ê>`ÊL>âi`ÊÌÃÊVÀÃÊ iÃÃ>}iÊ >VÀÃÃÊ Ì
iÊ VÌÞ°Ê /
ÀÕ}
Ê >Ê y>}À>ÌÊ VÃÕ«ÌÊ vÊ iiVÌÀVÌÞ]Ê >>ÀÊ `ÀiÜÊ>ÌÌiÌÊÌÊÌ
iʫ}
ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ£x]äääÊ«i«iÊÛ}ÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀiiÌÃ]Ê>ÊVÀÃÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ Ì
iÊVÛVÊ>ÕÌ
ÀÌiÃÊÜiÀiÊ`}ÊÌÌiÊÌÊ>iÛ>Ìi°Ê/
iÊÃÞLÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÀi`Ê}
ÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ emotional impact of the glowing tower proved more instructive than would a docuiÌ>ÀÞÊiÝ«ÃÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃV>ÊÃÊÃÕvviÀi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃÌÊÊ >>`>ÊÃViÌÞ° A more distinctively paracinematic framework informed Long Film for Ambient LightÊ£Çx®ÊLÞÊÌ
ÞÊV >]Ê>ÊÜÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÛi`ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>`ÌÃÊvÊLÌ
Ê}>iÀÞÊ >`ÊVi>]ÊLÕÌÊ`ëiÃi`ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÌ
iÊ«>À>«
iÀ>>ÊvÊwÊiÝVi«ÌÊ}
Ì°Ê/
iÊ}>iÀÞÊ space was illuminated by day with diffused natural light from a series of semiÃVÀiii`ÊÜ`ÜÃÊ>`ÊLÞÊ}
ÌÊLÞÊ>ÊL>ÀiÊ}
ÌÊLÕLÊÜÌ
ÊÛÃÌÀÃÊV}Ê>`Ê}}]Ê ÃÌ>Þ}Ê>ÃÊ}Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÞÊV
ÃiÊÌÊÀi>ʼÊÌ
iÊw½°Ê/
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊwÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ }>iÀÞÊÌÃiv]Ê>`ÊÌÃÊÛÃÌÀÃÊ>VÌi`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃÊqÊV>ÃÌÊ>`ÀvÌÊÜÌ
ÕÌÊ>ÊÃVÀ«Ì°Ê In MatchesÊ £Çx®]Ê >LiÊ VÃÊ Ã>ÀÞÊ ÀiiVÌi`Ê ÃÌ>`>À`Ê wÊ V`ÌÃÊ >`Ê ÃÕLÃÌÌÕÌi`Ê VÛiÌ>Ê Õ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÊ ÃÌÊ ¼«ÀiV>ÀÕÃÊ }
ÌÊ ÃÕÀVi½]Ê a match.95Ê/ÜÊiLiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊÜiÀiÊÃÕi`ÊÌÊÀi>`ÊÌ
iʼÃVÀ«Ì½]ÊÌ
iÊ À
ÞÌ
ÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iViÊLi}Ê`iÌiÀi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ`ÕÀ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊy>ÀiÊvÊi>V
Ê>ÌV
]Ê Ì
iÊ ÃiÊ i>ÃÊ vÊ Õ>Ì}Ê Ì
iÊ ÌiÝÌ°Ê ÕVÞÊ ,iÞ`ÃÊ
>ÃÊ >À}Õi`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ Matches recalls a darker age of softly flickering shadows before electricity rendered them ÃÌ>ÌVÊ>`Ê
>À`i`}i`°Ê/
iʼÕÃÌ>LiÊy>i½Ê>ÃÊiL`iÃÊ VýÃÊÌÊvʼvÕ}ÌÛiÊÛý]96ÊiV>«ÃÕ>Ìi`ÊÊ
iÀÊiÛ>iÃViÌÊLÕÌÊ
}
ÞÊÀiÃ>ÌÊiÝ«>`i`ÊÜÀÃ°Ê >ÀÌÊ Àii`ÊÃÊ>ÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊiÝ«iÌÊvÊÌ
ÃÊÌÀ>`Ì]ÊvÕÃ}ÊÌ
iÊ«>À>Vi>ÌVÊ with the space and conventions of the gallery. I have already cited his Lights Going On and Off]ÊÃÌ>i`ÊÊ>Êi«ÌÞÊ}>iÀÞÊ>ÌÊ/>ÌiÊ ÀÌ>ÊÊ`]Ê>ÊÜÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÊ him the coveted Turner Prize. This ultra-minimalist work consisted of a simple switching mechanism that did what it said on the tin: switched the lights on and off at regulated intervals. The ultimate contraction of film to the presence or absence vÊ}
ÌÊÊ VÃ]ÊV >Ê>`Ê Àii`ÊÃÊ>À}Õ>LÞÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ`iÀÃÌÊL>Ê V>Û>ðÊÌÊiÊiÛi]ÊÌÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌÃÊÌ
iÊÌ>ÕÌ}V>Êi`Ê}>iÊvÊVVi«ÌÕ>Ê>ÀÌ]Ê>ÌÊ >Ì
iÀÊÌ
iÊ«ÕÀÃÕÌÊvÊ>ÊÀi`ÕVÌÛiÊÃÕLi]Ê>`Ê}
ÌÊ>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊiÌ
iÊÃʼÌ
iÊëiÃÌÊÃÌÊÕ`Û`i`]ÊÃÌÊ
}iÕÃÊLi}ÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊܽ° 97 Works that pursue
190
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
the essence of cinema have yet to divest themselves of the final encumbrance of an artwork – the spectator – leaving the light to flicker in its own splendid isolation ÃÕÀiÞÊÌ
iÊiÝÌÊ}V>ÊÃÌi«¶®° 98Ê ÛiÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊÀi`ÕVÌÛiÊvÊ«>À>Vi>ÌV]Ê>ÃÌÊÀÊVÌÀ>VÌi`ÉiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊÜÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÊÜ]ÊÃÌÊii`ÃÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ]Ê a participating witness to register the drift of film towards the precipice of its own demise as a separate category of cultural activity – and indeed bear testament to its rescue.
COLOURED LIGHT Pick up any art book and look at the index. No reds, blues or greens. iÀiÊ>À>]ÊChroma]Ê£x vÊÜiÊÀiÌÕÀÊvÀÊÌ
iÊLÀÊvÊwÊiÝÌVÌÊ>`]ÊÌ>}ÊÕÀÊVÕiÊvÀÊvÀi`Ê>>À]Ê VÃ`iÀÊVÕÀÊ>ÃÊ>Ì
iÀÊiiiÌÊÊÌ
iÊÀi«iÀÌÀiÊvÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>]ÊÌÊ>ÜÃÊ ÕÃÊÌÊ«ÕÌÊÕÀÊ>««}ÊvÊwÊ>>ÌÞÊL>VÊÊÌÀ>V°Ê ÕÀÊiÊ}
Ì]ÊÜ
V
ÊVÌ>ÃÊ Ì
iÊ Ü
iÊ Ã«iVÌÀÕÊ vÊ
ÕiÃ]Ê
i«ÃÊ ÕÃÊ ÌÊ i}Ì>ÌiÊ ÕÀÊ iÛÀiÌ]Ê >`Ê `iÌvÞÊ >`ÊV>ÃÃvÞÊLiVÌðÊʼÀiÌ>½Ê«>Ì}]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃÃÃÌÃÊLi}>ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀViÃÃÊvÊ LiÀ>Ì}ÊVÕÀÊvÀÊLiVÌÃÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÛÃÌÃÊÕÃi`ÊÛLÀ>ÌÊVÕÀÊÌÊÀÕ«ÌÕÀiÊiÛeryday appearances. Matisse is credited with placing colour in the service of pure iÝ«ÀiÃÃÊ >Ì
Õ}
Ê Ì
iÊ
ÕÀV
Ê ÕÃÌÊ LiÊ >Üi`Ê ÌÊ V>Ê Ì
iÊ `ÃÌVÌÊ vÊ wÀÃÌÊ iÝ«Ì}ÊÌ
iÊÞÃÌV>Ê«ÜiÀÊvÊÃ>ÌÕÀ>Ìi`ÊVÕÀÊÊÌÃÊ`>ââ}ÊÃÌ>i`}>ÃÃÊÜdows. Many minimalist artists have separated colours from their association with LiVÌÃÊ>`ÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌi`ÊÌ
iÊÊ>Ê«ÕÀiÞÊ«ÌV>ÊÀi}ÃÌiÀÊV>«>LiÊvÊiVÌ}ÊiÌ>]Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÊ>`ÊiÛiÊÌÀ>ÃVi`iÌ>ÊÃÌ>ÌiÃÊvÊ`°Ê¼ ÕÀÊÃÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊ`ÃÌ>ÌÊ Ì
}ÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊvÀÊÜÀ`ý]99 declared Malcolm Le Grice and in MatrixÊ£ÇÎqÓääÈ®]Ê >Ê Ì
ÀiiÃVÀiiÊ wÊ ÃÌ>>Ì]Ê
iÊ iÝ«Ài`Ê Ì
iÊ >vviVÌÛiÊ «ÜiÀÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ Ì
ÀiiÊ «À>ÀÞÊ VÕÀÃÊ À>`ÞÊ `ÃÌÀLÕÌi`Ê >VÀÃÃÊ >Ê À>«`ÞÊ VÞV}Ê >ÌÀÝÊ vÊ ÃµÕ>ÀiÃ°Ê Ê Primary PhaseÊ ÓääÈ®]Ê -Ê *>ÞiÊ wi`i`Ê vÕÀÊ «ÀiVÌÀÃÊ Ê >Ê «}]Ê L>iÌVÊ study of primary colour relationships in which unfettered chromatic spillage beyond Ì
iÊvÀ>iÊVVÕÀÀi`Ê qÊÀi`Ã]ÊÞiÜÃÊ>`ÊLÕiÃÊiiV
}ÊÌÊ Ì
iÊ ÃÕÀÀÕ`}Ê>Ài>°Ê *>Þi½ÃÊÃÌ>>ÌÊi`}iÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊvÊ`}Ì>Ê«ÀiVÌÊ>`ÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÌV«>Ìi`ÊÊ Ì
iÊ1ÊLÞÊ>>}ÕiÊÛ`iÊÜÀÃÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ>«>iÃiÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊiÊ>Þ>>}ÕV
]ÊÜ
Ê iLÀ>Vi`Ê Ì
iÊ Lii`}Ê vÊ VÕÀÊ >ÃÊ >Ê VÃÌÌÕÌ>Ê vi>ÌÕÀiÊ vÊ Û`i]Ê VwÀ}Ê 9ÛiÃÊi½ÃÊ>ÃÃiÀÌÊÌ
>ÌÊVÕÀÊÃÊ«ÀÃi`ÊLÞÊi°ÊÊThe CrystalsÊ£nή]ÊÌ
iÊ British composer Brian Eno used upturned monitors emitting coloured light to bathe ÃÌ>}}iÀi`Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÃ]ÊiÊwÊy>ÌÃÊÊ>Ê ÃiÞÊv>Ì>ÃÞ°Ê/
iÊÃ>iÊ>LÌÞÊvÊ video display units to wash a space with colour is evident in Angela Bulloch’s Z-Point (2001). The artist reduced a scene from Michelangelo Antonioni’s Zabriskie Point
EXPANDED CINEMA
191
ÌÊÌÃÊV«iÌÊVÕÀÊ«ÝiÃÊLÜÊÕ«Ê>ÃÊ>Ê}À`ÊvÊÃÜÞÊV
>}}]ÊVÕÀi`Ê}
ÌÊ LÝiÃ°Ê -ÌÀ««i`Ê vÊ Ì
iÀÊ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ «ÕÀ«Ãi]Ê Ì
iÃiÊ iÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê VÕÀÊ ÜÀÃÊ iÛiÊ Ì
iÊ`ââÞ}Ê
>ÀiÃÊ>`ÊVÌÀ>ÃÌÃÊvÊ>ââ°ÊiÊÀViÊVÌiÃÊ>Ê}ÃÌ>`}ÊVÀÀië`iViÊLiÌÜiiÊVÕÀÊ>`ÊÕÃV]Ê>`ʵÕÌiÃÊ7>ÃÃÞÊ>`ÃÞÊÜ
ÊÃÕ}
ÌÊÌÊ iÃÌ>LÃ
ÊÕÛiÀÃ>Êi>}ÃÊvÀÊVÕÀÃ\ʼÛiÀÊÃÌÕ>ÌiÃÊiÊ>Êy>iÊ°°°ÊiiÊ iÞiÜÊ
ÕÀÌÃÊÌ
iÊiÞiÊ>ÃÊ`iÃÊ>Ê«À}i`Ê>`ÊÃ
ÀÊLÕ}iÊÌiÊÌ
iÊi>À]Ê>`Ê one turns away for relief to blue or green’.100 Following Goethe’s famous 1810 Theory of Colours]Ê>ÊÌ
iÃÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÀ>i`ÊÌ
iÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊVÕÀÊ>LÛiÊÌ
iÊÃViViÊvÊ«ÌVÃ]Ê >`ÃÞÊÃÌÕ`i`ÊÌ
iÊivviVÌÃÊvÊÃÞ>iÃÌ
iÃ>Ê}ÊVÕÀÊÌÊÃi]ÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀiÊ >`ÊiëiV>ÞÊÌÊÃÕ`°ÊiÊÀViÊ
ÃivÊLÃiÀÛi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊV«ÕÌiÀ]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÜ
V
Ê «>ÃÃiÃÊÃÌÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ>}iÀÞ]ÊÃÊiÃÃiÌ>ÞÊÃÞ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊV>ÊV`iÊ Ì
iÊÃ>iÊÃiÌÊvÊÕLiÀÃÊ>ÃÊiÌ
iÀÊVÕÀÊÀÊÃÕ`°ÊÊÌ
iÊÜ`iÀÊVÕÌÕÀi]ÊL>VÊ>`Ê Ü
ÌiÊÀÊ>ÊÀi`ÕVi`Ê«>iÌÌiÊVÌiÃÊiÌ
iÀʼÌiÊ«>Ã̽]Êi>V
ÞÊÀʼÃiÀÕÃÊVÌi̽]Ê>`ÊÃÊÕV
Êv>ÛÕÀi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊVÕÀÀiÌÊyÜiÀ}Êvʼ À`VÊ À½°101 It is principally wÊ>`ÊÌiiÛÃÊ>i`Ê>ÌÊV
`Ài]Ê>`Ê>`ÛiÀÌÃ}ÊÌ
>ÌÊiÝ«ÌÃÊÃ>ÌÕÀ>Ìi`]ÊVtrasting colour. The visual impact of primaries is also used to enhance the appeal vÊVÃÕiÀÊ«À`ÕVÌÃ]ÊÕÃVÊÛ`iÃ]ÊViÀV>Ã]Ê«À}À>iÊ`iÌÃÊ>`ÊëÀÌÃÊ events. Even cricketers have abandoned white. David Batchelor maintains that such promiscuous use of colour was outlawed in the modernist period of high art when the grey fields of minimalism and conceptualism prevailed.102Ê ÃÊ>ÊÀiÃÕÌ]Ê >ÌV
iÀÊ>ÃÃiÀÌÃ]ÊVÕÀÊ
>ÃÊLiiÊV`i`ÊÊÌ
iÊ`ÃVÕÀÃiÊ vÊ>ÀÌÊ>ÃÊÌÃV
]Ê`iV>`iÌÊ>`ÊÃÕLÛiÀÃÛi]Ê>ÃÃV>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊL`Þ]ÊÜÌ
Ê
ÃiÝÕ>ÌÞÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊvii°ÊiiÌ
Ê}iÀ]Êëi>}ÊÊ`ÊÊÓää]Ê`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ ¼ÕVviÀÊÃÊÌ
iÊ«>ÌÀÊÃ>ÌÊvÊVÕÀ½]103 confirming the association of colour with the `iÃÀiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊyiÃ
Ê>`Ê>Êv>ÊvÀÊ}À>Vi°Ê7iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>ÃÊiÝ«Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊVÕÌÕÀ>Ê VÀÀië`iViÊvÊ`iÛ>VÞÊ>`ÊVÕÀ°Ê-ViÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]Ê9>ÞÊÕÃ>>Ê
>ÃÊVÛiÀi`Ê
iÀÃivÊÊ«>Ê`ÌÃ]Ê«Ài`>ÌÞÊÀi`]Ê«Ê>`ÊÜ
Ìi]Ê>`ÊV>Õy>}i`Ê
iÀÊ body in environments that were similarly tinted. In her film Self ObliterationÊ£ÈÇ®]Ê ÕÃ>>ÊvÕÃi`Ê
iÀÊÜÊL`ÞÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
>ÌÊvÊ>ÊÌÀii]Ê>Ê
ÀÃi]Ê>ÊV>ÌÊ>`Ê>ÊÃÌÀi>ÊLÞÊÃV>Ìtering them indiscriminately with her trademark dots. Red dominates her colour «>iÌÌi]ÊiÛ`iÌÊÊÌ
iÊL`ÊÀi`ÊvÊ
iÀÊVÃÌÕiÊ>`ÊÊÌ
iÊLii`}ÊVÀVÕ>ÀÊÃ
>«iÃÊ Ã
iÊÀii>Ãi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀi>°Ê >ÀiÊ Ã
«Ê
>ÃÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌi`ÊÕÃ>>½ÃÊÜÀÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÀiverence to Freud’s theories of the death drive and the desire to fuse with inanimate LiVÌÃÊ>`ÊÌ
ÕÃÊÀiÌÕÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÌ
°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊVÕÀÊÊÕÃ>>½ÃÊÜÀÊVÕ`Ê>ÃÊLiÊ read as a symptom of a persistently phallocentric culture. Femininity is red seeing Ài`]Ê>`ÊLÀÀÜ}Ê>À>½ÃÊVÕÀÊV`}]ÊÊÕÃ>>]ÊÀi`ÊÃʼÌ
iÊ`>Õ}
ÌiÀÊvÊ>}}ÀiÃÃ]ÊÌ
iÀÊvÊall colours’.104Ê-Õ«iÀwV>Þ]ÊÌ
iÊÀi`Ê>ÞÊÃiiÊÌÊÃiÀÛiÊ>ÊÃÕÀv>ViÊ À>iÌ>ÌÆÊ
ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÀi`Ê
iÀiÊ>ÃÊÃ}>ÃÊiÝViÃÃ]Ê`iÀÕ]Ê`>}iÀ]ÊÌ
iÊi`}iÊvÊ >`iÃðÊ/
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊL`Þʼ
`ÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÞV
i`iVÊVÀ½105ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊÞÊiÝ«>`ÃÊÌ
iÊ mind but is also the red of menstrual blood with its folkloric taboos derived from the
192
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Yayoi Kusama, Self-Obliteration (1967), 16mm, 23 min. Courtesy of the artist. © Yayoi Kusama.
ancient belief that menstruating women could blight crops and cause livestock to ÃV>ÀÀÞ°ÊÊÌ
iÊÕÌ«>ÊâiÌ}iÃÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÕÃ>>ÊÜ>Ã]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê
iÀÊ>ÀÌ]Ê«Ì}Ê ÕÌÊvÊ>ÊiµÕ>ÞÊ>i>Ì}Ê`iÀÊÜÀ`ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊiÀV>ÊÃÕLiVÌÊÜ>ÃʼiV
>nized and standardized’.106Ê ÃÌi>`]Ê Ã
iÊ ÌÕi`Ê
iÀÃivÊ ÌÊ >Ê ÕÛiÀÃiÊ vÊ VÕÀ]Ê >Ê «>ViÊÊÜ
V
ÊÃ
iÊVÕ`Ê>V
iÛiÊÞÃÌVÊÕÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊvÊVÀi>ÌÊ>`]Ê}>ÀiÌi`ÊÊ
iÀÊ>ÌÀÝÊvÊ`ÌÃ]ÊÃiÊ
iÀÃivʼÊÌ
iÊiÛiÀ>`Û>V}ÊÃÌÀi>ÊvÊiÌiÀÌÞ½°107
SINKING INTO RED, YELLOW AND BLUE
ÕÀÊ i>LiÃÊ ÕÃ>>Ê ÌÊ iÀ>ÃiÊ
iÀÊ LÕ`>ÀiÃ]Ê V>Õy>}iÊ
iÀÊ iÌ>Ê ÌÕÀÊ >`Ê iÌÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ >`ÃV>«i°Ê ÜiÛiÀ]Ê Ü
iÊ VÕÀÊ ÃÊ Àii>Ãi`Ê vÀÊ Ài«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊ >Ì}iÌ
iÀÊ >`Ê iÃV>«iÃÊ Ì
iÊ Ài}iÌ>ÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ wÊ vÀ>i]Ê ÀÊ Ì
iÊ ÀiÊ VÀ`i`]Ê`ë>ÞÃÌÞiÊvÀÊvÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÌÊV>Ê`ë>ViÊÀi>ÌÞÊ>`ÊÕ`iÀiÊ Ì
iÊV>ÃÃwV>ÌÊvÊÌ
}Ã]ÊÌ
iÊÀiÌ>ÌÊvÊLiVÌÃÊÊë>ViÊ>`]Ê>ÃÊiÊÀViÊLÃiÀÛi`]ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊw`ÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃʼÀië`}ÊÌÊ>ÊÃiÃ>ÌÊÕÌÃ`iÊÌ
iÊwi`ÊvÊ meaning’.108 In Wedgework IIIÊ £È®]Ê >iÃÊ /ÕÀÀiÊ VÀi>Ìi`Ê Ü
>ÌÊ Ãiii`Ê ÌÊ LiÊ >Ê Üi`}iÃ
>«i`ÊÜ>ÊÌ
>Ì]ÊÊv>VÌ]ÊVÃÃÌi`ÊvÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊVÕÀi`Ê}
Ì]ÊÊÌ
ÃÊV>ÃiÊ a soft lapis blue. The illusion was so convincing that a woman leaned against the ¼Ü>½Ê>`ÊviÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ]Ê>ÌiÀÊÌÀÞ}ÊÌÊÃÕiÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>Õ>ÊÃ
iÊ>i}i`ÞÊÃÕvviÀi`°Ê/ÕÀÀiÊVViÛiÃÊvÊ
ÃÊÀiÌ>ÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊ>ÃʼLiVÌÃÊvÊ«iÀVi«Ì½Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ colour fields he creates are designed to highlight the workings of vision and colour
EXPANDED CINEMA
193
«iÀVi«Ì]Ê>`Ê>ÃÊÊ>ÊÌ
iÃiÊVÕÀÃ>ÌÕÀ>Ìi`ÊiÛÀiÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ>iÊÕÃÊ>Ü>ÀiÊ that the eye is only a messenger – seeing is the work of the brain. Turrell’s installations show how the eye can confuse the other senses and play ÌÀVÃÊÊÌ
iÊLÀ>]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÃ>ÜÊÊÀi>ÌÊÌÊRetinal Memory Volume. If it is possiLiÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>vÌiÀ>}iÃÊLÞÊ«ÀÌ}ÊLiVÌÃÊÌʼÌ
iÊÀiÌ>ÊÃVÀii½109 with bright }
ÌÃ]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊV>Ê>ÃÊ}iiÀ>ÌiʼÛiÀ`V>ÊVÕÀÊiÝ«iÀiViý110 with immersive VÕÀÊ«ÀiVÌÃ]Ê>ÃÊÕÀÀ>ÞÊ-Ì
Ê
>ÃÊ`V>Ìi`°111ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊ-Ì
]ÊÌ
iʼV
iÀV>½ÊVÕÀÊLÕiÊÜÊ>««i>ÀÊvÊ>ÊÃÕLiVÌÊÃÌ>ÀiÃÊ>ÌÊ>ÊÞiÜÊëÌÊvÀÊÌÜiÌÞÊÃiV`ÃÊ >`ÊÌ
iÊÃÊÌÊL>V°Ê/
iÊLÕiÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊ}iiÀ>Ìi`]ÊÃÌÀVÌÞÊëi>}Ê`iÃÊÌÊiÝÃÌÊ ÕÌÃ`iÊÌ
iÊÛÃÕ>ÊVÀÌiÝÊÌ
>ÌÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊÌ°Ê*>ÕÊ-
>ÀÌýÃÊ«ÌV>ÊÜÀÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÀÊÃÌÀL}Ê VÕÀÊ ÃiµÕiViÃÊ LÕ`Ê Ü
>ÌÊ
iÊ V>i`Ê >Ê ¼>VÌÕ>Ê VÀë>Vi½112 in the mind’s iÞi]Ê>ÊiµÕ>ÞʼV
iÀV>½ÊV
À>ÌVÊiÛÀiÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ`iÃÊÌÊVÀÀië`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ VÕÀÃÊvÊ`Û`Õ>ÊvÀ>iÃÊvÊÌ
iÊw]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
>Ìʼ>ÀÃiÃÊvÀÊÕÀÊÛÃÕ>ÊÃÞÃÌi½113 Ü
iÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊiÝ«Ãi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊVLi`ÊivviVÌ°Ê/
iÊÃVÀiiÊÃÊÊ}iÀÊÜ
iÀiÊÌ
iÊwÊ takes place; it is made manifest in the interaction of sense data and cognitive processes that together create an indissoluble continuum. This integrative spectatorial `Þ>VÊÃÊLÃiÀÛ>LiÊÊÃ
Ê>«À½ÃÊAt the Edge of the World IIÊ£n®]ÊÊÜ
V
Ê the underside of a large dome was coated with a perfectly even layer of powdery «}iÌ]Ê>ÊÀÕÃÃiÌÊi>}ÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊÀi`°Ê/
iÊ«ÕÀiÊwi`ÊvÊVÕÀÊ`ÃÃÛi`ÊÌ
iÊi`}iÃÊ vÊÌ
iÊë>Vi]Êi>Ìi`Ê>Ê«ÌÃÊvÊÀiÌ>ÌÊ>`ÊÌÊÜ>ÊÕ`iÀÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÊ>`Ê ÊÕ«ÊviÌÊiÊLi}ÊÃÕVi`ÊÌÊÌ
}iÃðÊ>«ÀÊ
>ÃÊ`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ
iÊÜÃ
iÃÊ
ÃÊÜÀÊÌÊiVÌʼÌ
iÊvi>ÀÊvÊLÛ½Ê>`ÊÌÊÃÊÞÊÊ
ÃÊ«>À>Vi>ÌV]ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>ÊiÛÀiÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÌÀÕÞÊ>V
iÛiÃÊ
ÃÊ>°ÊÊ
ÃÊÛ`iÊ«ÀiVÌÊWounds and Absent ObjectsÊ£n®]ÊwÀÃÌÊÃiiÊ>ÃÊ>ʼ/6Ê-VÕ«ÌÕÀi½Ê
>iÊ{]Ê1]ʣȮ]Ê>«ÀÊ wÃÊÌ
iÊvÀ>iÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÃvÌÊL>iÌ}ÊvÊVÕÀÊÌ
>ÌÊ}À>`Õ>Þ]ÊÛiÀÊÃiÛiÊÕÌiÃ]Ê ÌÀ>ÛiÀÃiÃÊ>ÊëiVÌÀÕÊvÀÊL>VÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊLÕiÊÌÊÀi`ÊqÊVÕÀÃ]Ê >Û`Ê >ÀÀiÌÌÊÌiÃÊ ÕÃ]ÊÌ
>ÌÊ>Àiʼv>ÀÊLÀ}
ÌiÀÊÌ
>ÊiÛiÀÞ`>ÞÊ«À}À>}ÊÕÃÕ>ÞÊ>Üý°114 The centre of the screen becomes at times an area in which the differential shifts in colour reÃÛiÊÌÊ>ÊVÀVÕ>ÀÊÃ
>«iÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÛiÊvÊ>Ê`>ÀÊ
i]Ê>Ê}LiÊÀÊ>ÊÃ
iÀ}ÊÀi`Ê ÃÕ°ÊÊÌ
ÃÊ«ÀiVÌ]Ê>ÃÊÊ>Ê
ÃÊÜÀ]Ê>«ÀÊLÀ}ÃÊÕÌÊÊVÕÀÊÌÃʼÜ`iÀvÕÊ µÕ>ÌÞÊvÊLiV}ÊvÕÊ>`ÊÃ`Ê>`ÊÀV
½]ÊÌÃÊ«
ÞÃV>ÌÞ]ÊÊÌÕÀÊ
>Û}ʼ>ÊivviVÌÊ on our physical being’.115Ê/
iÊÌ
iÀ>«iÕÌVÊivviVÌÊvÊVÕÀ]ʼV
ÀÌ
iÀ>«Þ½]Ê
>ÃÊLiiÊ ÜÊÃViÊÀÃÌÌiÊ>`ÊVÕÀÊV>Ê`ii`ÊVÀi>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÃiÃÕ>]ÊVi>VÊvii}ÃÊ`iscribed by Anton Ehrenzweig in The Hidden Order of ArtÊ£ÈÇ®Ê>`ÊiÝi«wi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ colour field paintings of Mark Rothko.116 The Danish artist Olafur Eliasson similarly iÝ«ÌÃÊÌ
iÊ>}V>]Ê
>ÕV>ÌÀÞÊ«>VÌÊvÊVÕÀ°ÊÊ
ÃÊWeather ProjectÊÓää{®]Ê he suffused the Turbine Hall at Tate Modern in a beatific golden light; spectators lay ÊÌ
iÊyÀÊ>`ÊL>Ì
i`ÊÊÌÃÊ}Ü°ÊÊÜÀÃÊLÞÊ>«À]Ê >ÃÃÊ>`Ê/ÕÀÀi]ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ
>ÛiÊ>ÊiÀÃÛi]ÊÃÕLiÊiÝ«iÀiVi]ʼ>ÊÕÌiÊiVÕÌiÀÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÌ
>ÌÊiÝVii`ÃÊ ÕÀÊV«Ài
iý]117 with echoes of the divinity in Christian belief and the occult
194
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
world that the Theosophist Annie Besant and the poet Baudelaire believed could be reached through colour.118ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÊ>«À½ÃÊ«ÀiVÌÊWounds and Absent Objects]ÊÌ
iÊ>>ÀV
VÊiÝ«>ÃiÃÊvÊVÕÀi`Ê}
ÌÊ>ÀiÊÀii`Ê]ÊVÀVÕÃVÀLi`ÊLÞÊ>Ê `iwi`ÊLÀ`iÀ]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀÃÊvvÊVi>ÌVÊÕÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÀi>°Ê/
iÊÀiÃÕÌÊÃÊ>Ê ÜÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊVÃiÀÊÌÊ>ÊLiVÌÊvÊVÌi«>ÌÊ>`ÊÛiiÀ>ÌÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÀi}ÕÃÊ icon or the perpetual light in a sacristy that indicates the presence of God. When Ì
iÊwVÊV«iÌÊvÊVÕÀÊÃÊÀiÕÌi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃÊvÊVi>]ÊiÛiÊÊÌ
iÊ LÀ>`iÃÌÊvÊ«ÀiVÌÃÊ>`ÊÃÌÊ>ÃÌÊvÊV
À>ÌVÊÜÀÃ]Ê`ÃÌ>ViÊÃÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê vÀÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ°Ê/
ÃÊÀiyiÝÛiÊiiiÌÊÜÊ>ÜÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÌÀ`ÕVÌÊvÊÌ
Õ}
Ì]Ê vÀÊÌ
iÊÜÀ}ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiiVÌÊ>`]ÊÊ7>Ê,>L>¼ÃÊÜÀ`Ã]ʼ>ÊÃiv>Ü>ÀiiÃÃ]Ê>Ê interrogation of the faculties of perception’.119Ê*ÕÀiÞÊiÀÃÛiÊVÕÀÊÃÌ>>ÌÃ]Ê Ü
iÌ
iÀÊÌiÌ>ÞÊÀÊÌ]ÊÌi`ÊÌÊVÀVÕÛiÌÊVÃVÕÃÊiÌ>Ê«ÀViÃÃ}° Ê ÜÊ i`Ê Ì
ÃÊ iÝVÕÀÃÊ ÌÊ VÕÀÊ Ê iÝ«>`i`Ê Vi>Ê ÜÌ
Ê iÀiÊ >À>½ÃÊ Blueʣή]ÊwÀÃÌÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊÊÌiiÛÃÊ>`ÊÃÕLÃiµÕiÌÞÊÃÌ>i`Ê>ÃÊ>Ê}>iÀÞÊ «ÀiVÌ°Ê /
iÊ ÜÀÊ VLiÃÊ Ã«iÊ ÌiÝÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê >Ê iÝ«>ÃiÊ vÊ iÀÃÛi]Ê V
À>ÌVÊvÀ>Ì]Ê>ÊÕvÀ]ÊÃ>ÌÕÀ>Ìi`ÊLÕi]Ê>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊÛLÀ>ÌÊLÕiÊvÊ9ÛiÃÊi½ÃÊ famous performances in the 1960s.120Ê >À>]Ê Ü
Ê LÞÊ Ì
ÃÊ ÌiÊ Ü>ÃÊ `Þ}Ê vÊ -Ài>Ìi`ÊV«V>ÌÃ]Ê>ÀÀi`Ê
ÃÊV
À>ÌVÊÛÃÕ>Êwi`ÊÌÊ>ÊÛViÛiÀÊ narration in which horrific details of his medical condition alternate with current afv>ÀÃ]Ê Ã>ÌV
iÃÊ vÊ «iÌÀÞ]Ê ÀiÃViViÃÊ >`Ê iÀÕ`ÌiÊ ÕÃ}ÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ VÕÀÊ LÕi°Ê 7iÊi>ÀÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÊÀÞ>ÊLÕiÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>ÀÌiÀÊÀLiÃÊQÃRÊ`ii«ÊVL>ÌÊLÕi½]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊ ÃÝÌiiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÊvÊ`}ÊÜ>ÃÊvÀL``iÊÊÀ>ViÊ>`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ`ÕÀ}Ê>ÊiÞiÊ iÝ>>Ì]Ê>À>ÊÃ>ÜʼLÕiÊy>Ã
iý]Ê«ÀiÃ>}}ÊÌ
iÊÃÃÊvÊ
ÃÊiÞiÃ}
ÌÊqʼÞÊÛsion will never come back’.121Ê ÕiÊvÀÊÃiÊÃÊÌ
iÊVÕÀÊvÊ
i>Ûi]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÌ>ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ ÞÃÌiÀiÃÊvÊLiÞ`ÆÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÃ]ÊLÕiÊVÕÀiÃÊÌ
iÊ`>ÊvÊ`Ài>ÃÊ>`ÊvÀÊÃÌÊ Ì
iÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÕ}>ʼLÕiÊvÊ}
̽ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊÌÀÕLi`Ê`Ê Ã}ÃÊÌ
iÊLÕiðÊÀÊ >À>]ÊÌ
iÊV
À>ÌVÊLÕiÊÃVÀiiÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊÃ}iÊVÕÀÊiÝÌÀ>VÌi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ vÕÊëiVÌÀÕÊvviÀi`ÊLÞÊVÕÀÊw]Ê«ÀÛ`iÃÊ>ÊÀii>ÃiÊvÀʼÌ
iÊ«>`iÕÊvÊ >}i½]Ê>Ü}ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÌÊvÀÊ
iÀÊÜÊ«VÌÕÀiÊÊÌ
iÊ`½ÃÊiÞi]Ê}Õ`i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ V>«ÌÛ>Ì}ÊiµÕiViÊvÊ>À>½ÃÊ«ÀÃi°Ê
THE OTHER SIDE OF THE SCREEN Cinema is occurring when one looks at screens, not through them. *>ÕÊ-
>ÀÌÃ]Ê£È /
iÊ `iÃÌ>ÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ «ÀiVÌÊ Li>Ê ÃÊ Ì
iÊ ÃÕÀv>ViÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÃVÀiiÊ vÀÊ Ü
V
Ê iiÀ}iÃÊ ¼>Ê VyVÌÊ vÊ iÃÃ>}iý122Ê ÛÌ}Ê >Ê Ài>`}Ê vÊ LÌ
Ê ÀiViÃÃÛiÊ Ã«>Vi]Ê >Ê Ü`ÜÊÌÊ>Ì
iÀÊÀi>ÌÞ]Ê>`Ê>Ê>ÌiÀ>ÊLÃÌ>ViÊÌÊ}
Ì]Ê>Ê`ÕLiÊÀi>`}ÊÌ
>ÌÊ
EXPANDED CINEMA
195
Richard Wollheim considered to be a source of spectatorial pleasure.123 We have already seen how the screen has been the focus of avant-garde artists’ critical interest. This has led to abstract works that refuse illusionism and assert the phei}V>Ê«ÀiÃiViÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii]ÊÕÌ«iÊÃVÀiiÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊLÀi>ÊÌ
iÊ Õ`ÀiVÌ>ÊÀiÌ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>âi]ÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÊvÊ>ÌiÀ>ÌÛiÊÃVÀiiÃÊÊÌ
iÊvÀÊvÊ LiVÌÃ]Ê >ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀ>Ê vi>ÌÕÀiÃÊ ÀÊ L`iÃ]Ê >`Ê «>À>Vi>ÌVÊ ÜÀÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ `ëiÃiÊ with the screen altogether. Grahame Weinbren has argued that we are condemned ÌÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iʼ>ÃÊVÕÀÃÊV
>}}ÊÊ>Êy>ÌÊ«>i½]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÃÕÀv>ViÊ ÌÃiv]ÊVVÕ`i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ«ÌV>Ê`>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊiÌVÊ>}i]ʼÃÊÌÊ>Û>>LiÊ>ÃÊ>ÊiiiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÛÃÕ>ÊiÝ«iÀiVi½°124 Even the non-representational shapes favoured by >LÃÌÀ>VÌÊw>iÀÃÊÀi>ʼ`i«VÌÃÊvÊ>Êy>ÌÊ«>iÊÊ>ÊVi>ÌVÊë>Vi]ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ flat plane of the material screen surface’.125Ê/
iÊÃVÀii]Ê>Ì
Õ}
ÊÌÊi`>ÌiÞÊ «iÀViÛ>LiÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊÃÊvÊÌ
iÊwVÊ>}i]ÊÃÊiÌ
iiÃÃÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊ«>ÀÌÊ of our understanding of the condition of film. I would argue that when the screen surfaces are manipulated as they are in >ÞÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÌVÊÜÀÃ]ÊÀÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÀiÊÕÌ«i`Ê>`ÊÊÌ
iÊÛiÊ>ÃÊ Ê/Êi>`½ÃÊÜÀ]ÊÌ
iÊwVÊ>}iÊÌÕÀÃÊÌÊÃÕÀv>ViÊ`iVÀ>ÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ`À>>ÊvÊ Ì
iÊÃVÀiiÊÌÃiv°ÊÊ`ÀiVÌÊ«
ÞÃV>ÊVvÀÌ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊÜ>ÃÊiÝ«iÀiVi`Ê in Bill Viola’s Slowly Turning Narrative (1992) in which a two-sided screen rotated iÊ>Ê}>ÌÊÀiÛÛ}Ê`ÀÊÊÌ
iÊViÌÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ°Ê"ÌÊiÊÃ`iÊÜ>ÃÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê >ÊÛ`iÊÌ>}iÊvÊÃiµÕiViÃÊV«ÀÃ}ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊv>Vi]Ê>ÊiÀÀÞ}ÀÕ`Ê>`Ê >Ê Vy>}À>ÌÊ VÃÕ}Ê v>ÀÊ LÕ`}Ã]Ê Ü
iÊ Ì
iÊ Ì
iÀÊ Ã`iÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÃVÀiiÊ Ü>ÃÊ iÌÀiÞÊÀÀÀi`]ÊÀiyiVÌ}ÊÌ
iÊÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÀivÀ>VÌi`ÊÛ}Ê>}iÃÊ>`Ê>ÞÊëiVtators who ventured into the space. The brisk pace of the turning screen made it iViÃÃ>ÀÞÊÌÊÌ>iÊ>VÌÊÌÊ>Û`ÊLi}ÊÃÜi«ÌÊÕ«ÊÊÌÃÊ«>Ì
°ÊiÀi]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÌÞÊ vÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊ«Ài`>Ìi`]ÊiVÌ}Ê>ÊiL`i`]Êy}
ÌÊÀiëÃiÊÊÌ
iÊv>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊ «ÌiÌ>Ê`>}iÀÊÌÊviÊ>`ÊL°Ê/
iÊ`ÃÀiÌ}ÊivviVÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÛÀÌiÝÊvÊÃV>ÌÌiÀi`Ê >}iÃÊÃiÀÛi`ÊÌÊVÀi>ÃiÊi½ÃÊ>ÝiÌÞ]Ê>`ÊÊvÕ`ÊÌÊ>`ÛÃ>LiÊÌÊVÊÌÊ>ÊÀi>`}ÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÛ}ÊLiVÌÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>ÊLiViÊiÃiÀÃi`ÊLÞÊÌÃÊÛÃÕ>Ê `ë>Þ°Ê 7
iÊ Ì
iÊ >}iÊ ÃÕ««ÀÌÊ
>ÃÊ `ÃViÀLi]Ê Ì
Àii`iÃ>Ê VÌÕÀÃÊ ÀÊ Ü
iÊL`iÃÊ>ÀiÊÃÕLÃÌÌÕÌi`ÊvÀÊÃVÀiiÃ]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÌ>iÃÊ«>ViÊ>ÊÛÀÌÕ>ÞÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÊ Ài>`}ÊvÊÌ
iʫ
ÞÃV>ÊvÀÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê>}iÊÌ
>ÌÊÀÕÃÊ>VÀÃÃÊÌÃÊÃÕÀv>Vi°ÊÊ chiastic fusion ensues in which the image threatens but cannot destroy the solidity vÊÌ
iÊL`ÞÉÃVÀii]Ê>ÊiÌÌÞÊÌ
>ÌÊ«ÀÛ`iÃÊ>ÊÕÃÌ>LiÊvÕ`>ÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>}i]Ê muscling through its flickering deceptions. The human form denies the traditional `>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊwVÊÕÃ]ÊÜi>À}ÊÌÊiÊ>Ê>ÌiÊ>`ÊvÀV}ÊÌÊÌÊ«>ÀÌiÀship with the real. Even narrative cinema consistently reiterates the dimensions of the screen by Ì>Ì}Ê iÝ«>ÃiÃÊ LiÞ`Ê ÌÃÊ LÕ`>ÀiÃ]Ê >LiÌÊ wVÌ>Ê Ã«>ViÃÊ vÊ iÃiÜ
iÀi°Ê
>iÀ>ÃÊ«>ÊÌÊ«À}ÀiÃÃÛiÞÊÀiÛi>Ê>ÊÃViiÊÊÛiÀ>««}ÊvÀ>}iÌÃ]ÊÜ
V
Ê>ÀiÊ
196
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
then pieced back together by the spectator from recollections of what went before. /
ÃÊÀiVÕÀÃiÊÌÊiÀÞÊÃÊ
ÜÊÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌÊ>Þ>Ê iÀi½ÃÊv>ÕÃÊiÝ«V>ÌÊvÊwÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«\ʼÃÊÜiÊÜ>ÌV
Ê>Êw]ÊÌ
iÊVÌÕÕÃÊ>VÌÊvÊÀiV}ÌÊÊÜ
V
ÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊ involved is like a strip of memory unrolling beneath the images of the film itself’.126 /
iʼ`ÕLiÊiÝ«ÃÕÀi½ÊvÊÜ
>ÌÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊÜÌiÃÃ}ÊÜÊ>`ÊÜ
>ÌÊÜiÊÀiV>ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ story so far acquires further layers of memory as the present film triggers recollecÌÃÊvÊwÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÃiiÊLivÀi]ÊÃiÌÌ}ÊÕ«ÊiÝ«iVÌ>ÌÃÊvÊÜ
>ÌÊ}
ÌÊViÊÌÊ pass. The stretching of time through memory finds a correspondence in the spatial iÝ«>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ`ÀjÊ >âÊViiLÀ>Ìi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊvÊÛ}Ê«VÌÕÀiðÊÃÊÜiÊÃ>ÜÊÊ V
>«ÌiÀÊÌÜ]Ê >âÊ`iwi`ÊwÊ>ÃÊ>ʼViÌÀvÕ}>½Êi`ÕÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊvÀ>i`ÊÛiÜÊ ¼ÃiiÃÊ ÌÊ LiÊ «>ÀÌÊ vÊ ÃiÌ
}Ê «À}i`Ê `iwÌiÞÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ ÕÛiÀÃi½°127 The movement of the camera itself and the dynamism of the life unfolding before it both VÌÀLÕÌiÊÌÊÌ
ÃÊÃiÃiÊvÊLÕ`iÃÃÊvvÃVÀiiÊë>Vi°ÊÊwÊÀ]ÊÃ
>`ÜÃÊ`ÀiVÌÊ Ì
iÊ}>âiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>}>ÌÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊÕÌ`ÊÌ
Ài>ÌÃÊ}ÊÕÃÌÊÕÌÃ`iÊÌ
iÊi`>ÌiÊwi`ÊvÊÛÃ]Ê>`ÊÃÕ`ÊÌÊ
>ÃÊ«>Þi`ÊÌÃÊ«>ÀÌÊÊiÝÌi`}ÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÀÌÀÞÊ of film beyond the limits of the frame. The audio track allows viewers to imagine Ü
>ÌÊ ÛiÊÞiÀÊ`iwiÃÊ>ÃʼÌ
iÊë>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊÌÊvÀ>i`½128 – a car approach}]Ê>ÊiÌÊ>ÌÌ>VÊLÞÊ`>Ã]Ê>ÊÜ>ÌiÀv>ÊV>ÃV>`}ÊÕÃÌÊÛiÀÊÌ
iÊ
°ÊÊToute une NuitÊ£nÓ®]ÊÌ
iÊ i}>Êw>iÀÊ
>Ì>ÊViÀ>ÊÜÛiÊ>ÊÃÕ`ÃV>«iÊÕÌÊvÊ ÛiÀ
i>À`ÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÃ]ÊvÌÃÌi«ÃÊ>`ÊÃ>}Ê`ÀÃ]Ê>ÊiÃiLiÊvÊ>Õ`ÌÀÞÊ vÀ>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊVÕÀi`ÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÊÃÕÌiÊvÊ
Õ>Ê`À>>ÃÊ«>Þ}ÊÕÌÊÊ>ÊLVÊvÊ flats without leaving the one room revealed to vision by the camera. 7
iÀiÊViÀ>ÊiÝÌi`i`ÊÌ
iÊÕÃÀÞÊë>ViÊÕÌÃ`iÊÌ
iÊvÀ>i]Ê>`Ê6>Ê>LÃ
i`ÊÌ
iÊ`ÃÌVÌÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊvÀÌÊ>`ÊL>VÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ6 Ê
8*",/ÊÀiÌÕÀi`ÊÌÊ>ÊÌ
i>ÌÀV>]ÊvÀÌ>Ê«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊLÕÌÊ>VÌÛ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iʼ`i>`½Êë>ViÊ behind the screen while simultaneously asserting the status of the screen as an obiVÌ°ÊÊ
iÀÊwÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊCuttingÊ£ÈÇqÈn®]Ê Ý«ÀÌÊÕÃi`Ê>ÊviÊÌÊVÕÌÊÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ physical screen a string of words that resolved into Marshall McLuhan’s pronounceiÌ]ʼÌ
iÊVÌiÌÊvÊÜÀÌ}ÊÃÊëiiV
½°ÊÊGhost RevÊ£Èx®]Ê >ÀiiÊ-V
ii>Ê similarly hacked through the screen to reveal another screen that was itself then VÕÌÊiÝ«Ã}Ê>ÊÌiÀ>Ê«ÀiVÌÊ«>i°ÊÌÌvÀi`Ê-V
iiÀÊ«iÀ«iÌÀ>Ìi`Ê>Ì
iÀÊ knife attack on the screen in The Time for ACTION has Come (1969). The audience Li
i`Ê>ÊwÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌ]ÊÌÕÌ}Ê>Êvi]Ê>««À>V
i`ÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>ÊÜ
ÃÌÊÀi>`ing a political tract. As the filmed representation of the artist took on monumental «À«ÀÌÃÊÊVÃiÕ«]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ
Ãiv]ÊÕÌÊÜÊVVi>i`ÊLi
`ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii]Ê >`iÊ>ÊVÃ]ÊÃÌi««i`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊ}>Ã
Ê>`ÊiÌiÀi`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊë>ViÊ>``ÀiÃÃ}ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊ«iV>ÊëiiV
]Ê«ÌÃÌV>ÞÊiVÕÀ>}}Ê Ì
iÊÌÊLiViÊ«ÌV>ÞÊ>VÌÛiÊ>`ÊV
>}iÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`°ÊÃÊÜiÊÃ>ÜÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊvÕÀ]Ê *iÌiÀÊ >«ÕÃÊ>ÃÊ«>Þi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>ë>ÀiVÞÊ>`ÊÃ`ÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii]Ê>}ÊÌÊ
EXPANDED CINEMA
197
difficult to locate the image surface. In Three Transitions]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ
i«ÊvÊÌÜÊÛ`iÊ V>iÀ>ÃÊ>`Ê>ÊÛÃÊÝiÀ]Ê >«ÕÃÊ`ÕLi`Ê
ÃÊ>}iÊ>`ÊiÊ ÞÃÕÃÊiiÀ}}Ê vÀÊ
ÃÊv>Ì
iÀ½ÃÊÌ
}
]ÊVÌÀÛi`ÊÌÊVÕÌÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê
ÃÊÜÊL>V]ÊÌÊLiÊÀiLÀÊÌÊ>Êv>Vsimile of himself. Chris Meigh-Andrews emphasised the spatialisation of the video ÃiÌÕ«Ê>`ÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌi`ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÊÌiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iʼV«iÝÊViÝÃÌiViÊvÊ«
ÞÃV>Ê>`Ê virtual spaces manifest via video technology’.129 Campus was working on a screen ÜÌ
Ê>ÊÃVÀiiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ}>ÃÃvÀÌi`ÊÛ`iÊÌÀÊÀi>i`ÊÌ>VÌ]ÊÌiÃÌvÞ}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ remoteness of the analogue video signal relative to the physical immediacy and tacÌÌÞÊvÊViÕ`ÊwÊ>`ÊÌÃÊÃVÀii]ÊÃÊivviVÌÛiÞÊ>ÌÌ>Vi`ÊLÞÊ 8*",/]Ê-V
iiÀÊ and Schneemann. The shifting of attention from the infinite recession of the image to the physical ë>ViÊLi
`Ê>`ÊÊvÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÃÃÌiViÊÊÌ
iʫ
ii}ÞÊ vÊÌ
iÊy>Ì]ÊvÀ>}iÊ«>ÀÌÌÊÊÜ
V
ÊÃÊÕV
Ê>}VÊÃÊi>VÌi`]ÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÃÊ`ÃViÀLiÊ ÊÜÀÃÊLÞÊiÊ>VLÃ]ÊLÕÌÊÛÛi`ÊÊ«
ÞÃV>Ê`>>}iÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii°Ê7Ì
Ê
ÃÊ 1960s Apparition Theater of New York]Ê>VLÃÊÃÌ>}i`Ê>ÊÃiÀiÃÊvÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÌVÊ iÛiÌÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ >VÌÛ>Ìi`Ê >Ê Ì
ÀiiÊ «>iÃÊ VVÕÀÀiÌÞ]Ê vÀiÊ >`Ê >vÌ]Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ «ÀiVÌÊ iLÀ>iÊ Ê LiÌÜii°Ê Û}Ê >Û>iÃiÊ Ã
>`ÜÊ «Õ««iÌÀÞ]Ê >VLÃÊ L>VÌÊ a group of performers behind the screen casting shadow plays onto its posterior surface. The frieze of enigmatic black shapes interacted with superimposed filmic >}iÃÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊvÀÊÊvÀÌ°130 The live elements synchronised ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÀiVÀ`i`Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ}iÃÌÕÀi`ÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊ>ÊiiÌ}ÊvÊÌi«À>ÌiÃ]Ê >`Ê >Ê ÌÀ>Ã>VÌÊ LiÌÜiiÊ Ì
iÊ Ài>Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ ÃÕ>Ìi`]Ê Ì
iÊ iÝ«ÃÌÀÞÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ >ÕÃÛi°ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌi]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ«>Þi`ÊÊÌ
iʫ
ÞÃV>Ê«ÀiÃiViÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊ >`ÊÌ
iÊë>ViÃÊÌÊ`i>ÀV>Ìi`]Ê>VÌÛiÊwi`ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊVÛiÌ>ÞÊÜÕ`ÊLiÊiV«Ãi`ÊLÞÊ the filmic image. Game PiecesÊÓääή]Ê>ÊÀiÊÀiViÌÊÜÀÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ`>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ >Ê Malani demonstrated a similar delight in the magic of shadow play. In the path of ÃiÛiÀ>Ê«ÀiVÌÃ]ÊÃ
iÊ
Õ}ÊÃÝÊÀÌ>Ì}ÊÞ>ÀÊVÞ`iÀÃÊ«iÀVi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃ
>«iÃÊ vÊÞÃÌV>Êw}ÕÀiÃ]ÊÜ
V
Ê>VÌi`Ê>ÃÊÃÌ>}}Ê«ÃÌÃ]ÊwÌiÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ«À>ÀÞÊ«ÀiVÌÃÊ and combining colour with shadows. The images drifted in counter-flowing layers >VÀÃÃÊiÛiÀÞÊ>Û>>LiÊÃÕÀv>ViÊÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ°Ê/
iÊ«ÀiVÌÃÊVÃÃÌi`ÊvÊvÌ>}iÊ of the nuclear mushroom clouds over Nagasaki and Hiroshima and as the cylinders ÀÌ>Ìi`]Ê}`ÃÊ>`Ê`iÃÊVÕi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ`ÕÊ«>Ì
iÊ`ÀvÌi`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊwÃÊ like impotent shadows unable to prevent the cataclysmic consequences of human destructiveness in the modern age. 7
iÀiÊ 6>½ÃÊ ÀÌ>Ì}Ê ÃVÀii]Ê >`Ê >>½ÃÊ ViÌÀvÕ}>Ê Ã«À>ÞÊ vÊ >}iÃ]Ê `ë>Vi`Ê Ì
iÊ vÀÌ>Ê ÛiÜ}Ê «ÃÌÊ vÊ VÛiÌ>Ê Vi>ÌVÊ «ÀiVÌ]Ê Ì
iÊ Canadian Michael Snow compelled viewers to circumnavigate a suspended screen in À`iÀÊÌÊVÌi«>ÌiÊÌÃÊÌÜÊÌ
i>ÌV>ÞÊ>`Ê«
ÞÃV>ÞÊViVÌi`ÊwÃÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê vÀÌ>Þ]ÊiÊÊi>V
ÊÃ`i°ÊÊTwo Sides to Every StoryÊ£Ç{®]ÊLÌ
ÊÃÕÀv>ViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÃVÀiiÊ`ë>Þi`ÊvÌ>}iÊvÊ>ÊÕÜÊÜ>ÊÊÜ
ÌiÊwi`]ÊvÀÌÊ>`ÊL>V]ÊLÞÊ
198
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÌÜÊÃi«>À>ÌiÊV>iÀ>ðÊ7
iÊÌ
iÊÌÜÊÛiÜÃÊÜiÀiÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊVÀÀië`}Ê Ã`iÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii]ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊÜ>ÃÊL}i`ÊÌÊ>ÌiÀ>ÌiÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊÌÊ}À>Ã«Ê Ì
iÊÜÀÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÜ
i°Ê ÛiÊÌ
iÊLiÃÌÊvÊÌ
iÊVÕ`ÊÌÊLiÊÊÌÜÊ«>ViÃÊ>ÌÊVi]Ê>`Ê>ÃÊ -ÜÊ
ÃivÊÀi>Ài`]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ«ÀiÛiÌi`ÊÌÌ>ʼ>ÃÌiÀÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÛÃÕ>Ê>ÌiÀ>½°131 7
ÃÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊ`Õ«V>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊÀiÌ>ÌÊvÊiiiÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÀiÊ>ÌÊ«>ÞÊÊÌ
iÊ w}ÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]ÊÌ
iÀiLÞÊLÀ}}Ê«ÀiÊ>`Ê«ÃÌ«À`ÕVÌÊÌÊVÃiÀÊ>}iÌÊ ÜÌ
ÊiÝ
LÌ]Ê-ÜÊÀi>i`ÊViÌÀ>ÞÊVViÀi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê«ÀiÃiViÊvÊ Ì
iÊÃVÀii°ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊ>ÌiÊ`V
]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ>ÀÌVÕ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ`iw}Ê«>À>`ÝÊvÊ w]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊV>ÊÃÕ>ÌiÊ}Ài>ÌÊ`i«Ì
ÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvÊ>ÊiLÀ>iÊÌ
>ÌÊ-ÜÊÀi`ÃÊÕÃÊ ÃʼÌÀÕÞ]ÊÛiÀÞ]ÊÛiÀÞÊÌ
½°132 ÞÊw>ÊiÝ>«iÊvÊÃVÀii«>ÞÊÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊÃÊ6 Ê 8*",/½ÃÊv>ÕÃÊ TOUCH CINEMA (1968–71) in which her body doubled as screen and image. EXPORT VÛiÀi`Ê
iÀÊLÀi>ÃÌÃÊÊ>ÊõÕ>ÀiÊLÝÊiÊ>ÊÊVi>ÊV«iÌiÊÜÌ
ÊVÕÀÌ>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>`ÊÌÊLiÊ«ÕÃ
i`Ê>Ã`iÊÌÊ}>Ê>VViÃÃÊÌÊÌ
iʼ>}i½°Ê6iÌÕÀ}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀiiÌÃÊvÊ Û>ÀÕÃÊVÌiÃ]Ê 8*",/ÊÛÌi`Ê«>ÃÃiÀÃLÞÊÌÊÀi>V
ÊÊ>`ÊviiÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii>}i]Ê
iÀÊ bare chest – but only for a proscribed number of seconds rigorously monitored by the artist herself armed with a stopwatch.133 EXPORT reversed the dominance of visuality in film and the basic condition of illusionism whereby you can look but not touch
VALIE EXPORT, TAPP und TASTKINO/TOUCH CINEMA (1968). Courtesy of the artist.
EXPANDED CINEMA
199
>`Ê>Üi`ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÌÊ`ÊÜ
>ÌÊ>ÞÊ}
ÌÊ
>ÛiÊ`Ài>i`Êv]ÊLÕÌÊÃ
iÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊ`i«ÀÛi`ÊÌ
iÊvÊÌ
iÊ«i>ÃÕÀiÃÊvÊÃV««
>ÆÊÌ
iÞÊVÕ`ÊÌÕV
]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊ°Ê Ê>ÕÀ>ÊÕÛiÞ½ÃÊÌiÀÃ]Ê 8*",/Ê>ÃʼV>ÃÌÀ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ}>âi½ÊLÞÊ}ÊÃÌÀ>}
ÌÊL>VÊ ÌÊ i>V
Ê «>ÀÌV«>̽ÃÊ iÞiÃ]Ê iÝ«Ã}Ê Ì
iÀÊ ÛÞiÕÀÃÌVÊ `iÃÀi°Ê Ê Vi>]Ê Ã}
ÌÊ ÃÊ ÛiÃÌi`ÊÜÌ
Ê
>«ÌVʵÕ>ÌiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ
>«ÌVÊLi}ÊÜ
>ÌÊiÃÊ iiÕâiÊ`iwi`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊ iÌÊÜ
iʼÃ}
ÌÊ`ÃVÛiÀÃÊÊÌÃivÊ>ÊvÕVÌÊvÊÌÕV
}ÊÌ
>ÌÊLi}ÃÊÌÊÌÊ>`Ê to it alone’.134ÊÃÊÌ
iʼ½Ê
>ÃÊLiiÊÕ`iÀÃÌ`]Ê
ÃÌÀV>Þ]ÊÌÊLiÊ>Ê>iÊ«ÀÛi}i]Ê the denial of its primacy through the resistance of the body has meant that TOUCH CINEMAÊÜ>ÃÊÜ`iÞÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌi`Ê>ÃÊ>ÊviÃÌÊVÀ̵Õi°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊÃiÝÕ>ÊLiVÌwV>ÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ vi>iÊ L`ÞÊ Ê >ÃÌÀi>Ê wÊ Ü>ÃÊ
iÀÊ >ÀÊ Ì>À}iÌ]Ê 8*",/Ê Ü>ÃÊ>ÃÊ`À>Ü}Ê>>}iÃÊLiÌÜiiÊÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii]ÊLÌ
ÊvÊÜ
V
]Ê>VVÀ`}Ê ÌÊ>ÕÀ>Ê1°Ê>ÀÃÊ>Àiʼ«ÀiÃÃ>LiÊ>`ÊV`ÕVÌÛiÊ°°°ÊÌ>VÌiÊ>`ÊVÌ>}Õý°135
8*",/Ê>ÞÊ>ÃÊ
>ÛiÊ>V
iÛi`ÊÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi½ÃÊÕÌ>ÌiÊ>VV>`iÊvʼ`i}ÀiiâiÀ½ÊVi>°136Ê-VÀiiÊ>`Ê>}iÊLiV>iÊi]Ê`ÛÃLi]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ ÜÀÊV>ÊLiʼÃii½]ÊÌÊÊÌ
iÊ«ÌV>ÞÊÛiÝi`ÊÀi}iÊvÊÃ}
Ì]ÊLÕÌÊÊÌ
iÊ>}>ÌÊ `ÀiVÌi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊw}iÀÃ]ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÊvÊÌÕV
]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊLÞÊÌ
iÊiÝVÌi`ÊiÕÀ>ÊiÃsages answering the call from other parts of the body.
NOTES 1 2Ê 3Ê
4Ê
5 6 7
8Ê
200
Gene Youngblood (1970) Expanded Cinema. New York: Dutton. William Raban has also discovered the term in writings by Carolee Schneemann from the same year. iiÊ9Õ}L`Ê£Çä®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Êx{° -iiÊÌ
iÊÀ>}iÊvÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌ>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÊ>`Ê`iwÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>VÌÛÌÞÊÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê 7
Ìi]Ê -ÌiÛiÊ >Ê >`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊ i`Ã®Ê Ó䣣®Ê Expanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi°Ê-iiÊ ÕV>Ê7
Ìi½ÃÊ
ÃÌÀV>Ê>«ÊvÀÊÌ
iʼiÞÊVÀ`>ÌiýÊvÊ iÝ«>`i`ÊVi>Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊvÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊLÆÊvÀÊ6 Ê 8*",/]ÊÃiiÊ«°ÊÓä° ÀÊ>ÊiÝÌiÃÛiÊ`ÃVÕÃÃÊvÊ*Ã
Ê"«iÊÀÊwÃ]ÊÃiiÊ>Ý>Ê`i`Ê i>\Ê Ý«>`i`Ê,i>ÌÞ½]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi]Ê Steven Ball and David Curtis (eds) (2011) Expanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film. London: Tate. p. 291. /ÞÊ À>`]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° -iiÊiiÛiÛiÊ9ÕiÊÓä£{®Ê¼ i>ÊiÀ>\ʺ *, »Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê>V
>Ê vÊ*
Ê-½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÎ\Ê£]Ê««°ÊnqÓ{° *iÌiÀÊÕLi>ʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊiiÛiÛiÊ9Õi]ÊL`°]Ê«°Ê° L`°]Ê«°Ê£ä° -iiÊ>ÀÌiÊ iÕ}iÌÊ>`ÊÊÜiÃÊÓä£Î®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê««°ÊxxqÈx° A term used by Nicky Hamlyn (2003) in relation to Castle One]Ê Ê Film Art Phenomena. London: British Film Institute. A similar result was achieved by Ann-Sofi Siden in her video installation Warte Mal! (1998). 7
iÊÃi>Ìi`ÊÊiÊvÊÌ
iÊÜiÌ]ÊÌÀ>ë>ÀiÌÊÛiÜ}ÊLÌ
ÃÊÀÊÃÌ>ÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊ LiV>iÊ>ÊLiVÌÊvÊVÕÀÃÌÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÃÊÊÌ
iÊë>Vi]Ê
iÀÊÜÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«ÊëÌ}
Ìi`° /
iÊ}
ÌÃÊ``ÊÕÃÌÊÌ
>Ì]ÊÜiÌÊÊ>`ÊvvÊÊ>Êi«ÌÞÊ}>iÀÞ°Ê/
iÊÜÀÊ
>ÃÊëÀi`Ê>ÊÛ>ÃÌÊ À>}iÊ vÊ ÌiÀ«ÀiÌ>ÌÊ VÕ`}Ê >ÕÀâÊ >ÌÌi>½ÃÊ Óää{Ê ViVÌÕÀiÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÌÊ Ü>ÃÊ >LÕÌÊ `ÊÃÜ}ÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iʼ
Õ>Ê>LÌÞÊÌÊ«ÀiÃiÀÛiÊÞ½ÆÊÃiiÊ
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>ÀÌVÀii`°VÉ ÃÌiÉÜÀ`ÃÉÜÀÓÓÇÌ
i}
ÌÃ}}>`vvÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÓ£Ê>ÀV
ÊÓä£4). ,Õ«iÀÌÊ ÛiÀiÌÌÊ QÓääÈRÊ ÓääÇ]Ê Ó`Ê i`®Ê Red Carpets and Other Banana Skins. London: L>VÕÃ]Ê«°Î° The cinema was also the setting for other transactions as Denis Norden recounts in his
EXPANDED CINEMA
201
32 33Ê
34Ê
35Ê 36
37 38Ê 39Ê 40Ê 41Ê 42Ê 43Ê 44 45
46Ê 47
48Ê 49Ê 50Ê
202
autobiography Clips From a Life (2009). In the 1940s when he was manager of the Trocadero >ÌÊÌ
iÊ i«
>ÌÊ>`Ê >ÃÌiÊÊ`]Ê>ÊÀi}Õ>ÀÊ«>ÌÀÊvÊÌ
iÊVi>ÊÜÊ>Ãʼ/ÃÃvÊ>Ìi½Ê was a woman who offered favours the price of which was dependent on what you paid for ÞÕÀÊÃi>Ì°Ê Ü>`>ÞÃ]ÊÌÊÃiiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊÃÊÃÌÞÊÛiÀÞÊÞÕ}ÊÌiiÃÊÜ
ÊÕÃiÊÌ
iÊVi>ÊvÀÊ Ì
iÊ«ÕÀ«ÃiÃÊvʼ>}ÊÕ̽ÆÊi>Ì}Ê>À}iʵÕ>ÌÌiÃÊvÊ>`ÀÕÃÊ««VÀÊ>`ÊÌ>}Ê ÌÊLiÃÊÃiiÃÊÌÊ
>ÛiÊÌ>iÊÛiÀÊvÀÊÀiÊ}iiÀ>ʼë}½° Herman Melville ([1851] 1992) Moby Dick°Ê7>Ài\Ê7À`ÃÜÀÌ
Ê `ÌÃ]Ê«°Êxx° *iÌiÀÊ ÕLi>Ê µÕÌi`Ê LÞÊ ÀVÊ `iÊ ÀÕÞÊ Óää{®Ê ¼/
iÊ Ý«>`i`Ê i`Ê vÊ i>]Ê ÀÊ iÝiÀVÃiÊÊÌ
iÊ«iÀiÌiÀÊvÊ>ÊõÕ>Ài½]ÊÊ8-VÀii]ÊFilm Installation and Actions in the 1960s and 1970s°Ê6i>\ÊÕÃiÕÊvÊ`iÀÊÀÌ]Ê«°Ê£Èx°ÊÊ£ÇäÊÕLi>ÊLÕÌÊVÕLViÃÊÌÊ
ÃÊ ¼ÛÃLiÊ i>½ÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÜÕ`ÊÌÊLiÊ`ÃÌÀ>VÌi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÀÊÃÕÀÀÕ`}ÃÊÀÊi>V
Ê other. ÊÌ
iÊ1]ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>`ÌÊvÊ«>Þ}ÊÌ
iÊ>Ì>Ê>Ì
iÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊi`ÊvÊ>ÊwÊÃ
ÜÊ>ÃÌi`ÊÌÊ the early 1960s. I remember my sister Clare refusing to stand to attention on the grounds that she was French. ,>Þ`Ê iÕÀÊ ÕÞÊ Óä£Ó®Ê Ê VÛiÀÃ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê Õ>>Ê 6>`ÃiÀ>]Ê >ÀÉiÌV
iÀÊ >iÀÞ]Ê`°Ê I have an abiding memory of my first night at boarding school. It was autumn and the nights were already closing in. When the bell rang to wake us in the morning it was not yet light. I opened my eyes and could see nothing; the nuns did not waste electricity on night lights. ÊÜ>ÃÊVÛVi`ÊÊ
>`Ê}iÊL`ÊÊÌ
iÊ}
ÌÊ>`ÊÃÌ>ÀÌi`ÊÃVÀi>}°ÊÊÀiiÝ«iÀiViÊÌ
>ÌÊ ¼L`Ê«>V½ÊiÛiÀÞÊÌiÊÊ}ÊÌÊ>Ê«ÌV
L>VÊÃÌ>>Ì° Lucy Reynolds speaking at the Expanded CinemaÊVviÀiVi]Ê/>ÌiÊ`iÀ]Ê£ÇÊ«ÀÊÓää° ÕVÞÊ,iÞ`Ã]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° ¼,>}i]ÊÀ>}iÊ>}>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊ`Þ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ}
Ì°°°½]Ê Þ>Ê/
>Ã]ÊvÀÊ
ÃÊ«iÊDo not go gentle into that good nightÊ£x£®]ÊÜÀÌÌiÊÊÌ
iÊ`i>Ì
ÊvÊ
ÃÊv>Ì
iÀ°Ê Ì
ÞÊV >Êëi>}Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ Ý«>`i`Ê i>ÊVviÀiVi]Ê/>ÌiÊ`iÀ]Ê`]Ê£ÇÊ April 2009. Ì
ÞÊV >]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi°Ê Ì
ÞÊV >]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi°Ê iÀ}iÊ >iÀÊ Óää{®Ê ¼Ê iÞ`Ê ÌÃÊ Ìý]Ê Ê Anthony McCall Film Installations]Ê >V
iÃÌiÀ\Êi>`Ê>iÀÞ]Ê7>ÀÜVÊÀÌÃÊ iÌÀiÊ>`Ê ÀiÀ
ÕÃiÊ*ÕLV>ÌÃ]Ê«°Ê£Î° Daniel Chandler (2002) Semiotics: The Basics°Ê`Ê>`Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê,ÕÌi`}i]Ê«°Ê£Î° Malcolm Le Grice quoted by Lucy Reynolds in her notes on Filmaktion for the British Artists’ Film and Video Study Collection. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÃÌÕ`ÞViVÌ°V°ÕÉw>ÌÉÀ>iÃiÌ£°
Ìl (accessed 22 February 2014). >VµÕiÃÊ iÀÀ`>ÊQ£ÎRÊ£{]ÊÓ`Êi`®ÊSpectres of Marx. London and New York: Routledge. Robert Whitman (2002) speaking on Robert Whitman: Performances From the 1960s – Part 2. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉÜ>ÌV
¶ÛrÈ«Ü
ÎÝ+ (accessed 9 March 2014).
>ë>ÀÊ
>Ê>Û>ÌiÀʵÕÌi`ÊÊ-i>Ê ÕLÌÌÊÓä£Î®Ê¼/
iÊ-
>`ܽ]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê«°Ê£ä°
>ÀiiÊ-V
ii>Êëi>}ÊÌÊ ÕV>Ê7
ÌiÊʼ"ÊÌ
iÊ iÛi«iÌÊvÊSnows and Other
>ÀÞÊ Ý«>`i`Ê i>Ê7Àý]ÊÊExpanded Cinema: Art Performance Film]Ê«°VÌ°]Ê«°Ênn° iiÌ
Ê ÕÌÌÃ-Ì
ʣǮʼ,iÊÀÌÊ>`Ê-V>Ê ÌiÝ̽]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê ÀÃÊ>`Ê*i}}ÞÊ>iÊ
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
51Ê 52Ê 53 54 55 56Ê 57Ê 58Ê 59Ê
60Ê 61 62 63Ê 64Ê 65 66Ê
67Ê 68Ê 69Ê 70Ê 71 72 73Ê 74Ê 75Ê 76Ê 77Ê 78
(eds) Performance by Artists°Ê/ÀÌ\ÊÀÌÊiÌÀ«i]Ê«°ÊÓÓ£°
>ÀiiÊ-V
ii>]Ê«°VÌ°]Ê«°Ên° ,LiÀÌÊ7
Ì>ÊÓääÓ®]Ê«°ÊVÌ° Ibid. Malcolm Le Grice speaking at Expanded Cinema, the Live Record]ÊÈÊ iViLiÀÊÓään]Ê Ê -ÕÌ
L>]Ê`° Leo Tolstoy ([1849] 2009) Anna Karenin]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ,Ãi>ÀÞÊ ``ðÊ`\Ê*i}Õ]Ê«°Ê 820. ,LiÀÌÊ7
Ì>ÊÓääÓ®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°
ÀÃÊ7iÃLÞÊÓä£Î®]ʼÊVÛiÀÃ>̽ÊÜÌ
Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ ÜiÃ]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\Ó]Ê««°ÊÎänÎÓ{° /Êi>`]Êi>ÊVÕV>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]Ê£ÓÊ>ÀV
ÊÓä£{° -iiÊ >Û`Ê *i>ÌÊ Óä£ä®Ê ¼/
iÊ >ÀÌÊ vÊ LÀ`}}ÆÊ ÀiÃ>ViÃÊ vÊ >Û`Ê
Ê >`Ê >ÀÊ Õ}½]Ê in Madeleine Hooykaas and Claire van Putten (eds) Revealing the Invisible: The Art of Stansfield/Hooykaas from Different Perspectives°Ê ÃÌiÀ`>\Ê 1Ì}iÛiÀÊ iÊ ÕÌi>Ì]Ê pp. 67–85. -iiÊ>iÃÊ ÃʣȮÊThe Object Stares Back°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê-ÊEÊ-V
ÕÃÌiÀ]Ê««°Ê£Óq£Î° I am grateful to Matilde Nardelli for bring Pirelli’s work to my attention. Spectators could walk inside the grid as well as circumnavigate the luminescent structure. ÕV>Ê7
ÌiÊÓ䣣V®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÓÎn° °Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê>Ê>Ã`iÊ>`iÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊExpanded CinemaÊ viÀiVi]Ê/>ÌiÊ`iÀ]Ê£ÇÊ«ÀÊÓää° Sigmund Freud (1919) The Uncanny. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜiL°Ì°i`ÕÉ>>VÉÜÜÜÉ freud1.pdf (accessed 15 March 2014). ,LiÀÌÊ6ÃV
iÀÊQ£nÇÎRÊ£{®Ê¼"ÊÌ
iÊ"«ÌV>Ê-iÃiÊvÊÀ\ÊÊ ÌÀLÕÌÊÌÊiÃÌ
iÌVý]Ê in H. F. Mallgrave and E. Ikonomou (eds) Empathy, Form and Space: Problems in German Aesthetics 1873–1893°Ê ->Ì>Ê V>]Ê \Ê iÌÌÞÊ iÌiÀÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ ÃÌÀÞÊ vÊ ÀÌÃÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ Õ>ÌiÃ]Ê«°Ê££Ç°Ê
ÀÌiÊ"`iÊ£xήʼ"Ê`ÕÌÊ «>Ì
ÞÊÜÌ
Ê
`Ài½]ÊThe Psychoanalytic Study of the Child]Ên]ÊInternational Journal of Psychoanalysis]Ê«°Ê££Î° /ÞÊ"ÕÀÃiÀ]ʼÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊLiÌÜiiÊ/ÞÊ"ÕÀÃiÀÊ>`ÊÕÃiÊ iÀ½°Ê"iÊÊÕ}ÕÃÌÊÓä£Î]Ê but no longer available. -Ì>Ê6> iÀ iiʵÕÌi`ÊÊ ÕV>Ê7
ÌiÊÓ䣣V®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«ÊÓÎΰ >iÃÊ ÃʣȮ]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê{ΰ Nicky Hamlyn (2003) Film Art Phenomena°Ê`\Ê ÀÌÃ
ÊÊÃÌÌÕÌi]Ê«°Ê{n°ÊÊÊ Paul Virilio (1989) War and Cinema: The Logistics of Perception. London: Verso. L`°]Ê«°ÊÈ° V
>iÊÀi`ÊQ£ÈÇRÊ£n]ÊÓ`Êi`®ÊArt and Objecthood: Essays and Reviews. Chicago: 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ
V>}Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÎÓ£° VÞÊ>ÞÊÓääή]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Êxä° L`°]Ê«°Ê{ä° >Ì
>Ê7>iÞÊÓääήʼ/
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊvÊÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ`i>ÊvÊ i>\Ê ÌÀ>ÃÌ}Ê*À>VÌViÃÊ ÊÌ
iÊ-ÝÌiÃÊ>`Ê-iÛiÌiÃÊÛ>Ì>À`iʽ]ÊOctober]Ê£äÎ]Ê«°Ê£n° I can suggest a different analogy in the ambivalence a man feels towards the memory of
ÃÊ>«ÜiÀvÕÊÌ
iÀ]ÊÜ
Ê}>ÛiÊvi]ÊLÕÌÊVÕ`Ê>ÃÊÌ>iÊÌÊ>Ü>Þ°Ê/
ÃÊVyVÌi`Ê>ÌiÀ>Ê
EXPANDED CINEMA
203
>}iÊvÀÃÊÌ
iÊL>ÃÃÊvÊÞÌ
ÃÊÊÜ
V
ÊÜiÊ`iÛÕÀÊÀÊÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊV
`Ài]ÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ Lamia or Medea in Greek mythology. 79Ê *>ÕÊ -
>ÀÌÃ]Ê «À}À>iÊ ÌiÃÊ µÕÌi`Ê Ê Ì
iÊ 18Ê ÜiLÃÌi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÕÝ°À}°ÕÉViVÌÉ ÜÀÃÉÎÀ``i}ÀiiÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÓnÊiLÀÕ>ÀÞÊÓä£4®°ÊÃÊ>ÊLÞÊ`ÕÀ}ÊÌ
iÊÜ>À]ÊÞÊ
ÕÃL>`Ê1ÜiÊ Ackermann and his friends blew up highly inflammable cans of film they found lying around Ì
iÊ`iÃiÀÌi`Ê >LiÃLiÀ}ÊÃÌÕ`ÃÊÊ*ÌÃ`>ÊqÊÕÃÌÊvÀÊvÕ°Ê 80Ê V>ÃÊ`iÊ"ÛiÀ>]ÊÜÌ
Ê V>Ê"ÝiÞÊ>`ÊV
>iÊ*iÌÀÞÊÓääήÊInstallation Art in the New Millennium: The Empire of the Senses°Ê`\Ê/
>iÃÊEÊÕ`Ã]Ê«Ê{° 81Ê >VÊiÊÀViÊ£x®Ê¼ ÕÀÊLÃÌÀ>VÌÊqÊ*>Ì}ÊqÊÊqÊ6`iÊqÊ }Ì>ÊÀ̽]ÊÊLa poésie de la couleur]ÊÕÛÀi° 82Ê iÃÊ iiÕâi]ÊQ£nÎRÊÓääx®ÊCinema 1: The Movement Image]ÊÌÀ>ðÊÕ}
Ê/ÃÊ>`Ê >ÀL>À>Ê>LLiÀ>°Ê`\Ê ÌÕÕ]Ê«°ÊÝ°Ê 83 See Claire Bishop (2005b) Installation Art: A Critical History°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê«°ÊxÇ° 84Ê L`°]ÊV
>«ÌiÀÊÓ° 85Ê -iiÊ iÀ}iÃÊ >Ì>iÊ Q£ÎÈRÊ £nx®Ê ¼/
iÊ ->VÀi`½]Ê Ê Visions of Excess: Selected Writings 1927–1939°Êi>«Ã]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊiÃÌ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÓ{Ó° 86Ê V
>i>Ê7>ÃʵÕÌi`ÊÊ À>`Ê7°ÊÃi«
ÊÓää{®Ê¼ÞÊ`Ê-«ÌÊ"«i\Ê`ÞÊ7>À
½ÃÊ Exploding Plastic Inevitable½]Ê Ê >ÌÌ
>ÃÊ V
>>Ê i`°®Ê X-Screen: Film, Installations and Actions in the 1960s & 1970s°Ê6i>\ÊÕÃiÕÊvÊ`iÀÊÀÌ]Ê«°ÊÓä° 87 Ibid. 88Ê 7ÀÌÌiÊÌiÃ]ÊÕ`>Ìi`° 89Ê VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ ÀiV
Ì]ÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvʼÌ
i>ÌÀV>ý]ÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÃʼÀii>Ãi`ÊvÀÊ>Ê}iiÀ>Ê «>ÃÃÛiÊ>VVi«Ì>Vi½Ê>`ÊLÀÕ}
ÌÊÌʼ>ÊÃÌ>ÌiÊvÊÃÕëVÕÃʵÕÀÞ½ÆʵÕÌi`ÊÊ>Ê ii`iÊ and Peter Thompson (1981) Brecht°Ê"ÝvÀ`\Ê >ÃÊ >VÜi]Ê«°Ê£Îΰ 90Ê iÌ
Ê/ÞÃʵÕÌi`ÊÊ V>ÃÊ`iÊ"ÛiÀ>Êet al.ÊÓääή]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê«°ÊÓn° 91Ê iÀ>ÊiÛi]ÊMoby Dick]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£ÈÓ° 92Ê *iÌiÀÊ"ÃLÀiÊÓää{®Ê¼Ê ÃÌÀ>VÌi`Ê,iVi«Ì\Ê/i]ÊÀÌÊ>`Ê/iV
}Þ½]ÊTime Zones catalo}Õi°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê«°ÊÈ° 93 Ibid. 94 Berthold Brecht’s term for conventional theatre that simply reflects the audience’s lives L>VÊÌÊÌ
iÊÕ>ÌiÀi`]ÊÕV
>i}i`°Ê+ÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ>Ê ii`iÊ>`Ê*iÌiÀÊ/
«Ã]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê p. 127. 95Ê >LiÊ VÃʵÕÌi`ÊÊÕVÞÊ,iÞ`ÃÊÓ䣣®Ê¼>}VÊ/ÀVö\Ê/
iÊ1ÃiÊvÊ-
>`Ü«>ÞÊÊ ÀÌÃ
Ê Ý«>`i`Ê i>½]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ >Ê>`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊi`Ã®Ê Expanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê«°Ê£x{° 96Ê ÕVÞÊ,iÞ`Ã]ÊL`° 97Ê
>Ê7v}>}ÊÛÊiÌ
iÊ£Çä®]ÊiÌÌiÀÊÌÊ>VLÊÊiÌ
i½ÃÊZur Farbenlehre ([1810] £n{ä®]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ
>ÀiÃÊ >ÃÌ>i°Ê`\Ê
ÊÕÀÀ>Þ° 98Ê ÀÌÊ>`Ê>}Õ>}iÊ/iÀÀÞÊÌÃ]ÊiÊ,>Ã`i]Ê >Û`Ê,ÕÃ
ÌÊet al.®]ÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ê}ÀÕ«Ê`i`V>Ìi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ`i>ÌiÀ>Ã>ÌÊvÊ>ÀÌÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäðÊ/
iÞÊiÌÌÃi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊLiVÌÊÊ v>ÛÕÀÊvÊÌiÝÌL>Ãi`ÊÌ
iÀÞ]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊiÛiÊÌ
iÞÊVÕ`Ê>>}iÊÜÌ
ÕÌÊ>ÊÀi>`}Ê>Õ`iVi° 99Ê >VÊiÊÀViÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊÌ
iʼ ÕÀÊi`ýÊÃÞ«ÃÕ]Ê iÌÀ>Ê->ÌÊ>ÀÌÃ]Ê`]Ê 13 November 2006. 100Ê 7>ÃÃÞÊ>`ÃʵÕÌi`ÊÊ>VÊiÊÀViÊ£x®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]ÊÕ«>}>Ìi`°
204
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
101Ê /
iÃiÊ >Ã
Ê>`Ê
ÀÜi}>ÊVÀiÊÌ
ÀiÀÃÊv>ÛÕÀÊ>ÊvÀÃÌÞÊLÕiÊV>ÃÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>}i]Ê>Ê>iÃthetic being emulated in recent BBC dramas. 102 See David Batchelor (2000) Chromaphobia. London: Reaktion. 103Ê iiÌ
Ê}iÀÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ`Ê i}iÊvÊ ÕV>ÌÊÊÓää° 104Ê iÀiÊ>À>Ê£x®ÊChroma°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê/
iÊ"ÛiÀÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÎx° 105Ê 9>ÞÊÕÃ>>Ê£nÈ®ÊÊYayoi Kusama; Driving ImageÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê iÜÊ9ÀÉ/Þ\Ê*>ÀV]Ê unpaginated. 106 Ibid. 107 Ibid. 108Ê >VÊiÊÀViÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊÌ
iʼ ÕÀÊi`ýÊÃÞ«ÃÕ° 109Ê -iiÊ*>ÕÊ-
>ÀÌÃʣȮʼ ÌiÃÊÊÃ\Ê£ÈÈqÈn½]ÊFilm Culture]Ê{Ç]Ê««°Ê£Îq£È°ÊÛ>>LiÊ online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì
iÌ
À`iÞi°V°ÕÉVi>É«iVi>`>>i`Ü>ÀLÞ«>ÕÃ
>ÀÌÃÉ (accessed 28 March 2014). 110Ê ÕÀÀ>ÞÊ -Ì
Ê Ó䣣®Ê ¼/À>}Õ>Ì}Ê iÃÌ
iÌVÊ Ý«iÀiVi½]Ê Ê ÀÌ
ÕÀÊ *°Ê -
>ÕÀ>Ê >`Ê Stephen E. Palmer (eds) Aesthetic Science: Connecting Minds, Brains, and Experience. New 9À\Ê"ÝvÀ`Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ênn°Ê 111Ê /
ÃÊ«ÌV>ÊivviVÌÊÜ>ÃÊwÀÃÌÊÌi`ÊLÞÊiÌ
i]ÊÜ
ÊÃÌ>Ài`Ê>ÌÊ>Ê
>`ÃiÊ}ÀÊÊ>ÊÀi`Ê`ÀiÃÃ]Ê >`ÊÜ
iÊÃ
iÊÛi`Ê>Ü>Þ]Ê
iÊÃ>ÜÊ>}>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊÜ
ÌiÊÜ>ÊLivÀiÊÜ
V
ÊÃ
iÊ
>`ÊÃÌ`]ʼ>Ê ÛÃ>ÀÞÊw}ÕÀi½]Ê>Ê}ÀiiÊ>vÌiÀ>}i°Ê-iiÊGoethe’s Theory of ColoursÊ£n{ä®]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ
>ÀiÃÊ VÊ >ÃÌ>i°Ê`\Ê
ÊÕÀÀ>Þ]Ê«°ÊÓÓ°Ê 112Ê *>ÕÊ-
>ÀÌÃʣȮ]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê 113Ê ÕÀÀ>ÞÊ-Ì
ÊÓ䣣®]Ê«°ÊVÌ° 114Ê >Û`Ê >ÀÀiÌÌÊ£n®Ê¼ `Ê >Ìi½]ÊFrieze]ÊΰÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°vÀiâi°VÉÃÃÕiÉ >ÀÌViÉL`Ú`>ÌiÉ (accessed 27 August 2013). 115Ê Ã
Ê>«ÀÊÌÀ`ÕV}ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÊ
>iÊ{ÊʣȰ 116Ê -iiÊ>ÃÊÃ
Õ>Ê9ÕLiÊÓä£Î®Ê¼ ÕÀÊ>}V\ÊÕÃÊ>`Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊÊÃiÌÊ>`ÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>Êw½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê««°ÊÓÓnqÎÇ° 117 See Simon Morley (ed.) (2010) The Sublime°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£Ó° 118Ê -iiÊ
Ê >}iÊ Óäää®Ê Color and Meaning: Art, Science and Symbolism°Ê iÀiiÞ]Ê \Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ >vÀ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊnÈÆÊÃiiÊ>ÃÊ
>ÀiÃÊ >Õ`i>ÀiÊQ£n{ÈRÊ£n£®Ê¼/
iÊ->ÊvÊ £n{Ƚ]ÊÊBaudelaire: Selected Writings on Art and Artists. Cambridge: Cambridge University *ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°Ê{Çq£äÇ°Ê 119Ê 7>Ê,>L>ÊÌiÃÊÊ Ý«>`i`Ê i>]Ê«°ÊVÌ° 120Ê Ê9ÛiÃÊi½ÃÊAnthropometries of the Blue PeriodÊ£Èä®]Ê>i`ÊÜiÊ>VÌi`Ê>ÃÊ
Õ>Ê «>ÌLÀÕÃ
iÃ°Ê >ÕLi`Ê Ê LÕiÊ «>Ì]Ê Ì
iÞÊ `À>}}i`Ê iÊ >Ì
iÀÊ >VÀÃÃÊ >Ê V>Û>ÃÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ ÃÌÀ>ÃÊvÊ>ÊÛiÊÀV
iÃÌÀ>°ÊiÊ
>`Ê
ÃÊÜʼÌiÀ>Ì>ÊiÊ Õi½Ê«}iÌÊ>Õv>VÌÕred by the Rhone Poulenc pharmaceutical company. 121Ê /
iÊvÕÊÌiÝÌÊvÊBlue is published in Chroma]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê««°Ê£äÎqÓ{°Ê1iÃÃÊÌ
iÀÜÃiÊ>ÌÌÀLÕÌi`]Ê >ʵÕÌiÃÊ>ÀiÊ`À>ÜÊvÀÊ>À>½ÃÊÌiÝÌ°ÊÊÞÊÛiÜ]ÊÀi>`}Ê
ÃÊ}ÕiÊÃÊ«ÀiviÀ>LiÊÌÊ ÃÌi}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÌÀ>V]ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
i>ÌÀV>ÌÞÊ>`ÊÃÕ«iÀyÕÕÃÊÃÕ`ÊivviVÌÃÊ}iÌÊÊÌ
iÊ way of the poetic richness and profound tragedy of the work. I would advocate reading the ÌiÝÌÊ>iÊÊ>ÊLÕiÜ>i`ÊÀ]ÊÊÌÌ>ÊÃiVi°Ê 122Ê >ÀÌÊ >ÌÌiÀÃLÞÊ µÕÌi`Ê Ê /Ê Õ}Ê Q£nRÊ £{®Ê ¼Ê iÃÌ
iÌVÊ vÊ ÃÌÃ
iÌ\Ê
>ÀÞÊÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ® Ài`ÕÕÃÊ-«iVÌ>ÌÀ½]ÊÊ`>Ê7>ÃÊi`°®ÊViewing Positions: Ways
EXPANDED CINEMA
205
of Seeing Film°Ê iÜÊ ÀÕÃÜV]Ê \Ê,ÕÌ}iÀÃÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê££Ç° See Richard Wollheim (1987) Painting as an Art°Ê*ÀViÌ]Ê \Ê*ÀViÌÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃÉ `\Ê/
>iÃÊEÊÕ`ð 124Ê À>
>iÊ7iLÀiÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼ ÕÀi`Ê«>«iÀÊÊÕiÌÊÛ>iÞ\Ê ÌÀ>`VÌ]ÊÀiÃ>ViÃÊ >`Ê«ÕÀ>ÌiÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊvÊ*>ÌÊ"½ i½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê«°Ê£ÈÓ° 125 Ibid. 126Ê >Þ>Ê iÀiÊ£Èä®Ê¼ i>Ì}À>«
Þ\Ê/
iÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊÕÃiÊvÊÀi>ÌÞ½]ÊDaedalus]ÊÜÌiÀ]Ê«°Ê£x{° 127Ê `ÀjÊ >âÊ£x®]ʼ*>Ì}Ê>`Ê i>½]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê«°Ê£È{° 128Ê ÛiÊÞiÀÊÓ䣣®Ê¼/
iÀiÌV>Ê*À>VÌVi\Ê i}iÃÃÊÃÊÌÊ>ÊV`iÊvÊVi>½]ÊÊ ÛiÊÞiÀÊi`°®Ê Critical Cinema: Beyond the Theory of Practice°Ê`\Ê7>yÜiÀÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£È° 129 Chris Meigh-Andrews (2006) A History of Video Art: The Development of Form and Function. "ÝvÀ`\Ê iÀ}]Ê«°ÊÓxΰ 130Ê Ê>Û>iÃiÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊÜ>ÃÊÃi}Ài}>Ìi`ÊÌÊiÊÜ>ÌV
}ÊÊÌ
iÊ«Õ««iÌÊ side while women had to be content with the shadows. 131Ê V
>iÊ -ÜÊ µÕÌi`Ê Ê >ÌiÊ `V
Ê Óä£ä®Ê Screens: Viewing Media Installation Art. i>«Ã]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊiÃÌ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£x° 132 Ibid. 133Ê Ê
iÀÊ «ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ Ý«>`i`Ê i>Ê VviÀiViÊ >ÌÊ />ÌiÊ `iÀÊ Ê «ÀÊ Óää]Ê Chrissie Iles recounted that EXPORT was often taken for a prostitute when performing this work. 134Ê iÃÊ iiÕâiʵÕÌi`ÊÊ >>Ê*>ÊÓä䣮ʼÀ>VÃÊ >V\Ê/
iÊ}VÊvÊ-iÃ>̽]ÊÊ>ÀÞÊ Genosko (ed.) Deleuze and Guattari: Critical Assessments of Leading Philosophers. New 9À\Ê,ÕÌi`}i]Ê«°Ê£È° 135 Laura U. Marks (2000) The Skin of the Film°Ê ÕÀ
>]Ê \Ê ÕiÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÝ° 136Ê ÕV>Ê 7
ÌiÊ Ó䣣L®Ê ¼ i}ÀiiÊ ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ ÌiÝÌÕ>Ê >}i½]Ê Ê °Ê °Ê ,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ >Ê>`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊi`îÊExpanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film. `\Ê/>Ìi]Ê««°Ê££äqÓ{° 123
206
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
CHAPTER TEN
Sound SOUNDINGS I love sounds just as they are ... I don’t want a sound to pretend that it’s a bucket, or the president, or that it’s in love with another sound – I just want it to be a sound.
Ê >}i]Ê£n£ Any genealogy of installation and the moving image would be incomplete without a VÃ`iÀ>ÌÊvÊÃÕ`]ÊÊÌÃÊ>ëiVÌÃÊ>ÃÊLÌ
Ê«ÀiÃiViÊ>`Ê>LÃiVi°ÊÊ>ÃÌÀi>Ê film and television the synchronisation of the picture to sound serves to promote the credibility of the characters and the vividness of locations and provides what ,>`Ê >ÀÌ
iÃÊÌiÀi`Ê>ʼViÀÌwV>ÌiÊvÊ«ÀiÃiVi½°1 Sound promotes the coherence of Ì
iÊÃÌÀÞÊ>`]ÊiÊÛiiÌ]ÊÃÌ
iÃÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÞÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊ`ÃÀÕ«ÌÊvÊi`ÌÃÊ>`Ê ÃViiÊV
>}iÃ]Ê>`ÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊ>ÌV«>ÌÃÊ>««À«À>ÌiÊÌÊÌ
iÊÕv`}Ê ÃVi>À°Ê ÌÊÞÊ`ÊÃÕ`ÌÀ>VÃÊi
>ViÊÌ
iÊÛiÀÃÌÕ`iÊvÊÌ
iÊw]ÊLÕÌÊ>Ã]Ê VÀi>Ã}Þ]ÊÌ
iÞÊÌiÊÕÃÊ
ÜÊÌÊviiÊ>LÕÌÊÜ
>ÌÊÜiÊÃii°2 In the deconstructive tradiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Û>Ì}>À`i]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÀi>Ê>«Õ>ÌÃÊvÊLÌ
Ê«VÌÕÀiÊ>`ÊÃÕ`Ê ÜiÀiÊV`ii`]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`ÊÌÀ>VÊÜ>ÃÊÃÊÕVÕ«i`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>}i°ÊÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÀiiÛi`ÊÃÕ`ÊvÊÌÃÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊL}>ÌÃÊ>`ÊiÝ«Ài`ÊÌÃÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊVÕÌÊ>VÀÃÃÊÛÃÕ>ÊvÀ>Ì]ÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ÊVÀÃÃÊvÊi>}°ÊÊLip Synch (1969) Bruce Nauman «À`ÕVi`Ê Ü
>ÌÊ
iÊ V>i`Ê >Ê ¼«À`ÕVÌÛiÊ VvÕÃ½Ê Ê Ì
iÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÊ LÞÊ }À>`Õ>ÞÊ pulling the sound and image out of phase in post-production. 3 The result was a conÌÕÕÃÊL>V>`Ü
ÌiÊÃiµÕiViÊvi>ÌÕÀ}Ê>Ê>LÃÕÀ`ÊÕ«Ã`iÊ`ÜÊV
]ÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê ÛiÀÌi`ÊÕÌ
ÊÕ`iÀi>Ì
ÊvÀÊÜ
V
Êi>>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÀ>ʼ«ÃÞV
]Ê«ÃÞV
½°Ê VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ-ÌiÛiÊ À]ÊÊÛiÌÀµÕÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÛViÊÃʼÀii>Ãi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÌiÕÀiÊ of the lips’. 4 Nauman enacted a graduated ventriloquism by slowly easing the picture >`ÊÃÕ`ÊÕÌÊvÊÃÞV
ÊÌÊÌÜÊÃi«>À>ÌiÊÌiÊvÀ>iÃÊ>`ÊÌ
i]ÊÕÃÌÊ>ÃÊ}À>`Õ>Þ]Ê reversing the time-lag and reuniting them. The logic of synchronised audio and video
207
tracks was restored and the realism that video technology was designed to serve reasserted its dominance. /
iÊÜÀ`ÊViÃÊÌÊÕÃÊÜÌ
ÊÛÃÊ>`ÊÃÕ`Ê
>ÀÃi`]Ê>`Ê >Õ>½ÃÊÛ`iÊ demonstrated how an unattributed voice or a sound whose origin cannot be identiwi`Ê}À>ÌiÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÕV>Þ]Êi}i`iÀ}Ê>ÝiÌÞÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌiiÀ°ÊÌÊÃÊ ÃiÌiÃÊ`vwVÕÌÊÌÊÌiÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊ>ÊÕÃiÌÌ}ÊÃÕ`]ÊiÊÌ
iÊ
Ü}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ}
ÌÊ Ü`ÊÀÊÜ
ëiÀ}ÊÊÌ
iÊÌÀiiÃ]ÊÃÊÌ
iÊÀiÃÕÌÊvÊ>ÌÕÀ>ÊvÀViÃÊÀÊÃiÊ>iÛiÌÊ spirit bent on mischief. Perhaps that eerie sound is simply a product of what David /«Ê>}iÃÊ>ÃÊÌ
iʼ«Þ«
V½Ê>VÕÃÌVÊë>ViÊÊÕÀÊ`ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÀiÃ>ÌiÃÊÜÌ
Ê ÛViÃ]ÊÌÕiÃ]Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊÌÕÀLÕiViÊ>`ÊiiÃ
i`ÊÀ
ÞÌ
ð5 Ross Brown observed Ì
>ÌÊ>ÃÊÃÕ`ÊVÀÃÃiÃÊÌ
iÊL>ÀÀiÀÃÊLiÌÜiiÊÃ`iÊ>`ÊÕÌÃ`i]ÊÌÊÀiÛiÀLiÀ>ÌiÃÊÊ Ì
iÊ
Õ>ÊL`Þ]ÊÌÃivÊ>ÊÃÌÀÕiÌÊÌ
>ÌʼÀië`ÃÊÌÊ>ÀLÀiÊvÀViý°6 In Small Handphone TableÊ£Çn®]Ê>ÕÀiÊ`iÀÃÊ`iÃÌÀ>Ìi`Ê
ÜÊÌ
iÊL`ÞÊÃÊ>ÊiÝVilent conductor of sound. She embedded a tape player in a stout wooden table so that its sound was inaudible in the gallery space. Only by placing her elbows into indentations carved into the surface of the table and covering her ears with her hands was ÌÊ«ÃÃLiÊvÀÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÌÊ
i>À]Ê>ÃÊvÊV}ÊvÀÊÃ`iÊ
iÀÊÜÊ
i>`]ÊÌ
iÊv>ÌÊ music emanating from the inoffensive-looking piece of furniture. Her arms acted as >ÊV`ÕÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`ÊÜ>ÛiÃ]Ê>`Ê
iÀÊÃÕÊLiV>iÊ>ÊÛ}ÊiV
ÊV
>LiÀÊiÃÌi`ÊÊ the larger auditorium that was the installation space. `iÀÃÊ`iÃÌÀ>Ìi`Ê
ÜÊÜiÊÃ
iÊVÕ`Ê>«Õ>ÌiÊÃÕ`]ÊLÕÌÊ >Û`Ê/«Ê
>ÃÊ>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>Ì]Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊLiÃÌÊvÊÌiÃ]ÊÃÕ`ÊÃʼ`vwVÕÌÊÌÊVÌÀÊ>`ÊÌÊÃÕL`Õi½° 7 iÊÌ
iÊÜi>Ì
iÀÊÀÊ>ÊLÀ`]ÊÃiÊÀiëiVÌÃÊÊLÕ`>ÀiÃÊ>`ÊÌÀië>ÃÃiÃÊÌÊ>Ài>ÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ>ÀiÊLiÞ`ÊÌ
iÊ«>iÊ>`]Ê>ÃÊ
Ê7ÞiÊLÃiÀÛi`]Ê>ÕÀ>Ê«
ii>ʼÕ`ÊÌ
iÊ lines between public and private’.8 The anarchic properties of the acoustic field were Ãiâi`ÊÕ«ÊLÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`ÊLiÞ`]Ê>`ÊViÊÃÕ`Ê>`ÊÃiViÊ
>`Ê LiiÊLiÀ>Ìi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÊVÛiÌ>ÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>}i]ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`ÌÀÞÊ`iÃÊvÊ>ÊÜÀÊÜ>ÃÊiÝ«Ài`Ê>ÃÊ>Ê>ÌiÀ>ÊÊÌÃÊÜÊÀ}
ÌÊÌÊLiÊÕ`i`Ê>}ÊÜÌ
Ê }
Ì]ÊÌiÊ>`Êë>Vi°9 A detailed study of audio art is beyond the scope of the present volume; howiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊÜÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊLÀ}Ê>Õ`ÌÊÌÊvVÕðÊÊHarmonic BridgeÊÓääÈ®]Ê Ê Fontana created an acoustic sculpture in the Turbine Hall of Tate Modern based on soundings taken from the London Millennium Bridge. Fontana used vibration senÃÀÃÊÌÊÀiVÀ`ÊÌ
iʼ
``iÊÕÃV>Êvi½10 of the bridge created by the impact on the ÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÊvÊ}ÕÃÌÃÊvÊÜ`Ê>`ÊÀ>]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊvÌv>ÊvÊ`Û`Õ>ÃÊVÀÃÃ}ÊÌ
iÊÀÛiÀ°Ê7
iÀiÊÌ>>ÊÌÕÀi`Ê>ÊLÀ`}iÊÌÊ>Êi>Ê
>À«]Ê>ÀÌÊ Àii`ÊÀiµÕÃÌi`Ê >ÊiiÛ>ÌÀÊ>`ÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊÜ
>ÌÊ,ÃÃÊ ÀÜÊÌiÀi`ʼ>ÊÀÊvÀÊÃÌi}½°11 Work No. 409 Elevator ooh/aah up/down (2005) required its spectators to step into the lift Ê Ì
iÊ }ÀÕ`Ê yÀÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ Ê >iÀÞÊ Ê À}
>Ê >`Ê ViÊ Ì
iÊ `ÀÃÊ VÃi`]Ê >ÊÜiÀiÊiÛi«i`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÊvÊ>ÊViiÃÌ>ÊV
À°ÊÃÊÌ
iÊvÌÊÀÃiÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÊLÕ`}]Ê
208
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
the harmonised vocalisation of the singers climbed in pitch correspondingly. On the ÀiÌÕÀÊÕÀiÞ]ÊÌ
iÊÛViÃÊLi}>Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊÌ«ÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÀ>}iÊ>`ÊÃ`Ê`ÜÊÌ
iÊÃV>iÃÊ Ü
iÊÌ
iÊvÌÊ`ÀvÌi`ÊL>VÊ`ÜÊÌÊi>ÀÌ
°ÊÊÌ
iÊiiÛ>ÌÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊÜ>ÃÊÌiÀ>ÞÊ ¼À`}Ê Ì
iÊ VÀiÃÌÊ vÊ >Ê ÃÕ`Ê Ü>Ûi½]Ê ÌÊ «>À>«
À>ÃiÊ Ê 6>°12 The lift’s passengers «ÀÛ`i`ÊÌ
iÊÛÃÕ>Ê`iÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]ÊÜ
ÃÌÊÌ
iÊÃ}iÀÃÊÀi>i`Ê>LÃiÌÊLÕÌÊ for their pre-recorded voices. A wry humour underpinned the physical elevation vÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ]Ê}iÌÞÊV}ÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÊÊVi>ÊvÊÌ
iÊV>ÃÃV>ÊÀi«iÀÌÀiÊÌÊ create the emotional transports required by the pathos of scenarios from Dracula /`Ê ÀÜ}]ʣΣÊqÊ/V
>ÛÃÞ®ÊÌÊA Clockwork OrangeÊ-Ì>iÞÊÕLÀV]Ê£Ç£Ê qÊ*ÕÀVi]Ê iiÌ
Ûi®°Ê ÊÌ
iÊ£äÃ]Ê>Ê >iÀÊÀiÛi`ÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÌÀ>VÊvÊÌ
iÊÛiÊiÛiÊvÕÀÌ
iÀÊ vÀÊÌÃÊVÛiÌ>ÊVi>ÌVÊiÝ
LÌÊÊÜÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÛÛi`ÊiÌ
iÀÊ«VÌÕÀiÊÀÊ sound. In The NamʣǮ]Ê >iÀÊÛiÌi`Ê>Ê}iÀiÊvÊ«ÀÌÃVÀ«Ì]Ê>ʼÜÀ`ÃV>«i½Ê consisting of her own shot-by-shot written account of a series of Vietnam War films including The Deer HunterÊ V
>iÊ ]Ê £Çn®]Ê Apocalypse Now (Francis Ford
««>]Ê £Ç®Ê >`Ê PlatoonÊ "ÛiÀÊ -Ìi]Ê £nÈ®°Ê ÀÃÌÊ iÝ
LÌi`Ê ÜÌ
Ê >Ê }>iÀÞÊ Ã«>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÕLÃ
i`Ê>ÃÊ>ÊL]Ê >iÀ½ÃÊ«>ÃÌ>}Ê`iÃVÀ«ÌÃÊvÊiÛiÀÞÊÜÀ`]Ê ÃÕ`Ê>`ÊV`iÌÊÌ
>ÌÊvi>ÌÕÀiÃÊÊÌ
iÊÛi]ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ«i}ÊÌÊVÃ}ÊVÀi`ÌÃ]Ê>ÀiÊ reminiscent of the claustrophobic detail of a nouveau roman by Alain Robbe-Grillet with its telescoped universe and reduced field of vision. The disparity between the iÝ«ÃÛiÊÛiiÌÊ>`Ê`Þ>ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÀ}>ÊÛiÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊLÃiÃÃÛi]ÊÜÀ>iÊ>VVÕÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊwÃÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊÜ
>ÌÊ-ÌiÛiÊ ÕÀÞÊ`iÃVÀLi`Ê>Ãʼ>Ê >L}ÕÕÃÊë>ViÊ«>À>iÊÌÊÌ
iÊwÃ]Ê`ÃÌ>Ì]ÊÃi«>À>Ìi]Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌiÊLÌ
Êside and outside filmic space’.13 7
iÀiÊ >iÀÊÀi`ÕVi`ÊLÌ
Ê«VÌÕÀiÊ>`Ê>Õ`ÊÌÀ>VÊÌÊ>ÊiÝÌi`i`ÊÀiV>«ÌÕ>ÌÊvÊwÃÊ«>ÃÌ]Ê Ê6>ÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>ÊÜÀÊ>ÊÌÊ>ÊÛiÊÀ>`ÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊÊÜ
V
Ê the production of sound was the centrepiece. In his installation He Weeps for You £ÇÈ®]Ê>ÊÛ`iÊV>iÀ>ÊwÌÌi`ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊVÃiÕ«ÊiÃÊLÃiÀÛi`Ê>ÊÃ>Ê`À«ÊvÊÜ>ÌiÀÊ vÀ}ÊÊÌ
iÊi`ÊvÊ>ÊV««iÀÊ««i°Ê/
iÊÛiÊ>}iÊÜ>ÃÊÀi>Þi`ÊÌÊ>ÊÛ`iÊ«ÀiVÌÀ]Ê which threw it onto a facing wall where it was possible to detect within the substanÌ>ÞÊ>}wi`Ê`À«iÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÕÀÃi`Ê>}iÊvÊÌ
iÊÜ
iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊqʼÌ
iÊÜÀ`Ê Ê>Ê}À>ÊvÊÃ>`½°Ê7
iÊÌ
iÊ`À«iÌÊÀi>V
i`ÊÌÃÊVÀÌV>Ê>ÃÃ]ÊÌÊviÊÌÊ>Ê
i>Ìi`Ê metal drum rigged up with microphones. The impact was amplified to an ear-splitting L]Ê vÜi`Ê LÞÊ >Ê >iÛiÌÊ
ÃÃÊ >ÃÊ Ì
iÊ Ü>ÌiÀÊ Û>«ÀÃi`°Ê /
iÊ `ëÀ«ÀÌ>ÌiÊ>VÕÃÌVÊÀiÃ>ViÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÌÞʼÌi>À½Ê
>`Ê>ÊivviVÌÊ>>}ÕÃÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ 7>ÌiÀÊ i>ÊV>i`ʼÌ
iÊÃiÃ>ÌÊvÊÃ
V½14ÊiÊiÝ«iÀiViÃÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊ`ÊvÊ Ì
iÊ`iÀÊÜÀ`ÊLÀi>ÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê
Õ>Ê`iviViðÊÀÊ6>]Ê
ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÃÕ`ʼiÝÃÌÃÊ >Ê>ÀÕ`ÊÞÕ½]Ê>`]Ê>ÃÊ >}iÊLÃiÀÛi`]ÊiÊÌ
iÊÃÕLVÃVÕÃ]ÊÌÊ
>ÃÊÊLÕ`>ÀiÃÊ >`ʼÌÊÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊÃ>ÞÊÜ
iÊQÌRÊLi}ÃÊÀÊi`ý°15Ê6Ã]Ê6>Ê>À}ÕiÃÊÃʼÛiÀÞÊ ÃiiVÌÛiÊ >`Ê vVÕÃi`½]Ê Ü
iÀi>ÃÊ ÃÕ`Ê ÃÊ ¼ÕV
Ê ÀiÊ `vvÕÃi½Ê >`Ê Ê Ì
ÃÊ ÀiëiVÌÊ
SOUND
209
it is analogous not only to the subterranean workings of the psyche but also to a «iÀVi«ÌÕ>Êwi`]ÊÀÊwi`ÊvÊLi}°16Ê7
iÊÊÃ>ÜÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]ÊÊviÌÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`Ê«
ÞÃV>ÞÊ ÀiÛiÀLiÀ>ÌiÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÞÊL`Þ]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
iÊÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃiViÃÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊ iÝ«ÃÃÊvÊÃÕ`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ
i`Ê>Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÊv>ÃV>ÌÊ>`ÊLÀÕ}
ÌÊÌÊvVÕÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÕÀiÊvÊ>ʼ«Ài}>ÌÊ«>ÕÃi½]ÊÌ
iÊiÌÊvÊiiVÌÀVÊ>ÌV«>ÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÊ once again shatter the peace.
SILENCE In silence thought shouts aloud ... blown into silence. ÃÊ,
`iÃÊ>`ÊÕÀ>Ê->Ìâ]ÊvÀÊIn and Out of SyncÊÕÀ>Ê->Ìâ]ÊÓä£Ó® -iViÊ
>ÃÊ>ÌÌÀ>VÌi`ÊÌÃÊ>`
iÀiÌðÊ-Ì>Ê À>
>}iÊVÃ`iÀi`ÊÃÕ`ÊÌÊLiʼ>Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÊiÀÀÀ½]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÕ`ÊÌiÀviÀiÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«VÌÀ>Ê«iÌVÃÊvÊ
ÃÊwÃÊÀi`iÀ}Ê Ì
iÊÃÌ>ÌÞʼViÞÊÕÃiÞ½°17 The rhythm of camera movements and edits that ÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÊ À>
>}i½ÃÊwÃÊÃÌÕ>ÌiÊÜ
>ÌÊ
iÊV>i`ÊÌ
iʼ`½ÃÊi>À½°ÊÌÊÃÊ>ÊivviVÌÊ vÊ ÃiViÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÌÊ }ÛiÃÊ vÕÊ Üi}
ÌÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ >}iÊ >`Ê ÞÊ Ü
iÊ ÃÕ`Ê ÃÊ ÀiÛi`]Ê LÃiÀÛi`Ê À>
>}i]ÊV>ÊÌ
iÊÛÃÕ>ÊÕ>ViÃÊvÊ
ÃÊwÃÊLiÊvÕÞÊ>««Ài
i`i`]ÊÞÊ Ì
iʼ`iÃÊÌÊLiViÊÀiÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊÃii½°18 Many artists have courted the open wi`ÊvÊi>ÀÃiVi°Ê>ÀÊiÜÃÊ
>ÃÊ>ÃÃiÀÌi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÊ>ÊÃÌ>>Ì]ʼÜ
iÊÃÕ`ÊÃÊ loud it silences your thinking’.19 Tacita Dean has evoked the delicious potentiality of £ÈÊw]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊ`iÀÛi`ÊvÀÊÌÃÊvÀii`ÊvÀÊÃÕ`\ʼ7
iÊÞÕÊ}iÌÊÞÕÀÊwÊ vÌ>}iÊL>V]ÊÌÊÃÊÃiÌÊ°°°ÊÞÕÊ>ÜÊÞÕÀÃivÊwÌiÊ«ÃÃLÌÞÊLÞÊÌÊÜ}ÊÌ
iÊ sound that went with it’.20 The pregnant silence of many cinematic installations returns the audience to the >`ÃV>«iÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊ>}>ÌÃ]ÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊ`Ài>ÃÊ>`ÊiÀiÃ]ÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊµÕ Ì`>Ê«ÀiVVÕ«>ÌÃ]ÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ >ÀÌ
iÃÊV>i`ÊÌ
iÊÀV
ÊÌiÀÀʼÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊõÕ>Ài½° 21 iÊÀ>Ê
>ÃÊLÃiÀÛi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÌÜÕÌiÊÃiViÊÊ,iiLÀ>ViÊ-Õ`>ÞÊ
>ÃÊ the capacity to evoke the whole range of emotion people pour into the hiatus because ¼ÌÃÊi>}ÃÊ>Ài®ÊÃÊÕÃÌ>LiÊ>`ÊÛ>ÀÕý°22Ê"vÊVÕÀÃi]ÊÌ
iÊÌiÀ>ÊÃÕ`ÃV>«iÊÃÊ >Ü>ÞÃÊ>VV«>i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝÌiÀ>ÊiÛÀiÌ]ÊiÛiÊ`ÕÀ}Ê>ÊÌÜ ÕÌiÊÃiVi°Ê"ÞÊÊ>Ê>iV
VÊV
>LiÀÊÃÊÃiViÊÌÌ>°ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]Ê
Ê >}i]Ê Ì
iÊ}À>`Ê>ÃÌiÀÊvÊÌ
iʼÃiÊvÊVÀVÕÃÌ>Vi½]23 proclaimed that there was no such thing as silence and encouraged his audiences to tune in to the ambient sounds of Ì
iÊÜÀ`ÊÌ
iÞÊ
>LÌi`]ÊÊÜ
V
]Ê
iÊÃ>`]ÊÃiViʼ>ÃÌÊiÛiÀÞÜ
iÀiÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`Ê is traffic’.24ÊÊÃÌÊÃiÌÊÃÌ>>ÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÃÊ>ÌÌi`i`ÊLÞÊÜ
>ÌÊ Ê6>Ê`iÌwi`Ê>ÃÊ>ʼÕ`iÀÃÕ`½° 25 Viola’s neologism refers to the improvised soundtrack that ÀiÃ>ÌiÃÊÊÌ
iʼÃ
>Ài`Ê>À½26ÊvÊÌ
iÊLÕ`}]ÊÌ
iÊÜ
ëiÀ}Ê>`Êw`}iÌ}ÊvÊviÜÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÜ
ÀÀÊ>`ÊV>ÌÌiÀÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ}À`}ÊvÊÛ`iÊ«>ÞiÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ
210
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Nina Danino, Communion (2010), 35 mm film, b/w, silent, 10 min. Cinematographer: Billy Williams BSC. Courtesy of the artist.
rustle and rumble of the spectator’s own body and the sudden intrusion of the world outside every time someone opens a door. The muted chorus of the everyday enables audiences to concentrate on the ÃVÀiiÊ>`]Ê>ÃÊÃ>>VÊÕiÊ
>ÃÊViÌi`]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>`ÛiÌÊvÊÌ
iʼÌ>iý]ʼÛÃÕ>Ê cinema’ became the domain of artists.27Ê ÛiÀÊÃVi]Ê>ÊÜÀ`iÃÃÊÀiÛiÀiViÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ
>ÃÊLiiÊÜ`iëÀi>`]ÊÌÊÃÊÕV
ÊÊ`iviÀiViÊÌÊÌÃÊÀ}ÃÊÊÃiÌÊVi>ÊLÕÌÊ >ÃÊ>Êi>ÃÊÌÊ«ÀÌiÊÌÃÊiÜÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÀÌÊLiVÌÊ>`]ÊViÊiÌiÀi`ÊÊÌ
iÊV>]Ê >ÃÊLiVÌÊvÊ>ÀV
Û>ÊVÃiÀÛ>Ì°ÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊLÞÊÌ
ÞÊV >]Ê Ê6>]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ V+ÕiiÊÀÊ>ÊÀÛiÊ
>ÛiÊLiViÊ«>ViÃÊvÊ«}À>}iÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ
>}ÃÊÊ>Ê V`ÌÊvÊÃiiÛÌ>Ì]ÊÜÀi>Ì
i`ÊÊVÌi«>ÌÛiÊÃiViÊÀi>`ÞÊÌÊLiÃÃÊÌ
iÊ faithful with its transcendent beauty. A recent work by Nina Danino puts ghostly flesh on my devotional analogy. Communion (2010) features the black-and-white >}iÊvÊ>Ê«ÕV
ÀÌÕ`ÕÃÊV
`]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊ`>Õ}
ÌiÀÊ/
>>]Ê`ÀiÃÃi`ÊvÀÊ
iÀÊwÀÃÌÊ VÕÊÊÛÀ}>ÊÜ
Ìi]Ê>`ÊÜÀ>««i`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌÞÊiLÀ>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ViÌÊÜ>ÃÊ vÊ>ÊV
ÕÀV
°Ê/
iÊV
ÀiÊ>}i]Êwi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊV>`iÞÊÜ>À`Ü}ÊVi>Ì}À>«
iÀÊ ÞÊ7>Ã]ÊLiÃÌÜÃÊ>Êv>`i`ÊÞÜ`Ê}ÃÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÌÀ>ÌÊvÊ/
>>]Ê while both her beauty and her rapt interiority command silence of an audience already primed to lower its voices on entering a gallery or a cathedral. There is also a sense that the silence invites an unburdening of the soul enshrined in the Catholic Ã>VÀ>iÌÊvÊVviÃðÊ7
iÊ>ÕÀiÌ*>ÕÊ,LiÀÌÊÃ>ÜÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]Ê
iÊ`ÃVÛiÀi`ÊÊ ÌÊ>Ê«i>Ã}Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌ]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊ
iÊ>ÌÌÀLÕÌi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊw½ÃʵÕiÌiÃÃ\ʼ9ÕÀÊÃiÌÊ image asks us to leave traditional combinations behind; we are completely alone in front of your piece.’28
SOUND
211
ÌÊ VÌiÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê iÝVÃ}Ê >Õv>VÌÕÀi`Ê ÃÕ`Ê vÀÊ
ÃÊ ÜÀ]Ê ÀÕViÊ >Õ>Ê sought deeper silences in his Acoustic Wall (1969) installation. The wall was clad in ÃÕ>Ì}Ê>ÌiÀ>ÊÌ
>ÌÊ`i>`ii`Ê>ÊÀiyiVÌi`ÊÃÕ`Ê«>ÃÃiÀÃLÞÊÜÕ`ÊiÝ«iVÌÊÌÊ
i>ÀÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÞÊ«À}ÀiÃÃi`Ê>}ÊÌÃÊi}Ì
°Ê/
iÊÀiÃÕÌ}ʼ`i>`Ê>À½ÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
ÕÃÊ>Ê>ÃÞiÌÀV>Ê iÝ«iÀiViÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÊ Ü>Ã`iÊ i>ÀÊ ÀiViÛ}Ê Ê ÀiyiVÌi`Ê ÃÕ`Ê Ü
iÊ Ì
iÊ other ear could still hear the ambient noise in the room. The brain received contradicÌÀÞÊ>Õ`ÌÀÞÊvÀ>ÌÆÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÀiÃÕÌ]ÊÛÃÌÀÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊvÕ`ÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃÊ losing their balance. The work highlights the importance of sound to the aural body vÀÊÌ
iÊ«ÕÀ«ÃiÃÊvÊ
Õ>ÊÀiÌ>Ì°Ê-Õ`ÊLÕViÃÊvvÊÜ>Ã]ÊÃÊÕvyi`ÊLÞÊÃvÌÊ ÃÕÀv>ViÃÊ>`Ê`ÃÌÀÌi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊLÃÌÀÕVÌÊvÊÜ>ÌiÀ]ÊÌÀiiÃÊÀÊL`iÃÊqÊÃÕ`Ê
i«ÃÊ ÕÃÊÌÊ}iÌÊÕÀÊLi>À}ðÊÀÊ>ÞÊÞi>ÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ«>ÀÌ>ÞÃ}
Ìi`Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊÕ}
ÊÕ``ÞÊ
>ÃÊ Liiʼ
i>À}ÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÊvÊë>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÊvÊ>ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀi½]ÊV
Ã}ÊÌÊ>iÊ>Ê «>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÊÛiÌÀÞÊvÊ`Ê>ÀÌÊ}>iÀiÃÊÜ
iÀiÊ
iʼÃiiýÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊÊÌ
iÊ}>«ÃÊ LiÌÜiiÊÜ>Ã]ÊÌ
iÊÃ
>À«Êi`}iÃÊvÊ`ÀÃÊ>`ÊÊvÌÃÌi«ÃÊÌ
>Ìʼ}
ÌÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÊë>Vi½° 29 ÃÊÕ``ÞÊVw`i`]Ê/>ÌiÊ`iÀÊViÊ
>`ʼ>ÊÛiÞÊ
Õ½]Ê>LÕÌÊxäÊ
iÀÌâ]ÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>ÃÊ Ài}ÀiÌvÕÞÊ`Ã>««i>Ài`]ÊLÕÌÊÞÊ
iÊÌVi`ÊÌ
iÊÃÃÊvÊ>ÊÕµÕiÊ>VÕÃÌVÊvi>ÌÕÀiÊvÊ Ì
iÊë>Vi°ÊÌ
Õ}
ÊÕÀÊÃiÃÌÛÌÞÊÌÊÃÕ`Ê>ÞÊLiÊiÃÃÊ>VÕÌiÊÌ
>ÊÕ``Þ½Ã]ÊÜiÊÃÌÊ use our hearing in our apperception of an installation. Sound – whether present or >LÃiÌ]Ê«VÌÕÀiÃÞV
ÀÃi`ÊÀÊÕviÌÌiÀi`ÊqÊÀi>ÃÊ>ÊVÀÌV>ÊV«iÌÊvÊLÌ
Ê Û}Ê >}iÊ >`Ê ÃÌ>>Ì]Ê >`Ê Ê ÌÃÊ «ÕÀiÀÊ >viÃÌ>ÌÃÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊ vÌiÊ concluded that less is more.
VOICE [Voice-over] provides an eternal commentary that escorts the image. /À
Ê
>]Ê£nÎ /
iÊi`ÞÊvÊ
Õ>ÊëiiV
Ê
>ÃÊvÀi`ÊÌ
iÊL>ÃÃÊvÊ>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌýÊÜÀ°Ê"vÌi]Ê>ÃÊ we saw in Nauman’s Lip Synch]ÊÛViÃÊV>ÊLiÊÕÃi`ÊÌÊ`ÃÀÕ«ÌÊÌ
iÊ}VÊvÊÃÕ`Ê>`Ê «VÌÕÀiÊÃÞV
ÀÞ]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÞÊV>Ê>ÃÊVÀi>ÌiÊÀV
Ê>ÞiÀÃÊvÊi>}°Ê/
iÊVÛiÌ>Ê ÛViÛiÀÊvÊwÊ>`ÊÌiiÛÃÊiL`iÃÊÌ
iÊÕÃÕ>ÞÊ>i®ÊÛViÊvÊ>ÕÌ
ÀÌÞ]ÊÌ
iÊ authenticating testimony of a witness or the musings of a protagonist reminiscing >vÌiÀÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>}VÊÀÊÞÕîÊiÛiÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÜÃ`ÊvÊ
`Ã}
Ì°Ê/
iÊÛViʼiÃVÀÌÃÊÌ
iÊ image’ and indeed the spectator towards a pre-determined reading of the film or TV programme – it is like a caption under a photograph that clears up any ambiguities ÊÌ
iÊ>}i°ÊV
iÊ
Ê`iwiÃÊÌ
iÊÛViÛiÀÊ>ÃÊ>Ê>VÕÃÌ>>̵ÕiÊiÌÌÞÊiÝÃÌ}ÊiÌ
iÀÊ>ÃÊ>}iÊÀÊ>ÃÊ«ÕÀiÊÃÕ`]Ê>Ê«
iiÊÌ
>ÌÊV>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>}>ÌÊ to put flesh on the bones of the unseen speaker.30 Artists intuited that once liber>Ìi`ÊvÀÊÌÃÊÀiÊÀ}>Ã}Ê>`Ê>ÀÀÜ}ÊÌ
iÊi>}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}i]ÊÌ
iÊ`iwÌiÊ
212
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÛViÛiÀÊ VÕ`Ê ÜÀÊ >}>ÃÌÊ Ì
iÊ VÕÌÕÀ>Ê }À>]Ê iÛ}Ê ¼>LiÀÀ>Ì½Ê ÃÕLiVÌÛÌiÃÊÌÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÀi>°Ê>ÀÌ
>Ê,ÃiÀ]Ê6iÀ>ÊÀii]ÊÃÊ ,
`iÃ]Ê >Ê >ÌÕÊ >`Ê Ã>Ê -ÌiiiÊ >Ê i«Þi`Ê Ì
iÀÊ ÜÊ ¼iÕÃÛiÊ Ì
iÀivÀiÊ dangerous’31 voices to speak of a feminine sensibility. Having escaped the tyranny vÊÌ
iÊiÞiÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊi>ÊÃ
iÀÊV>i`ʼÌ
iÊiVÞÊvÊÌ
iÊi>À½]ÊÌ
iÀÊÛViÃÊVÕ`Ê no longer be subdued. 32 Others eschewed conventional speech and turned to song >`Ê`vviÀiÌÊvÀÃÊvÊÛV>Ã>ÌÊVÕ`}ÊÜii«}Ê>`Ê>Õ}
ÌiÀ]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÛÕÌ>ÀÞÊ «
ÞÃV>Êë>ÃÊÕViÊÀ}>À>ÞÊV>i`ÊÃÊ>ÊVÕÃÊvÊÀiÃÃÌ>ViÊvÀÊÜiÊ>`ʼÌ
iÊ first form of liberation from a secular oppression’. 33 In ReassemblageÊ£nÓ®]ÊÃÌi>`Ê of imposing an authoritative voice-over commonly used in anthropological filmmak}]Ê/À
Ê
>Ê`ÀiÜÊÊÌ
iÊÀ>Ê>`ÊÕÃV>ÊÌÀ>`ÌÃÊvÊ-ii}>iÃiÊÜiÊÌÊ build her soundtrack. In Clapping SongsÊ£n£®]Ê/>Êi>iÊi`ÊÌ
iÊ}>iÃÊ>`Ê ÃÌÀiÃÊvÊ ÀÌÃ
ÊV
`ÀiÊ«>ÃÃi`Ê`ÜÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÊÌÊ`>Õ}
ÌiÀÊ>`ÊÊÓää£]ÊÌ
iÊ African-American artist Lorna Simpson made Easy to Remember]Ê>ÊÛ`iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ consisting of a rectangular grid of monitors displaying close-ups on fifteen singers’ mouths. Gesturing towards Beckett’s one-mouth play Not IÊ£ÇÓ®]ÊÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃÊ
Õi`Ê>Ê,}iÀÃÊEÊ>ÀÌÊÃ}ÊÌ
>ÌÊÞÊÌ
iÞÊVÕ`Ê
i>ÀÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê
i>`«
iðÊ/
iÀÊ gently overlapping renditions created a sense of communality whist individual voiciÃÊÀi>i`Ê`ÃÌ}ÕÃ
>Li°Ê/
iÊi«
>ÃÃÊ
iÀiÊÜ>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊL`ÞÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÃÕ`}ÊLÝ]Ê >Ê`iÝV>]Ê«
ÞÃV>Ê«ÀiÃiVi]ÊÌ
iÊÛViÊiiÀ}}ʼÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÛV>ÊVÀ`ÃÊ>`ÊÌ}ÕiÊ and teeth’.34Ê -«Ã]Ê
>Ê >`Ê i>iÊ >Ê ÛiÊ jmiÊ ÝÕݽÃÊ «Ài}Õ>Ê L`Þ]ʼÃ}}ÊvÀÊ>ÊÌiÊLivÀiÊÌ
iÊ>ܽ°35 Rather than reproducing the speech patÌiÀÃÊvÊ>Ê«>ÌÀ>ÀV
>ÊÃV>ÊÀ`iÀ]ÊÌÊÃʼÌ
iÊÌ
iÀÊÌ}ÕiÊÌ
>ÌÊÀiÃ>ÌiÃ]ÊÌ}ÕiÊvÊ ÞÊÌ
iÀ]ÊiÃÃÊ>}Õ>}iÊÌ
>ÊÕÃV]ÊiÃÃÊÃÞÌ>ÝÊÌ
>ÊÃ}ÊvÊÜÀ`ý° 36 It is through Ì
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÛViÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÃiÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊi}>}iÊÊVÕ>ÊÛV>Ê>ÀÌVÕ>ÌÃ]ÊÌÀ>Ãmitting from one body to the other(s). The music of human speech provided the material for Susan Hiller’s Witness (2000) in which individuals who have all sighted UFOs are spared any visual repÀiÃiÌ>Ì]Ê Ü
iÊ Ì
iÀÊ ÛiÀL>Ê ÌiÃÌ>iÌÃÊ >ÀiÊ Ài>Þi`Ê Û>Ê >Ê ÀvÕÊ vÊ Ã«i>iÀÃÊ hanging from the ceiling like an infestation of sonorous spiders. The work asserts Ì
iÊ iL`i`Ê «ÀiÃiViÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÃÕLiVÌÃÊ Ü
ÃÌÊ >Û`}Ê Ì
iÊ ÛÃÕ>Ê LiVÌwV>ÌÊ vÊÌ
iÀÊL`iÃÊ>}ÊÌ
iÊ>ÝiÃÊvÊÀ>Vi]Ê`Ã>LÌÞ]Ê}i`iÀÊÀÊ>}i° 37 William Furlong’s Audio Arts similarly displays the variety of intonation in the human voice through his ÀiVÀ`i`ÊÌiÀÛiÜÃÊÜÌ
Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃ°Ê iVÌi`ÊÃViÊ£ÇÎ]ÊÕÀ}ÊÀi}>À`ÃÊÌ
iÃiÊ>ÀÌVÕ>ÌÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÃVÕ«ÌÕÀ>Ê>ÌiÀ>]Ê>`ÊÊTo Hear Yourself as Others Hear YouÊÓää£qÓ®]Ê he created a lattice of wires and speakers strung out across the gallery space. A richly layered polyphony of voices and incidental sounds suffused the space. With ÞÊÌ
iÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊÜiLL}ÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀiÃÊÌÊ`ÃÌÀ>VÌÊÌ
iÊiÞi]ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊ>ÀÛi]Ê iÊ-Ê >Ü]ÊÌ
>Ìʼi>V
Ê«iÀýÃÊÃÕ`ÊQÃRÊV«iÝÞÊÕµÕi½Ê>`ÊÃÌiÊÌÊÌ
iÊ µÕ>ÌiÃÊÊ>ÊÛViÊvʼÃÕ}}iÃÌÛiiÃýÊÜ
iÊ>««ÀiV>Ì}ʼÌÃÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊ}>Û>Ãi]ÊÌÊ
SOUND
213
ÌiÀÀvÞ]ÊÌÊVÃi½° 38Ê ÞÊÛ}ÊÕ`iÀÊ`Û`Õ>Êëi>iÀÃ]ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊ`iÌvÞÊ «>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÊÛViÃ]ÊÊÃiÊV>ÃiÃ]Êv>>ÀÊÛViÃÊvÀÊles jours d’antan (days of yesÌiÀÞi>À®ÊëiÌÊÊÌ
iÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊviÀiÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊViÊ>Ê>ÀÌÊÃV
Êi`ÕV>Ì°39 iiÊ9Õ}L`ÊLiiÛi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌiÊ
>ÃÊ>ÊÃVÊ`iÃ]Ê>`ÊÕÀ}½ÃÊ>ÀV
Û>Ê ÃÌ>>ÌÊ ÃÕi`Ê «i«iÊ >`Ê iÛiÌÃÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ «>ÃÌ]Ê Ì
iÊ ÀiÊ ÛÛ`ÞÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ curious sensation that these voices had migrated to our bodies and were speaking to us from inside our own heads. /
iÊ >>`>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ>iÌÊ >À`vvÊ
>ÃÊÀiwi`ÊÌ
ÃÊivviVÌÊvÊ«ÃÃiÃÃÊLÞÊ>}Ê binaural voice recordings in which the space between microphones corresponds to the gap between the ears of the future listener. Armed with a pair of binaural head«
iÃ]ÊÊvÜi`ÊThe Missing Voice: Case Study B (1999) treading the same route Ì
>ÌÊ >À`vvÊ
>`Ê«ÀiÛÕÃÞÊÜ>i`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀiiÌÃÊvÊ7
ÌiV
>«iÊÊ`]ÊÜ
iÀiÊ she made her recordings. The artist’s voice became an imaginary friend leading me Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê>Ê`Õ>ÊÜÀ`]ÊVL}ÊÌ
iÊi`>ÌiÊÀi>ÌÞÊ>VViÃÃLiÊÌÊÃ}
Ì]ÊÌÕV
Ê>`Ê ÃiÊÜÌ
Ê>Ì
iÀÊ`iÃÊvÊÃÕ`Ê
>LÌi`ÊLÞÊLi}ÃÊÊVÕ`Ê
i>ÀÊ>`ʼvii½Ê «>ÃÃ}]ÊLÕÌÊÜ
ÊÜiÀiÊÌÊÌ
iÀi°Ê/
iÃiÊ«
>ÌÊ«ÀiÃiViÃÊÜiÀiÊÃÊÀi>ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊviÌÊ iÊÊ
>`ÊÃÌÀ>Þi`]ÊÕÃii]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>Ê«ÀÌ>ÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊÌi]ÊLÕÌÊÜÌ
ÕÌÊi>Û}ÊÌ
iÊ «ÀiÃiÌ°Ê/
iÀiÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÊÃiÃiÊvÊÕÌÕ>Ê
>ÕÌ}Ê>VÀÃÃÊÌiÊLÞÊ«ÀÝ>ÌiÊÃÌÀ>}iÀðÊ
Õ`ÊÌ
iÞÊ
i>ÀÊiÊ>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÊVÕ`Ê
i>ÀÊÌ
i¶
VENTRILOQUISM Uncork the body, and God knows what you permit to come tumbling out. Suddenly, you are forever other than you were; and the world becomes such that parents cease to be parents... ->>Ê,ÕÃ
`i]ÊMidnight’s Children]Ê£n£ -«i>}ÊÊÓääÈ]Ê->ÛÊ=ãiÊ>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÊÃ
VÊvÊÌ
iÊÌ>iÃÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊÃÊ ÕV
ÊÌ
>ÌÊ>Õ`iViÃÊÜiÀiÊÃÕ``iÞÊVvÀÌi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÀi>Ê«i«i]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÊ`ÃÀÕ«ÌÊ LÞÊÌ
iÊÛViÊvÊÌ
iÊÀ}>VÊÕÌÞÊvÊ>ÊÃVÀiiÊ`Û`Õ>°Ê/
iÊÛVi]Ê`iV>Ài`Ê=ãi]Ê is not part of the organism.40Ê/
iÊÛViÊÃÊ>Ê«>À>ÃÌVÊiÌÌÞ]Ê>Ê>iÊvÀViÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ>iÃÊ you over and then departs your body and enters others. There have been times when Ê«ii`ÊÞÊÕÌ
Ê>`Ê>ÊÃV
iÛÕÃÊ`i]ÊÀÊÜ
>ÌÊ*>ÕÊ iÜ
>ÊV>ÃÊ>ʼÃ
>`ÜÊ «iÀÃ>ÌÞ½] 41ÊLÕÀÌi`ÊÕÌÊÌ>VÌiÃÃÊ«ÀÕViiÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊiÛÌ>LÞÊV>ÕÃi`ÊÌÀÕLi]Ê or indeed when I opened my mouth and my mother’s voice emerged from the deeper recesses of my psyche from whence she regularly launches her visitations. A numLiÀÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊÀiÃÌ>}i`Ê`>}ÕiÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÀÊÌ
iÀÃ]ÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ
>Ì>ÊViÀ>Ê in Letters Home (1986) and Mona Hatoum in Measures of DistanceÊ£nn®]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊÃÊ the ventriloquism of Gillian Wearing’s 2 into 1 (1997) that perfectly demonstrates
214
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Gillian Wearing, 2 into 1 (1997). Colour video for monitor with sound, 4:30 min. Courtesy of Maureen Paley, London. © the artist.
SOUND
215
the blurring of identities between mother and child and the efforts children make to separate from their parents. Wearing interviewed a woman and her two young ÃÃÊ>`]ÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvÊÛÀÌÕÃÊ}ÊÊÌ
iÊ«>ÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ«>ÀÌV«>ÌÃÊ>`Ê
iÀÊÜÊ Õ`VÕÃÊ i`Ì}]Ê Ã
iÊ VÌÀÛi`Ê ÌÊ ÌÀ>ëÃiÊ Ì
iÀÊ ÛViÃ°Ê /
iÊ LÞÃÊ ÕÌÌiÀi`Ê Ì
iÀÊ Ì
iÀ½ÃÊÜÀ`Ã]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÊÛVi`Ê
iÀÊÃýÊiÝÌÀiiÞÊVÀÌV>]ÊvÊÌÊÃÕÌ}Ê >ÃÃiÃÃiÌÃÊvÊ
iÀʵÕ>ÌiÃÊ>ÃÊ>Ê«>ÀiÌ]ÊÃ}
ÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊLiÌÀ>Þi`ÊÌ
iÊLÞýÊ>}iÀÊ>ÌÊ Ì
iÀÊVÌÕ}Ê`i«i`iViÊʼ
iÀ½°Ê/
iÊ`ÃV>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÛViÊvÀÊÌÃÊ«ÌÊvÊÀ}ÊÀi`iÀÃÊÌÊÕV>ÞÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÌ
ÀÜ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊÛViʼÀi«ÀiÃiÌÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÜiÀÊvÊÃÕ`Ê to countermand the evidence of sight’42ÊqÊÜiÊÃiiÊ>ÊÜ>]ÊÞiÌÊÃ
iÊëi>ÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊLÞ°Ê The ventriloquial voice breaches the natural boundaries of the body and diminishes Ì
iÊ`vviÀiViÊLiÌÜiiÊÃivÊ>`ÊÌ
iÀ°Ê/
iÊÌ
ÀÜÊÛViÊi>LiÃÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊiÊ7i>À}]Ê
>À`vvÊ>`Ê >Õ>ÊÌÊÃÜʼ«À`ÕVÌÛiÊVvÕýÊÀ]ÊÀiÊ«ÃÌÛiÞ]ÊÌÊiVÕÀ>}iÊ Ì
iÊ`iÛi«iÌÊvʼÃiV`ÊÃ}
̽Ê`iÀÛi`ÊvÀÊÃÕ`°Ê ÞÊLiV}ʼ>Êi>Àý]ÊÜiÊV>Ê ÌÕiÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊ«ÀiÃiViÃÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÀÊÛViÃÆÊÊÕÀÊ`ýÊiÞi]ʼÜiÊV>ÊÃiiÊÌ
iÀÊ ÃÕ`Ê>`Ê
i>ÀÊÌ
iÀÊ«
ÞÃV>ÊÃ
>«i]ÊV>ÌÊ>`ÊÛii̽° 43ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÃÊ-iÊ >Ê
>ÃÊLÃiÀÛi`]Ê>ÕÀ>Ê«
ii>ÊiÌÊÃiÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÊÀ}ÃÊ>iÊÕÃÊ>Ü>ÀiÊ vÊÌ
iʼÃÌ>LÌÞÊvÊ«iÀVi«Ì½ÆÊÌ
}ÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊvÊ«ÀiÌiÀ>ÌÕÀ>ÊÕÀÕÀ}ÊÃÊ ever quite what it seems. 44
BI−LINGUALISM When Wearing put words into the wrong mouths in 2 into 1]ÊÃ
iÊ«i`Ê>ÊvÕÃÊvÊ identities and the instability of internal psychic cohesion. Robert Morin’s Yes Sir! Madame...Ê£{®Êi>VÌÃÊ>ÊL}Õ>ÊvÀÊvÊÛiÌÀµÕÃ]ÊLÕÌÊÊÌ
ÃÊV>ÃiÊÌ
iÊÛViÊ is not thrown into another host – the two identities emerge from the same body. 45 Morin belongs to a Canadian tradition of film and videomaking distinguished by the use of voice-overs that recount myths of arrival and the continuing struggles of immigrants with their identities in a hyphenated nation – Morin identifies himself >ÃÊ>ÊÀiV
>>`>ÊVÌâi°ÊÊÌ
iÀÊÛ`iÊÜÀ]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ6iÀ>ÊÀii]Ê/Ê Sherman and Steve Reinke provide a first-person running commentary creating a sense of eavesdropping on their creative and sometimes obsessional thought processes. The confidential tone draws the spectator into a fallacious intimacy – the >ÀÌÃÌÊÃÊÌÊ«ÀiÃiÌ]Ê
iÀÊL`ÞÊÃÊÕÌÊvÊÃ}
Ì]ÊÊ>Ì
iÀÊÌi°Ê/Ê-
iÀ>Ê
>ÃÊëiVulated that Canadian moving image works favour voice-over because it can solicit i«>Ì
ÞÊvÀÊÌ
iÊëi>iÀÊ>`Ê>VÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÃ}>ÌÕÀi]Ê>ÊÜ>ÞÊvʼ«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÃ}ÊÌ
iÊi`Õ½Ê with the artist’s imprint. 46 With the United States an overbearing cultural and political «ÀiÃiVi]ÊVÃÌ>ÌÞÊiÝiÀÌ}Ê«ÀiÃÃÕÀiÊÊÌ
iÀÊLÀ`iÀÃ]Ê >>`>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃ]Ê>ÃÃiÀÌÃÊ -
iÀ>]Ê w`Ê >Ê «>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÊ ¼ii`Ê ÌÊ `iV>ÀiÊ Ì
iÃiÛiÃ½Ê Ê Ì
iÀÊ ÜÀ° 47 In Morin’s case the declaration is one of hybridity – with one Francophone and one Anglophone
216
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
«>ÀiÌ]ÊÀÊÃÊL}Õ>Ê>`ÊÊYes Sir! Madame... he recounts the trials and tribulaÌÃÊvÊ
ÃÊ>ÌiÀÊi}]Ê >ÀÊ/ÀiL>Þ]ÊÊLÌ
Ê>}Õ>}iÃÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞ]ÊvÀ}}ÊÜ
>ÌÊ
iÊV>Ãʼ>ÊÀi>ÊvÕV}Ê >>`>ÊÛi½° 48 The story is told as a series of flashbacks ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÌ>}ÊÛiÀÊÀi>ÃÌiÀi`Ê-Õ«iÀÊnÊÛiÃÊÃ
ÌÊÊ>`Ê>ÀÕ`Ê+ÕjLiVÊ over a number of years. Morin as narrator slides effortlessly between English and ÀiV
]ÊÜÌ
ÊL>ÀiÞÊ>Ê«>ÕÃiÊÌÊ`À>ÜÊLÀi>Ì
ÊÊLiÌÜii°ÊÌÊwÀÃÌÊÌ
iÊÌÜÊ>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃÊ>ÀiÊ `ÀiVÌÊÌÀ>Ã>ÌÃÊiÊvÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀ]ÊLÕÌÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ«À}ÀiÃÃiÃ]ÊÀiV
Ê>`Ê }Ã
Ê `ÛiÀ}iÊ>`Ê/ÀiL>ÞÊ`iÛi«ÃÊ>ÊëÌÊ«iÀÃ>ÌÞ]Ê
ÃÊÀ>V«
iÊÃivÊÃÃÊÌÊ «iÕÀÞÊ>`ÊLiViÃʼ>ÊLÕ½ÊÜ
iÊ
ÃÊ}«
iÊ«iÀÃ>ÊÌ
ÀÛiÃÊ>Ãʼ>Ê««ÀÌÕÃÌ]Ê>Ê>ÀÀÛÃÌi½°49 À½ÃÊ ÌÜÊ Ü>ÀÀ}Ê «iÀÃ>ÌiÃÊ À}>ÌiÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ Ã>iÊ L`Þ]Ê iiÀ}}Ê >ÃÊ a two headed-hydra in which one individual is apparently swallowed by the other only to be itself ingested to make way for the resurgence of the original. The switch ÛiÀÊÃÊÃÊÀ>«`ÊÌ
>ÌÊiÊÌ
iÊV
ViÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊi}}]ÊÌÊÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊiÃÌ>LÃ
ÊÜ
V
Ê V>iÊwÀÃÌ]ÊÜ
V
ÊÃÊÀ½ÃʼÌÀÕi½Ê`iÌÌÞÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÜiÀ]ÊvÊVÕÀÃi]ÊÃÊiÌ
iÀÊ>`ÊLÌ
®°Ê -ÌiÛiÊ ÀÊ
>ÃÊ >À}Õi`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ >Ê `ÃiL`i`]Ê ÕV>Ìi`Ê ÛViÊ ¼ÃÊ iÝ«iÀiVi`Ê >ÃÊ i}>ÌVÊÀÊ>ÝÕÃÞÊV«iÌiÊÕÌÊÌÃÊÃÕÀViÊV>ÊLiÊ`iÌwi`½°50 Once the voice is reunited with the body from which it was emitted we perceive a whole individual ÜÌ
ÊÜ
ÊÜiÊ}
ÌÊiÃÌ>LÃ
Ê>Ê`i}ÀiiÊvÊÃV>ÊÌiÀ>VÌ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊL`ÞÊ ÃÊVÃÌ>ÌÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÊÛViÊÀivÕÃiÃÊÌÊ>Ì>Ê>ÞÊVÌÕÌÞÊvÊ>}Õ>}iÊÀÊV
>À>VÌiÀ]Ê then the stability of the union of voice to its physical anchorage is compromised. The V
>iiiÊ>ÌÕÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊ«Þ}Ì]ÊÌ
iÊÜ`ÊÃV>ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃV
â«
iV]ÊÌ
iÊ ÕVÌÀ>LiÊiÛÊÌÜÊÌ
>ÌÊ`}ÃÊÌ
iÊ>V
V]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌiÀÊLi
`ÊiÛiÀÞÊÌÜÞi>À `½ÃÊ }À]Ê >Ê Ì
iÃiÊ `Õ>ÌiÃÊ
>ÛiÊ Ì
iÊ ivviVÌÊ vÊ `iÀ>}Ê Ì
iÊ «iÀViÛi`Ê Ìi}ÀÌÞÊ vÊ
Õ>ÊÃÕLiVÌðÊ/
iÊÛViÃÊÜiÊ
i>ÀÊV>ÊÊ}iÀÊVwÀÊÜ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊiÞiÊ>««Ài
i`Ã°Ê The discomfort of an encounter with the fluctuating vocalisations of ambiguous perÃ>ÌiÃÊiʼ/ÀiL>Þ½Ê>ÀÃiÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ`iwVÌÊvÊ>ÊÃÌ>LiÊÃV>Ê«ÀiÃiViÊ>}>ÃÌÊ which we might establish and maintain a correspondingly viable sense of ourselves.
WHERE TO WITH SOUND? /
iÊ`iÃÌ>LÃ>ÌÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÃÕ`ÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀViÛi`ÊÌi}ÀÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>ÊÃÕLiVÌÊÊ>`Ê Ì
iÊÜvÕÊ`iÃÌÀÕVÌÊvÊÌ
iʼ>ÌÕÀ>½ÊÃÞV
ÀÃ>ÌÊvÊ«VÌÕÀiÊ>`ÊÃÕ`]ÊÊÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃÊvÀÕ>Ìi`ÊÌʼ«ÕÌÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊÕÌÊvÊ̽]51 may well have driven the avant-garde «ÀiVÌ°Ê Ü>`>ÞÃÊÌ
iÀiÊ>ÀiÊ>ÊÕLiÀÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜ
]ÊiÊ>ÕÀiÊ`iÀÃÊÀÊ-Ìi>Ê 6>ÃÕ>]Ê>ÀiÊ>ÃÊÕÃV>Ã]Ê>`ÊÀV]Ê«Õ]Ê««Ê>`ÊV>ÃÃV>ÊÕÃVÊ
>ÛiÊLiiÊÌ
iÊ ÃÕLiVÌÊvÊÜÀÃÊLÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÀÃÞÌ
ÊEÊ>iÊ*>À`]Ê Õ}>ÃÊÀ`Ê>`Ê >Ê`iÊ iÀ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÊÌÊvÌiÊÃÕ`ÊÃiÀÛiÃÊ>ÊÀiÊVÛiÌ>Ê«ÕÀ«ÃiÊ in moving image installations. Contemporary gallery-based artists are faced with a
SOUND
217
Semiconductor, Black Rain (2009). Installation view, Royal Academy of Arts, London. Photo: Semiconductor. Courtesy of the artists.
218
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
dilemma. Silence endows a work with a certain ecclesiastical gravitas; but without ÃÕ`]ÊÜÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊÊÌÃÊÜÊ
`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÌiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀ¶Ê/
ÃÊ
>ÃÊi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ ÌÀ`ÕVÌÊvÊÜ
>ÌÊÊ`iwiÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÃVÊÕLÀV>Ì]Ê>Ê>Õ`ÊÌÀ>VÊ`>Ìi`ÊLÞÊ>Ê«ÀÌiÌÕÃÊiiVÌÀVÊ`ÀiÊÀÊ>ÊëiVwVÊÀ
ÞÌ
VÊLi>Ì]ÊÃiÌiÃÊ>VV«>i`Ê LÞʵÕ>ÛiÀ}ÊÛViÃÊÀÊÀ>iÌi`ÊLÞÊÕÃÊVVÃ]ÊiÌ>VÊ}À`}]ÊÌ
iÊÌÀV}Ê of water or distant rumbles of thunder setting up Gothic tensions that are never reÃÛi`°Ê*ÕLVÃÌÃÊ}À>`ÞÊÀiviÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÌÀiÊÃÀÕÃÊVviVÌÊ>ÃʼÃÕ`Ê`iÃ}½°Ê The often stunning visuals in contemporary works by well-established artists such >ÃÊÀ>Ê
]Ê Ê6>]ÊÃ>>VÊÕiÊÀÊiÊ>ÀÃ
>Ê>ÀiÊ«ÀÛ`i`ÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê>ÕÀ>Ê >Ìi]Ê Ü
>ÌÊ VÕÀ>ÌÀÊ V
Ê ÀV
>À`ÌÕiÊ Ê >Ê 7
ÌiV
>«iÊ «ÀÌ>Ê Û`iÊ `iÃVÀLiÃÊ>ÃÊ>ʼÃÌÀÀ}Ê>`Ê>Ìë
iÀVÊÃÕ`ÌÀ>V½°52 These interchangeable audio ÌÀ>VÃÊ>ÀiÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊÌÊÌ
iʼ>ÌýÊvÊÌ
iÊwÊLÕÃiÃÃ]ÊV`iÌ>ÊÃÕ`Ê`iÃ}i`Ê ÌÊÃiÌÊÕ«Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊiÝ«iVÌ>ÌÃ]Êi
>ViÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ>`ÊV>«ÌÕÀiÊ>Õ`ences already well-versed in the grammar of mainstream film. 53 ÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊVÌÕiÊÌÊ>««À>V
ÊÌ
iÊÃVÊiÛÀiÌÊÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÃÕLordinate prop to the regime of the image but as a critical component in the creation of the meaning of a work. In Black RainÊÓää®]ÊÌ
iÊ ÀÌÃ
Ê`ÕÊ-iV`ÕVÌÀÊ
>ÛiÊ iÝV>Û>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÕÛiÀÃi]Ê
``iÊLiÞ`ÊÌ
iÊÀ>}iÊvÊÃÌ>`>À`Ê
Õ>Ê perception.54Ê >Û}Ê ÃiVÕÀi`Ê >VViÃÃÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ -Ê -«>ViÊ -ViViÃÊ >LÀ>ÌÀiÃ]Ê the artists gathered information about solar activity beamed to earth from a satiÌi]Ê >`Ê Ài`iÀi`Ê ÌÊ >Õ`LiÊ >ÃÊ >Ê V«iÝÊ >LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ ÃÕ`ÃV>«iÊ >ÀÀi`Ê ÌÊ `>Ì>Ê ÛÃÕ>Ã>ÌÃÊ vÊ Ã>ÀÊ y>ÀiÃ°Ê /
iÊ ÜÀ]Ê >ÃÊ >Ê >VÌÊ vÊ ÌÀ>Ã>Ì]Ê Ü>ÃÊ `i«i`iÌÊ entirely on advanced scientific instruments capable of taking readings of a soundless universe.55Ê ÃiÀÊ ÌÊ
i]Ê
ÀÃÌ>Ê ÕLÃV
Ê ÃÊ >Ê >ÀÌÃÌÊ Ü
Ê
>ÃÊ
iÀÌi`Ê >iÌÊ >À`vv½ÃÊ ÀiÃÛiÊ ÌÊ ÕVÛiÀÊ Ì
iÊ ÃiVÀiÌÊ >VÕÃÌVÊ viÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ VÌÞ]Ê Ì
ÃÊ ÌiÊ Ê À}
>°ÊÊÕLÃV
½ÃÊElectrical WalksÊÓääÈ®]ÊëiV>Ãi`Ê>}iÌVÊ
i>`«
iÃÊ enabled participants to tune into the invisible electromagnetic fields generated by automated systems in use throughout the metropolis. Hot spots included traffic }
ÌÃ]ÊÃÕÀÛi>ViÊV>iÀ>Ã]Ê>ÕÌ>ÌVÊ`ÀÃÊ>`]ÊÜ
iÊÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
iÀi]Ê«ViÊÌÀÊ bikes that revealed intricate electro-sonic rhythms of their own. From these random Ài>`}Ã]ÊÌ
iÊ«iÀ«>ÌiÌVÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÜ>ÃÊ>LiÊÌÊ`iÛi«Ê
iÀÊÜʼ>LÃÕÀ`ÊV>ÀÌ}À>phy’56ÊvÊÌ
iÊVÌÞ]Ê>Ê«ÀViÃÃÊÀiyiVÌi`ÊÊÜÀÊLÞÊ >`ViÊ ÀiÌâ°ÊÃÊÜiÊÃ>ÜÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊ i}
Ì]Ê Becoming (2003) involved visitors donning radio headphones and moving amongst a scattering of monitors showing a selection of canonical movie clips. ÃÌi}]ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`Ê >Û`Ê/«]ÊÃÊ>ÊvÀÊvʼi`ÕÃ
«½]ÊÊÜ
V
ʼÌ
iÊi>ÀÊ>ÌÌÕiÃÊ ÌÃivÊÌÊ`ÃÌ>ÌÊÃ}>Ã]Êi>ÛiÃ`À««}ÊÊ}
ÃÌÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÀÊV
>ÌÌiÀ½° 57 Where Damiel (Bruno Ganz) in Wings of DesireÊ7Ê7i`iÀÃ]Ê£nÇ®ÊÌÕi`ÊÊÌÊ«i«i½ÃÊÌ
Õ}
ÌÃÊ ÊÌ
iÊiÌÃÊLivÀiÊÌ
iÀÊ`i>Ì
Ã]ÊÊBecoming]ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊVÕ`ÊV>ÌV
ÊÌ
iÊ`ÃiL`i`ÊÛViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÞÜ`ÊÃÀiÃÊ ÀiÌâÊÃÊ>`ÀiÃÊÕ>Ê,LiÀÌÃ]Ê >iÀÊ >â]Ê,iiViÊ7Ì
iÀë®]ÊÃÌ>ÀÃÊÜ
Ê>ÀiÊ>Ài>`ÞÊv>`}ÊvÀÊÛiÜ°
SOUND
219
ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ
Ê-Ì
]Ê Õ}>ÃÊÀ`Ê>`Ê
ÀÃÌ>Ê>ÀV>ÞÊ
>ÛiÊ>ÃÊ>««À«À>Ìi`Ê ÃÕ`ÌÀ>VÃÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ V>Ê vÊ ««Õ>ÀÊ VÕÌÕÀi]Ê LÕÌÊ ÕÃi`Ê Ì
iÊ ÌÊ >ÃÊ smoothing agents for the visual image but as instruments with which to interrogate the conventional relationship of picture and sound. In Lost SoundsÊ £nqÓää£]Ê ÜÌ
ÊÀ>iiÊiÀ®]Ê-Ì
Êwi`Ê`ÃV>À`i`Ê>Õ`ÊV>ÃÃiÌÌiÃÊ
iÊvÕ`ÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀiiÌÃÊ vÊ >ÃÌÊ`]ÊiÌ>}i`ÊÊÀ>}ÃÊ>`Ê>ÀÕ`Ê>««ÃÌðÊ/
iÊÃÕ`ÌÀ>VÊvÊÌ
iÊ wÊÜ>ÃÊ>`iÊÕ«ÊvÊÜ
>ÌÊ
iÊÜ>ÃÊ>LiÊÌÊÀiÌÀiÛiÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ`Ã}À}i`ÊÀLLÃÊvÊÌ>«i]Ê creating a medley of song fragments representing the musical tastes of successive waves of immigrants passing through the East End. In a reversal of the traditional À>}]ÊÞÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÊVÕ`ÊÌ
iÊ>««>ÀiÌÊÀ>`iÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}iÃÊvÊ street corners be decoded. In Gordon’s Between Darkness and LightÊ £Ç®]Ê Ì
iÊ soundtrack was robbed even of its interpretive function. A screen was suspended in Ì
iÊ``iÊvÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊÌÊÜ
V
ÊÜiÀiÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊÌÜÊwÃ]ÊiÊÊiÌ
iÀÊÃ`i°Ê/
iÊ horrors of The ExorcistÊ7>ÊÀi`]Ê£ÇήÊÜiÌÊL>VÊÌÊL>VÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊëÀÌÕ>Ê purity of The Song of BernadetteÊiÀÞÊ}]Ê£{ήÊVÀi>Ì}Ê>ÊV}ÀÕÕÃÊ`ÕiÊ vÊ>Õ`ÊÌÀ>VÃ]Ê>ÊL>ÌÌiÊvÊ}`Ê>`ÊiÛÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊÜÊLÞÊiÌ
iÀÊÃ`i°ÊÊÌ
iÊÀiÃÕÌ}ÊV>V«
Þ]Êi>V
ÊÃÕ`ÌÀ>VÊÜ>ÃÊ`i«ÀÛi`ÊvÊÌÃÊ>Õ`ÌÀÞÊV
iÀiVi]ÊivviVÌÛiÞÊ returning the films to silence and leaving the field clear for the images to regain their sovereignty. -ÌiÛiÊ ÀÊ
>ÃÊ >À}Õi`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ Ü
iÀiÊ Ãii}Ê ÃÊ ¼«ÕÀ«ÃÛi½Ê >`Ê ÀiµÕÀiÃÊ Ì
iÊ ÛiÜiÀÊÌÊÃÌi«ÊL>VÊ>`ÊVÀi>ÌiÊ>ÊÃi«>À>ÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>}i]ÊvÀ>}ÊÌÊ>`Ê>VV`>Ì}ÊÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊwi`ÊvÊÛÃ]ÊÃÌi}ʼÀiÃÌÀiÃÊÕÃÊÌÊ>ÊÃiÃiÊvÊLi}ÊÊÌ
iÊ``iÊ of the world’.58ÊÊ>}iÊÃÊÌÀ>««i`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊVwiÃÊvÊÌÃÊvÀ>i]ÊÜ
iÀi>ÃÊÃÕ`Ê «iÀi>ÌiÃÊiÛiÀÞÊVÀiÀÊvÊ>Êë>ViÊ>`Ê«iiÌÀ>ÌiÃÊÕÀÊL`iÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
ÃÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊ>Ê ViÀÌ>Ê ÕÌÞÊ vÊ >Õ`Ì°Ê Ê ÌiÃwi`Ê >Ü>ÀiiÃÃÊ vÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÃVÊ ¼}}Ê vÊ ÃÕLstances’59ÊÜ>ÃÊÕV
ÊÊiÛ`iViÊ`ÕÀ}Ê>ÊÀiViÌÊÃiÀiÃÊvÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊiÛiÌÃÊ at Tate Britain in London. 60Ê/
iÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊ>VÌÛiÊÊ ÀÌ>ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃ]Ê iÊÌ
iÀÊVÕÌiÀ«>ÀÌÃÊiÃiÜ
iÀi]Êi}>}i`ÊÊÌ
iÊVÀi>ÌÊvÊ£ÈÊ
>`>`iÊwÃ]Ê working directly onto the photographic area of the filmstrip but also intervening in Ì
iÊ>`>ViÌÊÃÕ`ÊÃÌÀ«i°Ê/
ÃÊi>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ>>Ê>VÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ
>`ÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>Ê `ÀiVÌÊ>Õ`ÌÀÞÊiµÕÛ>iÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌ}ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀ>ÌV
iÃ]Ê
iÃÊ>`ÊLiishes as a patchwork of abstract sounds. This body of work represents what Steven >ÊV>ÃÃwi`Ê>Ãʼ«ÌV>ÊÃÕ`ÊwýÊ>`ÊÊÌ
iÀÊiÝ«>`i`ÊvÀ]ÊiÊ>ÊÃÌÀÕiÌ]Ê Ì
iÀÊVÃÌÌÕÌÛiÊiiiÌÃʼ>ÀiÊ«>Þi`Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊÌiÊvÊ«iÀvÀ>Vi½]ÊÊÌ
iÊiÌÊ of creation.61 Vicky Smith’s Bicycle Tyre Track (2012–14) elegantly integrated into iÊëiÊ>VÌÊi>V
Ê«
>ÃiÊÊÌ
iÊ«À`ÕVÌÊ>`ÊiÝ
LÌÊvÊ>Êw°Ê/
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ inked up the tyres of a bicycle and proceeded to ride it up and down a single strip of Vi>ÀÊ£ÈÊwÊ>`ÊÕÌÊ`>}>ÞÊ>VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊyÀ°ÊiÛÌ>LÞ]ÊÌ
iÊL>VÊÊëÀi>`Ê unevenly across both the optical and soundstripe as Smith struggled to keep on a ÛiÀÞÊ>ÀÀÜÊÌÀ>V°Ê/
iÊÀiÃÕÌ}ʼw½ÊÜ>ÃÊi`>ÌiÞÊvi`ÊÌÊ>Ê«ÀiVÌÀÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ
220
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Greg Pope, Cipher Screen (2009–14), performed at the Never or Now Festival, Bergen, Norway (January 2011). Sound collaborator: John Hegre. Courtesy of the artist. Photographer unknown.
SOUND
221
audience was regaled with a few seconds of abstract film dominated by leaping black Ã
>«iÃÊ>`Ê>ÊiÝ«`}ÊÃÕ`ÌÀ>V]ÊÌ
iÊiÃiLiÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÌiÀ>VÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ >ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊÀ`}ÊÃÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«iÀ>ÌÃÊvÊ>ÊLVÞVi°ÊÃÊ,
`iÃÊ
>ÃÊViÌi`ÊÌ
>Ì]Ê VÛiÌ>Þ]ÊÊw]ʼ>}iÊ>`ÊÃÕ`Ê>ÀiÊwÌiÞÊë«>LiÊ>`ÊÛi>Li½°62 In -Ì
½ÃÊ ÜÀ]Ê ÃÕ`Ê >`Ê >}iÊ LiV>iÊ i]Ê ¼ÌiÀV
>}i>Li½]Ê Ì
iÀÊ Ài>ÌÃ
«Ê wÝi`ÊÊLÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«À`ÕVÌÊ>`ÊÃVÀii}ÊvÊÌ
iÊw°Ê ÊÃ
>Êi`ÊÌ
ÃÊÃ
ÀÌÊiÝVÕÀÃÊÌÊÃÕ`ÊÜÌ
ÊCipher Screen (2009–14) by Greg *«i]Ê Ì
iÊ ÜÀÊ Ì
>Ì]Ê vÀÊ i]Ê ÃÕÃÌ>i`Ê Ì
iÊ }iÃÌÊ >vÌiÀviÊ LiÞ`Ê Ì
iÊ iÛiÌÃÊ >ÌÊ />ÌiÊ ÀÌ>°Ê*«iÊÜ>ÃÊÃÌ>Ìi`ÊLi
`Ê>Ê«>ÀÊvÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊÀÕ}Ê«ÃÊvÊL>Vi`Ê w]Êi`ÊLÞÊ>ÊL>vy}ÊÃVi>ÞÊvÊÃÕ`ÊiµÕ«iÌ]ÊÜ
iÊ
ÃÊV>LÀ>ÌÀÊiiÊ *>ÌÌiÀÃÊ>««i>Ài`ÊÌÊLiÊÊV
>À}iÊvÊÌ
iÊ>«Ì«ÊV>`ÊViÌÀi°Ê-iÌÌ}ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊÊÌ]Ê*«iÊ>``i`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊV>ÌÌiÀÊvÊÌ
iÊ«}ÊvÌ>}iÊ>Ê>>À}Êvii`L>VÊ
ÕÊLÞÊV>ÀiÃÃ}ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÛiÊVÀ«
i°ÊÃÊiÝÌÊÛiÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊ>}gress the filmstrips with a scalpel as they passed across the flat surface of the desk ÊÌ
iÊVÕÀÃiÊvÊ«}Ê>ÀÕ`°Ê ÀÀië`}ÊÃVÀ>ÌV
iÃÊ>««i>Ài`ÊÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`Ê w]Ê>ÊviLÀiÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃÃÌÊ>`ÃV>«iÊÕv`}ÊÊÀi>ÊÌiÆÊi>Ü
i]ÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÃÌÀ«i]ÊÃÕvviÀ}ÊiµÕ>Ê`>>}iÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÌiÌÃÊvÊ*«i½ÃÊÃV>«i]ÊLi}>ÊÌÊ
ÃÃÊ >`ÊVÀ>Vi]ÊLÀV>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÜ`ÊÌ>««}ÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝÌÊ«ÀiVÃÊÌÊÜÌ
ÊÜ
V
Ê Pope assaulted the celluloid. By now the patterns onscreen were building up into a `ÊvÊvÀiâi`]ÊVÀÃÃ
>ÌV
i`ÊÌ>ÀÌ>Ê>`Ê*«iÊ«À}ÀiÃÃi`ÊÌÊ>ÊwiÊ}À`}ÊÌÊ Ü
V
Ê
iÊ>««i`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊw]ÊÌ
iÊiÜÊÜÕ`ÃÊ>viÃÌ}Ê>VÀÃÃÊLÌ
Ê«VÌÕÀiÊ>`Ê ÃÕ`]Ê>``}Ê>Ì
iÀÊ>ÞiÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊivviVÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÛÕÃÊ«iÀvÀ>ÌÃÊ>`Ê}>Ã
iÃ°Ê /
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊi`ÊiÊ>Ê`iiÌi`Ê}`ÃÌ
Ê>ÃÊ
iÊvÀ>ÌV>ÞÊLÀÕÌ>Ãi`ÊÌ
iÊwÃÌÀ«]Ê Ì
iÊiÕÃÊ`ÕÃÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ}À`}Ê>VÌÊÀÃ}ÊiiÀÞÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊLi>°Ê /
iÊL>Ã
iiÊÃVÀiiV
}ÊVÀi>Ãi`]ÊÌ
iÊÌiÃÊ}ÀiÜÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊwÊÀÃiÊÌÊ>ÊVÀiÃVi`Ê of crackling sounds and strobing abstractions. When Pope dealt the final coup de grace]ÊÌ
iÊÌÜÊwÃÊÃÌÀ«ÃÊÃ>««i`]Ê}Û}ÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÊ}
ÃÌÊÊ>ÊiÌÊvÊÀV
iÃÌÀ>Ìi`Ê simultaneity marking the end of the artful mayhem. As the film apparatus fell silent >`ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ`i`]ÊÜiÊ>ÊiÌÊÕÌÊ>ÊViVÌÛiÊÃ}
°ÊÊÌ
ÃÊÃÌ>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`ÊiiiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ
>`Ê>ÃÃiÀÌi`ÊÌÃivÊvÀVivÕÞ]Ê>ÃÊ >Û`Ê/«ÊÜÕ`ÊÃ>ÞʼÜÌ
Ê>ÊÀÊ wÃ̽]63Ê>`ÊÞiÌÊÊÜ>ÃÊiÝ
>À>Ìi`ÊLÞÊw`}ÊÞÃivʼÊÌ
iÊ``iÊvÊ>ÊÜÀ`½ÊvÊÃÕ`]Ê «>ÀÌV«>Ì}ÊÊ>Ê>ÀV>i]ÊVÛÕÃÛiÊÀÌÕ>]ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊVVi«ÌÕ>ÊÌÜÃÌÊÌ
iÊViÛiÀiÃÃÊ of the manipulations was never occluded by the sensory overload). Cipher ScreenÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>Ê«ÜiÀvÕÊ>VÕÃÌVÊë>ViÊÊÜ
V
Ê>ÊÃV>ʼVÌ}ÕÌÞ½]64 ÀÊiÌ>ÀÞÊV
iÃ]ÊVVÕÀÀi`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÊÌÊ
`ÊvÊ>ÊÜ
ÊÜiÀiÊ«ÀiÃiÌ°Ê /
iÊÜÀÊÌÕV
i`Ê>ÊÀ>ÜÊiÀÛiÊvÊÕÀÊViVÌÛiÊ
Õ>ÌÞ]Ê>ÊÌ
iÊÀiÊÃÊvÀÊÌ
ÃiÊ ÃÌ>Ü>ÀÌÃÊÜ
Ê
>ÛiÊLiiÊV>ÀÀÞ}ÊÌ
iÊÌÀV
ÊvÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊvÀÊ>ÊÌ
iÃiÊÞi>ÀÃ\Ê VÞÊ>Þ]Ê7>Ê,>L>]ÊÃÊ,
`iÃ]ÊÕÞÊ-
iÀÜÊ>`ÊÞÊÊ>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊiÜÊ >`
iÀiÌÃÊiÊ6VÞÊ-Ì
Ê>`Ê/ÀÃÌiÊ>ÕÃV
>°ÊvÌiÀÊwvÌÞÊÞi>ÀÃ]Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊwÊ ÊÌÃÊiÝ«>`i`ÊvÀÊ
>ÃÊ`iÛi«i`ÊÌÃÊÜÊÛiÀ>VÕ>ÀÊÀiÛÛ}Ê>ÀÕ`ÊÌ
iÊlingua
222
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
francaÊvÊÌ
iÊÛiÊ>«Õ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊwÃÌÀ«Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÃVi}i>ÌÊ of sound and picture. This common vocabulary served to consolidate the sense of participating in a visceral ceremony where most of the congregation knew the drill. iÊ>ÞÊvÊÌ
i]ÊÊÌÊ>Ü>ÞÊ>ÊÃ>ÊÃÌÀ«ÊvÊ*«i½ÃÊw]Ê>Ê`ii«ÞÊÃV>ÀÀi`ÊÀiVÊvÊÌÃÊ >ÀÌÞÀ`Ê>`ÊÌÀi`ÊÌÊÌÊÀi>`ÊÌÊÕV
ÊÌÊÌ
iÊvÀ>}ÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊViÕ`Êw>iÌ]Ê its resemblance to skin and the analogies that could be so easily drawn between its À`i>Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀiÃÃiÃÊvÊ`iÀÊvi°ÊÃÊÃiÌ
}ÊvÊ>ÊÕÌÃ`iÀÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÝ«>`i`Ê wÊVÕL]ÊÊ>ÞÊ
>ÛiÊÃÃi`ÊÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊÕ>ViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ}iÀi]ÊLÕÌÊÊÜ>ÃÊiÌ
iiÃÃÊÛi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ`ii«iÀÊÃÕ`}ÃÊvÊÌ
ÃÊViVÌÛiÊVi>ÌVÊiÝ«iÀiVi°Ê
NOTES 1
Roland Barthes (1981) Camera Lucida: Reflections on Photography]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ,V
>À`ÊÜ>À`°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê>ÀÀ>À]Ê-ÌÀ>ÕÃÊ>`ÊÀÕÝ]Ê«°Êx° 2 The surging soundtracks of contemporary blockbusters attempt to manipulate audiences ÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÌÊvÊ>iÀÃ]ÊÌ
ÕÃÊV«ÀÃ}ÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`i}iÃÃ°Ê ÛiʼµÕ>ÌÞÊ television’ suffers. The BBC political thriller The Honourable WomanÊÓä£{]ÊÕ}Ê V®]Ê
>ÃÊ >ÊÕ`]ÊÃÃÌiÌÊÕÃV>ÊÃVÀiÊ`iÃ}i`ÊÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊÃÕëiÃiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>VÌÀÃÊëi>ÊÊÜ
ëiÀðÊÃÊ>ÊÀiÃÕÌ]ÊÌÊÃÊiViÃÃ>ÀÞÊÌÊ>ÌiÀ>ÌiÞÊÌÕÀÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÊÕ«ÊÌÊ
i>ÀÊÌ
iÊ>VÌÀÃÊ>`Ê down to escape the soundtrack in dialogue-free episodes. 3Ê 1iÊwÊÜ
iÀiÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÊÃÊÀi}ÃÌiÀi`ÊÃi«>À>ÌiÞ]ÊÊ>>}ÕiÊÛ`i]Ê«VÌÕÀiÊ>`ÊÃÕ`Ê are recorded simultaneously. 4 Steven Connor (2000) Dumbstruck: A Cultural History of Ventriloquism°Ê "ÝvÀ`\Ê "ÝvÀ`Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÓä° 5Ê >Û`Ê /«Ê ëi>}Ê >ÌÊ `Ê i}iÊ vÊ ÕV>ÌÃÊ
®]Ê ÈÊ ÛiLiÀÊ Óä£äÆÊ ÃiiÊ >ÃÊ
ÃÊ L]Ê Sinister Resonance: The Mediumship of the ListenerÊ Óä£ä®]Ê `\Ê Continuum. 6Ê ,ÃÃÊ ÀÜÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊ
]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi°Ê 7Ê >Û`Ê/«Êëi>}Ê>ÌÊ
]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° 8Ê /
iÊÃÕ`Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ
Ê7ÞiÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊ
]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi°Ê 9Ê /
ÃÊÃiÃÌÛÌÞÊÌÊÃÕ`ÊÃÊÌÊ>ÃÊÜ`iëÀi>`Ê>ÃÊiÊ}
ÌÊÜÃ
°ÊÊÞÊiÝ«iÀiViÊ>ÃÊ>Ê >ÀÌÊÃV
ÊÌÕÌÀ]ÊÃÌÕ`iÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÀ>ÀiÞÊVÃ`iÀÊÃÕ`ÊÜ
iÊ«>}ÊÌ
iÀÊ work. They often leave the problem of audio to last and solve it by overlaying the visuals with a track from their favourite band. 10Ê ÊÌ>>ÊÓääÈ®]ÊÃÌ>ÌiiÌ]Ê/>ÌiÊ`iÀ°Ê 11Ê ,ÃÃÊ ÀÜÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊ
]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° 12 Bill Viola interviewed in Chris Darke (2000) Light Readings: Film Criticism and Screen Arts. `\Ê7>yÜiÀÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£nÇ° 13Ê -Ìi«
iÊ ÕÀÞʣǮʼ/
iÊ >½]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÓäÇ]Ê«°Ê{È°
SOUND
223
14Ê
15Ê 16Ê 17 18Ê 19 20Ê 21 22Ê 23Ê 24Ê 25Ê 26 27Ê 28Ê
29Ê 30Ê 31Ê 32Ê 33 34Ê 35Ê 36Ê 37Ê
38 39 40
224
7>ÌiÀÊ i>Ê i>LÀ>Ìi`Ê
ÃÊ VVi«ÌÊ vÊ Ã
VÊ Ê
ÃÊ £ÎÊ iÃÃ>ÞÊ ¼"Ê -iÊ ÌvÃÊ Ê >Õ`i>Ài½]Ê«ÕLÃ
i`ÊÊIlluminations: Essays and ReflectionsÊ£Èn®]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ>ÀÀÞÊ>
ÊÀi`ÌÊi`°®°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê-V
Vi]Ê««°Ê£xxqÓää°
Ê >}iÊ £n£®Ê ÌiÀÛiÜi`Ê >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ 7>iÀÊ ÀÌÃÊ iÌÀi]Ê i>«Ã°Ê Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«Ã\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉÜ>ÌV
¶Ûr< «8ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊÊ
ÀÃÊ >ÀiÊÓäää®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£nÇ° Phil Solomon discussing Stan Brakhage in the documentary BrakhageÊÊ-i``]Ê£n®° -Ì>Ê À>
>}iÊÌ>}ÊÌÊ*
Ê-]ÊL`° Mark Lewis speaking at the Moving Image as ArtÊVviÀiVi]Ê/>ÌiÊ>iÀÞ]Ê`]ÊÓÊÕiÊ 2001. />VÌ>Ê i>ÊÌ>}ÊÌÊÃ>>VÊÕiÊÊGuide to Artists’ Filmmaking]Ê Ê,>`Ê{]Ê£nÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊ 2011. Roland Barthes ([1973] 1975) The Pleasure of the Text]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ,V
>À`ÊiÀ°Ê iÜÊ9À\ÊÊ >`Ê7>}]Ê«°{° iÊÀ>ÊÓääÈ®]ʼ+ÕiÌÊ*i>Ãi½]ÊThe Guardian]Ê££Ê ÛiLiÀ° ,ÃÃÊ ÀܽÃÊÌiÀ]Êëi>}Ê>ÌÊ
]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi°
Ê >}iÊ£n£®ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ7>iÀÊÀÌÃÊ iÌÀi]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi°Ê Ê6>ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊÊ
ÀÃÊ >ÀiÊÓäää®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£nÇ° David Toop’s term in Sinister Resonance]Ê«°VÌ°]Ê«°Ê£{n° Ã>>VÊÕiÊëi>}ÊÊA Guide to Artists’ Filmmaking]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° >ÕÀiÌ*>ÕÊ,LiÀÌÊëi>}ÊÊ>ÊÀÕ`Ì>LiÊ`ÃVÕÃÃ]ʼ/
iÊ>vviVÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ>}iÊÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊ>À̽ÊÓä£Ó®]ÊV
>Ài`ÊLÞÊ>Ý>ÊÊ«iÀ>iÌ]ÊÌ
ÀiiÃVÀiiÊÃÌ>>ÌÊLÞÊ Ê6>Ê>ÌÊ-Ì°Ê*>Õ½ÃÊ >Ì
i`À>Ê Ê`]Ê>ÃÊÛiÃÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>`ÌÃÊvÊi`Ì>ÌÊ>`Ê«À>ÞiÀÊ>`i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊVÌi«>ÌÊ of devotional imagery. Õ}
ÊÕ``ÞÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊ
]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° V
iÊ
Ê`ÃVÕÃÃi`ÊLÞÊ-ÌiÛiÊ ÀÊÓäää®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÓä° 6iÀ>ÊÀii]ÊiÝViÀ«ÌÊvÀÊThe Last Screening Room: A Valentine (1984). i>ÊÃ
iÀÊ£ä®Ê¼,iyiVÌÃÊÊ V
ÊqÊÃÕ`ÊLÞÊÜiÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÊ ÀÌ>½]ÊÊSigns of the TimesÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê]Ê"ÝvÀ`]Ê««°ÊÈäqÇ° Luce Irigaray (1985) This Sex Which Is Not One]ÊÌÀ>Ã°Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ*ÀÌiÀ°ÊÌ
>V>]Ê 9\Ê ÀiÊ 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£Èΰ ÃÊ,
`iÃ]ÊÛViÛiÀÊÊLight Reading (1978). jmiÊ ÝÕÝÊ ££®Ê Coming to Writing and Other Essays]Ê ÌÀ>Ã°Ê iLÀ>
Ê iðÊ
>LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê>ÀÛ>À`Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÓ£° L`°]Ê«°ÊÓÓ° "vÊVÕÀÃi]ÊÌ
iÊÃViÌ>Ê>ÀiÀÃÊvÊiÌ
VÌÞÊ>`ÊV>ÃÃÊ>ÀiÊÌÊÃÊi>ÃÞÊiÀ>`V>Ìi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ ÛVi°Ê/
iÊÜ`iëÀi>`ÊÕÃiÊvÊÀiÊiÕÌÀ>ÊiÀV>]Ê >>`>]ÊÕÃÌÀ>>ÊÀÊiÛiÊVputer-generated voice-overs in British work may account for a sensitivity to the lingering iniquities of the class system. Simon Callow (2006) reviewing The Human VoiceÊLÞÊiÊÀ>«v]ÊThe Guardian]Ê£ÊÕÞ° Memories of the Slade School of Art stirred for me when I heard the familiar voice of Stuart ÀÃiÞ]ÊÞÊvÀiÀÊÌÕÌÀ° Contested Territories]Ê `ÃVÕÃÃÊ LiÌÜiiÊ ÀÃi`>Ê *VÊ >`Ê ->ÛÊ =ãi]Ê V
>Ài`Ê LÞÊ
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
41Ê 42Ê 43Ê 44Ê
45Ê 46Ê 47Ê 48Ê 49Ê 50Ê 51Ê 52 53Ê
54Ê 55Ê
56Ê 57Ê 58Ê 59Ê 60
61Ê
Ê
62 63Ê 64
>ÀÊ ÕÃÃ]Ê`]Ê/>ÌiÊ ÀÌ>]ÊÓxÊ>ÞÊÓääÈ°Ê/
iÃiÊiÝViÀ«ÌÃÊ>ÀiÊÌ>iÊvÀÊÞÊÌiÃÊ and are not recorded verbatim. *>ÕÊ iÜ
>Ê£ä®Ê¼/
iÊ6ViÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ-
>`ܽ]ÊPerformance]ÊÈä]Ê«°Ê{Ó° -ÌiÛiÊ ÀÊÓäää®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£x° L`°]Ê«°ÊÓä° -iÊ >Ê ÓääÓ®Ê ¼/
iÊ ÀÌÊ vÊ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ qÊ /Ü>À`ÃÊ Ì
iÊ >Ì}Ê 7ÀÊ vÊ À̽]Ê Ê >ÀÌÊ Rieser and Andra Zapp (eds) New Screen Media: Cinema/Art/Narrative. London: British Film ÃÌÌÕÌi]Ê«°ÊΣ° -iiÊ >Ì
iÀiÊ ÜiÃÊ Óääx®Ê ¼6`iÊ w`iÌ>\Ê 6ViÛiÀÊ ÕÃ}ÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ 7ÀÊ vÊ /Ê -
iÀ>Ê>`Ê,LiÀÌÊÀ½]ÊVertigo]ÊÓ\Ê]Ê««°ÊxÇqn° /Ê-
iÀ>ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
ÀÊÊ`]ÊÓääx° /Ê-
iÀ>]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° ,LiÀÌÊÀÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊiÊ*iÀi>Õ]Ê£ÇÊ>ÀV
Ê£nÊÞÊÌÀ>Ã>Ì®]ʵÕÌi`ÊÊ Video Confidential]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê ,LiÀÌÊÀ]ÊL`°Ê -ÌiÛiÊ ÀÊÓäää®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÓä° >Û`Ê/«Êëi>}Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ
]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi° Whitechapel promotional video (2012). Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ü
ÌiV
>«i}>iÀÞ° À}ÉiÝ
LÌÃÉâ>À>L
i (accessed 11 April 2014). VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ >Û`Ê/«]ʼ>ÌýÊÊwÊ
>ÃÊ>ÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊÊÌ
iʼVvÀÌÊÃi½ÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiiVÕV>ÌÃÊ `ÕÃÌÀÞ]Ê Ì
iÊ L>V}ÀÕ`Ê ÃÕ`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ ÜiÊ ii`Ê ÌÊ >iÊ >Ê Ìii«
iÊ conversation seem natural. See Sinister Resonance]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê««°Ê£{Çqn° -iV`ÕVÌÀÊÃÊ>Ê«>ÀÌiÀÃ
«ÊLiÌÜiiÊ,ÕÌ
Ê>À>Ê>`ÊiÊiÀ
>À`Ì° }>]Ê Ê ÀiviÀÊ Ì
iÊ Ài>`iÀÊ ÌÊ >Ê `i«Ì
Ê `ÃVÕÃÃÊ vÊ -iV`ÕVÌÀ½ÃÊ «À>VÌVi\Ê ÞÊ ÕÃL>`ÃÊÓä£Î®Ê¼/
iÊiÌ>«
ÞÃVÃÊvÊ`>Ì>\Ê*
ë
V>ÊÃViViÊÊ-iV`ÕVÌÀ½ÃÊ>>Ìi`ÊÛ`iý]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê««°Ê£nqÓ£Ó°
ÀÃÌ«
ÊiÌâ}iÀÊÜÀÌ}Ê>LÕÌÊÕLÃV
½ÃÊÜÀ]ʵÕÌi`ÊÊ >Û`Ê/«ÊÓä£ä®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê 229. >Û`Ê/«ÊÓä£ä®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÛ°Ê -ÌiÛiÊ ÀÊÓäää®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£x°Ê >Û`Ê/«ÊÓä£ä®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£x° Assemby: A Survey of Recent Artists’ Film and Video in Britain, 2008–2013 was curated by iÃÃ>Ê >V
yÜiÀ]ÊiÀ}iÊ >À]Ê-ÌÕ>ÀÌÊ iÀ]Ê-Ê*>ÞiÊ>`Ê`ÀiÜÊ6>>ViÊ>`Ê Ü>ÃÊÃÌ>}i`Ê>ÌÊ/>ÌiÊ ÀÌ>ÊÊ`]Ê ÛiLiÀÊÓä£Îq>ÀV
ÊÓä£{°Ê -ÌiÛiÊ >ÊÓ䣣®Ê¼ `ÌÃÊvÊÕÃV\Ê Ìi«À>ÀÞÊÕ`6ÃÕ>Ê-«>Ì>Ê*iÀvÀ>ViÊ *À>VÌVi½]Ê °Ê °Ê ,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê 7
Ìi]Ê -ÌiÛiÊ >Ê >`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊ i`Ã®Ê Ó䣣®Ê Expanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê«°ÊÓÈnÆÊÃiiÊ>ÃÊOramicsÊÓ䣣®]Ê>ÊwÊ«À ÌÀ>ÌÊLÞÊÕÀ>Ê->ÌâÊvÊ >«
iÊ"À>Ê£ÓxqÓääή]Ê>Ê«iiÀÊvÊiiVÌÀVÊÕÃVÊÜ
ÊVvÕ`i`ÊÌ
iÊ Ê,>`«
VÊ7ÀÃ
«Ê>`ÊVÀi>Ìi`ʼ
>`ÜÀÕ}
̽ÊV«ÃÌÃÊLÞÊ`À>Ü}Ê directly onto celluloid. Lis Rhodes speaking about her own optical sound film Light MusicÊ£Çx®]ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
ÊÕÀ>Ê->Ìâ]Ê/>ÌiÊ ÀÌ>]ÊÓÓÊ-i«ÌiLiÀÊÓä£{° >Û`Ê/«ÊÓäää®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£x° Ibid.
SOUND
225
CHAPTER ELEVEN
Video Installation Never before has an artist been able to summon instantaneously an image, which reconstitutes itself ceaselessly before our eyes... ,ijÊ >ÕiÀiÃÌiÀ]Ê£ÇÈ
TELEVISION ROOTS ÞÊÌ
iÊ`£ÈäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ}iiÀ>Ê««Õ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ1ÊÜ>ÃÊÜ>ÌV
}Ê>Ê«ÌiÌ>ÊiiÛiÊ hours of broadcast television per day. Gallery-goers were already familiar with the }i>}Êv>ViÊvʼiÃiÜ
iÀi½ÊÌÀ>««i`ÊÊ>ÊLÝ]ÊÌÃʵÕ>ÌÞÊvÊÃÌ>Ì>iÌÞ]ÊÌÃÊ«ÀÃiÊ vÊViVÌÛÌÞ]ÊÌÃʼVÕÌÞÊvÊ>``ÀiÃý°1 The viewing public was already fluent in the representational language and spectatorial codes of television when artists i}>}i`ÊÜÌ
Ê>`ÊÀiV>ÃÌÊÌiiÛÃÊ>ÃÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌ°ÊÌÊ
i]ÊÌ
iÊÌiiÛÃÊ`ë>Vi`ÊÌ
iÊ
i>ÀÌ
Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊvVÕÃÊvÊv>ÞÊvi°Ê/
iʼLݽ]ÊiÃÌi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊvÕÀÜ>i`Ê iVÃÕÀiÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ
i]Ê wÀÃÌÊ >««i>Ài`Ê >ÃÊ >Ê
ÕLiÊ «iViÊ vÊ vÕÀÌÕÀiÊ ÃiÌiÃÊ equipped with a sliding door that could be drawn across the screen at night to allow Ì
iÊÀ>Ê«>ÌÌiÀÃÊvÊ
Õ>ÊÌiÀVÕÀÃiÊÌÊÀiÃÕi°Ê¼6iÜ}Ê>Ê/6ÊÀiViÛiÀ]½ÊÕÃi`Ê >Û`Ê>]ÊÃÊiÊ }Ê >ÌÊ >Ê «VÌÕÀiLÝÊ °°°Ê ÃiÌ
}Ê ÜiÊ
>ÛiÊ >ÌÊ i>ÃÌÊ }ÌÊ >Õ>Ê VÌÀÊ ÛiÀ]ÊvÊÌÊÌ
iÊVÌiÌ°ÊÌÊÃÊ>ÊLiVÌÊÜ
V
ÊiÝÃÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊVÌÕÕÊ>ÃÊ ÕÀÃiÛiðÊ7iÊV>ÊLiViÊÛÛi`ÊÊÌ]ÊLÕÌÊiÛiÀÊÃÌÊÊÌ° 2 The home television of the 1960s formed part of a well-lit domestic installation ÃÕÀÀÕ`i`Ê LÞÊ Ì
iÊ «>À>«
iÀ>>Ê vÊ iÛiÀÞ`>ÞÊ vi]Ê vÕÀÃ
}Ã]Ê À>iÌÃÊ >`Ê terior design embelishments that all competed for attention with the eerily glowing ÃVÀii°Ê Ê >``Ì]Ê v>ÞÊ V}ÃÊ >`Ê }}ÃÊ «iÀ`V>ÞÊ LÀiÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ yÜÊ vÊ LÀ>`V>ÃÌÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÀiÃÕÌ}ÊÊ*iÌiÀÊ"ÃLÀi½Ãʼ`ÃÌÀ>VÌi`ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ½°ÊÊiÛi}½ÃÊ
226
ÛiÜ}Ê Ü>ÃÊ ÌÃivÊ vÀ>}iÌi`]Ê ÌiÀÀÕ«Ìi`Ê LÞÊ ViÀV>Ê LÀi>Ã]Ê iÜÃÊ LÕiÌÃÊ >`Ê>ÕViiÌðÊÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ`>ÞÃ]ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊi>ÃÞÊÌÊÀi>`ÊÌ
iÊyViÀ}]ÊL>V>`Ü
ÌiÊ«VÌÕÀiÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÜ`ÜÊÌÊ>Ì
iÀ]Ê«>À>iÊÀi>ÌÞ°Ê/
iÊ>}iÊ ÀiÃÕÌÊÜ>ÃÊ«ÀÊ>`ÊiÊ«iiÀi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊvÊ>ÝÊÀÞ½Ãʼ}`Ê vÊ-
>`ÜýÊ}«Ãi`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>Ê`Êv}]Ê>Êunheimlich netherworld in the heart of the home. 3Ê/
iÊvÀÌ>ÊÛiÜ}Ê«ÃÌ]Ê`iÌiÀi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÀ>Ê«ÌV>ÊÀ>}i]Ê >`ÊÌ
iÊ`iÃÌÊÃâiÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>`>À`ÊÌiiÛÃÊÃVÀiiÊÃiÌÊÊ>ÊÌ
VÊV>Ã}]Ê«ÀÛ`i`Ê further conditions of distanciation. Owing to the constellation of factors compromis}ÊÛiÜiÀýÊ>ÌÌiÌÊÌÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊVÌiÌ]Êi>ÀÞÊÌiiÛÃÊÜ>ÃÊ
i>ÛÞÊ`i«i`iÌÊ Ê >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ V`iÃÊ `iÀÛi`Ê vÀÊ Ì
i>ÌÀiÊ >`Ê Vi>]Ê Ài«iÌÌÛiÊ vÀ>ÌÃÊ >`]Ê VÀÕV>Þ]Ê`>}ÕiÊÌ
>ÌÊVÕ`ÊLiÊvÜi`ÊiÛiÊÜ
iÊÊÌ
iÊÌV
iÊ>}Ê>ÊVÕ«ÊvÊÌi>°Ê The ability of sound to penetrate beyond the immediate vicinity of the television set contributed to the success of early broadcasting. ÀÊÌ
iÊÕÌÃiÌ]ÊÌ
iʼÛiiÃýÊvÊÌiiÛÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ`ÀiVÌÊ>``ÀiÃÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊ LÞÊ «ÀiÃiÌiÀÃÊ VÀi>Ìi`Ê Ü
>ÌÊ
Ê ÃÊ
>ÃÊ V>i`Ê >Ê Ã«ÕÀÕÃÊ ¼V«ÀiÃiVi½Ê across the technological divide. 4Ê ->ÀÞ]Ê >iÛiÊ ÞÊ
>ÃÊ Ìi`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ ¼ÌiiÛsion separated people and connected them simultaneously’.5 The human scale of the head and shoulders onscreen enhanced this effect of untouchable intimacy. iÊ>Ê`ÃÌ>ÌÊvÀi`ÊvÊÌ
iÊv>Þ]ʼÕÌiÊ iiL½ÊV
>ÌÌi`ÊvÀʼÌ
iÊLݽÊiVÕÀ>}}Ê iÛiÀÞiÊÌÊÃÌÊL>VÊ>`ÊiÞÊÌ
iÊÃ
Ü°Ê ÞÊÌ
iÊi`ÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃiÀÕÃiÃÃÊ of tone adopted by early public service broadcasting was entirely abandoned in faÛÕÀÊvʼ>««ÞÊ/>½]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌÞÊ`iÛiÀÞÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊv>>ÀÊÜÌ
ÊÌ`>Þ°6 David Hendy has >ÌÌÀLÕÌi`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÜiÀÊvÊÀ>`Ê>`]ÊLÞÊiÝÌiÃ]ÊvÊÌiiÛÃ]ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÀÊÌLÀiÊvÊ Ì
iÊ«ÀiÃiÌiÀýÊÛViÃ]ÊLÃiÀÛ}ÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÊvÀi`iÀÊÌ
iÊÛVi]ÊÌ
iÊÀiÊÌ
iÊÃÌiers obey its commands’.7 Peggy Gale has emphasised the anthropomorphism of the /6ÊÃiÌ]ÊÜ
V
ʼ«ÀiVÌÃÊÌÃÊiÃÃ>}iÊvÀÊÜÌ
Ê>ÃÊÜÕ`Ê>Ê«iÀÃÊÜ
ÊÃÊÌiÀ>VÌ}Ê directly with us’.8 Chantal Akerman attributes the human effect to the frontality of Ì
iÊ`iÛVi\ʼ7
iÊÊ>Êv>V}ÊÞÕ½]ÊÃ
iÊ`iV>ÀiÃ]ʼÜiÊ
>ÛiÊ>ÊÃÌÀ}ÊÀi>ÌÃ
«½]ÊiÊ that is non-threatening.9 The manufactured camaraderie of the TV host assumes a common culture un`iÀÜÀÌÌiÊLÞÊ>Ê«ÕÌ>ÌÛiÊ«ÌV>ÊiÕÌÀ>ÌÞ]ÊiÝi«wi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ1ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ Ê>`ÊLÞÊ Ì
iÀÊÃÌ>ÌiÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌiÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊÀ>ViÊÌiÀÊ>VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊV
>i°ÊÌÊÌÃÊVi«Ì]Ê the BBC established a laudable Reithian commitment to the continuing education of Ì
iÊ ÀÌÃ
Ê«i«iÊ>`Ê>ÃÊÕ`iÀÌÊÌ
iÊÃiÜ
>ÌÊ«iÀ>ÊÌ>ÃÊvʼëÀi>`Q}RÊ throughout the world the doctrine of common sense’. 10 Early video artists accused the Corporation and commercial television stations of serving the interests of the iÃÌ>LÃ
iÌÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>ÊÌ
ÃiÊvÊÛiÜiÀÃ°Ê°Ê°Ê >>À`Ê>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÊÀi>Ê>ÊvÊ TV is fulfilling its own needs’.11 Promoting loyalty to familiar TV faces kept the viewing w}ÕÀiÃÊ
i>Ì
Þ]ÊÜ
V
ÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊViÀV>ÊÌiiÛÃÊÃÌÕ>Ìi`ÊVÃÕiÀism and guaranteed the flow of advertising revenue.12ÊÊ£ÇÎ]ÊLÞÊi>ÃÊvÊÃVÀ}Ê
VIDEO INSTALLATION
227
ÌiÝÌÃ]Ê,V
>À`Ê-iÀÀ>½ÃÊi«ÞÕÃÊÛ`iÊ«ÀV>i`]ʼÌiiÛÃÊ `iÛiÀÃÊ«i«i½ÊÌÊ Ì
iÊVÀ«À>ÌÃÊ>`ÊÌÊ>``ÊÃÕÌÊÌÊÕÀÞ]ʼÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊ«>ÞÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÛi}iÊvÊ
>Ûing himself sold’.13Ê /iiÛÃ]Ê VÌÕi`Ê -iÀÀ>]Ê ¼ÃÊ Ì
iÊ L>ÃÃÊ Ê 7 Ê 9"1Ê Ê 1 /-°Ê ÞÊÜ
V
ÊÞÕÊÌ
°½ÊÀ>i`ÊLÞÊ>Ê`iV>Ài`ÊVÀ̵ÕiÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀÛ>ÃÛiÊ >`Ê«iÀVÕÃÊyÕiViÊvÊÌiiÛÃ]ÊLÕÌÊwÀi`ÊLÞÊ>Ê}iÕiÊv>ÃV>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ VÀi>ÌÛiÊ«ÃÃLÌiÃÊvÊ>ÊiÜÊi`Õ]Ê£ÈäÃÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊLi}>ÊÌÊÛiÃÌ}>Ìi°Ê
A SHORT HISTORY OF VIDEO 7
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊwÀÃÌÊÃÌ>i`ÊÌiiÛÃÃÊÊ>Ê}>iÀÞ]ÊÌ
iÞÊÜiÀiÊvÜ}ÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>`ÌÊ vÊvÕ`ÊLiVÌÃÊiÃÌ>LÃ
i`ÊLÞÊ>ÀViÊ ÕV
>«½ÃÊFountain – the infamous urinal Ì
>ÌÊ
iÊiÝ
LÌi`ÊÊ££ÇÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ-ViÌÞÊvÀÊ`i«i`iÌÊÀÌÃÌÃÊÊ iÜÊ9À°Ê Ì
Ê ÕÀ>Ê >`Ê ÌiiÛÃÊ >ÀiÊ >ÃëÀ`ÕVi`Ê LiVÌÃ]Ê ÜÌ
Ê /6Ê ÀiViÛiÀÃÊ >ÃÊ V>ÀÀÞ}Ê the association of the home environment in which female influence traditionally holds sway. David A. Ross described the introduction of monitors into the gallery >ÃÊ>ʼ`ÃÃ>ÌÊi̽14 in art and its association with domesticity may well account for the distinct lack of status attached to the device itself.15ʼ7
iÊ«i«iÊÃ>ÜÊ Ì
ÃiÊÃVÀiiÃÊÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ½]ÊLÃiÀÛi`Ê-ÌiÛiÊ>ÜiÞ]ʼÌ
iÞÊÕÃÌÊÌ
Õ}
ÌÊ>LÕÌÊÌ
iÊ `iÃÌV]ÊÌ
iÞÊÌ
Õ}
ÌÊ>LÕÌÊ
>Û}ÊÌ
iÀÊÌi>½°16 The French LettristeÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ jÃ>ÀÊ `ë>Þi`ÊÕ>Þi`Ê
ÃÌÌÞÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊÌ
iÊiÜÊiÜ>ÞÊVÕV>ÌÊ`iÛVi]Ê>`Ê in Télévision (1962) he mounted a stripped-down working television on a scrap met>Ê«Ì
]ÊiV>Ãi`ÊÌÊÊ*iÀëiÝÊ>`ÊÊ>Ê«ÕLVÊ}iÃÌÕÀi]ÊÌ
Ài>Ìii`ÊÌÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê}Õ°ÊÊ Þi>ÀÊ>ÌiÀ]Ê7vÊ6ÃÌi]Ê>Ê«À«iÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÕÝÕÃÊ«ÀV«iÊvÊdé-collage]17 insulted a working television by throwing cream cakes at it. He then wrapped it in barbed wire and gave it a ritualised burial in a nearby field by way of a finale.18 No less critical of Ì
iÊL>LL}ÊLÝ]ÊÊUntitledÊ£Çä®ÊÃi«
Ê iÕÞÃÊVÛiÀi`ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÊÊviÌ]Ê`i`Ê LÝ}Ê}ÛiÃÊ>`Ê>VV«>i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÕvyi`ÊÃÕ`ÃÊvÊ>Ê`>ÞÌiÊ/6Ê«À}À>i]Ê repeatedly punched himself in the face. If we disregard for the moment the issue of
jÃ>ÀÊ>`Ê6ÃÌi½ÃÊi>V}ÊLi
>ÛÕÀ]Ê>`Ê iÕÞýÃÊ>ÌÌi«ÌÃÊÌÊÜ>iÊ
ÃivÊvÀÊ >ÊÌiiÛÃ`ÕVi`ÊÌÀ«À]ÊÜiÊV>ÊVÃ`iÀÊ
ÜÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊ/6ÊÃiÌÊ«>Vi`Ê centre stage in a temple of culture altered the viewer’s perception of a very familiar `iÃÌVÊ>««>Vi°Ê1iÊÌ
iÊ
iÊiÛÀiÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊÜ>ÃÊÀ>ÀiÞÊvÕÀÃ
i`Ê ÜÌ
ÊÃi>Ì}]Êi>Û}ÊÛiÜiÀÃÊÃÌ>`}ÊÌÊ>ÌÌiÌÊLivÀiÊÌ
iÊiÜÞÊÀiwi`ÊLÝ°Ê/
iÊ absence of a sofa highlighted the conventional spatiality of television viewing dei>Ìi`ÊLÞÊ>ÊVÀiÃViÌÊvÊVvÀÌ>LiÊV
>ÀÃÊÃÕÀÀÕ`}ÊÌ
iÊ/6É
i>ÀÌ
ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊ iÜÊ vÀii`Ê ÌÊ VÀVÕ>LÕ>ÌiÊ Ì
iÊ Ì
Àii`iÃ>Ê ¼LÝ½Ê LÀÕ}
ÌÊ ÌÊ `Ê ÌÃÊ ÀiÊVÊ«ÃÌÊÜi`}i`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊVÀiÀÊvÊ>ÊÀ]ÊÌÃÊV>L}ÊVÞÞÊ«ÀiÃÃi`Ê to the wall. Artists not only snatched the set from its natural habitat and stripped ÌÊvÊÌÃÊ«iÀÃ>Ãi`Ê`iÃÌVÊ`iVÀ>ÌÃ]ÊLÕÌÊÊVvÀÌÞÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ`iÀÃÌ]Ê
228
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
`iVÃÌÀÕVÌÛiÊ«ÀiVÌ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÃÊvÀi}ÀÕ`i`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊÌ
iÊ>}i]Ê iÝ«Ã}ÊÌ
ÃiÊ«>ÀÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>««>À>ÌÕÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀiÊÀ>ÞÊVVi>i`ÊÀÊ}Ài`\ÊÌ
iÊ ÜÀiÃ]ÊV>Ã}Ê>`ÊVÌÀÊLÃ]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊÌiiÛýÃÊiiVÌÀVÊ>À`ð /
iÊ >Ì>}ÃÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ `ë>Þi`Ê ÌÜ>À`ÃÊ Ì
ÃÊ LiVÌÊ vÊ >ÃÃÊ iÌiÀÌ>iÌÊ V>ÊLiÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌi`Ê>ÃÊ>ÊV
>i}iÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÜiÀÊvÊÌiiÛÃ]Ê>Êi`ÕÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀÃ
>Ê McLuhan warned would compromise human interaction and transform social behaviours.19Ê jÃ>ÀÊ>`Ê6ÃÌiÊÜiÀi]Ê«iÀ
>«Ã]ÊëÞÊ`ivi`}ÊÌ
iÃiÛiðÊÃÊ`V>Ìi`Ê ÊV
>«ÌiÀÊÃÝ]ÊÛ`i>iÀÃÊvÌiÊÀi
i>ÀÃi`Ê>ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊ>À}ÕiÌÃÊ>LÕÌÊÌ
iÊ pernicious effects of television viewing that structural filmmakers aimed at mainÃÌÀi>Êw°ÊÀÌÃÌÃÊÀiÃÃÌi`ÊÌ
iÊiÝ
ÀÌ>ÌÃÊvÊViÀV>ÊÌiiÛÃÊÌÊ«ÕÀV
>ÃiÊ Û>ÃÌÊ ViVÌÃÊ vÊ iÃÃiÌ>Ê VÃÕiÀÊ }`ÃÊ >`Ê ÃiÀÛViÃÆÊ viÃÌ]Ê L>VÊ and gay activists lamented the lack of representation in the medium for minorities beyond the standard stereotypes; and the traditional status of television as the me`ÕÊvÊÌÀÕÌ
]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÕÃÊvʼwÌiÊVÛiÀ>}i½20 drew further criticism. By the >ÌiÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Êi>ÀÞÊ£ÇäÃ]ÊÌiiÛÃÊ
>`Ê>Ài>`ÞÊÛiÀÌ>iÊÀ>`Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊÌÀÕÃÌi`Ê «ÀÌ>ÊÌÊiÜÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`Ê>`ÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌiÀÃÊÜiÀiÊvÀ>}ÊÕÀÊ«VÌÕÀiÊvÊÀi>ÌÞ]Ê >`ÊÊi`Þ½ÃÊiÃÌ>Ì]ʼÃÜÞÊÀiÜÀ}ÊÕÀÊ`ý° 21 Colin Perry has argued that ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiÀiÌ]ʼÌiiÛýÃÊ«ÜiÀÊ
>ÃÊÌÊÜ>i`½Ê>`ÊVÀ«À>ÌiÊÌiiÛÃÊÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>Àʼ
>ÃÊÜ`ii`ÊÌÃÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊÀi>V
½Êi°22Ê>Ì
>Ê À>ÀÞÊ
>ÃÊ}iÊ >ÊÃÌi«ÊvÕÀÌ
iÀÊ>`ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>`>ÞÃÊÌÊÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊ>V
iÛiʼ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>Ê >`ÊV}ÌÛiÊiÝ«iÀiViÃÊÕÌÃ`iÊ`>ÌÊ«ÃÃLÌiÃÊvviÀi`ÊLÞÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ media and technology’.23Ê >ÀÞÊÛ`iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜiÀiÊÌÊÞiÌÊiÝ«Ãi`ÊÌÊÌ
ÃÊ `i}ÀiiÊvÊ«ÃÞV
VÊ«ÕÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÀi>]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÞÊ>VVÕÀ>ÌiÞÊ«Ài`VÌi`ÊÌ
iÊ gradual encroachment of televisual reality into our own. Those who were motivated by strong political conviction fielded counter-cultur>]ʼ>}Ì«À«½ÊV>«>}ÊÌ>«iÃÊÃÕ««ÀÌ}ÊV>ÕÃiÃÊvÀʼ>LÀÌÊÊ`i>`½]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê racial equality to the miner’s strike. 24Ê"Ì
iÀÃÊ>`iÊÀiÊÃÕLiVÌÛiÊÜÀÃÊ«ÀÌ}Ê >ÌiÀ>ÌÛi]ÊÀÌÞÊÜÀ`ÛiÜðÊÌV«>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊ}L>ÊÀi>V
ÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiÀiÌ]Ê>ÞÊ artists sought wider audiences through broadcasting and alternative social netÜÀÃÊqÊÌ
iÊÕÃ]ÊÜi½ÃÊ}ÀÕ«ÃÊÀÊÀiÃ`iÌýÊ>ÃÃV>ÌÃÊqÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÌiÊ
>ÀLÕÀ}Ê>Ê>ÌÕÀ>ÊÃÌÀÕÃÌÊvÊÌ
iʼV>«Ì>Ã̽Ê}>iÀÞÊÃÞÃÌi°25ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÜiÀiÊ`À>ÜÊÌÊÌ
iÊi`ÕÊvÀÊÀiÊÌ
>ÊÌÃÊ`ÃVÕÀÃÛiÊV>«>LÌiÃ]ÊÌÃÊ«ÜiÀÃÊvÊ >`ÛV>VÞÊ>`ÊÕÀÌ
`ÝÊ`ÃÌÀLÕÌÊiÌÜÀðÊÕÃÌÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ`iÛÌiiÃÊvÊiÝ«>`i`Ê cinema built their critique of Hollywood whilst mining the hidden potentialities of celÕ`Êw]ÊÌ
iÊiÜÊ«ÀÌ>LiÊÛ`iÊÌiV
}ÞÊvviÀi`ÊÃV«iÊvÀÊVÀi>ÌÛÌÞ°Ê Ì
ÊÌ
iÊ sculptural apparatus of television and the luminous quality of its image fed the imag>ÌÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌðÊÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ£näÃ]ÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ}Ê«ÀÛ`i`Ê >À>Ê ÀL>ÕÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ À>ÜÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊvÀÊ
iÀÊÃV
iÛÕÃÊÌiiÛÃÊ>««À«À>ÌÃÊvÊ7`iÀÊ7>]ÊÌ
iÊ 7ÌiÀÊ"Þ«VÃÊ>`Ê>°Ê ÞÊ`ë>V}Ê>`ÊÀiÜÀ}ÊÌ
iÃiʼÌiÊÀi>`Þ>`iý26 Ê>ÊiÜÊVÌiÝÌ]ÊÌ
iʼ>ÌÕÀ>½ÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊLiÌÜiiÊ/6Ê>}iÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÀÊVÛiÌ>Ê
VIDEO INSTALLATION
229
i>}ÊÜ>ÃÊ`ÃÀÕ«Ìi`]Ê>`Ê>ÃÊ ÀL>ÕÊVÌiÃÌi`]Ê
iÀÊÛ`iÃʼV>i`ÊÌʵÕiÃÌÊ television’s claims to authenticity’.27Ê /
iÊ À}>Ê ¼«À>ÌiÀÊ vÊ ««Õ>ÀÊ VÕÌÕÀ>Ê >}es’28ÊÜ>ÃʵÕVÞÊvÜi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ1ÊLÞÊÌ
iʼÃVÀ>ÌV
ÊÛ`i½ÊÛiiÌÊëi>À
i>`i`ÊLÞÊ iÀ}iÊ >ÀLiÀ]Ê->`À>Ê`L>V
iÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ ÕÛiÌÊ ÀÌ
iÀÃÊ>`ÊÀ>Ê/>«iðÊ-VÀ>ÌV
]Ê>ÃÊ ÕV
Ê>Ê«À`ÕVÌÊvÊ6ÊVÕÌÕÀiÊ>ÃÊ>ÀÌ]Ê
>ÃÊVÌÕi`ÊÌÊiÛÛi]ÊÀi>V
}ÊÕÌ`Ê«VÌÀ>Êë
ÃÌV>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊvÊÃ>«}Ê>`Ê`}Ì>ʼ>Ã
Êիý°Ê/
iÊÀ}>ÊÃVÀ>ÌV
Ê >ÀÌÃÌÃÊÌÊÞÊ
>Vi`Ê>ÃÌÀi>ÊvÌ>}iÊvÌiÊi}>Þ®ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÃÊ`iÛi«i`Ê>ÊiÜÊvÀ>Ê>}Õ>}iÊvÊvÀ>}iÌ>Ì]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊLii`}ÊVÕÀÃ]ÊÛiÀÌ}ÕÃÊ >ÞiÀ}Ê>`ÊÃÌÕÌÌiÀ}ÊÀi«i>ÌÊi`ÌÃ]Ê>ÊvÊÜ
V
ÊÜiÀiÊ>ÃÌÊi`>ÌiÞÊ>««À«Àated by the burgeoning music video industry. Maeve Connolly holds the view that ««ÃÌ>Ê >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ Ã>ÜÊ ÌiiÛÃÊ «À>ÀÞÊ >ÃÊ >Ê ¼LiVÌÊ vÊ ÀivÀ½Æ29Ê
ÜiÛiÀ]Ê ÀL>ÕÊÌiÃÊÕÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ£näÃ]ÊÃ
iʼV
ÃiÊÌÊÀiÛiÃÌÊÊiÀV>Ê/6]ÊLÌ
Ê formally and politically.30 Like many women of her generation she had to contend ÜÌ
ÊÛiÀiÀÌVÃi`Êi`>ÊÃÌiÀiÌÞ«iÃÊvÊviÌÞ]ÊÃÊÃ
iÊ«ÕÀi`ÊiÊvÊÌ
iÊ viÜÊ>}iÃÊvÊ>Ê«ÜiÀvÕÊÜ>ÊÌÊLiÊvÕ`ÊÊiÀV>ÊÌiiÛÃ]Ê>LiÌÊL>Ãi`Ê Ê>ÊV>ÀÌÊV
>À>VÌiÀ°ÊÊVÊÜÌ
Ê>ÞÊviÃÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`>Þ]Ê ÀL>ÕÊ V
ÃiÊÌʼÜÀiÃÌiÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊV]ÊVÌÕ>Þ\Ê>`ÊÜÌ
Ê
iÀÊvÕÊL`ÞÊÜi}
̽] 31 a struggle perfectly encapsulated by her image of the determinedly and comically spinning Wonder Woman.32 ÀÊ>ÊÌ
iÀÊ>Ì>}Ã]Ê iÕÞÃ]Ê6ÃÌiÊ>`Ê jÃ>ÀÊvviÀi`ÊÕ«Ê>Ê`iÃÌVÊ>««>ViÊ>ÃÊ>ÊLiVÌÊvÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊVÌi«>ÌÊ>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÜ`iÀÊvÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ `iÃ}°Ê >ÞÊ Ì
iÀÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃ]Ê Ì>LÞÊ *iÌiÀÊ iL>ÕiÀÊ Ê Ì
iÊ 1]Ê Ì
iÊ 6>ÃÕ>ÃÊ Ê
ÕÀ«iÊ >`Ê >Ê ÕiÊ *>Ê Ê Ì
iÊ 1-]Ê ÜiÀiÊ ÃÌÀÕiÌ>Ê Ê `iÛi«}Ê «iiÀ}Ê >}iÊ«ÀViÃÃ}ÊÌiV
}iÃÊvÀÊ>>}ÕiÊÛ`i]ÊÃÞÌ
iÃÃiÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÀiÊÃÕLÃiquently taken up by industry. It could be argued that the counter-cultural generation condemned the institutional conservatism of national broadcasting while enacting >ÊÀiÃVÕiÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiiÛÃÕ>°Ê ÀL>ÕʼÀi«>ÌVÕ>ÀÃi`½33Ê>Ê`ÊvÊÌ
iÊÃ>ÊÃVÀii]Ê Ü
iÊ jÃ>ÀÊ«ÕVi`ÊiÊiÞÊÀiViÛiÀÊvÀÊÌ
iÊLÃVÕÀÌÞÊvÊ>ÃÃÊ«À`ÕVÌÊ>`Ê ÛiÃÌi`ÊÌÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÌÀ>}V]Êy>Þi`Ê«iÌÀÞ]Ê>}Ê>ÊV>ÊvÀÊÌÃʼ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊ>ÕÌÞ½° 34 /
iÀiÊÃÊ>L}ÕÌÞÊÊ jÃ>À½ÃÊ>Ài`ÊVvÀÌ>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê/6°ÊiÊ>ÞÊ
>ÛiÊLiiÊVÀ̵Õ}ÊÌ
iÊi`ÕÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊÃiÌÊÌÊ`>ÌiÊÕÀÊVVi«ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`]ÊLÕÌÊ
iÊÜ>ÃÊ also celebrating the technological miracle that made it possible.
MIRROR, MIRROR /
iÊÀÀÀ}ÊivviVÌÊvÊÛ`i]ÊÌÃÊÛiÊ>}ivii`L>V]ÊÜ>ÃÊiÊvÊÌ
iÊ«ÀV«>ÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃÌVÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ`ÃÌ}ÕÃ
i`ÊÌ
iÊi`ÕÊvÀÊw°Ê
Ê >`iÃÃ>ÀÊ`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ ¼Û`iÊÜÊLiViÊiÊ>Ê«iVÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊ
>`½° 35Ê7Ì
ÊÛiÊÀi>ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}i]ÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊ `ii`Ê«ÃÃLiÊÌÊÜÀÊ`ÀiVÌÞÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>]Ê>ÃÊÊ>Ê`À>Ü}]Ê>ÌiÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ
230
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
according to what emerged on the monitor. Live feedback also enabled artists to see themselves as they appeared to others and contemplate parts of their bodies – the L>VÊvÊÌ
iÊ
i>`Ê6ÌÊVVV®]Ê>ÕÃÊ*iÀÀVÊ-À®]Êi«`iÀÃÊ >ÊÛiÀ®Ê>`]Ê >ÌiÀ]ÊÌiÀ>ÊÀ}>ÃÊ>Ê>ÌÕ®ÊqÊÌ
>ÌÊÞÊ>ÊV«V>Ìi`Ê>ÀÀ>}iiÌÊvÊÀÀÀÃ]ÊÀÊ>ÊVÀÃV«iÊÀÊÝÀ>ÞÊÜÕ`Ê«ÀiÛÕÃÞÊ>Ü°Ê/
iÊLiiwÌÃÊvÊ>>}ÕiÊÛ`iÊ VÕ`i`ÊÌ
iÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊÜÀÊ`i«i`iÌÞ]ÊvÜ}ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊL>ÃVÊ`ÕVÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ technology. In the privacy of a studio or at home it was possible to proceed without >ÊVÀiÜÊ>`ÊÀiVÀ`ÊvÀÊÕ«ÊÌÊ>Ê
ÕÀÊÕÌiÀÀÕ«Ìi`]ÊÜ«}ÊÌ
iÊÌ>«iÊVi>Ê>`ÊÃÌ>ÀÌing again if the initial attempt proved unsatisfactory. 36 The immediacy and intimacy ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÛ`iÊ>}iÊ«ÀÌi`ÊÌ
iÊÃiÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊi`ÕÊ>ÃÊ>ÊiÝÌiÃÊvÊÌ
Õ}
Ì]Ê ÜÌ
ʼÌ
}Ê«ÀÀ½°37 The investigative and spontaneous nature of video recording particularly benefitted artists engaged in identity politics in the 1960s and 1970s. /
iÞÊÕ`iÀÌÊ>Ê«À}À>iÊvÊÃivÃVÀÕÌÞ]Ê`À>Ü}ÊÊ>ÕÌL}À>«
V>Ê>ÌiÀ>Ê >ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊiÝ>}ÊÌ
iÀÊVÕÌÕÀ>Þʼ>Ài`½ÊL`iÃ]Ê>ÃÊÊ>ÊÀÀÀ°Ê/
iÊiÝ«iÀiViÊ vÊÀ>VÃÊÌÀ}}iÀi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊVÕÀÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊÃÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊvÊÜ>À`i>Ê Pindell’s Free White and 21 (1980). The work intersects racial and gender discriminaÌÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌ]ÊÊ>ÊëiÊÌV>iÀ>ÊÌiÃÌ>iÌÊÀiVÕÌÃÊ>ÊV
`
`ÊÊÜ
V
Ê>Ê L>LÞÃÌÌiÀÊÌÀi`ÊÌÊÜ>Ã
Ê
iÀʼ`ÀÌÞ½ÊL>VÊÃÊÜÌ
ÊÞiÊÀiÃÕÌ}ÊÊ«iÀ>iÌÊÃV>ÀÀ}°Ê-
iÊ>ÃÊ`iÃVÀLiÃÊÌ
iÊ`ÃÃÃ>ÊvÊ
iÀÊiÝ«iÀiViÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊL>VÊÜ>ÊLÞÊÜ
ÌiÊ feminists.38 Pindell’s confident narration recalls Patricia Mellancamp’s observation Ì
>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ iV>Ê `ÕÌÊ>`Ê6 Ê 8*",/ʼÌÕÀi`ÊLi}Êi`Ê>ÌÊÌÊ>Ê >}}ÀiÃÃÛiÊ>V̽]39Ê>`]ʵÕÌ}Ê>ÀÞÊ,ÕÃÃ]ÊÃ
iÊ>``i`]ÊÌ
iÞʼ«ÕÌÊÊviÌÞÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê Ûi}i>Vi½]ÊÜ
V
ÊÊÌÕÀʼÃÕ}}iÃÌÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÜiÀÊvÊÌ>}ÊÌÊvv½°40 Video artists driven by diverse agendas embarked on the wholesale deconstruction and reconstruction vÊÌ
iÀÊL`Þ>}i]ÊÊ>ÊL`ÊÌÊÀii}Ì>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÛÃLÌÞ° 41 ÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊÞi>ÀÃ]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ ÀÕViÊ >Õ>]Ê >Û`Ê>]Ê,}iÀÊ >À>À`Ê>`Ê Peter Campus enabled viewers similarly to interact with their own image by means vÊÛiÊÀi>Þ°Ê/
iÃiÊÛ`iÊÃiv«ÀÌÀ>ÌÃÊÜiÀiÊvÌiÊÕÌ«i`]Ê>ÞiÀi`ÊÀÊÌiÀVÕÌÊÜÌ
Ê «ÀiÀiVÀ`i`Ê>ÌiÀ>]ÊÀÊ>ÊÌiÊ`i>ÞÊÜ>ÃÊÌÀ`ÕVi`]ÊVvÕÃ}ÊÛiÜiÀýÊVVi«tions of events as linear and obscuring the time code governing the technology. As Ì
iÞÊÜÕ`ÊÊ>Ê
>ÊvÊÀÀÀÃ]ÊÛiÜiÀÃÊLiV>iÊ`ÃÀiÌi`]ÊÌÊÜ}ÊÜ
iÀiÊÌ
iÞÊ ÃÌ`Ê Ài>ÌÛiÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ ÀiÃÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÜÀ`]Ê Ì
iÀÊ ÃiÃiÊ vÊ i«>ViiÌÊ `iÃÌ>LÃi`°Ê >Õ>½ÃÊÃÌ>Ìi`Ê>ÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊL>>ViÊ}>iÀÞ}iÀÃʼÊÌ
iÊi`}iÊvÊiÊ`ÊvÊÜ>ÞÊvÊ Ài>Ì}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊ>`Ê>Ì
iÀ½]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÞÊÜiÀiʼiÛiÀʵÕÌiÊ>Üi`ÊÌÊ`ÊiÌ
iÀ½° 42 This form of cognitive disturbance was also a side effect of Roger Barnard’s Corridor (1974) in which a camera above a narrow passageway recorded the progress of a ëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÜ>}Ê>}ÊÌÃÊi}Ì
°Ê/
iÊ>}iÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
iÊÝi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÛiÊvÌ>}iÊvÊ Ì
iÊiÝÌÊÛiÜiÀÊÌÀ>Ûi}ÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÀÕÌiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊwÀÃÌ°Ê/
iÊÀiÃÕÌ}Ê>ÞiÀ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ >}iÊ>««i>Ài`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊwÀÃÌÊÛÃÌÀÊÊ>ÊÌÀÊÕÃÌÊLiÞ`ÊÌ
iÊVÀÀ`À°ÊÊ >À>À`½ÃÊ ÃÌ>>Ì]Ê Ì
iÊ Ü
iiÃÃÊ >`Ê Ìi}ÀÌÞÊ Ì
>ÌÊ Ì
iÊ Û`iÊ ÀÀÀÊ «ÀÃiÃÊ Ì
iÊ i}Ê
VIDEO INSTALLATION
231
was ruptured by the collapse of time and space as the recent past was inscribed in the present and phantom companions traversed spaces in which viewers believed Ì
iÃiÛiÃÊÌÊLiÊ>i°Ê ÞÊÛÀÌÕiÊvÊiÝ«iÀiV}ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ>`Ê`À>Ü}ÊÊ>ÊL>ÃVÊ Üi`}iÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}Þ]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ>Ê«iÀ«iÝÌÞÊVÕ`ÊLiÊ`ëii`Ê>ÃÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ ¼i>Ài`½ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ°Ê/
iÞÊLi}>Ê>ÃÊÜ
>ÌÊ/
>ÃÊ Ã>iÃÃiÀÊ
>ÃÊ>Ìi`Ê>ʼÀÕLi½]Ê the dupe of early cinema who confuses illusion and reality and leaps from his seat to embrace the beautiful dancer onscreen. 43ÊiÌ>ÀÞÊÌ
i]ÊÌ
iʼÀÕLi½ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊ of CorridorÊw`ÃÊÃ
iÊV>ÊÊ}iÀÊÌÀÕÃÌÊ
iÀÊ«À«ÀVi«ÌÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃiÃÀÃÊ`ÃÌÀLÕÌi`Ê throughout her body that locate her in space and establish the boundaries of her L`Þ]ÊÕÌ]ÊÌ
>ÌÊÃ]ÊÃ
iʼ}iÌýÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ>`Êi>ÀÃʼ>vÀiÃ
ÊQ>RÊ`vviÀiÌÊÀiÊ>`ÊvÀÊ of spectatorship’. 44 The artist and critic Stuart Marshall suggested that installations employing the mirroring effect of closed-circuit video return the viewer to the moment psycho>>ÞÃÌÊ >VµÕiÃÊ >V>Ê `iÃVÀLi`Ê >ÃÊ Ì
iÊ ¼ÀÀÀÊ «
>Ãi½°Ê ÃÊ ÜiÊ Ã>ÜÊ Ê V
>«ÌiÀÊ ÃÝ]Ê this marks the first encounter of the still-uncoordinated infant with its own image Ê Ì
iÊ ÀÀÀ°Ê /
iÊ Ìi}À>Ìi`]Ê ViÌÀi`Ê iÌÌÞÊ Ì
iÊ V
`Ê «iÀViÛiÃÊ }ÛiÃÊ LÀÌ
Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ v>Ì>ÃÞÊvÊ>Ê`i>Ãi`]Ê>ÃÌiÀvÕÊÃivÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ`Û`Õ>ÊÃÌÀÛiÃÊÌÊiL`ÞÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÕÌÊvi°Ê>ÀÃ
>Ê«ÃÌÕ>Ìi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜ
ÊÃiv`ë>Þ]Ê>`ÊLÞÊiÝÌiÃ]Ê }>iÀÞ}iÀÃÊÜ
Ê>ÀiÊÃ>Ài`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊÛ`iÊÀÀÀ]Ê>Ê`Õ}iÊÊ>ÊÃÌ>}VÊÀiÌÕÀÊÌÊ Ì
iÊÃÀiV}ÌÊvÊÌ
>ÌÊ`i>ʼÌ
iÀ½ÊÃiv°45Ê,Ã>`ÊÀ>ÕÃÃÊv>ÕÃÞÊLiVÌi`ÊÌÊ Ü
>ÌÊÃ
iÊV>i`ʼÃiviV>«ÃÕ>̽ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÛiÜiÀÃÊLiViÊwÝ>Ìi`ÊÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊ Û`i>}iÊ VÕÌÌ}Ê Ì
iÊ vvÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÀÊ LiVÌÃ]Ê
ÃÌÀiÃÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ ÃV>Ê Ã«
iÀi°Ê /
iÞÊiÌiÀÊ>ÊVÃi`ÊVÀVÕÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ«À`ÕViÃÊ>ʼV>«Ãi`Ê«ÀiÃi̽ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊ iÝ«iÀiViÃÊÌ
iÊÃivÊ>ÃʼÌ
iÀ½ÊÊiiVÌÀVÊ«iÀ«iÌÕÌÞ°46ÊÀ>ÕÃýÃÊVÀ̵ÕiÊ
>ÃÊÃViÊ LiiÊV
>i}i`]ÊÌ>LÞÊLÞÊiÊ°Ê7>}iÀÊÜ
Ê«Ìi`ÊÕÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÊÌÀʼÌÃivÊ >ÃÊvÀÊÌÀ}½] 47 implying a future spectator and an interpersonal connection across time that breaks the closed circuit. In Corridor]Ê>ÀVÃÃÃÌVÊ>LÃÀ«ÌÊÃÊÌipered by the electronic layering and fracturing of the spectators’ video reflections. Narcissism is also inhibited by the technical imperfections and low resolution of the >>}ÕiÊ L>V>`Ü
ÌiÊ >}i]Ê VÀi>Ì}Ê >Ê `Ê vÊ «ÃÌiÃiÀVÊ V`Ì]Ê Ì
iÊ spectatorial ego dissociated through its awareness of process. Corridor also reintroduced a social dimension with the added frisson of uncertainty about the physical ÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊvÊÌ
ÃiʼÌ
iÀ½ÊLi}ÃÊÜÌ
ÊÜ
ÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÃ
>Ài`ÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊvÊÀiVi«Ì°Ê À>ÕÃÃÊ
iÀÃivÊVVi`i`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÀÕ«ÌÊvÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÀi>ÌÞÊqÊV>LiÃ]ÊÌÀÃ]Ê walls and other people – breaks through the hermetic seal of the video bubble. She finds another mitigating structural element in Richard Serra’s BoomerangÊ £Ç{®]Ê in which Nancy Holt listens to her own voice fed back to her on headphones with a Ã}
ÌÊLÕÌÊ`ÃÀiÌ}Ê`i>Þ°ÊÀ>ÕÃÃÊ`iÌwiÃÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÊvÊ>Õ`Êvii`L>VÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊiÞÊ ÌÊVÀi>Ì}ʼ>Ê>}iÊvÊÛýÊvÀÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÜÃÊ
iÀÊÌʼÊÌÊÌÊvÀÊ ÕÌÃ`i½]ÊÌ
ÕÃÊLÀi>}ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀVÃÃÃÌVÊ«° 48
232
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
vÊÌ
iÃiÊ`ÃÌ>V}ÊivviVÌÃÊÜiÀiÊÌÊÃÕvwViÌÊÌÊÃÌ>ÛiÊvvÊÛ`iÊÛ>ÌiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}ÞÊVÕ`Ê>ÃÊi>VÌÊ>Ê`iViÌiÀ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌ]ÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊwÌiÊ Ài}ÀiÃÃÃÊvÊÛ`iÊvii`L>V]Ê>ÊÛiÀÕÃi`ÊivviVÌÊ>V
iÛi`ÊLÞÊ«Ì}ÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>Ê`ÀiVÌÞÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÌÀÊÌÊÜ
V
ÊÌÊÃÊViVÌi`°Ê/
iÊÀÀÀÊ>}iÊvÀ>VÌÕÀiÃÊÌÊ>ÊÛÀÌiÝÊvÊ iÛiÀÀiVi`}ÊÕÌ«iÃ]Ê>ÊivviVÌÊv>>ÀÊÌÊÛiÜiÀÃÊvÊi>ÀÞÊDr. Who (BBC 1963–presiÌ®]ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊ}`Ê VÌÀÊÀi}Õ>ÀÞÊ«Õ}i`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê
iÃÊÊÌi°Ê/
iÊ«ÀviÀ>ÌÊ of selves might well carry sinister overtones of the doppelgänger as a portent of death;
ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÜiÊÜÊÀi>`ÊÛ`iÊvii`L>VÊÃÌ>}V>ÞÊ>ÃÊ>ʼ>vv½ÊëiV>ÊivviVÌÊvÊi>ÀÞÊ sci-fi television and the mind-bending psychedelia of the epoch. The more consequential impact of closed circuit video systems relates to today’s pervasive surveillance vÊ«ÕLVÊë>Vi]Êi>VÌ}ÊV
iÊÕV>Õ̽ÃÊÛÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ*>«ÌVÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀiÃÊ Ì
iÊ >Ãii}]Ê VÌÀ}Ê iÞiÊ vÊ >ÕÌ
ÀÌÞ°49 Lisa Akervall has suggested that the ¼V«iÌiÊÛÃÕ>ÌÞ½ÊvÊÕÀÊVÌi«À>ÀÞʼiÌÜÀi`ÊÃiÛiýÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌÃÊ>ʼÛiÀÌi`Ê «>«ÌV½ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊÀiÜ>À`i`ÊvÀÊVÃÌ>ÌÊÃiviÝ«ÃÕÀi°50 Here appearance is «>À>ÕÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÌÀiVÌi`Ê`i>Êi}ÊÀ}>Ì}ÊÊÌ
iÊÀÀÀÊ«
>Ãi]ÊÜÊVy>Ìi`Ê ÜÌ
ÊVÕÀÀiÌÊÃViÌ>ÊÀÃ]Ê>VÌÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊVÃÌ>ÌÊV«>]Ê>`ÊÜiÊ«ÕLVÞÊÃivy>}i>ÌiÊvÀÊÕÀÊv>ÕÀiÃÊÌÊLiViÊÌ
iÊv>ÀiÃÌ]ÊÀV
iÃÌÊ>`ÊÃÌÊÃÕVViÃÃvÕÊvÊÌ
iÊ>°Ê
VIDEO PERFORMANCE − LIVE ÊV
>«ÌiÀÊvÕÀ]ÊÊÌÕV
i`ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ViÃÌÀ>ÊÃÊLiÌÜiiÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>`ÊÃÌ>>Ì]Ê>`Ê>ÀÌÃÌýÊÕÃiÊvÊÛ`iÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÛi
ViÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊ`iV>>ÌÃÊÌÊV>iÀ>°ÊÊ>ÃÊ discussed the combination of live and pre-recorded material in the work of artists ÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ>Ê>ÌÕ]Ê,ÃiÊ>ÀÀ>À`Ê>`Ê6ÌÊVVV°Ê7
iÊÌ
iÊ`ÀiVÌÊÛÛiiÌÊ vÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÊÌ
iÊÕÌViÊvÊ>Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊVVÕÀÃ]ÊÌÊi«
>ÌV>ÞÊÀiÃÌ>ÌiÃÊ Ì
iÊÃV>ÊÊ>Êi`ÕÊÛiÀÃ
>`Üi`ÊLÞÊÀ>ÕÃýÃÊ>VVÕÃ>ÌÃÊvÊ>ÀVÃÃðÊÊ >Ê Graham’s Performer/Mirror/AudienceÊ£Çx®]Ê>ÊÛ`iÊÃÞÃÌiÊÜ>ÃÊÃÌ>i`ÊÊ>Ê>À}iÊ ÀÀÀi`ÊÀÊÀi}ÃÌiÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃiViÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊy>i`ÊLÞÊ
ÃÊ>Õ`iVi]Ê>Ê}ÀÕ«Ê vÊÃi>Ìi`ÊÃÌÕ`iÌÃ]ÊÜ
]Ê
iÊÃ>`]ÊVÃÌÌÕÌi`ʼ>Ê«ÕLVÊ>ÃÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÕÌÞ®½° 51 Graham ¼LiVÌÛiÞ½Ê >ÀÀ>Ìi`Ê
ÃÊ «ÀiÃÃÃÊ vÊ
ÃÊ ÜÊ ÀiyiVÌi`Ê >}iÊ >ÃÊ
iÊ Ü>i`Ê >VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊÀ°ÊiÊVÞÊ`iÃVÀLi`Ê
ÃÊVÌ
iÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÞÊ
iÊÜ>ÃÊÃÌ>`}]ʼ>Ê>V
Ê `ÊvÊ«Ãi½]ÊÌ
iÊÃiv>}iÊ
iÊ«ÀiÃiÌi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`°ÊiÊÃ
vÌi`Ê
ÃÊÜi}
ÌÊvÀÊ Ã`iÊÌÊÃ`i]ÊiÝ>i`Ê
ÃÊ
>`Ã]Ê}>Vi`Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊ>`ÊÀi>Ài`]ʼ«i«iÊ>ÀiÊ Ã}½°ÊÀ>
>ÊÜÊÌÀ>ÃviÀÀi`Ê
ÃÊ>ÌÌiÌÊÌÊ
ÃÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ]ÊÃ}}ÊÕÌÊ
>«iÃÃÊ`Û`Õ>Ã]ÊiÝÌÀ>VÌ}ÊÌ
iÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃ>viÊ>ÞÌÞÊvÊÌ
iʼ«ÕLVÊ>Ãý]Ê>`Ê ÃÕLiVÌi`ÊÌ
iÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÛiÀL>Ê>««À>Ã>ÊvÊ`ÀiÃÃÊ>`Ê}iÃÌÕÀi]ÊÀÀÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ L>VʼÊÌiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀiÀ½ÃÊ«iÀVi«Ì½° 52ÊÀ>
>½ÃÊivÀVi`ÊiÝ«ÃÕÀiÊÌÊ«ÕLVÊ scrutiny of the students’ appearance once again anticipated the willing self-display Ì
>ÌÊÌ`>ÞÊ«ÀviÀ>ÌiÃÊÊÃV>Êi`>°ÊÊÛ`iÊiÛiÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃ]Ê
ÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊ
VIDEO INSTALLATION
233
i«
>ÃÃÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊÊÀiÌiÊViVÌÛÌÞÊi>Li`ÊLÞÊÌiV
}Þ]ÊLÕÌÊÊÌ
iÊÀiscription of the social in a live encounter with the work. Video performance was not intended as a simple antidote to the perceived narcissism of the medium; instead it «>Þi`ÊÊÌ
iÊÕViÀÌ>ÊÀÕiÃÊvÊi}>}iiÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÌÌi`Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÊ>`]ÊLÞÊ iÝÌiÃ]ÊÌiÃÌi`ÊÌ
iÊLÕ`>ÀiÃÊvÊ«iÀÃ>Êë>ViÊ>`Ê«ÕLVÊLi
>ÛÕÀðÊÀ>
>½ÃÊ video performances also signalled the difficulties that arise with the misalignment LiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÀÊÜÀ`ÊvÊiÝ«iÀiViÊ>`ÊÜ
>ÌÊ`Û`Õ>ÃÊÃÕVVii`ÊÊVÕV>Ì}Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÀÃÊ Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê Ì
iÊ LÕÌÊ ÃÌÀÕiÌÊ vÊ >}Õ>}i]Ê ÛiÀL>]Ê Ã>ÀÌÀ>Ê >`Ê }iÃÌÕÀ>°Ê>Þ]ÊPerformer/Mirror/AudienceÊÃÌ>}i`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÜiÀÊvÊÃÌÌÕÌÃÊÌÊwÝÊ `iÌÌÞ°Ê/
iÊ>Ü]ÊÌ
iÊi`>]ÊÀi}]Êi`ÕV>ÌÊ>`Êi«ÞiÌÊ>ÊivÀViÊÌ
iÊ
iÀarchical organisation of human typologies through the allocation of specific roles to ëiVwVÊ`Û`Õ>ðÊÊ
ÃÊÛ`iÊ«iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊÀ>
>Ê>ÃÃÕi`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÜiÀÊÌÊ>iÊ Ì
iÀÃÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊ
ÃÊ>ÀÌÊ>`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊÕ`}iiÌÃÊvÊ
ÃÊViÌ>ÀÞ]ÊÃÞbolically established the value of each human presence he put in the spotlight.53 /
iʼ«ÀiÃiÌiÃýÊvÊÀ>
>½ÃÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊÕ`iÀi`ÊÌ
iÊV>«>VÌÞÊvÊÛ`iÊÌÊ «>À>iÊÀi>ÊÌi]ÊÌÊÀÕÊ>}Ã`iÊÕÀÊÜÊ«>ÃÃ>}iÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Êvi]ÊÊÃÞV
ÊÜÌ
ÊÜ
>ÌÊ >Û`Ê>ÊV>i`ÊÌ
iʼÀi>ÌiÊVÌÕÕ½°54ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ£ÈäÃ]ÊÛ`iÊ«À}ÀiÃÃi`ÊÊ horological time because artists had no access to editing. The work ended when the Ì>«iÊÀ>ÊÕÌ]ÊÃVÀL}Ê>ÊiµÕÛ>iViÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊÌi«À>ÌiÃÊvÊÀiVÀ`}Ê>`Ê ÛiÜ}°Ê7
iÀiÊwÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÊvÀ>iLÞvÀ>iÊ`VÕiÌÊvÊ«>ÃÌÊiÛiÌÃ]ʼÌ
iÊi}>Ìi`Ê frame of the video image’55ÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>ÊyÕ`ÊÛÃÊvÊÌiÌ
i>}]ÊiÛiÊÜ
iÊ pre-recorded. Video editing became available in the late 1970s and enabled artists ÌÊ`iÛi«Ê¼iÌ
`}iÃÊvÀÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ}ÊÌi½56ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊV«ÀiÃÃ]Ê>VViiÀ>Ì]Ê «}Ê>`Ê`iViiÀ>ÌÊqÊÌ
iÊÕLµÕÌÕÃÊÃÜÊÌ°Ê/
iʫ
ii>ÊvʼÃii}Ê time’ in single screen works (David Ross)57Ê>`ʼÃÌ>}}½ÊÌiÊÊÌ
iÊë>ViÃÊvÊÛ`iÊ ÃÌ>>ÌÊ>ÌiÊ`V
®Ê>ÀiÊ>ÃÊ>ÌÊ«>ÞÊÊÛiÊÀi>ÞÊ>`Ê«iÀvÀ>ÌÛiÊÜÀÃ°Ê Ê ÀiÊ ÀiViÌÊ ÃiÃVÀ«Ìi`Ê «iÀvÀ>ViÊ LÞÊ iÛÊ Ì
iÀÌÊ iV>«ÃÕ>ÌiÃÊ >ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃÌVÃÊÌÞ«V>ÊvÊi>ÀÞÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌ\ÊÛiÊÀi>Þ]ʼÃiv«iÀvÀ>Vi½58 and the manipulation of time as a material. Atherton’s In Two Minds – Past Version £ÇnÉÓääÈ®ÊVLi`ÊÌ
iÊÛiÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÀiVÀ`i`]ÊÌÊëÞÊ>ÃÊ>ÊiÝiÀVÃiÊÊ ÃÌÀiÌV
}ÊÀÊV`iÃ}Ê
ÃÌÀÞÊÌÊwÌÊÌ
iÊ`iÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊi>VÌÊÌ
iÊ enfolding of the past in the present. The first iteration of In Two Minds (1978) featured Ì
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ«iÀvÀ}ÊÛi]Êi}>}i`ÊÊ>Ê
i>Ìi`Ê`iL>ÌiÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê«ÀiÀiVÀ`i`ÊÛiÀÃÊvÊ
ÃivÊÊ>ÊÌÀ°ÊÊÓääÈ]ÊÌ
iÊÜÊVÃ`iÀ>LÞÊ`iÀÊÌ
iÀÌÊÃÕLÌÌi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ Ã>iÊ}À}ÊLÞÊ
ÃÊÞÕ}iÀÊÃivÊ>VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊÌië>ViÊvÊÛiÀÊÌÜiÌÞÊÞi>ÀÃ]ÊÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÊÞÕÌ
vÕÊÌiÀVÕÌÀÊÜÊ`}ÌÃi`Ê>`ÊÛ`iÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊÌÊ>ÊÃVÀiiÊLi
`ÊÌ
iÊ older Atherton’s lean frame. The temporal gap between now and then was marked by the ageing of the artist’s face set against the nostalgic patina of the analogue black >`ÊÜ
ÌiÊvÌ>}i]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÌiÀ½ÃÊÜ>ÛiÀ}ÊÃV>ÊiÃÊÃ>ÕÌ}ÊLÌ
ÊÌ
iÀ̽ÃÊ}iÛity and the history of the medium. The passage of time was also registered by the
234
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Kevin Atherton, In Two Minds – Past Version (1978/2006). Video performance, Tate Britain, London. Photo: Catherine Elwes. Courtesy of the artist.
V
>}i`ÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊV`ÌÃÊ`iÃVÀLi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>ÃÊ>Ê`iÀÊ>]Ê>`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊVtrasting aesthetics and politics of the respective art worlds the two ages of Atherton
>LÌi`°Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ Ã>iÊ Ìi]Ê ÞÕ}Ê Ì
iÀÌ]Ê ÃÕëi`i`Ê Ê Ì
iÊ >ëVÊ vÊ >>}ÕiÊ video took part in an (albeit illusory) time travel into the present enacting a form of immortality through video technology. 59Ê->ÛÊ=ãiÊ
>ÃÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌi`ÊÀiÕ`½ÃÊ`i>Ì
Ê drive (thanatos®Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÃÌÀÛ}ÊvÀÊ>ʼÕ`i>`½ÊV`Ì]Ê>ÊÛ}Ê`i>Ì
ÊÀÌ>Ãi`Ê ÊÌ
iÊÛiÃÊLÞÊ}
ÃÌÃ]Ê}
ÕÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÀÊiÌÌiÃÊLiÞ`ÊÌ
iÊVÌÀÊvÊÌ
iÊÛ}°Ê /
ÃÊ ¼Ì
À`Ê `iý60 can be achieved symbolically through video’s capacity to V>«ÃiÊÌiÊ>ÃÊÜiÊÃ>ÜÊÊÌ
iÀ̽ÃÊ«iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊÀÊ«
ÞÃV>ÞÊLÞÊ>ÊÜ>Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê video installation such as CorridorÊ Ê Ü
V
Ê ÛiÜiÀÃÊ Ì
iÃiÛiÃÊ LiViÊ Ì
iÊ ¼Õ `i>`½]Ê}
ÃÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>V
iÊ`Õ}}ÊÊ>ÊÌÌiÊÌiV
}V>Ê
>ÕÌ}°61
OBJECTS IN SPACE Video is a face-to-face space. 6ÌÊVVV]ÊÓääÎ ÃÊ Ê
>ÛiÊ >À}Õi`Ê iÃiÜ
iÀi]Ê vÀÊ Ì
iÊ ÕÌÃiÌÊ LÀ>`V>ÃÌÊ ÌiiÛÃÊ Ü>ÃÊ >Ê vÕ`>mentally spatial phenomenon. There is a correspondence between the physical
VIDEO INSTALLATION
235
À}>Ã>ÌÊvÊ>ÊÌiiÛÃÊÃÌÕ`]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊÃÕ>Ìi`Ê`iÃÌVÊë>ViÃÊ>`ÊÃÌÀ>Ìwi`Ê VÕÌÞÊvÊ«iÀ>ÌÛiÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÃÊvÊVÀÜ`i`Ê
iÃÊÌÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÕ`ÊÃÊ connected via the umbilical cord of the broadcast signal.62 This parallelism survived Ì
iÊÌÀ>Ã}À>ÌÊvÊÛ`iÊÌiV
}ÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ°ÊiÀi]Ê>ÊV}ÀÕiViÊiiÀ}i`Ê LiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊÃÌÕ`Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞÊë>Vi]Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊÌÜÊV>ÌÃÊÜiÀiÊV>«Ãi`Ê>ÃÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊiÊ*iÌiÀÊ >«ÕÃ]Ê>Ê>ÃÊÀÊ >ÊÀ>
>ÊÌÊ up residence in the gallery. The gallery was transformed temporarily into the artists’ laboratory and the work occurred only in the moment of encounter between Ì
iÊÌiV
}Þ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÉ>ÃÌiÀÊvÊViÀiiÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀðÊÊÀiÊÀiViÌÊ ÌiÃ]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊiÝÃÊÕ`}ÃÊ>`Ê>Ã
ÊÕÌ
À>Ê
>ÛiÊÕÃi`Ê}>iÀiÃÊ>ÃÊ/6Ê ÃÌÕ`Ã]Ê>`ÊÊReverse CutÊÓä£ä®ÊÌ
iÞÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>ÊÜÀ}ÊÀi>ÌÞÊ/6ÊÃiÌ]ÊV«iÌiÊ ÜÌ
ÊVÌÀÊÀÊ>`ʼ}ÀiiÊÃVÀii½ÊÌiÀÛiÜÊÀÊ«iÀ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊ«ÀviÃÃ>ÊÌiV
nicians.63Ê7Ì
ÊÌ
iÊ>`ÛiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiÀiÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ
iÊÌÃivÊ
>ÃÊLiiÊÌÀ>ÃvÀi`ÊÌÊ >ÊÌiiÛÃÊÃÌÕ`ÊÜÌ
Ê`Û`Õ>Ãʼ`ÀiVÌ}ÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊVÌÕ}Ê`À>>ýÊvÀÊ their bedrooms.64Ê-ÕÀÀÕ`i`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÃÌÊÃÕ`Ê>`ÊÛ`iÊiµÕ«iÌ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÕV
Ê Ì
iÀÊ >Õv>VÌÕÀi`Ê «iÀÃ>ÃÊ ÌÊ >Ê ÕÃÕëiVÌ}Ê ÜÀ`]Ê vÌiÊ ÜiLV>ÃÌ}Ê ÛiÊ from their laptops. >VÊÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊvÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ}]ÊViÀÌ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÀiÛiÀÃi`ÊÌ
iÊi way street of television by persuading the public and commercial stations to cede them some precious airtime. A few gained access to professional studios enabling Ì
iÊ ÌÊ iÝ«ÀiÊ Ì
iÊ «ÌiÌ>ÌiÃÊ vÊ }L>Ê VÕV>ÌÊ ÃÞÃÌiÃ°Ê Ê ÃÌ]Ê Stan VanDerBeek’s Violence Sonata (1970) was broadcast on two WGBH channels simultaneously making it possible to create a two-screen installation in the home LÞÊ«>V}ÊÌ}iÌ
iÀÊÌÜÊÌiiÛÃÃÊÌÕi`ÊÀiëiVÌÛiÞÊÌÊV
>iÊÓÊ>`Ê{{°ÊÊ£È]Ê
Ê«ÃÊ>`Ê-ÕiÊ>ÊvÕ`i`Ê/68]Ê>Ê>VÌÛÃÌÊ}ÀÕ«ÊÌ>V}ÊÃV>ÊÃÃÕiÃÊÃÕV
Ê >ÃÊ
ÕÃ}°Ê >Ãi`ÊÊ`]ÊÌ
iÊ}ÀÕ«ÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÃÊ`i`V>Ìi`ÊÌʼÌ
iÊLiÀ>ÌÊvÊVmunications technology for public access’.65 Although the BBC broadcast two of their «À`ÕVÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ`ÀiÜÊÌ
iÊiÊÜ
iÊ/68ÊÌÊiÃV>iÊÊ>ÊÃÌÕ`Ê>ÌÊ/iiÛÃÊ
iÌÀiÊ>`ÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>ÊÌÀ««ÞÊÝÊvÊ`>V}]Ê`iL>Ì}Ê>`Ê>ÀVÌVÊ`ÀvÌ}ÊÌiÀVÕÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê>ÀV
ÛiÊvÌ>}i°Ê i>Ü
i]Ê 7 ,Ê }iÊ LÀ>`V>ÃÌÊ`Ê/>LiÊ>`Ê"ÌÌÊ Piene’s Black Gate CologneÊ £Èn®]Ê >Ê i>LÀ>ÌiÊ ÃÌ>>ÌÊ vi>ÌÕÀ}Ê >Ê ÛiÊ >Õ`iVi]Ê y>Ì>LiÃÊ >`Ê wÊ «ÀiVÌÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ VÕ`i`Ê iÜÃÊ vÌ>}iÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ii`ÞÊ assassination.66 The most famous incursion into the monolith of public broadcasting was the short-lived Television Gallery created by Gerry Schum and Ursula Wevers Ê£È]Ê>`Ê
ÃÌi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ7iÃÌÊ iÀÊÃÌ>ÌÊ-i`iÀÊÀiiÃÊ iÀ°ÊÊ>ÊiÌÊ vÊLiÀ>Ã>ÌÊLivÀiÊ>ÝiÌÞÊ>LÕÌÊÛiÜ}Êw}ÕÀiÃÊÃÌyi`Ê>ÀÌÃÊ«À}À>}]Ê- Ê LÀ>`V>ÃÌÊ>Ê«À}À>iÊvʼ>Ê>ÀÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃ]Ê«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÊvÀÊÛiÜiÀÃÊ>ÌÊ
iÊÊvÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊLݽ°67 Land Art (1969) and Identifications (1970) included work LÞÊÃÕV
ÊÕ>ÀiÃÊvÊ`iÀÊ>ÀÌÊ>ÃÊLiÀÌÊ>`ÊiÀ}i]Ê,V
>À`Ê}]Ê>ÕÃÊ,iÊ >`Ê,V
>À`Ê-iÀÀ>]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊÜ>ÃÊ ÕÌV
Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ>Ê LLiÌÃÊÜ
Ê«À`ÕVi`ÊÌ
iÊiLi>ÌVÊ
236
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
David Hall, TV Interruptions (7 TV Pieces) (1971, Scottish TV). Installation view (2006), at REWIND, Duncan of Jordanstone, UK. Photo: Catherine Elwes.
work of artists’ television with his elegantly minimal TV as Fireplace (1969). The image beamed into thousands of German homes consisted of nothing but a flickering wÀi°ÊÌÊ>ÊÃÌÀi]Ê LLiÌÃÊVÛiÀÌi`Ê`iÃÌVÊÌiiÛÃÃÊL>VÊÌÊÌ
iÊ
i>ÀÌ
ÃÊÌ
iÞÊ
>`Ê`ë>Vi`]ÊiVÕÀ>}}ÊÌ
iÊÀiÃÕ«ÌÊvÊVÛiÀÃ>Ì]ÊÃÌÀÞÌi}Ê>`ÊVÕ>ÊÃ}}ÊÌ
>Ì]ÊÊÌ
iÊ«>ÃÌ]Ê
>`ÊViiÌi`Êv>ÞÊÕÌÞ° ÊVViÀÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊâiÌ}iÃÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Û>Ì}>À`i]Ê-V
ÕÊ>`Ê7iÛiÀÃÊÜiÀiÊVÌÌi`ÊÌÊv>VÌ>Ì}Ê>ʼ>ÌiÀ>ÊvÀÊvÊ>ÀÌÊVÃի̽ÊÌ
>ÌʼÀi>V
i`ÊÌ
iÊ>À}iÃÌÊ audience possible’.68Ê«ÀÌ>ÌÞ]ÊÌ
ÃÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ê«À>VÌViÊÌ
>ÌÊLÞ«>ÃÃi`ÊÌ
iÊV>«Ì>ÃÌÊ >ÀÌÊ>ÀiÌÊLÞÊ«iÀ>Ì}ʼÜÌ
ÕÌÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌVÊ«À`ÕVÌÊvÀÊÃ>i½69 beyond the moment of ÌÀ>ÃÃðÊ/
iÊ/iiÛÃÊ>iÀÞÊiÛiÌÃ]Ê>`Ê>ÌiÀÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ}ÊÌiÀÛiÌÃÊÊ Ì
iÊ1]ÊVÕ`}Ê >Û`Ê>½ÃÊTV Interruptions (7 TV Pieces)ʣǣ]Ê-VÌÌÃ
Ê/6®]Ê>ÞÊ ÜiÊ
>ÛiÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>ʼ>ÌiÀ>ÊvÀÊvÊ>À̽ÊLÕÌÊÛiÜiÀÃÊVÕ`ÊÌÊ>VViÃÃÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ ÜÌ
ÕÌÊÌ
iÊÛÕiÌÀVÊLiVÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ«iViÊvÊÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ>ÃÊVÀi>Ã}ÞÊ`>Ì}ÊÌ
iÀÊ Û}ÊÀðÊÃÊiÀiÞÊ7iÃ
Ê
>ÃÊ>À}Õi`]ÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌ]ÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊLi>i`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ
iÊ ÀÊÀiÛi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ]ʼ«Õi`ÊÌ
iÊÌÀVÊvÊiV>Ã}ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÊ>Ê>ÌiÀ>Ê vÀÊ °°°Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ `Û`Õ>]Ê >ÌiÀ>Ê «ÀiÃiViÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ >ÀÌÊ LiVÌÊ Ü>ÃÊ «>À>`ÝV>ÞÊ firmly re-established during the video decade’.70 Some artists emphasised the body of the technology by reducing the power of the televisual image. Following Richard >̽ÃÊ >`ÛViÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ¼ÌÊ ÃÊ LiÃÌÊ ÌÊ >Û`Ê VÌiÌÊ Ê ÌiiÛý]71 they adopted a
VIDEO INSTALLATION
237
«>Ài``ÜÊ>ÃÊÊvi>ÌÕÀiiÃÃÊ>`ÃV>«iÃÊ}]ÊÕÃÌÊÜ>}®]ÊvÀ>]ÊÀipetitive gestures (Gilbert and George sitting under a tree) and conceptual conceits (Hall slowly filling the screen with water). This restrained visual language displaced Ì
iÊÌiÃi]ÊÀi
i>ÀÃi`ÊÌ>VÞÊvÊÌiiÛÃÊ«ÀiÃiÌiÀÃ]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ
iʼii`iiÊ dissection’72ÊvÊiÛiÀÞ`>ÞÊviÊÌ
>ÌÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ}Ê«ÀiÃÃiÃÊÊÕÀÊVÃVÕÃiÃÃ]Ê`Ãtracting us from the political realities of our times. /
iÊ ÀivÕÃ>Ê vÊ VÛiÌ>Ê >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ ÌÀ«iÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ `i}À>`i`]Ê Ì
VÊ L>V>` Ü
ÌiÊ>}iÀÞ]ÊÌ
iÊV}ÊvÊÛÃÕ>ÊvÀ>ÌÊÌÊ`ÛiÀÃiÊvÀÃÊvÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ put the screen content of analogue video at one remove. Through the sculptural À}>Ã>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊiiiÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}Þ]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊi}i`iÀi`Ê>ÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÊ>««ÀiV>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊVÕL`ʼLiVÌiÃýÊvÊÌÀÃ]ÊÃÕÀÀÕ`i`ÊLÞÊÀÛÕiÌÃÊ of cables. The illusion of recessional space onscreen constantly played against the ÛiÀw>Li]ÊÜÊ`iÃÃÊvÊÌÃÊLÕÞÊÃÕ««ÀÌÆÊ>ÃÊÌi`ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊÃiÛi]Ê
Ê 7iÃ
>Ê`iÌwi`ÊÌ
ÃÊÌiÃÊ>ÃʼÌ
iÊL>ÌÌiwi`ÊLiÌÜiiÊ`i«Ì
Ê>`ÊÃÕÀv>Vi½°73 1>Ãi`Ê>`Ê>Ài`ÊÊÌ
iÊ}>ÀiÊvÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊ>ÌÌiÌ]ÊÌ
iÊÌiiÛÃÊÀiÛi>i`Ê ÌÃivÊ >ÃÊ >Ê LÝÊ vÊ >}VÊ ÌÀVÃÊ vÊ LiÜ`iÀ}Ê ÌiV
}V>Ê V«iÝÌÞ]Ê >Ê VÕÌÕÀ>Ê signifier (the medium as the message) and a defamiliarised domestic appliance. Ì
ÊiÝ«Ãi`Ê>`ÊÛiiÀ>Ìi`]ÊÌ
iÊ>>}ÕiÊÛ`iÊÌÀ]ÊÌ
ÕÃÊÃ}i`ÊÕÌ]ÊÛÌi`Ê VÀÌV>ÊÀiyiVÌÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊÜiÊ>Ì>i`ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÃÌÀi>]ÊVÀ«À>ÌiÊ ÌiiÛÃ]Ê>Ài>`ÞÊ>ÊÃ}wV>ÌÊvÀViÊÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊVÕÌÕÀi°ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊ,LiÀÌÊ Õ}
iÃ]ÊÌiiÛÃÊÜ>ÃÊ>Êi`ÕÊÌ
>ÌÊ«À`ÕVi`ÊvÀÃÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«ÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊ Ìʼ«>ÃÃÛiÊÃiÊ
>>̽°74 Video artists hoped to offer a cure.
TECHNOLOGICAL TAMPERINGS /
ÀÕ}
ÕÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVi`}ÊV
>«ÌiÀÃ]ÊÛ`iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ
>ÃÊ«iÀ`V>ÞÊiÌiÀi`ÊÌ
iÊ discussion and I have several times rehearsed the now-familiar political critique of >ÃÌÀi>ÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ}]Ê>`Ê£ÇäÃÊ>ÀÌÃÌýÊ>ÌÌi«ÌÃÊÌÊÕ`iÀiÊÌ
iÊ«ÜiÀÊvÊ ÌiiÛÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÀiyiÝÛiÊÀiÛi>ÌÊvÊÌÃÊiÌ
`ÊvÊ«À`ÕVÌ°Ê/
ÃÊÜ>ÃÊÃÌÊ actively pursued by artists who tampered with the workings of the technology itself qʼÊÀ`iÀÊÌÊ
>ÌiÊÌÊÀiÊ«À«iÀÞ½Ê>ÃÊ >ÊÕiÊ*>ÊvÌiÊÃ>`°ÊÊ£ÈÎ]Ê
iÊÜÀi`ÊÕ«Ê >ÊÀ>`ÊÌÊ>Ê/6ÊÃiÌ]ÊÜ
V
ÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌi`ÊÌ
iÊÃÕ`ÊÃ}>Ê>ÃÊ>Ê«ÌÊvÊ}
ÌÊÊÌ
iÊ`>Àii`ÊÃVÀii°Ê ÞÊÌÕÀ}ÊÌ
iÊÛÕiÊVÌÀÃÊÊ*>½Ãʼ«Ài«>Ài`½ÊÃiÌ]ÊÛiÜiÀÃÊVÕ`Ê iÝ«>`Ê>`ÊVÌÀ>VÌÊÌ
iÊ}
Ì°ÊPoint of Light brought spectators into more intimate VÌ>VÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÜÀ}ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}Þ]ÊÛÌ}ÊÌ
iÊÌÊ>`ÕÃÌÊÌ
iÊÃiÌ]ÊLÕÌÊ
iÊ `ii`ÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÊÀiÃÕÌÊvÊ>ʼ«ÀÛi`½Ê«VÌÕÀi°ÊÊ ÌÊ >Ê «ÃÞV
}V>Ê iÛi]Ê Ì
iÊ `Ã>««i>À}Ê «ÌÊ vÊ }
ÌÊ ÃÌÀÃÊ vi>ÀÃÊ >ÃÃV>Ìi`Ê ÜÌ
Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌ]ÊÃÊvÀiµÕiÌÞÊ>`«Ìi`ÊLÞÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÌÊ`ÀiVÌÊ>ÌÌiÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊ LiVÌiÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÌÀ°ÊÕ>ÊÀÃÌiÛ>Êi`Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊÀiÕ`>ÊVVi«ÌÊ
238
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
of thanatos]ÊÌ
iÊ`i>Ì
Ê`ÀÛi°Ê¼/
iÊÜÀÊvÊ`i>Ì
]½ÊÃ
iÊÜÀÌi]ʼV>ÊLiÊëÌÌi`Ê«ÀiVÃiÞÊ ÊÌ
iÊ`ÃÃV>ÌÊvÊvÀÊÌÃiv]ÊÜ
iÊvÀÊÃÊ`ÃÌÀÌi`]Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌi`]Ê`Ãw}ÕÀi`]Ê
lowed out’.75 Paik’s sabotage of individual sets created a sense of the world as we ÜÊÌÊv>}Ê>«>ÀÌ°ÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>vÕVÌ}ÊvÊ the broadcast signal evoked not only some generalised sense of entropy but also Ì
iÊ `Ài>`i`Ê ÌiiÛÃÊ L>VÕÌ]Ê Ì
>ÌÊ >«V>Þ«ÌVÊ iÌÊ Ü
iÊ À>`Ê >`Ê ÌiiÛÃÊ ÜÕ`Ê }Ê `i>`Ê
iÀ>`}Ê >Ê ÕVi>ÀÊ >ÌÌ>VÊ Ì
>Ì]Ê `ÕÀ}Ê Ì
iÊ `Ê 7>À]Ê Ãiii`Ê imminent.76 ÊÌ
iÊ1]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀ>Ìi}ÞÊvÊ«ÀiV«Ì>Ì}ÊÌiV
}V>Ê>vÕVÌÃ]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊ>ÃÊ>VV«Vi]ÊÜ>ÃÊÀiÊÕ`VÊqÊ>`ÊvviÀi`Ê}Ài>ÌiÀÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊvÀÊÀ>ÕÃýÃÊ ¼>ÀVÃÃÃÌV½ÊÌiÀ>VÌ°Ê1`iÀÊÌ
iÊÌÌiÊVidicon InscriptionsÊ£Çx®]Ê >Û`Ê>ÊiÝ«Ìi`Ê>ÊL>ÃVÊv>ÕÌÊvÊ>>}ÕiÊV>iÀ>ðÊ7
iÊ«Ìi`Ê>ÌÊ>ÊLÀ}
ÌÊÃÕÀViÊvÊ}
Ì]Ê Ì
iÊV>iÀ>ÊÜ>ÃʵÕVÞÊÛiÀ>`i`Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ>}iʼLÕÀi`½]Êi>Û}Ê>Ê}
ÃÌÞÊ`ÕLiÊ of itself permanently etched onto the vidicon tube. The light spots would overlay any ÃÕLÃiµÕiÌÊÃViiÊÌÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>ÊÜ>ÃÊiÝ«Ãi`]ÊÌ
iÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊvÊÌÃÊ}
Ì}>â}Ê vÀ}Ê>Ê«>«ÃiÃÌÊvÊÌi«À>Ê>}iðÊÊÀ`iÀÊÌÊiÝ«ÌÊÌ
ÃÊv>ÕÌ]Ê>ÊÃiÌÊÕ«Ê >ÊÛ`iÊV>iÀ>ÊÜ
ÃiÊiÃÊ«ii`ÊÊÌ
iÊ>««À>V
ÊvÊ>ÊÛiÜiÀ]Ê>ÃÊÌÀ}}iÀ}Ê>Ê L>ÊvÊLÀ}
ÌÊ}
ÌÃÊÌ
>ÌʼiÝ«Ãi`½ÊÌ
iÊÃViiÊvÀÊ>ÊviÜÊÃiV`ðÊ/
iÊvÀâiÊ>}iÊvÊ the viewer was then routed to a monitor and temporarily superimposed over slowlyfading images of others who had similarly imprinted their likeness in the technology. -iÊ>ÞÊ
>ÛiÊ>««ÀiV>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊ`>ÀiÀÊÛiÀÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]ÊÀi>`}ÊÌ
iÊvÕ}ÌÛiÊ >ÌÕÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ>ÃÊ>ÊiÌ>«
ÀÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÕÌ>LÌÞÊvÊvi°ÊÜiÛiÀ]Ê>ÞÊÛiÜiÀÃÊ Àië`i`ÊÜÌ
Ê«>ÞvÕÊ>`ÊÕ
LÌi`Ê«Àii}ÊLivÀiÊÌ
iÀʼÃ>iÌiÊ>}iý°77 ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ
>À`ÊÌÊÀiÃÃÌÊÌ
iÊ«i>ÃÕÀiÃÊvÊLiV}]ÊvÀÊ>ÊviÜÊÃiV`Ã]ÊÌ
iʼÃÌ>À½ÊvÊ>Ê LÀ>`V>ÃÌÊi`ÕÊÌ
>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ£ÇäÃÊiÝVÕ`i`Ê>ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊ«ÀÛi}i`°78
THE MONITOR MULTIPLE The postmodern world-view revolved around the dissolution of the autonomous obiVÌ]Ê Ì
iÊ `iViÌÀ}Ê vÊ Ì
iÊ ÃÕLiVÌÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ V>«ÃiÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ >ÃÌiÀÊ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ sustained teleological notions of scientific and social progress in the earlier part of Ì
iÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ°Ê7>ÌiÀÊ i>Ê«ÀV>i`ÊÌ
iÊ`i>Ì
ÊLÞÊ`ÀÜ}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊ LiVÌÊ>ÃÊÌÊÃ>ÊÌÊÌ
iÊwÌiÊÀi`Õ«V>ÌÊvÊVÕÌÕÀ>Ê>ÀÌiv>VÌÃÊÊLÌ
Ê`ÕÃÌÀ>Ê production and photographic reproduction. The cost of the new accessibility to visu>ÊVÕÌÕÀiÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
iÊVVÕÀÀiÌÊÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊLiV̽ÃÊÀÀi`ÕVLiÊÃÕ]ÊÌÃʼ>ÕÀ>½Ê>`]Ê>ÃÊ>Ê ÀiÃÕÌ]ʼÌ
iʵÕ>ÌÞÊvÊÌÃÊ«ÀiÃiViÊÃÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊ`i«ÀiV>Ìi`½°79 In a sea of simulacra and «À`ÕVÌiÊ ViÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ ÌiiÛÃÊ ÌÀÊ Ü>ÃÊ Ã>ÀÞÊ ÌiÀV
>}i>LiÊ ÜÌ
Ê any other and the mimetic impressions animating its screen were themselves copies from nature. A reading of televisions as multiple cultural signifiers in an alienated
VIDEO INSTALLATION
239
ÜÀ`ÊvÊÕÃÊÜ>ÃÊ>««V>LiÊÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÕÌ«i`Ê/6ÃÊÌÊV«iÝÊÃVÕ«tural installations. Tricolor VideoÊ£nÓ®]Ê >ÊÕiÊ*>½ÃÊÃÌÊ>LÌÕÃÊëiVÌ>ViÊ vÊ iV
>V>Ê Ài«À`ÕVÌ]Ê ÛÛi`Ê În{Ê Õ«ÌÕÀi`Ê >ÌV
i`ÌÀÃ°Ê V
}Ê `ÞÊ7>À
½ÃÊÀi«i>Ìi`Ê>}iÃÊvÊ >«Li½ÃÊÃÕ«ÊÌÃ]Ê*>½ÃÊÌÀÃÊ`ë>Þi`Ê identical video sequences in groups of four fed by eight tape-decks featuring fastVÕÌÊ>ÃÃiL>}iÃÊvÊvÕ`ÊvÌ>}iÊVÕ`}Ê>ÊiÝViÀ«ÌÊvÀÊCasablanca (Michael
ÕÀÌâ]Ê£{Ó®ÊÃÌ>ÀÀ}ÊÕ«
ÀiÞÊ }>ÀÌÊ>`Ê>ÕÀiÊ >V>°Ê-iiÊvÀÊ>LÛiÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ *«`ÕÊ iÌÀiÊÊ*>ÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊV>À«iÌÊvÊyViÀ}ÊÌÀÃÊÀi`ÕVi`ÊÌ
iÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊ footage to abstract colour bursts that together made up the bleu, blanc, rouge of Ì
iÊÀiV
Êy>}Ê>`]Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ>Ê ]ʼiÝ«VÌÞÊiÛi`ÊÌ
iÊiVÃÌ>ÌVʵÕ>ÌÞÊvÊ TV’.80Ê*>½ÃÊÌÀÃÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>Ê«>ÞÊvÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊÃ}wiÀÃ]ÊVÕ`}Ê>ÊiÌÞVÊÃ}Ê vÀÊÀiV
Ê>Ì>Ê`iÌÌÞ]ÊVÕÀi`ÊvÀÊ>ÊÛÀÌiÝÊvÊ«ÌV>ÊivviVÌÃ°Ê iÞ`ÊÌ
iÊ familiar dialogue between televisual illusionism and the sheer bulk of the massed ÌÀÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÃiii`ÊÌÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÊÌ
>ÌÊ`iÛÌÊÌÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊi`>ÊÜ>ÃÊÌ>ing over from allegiance to la patrie]ÊÀÊiÛiÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÊiÜ]Êiv>ÀÕÃÊ>>ViÊLiÌÜiiÊ politics and entertainment was corrupting a medium that Paik was doing his best to
}
>VÊvÀÊ
ÃÊÜÊi`Ã°Ê Ê Ì
iÊ ÀiÊ >ÕÃÌiÀiÊ iÛÀiÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ 1]Ê >Û`Ê >Ê `ii`Ê ÛiÜiÀÃÊ Ì
iÊ ÛÃÕ>Ê «i>ÃÕÀiÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÃVÀiiÊ LÞÊ iÀiVÌ}Ê >Ê Ü>Ê vÊ `iÌV>Ê ÌiiÛÃÃ]Ê LÕÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÀÊv>ViÃÊÌÕÀi`Ê>Ü>ÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊvÊ>ÊÀ]Êi>Û}ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÌÊVÌi«>ÌiÊ the curiously vulnerable bare backs of the sets. The Situation Envisaged: The Rite II (1989) insisted on the phenomenological presence of the machines and by tun}Ê i>V
Ê ÃiÌÊ ÌÊ >Ê `vviÀiÌÊ vv>ÀÊ V
>i]Ê >Ê Ài`ÕVi`Ê Ì
iÊ LÀ>`V>ÃÌÊ >ÌiÀ>Ê ÌÊ an inchoate cacophony of mediated sounds. Many artists have since multiplied the ÌÀ°ÊÃÊÜiÊÃ>ÜÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊi]Ê}i>Ê ÕV
½ÃÊÛ`iÊÜ>ÊZ-Point depicted the V>VÌVÊiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝ«ÃÊÊ̽ÃÊZabriskie Point]ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ>}wi`Ê`}Ì>ÞÊ>`Ê`i«Þi`Ê>VÀÃÃÊ>ÊL>ÊvÊÌÀÃ]ÊÀi`ÕV}ÊÌ
iÊwVÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÌÊ `Õ>ÀÊLVÃÊvÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊVÕÀ]ÊÌÊÌ
iÊV`ÌÊvÊ}
ÌÊLÝiðÊ"Ì
iÀÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊ varied the scale of the monitors. In Inasmuch as It Is Always Already Taking Place £ä®]ÊÌ
iÊiÀV>Ê>ÀÞÊÊ>ÃÃiLi`Ê>Ê>ÃÃÀÌiÌÊvÊÌiiÛÃÊÃiÌÃ]ÊÃÌÀ««i`Ê them of their casings and devoted their screens to images of fragmented body parts. ÊÀiÌiÀ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÉÃÊ>>}ÞÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊiÌiÀ>ÊÌiiÛÃÕ>ÊÌi>ÃiÊvʼÊLÕÌÊ `½ÌÊÌÕV
½]ÊÜ
>ÌÊ/
>ÃÊ Ã>iÃÃiÀÊ`iÌwiÃÊ>ÃʼÌ
iÊiÛiÀÌLiÃ>ÌÃwi`Ê`iÃÀiÊ for palpability’.81 In Family of Robot: Mother and FatherÊ£nÈ®]Ê >ÊÕiÊ*>ÊVbined different sized television sets to construct effigies of a family so enamoured vÊÌ
iÀÊ/6ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÞÊÌÕÀi`ÊÌÊÌ
i°ÊÊLÌ
ÊV>ÃiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÃÊvÊÕvÀÌÞÊÃiÀÛi`Ê to personalise the technology and allowed the work to embody monumentality when Ì>iÊÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÜ
iÊ>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌ>VÞÊÜ
iÊÃ>iÀÊÌÀÃÊÜiÀiÊiÝ>i`ÊVÃiÊ up. Family of Robot: Mother and Father was overlaid with classic Paik irony giving rise to the absurd thought that the small monitors might one day grow up to reach
240
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
David Hall, 1001 TV Sets (End Piece) (1972–2012). Installation view, Ambika P3 gallery, London. Photo: Catherine Elwes.
Ì
iÊ£ÓV
Ê«À«ÀÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊi`iÀðÊÊÌ
iÊiÜÊiÕ]ÊÃÕV
ÊÜÀÃÊÌ>iÊÊ>Ê ÛÌ>}iÊ}ÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊLÃiÌi]ÊÜÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊLÕ`}LVÊ/6ÃÊ>ÃÃiLi`ÊLÞÊ*>Ê>`Ê Hall have become collectors’ items. The sets also embody the cultural memory of a generation raised on television and memorialise the artists who first imprinted the medium with their own creativity. David Hall’s monumental 1001 TV Sets (End Piece) (1972–2012) has come to ÃÞLÃiÊÌ
iÊ«iÀ`ÊvÊÛ`iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊLivÀiÊÌ
iÊÌÀʼLݽÊÜ>ÃÊVwi`ÊÌÊ Ì
iÊ`ii«Ê>ÃÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>`«Ìi`Êy>ÌÊÃVÀiiÃÊ>`ÊiÛiÀ
}
iÀÊÀiÃÕÌÊÛ`iÊ«ÀiVÌÀÃ°Ê 1001 TV SetsÊÃÕÌ>iÕÃÞÊViiLÀ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iÊviÊ>`Ê`i>Ì
ÊvÊ>>}ÕiÊÌiiÛÃ]ÊvÀÊ ÃÊ>ÞÊÞi>ÀÃÊÌ
iʼL>`ÊLiV̽ÊvÊVÕÌiÀVÕÌÕÀ>ÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌÊ>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊÌÃÊÃÕÀViÊvÊëÀ>Ì°Ê-Ì>}i`ÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÛiÀÕÃÊL>ÊÎÊ}>iÀÞÊÊ`]Ê>ÊÃÌ>i`Ê>ÊÃi>ÊvÊ £]ää£ÊÕ«ÌÕÀi`ÊV>Ì
`iÊÀ>ÞÊ/6ÊÃiÌÃ]ÊÀÀi}Õ>ÀÞÊ>}i`Ê>`ÊÀ>`ÞÊÌÕi`ÊÌÊ`vviÀent terrestrial channels creating a wall of sound that reached the viewer before the installation proper came into view. As the national switchover from analogue to digiÌ>ÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ}ÊÌÊ«>ViÊÊÌ
iÊ1]ÊÃÌ>}}iÀi`Ê>VÀÃÃÊÌÜÊ`>ÞÃÊÊ«ÀÊÓä£Ó]ÊÌ
iÊ L>LLiÊvÊV
>ÌÌiÀ}ÊÌÀÃÊ}À>`Õ>ÞÊÀiÛiÀÌi`ÊÌÊ>Êwi`ÊvÊÜ
ÌiÊÃi]ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÃÊ >ÌÃi`ÊÌʼ>Ê>}Ì>Ìi`ÊÃÜÊvÊÕÌÕi`ÊÃ}>ý°82ÊÊÕÃÌÊ>ÊviÜÊ`>ÞÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊLiV>iÊ>ÊÕÞ>À`ÊvÊLÃiÌiÊ/6Ã]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊ>Êii}>ÌÊ>ÀÀ>}iiÌÊvÊLÝiÃÊ ÀiÃViÌÊ vÊ >`Ê Õ``½ÃÊ ÕÕÃÊ iÌ>Ê ÃVÕ«ÌÕÀiÃ°Ê Ê -ÌiÛiÊ >½ÃÊ iÃÌ>Ì]ÊÌ
iÊLi>ÕÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÀiÃ`i`ÊÊÌ
iÊv>VÌÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÊi`ÕÊ«iÀvÀi`ÊÌÃiv½°83 Hall devised an ingenious method of marking the passing of a transmission signal Ì
>ÌÊ
>`ÊViÊÌÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌÊÌ
iÊ>V
iÛiiÌÃÊvÊ>>}ÕiÊÛ`i]Ê>ÊLÀiv]ÊvÀÌÞÞi>ÀÊ
VIDEO INSTALLATION
241
efflorescence now subsumed in the multimedia digital landscape we witness today. /
iÊ ¼}À>ÛiÞ>À`Ê vÊ >>}ÕiÊ ÌiiÛÃý84Ê Ài«ÀiÃiÌi`Ê vÀÊ >Ê >Ê ¼ÃiÃV½Ê VÕÌÕÀ>Ê Ã
vÌÊ>ÃÊÕV
Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>ÃÌÊvÀÊ>>}ÕiÊÌÊ`}Ì>°Ê/
iÊVÕ>ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊ vÕÀV
>iÊÌiÀÀiÃÌÀ>ÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ}]ÊÌ
iʼÃ}Õ>ÀÊ«Õ̽ÊvÊwÀiÃ`iÊiÌiÀÌ>iÌÊ has slowly given way to a proliferation of TV stations and the online distribution of ÕÌ«i]ÊLÀ`iÀiÃÃÊVÌiÌÊ}iiÀ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊLÌ
ÊViÀV>Ê>`ÊÃivvÕ`i`Ê«À`ÕViÀÃ°Ê >Ê
>ÃÊV
>À>VÌiÀÃi`ÊÌ
iÊiÜÊV`ÌÊvÊÌiiÛÃÊ>ÃʼvÕÞÊÀii`>Ìi`ÊÊ>Ê VÀÃë>ÌvÀÊ`}Ì>Ê>vÌiÀvi½] 85Ê>viÃÌ}ÊÊ>Ê>ÀÀ>ÞÊvÊÃVÀiiL>Ãi`Ê`iÛViÃ]Ê «ÀÌ>LiÊ>`ÊwÝi`]Ê>VViÃÃi`ÊÃ`iÊÌ
iÊ
iÊ>`ÊÊÌ
iÊÛi°Êi>Ü
iÊÌ
iÊÌiiÛsion archive is being picked over by both the corporations and by artists whose own histories are inscribed in the TV anthems of the 1970s and beyond.
A TELEVISION RE−RUN: FAMILY HISTORY -ÌiÛiÊ >ÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃi`Ê>ÊÌÜ}iÊvÊÃÌ>}>ÊÜ
iÊ
iÊV>Õ}
ÌÊÌ
iʼÃÕÃÌ>i`ÊÌÀÕ«iÌÊ from the theme tune to Coronation Street’86ÊV
ÀÕÃi`ÊLÞÊ
Õ`Ài`ÃÊvÊ>½ÃÊ£]ää£Ê TVs. Gillian Wearing looked for echoes of her own childhood in the development of observational documentaries at the BBC and their portrayal of working-class life. In Family HistoryÊÓääÈ®]Ê7i>À}ÊÀiV>i`ÊÌ
iÊiÌÃÊÊÜ
V
]Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÃ>ÊV
`]Ê Ã
iÊÜÌiÃÃi`ÊÌ
iÊwÀÃÌÊyÞÌ
iÜ>Ê`VÕiÌ>ÀÞÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊÊÌ
iÊ1°ÊThe Family £Ç{]Ê ]Ê«À`ÕViÀ]Ê*>ÕÊ7>Ìî]ÊÌÀ>Vi`ÊÌ
iÊ`>ÞÊÛiÃÊvÊ>ÊÜÀ}V>ÃÃÊv>ÞÊ living in a council flat in Reading. Maeve Connolly has observed that in these circumÃÌ>ViÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÃÊ>Àiʼ«iÀvÀ}ÊLÌ
Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃÊ>`Ê>ÃÊÀi«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÛiÃÊ of marginalised social groups’.87 Wearing identified with the 15-year-old daughter of Ì
iÊ
ÕÃi]Êi>Ì
iÀÊ7Ã]Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊ
iÀÊÃÕiÊÀiLiÊ>}>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊ«iÀViÛi`Ê restrictions placed on her by her teachers and parents. Wearing chose to locate the restaging of this moment of personal and televisual history in a high-rise in À}
>]ÊVÃiÊÌÊÜ
iÀiÊÃ
iÊÜ>ÃÊÛ}Ê>ÃÊ>ÊV
`ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäðÊÊiÊÀ]Ê>Ê Ã>Êy>ÌÃVÀiiÊÌÀÊÃ
Üi`Ê>ÊÌÌiÊ}À]Ê>ÊÃÌ>`ÊvÀÊ7i>À}]ÊÜ>ÌV
}ÊÌ
iÊ original documentary on a TV placed in a mocked-up sitting room. The Family footage Ü>ÃÊÃiÌiÃÊÀ>Ü]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÌ>}ÃÌÃÊLi
>Û}ÊÜÌ
ÊiÊvÊÌ
iÊÜ}Ê>ÀÌwViÊvÊ Ì
iÊ>À`>Ã
>ÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÀÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊÀi>ÌÞÊ/6ÊV>ðÊ/
iÊ7ÃiÃÊ``ÊÌÌiÊÌÊ VVi>ÊÌ
iÊ«ÛiÀÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÃÕÀÀÕ`}Ã]ÊÌ
iÀÊ>VÊvÊ>ÊL>Ì
À]ÊÌ
iÊiÝ«ÃÛiÊ v>ÞÊ>À}ÕiÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÃiÌiÃÊi`i`ÊÊÛiVi°ÊÊ>Ê>`>ViÌÊÀ]Ê7i>À}Ê «>Vi`Ê>ÊÜ`iÃVÀiiÊÌÀÊ`iÛÌi`ÊÌÊ>ÊÌiÀÛiÜÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iʼ+ÕiiÊvÊVÀÞ} ÌiÊ/6½] 88ÊÌ
iÊV
>ÌÊÃ
ÜÊ
ÃÌÊ/ÀÃ
>Ê``>À`Ê>`Êi>Ì
iÀÊ7Ã]ÊÜÊÊ
iÀÊ>ÌiÊ vÀÌiÃ]ÊVÃÞÊVw`}ÊÊ>Ì
iÀÊiÀÃ>ÌâʼÃÌÌ}ÊÀ½ÊÃiÌ°Êi>Ì
iÀÊÀiVÕÌÃÊÌ
iÊpact of the original documentary on the family. They became instant celebrities but ÜiÀiÊVÀÌVÃi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÀʼL>`½ÊLi
>ÛÕÀ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÞÊv>Ài`ÊÊLiÌÌiÀÊÜÌ
Ê
242
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Gillian Wearing, Family History (2006). Colour video for projection: 35:32 min., 16mm film transferred to DVD for monitor: 2:52 min. Installation view; a high rise flat, Birmingham, UK. Photo: Catherine Elwes. Courtesy Maureen Paley, London.
>V>`i>]ÊiÊÃV}ÃÌÊ`iÃVÀL}ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÊ>ʼÛiÀL>ÊÜÀ}V>ÃÃÊv>Þ½° Ü]ÊÌ
ÀÌÞÊÞi>ÀÃÊ>ÌiÀ]Êi>Ì
iÀÊ
>ÃÊÃÌÊ
iÀÊViViÊ>`ÊÃÊÀiÊ/6ÊÃ>ÛÛÞ°Ê -
iÊÜÃÊ
ÜÊÌ
iÀʼÌÊ>VÌ}½ÊV>iÊ>VÀÃÃÊÊÌ
iÊw>ÊVÕÌÆÊÃ
iÊÜÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌiiÛÃÊ ¼Ài>ÌÞ½Ê ÃÊ Ìi`Ê ÞÊ LÞÊ Ì
iÊ «iÀvÀ>ViÊ ÃÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ «>ÀÌV«>ÌÃÆÊ Ã
iÊ ÜÃ
iÃÊ
iÀÊ£xÞi>À`ÊÃivÊ
>`ÊëÞʼÃ
ÕÌÊÕ«½°Êi>Ì
iÀÊ
>ÃÊ>L>`i`Ê
iÀÊÜÀ}V>ÃÃÊ>VViÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊL>`ʼiÃÌÕ>ÀÞÊ }Ã
½ÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÊ`>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÊ>À«
ÕÃÊ >ÃÃÊvÊÃi`Ê>`ÊÃi`Ê ÀÌÃÊÜ
ÊÀi}>À`ÊÌ
iÃiÛiÃʼ``iÊV>Ãý°Ê-
iÊ Àië`ÃÊÌÊ``>À`½ÃÊÃvÕʵÕiÃÌ}ÊÜÌ
Ê}Ài>ÌÊV>Ài°Ê Ý«ÃÕÀiÊÌÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ}ÊÊÌ
iÊÌiÀÛi}ÊÞi>ÀÃÊ
>ÃÊÕ`i`Êi>Ì
iÀ½ÃÊ«iÀÃ>Ê>`]Ê>ÃÊ>À>Ê7>Ã
Ê Ài>Ài`]ʼ
iÀÊÀi«iÀÌÀiÊvÊ}iÃÌÕÀiÃÊ>ÀiÊÌ
iÊÛiÌÊvÊÌiiÛý° 89 Heather inÃÃÌÃÊÌ
iÊv>ÞÊÜ>ÃʼÀ>]Ê
>««Þ½Ê>`ÊÌ
iÞÊÜÕ`Ê>Ü>ÞÃʼ«ÀÌiVÌÊi>V
ÊÌ
iÀ½ÆÊ sequences reflecting this reality did not make the final cut. The anthropologist Chris Wright has shown how families whose ancestors feature in colonial films view the footage quite differently than do academics. Indigenous communities do ÌÊÃiiÊÌ
iÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊvÊV>Ã]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÀÊÜÊv>ÞÊ
ÃÌÀiÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÞÊV
iÀÃ
Ê Ì
iÊ vÌiÊ ÞÊ iÝÌ>ÌÊ ÛÃÕ>Ê ÀiVÀ`ÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÀÊ >ÌiVi`iÌÃ°Ê Ê >``Ì]Ê Ì
iÞÊ ÌiÀ«ÀiÌÊÌ
iÊvÌ>}iÊÊÌiÀÃÊvÊÜ
>ÌÊÌÊ}
ÌÊÃ>Þʼ>LÕÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiÃiÌ]ÊÌ
iÊÃV>]Ê «ÌV>Ê>`ÊiVVÊV`ÌÃÊÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÞÊVÕÀÀiÌÞÊiÝÃ̽° 90 The Family now forms part of the history of television documentary but it has a double function.
VIDEO INSTALLATION
243
ÀÊÌ
iÊ7ÃÊ
ÕÃi
`]ÊÌÊÃÊiÌÜi`ÊÊÌ
iÊv>LÀVÊvÊÌ
iÀÊ`iÌÌiÃÆÊÌÊ
>ÃÊ«ÕÌÊ yiÃ
ÊÊÌ
iÀÊiÀiðʼÌÊÃÊÃiÌ
}ÊÜiÊ
>Ûi½]Ê`iV>ÀiÃÊi>Ì
iÀÆÊÌÊÃʼÌ
iÊv>ÞÊ`VÕi̽°Ê ÞÊÕ«`>Ì}Êi>Ì
iÀ½ÃÊÃÌÀÞ]Ê7i>À}Ê`iÃÌÀ>Ìi`Ê
ÜÊ«iÀÃ>Ê >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÃÊÌiÀÜi>ÛiÊÜÌ
Êi`>Ê>`ÊÃV>Ê
ÃÌÀÞ]Ê>`Ê
ÜÊ>Ê`Û`Õ>ÊÃÌÀÞÊ V>Ê LiÊ ¼Ài«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÛiÊ vÊ >Ê >À}iÀÊ VÕÌÕÀ>Ê iÝ«iÀiVi½° 91Ê ÜiÛiÀ]Ê Ì
iÃiÊ VÌ}iÌÊiÀiÃÊiÝÃÌÊÊiÝViÃÃÊvÊvwV>Ê
ÃÌÀV>ÊÀiVÀ`ÃÊ>`ÊFamily History also interrogates the role broadcast media still plays in shaping the beliefs we hold about the world beyond the membrane of our homes. Where earlier videomakers differentiated their practice from the commercial im«iÀ>ÌÛiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÀi>]ÊÊFamily History]Ê7i>À}Êi}>}i`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊi`>ÊÊ ÌiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÃ
iÊÌÀi>Ìi`Ê>`ÊÊ
iÀÊV>LÀ>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê``>À`°ÊÊ>ÌÀÝÊvÊ celebrity was at play: the once-famous child-star of The Family making a modest ViL>V]ÊÌ
iÊ`ÞiiÊvÊ>vÌiÀÊ/6Ê«Þ}Ê
iÀÊÌÀ>`iÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ ÀiÜi`Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊ progressing her creative enterprise. These players were all engaged in a process vÊÕÌÕ>Ê>ÕÌ
iÌV>Ì°Ê/
iÊÌÊÛiÌÕÀiÊ}À>Ìi`Ê7i>À}Ê>VViÃÃÊÌÊ>ÃÃÊ>Õ`iViÃÊ>`Ê>Ê
i>Ì
ÞÊLÕ`}iÌ]Ê``>À`Ê>VµÕÀi`ÊÌ
iÊÌiiVÌÕ>Êi`ÀÃiiÌÊvÊ
}
Ê art and Wilkins finally told her side of the story. The position of Wearing herself was >L}ÕÕðÊiÀÊ>ÀÌÊÜÀ`ÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊÜ>ÃÊÌ
iÊV>Ì>ÞÃÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌ]ÊÞiÌÊÃ
iÊÀi>i`Ê >ÊÕÌi`Ê«ÀiÃiViÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÌÃiv°Ê ÞÊV>}ÊÌ
iÊÃ
ÌÃ]ÊÃ
iÊÜ>ÃÊ>LiÊÌÊ>Û`ÊÌ
iÊ
Gillian Wearing, Family History (2006). Colour video for projection: 35:32 min., 16mm film transferred to DVD for monitor: 2:52 min. Courtesy Maureen Paley, London. © the artist.
244
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÛiÀiÝ«ÃÕÀiÊ ÌÊ Ü
V
Ê 7ÃÊ Ü>ÃÊ ÕÜÌÌ}ÞÊ ÃÕLiVÌi`Ê >ÃÊ >Ê Ìii>}iÀÆÊ 7i>À}Ê ÃÕÀÛiÞi`Ê
iÀÊÃÕLiVÌÊvÀÊ>ÊÃ>viÊ`ÃÌ>Vi°Ê
THE POST−EVERYTHING ERA Television and cinema history are beginning to converge. The generation of the £äÃ]ÊVÕ`}Ê Õ}>ÃÊÀ`]Ê >`ViÊ ÀiÌâÊ>`Ê>Ê7i>À}]Ê`vviÀi`ÊvÀÊ Ì
iÊ «ÀiÛÕÃÊ }iiÀ>ÌÊ Ê Ì
>ÌÊ Ì
iÞÊ iÝ«iÀiVi`Ê Ì
iÊ ÞÜ`Ê L>VÊ V>Ì>}ÕiÊ ¼ÊLi`Ê°°°ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊV`ÕÌÊvÊÌiiÛý]92 and indeed interactively via the VCR. Ü>`>ÞÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ V>Ê vÊ >ÃÌÀi>Ê Û}Ê >}iÊ VÕÌÕÀiÊ ÃÊ i>ÃÞÊ >VViÃÃi`Ê i]Ê Û>Ê >ÞÊ `}Ì>Ê `iÛViÊ >`]Ê >ÃÊ À>Ê >ÃÊ
>ÃÊ Ài>Ài`]Ê Ì
iÃiÊ «ÀÛ>ÌiÊ ÛiÜ}ÃÊ>ÀiÊÀi`iÀi`ʼ}}>ÌV½ÊÜ
iÊÀiÌÕÀi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÕLVÊë>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ° 93 >iÛiÊ ÞÊ
>ÃÊ`iÌwi`Ê>ÊiÜÊ}iiÀ>ÌÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜ
]ÊiÊ7i>À}]ʼiÝ«ÀiÊ interconnections between familial and national histories involving material drawn vÀÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊ>ÀV
Ûiý] 94 and who reposition their findings in the arena of art. She cites in particular the work the Finnish artist Laura Horelli whose mother worked as a presenter on children’s television in the 1980s. In contrast to comparable practices vÀÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ£näÃ]ÊÌ
iʼÌiiÛÃÕ>ÊÌÕÀ½]Ê>À}ÕiÃÊ Þ]ÊÃÊ«Ài`V>Ìi`Ê ÌÊÃÊÕV
ÊÊ>ÊVÀ̵ÕiÊvÊÌiiÛÃÊ>Ãʼ>ÊLiVÌÊvÊÀivÀ½95ÊLÕÌÊÊÌ
iÊiÝV>Û>tion of television and its archives as a creative resource. The TV studio is adopted >ÃÊ>ʼë>ViÊvÊ«iÀvÀ>Vi½96Ê>`ÊvÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>Ì]Ê>`Ê«ÀÛ`iÃÊ>Ê««ÀÌÕÌÞÊ vÀÊ ViVÌÛiÊ ÜÀ}Ê «À>VÌViÃ°Ê Ìi«À>ÀÞÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÃÕV
Ê >ÃÊ >Ì
>iÊ iÀÃ]Ê ,Þ>Ê /ÀiV>ÀÌÊ EÊ ââiÊ ÌV
]Ê V
iiÊ }>Ê >`Ê -Õ«iÀyiÝ]Ê >ÀiÊ ÜÊ i«Þ}Ê professional TV technicians and performers and embracing mainstream production values.97Ê iÛiÀÌ
iiÃÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃV>Êi}>}iiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊÃÌÊÃÕÀÛÛiÃÆÊ -Õ«iÀyiÝ]ÊÜ
ÊÜÀÊÜÌ
ÊÌi>ÌÊ}ÀÕ«Ã]Ê
>ÛiÊ`V>Ìi`Ê>Ê«ÌV>Ê>}i`>ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÞÊ iÝ«ÀiÃÃi`ÊÌ
iÀÊvÀÕÃÌÀ>ÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÀÊ«ÀiVÌÊtenantspin (2001–2) failed to prevent the demolition of the residents’ homes. 98 While some artists embrace the glossy surface of hi-res contemporary televiÃ]ÊÌ
iÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ-Ìiv>ÃÊ/ÃÛ«ÕÃÊÀiÌÕÀÊÃÌ>}V>ÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊVÕLiÀÃiÊ analogue technologies of early television. Gerard Byrne memorialises television LÞÊ >`«Ì}Ê ÕÌ`i`Ê >>}ÕiÊ Û`iÊ ivviVÌÃ]Ê Ü
iÊ Ê 19:30 (2010) Aleksandra DomanovimÊ ÀiÛiÃÊ V
`
`Ê iÀiÃÊ vÊ Ü>ÀÌiÊ iÜÃÊ LÀ>`V>ÃÌÃ°Ê -
iÊ ÀiÝes Bosnian and Croatian television news idents that stylistically recall the 1980s -VÀ>ÌV
ÊÛ`iÊÛiiÌÊÊÌ
iÊ1]ÊÜ
V
Ê>ÞÊÊÌÕÀÊ
>ÛiÊyÕiVi`ÊÌ
iÊ`iÛi«ment of television graphics. Thomas Elsaesser has argued that media archaeology offers artists and audiiViÃÊ>Ê««ÀÌÕÌÞÊÌÊ`ÃVÛiÀʼÌ
iÊÀi«ÀiÃÃi`Ê«ÌiÌ>ÌiýÊvÊÌ
iÊVi>Ê>`Ê ÌiiÛÃÊ>ÀV
Ûi]Ê>`Ê«iÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ʼÀiÊ«ii`i`Ê«>Ã̽Ê}
ÌÊÌ
iÊi>`ÊÌÊ>Ê
VIDEO INSTALLATION
245
¼ÀiÊ «ii`i`Ê vÕÌÕÀi½Ê vÀÊ Û}Ê >}iÊ VÕÌÕÀi°99Ê iÛiÀÌ
iiÃÃ]Ê ÌÊ ÜÕ`Ê LiÊ >Ê ÃÌ>iÊ vÀÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÌÊ ÃÕëi`Ê VÀÌV>ÌÞÊ >`Ê }ÀiÊ Ì
iÊ À>ÌÛiÊ «ÀiÃÃÕÀiÊ iÝerted by television today (X-Factor]ÊÌ
iÊ>À`>Ã
>Ã]ÊiÀiÞÊÞi®]ÊÀÊÃ
Õ`ÊÌ
iÞÊ overlook the mirroring of state power and the framing of world events in what David ÃiÌÊV>ÃÊÌ
iʼVi``ÜÊÌiÀÀ>ÊvÊÌiiÛý°100 The co-opting of artists’ creative strategies in television’s own navel gazing should also be an area of concern.101 At the 2014 ScreenÊVviÀiViÊÊ>Ã}Ü]ÊÃ>ÊiÀÛ>Ê>ÀÌVÕ>Ìi`Ê>ÊÌÊvʼÌ
iÊ redistribution of the critical’ in which artists attempt to reveal what are naturalised «À>VÌViÃÊÜÌ
ÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ}Ê>`ÊÌiÀiÌÊVÕÌÕÀi]ÊÜÀ}ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÃ`iÊÊÌ
iÊ basis that it is no longer possible to occupy an outsider position. As many artists `ÃVÛiÀi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃ]ÊÌ
ÃÊiÌ
`ÊÃÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊ>Ài>`ÞÊV«ÀÃi`Ê and only rigorous attention to the workings of televisual language will avoid simply Ài«À`ÕV}ÊÌ
iÊLiVÌÊvÊVÀ̵Õi°Ê7
>ÌiÛiÀÊÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>`«ÌÊÊÌ
iÊvÕÌÕÀi]Ê Ì
iÊ`V>ÌÃÊ>ÀiÊÌ
>ÌÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊVÕÌÕÀiÊ>`]Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊÀiViÌÊë>ÌiÊvÊ«>ÃÌV
iÃÊ>`Ê Àii>VÌiÌÃÊ>ÌÌiÃÌ]Ê
ÃÌÀV>Ê>>}ÕiÊÛ`iÊ>ÀÌÊÜÊVÌÕiÊÌÊ«ÀÛ`iÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊ V>«Ì>ÊÌÊÀiÛiÃÌÊÊÌ
iʼÌ
i>ÌÀiÃÊvÊ/6½102 that contemporary galleries and museums have latterly become.
NOTES 1Ê 2Ê 3Ê
4Ê 5Ê 6
7 8Ê 9Ê
246
Ê Ã½ÃÊÌiÀÊÕÃi`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÕÌÊSeeing Things: Television in the Age of Uncertainty (2000). London: I.B. Tauris. >Û`Ê>Ê£Çx®Ê¼6`iÊÀÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ6`iÊ-
ܽ]ÊFilm Video Extra]Ê{]Ê«°ÊÓ° /
ÃÊÃÊ
ÜÊ>ÝÊÀÞÊ`iÃVÀLi`Ê
ÃÊwÀÃÌÊiVÕÌiÀÊÜÌ
ÊwÊÊ£nÈ\ʼÌÊÃÊÌÊviÊLÕÌÊÌÃÊ Ã
>`Ü]ÊÌÊÃÊÌÊÌÊLÕÌÊ̽ÃÊÃÕ`iÃÃÊëiVÌÀi°½ÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÃiiÌ
° VÉÃÌÀ>ÞÚ`ÀÉ}`ÚvÚÃ
>`Üð
Ìl (accessed 22 August 2012) . -iiÊ
Ê ÃÊÓäää®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°ÆÊ>ÃÊÞÊ-«}iÊ£Ó®ÊMake Room for TV: Television and the Family Ideal in Postwar America. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. >iÛiÊ ÞÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊ18]Ê`]Ê£ÇÊ>ÞÊÓä£{° See Maeve Connolly (2014) TV Museum: Contemporary Art and the Age of Television. Bristol: ÌiiVÌÆʼÕ>ÊÌiÀiÃÌÊÃÌÀiÃ]ÊL>ÌiÀÊLiÌÜiiÊV>V
ÀÃÊ>`ÊV
>}iÃÊÊÛV>Ê`iÛiÀÞÊVÕ`}ÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÊvÊ>ÊiiÀ}iÌV]ÊÕ«Li>ÌÊÌi½ÊÜ>ÃÊvÕ`ÊÌÊ
>ÛiÊ>Ê«ÃÌÛiÊ«>VÌÊÊ À>Ì}Ã]Ê«°Ê£Î{° David Hendy (2010) The Cultivated Mind°Ê Ê,>`Ê{]ÊwÀÃÌÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊ£nÊÕi°Ê *i}}ÞÊ>iÊ£x®Ê¼6`iÊ
>ÃÊ >«ÌÕÀi`ÊÕÀÊ>}>̽]ÊÊ*i}}ÞÊ>iÊ>`ÊÃ>Ê-ÌiiiÊi`Ã®Ê Video re/View°Ê/ÀÌ\ÊÀÌÊiÌÀ«iÊ>`Ê6Ì>«i]Ê«°Ê££n°
>Ì>Ê ViÀ>Ê Ê VÛiÀÃ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê V
>iÊ iÜ>]Ê />ÌiÊ `iÀ]Ê `]Ê >ÀV
Ê 2002.
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
10Ê 11Ê 12
13Ê 14Ê 15Ê
Ê 16 17
18Ê
19 20Ê 21Ê 22Ê 23Ê
24Ê
25Ê
26Ê
>Û`Êi`ÞÊÓä£ä®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê °Ê°Ê >>À`]ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊ>iÃÊ6iÀiÀiÊÊ£nn°ÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°}L>>À`° V>Éi`>É£nnÚÕiÚÌÜ}
ÌÚâiÚ>}>âi°
Ìl (accessed 1 September 2013). In Bad ScienceÊÓää]Ê>À«iÀÊ*iÀi>®]Ê iÊ`>VÀiÊ>ÃÃiÀÌi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ
iÀiÊÌ
iÞÊvÀ>ÞÊ `i>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê`VÌÀÃ]Ê«
>À>ViÕÌV>ÊV«>iÃÊÊiÀV>Ê
>ÛiÊVÀi>Ãi`ÊÌ
iÀÊëi`}Ê Ê`ÀiVÌÌVÃÕiÀÊ>`ÛiÀÌÃ}]ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊ«>ÌiÌÃÊÌ
iÊ«iÌÌÊÌ
iÀÊ*ÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ`ÀÕ}Ã]Ê thereby increasing sales. +ÕÌiÃÊ>ÀiÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÌiÝÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÌÃiv°Ê >Û`Ê°Ê,ÃÃÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê*iÌiÀÊ >«ÕÃÊ>`Ê Õ}>ÃÊÀ`]Ê£ÇÊ«ÀÊÓään]Ê/>ÌiÊ `iÀ]Ê`° ÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃ]Ê>>}ÕiÊÌÀÃÊ}iiÀ>ÞÊ`ë>Þi`ÊÞÊV>ÞÊ«ÕÌÌi`ÊÛ`iÊÃ}>ÃÊ from a camera or video player. Monitors were soon developed that could both receive broadV>ÃÌÊÃ}>ÃÊ>`Ê`ë>ÞÊvÌ>}iÊvÀÊ>ÊiÝÌiÀ>Ê`iÛVi°Ê Steve Hawley quoted in Catherine Elwes (2005a) Video Art: A Guided Tour. London: I.B. />ÕÀÃ]Ê«°Ê£{£° Dé-collage was derived from the torn posters of the French affichistes]Ê ÜÊ >««i`Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÀÊVÃÕiÀÊLiVÌðÊ-iiÊ
Ê°Ê>
>À`ÌÊ£ä®Ê¼ iV>}iÉ >}i\Ê ÌiÃÊ/Ü>À`ÃÊ>Ê ,iiÝ>>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ"À}ÃÊvÊ6`iÊÀ̽]ÊÊ Õ}Ê>Ê>`Ê->ÞÊÊviÀÊi`îÊIlluminating Video: An Essential Guide to Video Art°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê«iÀÌÕÀiÉ 6 ]Ê««°ÊÇ£q° /
iÊ`iÃÌÀÕVÌÊvÊÌiiÛÃÊÃiÌÃÊ`iÛi«i`ÊÌÊÃiÌ
}ÊvÊ>Ê}iÀi]ÊiÝi«wi`ÊLÞÊÌÊ >ÀÊÊ->ÊÀ>VÃV]ÊÜ
ÊÊMedia Burn (1975) drove a Cadillac through a wall of burning TVs. See Marshall McLuhan (1964) Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man. New York: McGraw-Hill.
>Ì
iÀiÊ,ÕÃÃiÊÓäää®Ê¼ÕÌiÌ
}À>«
Þ\ÊÕÀiÞÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ-iv½]ÊÊ-ÌiÛiÊ,iiÊ>`Ê/Ê Taylor (eds) Lux: A Decade of Artists’ Film & Video°Ê/ÀÌ\Ê*i>ÃÕÀiÊ iÉ99Û`Êi`Þ]The Ethereal MindÊÓä£ä®]Ê Ê,>`Ê{]ÊwÀÃÌÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊ£{ÊÕi°
Ê*iÀÀÞÊÓ䣣q£Ó®Ê¼/6Ê>iÛiÀ½]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎxÓ]Ê«°Ê£Î° >Ì
>Ê À>ÀÞ]ÊÊ
ÃÊvÀiÜÀ`ÊÌÊ V>ÃÊ`iÊ"ÛiÀ>]ÊÜÌ
Ê V>Ê"ÝiÞÊ>`ÊV
>iÊ*iÌÀÞÊ (2003) Installation Art in the New Millennium: The Empire of the Senses. London: Thames EÊÕ`Ã]Ê««°ÊÈq££°ÊÊÃ>ÀÊÛiÜÊÃÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃi`ÊÊ/
i`ÀÊ`À½ÃÊ£x{ÊiÃÃ>Þ]ʼÜÊÌÊ Ê>ÌÊ/iiÛýÊÊ°°Ê iÀÃÌiÊi`°®]ÊThe Culture IndustryÊÓä䣮°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê,ÕÌi`}i]Ê pp. 158–77. ÀÊiÝ>«i]ÊÊ£n{ÊiÊ-ÌÕLLÃ]Ê,>`Ê i}Ê>`ÊiÊ,ÕÃ
ÌÊV«i`ÊÌ
iÊMiner’s Tapes from their own actuality footage inluding interviews with strikers and their families. /
iÊÌ>«iÃÊÜiÀiÊi`Ìi`Ê>ÌÊ`Ê6`iÊÀÌÃ]Ê>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÀÕÊV«iÀ>ÌÛi]Ê>`Ê`ÃÌÀLÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ the National Union of Mineworkers. -iÊ>ÀÌÃÌýÊÌ>«iÃÊÜiÀiÊ>Ài`ÊÊÌiiÛÃ]Ê«Ài`>ÌÞÊV>LiÊ/6ÊÊiÀV>]ÊLÕÌÊÊÌ
iÊ 1]Ê
>iÊ{ÊLÀiyÞÊV
>«i`ÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊÛ`i°Ê-iiÊ,`Ê-Ìi>ʣȮʼVÕÀÃÃÊ >`ÊVÕÃÃ\Ê/
iÊÛ>Ì>À`iÊÊ
>iÊ{]Ê£nÎqν]ÊÊV
>iÊ"½*À>ÞÊi`°®ÊThe British Avant-Garde Film, 1926 to 1995°Ê`\Ê/
iÊÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊvÊ }>`É
ÊLLiÞÊi`>]Ê pp. 285–96. >Ã1ÀV
Ê "LÀÃ̽ÃÊ ÌiÀÊ µÕÌi`Ê Ê >ÌiÊ `V
Ê Óä£ä®Ê Screens: Viewing Media Installation Art°Êi>«Ã]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊiÃÌ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°{ΰ
VIDEO INSTALLATION
247
27
28 29Ê 30Ê 31Ê 32
33Ê
34Ê 35Ê 36Ê
37Ê 38 39 40Ê 41 42Ê
43Ê
44Ê 45Ê 46Ê
248
Dara Birnbaum quoted in Chris Meigh-Andrews (2006) A History of Video Art: The Development of Form and Function°Ê"ÝvÀ`\Ê iÀ}]Ê«°Ê£Çä°Ê ÀL>ÕÊÜÀi`ÊÊ«ÃÌ«À`ÕVÌÊvÀÊ>ÊiÀV>ÊÌiiÛÃÊV«>ÞÊÜ
iÀi]ÊÊ£Ç]ÊÃ
iʼLÀÀÜi`½ÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊvÌ>}iÊ vÀÊ
iÀʼÌiV
}V>ÊÌÀ>ÃvÀ>Ìý° Ibid. >iÛiÊ ÞÊÓä£{®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê«°ÊÓxÎ°Ê >À>Ê ÀL>ÕʵÕÌi`ÊÊ
ÀÃÊi}
`ÀiÜÃÊÓääÈ®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê >Ì
iiÊ*ÀÀiÊ`>ÃÊ£®Ê¼>`ÞÊÊÌ
iÊ>i\ÊyÕ`ÊvÀÃÊvÊÃivÊÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊÛ`i½]Ê PromiseÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê/ÀÌ]Ê99ÌV
¶ÛrÈÝViÊ>vÌiÀÊÌ
iÀ\Ê ÌiÃÊÊ-ÌiÊ-«iVwVÌÞ½]ÊOctober]Ênä]Ê««°Ê 85–110.
Ê*iÀÀÞ½ÃÊÌiÀÊʼ/6Ê>iÛiÀ½ÊÓ䣣q£Ó®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê££°
Ê >`iÃÃ>ÀÊ µÕÌi`Ê LÞÊ Ã>>VÊ Õi]Ê Guide to Artists’ Filmmaking]Ê Ê ,>`Ê {]Ê £nÊ >Õ>ÀÞÊÓ䣣° ÀÊi]ÊÌ
iÊëVÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}ÞÊÜ>ÃÊiÞ°ÊÊ
>`ÊÊii`ÊvÊ>Ê}
ÌÊiÌiÀ]ÊÜ
V
ÊÊ ``ÊÌÊÕ`iÀÃÌ>`]Ê>`ÊÊVÕ`ÊÜÀÊ>i°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÜi}
ÌÊvÊÌ
iʼ«ÀÌ>Li½Ê«ÀÌ>«>Ê was a problem. Inspired by the heroic image of Bill Viola facing the desert with the camera
ÃÌi`ÊÌÊiÊÃ
Õ`iÀÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÌ>«>ÊÃÕ}Ê>VÀÃÃÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀ]ÊÊ>`iÊSpring (1988) ÊÜ
V
]ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊiµÕ«iÌ]ÊÊ>ÌÌi«Ìi`ÊÌÊvÜÊ>ÊÞÕ}Ê}ÀÊi>`}ÊiÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê>Ê Ü`°Ê/
iÊ«>ÕÃiÃÊÊÞÊÕÀiÞÊVÀÀië`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊiÌÃÊÜ
iÊÊV>ÊÊ}iÀÊV>ÀÀÞÊÌ
iÊ iµÕ«iÌ]Ê>`Ê
>ÛiÊÌÊÃÌ«Ê>`ÊV>ÌV
ÊÞÊLÀi>Ì
°Ê
>Ì
iÀiÊ,ÕÃÃiÊÓäää®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£äÓ° I am grateful to Catherine Long for drawing my attention to Pindell’s video. Patricia Mellancamp (1990) Indiscretions: Avant-Garde Film, Video & Feminism. BloomingÌ]Ê \Ê`>>Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£Ó° >ÀÞÊ,ÕÃÃʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ*>ÌÀV>Êi>V>«]ÊL`° For further discussion of the uses of video in liberation movements of the 1960s and £ÇäÃ]ÊÃiiÊ >Ì
iÀiÊ ÜiÃÊÓääx>®]Ê«°ÊVÌ° ÀÕViÊ >Õ>ʵÕÌi`ÊÊ >ÀiÊ Ã
«ÊÓääx>®Ê¼ ÕÌÊÃÊÌÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÀ̶½]Ê£Ê>Õ>ÀÞ]ÊTate etc.]Ê Î°Ê Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì>Ìi°À}°ÕÉVÌiÝÌViÌÉ>ÀÌViÃÉÌÃÌ>>Ì>ÀÌ (accessed 5 August 2013). -iiÊ /
>ÃÊ Ã>iÃÃiÀÊ ÓääÈ®Ê ¼ ÃV«iÊ /
ÀÕ}
Ê i}iÃÃ\Ê /
iÊ ,ÕLiÊ Ê iÌÜiiÊ ºÌ ÌÀ>VÌûÊ>`ʺ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊÌi}À>Ì»½]ÊÊ7>`>Ê-ÌÀ>ÕÛiÊi`°®ÊThe Cinema of Attractions Reloaded]ÊÃÌiÀ`>\ÊÃÌiÀ`>Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°ÊÓäxqÓΰ L`°]Ê«°ÊÓÓä° -iiÊ -ÌÕ>ÀÌÊ >ÀÃ
>Ê £Çx®Ê ¼6`iÊ ÀÌ]Ê Ì
iÊ >}>ÀÞÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ «>ÀiÊ Û`i½]Ê Studio International]Ê>ÞÉÕi]Ê««°ÊÓ{ÎqÇ° -iiÊ,Ã>`ÊÀ>ÕÃÃÊ£ÇȮʼ6`i\Ê/
iÊiÃÌ
iÌVÃÊvÊ >ÀVÃÃý]ÊOctober]Ê£]Ê«°Êxΰ
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
47Ê 48Ê 49
50Ê
51Ê 52 53Ê
54Ê 55Ê
56Ê 57Ê
58Ê 59
60Ê 61
62Ê
iÊ°Ê7>}iÀÊÓäää®Ê¼*iÀvÀ>Vi]Ê6`i]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ,
iÌÀVÊvÊ*ÀiÃiVi½]ÊOctober]Ê£]Ê«°Ê Èn°ÊÊ>Ê}À>ÌivÕÊÌÊ>ÌiÊ*i}ÊvÀÊ>iÀÌ}ÊiÊÌÊÌ
ÃÊÀiviÀiVi° ,Ã>`ÊÀ>ÕÃÃÊ£ÇÈ®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Êx° See Michel Foucault (1975) Surveiller et punir. Naissance de la Prison. Paris: Gallimard. ÕV>ÕÌÊ`ÃVÕÃÃiÃÊiÀiÞÊ iÌ
>½ÃÊ«ÀÃÊ`iÃ}ÊÊÜ
V
Ê>ÊÃ}iÊÜ>À`iÀÊVÕ`ÊÃÕÀÛiÞ]ÊÕÃii]Ê>Ê>À}iÊÕLiÀÊvÊViÃÊv>}ÊÕÌÊvÀÊ>ÊViÌÀ>ÊÛiÜ}ÊÃÌ>Ì°ÊiÊÕÃiÃÊÌ
iÊ panopticon as a metaphor for mechanisms of technological and state power. ÀÊÞÊÌiÃÊÊÃ>ÊiÀÛ>½ÃÊ«>«iÀʼ6`i>À̽ÃÊÛiÀÌi`Ê*>«ÌV\ÊÊ ÀÌV>ÊiÃÌ
i ÌVÃÊ vÊ *ÃÌVi>ÌVÊ -ÕLiVÌÛÌÞ½]Ê `iÛiÀi`Ê >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ -VÀiiÊ VviÀiVi]Ê >Ã}Ü]Ê ÕiÊ 2014. >ÊÀ>
>ʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ iVÌÀVÊÀÌÊÌiÀÝ]ÊÕ`>Ìi`°ÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°i>° À}ÉÌÌi°
̶`r£ÈÎ7 (accessed 26 April 2014). Ibid. 7
iÊÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÊÃÌÕ`iÌÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ->`iÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊ£ÇäÃ]ÊÊ>ÌÌi`i`Ê>ÊÀii>VÌiÌÊvÊÀ>
>½ÃÊ video performance staged by a duo whose name now escapes me. When they launched into Ì
iÀÊiÌVÕÕÃÊ`iÃVÀ«ÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊÀ>LLiÊÜ
Ê
>`Ê}>Ì
iÀi`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÛiÌ]ÊÊVÜiÀi`Ê Li
`Ê>Ê>À}iÊÃVÕ«ÌÀÊ>`Ê«À>Þi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÊÜÕ`ÊLiÊÛiÀi`°Ê¼/
iÀiÊÃÊ >ÌiÊ >ÀÞ Üiý]Ê µÕ««i`ÊiÊvÊÌ
iÊiÞÊ>`Ã]ʼÃ
i½ÃÊ«ÀiÌÌÞÊÌ`>Ì}ÊÜ
iÊÞÕÊwÀÃÌÊiiÌÊ
iÀ½]Ê
iÊVÌÕi`]Ê«Àiv>V}Ê>ÊvÀiÃVÊ`iÌÊvÊÞÊV
>À>VÌiÀ°ÊÊÜ>ÃÊ`iÛ>ÃÌ>Ìi`° >Û`Ê>Ê£Çx®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÓ° >À>Ê-ÌÕÀiÊ£®Ê¼,i>}}ÊÌ
iÊÀV
Ûi½]ÊÊSeeing Time: Selections from the Pamela & Richard Kramlich Collection of Media Art]ÊiÝ
LÌÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê->ÊÀ>VÃVÊÕÃiÕÊvÊ `iÀÊÀÌ]Ê«°ÊÎn°Ê Ì
ÞÊ V >]Ê Ã«i>}Ê >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ Shoot, Shoot, Shoot]Ê VviÀiVi]Ê />ÌiÊ `iÀ]Ê `]Ê May 2002. >Û`Ê°Ê,ÃÃÊ£®Ê¼-ii}ÊÊ,i>Ê/i½]ÊÊSeeing Time: Selections from the Pamela & Richard Kramlich Collection of Media ArtÊ £®]Ê iÝ
LÌÊ V>Ì>}Õi]Ê ->Ê À>VÃVÊ ÕÃiÕÊvÊ`iÀÊÀÌ]Ê«°Ê£ä° -iiÊ >Ì
iÀiÊÜiÀÊÓä£Î®Ê¼"ViÊÀiÊÜÌ
Êvii}\Ê*iÀvÀ}ÊÌ
iÊÃivÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊ >Ê7i>À}]ÊÕÌÕŋÊÌ>>Ê>`Ê*
Ê Ã½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê««°Ê£äqÓ{° A new adaptation of In Two Minds entitled Past and Future Versions features the artist talking to >Ê
i>ÛÞÊ>`iÊÕ«ÊÌ
iÀÌÊ«iÀÃ>Ì}Ê>ÊiÛiÊ`iÀÊÃiv°Ê/
ÃÊ«
>ÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ]Ê
iÊÃ>ÞÃ]Ê >ÜÃÊ
ʼÌÊVÀi>ÌiÊwVÌ>Ê>ÀÌÊÜÀÃ]Ê>iÊ«ÕLVÊÞÊV>ÀiiÀÊ>ëÀ>ÌÃ]Ê>`Ê>}iÊ
ÜÊ ÞÊ«iÀÃ>ÊviÊ}
ÌÊ«>ÊÕ̽°Ê, 7 ÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê Õ`iiÊ Ìi«À>ÀÞÊÀÌÃÊÓääÈ®° ÊÌiÀÊÕÃi`ÊLÞÊ->ÛÊ=ãiÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊ/>ÌiÊ ÀÌ>ÊÊÓxÊ>ÞÊÓääÈ° Atherton and Graham represent a generation whose presence in the work was central to its investigation of perception and identity. A new generation has adopted a practice of Ü
>ÌÊ >ÀiÊ Ã
«Ê
>ÃÊÀ`>i`ʼ`ii}>Ìi`Ê«iÀvÀ>Vi½ÊÊÜ
V
ʼV>LÀ>ÌÀýʫiÀvÀÊ >ÃÊÃÕÀÀ}>ÌiÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>}>]ÊÃiiÊ >Ì
iÀiÊÜiÀÊÓä£Î®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°®°ÊÞÊvVÕÃÊ
iÀiÊÃÊ Êi>ÀÞÊiÝ>«iÃÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÜ
ÊÜÀi`ÊÛiÊÜÌ
ÊÛ`i°Ê ÀÊ>ÊÀiÊ`i«Ì
Ê`ÃVÕÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`iÃÌVÊÀ}ÃÊvÊÛ`iÊÃÌ>>Ì]ÊÃiiÊ >Ì
iÀiÊ
ÜiÃÊ Ó䣣®Ê ¼/
iÊ iÃÌVÊ -«>ViÃÊ vÊ 6`iÊ ÃÌ>>̽]Ê Ê °Ê °Ê ,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê 7
Ìi]Ê Steven Ball and David Curtis (eds) Expanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê pp. 276–87.
VIDEO INSTALLATION
249
63Ê
64Ê
65Ê 66Ê
67Ê 68Ê 69Ê 70Ê
71Ê 72Ê 73Ê 74Ê 75Ê 76Ê
77Ê 78Ê
79Ê
80 81Ê 82Ê 83
250
-«iVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÜiÀiÊÜ>i`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊë>ViÊÊÃ>Ê}ÀÕ«ÃÊÜ
iÊÌ
iʼV>Ã̽Ê>`ÊVÀiÜÊÜÀi`Ê >ÀÕ`ÊÌ
i°ÊÊÌ
iÊVÌÀÊÀ]ÊÛÃÌÀÃÊVÕ`ÊÃÌiÊÊÌÊÃÕLiVÌÃÊÜ
ÊÜiÀiÊÜÀi`ÊÜÌ
Ê microphones for 24 hours a day over three days. °Ê °Ê >>À`Ê µÕÌi`Ê LÞÊ V>ÃÊ `iÊ "ÛiÀ>Ê ÓääÎ®Ê Installation Art in the New Millennium. `\Ê/
>iÃÊEÊÕ`Ã]Ê«°ÊÓÓ°ÊiÊVÌÕiÃ\ʼ,i>ÌÞÊÃÊÌÕÀ}ÊÌÊ>Ê
iÊÛi]ÊÊ which an infanticized version of ourselves runs across a garden of artificial grass.’
ʼ««Þ½Ê«ÃʵÕÌi`ÊÊ
ÀÃÊi}
`ÀiÜÃÊQÓääÈRÊÓä£{]ÊÓ`Êi`®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê 56. 7
iÀiÊ ÀÌÃ
Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>`iÊÀ>`ÃÊÌÊ«ÕLVÊÃiÀÛViÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ}]Ê«ÀV«>ÞÊ
>iÊ {]ÊiÀV>ÃÊvÕ`Ê>ÊÀiVi«ÌÛiÊVÌiÝÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÀÊÜÀÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÌÜ`iÊiÌÜÀÊvÊV>LiÊ ÃÌ>ÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ+ ÊÊ->ÊÀ>VÃVÊ>`Ê7 ÊÊ ÃÌ°
>ÌÀÊ ÀV
Ê Óää{®Ê ¼}À>«
½]Ê ÌÀ>Ã°Ê V
>ÃÊ À`i]Ê Frieze]Ê nÎ°Ê Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«Ã\ÉÉÜÜÜ°vÀiâi°VÉÃÃÕiÉ>ÀÌViÉiÝ
LÌÚ«À}À>iÉ (accessed 17 April 2014). >ÀL>À>ÊiÃÃÊÓääx®Ê¼"ÕÀÊ>V
iÃÊÜÊ>ÀiÊÀi>`ÞÊÌÊÃ
̽]ÊÊDispatch]Ê££{]Ê ÀÜV
ÊÀÌÊ >iÀÞ]ÊÕ«>}>Ìi`° iÀÀÞÊ-V
ÕʵÕÌi`ÊÊ >ÀL>À>ÊiÃÃ]ÊL`°ÊÊ iÀiÞÊ7iÃ
ʣȮʼ"iÊ >ÌÊ1`iÀÊ>Ê7ÊvÊÀ®]ÊÀ\Ê/
iÊ-
ÞÊ/ÞÃÊvÊ/
>ÌV
iÀ½ÃÊ
`Ài½]ÊÊÕ>Ê}
ÌÊi`°®ÊDiverse Practices: A Critical Reader on British Video Art. Luton: ÕÌÊ*ÀiÃÃÉÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊvÊ }>`]Ê«°Ê£Èä° ,V
>À`Ê>ÌʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ >Û`Ê >ÀÀiÌÌÊ£n®Êʼ `Ê >Ìi½]ÊFrieze]ÊΰÊÛ>>LiÊi\ÊÊ
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°vÀiâi°VÉÃÃÕiÉ>ÀÌViÉL`Ú`>ÌiÉ (accessed 27 Aug 2013). >Û`Êi`Þ]The Fallible MindÊÓä£ä®]Ê Ê,>`Ê{]ÊwÀÃÌÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌÊ£ÇÊÕi°Ê
Ê7iÃ
>Êëi>}Ê>LÕÌÊ/ÞÊ"ÕÀÃiÀÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊDrawn Encounters, Complex Identities VviÀiVi]Ê/
iÊ ÀÌÃ
Ê-V
Ê>ÌÊ,i]Ê-i«ÌiLiÀÊÓään° ,LiÀÌÊÕ}
iÃʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ >Û`Êi`Þ]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi°Ê Õ>Ê ÀÃÌiÛ>Ê Q£nÇRÊ £Ç®Ê ¼ >VÊ -Õ½]Ê Ê The Portable Kristeva. New York: Columbia 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÓÇ° ÕÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ`ÕÃÌÀ>Ê`ëÕÌiÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃÊ>`Êi>ÀÞÊ£näÃ]ÊÌiV
V>ýÊ>`ÊÕÀ>ÃÌÃ½Ê ÕÃÊ«iÀ`V>ÞÊ«Õi`ÊÌ
iÊ«Õ}ÊÊLÀ>`V>ÃÌ}°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊÃVÀiiÃÊ``ÊÌÊ}ÊV«iÌiÞÊL>]Ê«À}À>iÃÊÜiÀiÊÀi«>Vi`ÊLÞÊ>ÊÌiÝÌÊiÃÃ>}iÊ>«}Ã}ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊLÀi>ÊÊ transmission. >Û`Ê>Ê£Çx®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÓ° ÊÀiViÌÊ>ÌÌi«ÌÊÌÊÀiVÀi>ÌiÊÌ
ÃÊÜÀÊvÀÊÌ
iʼ, 7 ½Ê«ÀiVÌÊÊ Õ`iiÊ
>`ÊÌÊLiÊ>L>`ned because the original cameras had lost their phosphorescent coatings through age and contemporary cameras no longer register an electronic after image. 7>ÌiÀÊ i>Ê£ÎÈ®ÊThe Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>ÀÝÃÌðÀ}ÉÀiviÀiViÉÃÕLiVÌÉ«
ë
ÞÉÜÀÃÉ}iÉLi>°
Ìm. (accessed 18 April 2014). Ina Blom (2007) On the Style Site: Art, Sociality and Media Culture. New York: Sternberg *ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ênx° /
>ÃÊ Ã>iÃÃiÀÊÓääÈ®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÓ£{° -ÌiÛiÊ >ÊÓä£Î®Ê¼/
iÊi`ÊvÊÌiiÛÃ\Ê >Û`Ê>½ÃÊ1001 TV Sets (End Piece)½]ÊMIRAJÊ]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê p. 136. Ibid.
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
84Ê
>Û`Ê >Ê µÕÌi`Ê Ê >Ê >ÀiÌÌÊ Óä£Ó®Ê ¼ÀÌÃÌÊ >ÀÃÊ `}Ì>Ê ÃÜÌV
ÛiÀÊ ÜÌ
Ê ¼¼/6Ê À>ÛiÞ>À`½½½]ÊThe Telegraph]Ê£ÈÊ>ÀV
° 85Ê -ÌiÛiÊ >ÊÓä£Î®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê 86 Ibid. 87Ê >iÛiÊ ÞÊÓä£{®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£än° 88Ê -ÌÕ>ÀÌÊivvÀiÃÊÓääȮʼiÌÊ,i>½]ÊThe Guardian]ÊÈÊÕÞ° 89Ê >À>Ê7>Ã
ÊÓääȮʼ>Ê7i>À}½]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎää]Ê«°ÊÓÈ° 90 Chris Wright speaking at the Documentary & Ethnographic Avant-GardeÊ Ãi>À]Ê , Ê ÀÌÃÌÃÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ,iÃi>ÀV
Ê iÌÜÀ]Ê
]ÊÓÈÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£Ó° 91Ê >iÛiÊ ÞÊÓä£{®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£{Ç°ÊFamily History intersects with a famous social document generated by television itself. Michael Apted’s 7 UpÊÃiÀiÃ°Ê i}ÕÊÊ£È{]ÊÌÊvÜi`Ê Ì
iÊÛiÃÊvÊvÕÀÌiiÊ}ÀÃÊ>`ÊLÞÃÊvÀÊ>ÊÀ>}iÊvÊÃV>ÊL>V}ÀÕ`Ã]ÊVÕ>Ì}ÊÃÌÊ recently in 56 UpÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÞÊÜiÀiÊÜiÊÌÊ``iÊ>}i°Ê/
iÊ«À}À>i½ÃÊ«ÀV«>ÊLiVÌÛiÊ was to demonstrate the effects on individuals of the British class system. 92 Douglas Gordon speaking in The Expansive Lens]Ê Õ}>ÃÊÀ`]Ê*iÌiÀÊ >«ÕÃÊ>`Ê >Û`Ê ,ÃÃÊ Ê VÛiÀÃ>Ì]Ê />ÌiÊ `iÀ]Ê «ÀÊ Óään°Ê Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì>Ìi°À}°ÕÉ VÌiÝÌViÌÉ>ÀÌViÃÉiÝ«>ÃÛiiðÊVViÃÃi`Ê£ÈÊ iViLiÀÊÓä£{°Ê 93 Erika Balsom (2013a) Exhibiting Cinema in Contemporary Art. Amsterdam: Amsterdam 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£{Ó° 94Ê >iÛiÊ ÞÊ Óä£Î®Ê ¼/iiÛÃ]Ê ÕÌ`i`Ê ÌiV
}iÃ]Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ ÜÀÊ vÊ >>Ê ½]Ê MIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê«°ÊÓnÈ° 95Ê >iÛiÊ ÞÊÓä£{®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÓ£° 96 Ibid. 97Ê -iÊ>ÃÊÜÀÊÜÌ
ÊÕ«>`Ê«ÀviÃÃ>Ê«iÀvÀiÀÃ]ÊÜ
ÃiÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ}ÛiÃÊ rise to questions about the employment hierarchies dominating the television industry >`Ê
ÜÊÌ
iÃiÊiµÕ>ÌiÃÊ}
ÌÊÌÀ>Ã>ÌiÊÌÊ>Ê>ÀÌÊVÌiÝÌ°Ê 98Ê >iÛiÊ ÞÊÓä£{®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê«°Ê££Î°Ê 99Ê /
>ÃÊ Ã>iÃÃiÀ]Ê ¼/
iÊ *iÌVÃÊ >`Ê *ÌVÃÊ vÊ "LÃiÃViVi½]Ê «>«iÀÊ `iÛiÀi`Ê >ÌÊ , Ê ÀÌÃÌÃÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ,iÃi>ÀV
Ê iÌÜÀ]Ê
]ÊnÊÕiÊÓä£{°Ê 100Ê >Û`ÊÃiÌʵÕÌi`ÊLÞÊ>iÛiÊ ÞÊÓä£{®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Êxx°Ê ÞÊ>ÌiÀʵÕÌiÃÊ>ÕÀiÊ "ÕiiÌÌi½ÃÊÀiÃi>ÀV
ÊÌÊÀi>ÌÞÊ/6ÆÊ
iÊÌiÀÛiÜÃÊ>ÊÕ`}iÊÜ
ÊL>iÃÊÃ>«Ê«iÀ>ÃÊvÀʼi}ÌÃ}ÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊL>VÃÌ>LL}]ÊÜÊ`Ü]ÊÃiL>ÊLi
>ÛÕÀ½]Ê«°Ê££Ó° 101Ê -iiÊ Ê*iÀÀÞÊÓ䣣q£Ó®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê 102Ê >iÛiÊ ÞÊÓä£{®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê{Ç°
VIDEO INSTALLATION
251
C H A P T E R T W E LV E
Closing Thoughts Euthyphro: But, Socrates, I don’t know how to convey to you what I have in mind. Whatever we put forward somehow keeps on shifting its position and refuses to stay where we laid it down. Plato1
THE DEATH AND RESURRECTION OF ANALOGUE I shall now edge towards some closing observations based on three issues left ÕÌÃÌ>`}Ê Ê Ì
ÃÊ }ii>}ÞÊ vÊ ÃÌ>>ÌÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ Û}Ê >}i°Ê ÀÃÌÞ]Ê Ì
iÊ consequences of the displacement of analogue technology by the digital age merit VÃiÀÊ iÝ>>Ì°Ê /
iÊ `iÃiÊ vÊ ViÕ`Ê wÊ }>ÛiÊ ÀÃiÊ ÌÊ iÝ«ÀiÃÃÃÊ vÊ }ÀivÊ vÀÊÃiÀÊw>iÀÃÊÜ
]ÊV}ÊvÊ>}iÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÇäÃ]Ê
>`ÊL>Ãi`ÊÌ
iÀÊ«À>VÌViÊ on medium specificity. They related viscerally to both the filmic apparatus and the V
>À}i`ÊiÌÊvÊ«ÀiVÌ°Ê6iÀÞÊviÜÊÛ`i>iÀÃÊÃÕvviÀi`ÊiµÕÛ>iÌÊÜÌ
`À>Ü>Ê ÃÞ«ÌÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ ÃÃÊ vÊ >>}ÕiÊ Û`iÌ>«i]Ê >ÃÊ Ê
>ÛiÊ `ÃVÕÃÃi`Ê iÃiÜ
iÀi°2 7
iÀiÊ>ÀÌÞÊ-Ì°Ê>iÃÊiLÀ>Vi`ÊÌ
iʼViÀiÛi`½]Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ>ÌÕÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊÛ`iÊ Ã}>]3ÊiÊ>VLÃÊ`iV>Ài`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ>}Ê>ÊwÊÃʼ>Ê>VÌÊvÊV}ÀiÃý]Ê>``}ÊÀ
iÌÀV>Þ]ʼÜ
ÊýÌÊ>ÊVi«
>VÊÌ
iÃiÊ`>Þö½4Ê>Ì
>Ê7>iÞÊ
>ÃÊÌiÀ«ÀiÌi`ÊÌ
iÊ ÀiÌÀëiVÌÊvÊ>ÀV
Û>ÊÜÀÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÛiÊÌʼÀiÃÌÀiÊwÊÌÊÌ
iÊViÌÀiÊvÊÌ
iÊVi>ÌVÊ«À>VÌVi½]Ê>`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊVÕÌÕÀ>Ê>LÀ>ÌÀÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ]ÊLiÃÌÜÊÕ«ÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ iÀÀ`>Ê«ÃÌÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÃÌÃÊ`iii`ÊÕÌi>Li]Ê>Ê`i}ÀiiÊvʼ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊ>ÕÌÞ½°5 i>Ü
i]ÊÊ,Ã>`ÊÀ>ÕÃýÃÊ«ÃÌi`ÕÊÕÛiÀÃi]ÊÌ
iÊÕÌ`i`]ÊÜÊÀii>Ãi`Ê vÀÊÌÃÊÕÌÌÞÊÛ>Õi]ÊÃÊi`ÊvÀÊÌÃÊÛiÀi`Ê«ÌiÌ>ÌiÃ]6ʼ>ÌiÀ>ÌÛiÊ«ÃÃLÌiý]Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊ/
>ÃÊ Ã>iÃÃiÀÊÌ
>ÌʼÜiÀiÊ>VÌÕ>ÞÊÃÕ««ÀiÃÃi`ÊÊi>ÀÞÊw½°7 In Ó䣣]Ê/>VÌ>Ê i>]Êi>}iÀÊÌÊiÝV>Û>ÌiÊÌ
ÃiÊ«ÃÃLÌiÃÊÊ
iÀÊ}}ÊwÊ«À>VÌVi]Ê spearheaded a sadly unsuccessful protest against the closure of the last 16mm film
252
Sandra Gibson and Luis Recoder, Light Spill (2005), 16mm film projector, 16mm film, screen. Lonely at the Top: Graphology Chapter 4, curated by Edwin Carels, M HKA, Antwerp, Belgium, August 25–September 25, 2011. Photo: Courtesy of M HKA and the artists.
«ÀViÃÃ}Ê>LÊÊÌ
iÊ1°ÊiÀÊVVÕÀÀiÌÊÃÌ>>ÌÊFilmÊÓ䣣®]Ê>Ê£ÎiÌÀiÊÃVÀiiÊ Ê Ì
iÊ vÀÊ vÊ >Ê ÛiÀÌV>Ê wÃÌÀ«Ê V«iÌiÊ ÜÌ
Ê `}Ì>®Ê ëÀViÌÊ
iÃ]Ê ÃÌ`Ê >ÃÊ a monument to the glories of both analogue cinema and the creative enterprise of iÝ«iÀiÌ>Êw>iÀÃÊÛiÀÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÊ
Õ`Ài`ÊÞi>ÀðÊFilmÊ>ÃÊViiLÀ>Ìi`ÊÌ
iʼLÕÀdensome physicality’8ÊvÊÌ
iÊi`Õ]Ê>Êvi>ÌÕÀiÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊiÊ i>ÊV
iÀÃ
ÊÜ
iÊ David Hall’s epic 1,001 TV Sets (see chapter eleven) affirmed the similarly cumberÃiÊ>ÃÃÊvÊ>>}ÕiÊÌiiÛÃÃ]Ê`iÛViÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÀiµÕÀi`ÊVÃ`iÀ>LiÊÕÃVÕ>ÌÕÀiÊ to transplant to a gallery. Tributes to analogue media have taken many forms. In Light Spill (2005) Sandra LÃÊ >`Ê ÕÃÊ ,iV`iÀÊ ÃÕLiVÌi`Ê >Ê À>`Ê ÃiiVÌÊ vÊ `Ê wÃÊ ÌÊ ¼`i>Ì
Ê LÞÊ «ÀiV̽]9Ê ÀÕ}Ê i>V
Ê iÊ Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê >Ê «ÀiVÌÀÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ê «VÊ Õ«Ê Àii]Ê ÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ the films spilled out onto the floor gradually creating a tangled burial mound un`iÀÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌÊLi>ÊÌ
>ÌÊ
>`Ê>VVÀ`i`ÊÌ
iÊ>Ê>ÃÌÊ}>ëÊvÊvi°ÊÃÊ`ÃVÕÃÃi`Ê ÊV
>«ÌiÀÃÊÃÝÊ>`Êi}
Ì]Ê>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊv>Ã
i`ÊÀiVÃÌÀÕVÌÃÊ>`Ê«>ÃÌV
iÃÊ of classic movies attesting to the interpenetration of Hollywood and their creative >}>ÌðÊ7
iÀiÊÊÓäää]Ê>ÀÊiÜÃÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê>ʼ«>ÀÌVi>½ÊÛiÀÃÊvÊV
>iÊ Powell’s Peeping Tom]ÊÊDr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde (Episodes from the Life of)ÊÓä䣮]Ê Paul Bush fashioned a witty remake of key scenes from the eponymous 1941 horror film. The image flickers between two amateur performances of the same scenes ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>VÌÀÃÊÃiiÊÌÊÛLÀ>Ìi]Ê>ÃÊvÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÀiÊÃÕvviÀ}ÊvÀÊ>ÊvÀÊvÊ>ÀV
Û>Ê
CLOSING THOUGHTS
253
epilepsy while the original soundtrack provides the anchorage. According to Chris >Ài]ÊÌ
iÃiÊiÌVÊÜÀÃÊ>VÌÊÕÌÊ>ÊvÕÌiʼ`iÃÀiÊÌÊÀi«i>ÌÊÌ
iÊ}iÃÌÕÀiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ >ÃÌiÀ`ÀiVÌÀ½]10 or perhaps they betray an Oedipal ambivalence compelling the artists to both acknowledge and challenge the authority of the father figures of Hollywood. />VÌ>Ê i>Ê>ÃÊÌ>À}iÌi`Êy>Ìi`Ê>ÃVÕÌiÃ]Ê`À>Ü}Ê>>}iÃÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊ obsolescence of analogue film and the grand failures of human enterprise. In Bubble HouseÊ£®]ÊÃ
iÊÃÕ}
ÌʼÌ
iÊViVÌÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ`Ã>««i>À>ViÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÃÕLiV̽11 in the remains of a spherical house on the Cayman Islands LÕÌÊLÞÊ>ÊÀiV
ÊiLiââiÀÊVÕÀÀiÌÞÊ>}ÕÃ
}ÊÊ>ÊiÀV>Ê>°ÊÊTeignmouth ElectronÊ £®]Ê i>Ê ÌÕÀi`Ê
iÀÊ >ÌÌiÌÊ ÌÊ >`Ê ÀÜ
ÕÀ̽ÃÊ L>ÌÊ Ü>Ã
i`Ê Õ«ÊÊ>ÊÃÌÀ°Ê iëiÀ>ÌiÊÌÊÜÊ>ÊÀÕ`Ì
iÜÀ`ÊÀ>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊÞ>V
ÌÃ>Ê
>`Êv>Ãwi`Ê
ÃÊ «ÃÌÊ ÕÌÊ iÝ«ÃÕÀiÊ LiV>iÊ iÛÌ>LiÊ >`]Ê VÕÌV
}Ê
ÃÊ >Û}>Ì>Ê iµÕ«iÌ]Ê
iÊÕ«i`ÊÛiÀL>À`ÊiÛiÀÊÌÊLiÊÃiiÊ>}>°Ê i>ÊVLi`ÊV>ÌÌiÀ}Ê «ÀiVÌÀÃ]ÊiV>Ãi`ÊÊ}>ÃÃÊiÊi`>}iÀi`ÊëiViÃ]ÊÜÌ
Ê>}iÃÊvÊÜ
>ÌÊiÀ>iÊ ÀiiÀÊÌiÀi`ʼ>ÊÃiÌiÌÊÀiVÊvÊ>Ê>½ÃÊ}Ài>ÌÊv>ÕÀi½°12 The artist called attenÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊvÀ>}ÌÞÊvÊwÊÊÌ
iÊLÀÊvÊiÝÌVÌÊ>`ÊÃiii`ÊÌÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÊÌ
>ÌÊiÊ
ÀÜ
ÕÀÃ̽ÃÊLÀiÊ>LÌÃ]ÊViÕ`Ê`Ài>ÃÊ>iÊÕÃÌ>LiÊvÕ`>ÌÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ business of life. The notion that looking into the past delivers a better understanding of the presiÌÊ ÃÊ vÌiÊ Ûi`]Ê >`Ê i>Ê ViÀÌ>ÞÊ ÀiyiVÌÃÊ «À`ÕVÌÛiÞÊ Ê
Õ>Ê >ÌÕÀiÊ Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê
iÀÊ
ÃÌÀV>ÊÛV>ÌðÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌÊÃÊÕVi>ÀÊÜ
>ÌÊÃ}
ÌÃÊV>ÊLiÊ`iÀÛi`Ê >LÕÌÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊviÊvÀ]ÊvÀÊÃÌ>ViÊiÊ>VLýÃÊTom Tom, the Piper’s Son £Èq£Ç£ÉÓään®]ÊÊÜ
V
Ê>ÊÃiÌÊÃ
ÀÌÊvÀÊ£äxÊvi>ÌÕÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌVÃÊvÊ>ÊÌ
ivÊ Ê>ÊLÕÃÞÊÛ>}iÊÃÊi`iÃÃÞÊÀiÜÀi`°Ê `ÜÊ >ÀiÃÊ
>ÃÊëiVÕ>Ìi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ>VLýÃÊ wÊÃÊ>Ê>ÃÃiÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊÀ}
ÌÊÌÊ
Ãʼ>ÕÌÞÊvÊÛÃ]Ê>Ê«iÀÃ>Ãi`Ê perception’.13 This aligns with the 1970s scratch video ethos of the guerrilla artist >``}Ê
iÀÊÃ}>ÌÕÀiÊÌÊ«viÀi`ÊÀÊ`ÃV>À`i`ÊÌiiÛÃÊvÌ>}i]ÊÜ
>ÌÊÌÊ-ÌiÞiÀÊ >ÌiÀÊÀi>i`ÊÌ
iʼ«ÀÊ>}i½]ÊÀÊ>ÊV«ÞʼÊ̽°14Ê/
iÊÀiVÞV}]ÊÀÊÀii`>Ì]Ê of found footage arguably offers some resistance to the commercial world of unÀiiÌ}ÊV`ÌÞÊVÃÕ«ÌÊL>Ãi`ÊÊÛiÌÞ]Ê>Ì
Õ}
Ê>ÃÊÀi
i>ÀÃi`Ê>ÞÊ ÌiÃÊÊÌ
ÃÊÛÕi]Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÛÃÕ>ÊÃÌÀ>Ìi}ÞÊÌÊÃÊ>Ài>`ÞÊÜiÊÌi}À>Ìi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>guage and purpose of advertising.15 7
iÊ`Û`Õ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊvÀ}iÊ«}>ÌÊiÀ>ÃÊÌÊVi>Ê>`ÊViÕ`]ÊwÊ Ì
iÀÃÌÃÊÜ
Ê
>ÛiÊVÀi>Ã}ÞÊiLÀ>Vi`Ê>ÀÌÃÌýʫÀ>VÌVi]Ê
>ÛiÊÜÊÃÌÊÌ
iÀÊ }}Ê LiVÌÊ vÊ ÃÌÕ`Þ°Ê 1`iÌiÀÀi`]Ê Ì
iÞÊ >ÀiÊ iiÀ}iÌV>ÞÊ V
>«}Ê Ì
iÊ VÃiÀÛ>ÌÊ vÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃ½Ê wÊ Ê ÕÃiÕÃÊ >`Ê >ÀV
ÛiÃ]Ê >`Ê i`ÀÃ}Ê >À}iÊ ÃÕÀÛiÞÊ shows that enthrone selected works in the canon.16 Academics have also provided >Ê`ÃVÕÀÃÛiÊVÌiÝÌÊvÀÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊLÃÊ>`Ê,iV`iÀÊÜ
Êi}>}iÊʼi`>Ê >ÀV
>i}Þ½]Ê >Ê «À>VÌViL>Ãi`Ê
ÃÌÀVÃ]Ê ÃÌÊ iiÀ}iÌV>ÞÊ Ì
iÀÃi`Ê Ê wÊ
254
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
studies by Thomas Elsaesser.17ÊÃÊÊ
>ÛiÊ`iÃÌÀ>Ìi`]Ê>ÊÕLiÀÊvÊÃÌ>>ÌÃÊ ÀiÜÀÊÌ
iÊL>VÊV>Ì>}ÕiÊvÊVi>ÊÜÌ
Ê
ÕÕÀÊ>`ÊVÃÕ>ÌiÊÃÆÊ
ÜiÛiÀ]Ê >ÞÊiÝ«i`ÌÃÊÌÊwÊ
ÃÌÀÞÊV>ÊLiÊÃiÌiÌ>]ÊviÌÃ
ÃÌVÊ>`ÊÕÀvÕÊiÝiÀVÃiÃÊqÊ>ÃÊ-Ìj«
>iÊ iÀiÊLÃiÀÛi`\ʼÌ
iÊ>`Ài`ÊLiVÌÊQÃRÊiÛiÀÊ>ÃÊLi>ÕÌvÕÊ than when threatened with disappearance’.18 The corpus of such necrophilic works }ÛiÃÊÀÃiÊÌÊÌ>ÕÌ}V>ÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«>ÃÌ]Ê>`ÊëÀiÃÊÊ À>Ê >ÃÊ i>V
VÊÀiyiVÌÃÊÊÌ
iʼ«>Ì
ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`iݽ19 and human senescence. Like >Ã]Ê>Ì
>Ê7>iÞÊi«
>ÃÃiÃÊÌ
iÊÀÌ>ÌÞÊvÊw]Ê>`ÊÌÃÊÀiÊ>ÃÊ>Êmemento mori]ÊÀi`}ÊÕÃÊÌ
>ÌÊViÕ`ÊÃ
>ÀiÃÊÕÀÊÀ}>VÊ>ÌÕÀiÃ]Ê>`Ê`i}iiÀ>ÌiÃÊ over time as we do. 20 A less morbid discourse arises from work that mobilises the artisanal traditions of hand-made films. These offer a counterweight to the anonymity of >ÃëÀ`ÕVi`ÊLiVÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ`ëÃ>LÌÞÊvÊ`}Ì>Ê>}iÃÊ>`Ê Ì
iÊÃÕ«iÀwV>ÌÞÊ vÊ>ÃÌÀi>ÊiÌiÀÌ>iÌ°Ê>ÀÌiÊ iÕ}iÌÊ>`ÊÊÜiÃÊ
>ÛiÊ>À}Õi`Ê«iÀsuasively that manipulated films by contemporary artists such as Alia Syed and Àj`jÀµÕiÊ iÛ>ÕÝÊÀ>ÃiʵÕiÃÌÃÊ>LÕÌÊÌ
iʼ«À`ÕVÌÊvÊLÃiÃViVi½ÊÊÌ
iÊ wider culture. 21ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌÊÃÊ«ÃÃLiÊÌÊÛiÀiÃÌ>ÌiÊÌ
iÊ«>VÌÊvÊÃÌÞÃÌVʵÕtations from a time when painted and scratched filmic images formed part of an `iÌw>LiÊ>Ì>ÀÀ>ÌÛi]Ê>ÌiÀ>ÃÌÊÛiiÌ°Ê iÞ`Ê>Ê«ÃÌ`iÀÊ«Ài`ëÃÌÊvÀʵÕÌ>Ì]ÊÜ
>ÌÊÜÕ`ÊLiÊÌ
iÊ«ÌV>ÊÀiiÛ>ViÊvÊÀii>VÌiÌÃÊÌ`>ÞÊ vÊ i>ÀÞÊ ÜÀÃÊ LÞÊ 6ÌÊ VVV]Ê >ÀiiÊ -V
ii>]Ê ÃÊ À>«ÌÊ ÀÊ >À>Ê Abramovim¶22ÊÃÊÃÊ,
`iÃÊ«`iÀi`]ʼvÊiÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÊÀi>VÌÊ>}>ÃÌÊ the status quo then]ÊÜ
>ÌÊÃÊÌÊnow¶½23 The argument that such works challenge the «iÀ>ÌÛiÊvÊ«À}ÀiÃÃÊ>`ÊÀiV>ÃÌÊÕÀÊVVi«ÌÊvÊi>ÀÊÌiÊÌÊv`Ã]Ê«ÃÊÀÊ ÀiVÕÀÃÛiÊÀi}ÀiÃÃÃ]ÊÃiiÃÊÌÊ`Ã>ÛÜÊÌ
iÊ`ii«iÀÊÌ>ÌÃÊvÊÀÌ>ÌÞÊÌ
>ÌÊ Balsom and Walley have intuited in archival practices. Colin Perry has interrogated Ì
iʼ>ÀV
>VÊ`i>Ì
}À«½ÊÌ
>ÌÊ>>}ÕiÊwÊ>««i>ÀÃÊÌÊ
>ÛiÊÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃ]ÊVVÕ`}Ê that an archival work should be read not as a political response but as a psycho}V>Ê iÊ L>Ãi`Ê Ê ¼ÛV>ÌÃÊ vÊ ÃÕLiVÌÛiÊ `iÃÀi]Ê ÃÌ>}>Ê >`Ê iÀÞ½° 24 There is no reason why such allegories of mortality and nostalgic returns should not be indulged and I have appreciated the charm of Lindsay Seers’ Extramission (Black Maria)Ê Óää®]Ê >Ê ÃV>iÊ `iÊ vÊ /
>ÃÊ `ýÃÊ wÊ ÃÌÕ`VÕÊ ÛiÀÞÊ stuffy) micro-cinema accompanied by the narrative of the artist’s childhood desire ÌÊiÌ>À«
ÃiÊvÀÊ>ÊV>iÀ>ÊÌÊ>ÊwÊ«ÀiVÌÀ°ÊÞÊVViÀÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊÀiÊ time artists spend peering down the retrospectoscope of the cinema and televiÃÊ>ÀV
Ûi]ÊÃii}ÊÌ
iÀÊ«iÀÃ>Ãi`ʼÃ>Û>}iÊiÀiýÊvÊ
ÃÌÀV>ÊiÛiÌÃ] 25
}ÊÌ
iÀÊ>>ÞÃiÃÊvÊV>ÃÃVÊwÃÊ>`Ê/6Ê«À}À>iÃÊÊÌ
iʼ>ÕÌ«ÃÞÊÀ½ÊvÊ Ì
iÊ}>iÀÞÊÀÊÌiÀ}ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÌiV
}V>ÊÌÞÃÊvÊÞiÃÌiÀÞi>À]ÊÌ
iÊiÃÃÊÌiÊÌ
iÞÊ spend forging a language to address the more urgent issues that attend the perilÕÃ]ÊÕVvÀÌ>LiÊÀi>ÌiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`iÀÊÜÀ`°26
CLOSING THOUGHTS
255
Medium specificity in the age of code Digital is not the analogue of analogue. />VÌ>Ê i>]ÊÓ䣣 One of the unintended consequences of the digital era has been the ironing out of technical and procedural differences between artists’ film and video by means of standardised digital equipment and universal data conformity. The trace-like quality vÊÌ
iÊ`iÝÊÌ
>ÌÊ °Ê-°Ê*iÀViÊ`iÌwi`Ê
>ÃÊ>ÃÊÜ>ÛiÀi`ÊÜÊÌ
>ÌÊ>Ê>}iÊV>ÊLiÊ generated entirely by a computer with no originary moment of capture from nature. >Ê
ÀÃÌiÊ
>ÃÊÀiÌiÀ>Ìi`Ê >Û`Ê,`ÜV½ÃÊVÌiÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊ`}Ì>ÊiÀ>]ÊÌiV
V>Þ]ÊÌ
iÀiÊÃÊÊ}iÀÊ>Ê>}i]Ê>`ÊÞʼ>Ê>ÃÃiL>}iÊvÊV`i½°27 The autonomy of the image is further compromised by the infinite malleability of digitised material. 7Ì
ÕÌÊ >Ê ÛiÀw>LiÊ À}>]Ê Ì
iÊ ¼ÌiÀ>ÌÊ >}iÊ QÃRÊ Ì
ÀÕÃÌÊÌÊ `}Ì>Ê ÕViÀÌ>ty’28Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ VÛiÌÊ vÊ >Ê ÕµÕiÊ >ÀÌiv>VÌÊ }iiÀ>Ìi`Ê LÞÊ >Ê Ã}Õ>À]Ê ÛiÀw>LiÊ >ÕÌiÕÀÊLiViÃÊÕÌi>Li°ÊÃÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊÃii]ÊÌ
iÊÌ
Ài>Ìii`ÊÃÃÊvÊViÕ`Êw½ÃÊ i>>ʼ>ÕÀ>½Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊiÀÃÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌVÊiÝVi«Ì>ÃÊ
>ÛiÊLiiÊÌ}>Ìi`Ê LÞÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>ÃvÀ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÌÊ>ÊLiVÌÊvÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVÊVÌi«>ÌÊ>`]ÊLi}}ÊÊÌ
iÊ£äÃ]ÊÌÃÊ}À>`Õ>ÊVÀ«À>ÌÊÌÊ>ÃÌÀi>Ê}>iÀÞÊ VÕÌÕÀi°Ê/
iÊ`}Ì>ÊÌÃivÊvviÀÃÊV«iÃ>ÌÀÞÊvi>ÌÕÀiÃ°Ê >Û`Ê °Ê>iÃÊ
>ÃÊ>ÃÃiÀÌi`]ÊÌ
iÊivviVÌÃÊ«ÕÀÃÕi`ÊLÞÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>Êw>iÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊÀ}>ÊÃ
iÀÊ>`Ê*>ÌÊ "½ iÊV>ÊLiʼÀiVÀi>Ìi`Ê`}Ì>ÞÊÜÌ
ÊLÀi>Ì
Ì>}ÊivwViVÞ½°29ÊÊÓäää]Ê,Ã>`Ê À>ÕÃýÃʼ«ÃÌi`ÕÊV`̽ÊÜ>ÃÊÀÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃÛiÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊvÊ>Ê}ÛiÊ «À>VÌViÊ>ÌÌ>V
i`ÊÌ]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊ`iwi`ÊLÞ]ÊÌÃʼ>ÌiÀ>ÊÃÕ««À̽ÆÊ
iÀiÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊÜ>ÃÊ >LiÊÌÊ`À>ÜÊÊÌÃʼ>ÞiÀ}ÊvÊVÛiÌý° 30 What mattered now was not the me`ÕÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊV
ÃiÊLÕÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ«ÕÀ«ÃiÊÌÊÃiÀÛi`Ê>`]Ê>ÃÊ lÊ >ÀÀÊ>Ì>i`]ÊÌ
iÊ ÜÀÊÃ
Õ`ÊLiÊÕ`}i`Ê>VVÀ`}ÊÌÊÌÃʼ>iÃÌ
iÌV]ÊÀ>ÊÀÊÌiiVÌÕ>ÊÛ>Õi½]ÊÌÊÊ its ability to enumerate the unique properties of a given technology. 31 This has suited those postmodern and millennial artists who are largely indifferent to the vehicle they flag down as long as it fits their creative purposes. 32 Balsom has put a more «ÃÌÛiÊ}ÃÃÊÊÌ
iÊVÕÌÕÀiÊvÊ«Vʼ½ÊÝ]Ê>À}Õ}ÊÌ
>ÌÊvÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊÃiiVÌÃÊ>Êi`Õ]ÊÃ
iÊÃʼiViÃÃ>ÀÞÊi}>}}ÊÌÃÊëiVwVʵÕ>Ìiý° 33 I would make a distinction between artists who use media uncritically for their mimetic and phantasmagorical «À«iÀÌiÃ]ÊvÌiÊÌÊÃ>ÞÊÜ
>ÌÊ
>ÃÊLiiÊÃ>`ÊLivÀi]Ê>`ÊÌ
ÃiÊÜ
ÊVÌÕiÊÌÊÛiÃtigate the codes and relations of power embedded in the manufacture and function vÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ>}}ÊÌiV
}Þ°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÊLÜÊÌÊ VÞÊ>Þ]ÊÜ
ÊVVÕÀÃÊ ÜÌ
Ê >Ã\ʼ«À>VÌÌiÀý]Ê
iÊÜÀÌiÃ]ʼ
ÜiÛiÀÊÕÌ«i]ÊÝi`ÊÀÊ«ÃÌi`>ÊÌ
iÀÊ ÜÀÊ>ÞÊLi]ÊV>ÊiÛiÀÊiÃV>«iÊÌ
iʵÕiÃÌÊvÊi`Õ½° 34 The octogenarian filmmaker Michael Snow briskly silenced all opposition when he declared at a recent V}ÀiÃÃ]ʼÌiV
}V>ÊiÃÃiÌ>ÃÊÃÊV>i`ÊÌ
}½° 35
256
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
>ÞÊ >Û`Ê ÌiÀÊ
>ÃÊ Ì
iÀÃi`Ê Ì
iÊ VÛiÀ}iViÊ vÊ `ë>À>ÌiÊ >>}ÕiÊ ÌiV
}iÃÊÊÌ
iÊ`}Ì>Ê`>Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊÜÊv>>ÀÊ«ÀViÃÃÊvʼÀii`>̽ÊÊÜ
V
Ê the cinematic and televisual canon are not lost but suspended in the amber of the `}Ì>°Ê LiÃ
i`ÊLÞÊV«ÕÌiÀÊ}À>«
VÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊLiViÃÊwÌiÞÊ>i>LiÊ and increasingly accessible.36ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊ9ÛiÊ-«i>]ʼÌiÀi`>ÌÞ½Ê
>ÃÊ Ã«>Üi`ÊiÝVÌ}ʼiÜÊvÀÃÊvÊi`>Ê>ÀÌý° 37ÊÜ}Ê VÊ}}Ã]Ê-«i>ÊVÕ`iÃʼ«>Ì}]Ê«
Ì}À>«
ÞÊ°°°Ê>`ÊV«ÕÌiÀÊ>>̽ÊÊÌ
iʼë>Ì>Ãi`½Ê`}Ì>Ê ÃÕ«]Ê>`ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÊLÕ`>ÀiÃÊLÕÀÊLiÌÜiiÊÌ
iÊ>>}ÕiÊÀÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊÀ}>Ã]ÊÌ
iÞÊ nonetheless maintain their disciplinary associations. ÌÊiÛiÀÞiÊLiiÛiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ`}Ì>ÊÃ}>ÊÃÊ>ÊiÕÌÀ>ÊiV`iÀ]Ê`ÃVÀ>ÌiÞÊ iÛi}Ê iÛiÀÞÌ
}Ê Ê ÌÃÊ Ü>i°Ê Ê >Ê ÀiViÌÊ >ÀÌVi]Ê -i>Ê ÕLÌÌ]Ê >iÊ Palmer and Les Walkling have insisted that the digital is a specific medium in ÌÃÊÜÊÀ}
Ì]ÊÃÕLiVÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊÃÌÌÕÌ>Ê>`ÊiVVÊiÝ}iViÃÊ>ÃÊ>ÞÊ analogue equivalent. 38 The development of codecs has been spearheaded by ViÀV>Ê V«>iÃÊ ÃÕV
Ê >ÃÊ ««iÊ >`Ê `Li]Ê >`Ê Ì
iÃiÊ V`iVÃÊ ¼iÃÌ>LÃ
Ê an aesthetic: they are the frames through which we observe and construct the ÜÀ`Ê>`ÊÕÀÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊ̽° 39Ê/
iÃiÊÕv>Ì
>LiÊ>}ÀÌ
Ã]ÊVÌi`Ê ÕLÌÌ]Ê *>iÀÊ >`Ê 7>}]Ê >ÀiÊ ÌÊ Õ>ÃÃ>>LiÊ >`Ê Ì
iÞÊ VÌiÊ ÌiV
V>ÃÊ >`Ê >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ ÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊiÝÊÌiÌ
Ê>`ÊÞiÌÌiÊ7>ÜÀÌ
ÊÜ
ʼV
«Ê>Ü>ÞÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÀ>ÌÛiÊÌidencies inherent in technical innovation processes ... and create new uses and applications’40 for digital information. Practitioners such as the Net-based artist Ê*ÕÊ
>ÛiÊ`iÛi«i`Ê>ʼ}ÌV
½Ê>iÃÌ
iÌV]ÊÌÊÕiÊÌ
iÊ-VÀ>ÌV
ÊÛ`iÊvÊÌ
iÊ £näÃ]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
ÃÊÌiÊÌ
iÊ>}iÊ`ÃÌÀÌÃÊ>ÀiÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÌ>«iÀ}ÊÜÌ
Ê`}Ì>Ê V`iÊ>`ÊLÞÊ«À}À>}ÊvÀʼÀ>`ÊLÀi>`ÜÊvÊV«ÕÌiÀÊ«ÀViÃÃiýÊÌ
iÀiLÞÊ `iÃÌÀ>Ì}ʼÌ
iÊ`}Ì>Êi`Õ½ÃÊ«
ÞÃV>ÊÃÌ>LÌÞ½° 41ÊÊÌ
iÊ£äÃ]Ê
>ViÀÃÊ broke into obsolete technologies such as Atari ST computers and Gameboys to re>ÀÀ>}iÊ Ì
iÀÊ ÕÌ«ÕÌÊ >`Ê ÀiÊ ÀiViÌÞ]Ê ÀÞÊ ÀV>}iÊ `wi`Ê Ìi`Ê Û`iÊ games for his gallery works such as Super Mario Clouds (2002). 42 Building on the >V
iÛiiÌÃÊ vÊ «iiÀÃÊ qÊ VÕ`}Ê Ì
iÊ 6>ÃÕ>Ã]Ê ViÊ -Ìi}iÀÊ >`Ê 7>Ê >Ì
>ÊqÊ >Ê >`ÊÕÃiÃÊV`iÊvÀÊÌ
iÊÀ>`Ê}iiÀ>ÌÊvÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ>}iÀÞ]Ê a unique function of electronic media. Genevieve Yue has pointed out that like the >>}ÕiÊ>}i]Ê`}Ì>ÊvÀ>ÌÊÃÊÕÃÌ>LiÊ>`Ê«ÀiÊÌʼ}ÌV
iÃ]ÊiÀÀÀÃÊ>`Ê ÃÃÞÊV«ÀiÃÃ]ÊÌÊÌÊiÌÊÌ
iÊ`iÛ>ÃÌ>Ì}ÊivviVÌÃÊvÊV«ÕÌiÀÊÛÀÕÃiÃ]Ê system failures and hard drive crashes’. 43 The digital environment even suffers ÌÃÊÜÊvÀÊvÊ>}i}°ÊiÊÌ
iÊ`iV>ÞÊvÊViÕ`Ê>`ÊÛ`iÌ>«iÊÛiÀÊÌi]Ê`>Ì>Ê degradation means that code has a material finitude comparable to its analogue «Ài`iViÃÃÀÃ°Ê ÕLÌÌ]Ê *>iÀÊ >`Ê 7>}Ê Ã
vÌÊ Ì
iÊ `ÃVÕÃÃÊ >Ü>ÞÊ vÀÊ >ÞÊ Greenbergian quest for essences towards a consideration of the distinctive enÃiLiÊvÊiiiÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>iÊÕ«Ê>Êi`>ÊÃÌ>>Ì°Êi`ÕÊëiVwVÌÞ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ ÃÕ}}iÃÌ]ÊiÃÊÌÊÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÃiÊ>ÌÕÀiÊvÊ`}Ì>ÊV`iÊLÕÌÊÊÌ
iÊÕµÕiÊ`i«ÞiÌÊ
CLOSING THOUGHTS
257
vÊ ÌiV
}iÃÊ `Ê >`Ê iÜ®]Ê >ÌiÀ>Ã]Ê iÌÜÀÃ]Ê «ÀViÃÃiÃÊ >`Ê iÛiÌÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ make up an individual installation. iV`Ì>ÊiÛ`iViÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÀiÌ>ÊÌ
iÊ`iÃÀiÊvÀÊ>ÊLiVÌÀiÌed (human) relationship with the materials from which they fashion a work. Where iÊ>VLÃÊVviÃÃiÃÊÌÊ>ÊiÀÌVÊ>ÌÌ>V
iÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊwVÊdispositif]Ê>ÀÊ-ÌÀiiÌÊÃÊ `À>ÜÊÌʼÌ
iÊÌiÝÌÕÀiÊvÊÌÊ°°°ÊÜ
iÊÞÕÊÃ
ÌÊ>ÊÀÊvÊw]ÊÌÊLiViÃÊ>ÊëiVwVÊitity and it’s unlike any other thing. It has its own weight and characteristics’.44 When VÌi«À>ÀÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ}>Ì
iÀÊ`ÛiÀÃiÊLiVÌÃ]ÊiV
>ÃÃ]Ê`Û`Õ>ÃÊ>`ÊÛ}Ê image mediums in a spatialised environment with prescribed dimensions and condiÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊÌÊÞÊÀiÛiÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>Ê«ÀiÃiViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>>}ÕiÊ>}iÊLÕÌÊ>ÃÊ Ã>ÌÃvÞÊ>Êii`]ÊÌiÀ>ÞÊ>`ÊiÌ>«
ÀV>Þ]ÊÌÊ}iÌÊÌ
iÀÊ
>`ÃÊ`ÀÌÞ°Ê
COGNITIVE SCIENCE AND SPECTATORSHIP The eye wants help. The eye says to the brain, ‘Something is happening which I do not in the least understand. You are needed.’ 6À}>Ê7v]ÊCinema (1926) Ê «ÀÊ Óää]Ê >ÃÊ Ì
iÊ Ý«>`i`Ê i>Ê viÀiViÊ >ÌÊ />ÌiÊ `iÀÊ Ü>ÃÊ Ü`}Ê `Ü]Ê>ÊÜi>ÀÞÊ«>iÊvÊ>V>`iVÃÊ>`Êw>iÀÃÊi`}i`ÊÌÜ>À`ÃÊÌ
iÊVVÕÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊÊÌ
iʵÕiÃÌÊvÀÊÕ`iÀÃÌ>`}ÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiV̽ÃÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÛ}Ê>}i]Ê the limits of speculation had been reached. None of the theories of spectatorship so v>ÀÊ«À«Ãi`ÊL>Ãi`ÊÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É>ÌiÀ>Ã]ÊviÃ]Ê«ÃÞV
>>ÞÃÃ]ÊÀÊÌ
ÃiÊ Ì
>ÌÊi«
>ÃÃi`ÊÌ
iÊÃV>ÉÀi>Ì>Ê`iÃ]ÊÌ
iÊ
>«ÌV]ÊÌ
iÊ
ÃÌÀ}À>«
V]Ê}i}À>«
iÃÊvÊiÌÊÕ>>Ê ÀÕ®]ÊÌ
iʼ«iÃÛiÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ½Ê,>Þ`Ê iÕÀ®]Ê LiVÌÊ Ài>ÌÃÊ À>
>Ê >À>®Ê VÕ`Ê «ÀÛiÊ LiÞ`Ê `ÕLÌÊ Ì
>ÌÊ Ì
iÞÊ ÜiÀiÊ VÀrect. Had the moment arrived when we might profitably turn to brain sciences for ÃiÊiÜÊ>ÃÜiÀÃÊqÊÜ
V
]ÊvÊÌÊVVÕÃÛi]Ê>ÌÊi>ÃÌÊÜÕ`ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÊiÜÊ>ÛiÕiÃÊ vÊÛiÃÌ}>Ì¶Ê It is in the field of cognitive science that empirical research is been carried out to
i«Ê`iÌiÀiÊ
ÜÊÜiÊÜ>ÌV
ÊwÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ`i}ÀiiÊÌÊÜ
V
Ê>ÃÌÀi>Êw>iÀÃÊ>`Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊV>Ê«Ài`VÌÊ>`ʼVÀ>vÌÊÌ
iÊÛiÜ}ÊiÝ«iÀiVi½° 45 Cognitive film theory began in 1985 with the publication of David Bordwell’s Narration in Fiction Film] 46 but it was Uri Hasson et al.’s influential studies in neurocinematics 47 that introduced the use of eye-tracking to plot visual attentiveness and fMRI (functional magnetic ÀiÃ>ViÊ>}}®ÊÌÊÀiVÀ`ÊLÀ>Ê>VÌÛÌÞÊ>VÀÃÃÊ>ÊÕLiÀÊvÊÃÕLiVÌÃÊÛiÜ}Ê the same film. 48Ê ÞÊ i>ÃÕÀ}Ê `i}ÀiiÃÊ vÊ VÀÀi>ÌÊ LiÌÜiiÊ ÃÕLiVÌÃ]Ê >ÃÃÊ et al. were able to identify those film styles that were most successful in direct}ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê>ÌÌiÌ°Ê1ÃÕÀ«ÀÃ}Þ]ÊÌV
VV>ÊÀÊV>iÊÕÌÊÊÌ«°Ê-ViÊ
258
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Tim Smith. Illustration from the article ‘The Attentional Theory of Continuity Editing’ (2012), Projections: The Journal for Movies and the Mind, 6: 1. © Paramount Vintage. Courtesy of Tim Smith.
Ì
i]ÊiÝÌiÃÛiÊi«ÀV>Ê>`ÊÌ
iÀiÌV>ÊÀiÃi>ÀV
Ê
>ÃÊLiiÊÕ`iÀÌ>iÊÊVi>Ê Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«]ÊÌÊi>ÃÌÊLÞÊÌ
iÊiLiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ-ViÌÞÊvÀÊ }ÌÛiÊ-ÌÕ`iÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ Û}Ê>}iÊ- -®ÊVÕ`}Ê >Û`Ê À`Üi]ÊÕÀÀ>ÞÊ-Ì
Ê>`Ê*>ÕÊ/>LiÀ
>° 49 Ê`]ÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÞV
}ÃÌÊ/Ê-Ì
Ê
>ÃÊ>ÃÊÕÃi`ÊiÞiÌÀ>V}ÊÌiV
}ÞÊÌÊ ÃÌÕ`ÞÊÃVÀiiL>Ãi`Ê>ÌÌiÌ>ÊÃÞV
ÀÞÊÊ>`ÕÌÃ]Ê>`ÊÀiÊÀiViÌÞÊÊv>ÌÃ]Ê hoping to determine how screen literacy develops alongside children’s understanding of the environment. 50 Steven Hinde and colleagues in the Interdisciplinary 6ÃÊ}ÀÕ«Ê>ÌÊ ÀÃÌÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ>ÀiÊÛiÃÌ}>Ì}ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀʼ«ÀiÃiVi½Êi>ÃÕÀi`Ê Ê`i}ÀiiÃÊvÊiÀÃ]Ê>`Ê>ÌÌi«Ì}ÊÌÊ`iÌiÀiÊ
ÜÊÃVÀiiÊi}>}iiÌÊÃÊ modulated by shot length in both 2D and 3D footage. Even artists’ film and video >««i>ÀÃÊÌÊÃÕLÃVÀLiÊÌÊ}Õ`i`Ê>}iÀÞ°ÊÊ£{]Ê>`«Ì}Ê>ÊVÃÌÀÕVÌÛÃÌÊ`iÊ vÊ V}Ì]Ê >iÃÊ *iÌiÀÃÊ wÀÃÌÊ `iÌwi`Ê ¼ÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃÊ vÊ V«Ài
iÃ½Ê Ì
>ÌÊ VÕ`ÊLiÊi>Ài`]Êi>L}ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÌÊw`Êi>}ÊÊiÛiÊÌ
iÊÃÌÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ or dismantled structural films. 51ÊÜ}Ê*iÌiÀÃ]ÊÕÀÀ>ÞÊ-Ì
Ê
>ÃÊ«ÃÌÕ>Ìi`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊÜÀÃÊi}>}iÊÕÀʼ«ÀLiÊÃÛ}½Ê>LÌiÃÊ>`ÊÜiÊÃi>ÀV
ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ ¼ÕµÕiÊ}VÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀ½]Ê
ÜiÛiÀÊiÃÌiÀV° 52Êi>Ü
i]Ê>ÌÊ i>Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊÊ iLÕÀi]ÊÀiÃi>ÀV
ÊÌʼÛÃÊÀi}iýÊÃÊiiÀ}}]Êi`ÊLÞÊ-i>Ê,i``Ê>`Ê `Ê-Ì>°53Ê/
iÊÕÃÌÀ>>ÊÌi>ÊÀi>}iÃÊÌ
iÊÌÊvʼ`ÕLiÊÛýÊÊÜ
V
Ê the spectator is able to apprehend the narrative of the mise-en-scène whilst re>}ÊÃiÃÌÛiÊÌÊÌ
iÊV`iÌ>Ê`iÌ>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>À}ÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>VÌ\ʼ>ÊLÃVÕÀiÊ «>ÌÌiÀÊÊ>ÊÜ>Ê°°°Ê>Ê`ÃÌ>Ì]ÊÀÊÀÊÀÀiiÛ>ÌÊÃÕ`ÊÕÃÌÊvvÃVÀii½° 54 This sug}iÃÌÃÊ>Ê>ÌÌiÌÛiiÃÃÊÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ >ÀÌ
iÃÊV>i`ÊÌ
iʼÃÕ««iiÌ>ÀÞ½Êi>}ÊvÊ>Ê
CLOSING THOUGHTS
259
wÊ>`ÊVÕ`ÊÜiÊ>VVÕÌÊvÀÊÌ
ÃiÊ>>ÕÃ]ÊVÀÀi>Ì>ÊÀiëÃiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ Hasson et al. ÀiVÀ`i`ÊLÕÌÊ``ÊÌÊiÝ«>°55 Tim Smith has suggested that not only `iÃÊ Ì
iÊ ¼Ãi½Ê Ê >ÃÃÊ et al.½ÃÊ `>Ì>Ê >ÀÃiÊ vÀÊ ¼`Û`Õ>Ê `vviÀiViÃÊ Ê Ü
>ÌÊ Ã«iVÌ>ÌÀÃÊ>ÀiÊ>ÌÌi`}Ê̽]ÊLÕÌÊ>ÃÊÛ>À>ÌÃÊʼ
ÜÊÌ
iÞÊ>ÀiÊ«ÀViÃÃ}ÊÜ
>ÌÊ they are attending’. 56
}ÌÛiÊ ÃViViÊ
>ÃÊ ÌiÃÌi`Ê >`Ê Õ>Vi`Ê VÀ>vÌÊ ÜÃ`Ê >LÕÌÊ
ÜÊ }
Ì}]Ê sound and editing techniques are used by mainstream filmmakers to orchestrate Ì
iÊÌÀ>iVÌÀÞÊvÊÕÀÊ}>âi°ÊÀÊÃÌ>Vi]ÊÃVÀiiÊv>ViÃÊ}ÛiÊÀÃiÊÌÊ>Êi`>ÌiÊÌiÃwV>ÌÊvÊ>ÌÌiÌ°Ê>ViÃʼ«ÕVÌÕ>ÌiÊÌ
iÊÃVii½ÊLÃiÀÛi`Ê>iÃÊ Ã]ÊÌ
iÞÊ Ài«ÀiÃiÌʼ>ÊViÌiÀÊvÊ«ÜiÀ]Ê>ÊiÌÊvÊVViÌÀ>Ìi`Êi>}Ê>}>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊL>V`À«ÊvÊiÛiÀÞ`>ÞÊLiVÌý°57 Tim Smith confirms that the eye is also drawn irresistibly ÌÊ
ÌÊëÌÃÊvÊ}
Ì]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃÊ}iÃÌÕÀiÃÊ>`ÊÛiiÌ]ÊÌ
iÀÊ`Þ>ÃÊvÌiÊÕÃi`Ê ÌÊ`Ã}ÕÃiÊi`ÌÃ]ÊÌ
ÃiÊwÃÃÕÀiÃÊÊÌ
iÊyÜÊvÊiÛiÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
Ài>ÌiÊÌÊ`ÃÀÕ«ÌÊÌ
iÊ narrative. An action begins on one side of the cut and ends on the other; attention ÃÊ`À>ÜÊÌÊÌ
iÊÛiiÌ]ÊÌÊÌ
iÊi`Ì°58ÊÊwÊÀ]ÊÃ
>`ÜÃÊÃiÌÊÕ«ÊÌiÃÃÊÊ Ì
iÊ>Õ`iViÊLiV>ÕÃiÊvÊÌ
iÊÕÜÊÌ
Ài>ÌÃÊÌ
iÞÊ}
ÌÊVVi>ÊÕÃÌÊÕÌÃ`iÊÌ
iÊ vÀ>i°Ê/
iÊÃ
>`ÜÊÊVi>]ÊÜÀÌiÊ6À}>Ê7v]ÊÃÊ>ʼÃÌÀÕÃʵÕÛiÀ}ÊÌ>`«i½Ê Ì
>ÌÊiL`iÃʼvi>ÀÊÌÃiv]Ê>`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÌiiÌʺÊ>Ê>vÀ>`»½°59 Matthew Sweet obÃiÀÛi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÜ
iÊVÕÌÌ}Ê>VÀÃÃÊ>Êv>Vi]Ê>ÊÃ
>`ÜÊV>ÊÀi`ÕViÊ>Ê>VÌÀÊÌʼi>ÌÊÊ>Ê Ã>L½Ê>`ÊVVÕ`iÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÃ
>`Üʼ`ÃiLiÀÃÊ«i«i½° 60Ê-
>`ÜÃ]ÊiÊwÊÃVÀiÃ]Ê «iÀvÀ>ViÊÃÌÞiÃ]Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ>ÀVÃÊ>`ÊVÃÌÕiÊvÀÊ«>ÀÌÊvÊÌ
iÊiÝÌiÃÛiÊÛV>LÕ>ÀÞÊvÊÌ
iÊVi>ÌVÊ>}Õ>}iÊÜiÊ
>ÛiÊ>Êi>Ài`]Êi>`}ÊÌÊÃVÀiiÊÌiÀ>VÞÊÜ
ÃiÊ À}ÃÊ/Ê-Ì
ÊÃÊÃi>ÀV
}ÊvÀÊÊ
ÃÊv>ÌÊÃÕLiVÌð61 Ê ÀiViÌÊ Þi>ÀÃ]Ê ÛÃÊ ÃViÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊ ÃÕ}
ÌÊ ÌÊ Õ`iÀÃÌ>`Ê Ì
iÊ «>VÌÊ vÊ VÌi«À>ÀÞÊÛ}Ê>}iÊi`Ì}ÊÌiV
µÕiðÊ7`iÊiÃÌ>LÃ
}ÊÃ
ÌÃ]Êi}Ì
ÞÊ `>}ÕiÊ>`ÊiÝÌi`i`Ê`ÕÀ>ÌÃÊv>>ÀÊÌÊ>Õ`iViÃÊÊÌ
iÊ£{äÃÊ>`Ê£xäÃÊ
>ÛiÊ LiiÊ}À>`Õ>ÞÊÛiÀÌ>iÊÊ>ÃÌÀi>ÊÛiÃÊ>`Ê/6ÊLÞÊÀ>«`Êi`Ì}]ÊÀi`ÕVi`Ê Õ>Ì]ÊviÜiÀÊÜÀ`ÃÊ>`ÊVÀi>Ãi`ÊÌÊ}iiÀ>Ìi`ÊLÞÊLÌ
Ê>ÊÀiÊLiÊ camera and amplified action within the frame. We are also witnessing a greater use vÊÕÃVÊÌÊ>«Õ>ÌiÊiÌÃ]ÊÌ}
ÌiÀÊvÀ>}]Ê>`Ê>ÃÊ/Ê-Ì
Ê
>ÃÊLÃiÀÛi`]Ê a concentration of visual attention in the centre of the picture and a concomitant reduction in peripheral visual information. 62 Together with David Bordwell in the £ÇäÃ]ÊÌ
iÊwÊÃÌ>ÌÃÌV>Ê >ÀÀÞÊ->ÌÊ`iÛi«i`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊvʼViiÌÀVýÊÜÌ
ÊÜ
V
Ê Ì
iÞÊV
>ÀÌi`ÊÌ
iÊiÛÕÌÊvÊwVÊÃÌÞiÃÊÛiÀÊÌ
iÊÞi>ÀÃ] 63Ê>`Ê>iÃÊ ÕÌÌ}Ê
>ÃÊ registered the reduction of shot lengths between 1935 and 2010 from an average of 15 seconds to 3.5 seconds.64ÊVVÀ`}ÊÌÊ-Ì
]ÊÌ
iÊÀiÃÕÌÊvÊÌ
ÃÊÃ
vÌÊÊVi>ÌVÊ}À>>ÀÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊLiViÃÊ«>ÃÃÛiÆʼÞÕÊÜ>ÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊvÀ>ÌÊ ÌÊ ViÊ ÌÊ ÞÕÊ À>Ì
iÀÊ Ì
>Ê ÜÀÊ ÌÊ `ÃVÛiÀÊ ÌÊ Ì
ÀÕ}
Ê ÞÕÀÊ «iÀVi«ÌÕ>ÉV}ÌÛiÊ system’.65ÊÀÊÌ
iÊ«iÀëiVÌÛiÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌýÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`i]ÊÌ
iÊÀÞÊÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ
ÃÌÀV>Þ]ÊÀ>«`wÀiÊi`Ì}ÊÜ>ÃÊi«Þi`Ê«ÀiVÃiÞÊÌÊÃ
VÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃÊÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÀÊ«>ÃÃÛiÊ
260
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
consumption of film and televisual narratives. The gap between the manipulation of >Õ`iViÊ>ÌÌiÌÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÌÀi>Ê>`ÊÌ
iʼ«À`ÕVÌÛi½Ê`ÃÃ>ViÃÊi}i`iÀi`Ê by avant-garde techniques to produce in the viewer a critical awareness of process appears to be narrowing.66 ÃÊÜiÊÃ>ÜÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊi}
Ì]ÊÊ
ÃÊiÃÃ>ÞÊThe Photoplay: A Psychological Study]Ê Õ}ÊØÃÌiÀLiÀ}Ê>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊwVÊ>}Õ>}iÊÀi«À`ÕViÃÊÜ>ÞÃÊvÊÃii}ÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀiÊ >>}ÕÃÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ V}ÌÛiÊ iV
>ÃÃÊ ÜiÊ ÕÃiÊ ÌÊ «iÀViÛiÊ Ì
iÊ ÜÀ`°Ê ÜiÛiÀ]Ê Ê Ì
iÊ }
ÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ iÛÛ}Ê >}Õ>}iÊ vÊ >ÃÌÀi>Ê i`>Ê ÛÃ]Ê /Ê -Ì
]Ê iÊ *iÌiÀÃÊLivÀiÊ
]ÊÃÊÜÊVVÕ`}ÊÜ
>ÌÊÌÕÌÊ>ÃÊVwÀÃÊqÊÌ
>ÌÊVi>ÌVÊ ÌiÀ>VÞÊÃÊ`ii`Ê>VµÕÀi`°Ê-Ì
Ê
>ÃÊ
Þ«Ì
iÃÃi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ
ÀÀÀÊLÕvvÃ]ÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]Ê `iÛi«Ê >Ê ¼iÝ«iÀÌÃiÊ Ê ÛiÜ}½]Ê >ÌV«>Ì}Ê iÛiÌÃÊ Ê Ì
iÊ `i}iÃÃÊ Ü
iÀiÊ Ì
ÃiÊ new to the genre might account for divergent attentional eye patterns. 67 Smith also i«
>ÃÃiÃÊÌ
iÊÀiÊvÊiÀÞÊÊÌ
iÊ>««iÀVi«ÌÊvÊwVÊVÌiÌ\ʼ"ÕÀÊiÀiÃÊ >ÀiÊ VÃÌ>ÌÞÊ Li}Ê Õ«`>Ìi`Ê LÞÊ iÜÊ «iÀVi«ÌÕ>Ê iÝ«iÀiViÃÊ >`Ê ÕÀÊ «iÀVi«ÌÕ>Ê iÝ«iÀiViÃÊ>ÀiÊ>Ü>ÞÃÊV>ÃÌÊÊÌ
iÊÃ
>`ÜÊvÊÕÀÊiÀið½68Ê/
iÊ«ÀiiÝÃÌiViÊ vÊ`Û`Õ>ÊiÀÞ]ÊLÌ
ÊVÕÌÕÀ>Ê>`Ê«iÀÃ>]Ê>ÃÊÜiÊ>ÃʼiÝ«iÀÌÃiÊÊÛiÜ}½Ê L>Ãi`ÊÊ«ÀiÛÕÃÊiÝ«ÃÕÀiÊÌÊÌ
iÊwÊV>Ê
>ÃÊi`Ê>Ê
ÀÃÌiÊÌÊi«
>ÃÃiÊÌ
iÊ `ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>ÊiÝ«iÀiViðÊ+ÕÌ}Ê>Ì>Ê>Õ`iViÊÃÕÀÛiÞÃ]Ê
ÀÃÌiÊ >À}ÕiÃÊÌ
>Ìʼfilms mean different things to different peopleÆÊÀÊÀiÊ«ÀiVÃiÞ]ÊV>Ê
>ÛiÊ `vviÀiÌÊ i>}ÃÊ >VVÀ`}Ê ÌÊ VÌiÝÌÊ >`Ê ÃÕLiVÌ«Ã̽°69 Christie’s >ÃÃiÀÌÊ>}ÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌÃÊvÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«Ê`iÛi«i`ÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊÛ}Ê >}iÊ>ÀÌÊ`ÃVÕÃÃi`ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊi}
Ì°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊw`}ÃÊvÊ>Õ`iViÊÃÕÀÛiÞÃÊ>ÀiÊ based on verbal evidence provided by respondents after the event and can neither LiÊ«ÀÛi`ÊÀÊ`ëÀÛi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊi>ÃÕÀiiÌÊvÊyÕVÌÕ>ÌÃÊÊÛiÀÌÊ>ÌÌiÌ]ÊÀÊ LÞÊV
>ÀÌ}ÊVÀÀië`iViÃÊÊLÀ>Ê>VÌÛÌÞÊ>VÀÃÃÊ>ÊÕLiÀÊvÊÃÕLiVÌÃ°Ê This introduces some drawbacks to the empirical approach. If scientists measure only neuronal activity in the anterior brain (whose functions are still largely a mysÌiÀÞ®ÊÀÊÀiÃÌÀVÌÊÌ
iÀÊÃÌÕ`ÞÊÌÊÌÀ}ÊiÞiÊÛiiÌÃÊ`ÕÀ}ÊÃVÀiiÊÛiÜ}]Ê they can deduce neither the quality of attention that is being brought to bear on the wÊÃiµÕiVi]ÊÀÊÌ
iÊiÌ>ÊÕÀiÞÊ>Ê`Û`Õ>Ê}
ÌÊLiÊÕ`iÀÌ>}Ê>ÃÊÃ
iÊ Ü>ÌV
iðÊ/
iÊÌ>ÌÃÊvÊÃÌ>ÌÃÌVÃÊL>Ãi`ÊÊ>ÌÌiÌ>ÊiÝVÌ>ÌÊ>iÊ
>Ûi]Ê>ÃÊ /Ê-Ì
ÊVwÀÃ]Êi`Ê>Þʼ
Þ«Ì
iÃÃ`ÀÛiÊÃÌÕ`iÃÊÌÊ>ÌV
ÊiÞiÊÛiiÌÃÊ ÀÊLÀ>Ê>VÌÛÌÞÊÌÊLi
>ÛÕÀ>Êi>ÃÕÀiÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊÃivÀi«ÀÌi`ÊiÌ>ÊÃÌ>ÌiÃ]Ê «iÀVi«Ì]ÊV«Ài
iÃÊÀÊiÀÞ½°70 The Deakin group is supplementing eyeÌÀ>V}ÊÜÌ
ÊÌÀ>}Õ>ÌÊ«ÌÃÊ>`ÛV>Ìi`ÊLÞÊÕÀÀ>ÞÊ-Ì
]ÊVÕ`}Êi>ÃÕÀiÃÊ vÊ«Õ«Ê`>Ì]Ê
i>ÀÌÊÀ>ÌiÊ>`ÊÀiëÀ>Ì]Êv>VÌÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ}
ÌÊ«ÀÛ`iÊiÛ`iViÊvÊ >vviVÌÛiÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>ÊiÝ«iÀiVi°71 Gareth Polmeer has identified another problem ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊV}ÌÛiÊÃViViÊ>««À>V
]Ê>À}Õ}ÊÌ
>ÌÊiÛiÊÌ
iÃiÊVÀ`>Ìi`Êi«ÀV>Ê iÌ
`ÃÊvÌiÊv>ÊÌÊ`vviÀiÌ>ÌiÊ>}ÊÃÕLiVÌÃÊ>`ÊÀiviÀÊÌʼÌ
i½ÊÃÕLiVÌÊÜ
i]Ê Êv>VÌ]ÊÛ>À>ÌÃÊiÝÃÌÊLiV>ÕÃiʼ«À>VÌViÊ>`Ê`i}ÞÊ°°°Ê«>VÌÊÊÌ
iÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>À]Ê
CLOSING THOUGHTS
261
concrete circumstances of the individual’.72 Polmeer contends that the role of hisÌÀV>]Ê«ÌV>Ê>`Ê`i}V>ÊvÀViÃÊÊV}ÌÊÕÃÌÊ>ÃÊLiÊÌ>iÊÌÊ>VVÕÌÊ vÊÌ
iÃiÊiÝ«iÀiÌÃÊ>ÀiÊÌÊ`iÛiÀÊÌÊÞÊÃÌ>ÌÃÌV>ÞÊÃ}wV>ÌÊÀiÃÕÌÃ]ÊLÕÌÊ>ÃÊ knowledge that is socially relevant. Tim Smith reminds us that in averaging responsiÃÊ>VÀÃÃÊ«>ÀÌV«>ÌÃ]ʵÕ>ÌÌ>ÌÛiÊiÌ
`ÃÊÀiÛi>ÊÌ
iʼÃÌ>ÌÃÌV>Ê`ÃÌÀLÕÌÊvÊ the sample’.73Ê /
ÃÊ >Ài>`ÞÊ ÌiÃÊ ÕÃÊ ¼
ÜÊ º`Û`Õ>»Ê >Ê «>ÀÌV«>̽ÃÊ iÝ«iÀiViÊ Ã½]Ê
ÜÊv>ÀÊÌÊ`ÛiÀ}iÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊi>°Ê ÌÜÌ
ÃÌ>`}]Ê-Ì
Ê>VÜi`}iÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÀÌ>ViÊvÊÌÀ>}Õ>ÌÊÀiÃi>ÀV
ÊiÌ
`ÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÃÊVÀ«À>ÌiÊÛ>À>LiÃÊvÊ>}i]Ê iÌ
VÌÞÊ>`Ê}i`iÀ]Ê>`ÊÊëÌiÊvÊÀiÃiÀÛ>ÌÃÊ>LÕÌÊÌ
iÊÀi>LÌÞÊvÊwÀÃÌ
>`Ê >VVÕÌÃ]Ê>ÃÊ-Ì
ÊÀi«ÀÌÃ]ÊÀiÃi>ÀV
iÀÃÊ>ÀiÊLi}}ÊÌÊVÕ`iʵÕiÃÌ>ÀiÃÊÊ Ì
iÀÊÃÌÕ`iÃÊ>Ü}Ê«>ÀÌV«>ÌÃÊÌÊÀiVÀ`ÊÌ
iÀÊÃÕLiVÌÛiÊÀiëÃiÃ]Ê`V>Ì}Ê Ì
iÊiÛiÃÊvÊvii}Ê>`Ê>vviVÌÊLi}ÊiÝ«iÀiVi`ÊÊi>V
ÊV>Ãi° I will end this brief foray into cognitive science and the moving image with some µÕiÃÌÃÊÌ
>ÌÊVÕ`ÊÕÃivÕÞÊLiÊÀ>Ãi`ÊÊ>Êi«ÀV>ÊÀiÃi>ÀV
ÊVÌiÝÌ°Ê7Ì
ÊÃiÊ Ì>LiÊiÝVi«ÌÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊ>iÃÊ*iÌiÀÃÊ>`ÊÕÀÀ>ÞÊ-Ì
]ÊV}ÌÛiÊ research has concentrated on mainstream film and television and the methodology i«Þi`Ê ÃÊ }i>Ài`Ê ÌÜ>À`ÃÊ Ì
iÊ `ÕÃÌÀÞ°Ê Ê Ì
iÊ ¼>ÌÌiÌÊ iVÞ½]Ê Ì
iÊ «ÀÀÌÞÊ is to find ever more precise techniques for maintaining spectatorial engrossment ÊÌ
iÊÃ
ÀÌÊÌiÀ]ÊvÀʼVÀ>vÌ}ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜ}ÊiÝ«iÀiVi½Ê>`ÊVÌÀ}Ê`iÃÀi]Êiëicially the desire for consumer products and services. This is where a concern with ethics returns. Having demonstrated the capability of certain cinematic modes to
`ÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ>Ê>ÌÌiÌ]ÊÜ
>ÌÊÃÊÌ
iÊÀiëÃLÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}i>iÀÊÜ
ÊÕÃiÃÊ Ì
iÊÊiÌ
iÀÊ>ÊViÀV>ÊÀÊ>Ê>ÀÌÊVÌiÝ̶Ê/
ÃʵÕiÃÌÊi>`ÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«iÀi>Ê ÃÃÕiÊ vÊ Ài«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊ >`Ê ÌÃÊ «ÜiÀÊ ÌÊ Õ`Ê iÝ«iÀiVi°Ê /Ê ÞÊ Üi`}i]Ê Àisearchers in the cognitive sciences rarely consider the content of the filmic stimulus ÌÊÜ
V
ÊÌ
iÞÊiÝ«ÃiÊÃÕLiVÌÃ]ÊLiÞ`ÊÌÃÊÃÌÞÃÌVÊ}iÀi°ÊÀÊÃÌ>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊ i>Ê ÜiLÃÌiÊÃ
ÜÃÊ>ÊV«ÊvÀÊ>ÊÀiViÌÊi«Ã`iÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÀÌÃ
ÊÃiÀ>]ÊSherlock (2012) in which criminals break into Sherlock’s home and his elderly housekeeper Mrs. Hudson (Una Stubbs) is physically intimidated by the thugs while an unruffled and supercilious Sherlock (Benedict Cumberbatch) mocks Mrs. Hudson for betraying her fear. The narrative accompanying the analysis of this clip does not mention the content and fails to consider how it might impact differently on male and female spectators. Ì
iÀÊ«ÀLiÊÀi>ÌiÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊVÕÀÀiÌÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊiÌ
`}iÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÀiVÀ`ÊÞÊ Ì
iÊi`>ÌiÊÀiëÃiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ
Õ>ÊÃiÃÀÕÊÌÊ>ÊÃ}iÊwÊV«ÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>]Ê >ÃÊÕÀÀ>ÞÊ-Ì
ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÃ]ÊÌ
iÊVÕÕ>ÌÛiÊ«ÀiÃÃÊvʼÜ
iÊÛiý°74 One might >Ã]ÊÜ
>Ì]Ê>VÀÃÃÊ>ÊviÌiÊvÊÌiiÛÃÊÛiÜ}]ÊÃÊÌ
iÊivviVÌÊvÊÃÕÃÌ>i`ÊiÝ«ÃÕÀiÊ ÌÊi`>ÌÃi`Ê>}iÃÊv]ÊÃ>Þ]ÊÛiViÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>LÕÃiÊvÊÜiÊ>`ÊV
`Ài¶Ê/
ÃÊ >ÃÌʵÕiÃÌÊV>ÊLiÊÀiV}Ãi`Ê>ÃÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃ]ÊÃV}ÃÌÃÊ>`Ê `iÛi«iÌ>Ê«ÃÞV
}ÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊLiiÊ>Ã}ÊvÀÊ>ÊÛiÀÞÊ}ÊÌi]Ê>`ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊÊ
>ÛiÊÀi
i>ÀÃi`Ê>ÌÊÛ>ÀÕÃÊÕVÌÕÀiÃÊÊÌ
ÃÊÌiÝÌ°75
262
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
In spite of the reservations one might have about the wider implications of a V}ÌÛiÊÃViÌwVÊ>««À>V
]ÊÊLiiÛiÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊ
>ÃÊÌ
iÊ«ÌiÌ>ÊÌÊÌ
ÀÜÊÃiÊ}
ÌÊ ÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊvÊÌ
ÃÊL°ÊÌ
Õ}
ÊÛ>Ê lÊ>`Ê°Ê°ÊLÃÊ
>ÛiÊVÃ`iÀi`ÊÌ
iÊ LÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀViÛ}Ê>}iÌ]76 most of the empirical research into film reception
>ÃÊVViÌÀ>Ìi`ÊÊÃÌ>ÌVÊÃÕLiVÌÃÊÜÀi`ÊÕ«ÊÌÊÃ}iÊÃVÀiiÃ°Ê Õ`Ê«
ÞÃ}V>Ê ÌÀ}ÊLiÊÕÃivÕÞÊ>««i`ÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊ>ÊÛ}Ê>}iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÊÜ
V
Ê viewers are free to wander through a space and where they encounter a series of ÃVÀiiÃ]ÊÃ}ÞÊÀÊÊVÕÃÌiÀö77ÊÌÊÌ
ÃÊ«Ì]ÊÌ
iÀÊv>VÌÀÃÊÜÕ`ÊViÊÌÊ«>Þ]Ê ÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÊÃV>Êë>ViÊvÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ]ÊÜ
>ÌÊ«iÊ>Þ>ÀÊV>ÃÊÌ
iʼViVÌÛiÊÃV>Ê iÝ«iÀiVi½°78ÊiÀi]ÊViÀÌ>Ê«ÀiÃiÌÊLi
>ÛÕÀ>ÊVÛiÌÃÊ>««ÞÊ>`ÊÌ
iÃiÊÜÕ`Ê discipline how spectators negotiate the space of galleries. Seating undoubtedly influences where and how long they linger and the architecture of the space also modulates those decisions. So much depends on what else a spectator can see out of the corner of her eye and this is where the role of peripheral vision would come into Ì
iÊiµÕ>Ì°Ê ÞiÌÀ>V}ÊÌiV
}ÞÊVÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÌÊvÊÌ
iÊvÛi>]ÊÌ
iÊViÌÀiÊ vÊÛÃ]Ê>`Ê}ÀiÃÊ«iÀ«
iÀ>ÊÛÃ]ÊÜ
V
ÊÃÊ>`>«Ìi`ÊÌÊ«iÀViÛiÊÌ]ÊiëiV>ÞÊÊÀi`ÕVi`Ê}
ÌÊV`ÌÃ]Ê>ÊÀiwi`Êv>VÕÌÞÊvÊÛÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÃÊVÀÌV>ÊÌÊ>ÊLiÊ spectator traversing a poorly lit installation space. Even when viewing a frontally«ÀiÃiÌi`ÊVi>ÊÃVÀii]Ê«iÀ«
iÀ>ÊÛÃÊÕÃÌÊÃÌÊLiÊ«>Þ}Ê>ÊÀi]ÊV
iV}ÊÌ
iÊ ÕÌiÀÊi`}iÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>}i]Ê>`ÊÌiÀ>Þ]ÊÀi}ÃÌiÀ}ÊÌ
ÃiÊ`ÃÌ>ViÊVÕiÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÀiÌÊ Ì
iÊÃVÀiiÊw}ÕÀiÃÊÊ>Ê}V>ÊÌ
Àii`iÃ>Êë>ViÆÊÌ
iÊVÕÀÛiÊvÊ>ÊÃÌ>ÀV>Ãi]Ê Ì
iÊvÀ>iÊvÊ>ÊÜ`Ü]Ê>ÊÜ`}Ê>iÊ>ÌV«>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊÕÀiÞÊ>ÊV
>À>VÌiÀÊÜÊÌ>iÊ as the narrative concludes.79 Could it be that those anomalous readings Tim Smith >`ÊÌ
iÀÃÊ
>ÛiÊÜÌiÃÃi`ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÃiÊÃÕLiVÌÃÊ>««i>ÀÊÌÊÌÊLiÊvÜ}ÊÌ
iÊ main action are simply instances when they are momentarily verifying information Ì
>ÌÊ«iÀ«
iÀ>ÊÛÃÊ
>ÃÊÃ}>i`¶ Murray Smith has also raised questions about empathy80 and the role of mirÀÀÊiÕÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ«À`ÕViÊÜ
>ÌÊ
iÊV>ÃʼÌÀÊVÀÞ½]Ê>Ê>vviVÌÛiÊÀiëÃiÊÌ
>ÌÊ v>ÃÊÃ
ÀÌÊvÊi«>Ì
Þ]ÊLÕÌÊV>Ê«ÀÛ`iÊÌ
iʼÃV>vv`½ÊvÀʼÛÌ>½Êi«>Ì
ް 81ʼ/
iÊ Õ`iÀÞ}Ê
Þ«Ì
iÃý]Ê-Ì
ÊiÝ«>Ã]ʼÃÊÌ
>ÌÊw>iÀÃÊ
>ÛiÊ>ÊÌÕÌÛiÊÕ`iÀÃÌ>`}ÊvÊÌ
iÃiÊ`vviÀiÌÊLÕÌÊÀi>Ìi`ÊiV
>ÃÃ]Ê>`ÊV>ÊÌ
ÕÃÊÃ
>«iÊÌ
iÀÊwÃÊ ÌÊiVÌÊ«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÊ«>ÌÌiÀÃÊvÊVÀÞ]Ê>`Êi«>Ì
Þ½° 82 The artist clearly has an inÛiÃÌiÌÊÊÌ
iÊivwV>VÞÊvÊ
iÀÊ«À>VÌVi]ÊÊÌÃÊ>LÌÞÊÌÊÀÕÃiÊÃÞ«>Ì
iÌVÊÀi>VÌÃÊ Ê>Ê>Õ`iVi]ÊÜ
iÌ
iÀÊiÌ>ÊÀÊÌiiVÌÕ>]Ê«>ÀÌVÕ>ÀÞÊÜ
iÊÌ
>ÌÊ>Õ`iViÊ is to be guided through a field of multiple elements in the built environment of an installation. Although both Bordwell and Peterson have intuited what filmmakers ¼ÕÃÕ>ÞÊV>½ÌÊÌiÊÕýÊ>LÕÌÊÌ
iÀÊÛiÃÌiÌÃÊÊ>ÊÜÀ] 83 the cognitive research I
>ÛiÊÌÕV
i`ÊÊvVÕÃiÃÊiÝVÕÃÛiÞÊÊÌ
iÊÀiëÃiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ°Ê-]ÊÊÜÊi`Ê
iÀiÊÜÌ
Ê>Êw>ʵÕiÃÌ\Ê>«>ÀÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÀ>Ê>`Û>Ì>}iÃÊvÊÃÕVViÃÃ]ÊÜ
>ÌÊÃÊÊ ÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̶
CLOSING THOUGHTS
263
THE ROLE OF THE ARTIST ...the colonel was certainly not going to waste his time and energy making love to beautiful women unless there was something in it for him. Ãi«
ÊiiÀ]ÊCatch 22 (1961) ÊÌ
iÊ>ÌiÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ]Ê>ÞÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊÌ
iÀÃÌÃÊÃÕLÃVÀLi`ÊÌÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÌÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Ê ÛiÜÊ Ì
>ÌÊ >Ê >ÀÌÜÀÊ ÃÊ LÕÌÊ >Ê «À`ÕVÌÊ vÊ ÌiÀÌiÝÌÕ>Ê iÌÜÀÃÊ vÊ i>}°Ê /
iÊ >ÀÌÃÌ]Ê i>Ü
i]Ê Ü>ÃÊ Ài`ÕVi`Ê ÌÊ >Ê `Ê vÊ ÛiÌÀµÕÃÌ]Ê Li}Ê ¼Ã«i½Ê LÞÊ language.84Ê/
iÊ`Û`Õ>ÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃÛiÊ>}iVÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ>iÀÊÜ>ÃÊ`Ã>ÛÜi`ÊÊ>V>`iVÊ ÜÀÌ}]Ê Ü
iÊ £ÈäÃÊ >`Ê £ÇäÃÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃ]Ê vÌiÊ ÜÀ}Ê Ê ViVÌÛiÃ]Ê Ã>ÜÊ Ì
iÃiÛiÃÊ>ÃʼVÕÌÕÀ>ÊÜÀiÀýÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊi«
>ÃÃÊÊ}ÀÕ«ÊVÀi>ÌÛÌÞÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊÌ
>Ê singular achievement. Feminists did not wish to replicate the spurious art world meritocracy based on male artists’ unique endowment with what Linda Nochlin termed ¼Ì
iÊ}`iÊÕ}}iÌÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌVÊ}iÕý° 85ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌ
iÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊV>«Ì>ÊvÊ`iÀÃÌÊ artists working in painting and sculpture remained undiminished and towards the i`ÊvÊÌ
iÊ£äÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃÊvÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>ÃÊLi}>ÊÌÊÀÃiÊÜ
iÊ«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊÃÕV
Ê>ÃÊ Ê6>]Ê>ÀÌ
>Ê,ÃiÀÊ>`ÊÃ>>VÊÕi]ÊViÊÛ>>ÌÞÊÃÌÀÕ}}}ÊÊ Ì
iÊ>À}ÃÊvÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊÛ`i]Ê}>i`ÊÌiÀ>Ì>ÊÀiV}Ì°ÊÜiÛiÀÊÃiv ivv>V}ÊÃiÊ>Û>Ì}>À`iÊ«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊÌi`i`ÊÌÊLiÊÊÌ
iÊi>ÀÞÊ`>ÞÃ]Ê>ÃÊV
>iÊ iÜ>ÊÀi>Ài`]ÊÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÌVVi«ÌÕ>Ê>}i]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÜʼ>VÜi`}iÃÊÌ
iÊ impossibility of disappearing’.86 -ViÊÌ
iÊ£xäÃ]ÊÌ
iÀiÊ
>ÃÊiÝÃÌi`Ê>ÊÃÌÀÕÃÌÊvÊÃÌ>ÌiiÌÃÊLÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃ°Ê i>À`ÃiÞÊ >`Ê7Ã>Ì̽Ãʼv>>VÞ½ÊvÊ>ÕÌ
À>ÊÌiÌÊÃÌÀ>Þi`ÊvÀÊÌiÀ>ÀÞÊVÀÌVÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ]Ê and the maker was regarded by critics as the least qualified to discuss her work. 87 ÜiÛiÀ]Ê«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊ>ÀiÊLi}ÊÃÌii`ÊÌÊViÊ>}>Ê>Ì
Õ}
ÊÌ
iÀÊÕÌÌiÀ>ViÃÊ are not all treated equally. When artists are also writers or cultural theorists in their ÜÊÀ}
ÌÊqÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]Êi>Ê «ÃÌiÊÊÌ
iÊ£ÎäÃÊÀÊÌÊ-ÌiÞiÀÊÌ`>ÞÊqÊÌ
iÊÌ
iÀÊ hypotheses about practice are given greater credence and commentators will establish a dialogue as much with the artists’ writings as with their practice.88 Where >Ê>ÀÌÃÌÊÃÊiÃÃÊ>V>`iV]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÊVÌiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÃÊ`VÕiÌ>ÀÞÊÊ>ÌÕÀiÊÀÊ `À>ÜÃÊÊ
ÃÌÀV>Ê>ÀV
ÛiÃ]ÊÀÊÌ>iÃÊ>ÃÊÌÃÊÃÕLiVÌÊ>ÊVÕÌÕÀ>ÊÃÌÌÕÌÊ>`Êi«ÞÃÊ VÕÀÀiÌÊ ÀiÃi>ÀV
Ê iÌ
`}iÃ]Ê Ì
iÊ >V>`iVÃÊ w`Ê ÌÊ V`ÕVÛiÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÀÊ ÜÊvÀ>iÃÊvÊÀiviÀiVi°Ê/°Ê°Ê iÃÊ
>ÃÊV
>«i`ÊÌ
iÊ`VÕiÌ>ÀÞÊÜÀÃÊvÊ -ÛiÊÕ}ÕÃÌi]ÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]Ê>`ÊiÃÃ>ÊÀÕ`Ê
>ÃÊÀiyiVÌi`ÊÊÌ
iÊLÃiÀÛ>Ì>ÊwÃÊvÊ i>ÌÀViÊLÃ]Ê>ÊÕV>ÃÊ>`Ê â>LiÌ
Ê*ÀVi° 89ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊiÛiÊÊ Ì
ÃÊ«À`ÕVÌÛiÊÃÞiÀ}Þ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌýÊÌÛiÃÊ>ÀiÊÀ>ÀiÞʵÕiÃÌi`Ê>`ÊÌ
iÀÊÀiÊÊ managing the responses of an audience is generally passed over unremarked.90 There are film theorists like Catherine Fowler who de-emphasise the role of the >ÀÌÃÌÊLÞÊ>««i>}ÊÌÊVVi«ÌÃÊvʼÌiÀÀi>Ì>ÌÞ½Ê>`ÊÀi>V>ÌiÊ>}iVÞÊÌÊÌ
iÊ
264
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
>Õ`iViÊÀÊÌʼ«>ÀÌV«>Ìý]91ÊÊÌ
iÊL>ÃÃÊÌ
>ÌÊLÞÊ>««i>À}ÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃÌ]Ê ¼Ì
ÃiÊÜ
ÊÜiÀiÊViÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iVi½Ê>ÀiÊÌÀ>ÃvÀi`ÊÌʼÌ
iÊ«iÀvÀiÀÃÊvÀÊ>Õ`ences of their own’. 92Ê /iÃÃÊ />>
>Ã
Ê
>ÃÊ `iÌwi`Ê Ì
iÊ ¼v>i½Ê >ÀV
Û>Ê ÌiV
µÕiÃÊ >`«Ìi`ÊLÞÊ7>`Ê,>½>`ÊvÊÌ
iÊÌ>ÃÊÀÕ«Ê>ÃÊ>Ì
iÀÊÃÌÀ>Ìi}ÞÊÌ
>Ìʼ`ë>ViÃÊÌ
iÊ artist’s personal voice’.93ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÊÜÕ`ÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÃiÊVÌÀÛ>ViÃÊ
>ÛiÊ>Ê largely cosmetic effect and the authorial voice is simply replaced by authorial in}iÕÌÞ]ÊÜÌÊ>`ÊÃ]Ê>`ÊÞÊÌÌ>Ê>ÞÌÞÊÜÕ`ÊiÀ>`V>ÌiÊ,>½>`½ÃÊ`Û`Õ>Ê creativity from his work. In his study of documentary films that deliberately or ÌÊ
>`Ê >Ê «>VÌÊ Ê Ì
iÊ VÀVÕÃÌ>ViÃÊ Ì
iÞÊ ÜiÀiÊ ÀiVÀ`}]Ê -ÌiÛiÊ >ÃÌÜ`Ê iÃÌ>LÃ
i`Ê Ì
iÊ Ài>«ÌÊ vÊ V>LÀ>Ì\Ê ÛiÀÊ Ì
iÊ }iÀÊ ÌiÀ]Ê
iÊ VÌi`i`]Ê ¼w>iÀÃÊÕÃÕ>ÞÊLiiwÌÊÀiÊÌ
>ÊÌ
iÀÊÃÕLiVÌý°94 There has been surprisingly scant discussion of either what those privileges and benefits might involve for the >ÀÌÃÌ]ÊÀÊÜ
>ÌÊÃ>ÌÃv>VÌÃÊ>`Ê>ÝiÌiÃÊ}
ÌÊ>ÌÌi`ÊÌ
iÀÊ«ÕÀÃÕÌ°Ê7
iÊ>ÌÌi«ÌÃÊ ÌÊ`iwiÊÌ
iÊÃÕLiVÌÊ«ÃÌÊvÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊ>ÀiÊi}]ÊÜiÊ
i>ÀÊiÃÃÊ>LÕÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ motivates the artist to create a moving image installation for public consumption. 7
>ÌÊ>iÀÊvÊVÀi>ÌÕÀiÊÜÕ`ÊLiÊ`ÀÛiÊÌÊÃÕV
Ê>ÊiÌiÀ«ÀÃi¶Ê
Assertions of self ÀiÕ`ÊÀi}>À`i`Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>ÃÊ`>}iÀÕÃ]ÊÕviÌÌiÀi`Êi}ÃÌÃʼÜ
Ê
>ÛiÊÊVV>ÃÊÌÊ submit their inner life to the strict control of reason’.95ÊÃÌi>`]Ê«i`ÊÌ
iÊ}Ài>ÌÊ>]Ê Ì
iÞÊ >ÀÊ Ì
iÀÊ `iÃÀiÃÊ Ê «ÕLV]Ê LiV}Ê ÃÕLiVÌÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÀÊ ÜÊ v>ÃV>Ì°Ê ÃÌÊ VÌi«À>ÀÞÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃÊ Ài>Ê Õ>«}iÌVÊ >LÕÌÊ Ì
iÀÊ «ÕLVÊ «ÀiVÌÃÊ vÊ Ãiv°Ê ÀÌ]ÊiÀiÞÊ iiÀÊÃ>ÞÃ]ÊÃʼ>Ê«iÀÃ>ÊÌ
}Ê°°°ÊÞÕÊ`ÊÌÊÌÊÃ>ÌÃvÞÊÞÕÀÃiv½° 96 Over Ì
iÊ VÕÀÃiÊ vÊ >Ê ÃÕVViÃÃvÕÊ V>ÀiiÀ]Ê >Ê >ÀÌÃÌÊ iÊ iiÀÊ ÜÊ >VVÕÕ>ÌiÊ >Ê ÃÕLÃÌ>Ì>Ê«iÀÃ>«ÕLVÊ>ÀV
ÛiÊiÀ>Ã}Ê
ÃÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌÞÊ>`ÊviÊiÝ«iÀiVi°ÊvÊÌ
iÊ Û}Ê>}i]Ê>Êi`ÕÊÃÌÊi`Üi`ÊÜÌ
Ê>ÊÛiiiÀÊvʼÌÀÕÌ
½]ÊÃÊ>ÊViÌÀ>ÊiiiÌÊÊ Ì
iÊÜÀ]ÊÌ
iÊviÊ«ÀiÃiÀÛi`ÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊ>VµÕÀiÃÊ>Ê>``Ì>Ê>ÌiÊvÊ>ÕÌ
iÌVÌÞ°Ê Some artists adopt directly autobiographical material within the frame of identity «ÌVÃÊ`>ÊÌ>®]ÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÀÃÊi«ÞÊÃÌ>`ÃÊÀÊÌÀëiVÌÊÀiÊLµÕiÞÊ through investigations of cultural phenomena coeval with incidents in their own lives >Ê 7i>À}]Ê ÃiiÊ V
>«ÌiÀÊ iiÛi®°Ê "Ì
iÀÃÊ ÃÕV
Ê >ÃÊ -Ì>Ê À>
>}iÊ iÝ«ÀiÊ Ì
iÀÊ ÜÊiÌ>Ê>`ÃV>«iÃ]Ê>`ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
ÊÌ
iÊi`ÕÊvÊÌ
iÊ
>`
i`]ʼÃÕLiVÌÛi½ÊV>iÀ>]ÊÃiiÊÌÊÌÀ>ÃÌʼ`ÀiVÌÞÊvÀÊÌ
Õ}
ÌÊÌÊw½° 97ÊÊÊÌ
iÊV>ÃiÊvÊiiÌ
Ê}iÀ]Ê the artist mines the underground rumblings of his own subconscious. Speaking to >Ê}ÀÕ«ÊvÊ`ÊÃÌÕ`iÌÃÊÊÓää]Ê}iÀÊÀiÛi>i`ÊÌ
>ÌÊ>Ê
ÃÊwÃÊ>ÀiÊL>Ãi`ÊÊ his dreams whose essence he notes down and faithfully reproduces in his work. His `Ài>ÃÊ>ÀiÊÌÀÕLi`Ê>`ÊÛiÌ]Ê>`ÊiÊ>Ê`Ài>iÀÃ]Ê
iÊV>ÌÊVÌÀÊÌ
iÀÊVtent or outcome – until he turns them into films.
CLOSING THOUGHTS
265
Art therapy /
iÊÌ
iÀ>«iÕÌVÊLiiwÌÃÊvÊ>ÀÌÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>ÀiÊ>Ý>ÌVÊ>`ÊiÊ
>ÛiÊLiiÊÀiÊ ÕÌëiÊÊÌ
ÃÊÀiëiVÌÊÌ
>Ê9>ÞÊÕÃ>>ÊÜ
ÊÃÌ>Ìi`ÊLÕÌÞ\ʼvÊÌÊÜiÀi½ÌÊvÀÊ>ÀÌ]Ê I would have killed myself a long time ago’.98ÊÕÃ>>ÊÕÃiÃÊ>ÀÌÊÌÊÃÌ>ÛiÊvvÊ
iÀÊÃÕV`>Ê«ÕÃiÃÊLÕÌÊ«À>VÌÌiÀÃÊV>Ê>ÃÊw`ÊÃ>ViÊvÀÊÜiÀÊiÛiÃÊvÊ>ÝiÌÞÊÊÌ
iÊ «ÕLVÊiÝ
LÌÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÜÀ°Ê>ÞÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊëiÊvÊÌ
iÀÊvii}ÃÊvÊ`ië>ÀÊ at being able to control events in their lives and assert that they gain a modicum of self-determination only through the manipulation of elements in their work – as the «iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>ÀÞÊ-ÌiÛiÃÊVw`i`]Ê
iÊviiÃÊÀiÊÃiVÕÀiÊ>ÌÊÃV>ÊiÛiÌÃÊ than when working live.99ÊÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>ÞÊiÝ«iÀiViÊ>ÊÃiÃiÊvÊi«ÜiÀiÌÊÜ
iÊ Ã
iÊÌ>iÃÊ«ÃÃiÃÃÊvÊ>Ê}>iÀÞÊë>ViÊÀÊÃÌ>}iÃÊ>ÊÛiÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÆÊ>ÌÊ>ÃÌ]ÊÃ
iÊ is calling the shots. She creates an environment in a pocket of time in which she >À}iÞÊ`ÀiVÌÃÊÌ
iÊÕÌViÊvÊiÛiÌðÊ-iÊÌ>iÊÌ
iÊ««ÀÌÕÌÞÊÌÊ«Ài>V
ÊiÛÊ Atherton); others set a trap for the audience (Vito Acconci). There are those who VÀi>ÌiÊ>Ê
iÊvÀÊ
i]Ê`ÀiÃÃ}ÊÌ
iÊÃiÌÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊVÌiÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÀÊÃÌÕ`ÃÊÀÊ Ì
iÀÊ
ÕÃiÃÊ>LiÊ VÃ]Ê>Ê>«ÀÜ®ÆÊÜ
iÊÌ
iÀÃÊVÀi>ÌiÊÌiÀ>VÌÛiÊÛ`iÊ «>Þ}ÀÕ`ÃÊ ÀÕViÊ >Õ>]Ê >Û`Ê >®ÆÊ ÀÊ V>}Ê i`>Ê Õ}iÃ]Ê VÕÀÌ}Ê Ì
iÊ «i>ÃÕÀ>LiÊi}>}iiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Õ`iViÊÌ
iÊ>L>ÛÃ]Ê*«ÌÌÊ,ÃÌ®°Ê
Play−grounds ÊV
`ÀiÊLÕ`Ê«ÀÛÃi`Ê`iÃ]ÊÌÀiiÊ
ÕÃiÃ]ÊÃ
iÌiÀÃÊÊÌ
iÊÜ`Ã]ÊÀÊëÞÊÀganise a small part of a shared room into a magical domain. They create miniature kingdoms (and queendoms) where they reign supreme and the terrifying power of adults is re-enacted and diffused in childhood games. Michael Rosen has observed that children’s play represents a shift from the rules made by adults to rules made by children themselves.100 Artists similarly rewrite the rulebook when they invite others to enter into their art games. The psychologist Adam Phillips observed that like Ì
iÊV
`]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌʼÜ>ÌÃÊÌÊLiÊÀiV}Ãi`Ê>`ÊvÕ`]ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÊV
`]ÊiÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌ]Ê >ÃÊÜ>ÌÃÊÌÊLiÊ>LiÊÌÊ
`i]ÊÌÊÜÊÌ
iÞÊV>Ê
`i½°101 Artists thus adopt different iÛiÃÊvÊ`Ã}ÕÃiÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ}>iÊvÊ
`i>`Ãii]ÊvÀÊÕÃ>>ÊÃÕ>Ì}Ê
iÀÊ`Ã>««i>À>ViÊÊ>ÊÃi>ÊvÊ`ÌÃ]ÊÌ
ÀÕ}
Ê7i>À}½ÃÊV
`
`ÊÃÕÀÀ}>ÌiÊÌÊ/ÞÊ Oursler’s doll-like doppelgängers. An element of the playground popularity contest persists in works that create social environments. The worst that can happen is that iÊÃ
ÜÃÊÕ«]ÊÌ
>ÌÊiÊÜ>ÌÃÊÌÊLiÊÊÞÕÀÊ}>i°Ê /
iÊÃV>Ê«ÃÞV
}ÃÌÊ ÀV
ÊÀÊ`iÌwi`ÊÌ
iÊÕÀ}iÊÌʼÛiÀViÊ
ÃÊÃi«>À>ÌiiÃÃ]Ê ÌÊ i>ÛiÊ Ì
iÊ «ÀÃÊ vÊ
ÃÊ >iiÃÃÊ Q>ÃRÊ Ì
iÊ `ii«iÃÌÊ ii`Ê vÊ >½°102 ,i>V
}Ê ÕÌÊ ÌÊ >V
iÛiÊ ¼ÕÊ ÜÌ
Ê Ì
iÊ }ÀÕ«½Ê >ÞÊ ¼ÛiÀViÊ Ãi«>À>ÌiiÃý]Ê >ÃÊ
266
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÀÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÃ]103ÊLÕÌÊÌÊ>ÃÊÀ>ÃiÃÊÌ
iÊvi>ÀÊvÊÀiiVÌ]ÊÜ
V
Ê>ÞÊLiÊ>Ì
iÀÊ reason why artists take shelter in acting out different personas. While Eleanor Antin `ëiÀÃiÃÊÌÊÛ>ÀÕÃÊ>ÌiÀi}ÃÊqÊÌ
iÊ >iÀ>]ÊÌ
iÊ}Ê>`ʼÀiViÊ }
Ì}>i½Ê q Ê ÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>ÊÌÃivÊV>ÊvÕVÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÊÜÌiÃÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌ]ÊÀi}ÃÌiÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ`iÃÃÊvÊ
iÀÊL`Þ\ÊÌ
iÊiÝÌiÌÊvÊ
iÀÊÀi>V
]ÊÌ
iÊi}Ì
ÊvÊ
iÀÊÃÌÀ`i]ÊÌ
iÊi>ÃÕÀiÊvÊ
iÀÊÃÌ>>°Ê/
iÊL`ÞÊÃVÀ«ÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÀiV>Ê7>ÌiÀÊ i>½ÃÊLÃiÀÛ>ÌÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÊÌÀ>ViÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÞÌiiÀÊV}ÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀÞÊÌ
iÊÜ>ÞÊÌ
iÊ
>`«ÀÌÃÊvÊ the potter cling to the clay vessel’.104 Paul Taberham has suggested that beyond Ì
iÊ Ài}ÃÌÀ>ÌÊ vÊ >ÀÌÃÌÃ½Ê Ì
ÞÊ `Ã}ÕÃi`Ê Ãiv«ÀÌÀ>ÌÃ]Ê `VÕiÌ}Ê Ì
iÀÊ ÛÌ>Ê ÃÌ>ÌÃÌVÃÊ>`ÊÃÌ>ÌiÃÊvÊ
i>Ì
]Ê>ÀÌÊV>ÊvÕVÌÊ>ÃÊ>ÊVÀÕ`iÊvÀÊvÊÃiÝÕ>Ê`ë>Þ]Ê iÊ Ì
>ÌÊ iÝÌi`ÃÊ LiÞ`Ê Ì
iÊ ÃiÝÕ>Ê À}>Ã\Ê ¼iÀi½ÃÊ ÞÊ >ÀÌ]Ê i̽ÃÊ >iÊ L>Lið½105 7Ì
ÕÌÊÀi>V
}ÊÌ
ÃÊiÛiÊvÊL`iÃÃ]ÊiÀ}iÊÕV
>ÀÊÕÃi`ÊÌ
iÊV>iÀ>Ê>ÃÊ>ÊÃV>Ê ÕLÀV>ÌÊ
i«}Ê
Ê ÌÊ iiÌÊ «i«i\Ê ¼iÛiÀÞÊ Ã
ÌÊ vÊ >Ì
iÀÊ «iÀÃÊ LiViÃÊ >Ê encounter.’106Ê6ÌÊVVVÊÃ>ÀÞÊLiÌÀ>Þi`Ê
ÃÊÃV>Ê>ÜÜ>À`iÃÃÊÊ
ÃʼvÕÌi½Ê `iÃÀiÊÌÊV
>}iÊÌÊ>ÊÜ>°ÊÃÌi>`]Ê
iʼ«>Þi`ÊÕÌÊ>iiÃý107 by attempting to seduce the putative female viewer in Theme SongÊ£Çή]ÊÜ
V
Ê
iÊ`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃÊ>Ê ¼ÃViiÊvÀÊ>ÊVi½Êi>L}Ê
ÊÌʼLÀ}ÊÞÊi}ÃÊ>ÀÕ`]ÊÜÀ>««}ÊÞÃivÊ>ÀÕ`Ê the viewer’.108ÊÜiÛiÀÊVÕÃÞÊÀÊÀVÊÌ
iÃiÊ}i`iÀi`Ê>`Û>ViÃ]ÊÌ
iÞÊ`ÊiÝ«ÀiÃÃÊ Ì
iÊ>}ÕÃ
ÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iÀi>ÊÕÌÃ`iÀ]ÊÀiÊÕÃi`ÊÌÊÀiiVÌÊÌ
>Ê
>««ÞÊÌi}À>ÌÊ ÌÊÌ
iÊ}ÀÕ«°Ê¼/
iÀiÊÃÊ>ÊV«ÕÃÊÌÊ>ÌV
ÊÌ
iÀý]ÊÜÀÌiÊÀiÕ`]ʼÌÊÃÌ>ÞÊÊÌÕiÊ ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>Þ]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÃiý]109Ê>`ÊÞiÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊÀi>ÃÊÃi«>À>Ìi]ÊÜÌ
`À>ÜÊÌÊ
iÀÊiÝVi«Ì>ðÊLiÀÌÊ>`ÊiÀ}iÊVÃ`iÀÊÌ
iÊëi``ÊÃ>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ«À>VÌÌiÀÊÌÊLiÊ>ÊiViÃÃ>ÀÞÊV`ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊ«ÀViÃÃ]ÊiÊÌ
>ÌÊi>LiÃÊÌ
iÊ ÌʼviiÊÌ
iÊÜÀ`ÊÊ>Ê`vviÀiÌÊÜ>Þ½]ÊÜ
V
ÊÊÌÕÀʵÕ>wiÃÊÌ
iÊÌÊ>Û`ÊÌ
iÊv>ÌiÊvÊ LiV}ʼ>ÊLÀ}Ê«iÀÃÊiÊiÛiÀÞiÊiÃi½°110Êi>ÛiÊvÀL`t
Above the law ¼iÊÃViÌÃÌÃÊÊÕÀÊVÕÌÕÀi½]ÊÜÀÌiÊ-ÕâÊ>L]ʼ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ
>ÛiÊLiiÊiVÕÀ>}i`ÊÌÊ to worry about the applications or consequences or moral purpose of their activity.’111Ê Ê ¼ViÌÀVÊ ÞÌ
}ÞÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ >ÀÌÃ̽Ê
>ÃÊ iÛÛi`]Ê >LÊ VÌÕiÃ]Ê iÊ that appears to grant them total licence. The landscape artist Christo confirms this ÛiÜ\Ê ¼Ê Ì
Ê Ì
iÊ >ÀÌÃÌÊ V>Ê `Ê >ÃÌÊ >ÞÌ
}Ê
iÊ Ü>ÌÃÊ ÌÊ `°½112 Robert Hughes ÌÀ>ViÃÊÌ
iÊÀÃiÊvʼÌ
iÊ,>ÌVÊÜÀÃ
«ÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊ«ÜiÀýÊÌÊÌ
iÊ`iÃiÊ vÊÀi}ÕÃÊLiivÊÊÌ
iÊiÌiiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞÆÊÌ
iÊ}`
i>`½ÃʼÌÀ>ÌÃÊvÊ«ÌiViÊ and self-sufficiency became displaced onto the figure of the painter or sculptor’.113 6ÌÊVVVÊ
>ÃÊëiÊvʼÌ
iÊv>Ì>ÃÞÊvÊ«ÌiVi½ÊÌ
>ÌÊ
iÊV>Ê`Õ}iÊÜ
iÊ holding the viewer enthralled to his video performances. This leads to instances of mistreating collaborators (as in Acconci’s PryingsÊQ£Ç£R]Ê>ÊÌ>«iÊÊÜ
V
Ê
iÊÌÀiÃÊ
CLOSING THOUGHTS
267
to prise open a woman’s eyes) and to varying degrees of assault on the audience. Ü>`>ÞÃ]Ê viÜÊ ÜÕ`Ê V>ÌÊ Ãi>ÌÃÊ ÜÌ
Ê }ÕiÊ ÌÊ >}}À>Û>ÌiÊ >Ê >Õ`iViÊ >ÃÊ ``Ê Ì
iÊ ÕÌÕÀÃÌÊ««Ê>ÀiÌÌ]114ÊLÕÌÊÊV>Êw`ÊÊ«ÕLÃ
i`ÊLiVÌÃÊÌÊÕÃiÊ-Õ`i½ÃÊ Black Lift (1998) in which she adapted a lift so that visitors became trapped when Ì
iÞÊ«ÀiÃÃi`ÊÌ
iÊLÕÌÌ]ÊÌ
iÀÊ«>Vi`Êv>ViÃÊLi}ÊÀi>Þi`ÊÌÊ>ÊÌÀÊÕÌÃ`i°Ê ÌÊ >ÞÊ ÃiiÊ
iÀiÌV>Ê ÌÊ LiVÌÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ >}wViÌÊ V
>iÊ -ܽÃÊ ÀiÊ iÝÌÀiiÊ optical-acoustic works such as TriageÊÓää{®]Ê>ÊÌÜÃVÀiiÊÜÀÊ>`iÊÊV>LÀ>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê >ÀÊ ÀÜ°Ê-ܽÃÊVÌÀLÕÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊÜ>ÃʼÓ{Ê>}iÃÊ«iÀÊÃiV`Ê vÊ iÛiÀÞÌ
}½]115Ê >Ê À>«`wÀiÊ Ì>}iÊ vÊ vÕ`Ê >}iÃÊ VÕ`}Ê >>Ã]Ê VÕÀÊ V
>ÀÌÃ]Ê >`ÃV>«iÃÊ >`Ê «À}À>«
Þ]Ê yViÀ}Ê «ÀiÃÃÃÊ L>ÀiÞÊ LÀi>}Ê ÌÊ Ì
iÊ«iÀVi«ÌLiÊwi`]Ê>`Ê>VV«>i`ÊLÞÊ>Êi>ÀëÌÌ}ÊÃÕ`ÊÌÀ>V°ÊÊÃÕLÌÌi`Ê to the work as long as I could bear it. I had a similar feeling of being out of synch with the prevailing consensus in London at a screening of work by Luther Price who ÃÕLiVÌÃÊvÕ`ÊvÌ>}iÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃÌ>`>À`Ê«
ÞÃV>Ê>LÕÃiÊqÊLÕÀÞ}]Ê
>`«>Ì}Ê>`Ê ÃVÀ>ÌV
}]ÊÀiÃÕÌ}ÊÊ>ÊÃi>ÊvÊ«ÌV>ÊL>LLi°Ê À>Ê >ÃÊÜÀÌiÊvʼLi>ÕÌvÕÞÊ assaultive films’116Ê>`Ê>Ì
Õ}
ÊÊVÕ`Ê>««ÀiV>ÌiÊÌ
iÀÊ
ÃÌÀV>ÊÛ>Õi]ÊÌ
iÀÊÕÃiÊvÊ Ì
iÊLiÀ>Ì}ÊiVÃÌ>ÌVÃÊvÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ>`]ÊvÜ}Ê >Ã]ÊÌ
iÊVÕÀ>ÌÀ>ÊÌi}ÀÌÞÊ vÊÌ
iÊÃVÀii}ÊÌÃiv]ÊÊÌ
iÊ`>ÞÊÊiÝ«iÀiVi`Ê>ÊëÃÃÌVÊÜÀÊÌ
>ÌÊÌÊÊ>VVÕÌÊvÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ½ÃÊiÝ«iÀiVi]ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊLÌ
iÞÊL`}Ê>`Ê`i>vi}ÊÌ
iÊ compliantly seated audience.117 /
iʼViÀVÛiÊ>ÌÕÀiÊvÊÃVÀiiL>Ãi`ÊÛiÜ}½Ê
>ÃÊLiiÊÜiÊ`VÕiÌi`]Ê«ÀV«>ÞÊLÞÊ>ÌiÊ`V
ÊÜ
ÊiÝÌi`i`Ê
iÀÊÌÊvÊ>Õ`iViÊVÌÀÊÌÊ>Ê>>ÞÃÃÊ of the configuration of installed works.118 Bruce Nauman’s Performance Corridor £È®ÊÊÜ
V
ÊÛÃÌÀÃÊÜiÀiÊL}i`ÊÌÊõÕiiâiÊ`ÜÊ>Ê>ÀÀÜ]ÊV>ÕÃÌÀ«
L>`ÕV}Ê«i}ÊLiÌÜiiÊÌÜÊÌ
i>ÌÀiÊy>ÌÃ]Ê`V
Ê`iÃVÀLi`Ê>ÃÊ>ÊiÝ>«iÊvʼÌ
iÊ bullying of built structures’.119Ê««>ÀiÌÞ]Ê >Õ>ÊÜ>ÃÊÌÊÃ>ÌÃwi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊ >`ÊvÕ`ÊÜ>ÞÃÊÌʼVÌÀÊÌ
iÊÃÌÕ>̽ÊÀiÊivviVÌÛiÞÊÊvÕÌÕÀiÊÛiÀÃÃÊÕÃ}Ê saturated coloured lights and CCTV.120 Robert Smithson observed how film already ¼ÜÀ>«ÃÊÕÃÊÊÕViÀÌ>ÌÞ½]121Ê>`Ê?ÃâÊ
Þ >}ÞÊ«>i`Ê>ÊÕÀi>Ãi`ÊwÊÊ £ÎÈÊÌ
>ÌÊÜÕ`ÊVÕ`iʼÃ
VÃ]ÊÃÕÀ«ÀÃiÃ]ÊÕi>ÃiÃÃÊ>`Ê««ÀiÃý]ÊVÕÕ>ÌÛiÞÊ`iÃ}i`ÊÌʼÃV>Ài½ÊÌ
iÊ«ÕLV°122 However instructive or thrilling the resulting Vi>ÌVÊiÝ«iÀiViÊ}
ÌÊLiÊÕ`}i`]ÊÌ
ÃÊ`iÃÊÌÊV
>}iÊÌ
iÊv>VÌÊÌ
>ÌÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌist wielding the moving image is holding a sensory weapon with which it is possible ÌÊ`Õ}iÊ>}}ÀiÃÃÛiÊÃÌVÌÃ]Ê>ÌÀi>Ì}ÊÌ
iÊÛiÜiÀÊÜÌ
Ê«ÕÌÞ°Ê`ÊÜ
ÃÌÊÊ Ãiv«ÀiÃiÀÛ>ÌÊ`i]ÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÊw`ÃÊÌÊ`vwVÕÌÊÌÊÌ
°Ê These belligerent works are regularly staged in the international network of ho}iÃi`Ê}>iÀiÃÊ>`ÊÕÃiÕðÊiÀi]ÊVi>ÊÜ
ÌiÊÀÊL>V®ÊLÝiÃÊvÕVÌÊiÊ iÕÌÀ>Ãi`ʼvÀii½ÊÌÀ>ÃÌ>Êë>ViÃ]ÊÜ
iÀi]Ê>ÃÊ>`>Ê iiV
ÊLÃiÀÛi`]Ê>ÞÌ
}Ê V>Ê
>««iʼ>ÃÊÌ
Õ}
Ê}>iÀiÃÊÜiÀiÊ>ÊÃÀÌÊvÊiÌ
V>Ê«À«
Þ>VÌV½°123 Where any Ài>ÊVÀÌVÃÊ
>ÃÊLiiÊiÛii`Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊVÃÌÌÕÌ>Ê
ÕLÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌ]ÊÌÊ
>ÃÊÌ>iÊ
268
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
the form of renewed accusations of narcissism.124Ê iÞ`Ê À>ÕÃýÃÊ À}>Ê Ã
ÌÊ ÛiÀÊÌ
iÊLÜÃÊÊ£ÇÈ]ÊÜÊÜÊ
>ÃÊ>iÌi`ÊÌ
iÊiÝÌiÌÊÌÊÜ
V
ÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊ>ÀÌʼÀiÃÌÀiÃÊÌ
iÊViÌÀ>ÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÊ«À}iÌÀÊvÊi>}½°125ÊÀÊ
iÀ]Ê Ì
iʼÀiiÜi`ÊvVÕÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊi>`ÃÊÌÊ>Ê
iÀiÌVÊ«ÃÊvÊ>ÕÌ®L}À>«
V>Ê >`Ê ÃÕLiVÌÛÃÌÊ `Õ}iViÃ]Ê >`Ê Þ«VÊ >ÀVÃÃÃÊ ÃÊ ÃÀi«ÀiÃiÌi`Ê >ÃÊ ÃivÀiyiÝÛÌÞ½°126 How should an artist avoid this regression into apolitical individu>öÊÊÌ
iÊ£näÃ]ÊiÛÊÌ
iÀÌÊÃ>ÜÊÌ
iÊÃÕÌÊÊÌ
iÊÃÌÀ>Ìi}iÃÊ
iÊ>`«Ìi`Ê vÀÊ«ÃÌ}Ê
ÃÊÜÀ°ÊiÊV`ii`Ê>Ì>Ê>ÀÌÊë>ViÃÊ>Ãʼ>ÊiÛiÀ`Ã
}Ê centre or so-called centre of creativity’.127ÊiÊÀiÃÃÌi`ʼLi}Ê`À>ÜÊÌÊÌ
>ÌÊViÌÀi½]ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊvÀÊ
]ʼ̽ÃÊÌÊÌ
iÊViÌÀi]Ê̽ÃÊÌ
iÊ«Õ}Ê
i°Ê/
iÊÀi>ÊViÌÀiÊÃÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ edge and that’s where I want to be.’128 Whether or not Atherton still subscribes to this «ÀV«i]ÊÊV>ÌÊÃ>Þ]ÊLÕÌÊÌÊÃÊVi>ÀÞÊÕÀi>ÃÌV°Ê ÛiÊ`>V}Ê>ÀÕ`ÊÌ
iÊi`}iÃÊ vÊÌ
iÊ«Õ}
i]Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊV>ÌÊ>iÊÜÀÊÜÌ
ÕÌÊ«ÀiÃÃ}ÊÌ
iÀÊÛiÜÃÊÕ«Ê>Ê >Õ`iViÊqÊ>`ÊÊÌ
ÃÊÀiëiVÌ]ÊÌ
iÀÌÊ
>ÃÊ
>À`ÞÊLiiÊÃ
Þ°Ê >ÀVÃÃÃÊÀÊ
ÕLÀÃÊ are inevitable outcomes of the desire to create and the wish for others to witness one’s enterprise is a fundamental human characteristic. This does not absolve artÃÌÃÊvÀÊÌ
iÊiÌ
VÃÊÌ
>ÌÊÀi}Õ>ÌiÊiVÕÌiÀÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ«ÕLVÊÊÌ
iÀÊë
iÀiÃ]ÊÀÊ does it blind us to displays of unfettered amour propre°ÊÜiÛiÀ]ÊÌÊ`iÃÊÃ}>ÊÌ
iÊ ÜÊvÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ>ÃÊ>Ê`Þ>VÊvÀViÊÊÌ
iÊVVi«Ì]ÊiÝiVÕÌÊ>`ÊÀiVi«ÌÊvÊ >ÊÜÀ]Ê>ÊVÃ`iÀ>ÌÊvÊÜ
V
ÊÃ
Õ`ÊvÀÊ«>ÀÌÊvÊ>ÞÊiÝ«>`i`Ê>>ÞÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ work. Artists are lured by the opportunity installation offers to create a temporary «
ÞÃV>ÊÕÛiÀÃi]Ê>ÊÌÌ>Ã}ÊiÛÀiÌÊL>Ì
i`ÊÊÌ
iÊiV
>ÌiÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊÛing image. Installations function as a mirror to the subterranean phantasmagoria and the waking dreams of the artist’s creative imagination. Art can provide a sense of (temporary) agency and those few who achieve even partial material and critical ÃÕVViÃÃÊiÞÊÌ
iÊÀiV}ÌÊvÊÌ
iÀÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÞÊ>Ì>ÊÌ
>ÌÊViVÌÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê Ü`iÀÊ«ÕLVÊvÀÊ>ÃÊ}Ê>ÃÊÌ
iÀÊLÀ>`ÊÃiðÊÊÃÕ}}iÃÌÊÌ
>ÌÊLiÞ`Ê>ÊÌ
iÊÞÃÊ>`Ê >}iÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ VÀi>ÌÛiÊ «ÀViÃÃ]Ê i`>ÌiÊ ÀiV}ÌÊ >`Ê i`ÀÃiiÌÊ LÞÊ
iÀÊ peers is what is in it for the artist.129
Last words Ê Ì
iÃiÊ «>}iÃ]Ê Ê
>ÛiÊ >ÌÌi«Ìi`Ê ÌÊ V
>ÀÌÊ Ì
iÊ Û>ÀÕÃÊ
ÃÌÀV>Ê >`Ê `ÃV«>ÀÞÊ strands that run through contemporary practices of moving image installation. I have reviewed the political and theoretical ideas that inform the work at different ÌiÃ]ÊÊÌ
iÊ
>`ÃÊvÊ>ÊÛ>ÀiÌÞÊvÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊ>`ÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ«iÀëiVÌÛiÃÊvÊ>ÊÀ>}iÊvÊVÀÌics and commentators. My question for ongoing research revolves around debates >LÕÌÊëiVÌ>ÌÀÃ
«°Ê7
iÊ>`Ê ÌÊÜ
>ÌÊ iÝÌiÌÊ ÜiÊV>Ê >ÃVÀLiÊ >}iVÞÊ ÌÊ ÛiÜiÀÃÊ >`ÉÀÊ«>ÀÌV«>ÌÃÊÊÌ
iÊiLÀ>ViÊvÊ>ÊÃÌ>i`ÊÜÀ¶Ê/
ÃʵÕiÃÌÊ
>ÃÊi`ÊiÊ
CLOSING THOUGHTS
269
ÌÊ VÃ`iÀÊ Ì
iÊ `ÃVÕÀÃÛi]Ê iÝ«ÀiÃÃÛiÊ >`Ê «iÀÃ>Ê «ÜiÀÊ Üi`i`Ê LÞÊ Ì
iÊ >ÀÌÃÌ°Ê Further investigation is needed into the dynamic between her individual will and the point of both reception and resistance that constitutes the spectator. I would like to see cognitive science applied to a triangulated study of the physical emplacement of the moving image in the gallery space and the use of empirical methods to measure ëiVÌ>ÌÀ>ÊV
ViÊ>`ÊiÛiÃÊvÊ>ÌÌiÌÛiiÃðÊ>Þ]ÊÃÌ>ÌÃÌV>ÊiÌ
`ÃÊVÕ`Ê usefully be applied to formally investigate the gap between the artists’ intentions >`ÊÌ
iÊÕÌViÊvÊ>ÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊ«ÀiVÌ]ÊÊÌ
iÊyiÃ
ÊqÊ>Ê`ÊvÊiÌ>>ÀiÌÊÀiÃi>ÀV
Ê for fine art. In any study I would like to see maintained the principle set down by the «
ë
iÀÊ
ÊViÊÊÌ
iÊÃiÛiÌiiÌ
ÊViÌÕÀÞ]ÊÌ
>ÌʼÌ
iÊÀ>Ì>Ê>ÊÜÊ
`Ê
ÃÊ«ÃÊÜÌ
ÊÃiÊi>ÃÕÀiÊvÊ`ÕL̽ÆÊÌ
>ÌÊÃ]ÊÊÜÕ`Ê>`ÛV>ÌiÊÌ
>ÌÊÜiÊ«ÀVii`Ê with a degree of reasonable scepticism.130
NOTES 1Ê
*>Ì]ÊThe Last Days of SocratesÊ£x{®]ÊÌÀ>ðÊÕ}
Ê/Ài`iV°Ê>À`ÃÜÀÌ
\Ê*i}ÕÊ
>ÃÃVÃ]Ê«°ÊÎΰ 2Ê -iiÊ >Ì
iÀiÊ ÜiÃÊÓä£ÎV®Ê¼6ÃLiÊ-V>ÊiÃÆÊÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>ÃÌÊvÀÊ>>}ÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊÌÊ`}Ì>ÊÛ}Ê>}i½]ÊMillennium Film Journal]Êxn]Ê««°ÊxnqÈx° 3Ê >ÀÌÞÊ-Ì°Ê>iÃÊÓä䣮ʼ6`iÊ/ii«>Ì
iý]ÊFilmwaves]Ê£{]Ê«°Êx° 4Ê iÊ>VLÃ]ÊiÌÌiÀÊÌÊ Û`Ê,©ÃÃ>>]Êʼ iÕ`Ê ÌÞ\Ê >ÀÞÊvÀÊ>Ê VÕÌiÀ½]ÊMillennium Film JournalÊÓääq£ä®]Ê°ÊxÓ]Ê«°Ê£Ç°Ê>VLÃÊÃÊÀiÌiÀ>Ì}ÊiÌÌiÊV
iýÃÊÛiÜÊvÊ
ÃÊ «À>VÌViÊ>ÃÊ>ʼ>VÌÊvÊV}ÀiÃý° 5Ê >Ì
>Ê 7>iÞÊ Ó䣣®Ê ¼ ÌÊ >Ê >}iÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ i>Ì
Ê vÊ \Ê Ìi«À>ÀÞÊ Ý«>`i`Ê
i>Ê>`Ê Ý«iÀiÌ>ʽ]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ >Ê>`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊ (eds) Expanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê«°ÊÓ{ΰ 6Ê ,Ã>`Ê À>ÕÃÃÊ £®Ê A Voyage on the North Sea: Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê/
>iÃÊEÊÕ`Ã]Ê«°Ê{Ó° 7Ê /
>ÃÊ Ã>iÃÃiÀÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ, ÊÀÌÃÌýÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ,iÃi>ÀV
Ê iÌÜÀ]Ê
iÃi>Ê
i}iÊvÊÀÌÃ]Ê£xÊÕiÊÓ䣣°Ê ÝÌÀ>VÌÃÊ>Û>>LiÊi\ÊÊ
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Û}>}iiÌÜÀ° V°ÕÉÀiÃi>ÀV
ÀiÃÕÀViÃÉiÝÌÀ>VÌÃÃi>ÀÓÉÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£äÊÕÞÊÓä£Ó®° 8Ê />VÌ>Ê i>ʵÕÌi`ÊÊÊÜiÃÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼/>VÌ>Ê i>]ÊFilm½]ÊMillennium Film Journal]ÊxÈ]Ê p. 5. 9Ê >Ì
>Ê7>iÞÊ`ÃVÕÃÃ}ÊLight SpillÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ Ý«>`i`Ê i>ÊVviÀiVi]Ê/>ÌiÊ`iÀ]Ê `]Ê£ÇÊ«ÀÊÓää° 10 Chris Darke (2000) Light Readings: Film Criticism and Screen Arts. London: Wallflower *ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£È{° 11Ê />VÌ>Ê i>Ê Ê VÛiÀÃ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê V
>iÊ iÀiiÞ]Ê Private Passions]Ê Ê ,>`Ê Î]Ê ÓÈÊ February 2012 (no longer available).
270
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
12Ê 13Ê 14 15Ê
16Ê
17Ê 18Ê 19Ê 20Ê 21Ê 22Ê
23Ê
24Ê
25Ê
26Ê
27Ê 28Ê 29Ê 30Ê 31 32
iÀ>iÊÀiiÀÊ>`Ê/>VÌ>Ê i>ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊ>ÌÊ/>ÌiÊ ÀÌ>]ÊÓääΰ
`ÜÊ >ÀiÃÊÓä£ä®Ê¼,i>>Ì}Ê/Ê/½]ÊCinéma & Cie]Ê£ä\Ê£{É£x]Ê«°Ê££Î° Hito Steyerl (2009) In Defence of the Poor Image. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°iyÕÝ°VÉ ÕÀ>É`iviÃivÌ
i«À>}iÉ (accessed 21 May 2014). ÀÊ iÝ>«i]Ê Ì
iÊ Óä££Ê ÀÊ «iÀvÕiÊ >`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ Ãi>iÃÃÞÊ VÀ«À>Ìi`Ê >««i>À>ViÃÊ LÞÊ Ì
iÊ>ÌiÊÛiÊÃÌ>ÀÃ]ÊÀ>ViÊiÞ]Ê>ÀÞÊÀiÊ>`Ê>ÀiiÊ iÌÀV
ÊÀÊÌ
iÊÀiÀii>Ãi`Ê
>iÊ °ÊxÊ>`Êvi>ÌÕÀ}ÊÀi]ÊwÀÃÌÊÃ
ÜÊÊ£Èä°Ê -iiÊ À>Ê >ÃÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼ À>
>}i½ÃÊ-ÕÀÊÀ>«iÃ]ÊÀÊÌiÃÊÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>ÊVi>ÊÊÌ
iÊ >ÀÌÊÜÀ`½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\Ê£]Ê««°Ê£ÎqÓx°Ê-ÕÀÛiÞÊÃ
ÜÃÊVÕ`iÊInto the Light: Projected Image in American Art, 1964–1977Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ7
ÌiÞÊÕÃiÕÊvÊiÀV>ÊÀÌÊÓä䣮]ÊShoot Shoot Shoot >ÌÊ/>ÌiÊ`iÀ]Ê`ÊÓä䣮Ê>`ÊLe Mouvement des Images at the Centre Pompidou in Paris (2006). -iiÊ/
>ÃÊ Ã>iÃÃiÀÊÓääx®Ê¼/
iÊ iÜÊÊÃÌÀÞÊ>ÃÊi`>ÊÀV
>i}Þ½]ÊCinemas]Ê£{\Ê ÓÉÎ]Ê««°ÊÇxq££Ç°Ê -Ìj«
>iÊ iÀiʵÕÌi`ÊÊ
ÀÃÊ >ÀiÊÓäää®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Ê£Èx°
À>Ê >ÃÊ Óä£Î®]Ê Exhibiting Cinema in Contemporary Art]Ê «°Ê VÌ°]Ê «°Ê Ç°Ê "À}>Ê emphasis. >Ì
>Ê7>iÞÊÓ䣣®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê««°ÊÓ{£qx£° -iiÊ>ÀÌiÊ iÕ}iÌÊ>`ÊÊÜiÃÊÓä£Î®Ê¼/
iÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVÃÊ>`Ê«ÌVÃÊvÊLÃiÃViVi\Ê>`>`iÊwÊÊÌ
iÊiÀ>ÊvÊÌ
iÊ`}Ì>½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê««°Ênäqä° ÊÓä£Ó]ÊiÀÀÞÊ/ÀLiÊÀii>VÌi`ÊÛiÊÀ>«Ì½ÃÊCritical Mass (1971) as a virtuoso performance perfectly reproducing the fragmented editing of the original footage featuring a man and woman engaged in a bitter argument. ÃÊ ,
`iÃÊ Ó䣣®Ê ¼1v`}Ê >Ê />i\Ê "Ê Ì
iÊ «ÃÃLÌÞÊ vÊ ,iVÛiÀ}Ê Ì
iÊ "À}>Ê i>}½]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ >Ê>`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊi`îÊExpanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê«°ÊÓÓÓ°
Ê*iÀÀÞÊÓää®Ê¼,iiÊÌÊ,i>½]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÓn]Ê«°ÊΰÊ*iÀÀÞÊ
>ÃÊ>``i`\ʼÊÜ>ÌÊÌÊi«
>ÃÃiÊÌ
>ÌÊÊVV>ÃÊÌ
iÃiÊÛV>ÌÃÊ>ÀiÊÛiÀÞÊ`iLiÀ>Ìi]Ê>ÃÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊ>Ê`iÊ iÀ]ÊvÀÊiÝ>«i½ÆÊi>ÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]Ê£nÊÕÞÊÓä£{°Ê VVÀ`}Ê ÌÊ /
>ÃÊ Ã>iÃÃiÀ]Ê ¼Ã>Û>}iÊ iÀÞ½Ê ÃÊ Ì
iÊ iÀV>Ê ÌiÀÊ vÀÊ VÕÌÕÀ>Ê iÀÞ°Ê, ÊÃi>À]Ê`]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi°ÊÊÌ
iÊVÌiÝÌÊvÊiÌ
}À>«
VÊ«À>VÌViÃ]ʼÃ>Û>}iÊ ethnography’ denotes attempts to document cultures that are under threat of disappearance following colonialism and modernisation. ¼/
iÊ>ÀÌÊ}>iÀÞÊ
>îÊLiViÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ«ÃÞÊÀÊ>`Ê>LÀ>ÌÀÞÊÊÜ
V
Ê>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÕ`iÀÌ>iÊ >Ê«>Ì
}V>Ê`ÃÃiVÌÊvÊwÊ}À>>ÀÊ>`ÊVi>Ê
ÃÌÀÞ½\Ê
ÀÃÊ >ÀiÊÓäää®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê p. 163. >Ê
ÀÃÌiÊ`ÃVÕÃÃ}Ê,`ÜVÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ, ÊÀÌÃÌýÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ iÌÜÀ]Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ Ì
iÊÀÌÃÊ`]Ê£Ê>Õ>ÀÞÊÓ䣣° ÌÊ-ÌiÞiÀÊÓää®]Ê«°ÊVÌ° >Û`Ê °Ê>iÃÊÓää®Ê¼°°½ÃÊ«ÃÌiÀÊ i>½]ÊFilm Quarterly]Ê>]Ê«°Êx° ,Ã>`ÊÀ>ÕÃÃÊÓäää®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°Êxΰ Noël Carroll (1997) Theorising the Moving Image°Ê >LÀ`}i\Ê >LÀ`}iÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê p. 19. Their indifference to medium specificity may be a reaction against what they regarded as a
CLOSING THOUGHTS
271
33Ê 34 35Ê 36Ê 37Ê 38Ê
39Ê 40 41 42Ê
43Ê 44Ê
45Ê 46Ê
47Ê 48 49Ê
50Ê
51Ê
272
«ÀÃVÀ«ÌÛiÊ>««À>V
ÊÊÌ
iÊi>ÀiÀÊ`iÀÃÌÊ«iÀ`]ÊÜ
iÊvÀÊ>À}iÞÊ`VÌ>Ìi`ÊVÌiÌ°
À>Ê >ÃÊÓä£Î®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÇ{°Ê Nicky Hamlyn (2010) Medium Practices]ÊÕ«ÕLÃ
i`]ÊÕ«>}>Ìi`° Ê>Ê}À>ÌivÕÊÌÊ>iÊ>ÀV
iÃÃ>ÕÌÊvÀÊÀi«ÀÌ}Ê-ܽÃÊÌiÀÛiÌÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊÓä£äÊÌiÀ >Ì>Ê Ý«iÀiÌ>Êi`>Ê }ÀiÃÃÊÊ/ÀÌ° >ÞÊ >Û`Ê ÌiÀÊÓä䣮ÊWriting Space: Computers, Hypertext and the Remediation of Print. >
Ü>
]Ê \Ê>ÜÀiViÊ ÀL>ÕÊÃÃV>Ìið 9ÛiÊ-«i>ÊÓä䣮ʼÌiÀi`>ÊÊ iVÌÀVÊ>}iý]ÊLeonardo]ÊÎ{\Ê£]Ê«°Êxx° -iiÊ-i>Ê ÕLÌÌ]Ê >iÊ*>iÀÊ>`ÊiÃÊ7>}ÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼,iyiVÌÃÊÊi`ÕÊ-«iVwVÌÞÊ "VV>Ãi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ-Þ«ÃÕÊ¿½ }Ì>Ê}
Ì\Ê/iV
µÕi]Ê/iV
}Þ]Ê Ài>̽½]ÊiLÕÀiÊ Ó䣣½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\Ê£]Ê««°ÊÎÇq{° L`]Ê«°Êΰ Ibid. Sean Cubitt speaking at the Exhibiting VideoÊVviÀiVi]Ê7iÃÌÃÌiÀÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞ]Ê`]Ê 24 March 2012. ÀV>}iÊiÀ>Ãi`Ê>ÊLÕÌÊÌ
iÊVÕ`ÃÊvÊ>Ê-Õ«iÀÊ>ÀÊ}>i]Ê>`ÊÊ
ÃÊÜiLÃÌi]Ê
iÊ
>ÃÊivÌÊ instructions for others to make the work themselves:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°VÀÞ>ÀV>}i°VÉ Ì
}Ã>`iÉÃÕ«iÀ>ÀVÕ`ÃÉÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÓxÊÕÞÊÓä£{®° iiÛiÛiÊ9ÕiÊÓä£{®Ê¼ i>ÊiÀ>\ʺ *, »Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊiÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê>V
>ÊvÊ *
Ê-½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÎ\Ê£]Ê«°Ê£ä° >ÀÊ -ÌÀiiÌÊ Ê VÛiÀÃ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê ÞiÊ ->V
Ã]Ê ÕÃÊ ,iV`iÀ]Ê iÊ >VLÃ]Ê >VÊ /ÕÀÛiÞÊ>`Êi`iÀVÊ7
>ÕÃiÊÓ䣣®Ê¼,Õ`Ì>LiÊÊ }Ì>Ê Ý«iÀiÌ>Ê>}½]Ê October]Ê ÃÕiÀ°Ê Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì«ÀiÃÃÕÀ>ðÀ}É`É«`vɣ䰣£ÈÓÉ " /"Ú>Úäääx7 (accessed 12 May 2014). /Ê-Ì
ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]Ê ÀLiV]Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ`]ÊÓä£Î°Ê -iiÊ >Û`Ê À`Üi½ÃÊiÝViiÌÊ
ÃÌÀV>ÊÃÕÀÛiÞÊvÊÌ
iÊwi`\ʼ/
iÊ6iÜiÀ½ÃÊ-
>Ài\Ê`iÃÊ vÊ`½]ÊÊExplaining Film (May 2012). Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°`>Û`LÀ`Üi°iÌÉiÃÃ>ÞÃÉÛiÜiÀÃÃ
>Ài°«
pÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê{ÊÕÞÊÓä£{®° 1ÀÊ>ÃÃ]Ê"
>`Ê>`iÃ>]Ê >ÀL>À>Ê>««iÞiÀ]Ê}>VÊ6>iÃ]Ê >Û>Ê,ÕLÊ>`Ê >Û`Ê °Êii}iÀÊÓään®Ê¼ iÕÀVi>ÌVÃ\Ê/
iÊ iÕÀÃViViÊvʽ]ÊProjections]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê««°Ê£qÓÈ°Ê I am grateful to Murray Smith for his close reading of this section. ÕÀÌ
iÀÊÀiÃi>ÀV
ÊV>ÊLiÊvÕ`ÊÊÌ
iÊÕÀ>ÊProjections: The Journal for Movies and Mind and Ted Nannicelli and Paul Taberham (eds) (2014) Cognitive Media Theory. New York: Routledge. -iiÊ vÀÊ ÃÌ>Vi]Ê /Ê -Ì
Ê >`Ê ->Ê 6°Ê 7>ÃÃÊ Óä£{®Ê ¼`Û`Õ>Ê vviÀiViÃÊ Ê v>ÌÊ "VÕÌÀÊ i
>ÛÀÊ ÕÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ6iÜ}ÊvÊ «iÝÊ >ÌÕÀ>ÃÌVÊ-Viiý]ÊInfancy. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉiLÀ>ÀÞ°ÜiÞ°VÉ`ɣ䰣£££Év>°£Óä{É>LÃÌÀ>Vt (accessed 25 >ÞÊÓä£{®°ÊÃ]Ê/Ê-Ì
Ê>`Ê->Ê6°Ê7>ÃÃÊvÀÌ
V}®Ê¼6ÃÕ>ÊÌ
iÀiÃi¶Ê-}>Ì ÃiÊ,>ÌÃÊÊ/``iÀ`ÀiVÌi`Ê/iiÛý]ÊDevelopmental Science. >iÃÊ *iÌiÀÃÊ £{®Ê Dreams of Chaos, Visions of Order: Understanding the American Avant-Garde Cinema°Ê iÌÀÌ]Ê\Ê7>ÞiÊ-Ì>ÌiÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃðÊ*iÌiÀýÃÊÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Ê>««À>V
ÊÜ>ÃÊiÝ«>`i`ÊÊÓ䣣ÊLÞÊViÞÊ >>VÊÜ
ÊVÌi`ÃÊÌ
>ÌʼÕÃÌ>Li½Ê>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ wÃÊÀiÌÕÀÊÕÃÊÌÊV`ÌÃÊvÊÕViÀÌ>ÌÞÊ>ÃÃV>Ìi`ÊÜÌ
Êi>ÀiÀÊvÀÃÊvÊ«iÀVi«Ì]Ê and productively mobilise the powers of the imagination; see
ÌÌ«Ã\ÉÉÀðÕV°>V°ÕÉÀÃÉ
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
52
53Ê
54 55Ê 56Ê 57Ê 58Ê
59 60Ê 61 62Ê
63Ê
64 65Ê 66Ê
67Ê
«ÕLV>ÌÉnxÓÈÇÎÉ1 (accessed 26 May 2014). Murray Smith speaking at the MIRAJ Cognitive Science and the Moving Image symposium at
iÃi>Ê i}iÊvÊÀÌÃ]Ê1]ÊÎäÊ>ÀV
ÊÓ䣣°Ê-Ì
½ÃÊ>««}ÊvÊV}ÌÛiÊ«ÀViÃÃiÃÊÌÊ avant-garde film sets up an interesting tension between the human urge to make meaning and artists’ declared goal to defeat the logic of dominant regimes of representation. Smith
>ÃÊ>À}Õi`\ʼÊÜ>ÌV
}Ê>ÊQ*iÌiÀRÊ`>ÊwÊ°°°ÊÌ
>ÌÊVvÀÌÃÊÛiÜiÀÃÊÜÌ
Ê>LÃÕÌiÞÊthing more than the material of film ... our problem to solve is: what is the filmmaker getting >ÌÊ
iÀi¶Ê7
>ÌÊ`ÊvÊiÝ«iÀiViÊ>ÊÊÃÕ««Ãi`ÊÌÊ
>Ûi¶½ÆÊi>ÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ >ÕÌ
À]ÊÓÊ>ÞÊÓ䣣° -i>Ê ,i``Ê >`Ê `Ê -Ì>Ê Óä£Î®Ê ¼ÞÊ -
iÀV>Ê ÞiÃ\Ê Ê ÌÀÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ 7ÀÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ Eye-Tracking and Moving Image Research Group’. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉVÃÌi°ÌÛÉÃ
iÀlockian-eyes (accessed 26 May 2014). Ibid. -iiÊ >ÀÌ
iýÊiÃÃ>Þʼ/
iÊ/
À`Êi>}½ÊQ£ÇÇRʣǮÊÌÀ>ðÊEÊi`°Ê-Ìi«
iÊi>Ì
]ÊImageMusic-Text°Ê`\ÊÌ>>É Ã]Ê««°ÊxÓqÈn°Ê /Ê-Ì
]Êi>ÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]ÊÓÇÊ-i«ÌiLiÀÊÓä£{° >iÃÊ ÃʣȮÊThe Object Stares Back°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê-ÊEÊ-V
ÕÃÌiÀ]Ê«°Ê£È° -ii]Ê /Ê °Ê -Ì
Ê >`Ê °Ê °Ê i`iÀÃÊ Óään®Ê ¼ `ÌÊ `iÃÃ\Ê/
iÊ Ài>ÌÃ
«Ê LiÌÜiiÊ >ÌÌiÌÊ >`Ê }L>Ê V
>}iÊ L`iÃÃÊ Ê `Þ>VÊ ÃViiý]Ê Journal of Eye Movement Research]ÊÓ\ÊÊÈ]Ê««°Ê£q£Ç°Ê Virginia Woolf (1926) The Cinema. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Üvi°Vɶµr«ÀÌÉ LÉiÝ«ÀÌÉ
ÌÉ£ää7 (accessed 29 October 2012). >ÌÌ
iÜÊ-ÜiiÌÊÜÀÌiÀÉ«ÀiÃiÌiÀ®Ê¼/
iÊ,ÕiÃÊvÊÊ À½]Ê Ê{]ÊÓÎÊÕ}ÕÃÌÊÓää°ÊÊ Smith does not claim that infants are fully screen literate; this facility is discernible only in `iÀÊV
`ÀiÆÊi>ÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]ÊÓÇÊ-i«ÌiLiÀÊÓä£{° /Ê-Ì
ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê
ÀÃÌiÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼ Ý«À}ÊiÀÊ7À`Ã\Ê7
iÀiÊ }ÌÛiÊ *ÃÞV
}ÞÊ>ÞÊ/>iÊ1ý]ÊÊ>Ê
ÀÃÌiÊi`°®ÊAudiences. Amsterdam: Amsterdam University *ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°Ê£Çäqn{°ÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ`>Ài°ÕÛ>°É`VÕiÌÉ{ÈÎä{£Ê>VViÃÃi`ÊÓÈÊ May 2014). At the 2014 ScreenÊVviÀiVi]ÊivvÊ>}iÊLÃiÀÛi`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÀiÃÌÀVÌ}ÊÛÃÊÊ wÊ
>ÃÊLÕ`}iÌ>ÀÞÊ«V>ÌÃÊ>ÃÊÌÊLÛ>ÌiÃÊÌ
iÊii`ÊvÀÊVÃÌÞÊÃiÌÃÆÊiÝÌi`i`ÊÌÀ>Ûi}Ê shots also pad out a film for little added outlay. ÀÊÌ
iÊiÛÕÌÊvÊwÊÃÌÞiÃÊÊVÌi«À>ÀÞÊVi>]ÊÃiiÊ >Û`Ê À`ÜiÊÓääÈ®ÊThe Way Hollywood Tells It: Story and Style in Modern Movies°Ê iÀiiÞ]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ >vÀ>Ê Press. See Barry Salt on the Cinemetrics website:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ViiÌÀVðÛÉÃ>Ì°«
pÆÊ>`Ê>iÃÊ Cutting:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ViiÌÀVðÛÉVÕÌÌ}ÚÚÃ>Ì°«
p (both accessed 26 May 2014). /Ê-Ì
ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]ÊÓä£Ó° ÕÀÀ>ÞÊ-Ì
Ê
>ÃÊVÌi`i`ÊÌ
>ÌʼLiÞ`ÊÃÕ«iÀwV>ÊÃ>ÀÌiÃ]ÊÌ
iÊÕ`iÀÞ}Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÊ goals of the mainstream and the avant-garde remain very different’; email correspondence ÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]ÊÓxÊÕiÊÓä£{°Ê/
ÃÊÃÊViÀÌ>ÞÊÌÀÕiÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäÃÊ>`Ê£ÇäÃÊ}iiÀ>Ì]Ê but a new alignment is occurring as contemporary work increasingly adopts stylistic approaches and production values that originate in narrative film and television (see Connolly 2014). /Ê-Ì
ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê
ÀÃÌiÊÓä£Ó®]Ê>ÃÊ>LÛi°Ê
CLOSING THOUGHTS
273
68 69Ê 70Ê 71Ê
72Ê 73Ê 74Ê 75Ê
76 77Ê 78Ê
79Ê
80Ê
81Ê
82 83Ê 84Ê 85Ê 86Ê
87Ê
274
Ibid. >Ê
ÀÃÌiÊÓä£Ó®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°]Ê«°ÊÓΣÆÊÌ>VÃÊÊÌ
iÊÀ}>°Ê /Ê-Ì
]Êi>ÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]ÊÓÇÊ-i«ÌiLiÀÊÓä£{° ÕÀÀ>ÞÊ -Ì
Ê Ó䣣®Ê ¼/À>}Õ>Ì}Ê iÃÌ
iÌVÊ Ý«iÀiVi½]Ê Ê -ÌiÛiÊ *>iÀÊ >`Ê ÀÌÊ Shimamura (eds) Aesthetic Science°Ê "ÝvÀ`\Ê "ÝvÀ`Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ *ÀiÃÃ]Ê ««°Ê näq£äÈ°Ê -Ì
Ê iÝÌi`ÃÊÌ
iʫ
ÞÃ}V>Êi>ÃÕÀiÃÊÌÊVÕ`iÊ«
ii}V>ÊiÛ`iViÊ`iÀÛi`ÊvÀÊ Ài«ÀÌi`ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊ>`Ê«ÃÞV
}V>ÊiÛ`iViÊ`i`ÕVi`ÊvÀÊ«iÀVi«ÌÕ>ÊLi
>ÛÕÀ° >ÀiÌ
Ê*iiÀÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼-Ì>ÌiÃÊvÊÕÝ\ÊCognitive Science and the Moving Image Symposium]Ê ÎäÊ>ÀV
ÊÓ䣣]Ê
iÃi>Ê i}iÊvÊÀÌÊEÊ iÃ}]Ê`½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\ÊÓ]Ê««°ÊÓÇqnx°Ê /Ê-Ì
]Êi>ÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]ÊÓÇÊ-i«ÌiLiÀÊÓä£{° ÕÀÀ>ÞÊ-Ì
]Êi>ÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]ÊÓxÊÕiÊÓä£{° -ii]ÊvÀÊÃÌ>Vi]ÊiÊ°ÊÃiÃÊÓään®Ê¼«>VÌÃÊvÊÌiiÛÃÊÛiÜ}ÊÊÞÕ}ÊV
`Ài½ÃÊ ÌiÀ>VÞÊ `iÛi«iÌÊ Ê Ì
iÊ 1-\Ê Ê ÀiÛiÜÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÌiÀ>ÌÕÀi½]Ê Journal of Early Childhood Literacy]Ên\Ê£]Ê««°ÊÈÇq£äÓ° See Alva Noë (2004) Action in Perception°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃð /
iÊÌi>Ê>ÌÊ i>Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊÌi`ÊÌÊiÝÌi`ÊÌ
iÀÊiÞiÌÀ>V}ÊÃÌÕ`iÃÊÌÊÛ}Ê>}iÊ installations. ʼÊ>ÞÃÃÊvÊ6ÃÌÀÊ ÀVÕ>Ì\ÊÛiiÌÊ*>ÌÌiÀÃÊ>`Ê Ì
iÊiiÀ>Ê6>ÕiÊ*ÀV«i½Ê ÓääÈ®]Ê-Ìi«
iÊ Ì}`Ê
>ÃÊÃÌÕ`i`ÊÌ
iÊVÀVÕ>ÌÊvÊÛÃÌÀÃÊÌÊ}>iÀiðÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÃÕ°i`ÕÉ«ÃÞV
}ÞÉ`VÃÉ{°{° Ì}`°«`vÊ >VViÃÃi`Ê £ÇÊ iViLiÀÊ Óä£{®°Ê «iÊ >Þ>ÀÊ
>ÃÊ V>ÀÀi`Ê ÕÌÊ ÀiÃi>ÀV
Ê Ê Ì
iÊ Ê ÀLÀÊ ÕÃiÕ]Ê Ê Ü
V
Ê
iÊ VÃ`iÀi`Ê the effects on spectator preferences of visibility in open plan museum design (2005); see chapter one. ¼7À>«>ÀÕ`½Ê iÀ>>Ê >`Ê 8Ê «À`iÃÊ ÌÃivÊ Ê Ì
iÊ iÝ«Ì>ÌÊ vÊ «iÀ«
iÀ>Ê ÛÃÊ ÌÊ amplify the sensation of being immersed in the scene:
ÌÌ«Ã\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>Ý°VÉ>LÕÌÉiÝ«iÀiViÉ>ëiVÌÀ>ÌÉÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÓxÊÕÞÊÓä£{®° -iiÊÕÀÀ>ÞÊ-Ì
ÊÓ䣣>®Ê¼ «>Ì
Þ]Ê Ý«>ÃÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ ÝÌi`i`Ê`½]ÊÊÞÊ «>Ê and Peter Goldie (eds) Empathy: Philosophical and Psychological Perspectives°Ê "ÝvÀ`\Ê "ÝvÀ`Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°Êq££Ç° ÕÀÀ>ÞÊ-Ì
]Êi>ÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]ÊÓÊ>ÞÊÓ䣣°ÊÊ
iÀÊÀiÛiÜÊiÃÃ>ÞÊ ¼ Ý
>ÕÃ̽]Ê>Ê7À}
ÌÊ`iÃVÀLiÃÊÌ
iÊiL`i`ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊvÊi«>Ì
Þ\ʼ/
iÀiÊÃÊ>Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÊ ÀiëÃiÊ ÌÊ Ü>ÌV
}Ê ÃiiÊ iÃiÊ Ûi]Ê ÕÀÊ ÜÊ iÀÛÕÃÊ ÃÞÃÌiÊ ÜÃÊ something of their dancing.’ Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>>Ìi«ÀiVÌðÀ}ÉÜÀÌ}É iÃÃ>ÞÃÉvÚÜÀ}
t (accessed 26 September 2014). Ibid. >Û`Ê À`ÜiÊÓä£Ó®]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê /
iÃiÊ Ì
iÀÃÌÃÊ ÜÕ`Ê VÕ`iÊ >VµÕiÃÊ iÀÀ`>]Ê iÃÊ iiÕâi]Ê ÕViÊ À}>À>ÞÊ >`Ê Õ`Ì
Ê Butler. `>Ê V
ÊQ£Ç£RÊ£Çήʼ7
ÞÊ>ÛiÊ/
iÀiÊ iiÊ ÊÀi>ÌÊ7iÊÀÌÃÌö½]ÊÊ/
>ÃÊ °Ê Hess and Elizabeth C. Baker (eds) Art and Sexual Politics°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê iÀÊ>V>]Ê«°Ên° V
>iÊ iÜ>Ê£®Ê¼vÌiÀÊ Vi«ÌÕ>ÊÀÌ\ÊiÊ-V>>½ÃÊ iÃÌ}Ê V>ÃiÃ]Ê ÕV
>«]Ê iÃ}Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ «ÃÃLÌÞÊ vÊ Ã>««i>À}½]Ê Ê V
>iÊ iÜ>Ê >`Ê
Ê À`Ê i`Ã®Ê Rewriting Conceptual Art°Ê`\Ê,i>Ì]Ê«°ÊÓäÈ° 7°Ê°Ê7Ã>ÌÌÊ>`ÊÀiÊ °Ê i>À`ÃiÞÊ£x{®ÊThe Verbal Icon: Studies in the Meaning of
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
88Ê
89Ê 90
91Ê
92 93Ê 94Ê 95Ê 96Ê 97Ê 98Ê 99Ê
PoetryÊiÝ}Ì\Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊiÌÕVÞ°Ê lÊ >ÀÀÊ>ÌiÀÊ>À}Õi`Ê>}>ÃÌÊÌ
ÃÊ«ÃÌÊ ÊÌ
iÊL>ÃÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÊÜÀÊvÊ>ÀÌÊÃʼVÛiÀÃ>Ì>½]Ê`ÀÛiÊLÞÊ>Ê>ÀÌÃ̽ÃÊ`iÃÀiÊÌÊVÕV>ÌiÊ>Ê`i>ÆÊÃiiÊ lÊ >ÀÀʣӮʼÀÌ]ÊÌiÌ]Ê>`Ê ÛiÀÃ>̽]ÊÊ>ÀÞÊÃi}iÀÊ (ed.) Intention and Interpretation°Ê *
>`i«
>\Ê /i«iÊ 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ *ÀiÃÃ]Ê ««°Ê Çq£Î£°Ê Ê ÓääÈ]Ê >Û`Ê À`ÜiÊ>À}Õi`ÊÌ
>ÌʼÃÌÞÃÌVýÊV>ʼÀiÛi>ÊÌiÌýÆÊÃiiÊ
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°`>Û`LÀ`Üi°iÌÉLÃÉw}ÕÀiÃÚÌÀ°«
«¶ÃÃr5Ê >VViÃÃi`Ê ÓÈÊ ÕÞÊ Óä£{®ÆÊ ÃiiÊ >ÃÊ *>ÃiÞÊ Livingstone (2005) Art and Intention: A Philosophical Study°Ê "ÝvÀ`\Ê "ÝvÀ`Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ Press. ÀÊÃÌ>Vi]Ê,>V
iÊ"°ÊÀiÊ
>ÃÊÜÀÌÌiÊ¼Ê vviÀiÌÊ >ÌÕÀi½]Ê>ÊÕ>Ì}Ê>VVÕÌÊvÊ i>Ê «ÃÌi½ÃÊ «À>VÌVi]Ê «ÕLÃ
i`Ê Ê ->À>
Ê iiÀÊ >`Ê >ÃÊ °Ê *>ÕÊ i`Ã®Ê Óä£Ó®Ê Jean Epstein: Critical Essays and New Translations°ÊÃÌiÀ`>\ÊÃÌiÀ`>Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê pp. 117–94. -iiÊiÃÃ>ÊÀÕ`ÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼"LÃiÀÛ>Ì>Êw\Ê`ÃÌÀ>ÌÊvÊÃV>ÊÀi>ÌÞ½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\Ê Ó]Ê««°Ê£ÈqÇ° At a MIRAJÊ iÌÜÀÊ Ãi>ÀÊ Ê ÓÊ ÕiÊ Ó䣣]Ê Ê ÃÕ}}iÃÌi`Ê ÌÊ /°Ê °Ê iÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ -ÛiÊ Õ}ÕÃÌiʼ`iýÌÊÀiÛi>ÊQ
ÃRÊÌiÌÃÊ°°°Ê>`Êv>ÃÊÌÊ>VÜi`}iÊÌ
iÊ«ÜiÀÊÌ
>ÌÊ
iÊ
>ÃÊÌÊ>iÊ>`Ê>«Õ>ÌiÊÌ
iÊi>}ÊvÊÌ
iÊ«iVi½°Ê iÃÊÀi«i`ÊÌ
>ÌÊÕ}ÕÃÌiÊÜ>ÃÊ ¼ÌÊÌiÀiÃÌi`ÊÊ`iV>À}Ê>Ê«Ã̽ÊLÕÌÊÃÌi>`ÊÜÃ
i`ÊÌÊÃiÌÊÕ«Ê>Ê>L}ÕÌÞÊ>ÀÕ`Ê
ÃÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊÌÊ
ÃÊÃÕLiVÌÊ>`ÊVÀi>Ìiʼ>Ê«ÌiÌ>Ê>L}ÕÌÞÊvÀÊÕÃÊ>ÃÊÛiÜiÀÃÊ>ÃÊÜi½°Ê Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Û}>}iiÌÜÀ°V°ÕÉÀiÃi>ÀV
ÀiÃÕÀViÃÉiÝÌÀ>VÌà seminar-2ÉÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÓÈÊÕÞÊÓä£{®°Ê"Ì
iÀÃÊ
>ÛiÊ`À>ÜÊ>ÌÌiÌÊÌÊÌ
iÊÃV>ÊÀi>ÌÞÊvÊ >Ê>ÀÌÃÌýʫÀ>VÌVi°ÊÊ6 xxÊÓääx®]Ê6iiÃÃ>Ê iiVÀvÌÊiÝ
LÌi`Ê££äÊ>i`Ê`iðÊ7ÀÌ}Ê in the GuardianÊÊnÊ«ÀÊÓääx]ÊÕiÊ>À`}ÊVVÕ`i`]ʼÌ
iÊÃÌÊÌiÀiÃÌ}Ê>ëiVÌÊQvÊ the work] is its almost calculating cruelty’. /
ÃÊÀiviÀÃÊÌÊÜÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÀiÊvÕ`i`ÊʼÌiÀÀi>Ì>ÌÞ]ÊÃV>ÌÞÊ>`ÊViVÌ]ÊÀ>Ì
iÀÊ Ì
>Ê Ì
iÊ Ãiv½]Ê iÛiÀiÞÊ -i}}ÃÊ >`Ê iiÊ 7`Ê µÕÌi`Ê Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ ÜiÀÊ Óä£Î®Ê ¼"ViÊÀiÊÜÌ
Êvii}\Ê*iÀvÀ}ÊÌ
iÊÃivÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊ>Ê7i>À}]ÊÕÌÕ}ÊÌ>>Ê >`Ê*
Ê Ã½]ÊMIRAJÊ]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê«°ÊÓΰ Ibid. /iÃÃÊ/>>
>Ã
ÊÓä£Î®Ê¼7>`Ê,>½>`Ê>`Ê/
iÊÌ>ÃÊÀÕ«\Ê/
iʫ
Ì}À>«
Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀV
ÛiÊÊ iÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê`VÕiÌ>ÀÞ½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê«°ÊÇÇ° -ÌiÛiÊ >ÃÌÜ`Ê Óä£Ó®Ê ¼*ÜiÀÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ >Ãi½]Ê MIRAJ]Ê £\Ê Ó]Ê «°Ê ÓÓ£°Ê >iÛiÊ ÞÊ >ÃÊ considers the role of collaborators in TV Museum]Ê«°ÊVÌ°Ê -}Õ`ÊÀiÕ`ÊÊ>ÊiÌÌiÀÊÌÊ
ÃÊÜviÊ>ʵÕÌi`ÊÊ>VÊ°Ê-«iVÌÀÊ£ÇÓ®ÊThe Aesthetics of Freud°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê*À>i}iÀ]Ê«°ÊÎΰ iÀiÞÊ iiÀʵÕÌi`ÊÊ>Ì
iÕÃÊ->V
iÃÊÓää{®Ê¼/ÕÀiÀÊÜiÀ\ʽÊ}>`ÊÊ``½ÌÊÌ>iÊ>ÀÌÊ "iÛi½]ÊEvening Standard]ÊÇÊ iViLiÀ° *
Ê -Ê `iÃVÀL}Ê À>
>}i½ÃÊ «À>VÌViÊ Ê Ì
iÊ `VÕiÌ>ÀÞ]Ê BrakhageÊ £n]Ê Ê Shedden). 9>ÞÊ ÕÃ>>Ê £nÈ®Ê Yayoi Kusama: Driving ImageÊ V>Ì>}Õi°Ê iÜÊ 9ÀÉ/Þ\Ê *>ÀV]Ê unpaginated. >ÀÞÊ-ÌiÛiÃÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊ>ÊÃÞ«ÃÕÊÊ*iÀvÀ>ViÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ,ÕÃÊ-V
ÊvÊÀÌ]Ê"ÝvÀ`]Ê ÓÊ iViLiÀÊÓää{°ÊÃÊÊÌi`ÊÊV
>«ÌiÀÊvÕÀ]ÊÜ
iÊ
iÊÜ>ÃÊ>ÊÃÌÕ`iÌÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ->`iÊÊÌ
iÊ £ÇäÃ]Ê >Ê ,LiÀÌÃÊ Ü
Ê V>LÀ>Ìi`Ê ÜÌ
Ê -ÌÕ>ÀÌÊ ÀÃiÞ®]Ê >`ÌÌi`Ê Ì
>ÌÊ ÌÊ Ü>ÃÊ ÞÊ
CLOSING THOUGHTS
275
when he was performing live that he felt any kind of control over the chaos of his life. 100Ê V
>iÊ,ÃiÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊ>Ê9iÌL]ÊÓÓÊÕiÊÓä£ä]ÊÊImagine]Ê £]Êi«Ã`iÊÎ\ʼÀÌÊ
is Child’s Play’. Adam Phillips speaking on Imagine]ÊL`° 102Ê ÀV
ÊÀÊQ£xÇRÊ£nx]ÊÓ`Êi`®ÊThe Art of Loving°Ê`\Ê1ÜÊÞ>]Ê«°Ê£x°Ê 103Ê L`°]Ê«°Ê£n° 104Ê 7>ÌiÀÊ i>ÊQ£ÎÈRÊ£Çήʼ/
iÊ-ÌÀÞÌiiÀ½]ÊÊIlluminations: Essays and Reflections]Ê ÌÀ>ðÊ>ÀÀÞÊÃ}Ü\ÊÌ>>É Ã]Ê««°Ê£qÓ° 105 Paul Taberham speaking at the Cognition at the MoviesÊ ÃÞ«ÃÕ]Ê ÀLiVÊ i}i]Ê `Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞ]ÊÊ ÛiLiÀÊÓä£Î° 106 See Catherine Russell (1999) Authoethnography: Journeys of the Self. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°
>ÕÃÃÌi°iÌÉ
>ÕðäÉ- ,*/ÉÌÝÌÓää£Éä£ÉÀÕÃÃi°/LÊ >VViÃÃi`Ê {Ê ÕiÊ 2014). 107Ê 6ÌÊVVVÊÓääήÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊ>ÕÃÊ iÃiL>V
ÊÊVideo ActsÊV>Ì>}Õi]ÊÃÌÌÕÌiÊvÊ
Ìi«À>ÀÞÊÀÌÃ]Ê`° 108 Ibid. 109 Sigmund Freud (2004) Mass Psychology and Other Writings]ÊÌÀ>ðʰʰÊ1`iÀÜ`°Ê`\Ê *i}Õ]Ê«°ÊÎ{° 110Ê LiÀÌÊEÊiÀ}iʵÕÌi`ÊÊâÊ ÃʣǮʼ Ê9ÕÊ7>ÌÊÌÊLiÊÊÞÊ>}¶\ÊÊ>VVÕÌÊvÊ
Ì
VÃÊ >`Ê iÃÌ
iÌVÃÊ Ê Ìi«À>ÀÞÊ ÀÌÊ *À>VÌVi]Ê >Ê >>ÞÃÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ ÀÌ«>VÊ «
ii½]Ê n.paradoxa: international feminist art journal]Ê £ÆÊ
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì«ÀiÃðV°ÕÉ«`vÉ «>À>`Ý>ÃÃÕiÓÚâ ÃÚ{£°«`fÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê{ÊÕiÊÓä£{®° 111Ê -ÕâÊ>LʣӮʼ6>ÕiÊ iÞ`ÊÌ
iÊiÃÌ
iÌV½]ÊEdgeÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê««°Ê£Èq£° 112Ê
ÀÃÌʵÕÌi`ÊÊ-ÕâÊ>L]ÊL`°Ê«°Ê£n° 113Ê ,LiÀÌÊÕ}ÕiÃʣǮʼ£äÊ9i>ÀÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ ÕÀi`ÊÌ
iÊÛ>Ì>À`i½]ÊSunday TimesÊ>}>âi]ÊÎäÊ iViLiÀ]Ê«°Ê£° 114 See Roselee Goldberg (1979) Performance: Live Art 1909 to the Present°Ê`\Ê/
>iÃÊEÊ Hudson. p. 13. 115Ê V
>iÊ-ÜÊëi>}Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ ÀÌÃ
ÊÊÃÌÌÕÌiÊÊ`]ÊÈÊ iViLiÀÊÓään° 116Ê À>Ê >ÃÊÓä£ÎL®Ê¼18É Ê i>ÊvÊÛ}Ê>}iý]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê«°ÊÓÇ{°ÊÊ 117Ê Ê*iÀÀÞÊ
>ÃÊ`iÃVÀLi`ÊÌ
iÀÊÜÀÃÊLÞÊÕÌ
iÀÊ*ÀViÊ>ÃʼÀ>Ì
iÀÊLi>ÕÌvÕÊii}>VÊÜÀÃÊ ÃÕvvÕÃi`ÊÊ«iÀÃ>ÊiÀiÃÊ>`ÊÃÕLiVÌÛÌiýÆÊi>ÊVÀÀië`iViÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÊ>ÕÌ
À]Ê £nÊÕÞÊÓä£{°ÊÌÊÜÕ`ÊÃiiÊÌ
>ÌÊiÊÃÊ>ÊÀÌÞÊÀiëÃi°Ê 118Ê -iiÊ >ÌiÊ `V
Ê Óä£ä®Ê Screens: Viewing Media Installation Art°Ê i>«Ã]Ê \Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊiÃÌ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÓÈ°Ê 119 Ibid. 120Ê -iiÊ ÀÕViÊ >Õ>Ê ÌiÀÛiÜi`Ê LÞÊ V
iiÊ `iÊ }iÕÃ]Ê >ÞÊ ÓÇÊ >`Ê Îä]Ê £nä]Ê Ê >iÌÊ À>Þ>Ê i`°®Ê ÓääÎ®Ê Please Pay Attention Please: Bruce Nauman’s Words; Writings and Interviews°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°ÊÓxn° 121 Robert Smithson (1996) Robert Smithson: The Collected Writings]Êi`°Ê>VÊ °Ê>°Ê iÀiiÞ]Ê
\Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ >vÀ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê«°Ê£{£° 122Ê À>
>Ê >À`Ê>`Ê-Ìi«
iÊ
ÃÌiÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼/
iÊÃÌÊ ÌÞ\Ê?ÃâÊ
Þ >}Þ½ÃÊThings to Come]Ê£ÎȽ]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\ÊÓ]Ê«°ÊÓ{{° 123 Amanda Beech speaking at the Curating VideoÊVviÀiVi]Ê
iÃi>Ê i}iÊvÊÀÌÊEÊ iÃ}]Ê 101
276
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊÌ
iÊÀÌÃÊ`]ÊÓÓÊiLÀÕ>ÀÞÊÓään°Ê iiV
Ê}iÃÊÊÌÊ>À}ÕiÊÌ
>ÌÊ}>iÀiÃÊ Ã
Õ`ÊLiÊVÃ`iÀi`Ê>Ãʼ«>ÀÌÊvÊ>ÊÀi>ÊÃV>Êë>Vi½]ÊvviÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ«ÕLVÊÌ
iÊÃ>iÊ`i}ÀiiÊ vÊ«ÀÌiVÌÊ>ÃÊÌ
iÞÊÜÕ`ÊiÞÊÊ>ÞÊÌ
iÀÊ«ÕLVÊiÛÀiÌÆÊ
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°VÕÀ>Ì}Û`i°VÉ`iÝ°«
«¶«ÌrVÚVÌiÌEÌ>ÃrÛiÜE`rÎäEÌi`rÈ3 (accessed 24 August 2013). 124Ê 7
iÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊ>ÌÌ
iÜÊ-Ì>`iÊÊÓ䣣]Ê/À>ViÞÊ ÊÃ
Üi`ÊÌ
iÊ`i}ÀiiÊÌÊÜ
V
Ê Ã
iÊV>«ÃiÃÊ
iÀÊÜÊ«iÀVi«ÌÃÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
ÃiÊvÊÌ
iÀÃ\ʼvÊÊ>iÊÃiÌ
}ÊÜ
V
ÊÃÕÀ«ÀÃiÃÊi]ʽÊÃÕÀiÊÌ
>ÌÊ̽ÃÊ}}ÊÌÊLiÊvÀiÃ
ÊÌÊÌ
iÀÊ«i«i°½ÊOn the Road with Tracey Emin]Ê ÊiÜÃÊV
>i]ÊÓÊ>ÞÊÓ䣣° 125Ê ÜÊÜʣǮʼ"iÊ*>ViÊ>vÌiÀÊÌ
iÀ\Ê ÌiÃÊÊ-ÌiÊ-«iVwVÌÞ½]ÊOctober]Ênä]Ê«°Ê£äÎ°Ê Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°À>°ÕÃv°i`ÕÉV>ÉiÝ
LÌÃÉÓäänÚnÚ/À>LÉ,i>`}ÃÉ"iÚ *>ViÚvÌiÀÚÌiÀÜ°«`vÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê{ÊÕiÊÓä£{R° 126 Ibid. 127Ê iÛÊÌ
iÀÌÊ£nä®Ê¼ÊÕ`iViÊÜÌ
ÊiÛÊÌ
iÀ̽]ÊV>Ì>}ÕiÊv`iÀÊvÀÊPIECES]ÊÌ
iÊ >ÃiiÌÊÀÕ«]Ê iÜV>ÃÌi]ÊÕ«>}>Ìi`°Ê 128 Ibid. 129Ê "Ì
iÀÃÊ>ÀiÊ>ÃÊVViÀi`ÊÜÌ
ÊÌ
iÀÊi}>VÞ°ÊÀÊÃÌ>Vi]Ê/À>ViÞÊ ÊÃÊVÀi>Ì}Ê
iÀÊÜÊ >ÀV
Ûi°Ê¼ÞÊÃÌÕ`ÊÜÊLiViÊ>ÊÕÃiÕ]½ÊÃ
iÊ`iV>Ài`°Ê¼½Êi>ÛiÊÌ
>ÌÊ>ÃÊ>Êi}>VÞÊQÃÊÌ
>ÌÊ vÕÌÕÀiÊ}iiÀ>ÌÃÊV>RÊÃiiÊ
ÜÊ>ÊÌÜiÌiÌ
ÉÌÜiÌÞwÀÃÌÊViÌÕÀÞÊvi>iÊ>ÀÌÃÌÊ«iÀ>Ìi`Ê >`ÊÜÀi`ÊÊ`°½Ê ÊÌ>}ÊÌÊ>ÌÌ
iÜÊ-Ì>`i]ÊÊOn the Road with Tracey Emin]Ê ÊiÜÃÊV
>i]ÊÓÊ>ÞÊÓ䣣° 130 Bertrand Russell paraphrasing Locke in The History of Western PhilosophyÊQ£{ÈRʣȣ]Ê Ó`Êi`®°Ê`\Ê1Ü]Ê«°ÊxnÈ°
CLOSING THOUGHTS
277
Bibliography >À]ÊV
iiÊÓääÇ®ÊSpectatorship: The Power of Looking On. London and New York: Wallflower Press. VVV]Ê 6ÌÊ Óääή]Ê ÌiÀÛiÜi`Ê LÞÊ >ÕÃÊ iÃiL>V
Ê Ê Video Acts V>Ì>}Õi]Ê ÃÌÌÕÌiÊ vÊ
Ìi«À>ÀÞÊÀÌÃ]Ê`° `>Ã]Ê-ÌiÛiÊÓään®]ʼÀÃÊÕÃÌÊÜ>ÌÊÌÊÜÊ/
iÊ8Ê>VÌÀÊÀÊ>ÀÀÞÊ>ÊvÌL>iÀ]ÊÃ>ÞÃÊÃÌiÀ½]Ê Daily Telegraph]Ê£{Ê"VÌLiÀ° `À]Ê/
i`ÀÊQ£n£RÊ£nn®Ê¼6>jÀÞÊ*ÀÕÃÌÊÕÃiÕ½]ÊÊPrisms]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ->ÕiÊ>`Ê-
iÀÀÞÊ 7iLiÀ°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°Ê£ÇÎqnÈ° i]Ê ,V
>À`Ê £Ç®Ê Projecting Illusion: Film Spectatorship and the Repression of Reality. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. `ÀiÜÃ]Ê>ÝÊÓääÈ®ÊÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÀ`>Ê7vÃ]ʼÜÊ`iÃÊÌ
iÊ«iÀviVÌÊ
Õ>Êv>¶Ê iÊÌ
ý]ÊUovo]ÊÓ]ÊÊ««°Ê£ÇäqnÇ° ÀÌ>Õ`]ÊÌÊ£În®ÊThe Theatre and its Double. New York: Grove and Weindenfeld. ÃÃ>}i]Ê Õ>Ê Ê VÛiÀÃ>ÌÊ ÜÌ
Ê ÞÊ `>Ê >`Ê ->ÛÊ =ãiÊ >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ /ÀÝÞÊ /
i>ÌÀi]Ê London 11 ÕÞÊÓ䣣° Ì
iÀÌ]Ê iÛÊ £nä®]Ê ¼Ê Õ`iViÊ ÜÌ
Ê iÛÊ Ì
iÀ̽]Ê V>Ì>}ÕiÊ v`iÀÊ vÀÊ PIECES]Ê Ì
iÊ >ÃiiÌÊÀÕ«]Ê iÜV>ÃÌi° >iÀ]ÊiÀ}iÊÓää{®]Ê¼Ê iÞ`ÊÌÃÊÌýÊÊAnthony McCall Film Installations]Ê>V
iÃÌiÀ\Ê i>`Ê>iÀÞ]Ê7>ÀÜVÊÀÌÃÊ iÌÀiÊ>`Ê ÀiÀ
ÕÃiÊ*ÕLV>Ìð >]ÊiiÊÓä£Î®]ÊThe Politics of Video Art Installation According to Eija-Liisa Ahtila]Ê`É New York: Bloomsbury Academic. >]Ê -ÌiÛiÊ Ó䣣®]Ê ¼ `ÌÃÊ vÊ ÕÃV\Ê Ìi«À>ÀÞÊ Õ`6ÃÕ>Ê -«>Ì>Ê *iÀvÀ>ViÊ *À>VÌVi½]ÊÊ°°Ê,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ >Ê>`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊi`î]ÊExpanded Cinema; Art Performance Film]Ê`\Ê/>ÌiÊ*ÕLÃ
}° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£Î®Ê¼/
iÊi`ÊvÊÌiiÛÃ\Ê >Û`Ê>½ÃÊ1001 TV Sets (End Piece)½]ÊMIRAJÊ]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê««°Ê£ÎÓq° >>À`]Ê°°Ê£nn®]ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊ>iÃÊ6iÀiÀiÊÊ£nn°ÊÛ>>LiÊi°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°}L>>À`°V>Éi`>É£nnÚÕiÚÌÜ}
ÌÚâiÚ>}>âi°
Ì° Accessed 1 September 2013. >Ã]Ê À>Ê Óä£Ó®Ê ¼ À>
>}i½ÃÊ -ÕÀÊ À>«iÃ]Ê ÀÊ ÌiÃÊ Ê iÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê Vi>Ê Ê Ì
iÊ >ÀÌÊ ÜÀ`½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\Ê£]Ê««°Ê£ÎqÓx° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£Î>®ÊExhibiting Cinema in Contemporary Art. Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press. ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£ÎL®Ê¼18É Ê i>ÊvÊÛ}Ê>}iý]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê««°ÊÓÇÓqnä°
278
>ÀiÌÌ]Ê >ÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼ÀÌÃÌÊ>ÀÃÊ`}Ì>ÊÃÜÌV
ÛiÀÊÜÌ
ʺ/6ÊÀ>ÛiÞ>À`»½]ÊThe Telegraph]Ê£ÈÊ March. >ÀÀiÌÌ]Ê >Û`Ê£n®]ʼ `Ê >Ìi½]ÊÊFrieze]ÊÃÃÕiÊΰ >ÀÌ
iÃ]Ê ,>`Ê Q£ÇÇRÊ £Ç®]Ê ¼/
iÊ /
À`Ê i>}½]Ê Ê Image-Music-Text]Ê -Ìi«
iÊ i>Ì
Ê ÌÀ>ð®]ÊÌ>>É Ã° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊQ£ÇÎRÊ£Çx®The Pleasure of the Text]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ,V
>À`ÊiÀ°Ê iÜÊ9À\ÊÊ>`Ê7>}° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ£ÇȮʼ ÊÃÀÌ>ÌÊ`ÕÊVj>½] Communications]ÊÓÎ\Ê£]Ê««°Ê£ä{qÇ° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ£n£®ÊCamera Lucida: Reflections on Photography]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ,V
>À`ÊÜ>À`°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê>ÀÀ>À]Ê -ÌÀ>ÕÃÊ>`ÊÀÕÝ° >ÀÌiÌÌ]Ê >ÀÊ Ó䣣®Ê ¼-V>>}iÃÌVÃÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ 6ÃÕ>Ê VÕ«ÕVÌÕÀiÊ vÊ -Ì>Ê 6> iÀ ii½ÃÊ
Ý«>`i`Ê i>½]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ >Ê>`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊi`îÊExpanded Cinema: Art Performance Film°Ê`\Ê/>ÌiÊ*ÕLÃ
}]Ê««°ÊxäqÈ£° >Ì>i]ÊiÀ}iÃÊ£ÎÈ®]ʼ/
iÊ->VÀi`½]ÊÊ>Ê-ÌiÊi`°Ê>`ÊÌÀ`ÕV̮ʣnx®]ÊVisions of Excess, Selected Writings 1927-1939]Êi>«Ã\Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊiÃÌ>Ê*ÀiÃð >ÌV
iÀ]Ê >Û`ÊÓäää®]ÊChromaphobia]Ê`\Ê,i>Ì° >Õ`i>Ài]Ê
>ÀiÃÊ£n{È®]ʼ/
iÊ->ÊvÊ£n{Ƚ]ÊÀi«ÀÌi`ÊÊ*°Ê °Ê
>ÀÛiÌÊÌÀ>ð®ÊQ£ÇÓRÊ£n£®]Ê Baudelaire: Selected Writings on art and Artists]Ê >LÀ`}i\Ê >LÀ`}iÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃð >Õ`À>À`]Êi>ÊQ£n£RÊ£{®]ÊSimulacra and Simulation]Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊV
}>Ê*ÀiÃð >Õ`ÀÞ]Êi>ÕÃÊ£Ç{®]ʼ`i}V>Ê vviVÌÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ >ÃVÊ i>Ì}À>«
VÊ««>À>ÌÕý]ÊFilm Quarterly]ÊÓn\ÊÓ]Ê««°ÊÎq{Ç° >â]Ê`ÀjÊQ£xnR£Èä®]ʼ/
iÊ"Ì}ÞÊvÊÌ
iÊ*
Ì}À>«
VÊ>}i½]ÊÕ}
ÊÀ>ÞÊÌÀ>ð®]ÊFilm Quarterly, £Î\{]ÊÃÕiÀ° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊQ£xRÊ£Èn®]ʼ*>Ì}Ê>`Ê i>½ÊÊWhat is Cinema: Volume One, Õ}
ÊÀ>ÞÊÌÀ>ð®]Ê University of California Press. iÕÀ]Ê,>Þ`ÊÓään®Ê¼"vÊ>Ê"Ì
iÀÊ i>½]ÊÊ/>Þ>Êi}
ÌÊi`°®ÊArt and the Moving Image: A Critical Reader°Ê`\Ê/>ÌiÉvÌiÀ>]Ê««°Ê{äÈqÓ° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£Î®Ê¼º i>»]ÊiÉÕÌ«iʺ i>û½]ÊÌÀ>ðÊÊÕÀ«
Þ]ÊAlphaville: Journal of Film and Screen Media]Ê x°Ê Û>>LiÊ i\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>«
>ÛiÕÀ>°VÉÃÃÕixÉ/É ArticleBellour.htmlÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£xÊÕÞÊÓä£{®°Ê i>]Ê 7>ÌiÀÊ Q£ÎÈRÊ £Çή]Ê ¼/
iÊ -ÌÀÞÌiiÀ½]Ê Illuminations]Ê >>
Ê Ài`ÌÊ i`°®]Ê >ÀÀÞÊ Ã°®]Ê>Ã}Ü\ÊÌ>>É Ã° i>]Ê7>ÌiÀÊ£ÎÈ®]ÊThe Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction. Available online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>ÀÝÃÌðÀ}ÉÀiviÀiViÉÃÕLiVÌÉ«
ë
ÞÉÜÀÃÉ}iÉLi>°
Ì° Accessed 18 April 2014. iiÌÌ]ÊÊÓään®]ÊT_Visionarium: A User’s Guide. Available online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Vi>°ÕÃÜ° i`Õ°>ÕÉ«ÀiVÌÃÉÌÚÛÃ>ÀÕÉ. Accessed 10 September 2013. iiÌÌ]Ê/ÞÊ£x®ÊThe Birth of the Museum: History, Theory, Politics°Ê"ÝvÀ`Ê>`Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê Routledge. iÀ}
ÕÃ]Ê/
>ÃÊ°ÊÓääÈ®ÊPerformance Art in China°Ê i}\Ê/iâiÊnÊ° iÌÌi
i]Ê ÀÕÊ£Çn®]ÊThe Uses of Enchantment]Ê`\Ê*iÀi}ÀiÊ Ã° iÕ}iÌ]Ê>ÀÌi]Ê>`ÊÊÜiÃÊÓä£Î®Ê¼/
iÊ>iÃÌ
iÌVÃÊ>`Ê«ÌVÃÊvÊLÃiÃViVi\Ê>` >`iÊwÊÊÌ
iÊiÀ>ÊvÊÌ
iÊ`}Ì>½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê««°Êx{qÈx° Ã
«]Ê >ÀiÊÓääx>®Ê¼ ÕÌÊÃÊÌÊÃÌ>>ÌÊÀ̶½]Ê£Ê>Õ>ÀÞ]ÊTate etc.]ÊΰÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ ÜÜÜ°Ì>Ìi°À}°ÕÉVÌiÝÌViÌÉ>ÀÌViÃÉÌÃÌ>>Ì>ÀÌ (accessed 5 August 2013).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
279
ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓääxL®ÊInstallation Art: A Critical History. London: Tate. >VÀi]Ê-ÕÃ>Ê£® The Meme Machine°Ê"ÝvÀ`\Ê"ÝvÀ`Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃð ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓää®]ʼÞÃÌiÀiÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ`½]ÊÊWalking in my MindÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê`\Ê>ÞÜ>À`Ê>iÀÞ° ]ÊiÀV
ÊQ£È£RÊÓ䣣®]ÊBilliards at Half Past Nine]Ê*>ÌÀVÊ ÜiÃÊÌÀ>ð®]Ê`\Ê>ÀÞÊ Boyar. ÌiÀ]Ê >ÞÊ >Û`Ê Óä䣮]Ê Writing Space: Computers, Hypertext and the Remediation of Print]Ê >
Ü>
]Ê \Ê>ÜÀiViÊ ÀL>ÕÊÃÃV>Ìið À`Üi]Ê >Û`Ê ÓääÈ®]Ê The Way Hollywood Tells It: Story and Style in Modern Movies]Ê ÃÊ Angeles: University of California Press. ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£Ó®]ʼ/
iÊ6iÜiÀ½ÃÊ-
>Ài\Ê`iÃÊvÊ`’ in Explaining Film]Ê>Þ° ÀÌ]Ê/iÀÀÞÊ£n®]ÊHistory of Magic Lantern Shows. Û>>LiÊi°ÊÊ
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>}V>ÌiÀÃ
ÜðVÉ
ÃÌÀÞ°
Ì. Accessed 8 August 2014. ÕÌ>}]Ê9>ÊÕiÀÊÓä£Ó®ÊCognitive Capitalism. Cambridge: Polity Press. ÀiV
Ì]Ê iÀÌÌÊ£ÈÇ®ÊSur le Cinéma. Paris: L’Arche. ÀLiÀ}]Ê-Ûi>ÊÓä£Î®]ʼ/
iÊÌ*ÌV>ÊiÃÌ
iÌVÃÊvÊ"LiVÌÃÊ>`Ê7À`ÃÊ iÞ`½]ÊMute]ÊÓx°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°iÌ>ÕÌi°À}Éi`ÌÀ>É>ÀÌViÃÉ>Ì«ÌV>>iÃÌ
iÌVÃLiVÌÃ>`ÜÀ`à beyond°ÊVViÃÃi`Ê£xÊÕÞÊÓä£{° ÀÕ]ÊÕ>>ʣǮÊSite-seeing: Architecture and the Moving Image. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ° ÞÕ«Õ°VÉiÉ`VÕiÌÉÛiÜÉÓΣ{ÎÈÉ}Õ>>LÀÕo (accessed 6 September 2013). ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓääÓ®]ÊAtlas of Emotion; Journeys in Art, Architecture, and Film]Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê6iÀð ÕÀV
]Ê lÊ £Ç®Ê ¼½ÃÊ ÃÌÌÕÌ>Ê `iÊ vÊ ,i«ÀiÃiÌ>ÌÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ -ÛiÌÊ ,iëÃi½]Ê October]Ê££]Ê««°ÊÇÇqÈ° ØÀ}iÀ]Ê*iÌiÀÊQ£Ç{RÊÓääÓ®]ÊTheory of the Avant-Garde]Êi>«Ã\Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊiÃÌ>Ê Press. ÕÀÞ]Ê-Ìi«
iʣǮʼ/
iÊ >½]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÓäÇ]Ê«°Ê{È° ÕÌiÀ]Ê Õ`Ì
Ê £Ç®]Ê Excitable Speech; A Politics of the Performative]Ê iÜÊ 9ÀÉ`\Ê Routledge.
>}i]Ê
Ê£n£®]ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ7>iÀÊÀÌÊ iÌiÀ°ÊÛ>>LiÊi°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi° VÉÜ>ÌV
¶Ûr< «8}i]Ê
Ê££®]ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊÊ iÜÊ9À]ÊÓÊ«À°ÊÛ>>LiÊi°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉ Ü>ÌV
¶Ûr«VÇ>-È{Y. Accessed 14 October 2013.
>`Üi]Ê
Ê/
ÀÌÊ£x®ÊTelevisuality: Style, Crisis and Authority in American Television. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press. ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓään®ÊProduction Culture: Industrial Reflexivity and Critical Practice in Film and Television, ÕÀ
>]Ê \Ê ÕiÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃð
>Ü]Ê-ÊÓääÈ®]ÊÀiÛiÜ}ÊThe Human VoiceÊLÞÊiÊÀ>«v]ÊThe Guardian]Ê£ÊÕÞ°
>iÀ]Ê>Ê>`Ê,V
>À`ÊÃiÊÓä£{®Ê¼/i>«ÃiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ«ÀiVÌi`ÊL`Þ½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÎ\Ê£]Ê««°Ê 38–51.
>ÀiÃ]Ê `ÜÊÓä£ä®Ê¼,i>>Ì}Ê/Ê/½]ÊCinéma & Cie]Ê£ä\Ê£{É£x]Ê««°Ê££ÎqÓä°
>ÀÀ]Ê lÊ £Ó®Ê ¼ÀÌ]Ê ÌiÌ]Ê >`Ê ÛiÀÃ>̽]Ê Ê >ÀÞÊ Ãi}iÀÊ i`°®Ê Intention and Interpretation°Ê*
>`i«
>\Ê/i«iÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°ÊÇq£Î£° ÚÚÚÚÚÚʣǮÊTheorising the Moving Image. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä䣮]ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊ,>ÞÊ*ÀÛiÌÌÊ>`Ê>iÃÊÀiÕ]ÊSenses of Cinema]Ê£äÊ«À°ÊÛ>>LiÊ online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÃiÃiÃvVi>°VÉÓää£É£ÎÉV>ÀÀÉ°ÊVViÃÃi`ÊÓÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{°
280
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
>>]ÊV
>iÊ£n®]ʼ,i«ÀiÃiÌ>Ì>Ê-«>ViÊÊ,iViÌÊ>ÌÊiÀV>Ê i>½]ÊÊCultura visual en American Latina]Ê\£]ÊÕi°ÊÛ>>LiÊi°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì>Õ°>V°Éi>É8Ú£ÉV
>>°
Ì°ÊVViÃÃi`Ê£Ê>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£4.
>`iÀ]Ê >iÊÓääÓ®]ÊSemiotics: The Basics]Ê`Ê>`Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê,ÕÌi`}i°
>ÀiÃÜÀÌ
]Ê°Ê°ÊÓä£{®Ê¼-ÕLiVÌÊÛÊ"LiVÌý]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÇ{]Ê««°Ê£q{°
V>}]ÊÕ`ÞÊ£ÇÇ®ÊThrough the Flower. New York: Anchor Books.
ÝÕÝ]ÊjmiÊ££®]Ê Coming to Writing and Other Essays]Ê iLÀ>
ÊiÃÊÌÀ>ð®]Ê>Ãð\Ê Harvard University Press.
ÀÃÌi]Ê>ÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼7
>ÌÊ Ê7iÊ,i>ÞÊÜÊLÕÌÊÊÕ`iViö½]ÊAudiences. Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ`>Ài°ÕÛ>°É`VÕiÌÉ{ÈÎä{£ (accessed 26 May 2014).
Þ]Ê>iÛiÊÓää®ÊThe Place of Artists’ Cinema: Space, Site and Screen. Bristol: Intellect. ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ Óä£Î®Ê ¼/iiÛÃ]Ê ÕÌ`i`Ê ÌiV
}iÃ]Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ ÜÀÊ vÊ >>Ê ½]Ê MIRAJ]Ê Ó\Ó]Ê pp. 282–9. ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£{®ÊTV Museum: Contemporary Art and the Age of Television. Bristol: Intellect.
À]Ê -ÌiÛiÊ Óäää®Ê Dumbstruck: A Cultural History of Ventriloquism°Ê "ÝvÀ`\Ê "ÝvÀ`Ê University Press.
À>`]Ê/ÞÊ£Çή]Êëi>}Ê>LÕÌÊYellow Movie. Available online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>°À}ÉiÝ«ÀiÉÕÌi`>É>Õ`ÃÉxÎÉ£äÓ{. Accessed 19 March 2014.
ÕÌÌÃ-Ì
]Ê iiÌ
Ê £Ç®]Ê ¼,iÊ ÀÌÊ >`Ê -V>Ê ÌiÝ̽]Ê Ê Ê ÀÃÊ >`Ê *i}}ÞÊ >iÊ i`ð®]ÊPerformance by Artists]Ê/ÀÌ\ÊÀÌÊiÌÀ«i°
ÕLÌÌ]Ê-i>ÊÓä£Î®Ê¼/
iÊ-
>`ܽ]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê««°Ê£nÇqÇ° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£{®]ʼ]Ê>`ÃV>«iÊ>`Ê*ÌV>ÊiÃÌ
iÌVÃ\ÊDeseret½]ÊiÞÌiÊ>``ÀiÃÃ]ÊScreen confeÀiVi]ÊÓÊÕi°Ê-
ÀÌii`ÊÛiÀÃÊ>Û>>LiÊi°Ê
ÌÌ«Ã\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>V>`i>°i`ÕÉÇxÎÇnÈÓÉ Ú>`ÃV>«iÚ>`Ú*ÌV>ÚiÃÌ
iÌVðÊVViÃÃi`ÊÇÊÕÞÊÓä£{°
ÕLÌÌ]Ê -i>]Ê >iÊ *>iÀÊ >`Ê iÃÊ 7>}Ê Óä£Ó®Ê ¼,iyiVÌÃÊ Ê i`ÕÊ -«iVwVÌÞÊ "VV>Ãi`ÊLÞÊÌ
iÊ-Þ«ÃÕʼ½ }Ì>Ê}
Ì\Ê/iV
µÕi]Ê/iV
}Þ]Ê Ài>̽½]ÊiLÕÀiÊ Ó䣣½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\£]Ê««°ÊÎÇq{°
ÕÀÌÃ]Ê >Û`Ê ÓääÇ), A History of Artists’ Film and Video in Britain]Ê `\Ê ÀÌÃ
Ê Ê Institute. >>Ã]ÊÌÊQ£RÊÓäää®]ÊThe Feeling of What Happens: Body, Emotion and the Making of Consciousness]Ê`\Ê6Ì>}i° >]Ê >Ê ÓääÎ®Ê ¼/
iÊ ÌiÃiÊ -ÕLiV̽]Ê Ê >Ê >Ê >`Ê V
>iÊ >âiÀiÊ i`Ã®Ê The Undercut Reader: Critical Writings on Artists’ Film and Video. London: Wallflower Press. >Ài]Ê
ÀÃÊÓäää®]ÊLight Readings; film criticism and screen arts]Ê`\Ê7>yÜiÀÊ*ÀiÃð `iÊ ÀÕÞ]Ê ÀVÊÓää{®Ê¼/
iÊ Ý«>`i`Êi`ÊvÊ i>]ÊÀÊiÝiÀVÃiÊÊÌ
iÊ«iÀiÌiÀÊvÊ>ÊõÕ>Ài½]ÊÊX-Screen, Film Installation and Actions in the 1960s and 1970s. Vienna: Museum of Modern Art. `iÊ iÀÌi>Õ]ÊV
iÊ£nä®ÊThe Practice of Everyday Life. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÕLÕ°VÉ «>«iÀÃÉ`iÚViÀÌi>Õ°
ÌÊ>VViÃÃi`ÊÓÇÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{®° `iÊ "ÛiÀ>]Ê V>Ã]Ê ÜÌ
Ê V>Ê "ÝiÞÊ >`Ê V
>iÊ *iÌÀÞÊ ÓääÎ®Ê Installation Art in the New Millennium: The Empire of the Senses°Ê`\Ê/
>iÃÊEÊÕ`ð iiÕâi]Ê iÃÊ Q£nÎRÊ Óääx®Ê Cinema 1: The Movement Image]Ê ÌÀ>Ã°Ê Õ}
Ê /ÃÊ >`Ê >ÀL>À>Ê>LLiÀ>°Ê`\Ê ÌÕÕ°Ê
BIBLIOGRAPHY
281
ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ£n®ÊCinema 2: The Time-Image]ÊÌÀ>ðÊÕ}
Ê/ÃÊ>`Ê,LiÀÌÊ>iÌ>°Êi>«Ã]Ê MN: University of Minnesota Press. iÃ]Ê /°°Ê Óä£Î>®]Ê Return to the Postcolony: Specters of Colonialism in Contemporary Art]Ê Berlin: Sternberg Press. ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ Óä£ÎL®]Ê The Migrant Image: The Art and Politics of Documentary during Global Crisis]Ê ÕÀ
>]Ê ° °\Ê ÕiÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ°Ê iÀi]Ê>Þ>Ê£Èä®Ê¼ i>Ì}À>«
Þ\Ê/
iÊVÀi>ÌÛiÊÕÃiÊvÊÀi>ÌÞ½]ÊDaedalus]ÊÜÌiÀ]Ê««°Ê£x{qx°Ê ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊQ£{ÈRÊÓä䣮]ʼÊ>>}À>ÊvÊ`i>ÃÊÊ>ÀÌ]ÊvÀÊ>`Êw½]ÊÊ Ê V
ÃÊi`°®]ÊMaya Deren and the American Avant-Garde]Ê iÀiiÞ\Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ >vÀ>Ê*ÀiÃð iÀÀ`>]Ê>VµÕiÃÊQ£ÎRÊ£{®]ÊSpectres of Marx]Ê iÜÊ9ÀÉ`\Ê,ÕÌi`}iÊ >ÃÃVð >]Ê-iÊÓääÓ®]ʼ/
iÊÀÌÊvÊ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊqÊ/Ü>À`ÃÊÌ
iÊ>Ì}Ê7ÀÊvÊÀ̽]ÊÊ New Screen Media: Cinema/Art/Narrative]Ê >ÀÌÊ ,iÃiÀÊ >`Ê `À>Ê ««Ê i`î]Ê `\Ê ÀÌÃ
Ê Ê Institute. >i]Ê>ÀÞÊÊQ£nÓRÊ£®Ê¼Ê>`Ê>õÕiÀ>`i\Ê/
iÀÃ}ÊÌ
iÊi>iÊ-«iVÌ>ÌÀ½]ÊÊ-ÕiÊ Thornham (ed.) Feminist Film Theory: A Reader°Ê `LÕÀ}
\Ê `LÕÀ}
Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°Ê 131–56. >`]Ê>iÃÊ£n®Êi`°®ÊFantasy and the Cinema. London: British Film Institute. ÀÕ`]Ê*
«Ê£Ç®Ê¼ ÌÃÊvÊÛ>Ì}>À`iÊ i>½]ÊÊFilm as Film catalogue. London: >ÞÜ>À`Ê>iÀÞÉÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊvÊÀi>ÌÊ ÀÌ>]Ê««°Êq£È° ÕV
>«]Ê>ÀViÊ£nÇ®]ÊDialogues with Marcel Duchamp]Ê*iÀÀiÊ >L>i]Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê >Ê >«Ê Press. ÕvÀ`]Ê iÊ Óääή]Ê ¼6`iÊ ÀÌ\Ê Ì
iÊ >ÀÊ }iý]Ê Ê The Undercut Reader]Ê >Ê >Ê >`Ê V
>iÊ>âiÀiÊi`î]Ê7>yÜiÀÊ*ÀiÃð Õ]Ê *iÌiÀÊ >`Ê À>iÊ iiÃÊ £Ç®Ê ¼/
iÊ iÃÌ
iÌVÃÊ vÊ >LÀ>̽]Ê Art Journal]Ê xÈ\Ê £]Ê
i}iÊvÊÀÌÊÃÃV>Ì]Ê-«À}]Ê««°ÊÓÈqÎÇ° ÕÃLiÀÀi]Ê iiÊ£ÇǮʼ-iÊi>ÀÞÊwÃÊLÞÊ*iÌiÀÊ`>½]ÊV>Ì>}ÕiÊiÃÃ>ÞÊÊPerspectives on British Avant-Garde Film]Ê>ÞÜ>À`Ê>iÀÞ° ÞiÀ]Ê,V
>À`Ê£nӮʼ ½ÌÊÊ Ü½]ÊScreen]ÊÓÎ\ÊÎÉ{]Ê««°ÊÈ£qÇΰ
>ÃÌÜ`]Ê-ÌiÛiÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼*ÜiÀÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ>Ãi½] MIRAJ]Ê£\ÊÓ]Ê««°ÊÓ£qÓx°
ÀiâÜi}]ÊÌÊQ£ÈÇRÊ£ÇÎ]ÊÓ`Êi`®ÊThe Hidden Order of Art. St. Albans: Granada.
ÃiÃÌi]Ê-iÀ}iÊQ£ÎnRÊ£n®]ʼÌ>}iÊ>`ÊÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀi½]ÊAssemblage]Ê£ä]Ê««°Ê£££qΣ° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊQ£{ÓRÊ£{x®]ÊThe Film Sense]Ê>Þ Leyda ÌÀ>ð®]Ê`\Ê>LiÀ and Faber.
Ã]Ê>iÃʣȮÊThe Object Stares Back°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê-ÊEÊ-V
ÕÃÌiÀ°
>À`]ÊÀ>
>Ê>`Ê-Ìi«
iÊ
ÃÌiÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼/
iÊÃÌÊ ÌÞ\Ê?ÃâÊ
Þ >}Þ½ÃÊThings to Come]Ê£ÎȽ]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\ÊÓ]Ê««°ÊÓ{Îqx£°
Ã]Ê
ÊÓäää®ÊSeeing Things: Television in the Age of Uncertainty .London: I.B. Tauris.
Ã]ÊâʣǮʼ Ê9ÕÊ7>ÌÊÌÊLiÊÊÞÊ>}¶\ÊÊ>VVÕÌÊvÊ Ì
VÃÊ>`ÊiÃÌ
iÌVÃÊÊ Ìi«À>ÀÞÊÀÌÊ *À>VÌVi]Ê>Ê>>ÞÃÃÊvÊÌ
iÊ ÀÌ«>VÊ«
ii½]Ên.paradoxa:internationalfeministartjournal]Ê 1;
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì«ÀiÃðV°ÕÉ«`vÉ«>À>`Ý>ÃÃÕiÓÚâ ÃÚ{£°«`fÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê{ÊÕiÊÓä£{®°
Ã>iÃÃiÀ]Ê/
>ÃÊÓääx®Ê¼/
iÊ iÜÊÊÃÌÀÞÊ>ÃÊi`>ÊÀV
>i}Þ½]ÊCinemas]Ê£{\ÊÓÉÎ]Ê««°Ê 75–117. ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓääȮʼ ÃV«iÊ/
ÀÕ}
Ê i}iÃÃ\Ê/
iÊ,ÕLiÊÊ iÌÜiiʺÌÌÀ>VÌûÊ>`ʺ >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ Ìi}À>Ì»½]Ê Ê 7>`>Ê -ÌÀ>ÕÛiÊ i`°®Ê The Cinema of Attractions Reloaded]Ê ÃÌiÀ`>\Ê ÃÌiÀ`>Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°ÊÓäxqÓΰ
282
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÜiÃ]Ê >Ì
iÀiÊÓäää®ÊVideo Loupe: A Collection of Essays By and About the Videomaker and Critic Catherine Elwes°Ê`\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃð ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓääx>®ÊVideo Art: A Guided Tour. London: I.B. Tauris. ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓääxL®]ʼ6`iÊ w`iÌ>\Ê6ViÛiÀÊÕÃ}ÃÊÊÌ
iÊ7ÀÊvÊ/Ê-
iÀ>Ê>`Ê,LiÀÌÊ À½]ÊVertigo]ÊÓ\Ê]Ê««°ÊxÇqn° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓ䣣®Ê¼/
iÊ iÃÌVÊ-«>ViÃÊvÊ6`iÊÃÌ>>̽]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ >Ê and David Curtis (eds) Expanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê««°ÊÓäÓq££° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£Ó®]ʼ*iÌiÀÊ >«ÕÃ\Ê"«ÌVý]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\£° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£Î>®Ê¼,iÛi>}ÊÌ
iÊÛÃLi\Ê/
iÊ ÀÌÊvÊ-Ì>Ãwi`ÉÞ>>ÃÊvÀÊ vviÀiÌÊ*iÀëiVÌÛiý]Ê MIRAJ]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê««°Ê£Ó{qÎä° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ Óä£ÎL®Ê ¼}ÕÀ}Ê >`ÃV>«iÃÊ Ê ÕÃÌÀ>>Ê ÀÌÃÌÃ½Ê Ê >`Ê 6`i½]Ê Ê >Ì
>Ê ,>ÞiÀÊ and Graeme Harper (eds) Film Landscapes. Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars *ÕLÃ
}]Ê««°Ê£È{qnΰ ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£ÎV®Ê¼6ÃLiÊ-V>ÊiÃÆÊÊÌ
iÊÌÀ>ÃÌÊvÀÊ>>}ÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊÌÊ`}Ì>ÊÛ}Ê >}i½]ÊMillennium Film Journal]Êxn]Ê««°ÊxnqÈx°
]Ê/À>ViÞÊÓ䣣®]ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊ>ÌÌ
iÜÊ-Ì>`i]ÊOn the road with Tracey Emin]Ê ÊiÜÃÊ V
>i]ÊÓäÊ>Þ°
«ÃÌi]Ê i>Ê Q£ÓÎRÊ £nnR®Ê ¼"Ê iÀÌ>Ê
>À>VÌiÀÃÌVÃÊ vÊ Photogénie½]Ê ÌÀ>Ã°Ê /Ê i]Ê in Richard Abel (ed.) French Film Theory°Ê *ÀViÌ]Ê /\Ê *ÀViÌÊ 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ *ÀiÃÃ]Ê pp. 314–20.
ÛiÀiÌÌ]Ê,Õ«iÀÌÊQÓääÈRÊÓääÇ]ÊÓ`Êi`®ÊRed Carpets and Other Banana Skins. London: Abacus.
8*",/]Ê 6 Ê Ó䣣®Ê ¼ Ý«>`i`Ê i>\Ê Ý«>`i`Ê ,i>ÌÞ½]Ê Ê °Ê °Ê ,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê 7
Ìi]Ê Steven Ball and David Curtis (eds) Expanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê pp. 288–98. >âi]Ê>Ì
>ÊÓä£Î®]ʼ,>}iÊ>}>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊ>V
i½]ÊGuardian Review]Ê£{Ê-i«ÌiLiÀ° >ÃV>]ÊÀ>VÃÊÓä£{®Ê¼"LiVÌÉ-iv½]ÊArt Monthly, ÎÇx]Ê««°Êxqn° iÀ]Ê ÀÞÊÓä䣮ʼ/
iÊ->LÕÃ̽ÃÊ-ÌÀÞ\ÊÃÌ>>ÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ/>Li>Õ½]ÊOxford Art Journal]Ê Ã«iV>ÊÃÃÕiʼ"ÊÃÌ>>̽]ÊÓ{\ÊÓ]Ê««°ÊÇxqΰ i`Ã]ÊÊÓ䣣®Êi`°®ÊEntering the Picture: Judy Chicago, The Fresno Feminist Art Program, and the Collective Visions of Women Artists. New York: Routledge. wi`]ÊiÀ}iÊÓään®Ê`ÃVÕÃÃ}ÊÌ
iÊAct/React: Interactive Installation ArtÊiÝ
LÌ]ÊÜ>ÕiiÊ ÀÌÊÕÃiÕ]Ê"VÌLiÀ°ÊÛ>>LiÊi°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉÜ>ÌV
¶Ûr8Ü£µÛ*s. Accessed 13 February 2014. i]Ê À`i>ÊÓä£ä®]ÊDelusions of Gender: The Real Science Behind Sex Differences]Ê`\Ê Icon Books. Ã
iÀ]Êi>Ê£ä®]ʼ,iyiVÌÃÊÊ V
ÊqÊÃÕ`ÊLÞÊÜiÊ>ÀÌÃÌÃÊÊ ÀÌ>½]ÊÊSigns of the TimesÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê]Ê"ÝvÀ`° ÌV
]Ê VÊ Óä£Ó®Ê ¼º-ÌÕ>XªiÃÌiû\Ê /
iÊ iiÀ}iViÊ vÊ Û`iÊ >ÀÌÊ Ê À>âÊ Ê Ì
iÊ £Çäý]Ê MIRAJ]Ê£\Ê£]Ê««°ÊxqÈÇ° ÕV>ÕÌ]ÊV
iÊ£Çx®] Surveiller et punir, Naissance de la Prison, Paris: Gallimard. ÜiÀ]Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ Óää{®]Ê ¼,Ê vÀÊ iÝ«iÀiÌ\Ê }>iÀÞÊ wÃÊ >`Ê ÛiÀÌV>Ê ÌiÊ vÀÊ >Þ>Ê iÀiÊÌÊ >ÊÃ>Ê
Ì>½]ÊScreen]Ê{x\{]ÊÜÌiÀ° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£Î®Ê¼"ViÊÀiÊÜÌ
Êvii}\Ê*iÀvÀ}ÊÌ
iÊÃivÊÊÌ
iÊÜÀÊvÊ>Ê7i>À}]ÊÕÌÕŋ Ì>>Ê>`Ê*
Ê Ã½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê««°Ê£äqÓ{°
BIBLIOGRAPHY
283
À>V]Ê ÀÌ
i>ÊÓä£ä®Ê¼ ii«Ê}\ÊÊ Õ``
ÃÌÊÊ>ÌÊÌ
iÊ7ÀÊvÊ-Ì>Ãwi`ÉÞ>>ý]ÊÊ Madelon Hooykaas and Claire van Putten (eds) Revealing the Invisible: The Art of Stansfield/ Hooykaas from Different Perspectives°ÊÃÌiÀ`>\Ê1Ì}iÛiÀÊ iÊ ÕÌi>Ì]Ê««°Ê££Çq{{° ÀiÕ`]Ê-}Õ`ÊÓää{®ÊMass Psychology and Other Writings]ÊÌÀ>ðʰʰÊ1`iÀÜ`°Ê`\Ê Penguin. Ài`]Ê V
>iÊ Q£ÈÇRÊ £n]Ê Ó`Ê i`®Ê Art and Objecthood: Essays and Reviews. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. À]Ê ÀV
ÊQ£xÇRÊ£nx]ÊÓ`Êi`®ÊThe Art of Loving. London: Unwin Hyman. >L]Ê-ÕâʣӮʼ6>ÕiÊ iÞ`ÊÌ
iÊiÃÌ
iÌV½]ÊEdgeÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê««°Ê£Èq£° >}i]Ê
Ê Óäää®]Ê Color and Meaning: Art, Science and Symbolism]Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ vÊ >vÀ>Ê Press. >}>À]ÊÀÌÊÓääȮʼ/
iÊ i>ÊvÊ*À>Þ¸}>½]ÊÊ À>`Ê ÕÌiÀÊ>`Ê>ÀiÊÀâ>Êi`îÊCinema of Prayoga; Indian Experimental Film & Video 1913–2006°Ê`\Ê°Ü°
iÀi]Ê««°ÊqÓÈ° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£Ó®]ʼ/
iÊÛ}Ê>}i\Ê«i`]ÊÌÊLiÊÕÌtÊqÊÌ
iÊ i>Ê*À>Þ}>ÊVÃViVi½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê £\Ó]Ê««°Ê£nqÓäΰ LLÃ]ÊÕiʣȮ]ÊTransformation in Irish Culture, Ireland: Cork University Press. `>]Ê*iÌiÀÊ£Çx®Ê¼/
iÀÞÊ>`Ê iwÌÊvÊ-ÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>É>ÌiÀ>ÃÌʽ]ÊStudio International]Ê £ä]Ê ÛiLiÀÉ iViLiÀ]Ê««°Ê£nqÈ° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä䣮ʼ/
iÀiÊÃÊÊÌ
iÀ½]ÊFilmwaves]Ê£{]Ê«°Êxn° iÃ]Ê/>Ê£nä®]ʼ,ÃiÊ>ÀÀ>À`ʺ iÞ`Ê-ÌÊvi»½]ÊPSÊ>}>âi]Ê°ÊÈ]Ê
ÀÃÌ>ð `>VÀi]Ê iÊÓää®]ÊBad Science]Ê>À«iÀÊ*iÀi>° `LiÀ}]Ê ,ÃiiiÊ £Ç®Ê Performance: Live Art 1909 to the Present°Ê `\Ê /
>iÃÊ EÊ Hudson. Õ`>]Êi>Ê£Óx®Ê¼-ÕÀÀi>ÃÊ>`Ê i>½]ÊÀi«ÀÌi`ÊÊ*>ÕÊ>`ÊÓäää®ÊThe Shadow and its Shadows: Surrealist Writings on the Cinema°Ê->ÊÀ>VÃV\Ê ÌÞÊ}
ÌÃ]Ê««°Ê{qxÈ° À>
> Ý]Ê`ÀiÜÊ£®]ÊJourney of the Magus]Ê ÊÓ]ÊxÊ iViLiÀ°ÊÊ ÀiiLiÀ}]Ê iiÌʣȣ®Ê¼/
iÊ iÜÊ-VÕ«ÌÕÀi½]ÊÊArt and Culture°Ê ÃÌ\Ê i>V]Ê««°Ê£Îq{x° ÀÕ`]ÊiÃÃ>ÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼"LÃiÀÛ>Ì>Êw\Ê`ÃÌÀ>ÌÊvÊÃV>ÊÀi>ÌÞ½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê««°Ê 169–79. Õ}]Ê/Ê£nȮʼ/
iÊ i>ÊvÊÌÌÀ>VÌ\Ê >ÀÞÊ]ÊÌÃÊ-«iVÌ>ÌÀÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÛ>Ì>À`i½]Ê Wide Angle]Ên\ÊÎÉ{]Ê««°ÊÈÎqÇä° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊQ£nRÊ£{®Ê¼ÊiÃÌ
iÌVÊvÊÃÌÃ
iÌ\Ê >ÀÞÊÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ® Ài`ÕÕÃÊ-«iVÌ>ÌÀ½]Ê in Linda Williams (ed.) Viewing Positions: Ways of Seeing Film°Ê iÜÊ ÀÕÃÜV]Ê \Ê,ÕÌ}iÀÃÊ 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°ÊÈÎqÇä° >]Ê >Û`Ê£Çx®Ê¼6`iÊÀÌÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ6`iÊ-
ܽ]ÊFilm Video Extra]Ê{]Ê««°ÊÓq{° >]Ê -ÌÕ>ÀÌÊ Q£näRÊ Óää£®Ê ¼ V`}É`iV`}½]Ê Ê ii>Ã
Ê }Ê ÕÀ
>Ê >`Ê Õ}>ÃÊ °Ê iiÀÊi`îÊMedia and Cultural Studies: Keyworks°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê7iÞ]Ê««°Ê£ÈÈqÇÈ° >iÃ>ÀV>]ÊV
>iÊÓään®Ê¼ÜÊ,i>ÊÃÊ,>Vi¶½]ÊÊ-Ì>VÞÊ>Ê>`Ê-ÕÃ>Êi>Êi`Ã®Ê Material Feminisms°Ê }Ì]Ê \Ê`>>Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°ÊÎänqΰ >Þ]Ê VÞʣȮ]ʼ-ÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>Ê/À>Viý]ÊÊV
>iÊ"½*À>ÞÊi`°®]ÊThe British Avant-Garde Film, 1926 to 1995]Ê`\Ê/
iÊÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊvÊ }>`É
ÊLLiÞÊi`>° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓääӮʼ7
>̽ÃÊÜÀ}ÊÜÌ
ÊVi>ÊÊÌ
iÊ}>iÀÞ½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\Ó]Ê««°ÊÓÈxqÈ° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓääήÊFilm Art Phenomena. London: British Film Institute. ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£ä®]ÊMedium Practices, Õ«>}>Ìi`]ÊÕ«ÕLÃ
i`ÊiÃÃ>Þ°
284
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
>
>À`Ì]Ê
Ê°Ê£ä®]ʼ iV>}iÉ >}i\Ê ÌiÃÊ/Ü>À`ÃÊ>Ê,iiÝ>>ÌÊvÊÌ
iÊ"À}ÃÊ vÊ6`iÊÀ̽]ÊÊ Õ}Ê>Ê>`Ê->ÞÊÊviÀÊi`î]ÊIlluminating Video; An Essential Guide to Video Art]Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê«iÀÌÕÀiÉ 6 ° >À>]ÊÀ>
>ÊÓääÓ®]ÊTool-Being: Heidegger and the Metaphysics of Objects]ÊÃ\Ê"«iÊ ÕÀÌ° >ÀÀ>Ü>Þ]Ê >Ê££®Ê¼Ê ÞLÀ}Ê>viÃÌ\Ê-ViVi]Ê/iV
}Þ]Ê>`Ê-V>ÃÌiÃÊÊ Ì
iÊ>ÌiÊ/ÜiÌiÌ
Ê iÌÕÀÞ½]ÊÊSimians, Cyborgs and Women: The Reinvention of Nature. iÜÊ9À\Ê,ÕÌi`}i]Ê««°Ê£{qnÓ° >ÃÃ]Ê1À]Ê"
>`Ê>`iÃ>]Ê >ÀL>À>Ê>««iÞiÀ]Ê}>VÊ6>iÃ]Ê >Û>Ê,ÕLÊ>`Ê >Û`Ê°Ê ii}iÀÊÓään®Ê¼ iÕÀVi>ÌVÃ\Ê/
iÊ iÕÀÃViViÊvʽ]ÊProjections]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê««°Ê£qÓÈ°Ê i>Ì
]Ê -ÌiÛiÊ £n£®]Ê Narrative Space. Available online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÃVÀii°ÝvÀ`ÕÀ>ðÀ}É VÌiÌÉ£ÇÉÎÉÈn°iÝÌÀ>VÌ. Accessed 19 December 2013. i``]Ê iÀ`ÀiÊ Óä£Ó®Ê ¼/
iÊ *ÌVÃÊ vÊ ÛiÊ À̽]Ê Ê iÀ`ÀiÊ i``Ê >`Ê iiÊ iÊ i`Ã®Ê Histories and Practices of Live Art°Ê >Ã}ÃÌi\Ê*>}À>ÛiÊ>V>]Ê««°Ê£ÇxqÓäx° i`Þ]Ê >Û`Ê Óä£ä®]Ê The Cultivated Mind]Ê Ê ,>`Ê {]Ê wÀÃÌÊ LÀ>`V>ÃÌÊ £nÊ Õi]Ê >ÃÊ The Ethereal Mind and The Fallible Mind. iÃÃ]Ê >ÀL>À>ÊÓääx®]ʼ"ÕÀÊ>V
iÃÊÜÊ>ÀiÊÀi>`ÞÊÌÊÃ
̽]ÊÊDispatch]Ê° ££{]Ê ÀÜV
ÊÀÌÊ>iÀÞ° }
Ài]Ê iÊÓääÎqä{®Ê¼>V
iÊ>}V]Ê Ê>ÌÊÌ
iÊ£È{qÈxÊ iÜÊ9ÀÊ7À`½ÃÊ>À½]Ê New Formations]Êx£]Ê««°Ê£Ónq{n° iÀ]Ê iÃÊQ£Ç{RÊ£Ó®]ÊAgainst Architecture; The Writings of Georges Bataille]Ê/Ê*ÀiÃð Õ}
iÃ]Ê ,LiÀÌÊ £Ç®Ê ¼£äÊ 9i>ÀÃÊ Ì
>ÌÊ ÕÀi`Ê Ì
iÊ Û>Ì>À`i½]Ê Sunday TimesÊ >}>âi]Ê ÎäÊ December. ÕÃL>`Ã]ÊÞÊÓä£Î®Ê¼/
iÊiÌ>«
ÞÃVÃÊvÊ`>Ì>\Ê*
ë
V>ÊÃViViÊÊ-iV`ÕVÌÀ½ÃÊ >>Ìi`ÊÛ`iý]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê««°Ê£nqÓ£Ó À}>À>Þ]Ê ÕViÊ £nx®Ê This Sex Which Is Not One]Ê ÌÀ>Ã°Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ *ÀÌiÀ°Ê Ì
>V>]Ê 9\Ê ÀiÊ University Press. >iÃ]Ê >Û`Ê °Ê£Ç®Ê¼ÊÌiÀÛiÜÊÜÌ
Ê*>ÌÊ"½ i½]ÊMillennium Film Journal]ÊÎäÉΣ°ÊÛ>>LiÊ online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°vi°À}ÉÕÀ>*>}iÃÉÎä¯Ó 룃 >iÃÌiÀÛiÜ°html (acViÃÃi`Ê£nÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{®° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓää®Ê¼°°½ÃÊ«ÃÌiÀÊ i>½]ÊFilm Quarterly]ÊÈ£\£]Ê««°ÊxÈqÈÇ° >À>]Ê iÀiÊ£x®ÊChroma. New York: The Overlook Press. ivvÀiÃ]Ê-ÌÕ>ÀÌÊÓääȮʼiÌÊ,i>½]ÊThe Guardian]ÊÈÊÕÞ° iÃ]Ê ÀÕViÊ Óää®]Ê ¼"ÕÌÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ >À]½Ê Artforum]Ê ÃÕiÀ°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÕÌÕ>>ÀÌ°VÉ "«iÀÌViÉ"ÕÌvÌ
i >ÀÉnÎ ÎÈn än ÈC°ÊVViÃÃi`ÊÇÊÕÞÊÓä£{°
ÃÌi]Ê VÊÓääx®]ʼ >ÀiÊÌÊ >Ài½]ÊThe Observer]Ê£ÎÊ>ÀV
°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì
i}Õ>À`>°VÉ >ÀÌ>``iÃ}ÉÓääxÉ>ÀÉ£ÎÉ>ÀÌ°ÊVViÃÃi`ÊÓÊÕÞÊä£{° iÃ]Êi>ÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼/
iÊ ÜÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÃÊ ii\Ê*>À>`ÝiÃÊvÊÛiÊÀÌÊÊÃÌÀÞ½ÊÊi>Ê iÃÊi`°®ÊPerform Repeat Record: Live Art in History°Ê ÀÃÌ\ÊÌiiVÌ]Ê««°Ê£qΰ iÃ]Ê>Ì
>ÊÓä£Ó®]ʼ/>ÌiÊ`iÀ½ÃÊÀi
>}ÊV>ÌÊ`Ã
ÊÌ
iÊ>iÃÌÞÊvÊ>ÀÊ,Ì
½]Ê posted 22 August.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì
i}Õ>À`>°VÉ>ÀÌ>``iÃ}É>Ì
>iÃL}ÉÓä£ÓÉ >Õ}ÉÓÓÉÌ>Ìi`iÀ>ÀÀÌ
. Accessed 26 September 2013. Ãi«
]Ê À>`Ê7°ÊÓää{®]ʼÞÊ`Ê-«ÌÊ"«i\Ê`ÞÊ7>À
½ÃÊ Exploding Plastic Inevitable’]Ê Ê >ÌÌ
>ÃÊ V
>>Ê i`°®]Ê X-Screen: Film, Installations & Actions in the 1960s & 1970s]Ê ÕÃiÕÊvÊ`iÀÊÀÌ]Ê6i>° Õi]ÊÃ>>VÊÓ䣣®]ÊGuide to Artists’ Filmmaking]Ê Ê,>`Ê{]Ê£nÊ>Õ>ÀÞ°
BIBLIOGRAPHY
285
>«ÀÜ]Ê>Ê£ÈÈ®]ÊAssemblage, Environments, and Happenings]Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê>ÀÀÞÊ °ÊLÀ>Ã°Ê +ÕÌi`Ê Ê 1 17 \Ê -/",\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÕLÕ°VÉ
ÃÌÀV>É>«ÀÜÉ`iÝ°
Ì°Ê Accessed 3 November 2013. >Þ>À]Ê«iÊÓääx®Ê¼6ÃLÌÞ]ÊÛiiÌÊ«>Ì
ÃÊ>`Ê«ÀiviÀiViÃÊÊ«iÊ«>ÊÕÃiÕÃ\ÊÊ observational and descriptive study of the Ann Arbor Hands-on Museum’. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ>Þ>ÀÀ
vv°VÉ«>«iÀÃÉ>Þ>ÀÚ-«>Vi-ÞÌ>Ýäx°«`f (accessed 31 May 2014). i}]Ê i>Ê>`Ê>À}>ÀiÌ>ÊiÀÊÓä£Î®Ê¼ÀÌÊEÊ*ÌVý]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÈ]Ê««°ÊÓq{°
iv]Ê">ÀÊÓä£{®Êi`°®]ÊArt After the Internet]Ê ÀiÀ
ÕÃi° ÀÃ>vv]Ê ÌÀÊ£ÓÈ®]ʼ*ÀLmiÃÊ`iÊ>Ê«
Ì}ji½]ÊCinéa-Ciné pour tous]Ê°ÊÈÓ]Ê£ÊÕi° ÜiÃ]ÊÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼/>VÌ>Ê i>]ÊFilm½]ÊMillennium Film Journal]ÊxÈ]Ê««°Ê{qÈ° À>V>ÕiÀ]Ê-i}vÀi`ÊQ£ÈäRʣǮ]ÊTheory of Film: The Redemption of Physical Reality]Ê*ÀViÌ\Ê Princeton University Press. À>V>ÕiÀ]Ê-i}vÀi`ÊQ£ÓÈRÊ£x®Ê¼/
iÊ ÕÌÊvÊ ÃÌÀ>VÌ\Ê"Ê iÀ½ÃÊ*VÌÕÀiÊ*>>Viý]ÊÊThe Mass Ornament: Weimar Essays]ÊÌÀ>ðÊ/
>ÃÊ9°ÊiÛ°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê>ÀÛ>À`Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ *ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°ÊÎÓÎqn° À>ÕÃÃ]Ê>ÀÊ££ä®]ʼiiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ ÃiµÕiViý]ʵÕÌi`ÊÊ>Ì
>Ê>âiÊÓä£Î®]ʼ,>}iÊ >}>ÃÌÊÌ
iÊ>V
i½]ÊGuardian Review, 14 September. À>ÕÃÃ]Ê,Ã>`ÊÊ£ÇȮʼ6`i\Ê/
iÊiÃÌ
iÌVÃÊvÊ >ÀVÃÃý]ÊOctober]Ê£]Ê«°ÊxäqÈ{° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ£®ÊA Voyage on the North Sea: Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition. New York: /
>iÃÊEÊÕ`ð ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓääx®Êëi>}ÊÌÊÃÌÕ`iÌÃÊÀi«ÀÌi`ÊLÞÊÕ>Ê
>}°ÊÊÊÊÊÊÊ
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°VÕL>°i`ÕÉHÃvÓÓÓäÉ /
}ÉÜiLVÌiÌÉ*>}iÃÉ>>}Ã}>°
Ì. Accessed 2 October 2013. ÀÃÌiÛ>]ÊÕ>ÊQ£nÇRʣǮʼ >VÊ-Õ½]ÊÊThe Portable Kristeva. New York: Columbia University Press. ÕLi>]Ê*iÌiÀÊ£Çä®]ʼÌiÀÛiÜÊÜÌ
Ê*iÌiÀÊÕLi>½]ÊÊ*°°Ê-ÌiÞÊi`°®ÊFilm Culture Reader]Ê New York: Praeger Publishers. ÕÃ>>]Ê9>ÞÊ£nÈ®]ÊÊYayoi Kusama; Driving ImageÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê iÜÊ9ÀÉ/Þ\Ê*>ÀV° Ü]ÊÜʣǮʼ"iÊ*>ViÊ>vÌiÀÊÌ
iÀ\Ê ÌiÃÊÊ-ÌiÊ-«iVwVÌÞ½]ÊOctober]Ênä]Ê««°Ênxq 110. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°À>°ÕÃv°i`ÕÉV>ÉiÝ
LÌÃÉÓäänÚnÚ/À>LÉ,i>`}ÃÉ "iÚ*>ViÚvÌiÀÚÌiÀÜ°«`vÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê{ÊÕiÊÓä£{R° >V>]Ê>VµÕiÃÊQ£ÎÈRÊ£ÇÇ®]ʼ/
iÊÀÀÀÊ-Ì>}iÊ>ÃÊvÀ>ÌÛiÊvÊÌ
iÊvÕVÌÊvÊÌ
iʽ]ÊÊEcrits: A Selection]Ê>Ê-
iÀ`>ÊÌÀ>ð®]Ê`\Ê/>ÛÃÌV° iÊÀVi]Ê>VÊ£ÇÇ®ÊAbstract Film and Beyond. London: Studio Vista. ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ£x®Ê¼ ÕÀÊLÃÌÀ>VÌÊqÊ*>Ì}ÊqÊÊqÊ6`iÊqÊ }Ì>ÊÀ̽]ÊÊLa poésie de la couleur]Ê Louvre. ÚÚÚÚÚÚʣȮʼ/
iÊÃÌÀÞÊ7iÊ ii`½]ÊÊV
>iÊ"½*À>ÞÊi`°®ÊThe British Avant-Garde Film, 1926 to 1995°Ê`\ÊÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊvÊ }>`É
ÊLLiÞÊi`>]Ê««°Ê£n£qÓ° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä䣮ʼ«ÀÛÃ}ÊÌiÊ>`Ê>}i½]ÊFilmwaves]Ê£{\£]Ê««°Ê£{q£° ii]Ê *>i>Ê °Ê ÓääÈ®Ê Chronophobia: On Time in the Art of the 1960s°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê \Ê /Ê Press. iÜÃ]Ê>ÀÊÓ䣣®]Êëi>}Ê>ÌÊMoving Image & the Global Media Spectacle]ÊÌ
iÊÃiV`ÊÊÌ
iÊ series of Artists’ Moving Image Research Network events hosted by MIRAJ]Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ Ì
iÊÀÌÃÊ`°Ê ÝViÀ«ÌÃÊ>Û>>LiÊi°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Û}>}iiÌÜÀ°V°ÕÉÃi>ÀÃÉÃi>ÀÓÉ°ÊVViÃÃi`Ê£ÊÕÞÊÓä£{°
286
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
««>À`]Ê ÕVÞÊ £Ç®]Ê Six Years: The Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966 to 1972, University of California Press. ÃÃÌâÞ]Ê ÊQ£ÓÎRÊ£ä®]ʼ*ÀÕÊ-«>Vi]ÊÌ
iÊÀi>ÌÊ iÀÊÀÌÊ Ý
LÌÊvÊ£Óν]ÊÀi«ÀÌi`ÊÊ À>ÊÕLLiÀÃ]ÊEl Lissitzky 1890-1941; Architect, Painter, Photographer, Typographer]ÊÀÌÊ Data. ÃÌiÀ]Ê`iiÊ>`Ê ÊiÃʣǮʼ ÛiÀÞL`ÞÊ7>ÌÃÊÌÊ iÊÌ
iÊÀ½]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê ÀÃÊ>`Ê*i}}ÞÊ Gale (eds) Performance by Artists°Ê/ÀÌ\ÊÀÌÊiÌÀ«i]Ê««°ÊÓÎÇq{° ÀV
]Ê >ÌÀÊÓää{®Ê¼}À>«
½]ÊÌÀ>Ã°Ê V
>ÃÊÀ`i]ÊFrieze]ÊnΰÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«Ã\ÉÉ ÜÜÜ°vÀiâi°VÉÃÃÕiÉ>ÀÌViÉiÝ
LÌÚ«À}À>iÉ (accessed 17 April 2014). ØÌÌVi]Ê-ÛiÊÓä£Ó®]ʼ*À}ÀiÃÃÛiÊ-ÌÀ«Ìi>Ãi½]ÊÊPerform Repeat Record; Live Art in History]Ê i>ÊiÃÊi`°®]Ê ÀÃÌ\ÊÌiiVÌÊ Ã° >ÌLÞ]Ê,V
>À`Ê£x®]ÊHollywood Cinema]Ê>`i]Ê°°\Ê >VÜi° >ÀÃ]Ê>ÕÀ>Ê1°ÊÓäää®]ÊThe Skin of the Film]Ê ÕÀ
>Ê>`Ê`\Ê ÕiÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃð >ÀÃ
>]Ê-ÌÕ>ÀÌÊ£Çx®Ê¼6`iÊÀÌ]ÊÌ
iÊ>}>ÀÞÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ«>ÀiÊÛ`i½]ÊStudio International]Ê>ÞÉ Õi]Ê««°ÊÓ{{qx° >ÃÃÕ]Ê À>ÊÓään®ÊA User’s Guide to Capitalism and Schizophrenia: Deviations from Deleuze and Guattari°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃð >Õi]Ê,Ã>>ÊÓääÓ®]ʼ/
iÊ«ÀÌ>ViÊvÊ i}Ê>ÊÊÕÌ
À\ÊiÀ>iÊ Õ>VÊ>`Êi>iÊ ÕÌ
ÀÃ
«½]ÊSenses of Cinema,ÊÃÃÕiÊÓÎ]Ê iViLiÀ° >âiÀi]ÊV
>iÊÓääÇ®]ÊThe Dispersed Subject]ÊV>`i>°i`Õ°ÊÛ>>LiÊi°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ° >V>`i>°i`ÕÉ{£ÎääÓÉ/
iÚ Ã«iÀÃi`Ú-ÕLiVt°ÊVViÃÃi`Ê£ÈÊÕÞÊÓä£{° V >]ÊÌ
ÞÊÓääήʼiÊ iÃVÀL}Ê>Ê iÊ>`Ê,i>Ìi`Êý]ÊOctober]Ê£äÎ]Ê««°Ê{ÓqÈ° VÌÞÀi]Ê -ÌiÛiÊ Óä£Î®]Ê ¼*iÌiÀÊ `>½ÃÊ >Ì>ÀÀ>ÌÛi\Ê Ê >ÀÌÊ vÊ Ài«ÀÃ>Ê Ài>««À>Ãi`½]Ê MIRAJ]Ê 2:1. Vi>iÀÀÃ]Ê>ÕÀ>ÊÓä£Î®Ê¼`vviÀiÌÊ"LiVÌý]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÈn]Ê««°ÊÇq£ä° VÕ
>]Ê>ÀÃ
>Ê£È{®]ÊUnderstanding Media: The Extensions of Man]ÊVÀ>Ü° V+Õii]Ê-ÌiÛiʣǮ]ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê*>ÌÀV>Ê ViÀÃ]Ê>Õ>ÀÞ]ÊArt Monthly]Ê°ÊÓäÓ°Ê Available online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>ÀÌÌ
Þ°V°ÕÉ>}>âiÉÃÌiÉ>ÀÌViÉÃÌiÛiVµÕiiÌiÀÛiÜi`LÞ«>ÌÀV>LViÀÃ`iV>ÈÇ. Accessed 14 October 2013. V,LLi]Ê}i>ÊÓää®]ÊThe Aftermath of Feminism]Ê`\Ê->}iÊ*ÕLV>Ìð i}
`ÀiÜÃ]Ê
ÀÃÊ ÓääÈ®Ê A History of Video Art: The Development of Form and Function. "ÝvÀ`\Ê iÀ}° i>V>«]Ê*>ÌÀV>Ê£ä®ÊIndiscretions: Avant-Garde Film, Video & Feminism°Ê }Ì]Ê IN: Indiana University Press. iÛi]ÊiÀ>ÊQ£nx£RÊ£Ó®]ÊMoby Dick]Ê7À`ÃÜÀÌ
Ê `Ìð iÌâ]Ê
ÀÃÌ>Ê Q£ÈÇRÊ £Ç{®]Ê Film, Language: A Semiotics of the Cinema]Ê V
>iÊ />ÞÀÊ ÌÀ>ð®]Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê"ÝvÀ`Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ°Ê ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ£ÇÇ®]ÊPsychoanalysis and Cinema: The Imaginary Signifier]Ê i>Ê ÀÌÌ]ÊÜÞÊ7>Ã]Ê iÊ ÀiÜÃÌiÀÊ>`ÊvÀi`ÊÕââiÌÌÊÌÀ>ð®]Ê`\Ê>V>Ê*ÀiÃð ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ £nÓ®]Ê The Imaginary Signifier: Psychoanalysis and the Cinema]Ê i>Ê ÀÌÌ]Ê ÜÞÊ 7>Ã]Ê iÊ ÀiÜÃÌiÀÊ >`Ê vÀi`Ê ÕââiÌÌÊ ÌÀ>ð®]Ê }Ì\Ê `>>Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ Press. iÌâ]Ê7>ÌiÀÊÓä䣮]ʼº7
>ÌÊ7iÌÊ7À}¶»\Ê/
iÊiÀV>ÊÛ>Ì>À`iÊ i>ÊvÊÌ
iÊ£ÈäýÊÊ *>ÕÊ>VÊi`°®]ÊThe Sixities: 1960-1969]Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê
>ÀiÃÊ-VÀLiÀ½ÃÊ-ð
BIBLIOGRAPHY
287
V
iÃ]ÊiÌÌiʣǣ®]ʼ/Ü>À`Ê-Ü\Ê*>ÀÌʽ]ÊArtforum]Ê\£ä° iÀ]Ê >iÊÓään®Ê¼7>À
Ê>`Ê-ý]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÓ£]Ê««°Êxqn° ÌV
i]Ê 7°Ê °Ê /°Ê Óääx®Ê What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. ÌÀÞÊ i>Ê £Èx®Ê Esthétique et psychologie du cinéma. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. À>Ê,Ì
Êi`°®]ÊThe Amazing Decade; Women and Performance Art in America 1970-1980]ÊÃÊ Angeles: Astro Artz. `V
]Ê >ÌiÊ Óä£ä®Ê Screens: Viewing Media Installation Art. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Ài]Ê,>V
iÊÓä£Ó®]Ê¼Ê vviÀiÌÊ >ÌÕÀi½]Ê ->À>
ÊiiÀÊ>`Ê>ÃÊ °Ê*>ÕÊi`î]ÊJean Epstein; Critical Essays and New Translations]ÊÃÌiÀ`>Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃðÊÛ>>LiÊi°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ `>Ài°ÕÛ>°É`VÕiÌÉÎÈ£xn. Accessed 19 November 2013. À>]ÊiÊÓääÈ®]ʼ+ÕiÌÊ*i>Ãi½]ÊThe Guardian]Ê££Ê ÛiLiÀ° ÀiÞ]Ê-ÊÓä£ä®Êi`°®]ÊThe Sublime]Ê/Ê*ÀiÃð ÀÀÃ]Ê>ʣήÊVenice°Ê`\Ê>LiÀÊEÊ>LiÀ°Ê ÀÀÃ]Ê,LiÀÌÊ£ÈÈ>®Ê¼ ÌiÃÊÊ-VÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ*>ÀÌʽ]ÊArtforum]ÊiLÀÕ>ÀÞ]Ê««°Ê{Óq{° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ£ÈÈL®Ê¼ ÌiÃÊÊ-VÕ«ÌÕÀiÊ*>ÀÌʽ]ÊArtforum]Ê"VÌLiÀ]Ê««°ÊÓäqΰ ÃiÃ]ÊiÊ°ÊÓään®Ê¼«>VÌÃÊvÊÌiiÛÃÊÛiÜ}ÊÊÞÕ}ÊV
`Ài½ÃÊÌiÀ>VÞÊ`iÛi«iÌÊ ÊÌ
iÊ1-\ÊÊÀiÛiÜÊvÊÌ
iÊÌiÀ>ÌÕÀi½]ÊJournal of Early Childhood Literacy]Ên\Ê£]Ê««°ÊÈÇq£äÓ° Ì
iÀÜi]Ê,LiÀÌÊ£x£®]ÊWhat Abstract Art Means to Me]Ê ÕiÌÊvÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÕÊvÊ`iÀÊ ÀÌÊ iÜÊ9À®]Ê86\Êΰ ÕÛiÞ]Ê>ÕÀ>Ê£Çx®]ÊVisual Pleasure and Narrative Cinema. Available online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ«ÀÌv°ÕÃV°i`ÕÉVÌVÃxäxÉÕÛiÞ6ÃÕ>*i>ÃÕÀi >ÀÀ>ÌÛi i>°«`v. Accessed 15 December 2013. ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ£n£®]ʼvÌiÀÌ
Õ}
ÌÃÊʺ6ÃÕ>Ê*i>ÃÕÀiÊ>`Ê >ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ i>»ÊëÀi`ÊLÞÊ}Ê6`À½ÃÊ Duel in the SunÊ£{È®½] Framework]Ê£x]£È]£Ç]ÊÃÕiÀ° ÚÚÚÚÚÚʣȮ]ʼ]ÊiÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊÛ>Ì>À`i½ÊÊV
>iÊ"½*À>ÞÊi`°®]ÊThe British Avant-Garde Film]Ê`\Ê/
iÊÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊvÊ }>`É
ÊLLiÞÊi`>° ÕÃÌiÀLiÀ}]Ê Õ}Ê Q££ÈRÊ Óää{®Ê ¼ iw}Ê Ì
iÊ *
Ì«>Þ½]Ê Ê /
>ÃÊ °Ê 7>ÀÌiLiÀ}Ê >`Ê Angela Curran (eds) The Philosophy of Film: Introductory Texts and Readings°Ê"ÝvÀ`\Ê7iÞ >VÜi]Ê««°Ê{Îq° ÕÃÃiÀ]Ê
>ÀiÃÊ£nÈ®]ÊMotion picture catalogs by American producers and distributors, 18941908 [microform]: a microfilm edition]ÊÀi`iÀV]Ê`°\Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÕLV>ÌÃÊvÊiÀV>° ÞiÀ]Ê ÛiÊÓ䣣®Ê¼/
iÀiÌV>Ê*À>VÌVi\Ê i}iÃÃÊÃÊÌÊ>ÊV`iÊvÊVi>½]ÊÊ ÛiÊÞiÀÊi`°®Ê Critical Cinema: Beyond the Theory of Practice. London: Wallflower Press. >Vi]Ê/i`Ê>`Ê*>ÕÊ/>LiÀ
>ÊÓä£{®Êi`î]ÊCognitive Media Theory]Ê iÜÊ9ÀÉL}`]Ê "ÝvÀ`Ã
Ài\Ê,ÕÌi`}i° >Õ>]Ê ÀÕViÊ£nä®]ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊV
iiÊ`iÊ}iÕÃ]Ê>ÞÊÓÇÊ>`ÊÎä]ÊÊ>iÌÊÀ>Þ>Ê ÓääήÊi`°®]ÊPlease Pay Attention Please: Bruce Nauman’s Words; Writings and Interviews]Ê
>LÀ`}i]Ê>Ãð\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃð iiÃ]Ê7iÀiÀÊ£ÇÇ®Ê`ÃVÕÃÃ}Ê
ÃÊÜÀÊÊAfterimage]Ê ÛiLiÀÊ£ÇÇ°ÊÛ>>LiÊi°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ ÜiÀiÀiið`iÉääÚVÃÉVÃÉvÀÌÚVÌiÌ°«
«¶`>ÀÌrxÎ0. Accessed 19 March 2014. iÜ
>]Ê*>ÕÊ£ä®Ê¼/
iÊ6ViÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ-
>`ܽ]ÊPerformance]ÊÈä]Ê««°ÊÎÇqÇ°
288
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
iÜ>]ÊV
>iÊ£®Ê¼vÌiÀÊ Vi«ÌÕ>ÊÀÌ\ÊiÊ-V>>½ÃÊ iÃÌ}Ê V>ÃiÃ]Ê ÕV
>«]Ê iÃ}Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ «ÃÃLÌÞÊ vÊ Ã>««i>À}½]Ê Ê V
>iÊ iÜ>Ê >`Ê
Ê À`Ê i`Ã®Ê Rewriting Conceptual Art°Ê`\Ê,i>Ì]Ê««°ÊÓäÈqxx° V
]Ê `>Ê Q£Ç£RÊ £ÇÎ®Ê ¼7
ÞÊ >ÛiÊ /
iÀiÊ iiÊ Ê Ài>ÌÊ 7iÊ ÀÌÃÌö½]Ê Ê /
>ÃÊ B. Hess and Elizabeth C. Baker (eds) Art and Sexual Politics°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê iÀÊ>V>]Ê pp. 1–43. l]ÊÛ>ÊÓää{®ÊAction in Perception°Ê >LÀ`}i]Ê\Ê/Ê*ÀiÃð Üi-Ì
]ÊivvÀiÞÊ£ÇȮʼÛ}ÊÊvÀÊiÌâ½]ÊJump Cut]Ê£Ó\Ê£Î]Ê««°ÊÎq{£°Ê "½>i]Ê*>ÕÊÓä£Ó®]ʼ"Ê>}ÊÀ̽]ÊArt Monthly]Ê°ÊÎÈä]Ê"VÌLiÀ° "½ i]Ê*>ÌʣǮ]ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊ >Û`°Ê °Ê>iðÊÛ>>LiÊi°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉvi°À}ÉÕÀ>*>}iÃÉÎä]룃 >iÃÌiÀÛiÜ°
Ì°ÊVViÃÃi`ÊÓÎÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{° "½*À>Þ]Ê V
>iÊ i`°®Ê £È®Ê The British Avant-Garde Film, 1926 to 1995]Ê `\Ê /
iÊ ÀÌÃÊ
ÕVÊvÊ }>`É
ÊLLiÞÊi`>° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓääή]ʼ`iÀÃ]Ê*
>Ì>ÃÞÊ>`ÊÛ>Ì>À`iʽ]ÊÊ >Ê >Ê>`ÊV
>iÊ>âiÀiÊ i`î]ÊThe Undercut Reader]Ê7>yÜiÀÊ*ÀiÃð "½,iÞÊ£n®]ʼ,i«ÀiÃiÌ}ÊÕÃÃ\Êë>Vi]Ê>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊëiVÌ>ÌÀ½]ÊÊ>ÌÞÊ>Vi`Ê>`Ê Ê`À`}iÊÓääx®Êi`î]ÊThinking Through Art: Reflections on Art as Research]Ê,ÕÌi`}i° "`i]Ê
ÀÌiÊ£xή]ʼ"Ê`ÕÌÊ «>Ì
ÞÊÜÌ
Ê
`Ài½]ÊThe Psychoanalytic Study of the Child]Ê ÊÕ>®Ên]ÊÌiÀ>Ì>ÊÕÀ>ÊvÊ*ÃÞV
>>ÞÃð "ÃLÀi]Ê*iÌiÀÊÓä䣮ʼÃÌ>>Ì]Ê*iÀvÀ>Vi]ÊÀÊ7
>̶½]ÊOxford Art Journal]ÊÓ{\Ó]Ê««°Ê£{Çqx{° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓää{®Ê¼ ÃÌÀ>VÌi`Ê,iVi«Ì\Ê/i]ÊÀÌÊ>`Ê/iV
}Þ½]ÊÊTime Zones catalogue. London: />Ìi]Ê««°ÊÈÈqÇx *>ÀiÀ]Ê,âÃ>ÊQ£n{RÊÓä£ä]ÊÓ`Êi`®ÊThe Subversive Stitch: Embroidery and the Making of the Feminine. London: I.B. Tauris. *>ÌiLÕÀ}]Ê6iÀÊÓä£{®Ê¼}À>Ì>Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÃ\Ê"ÊiÝ«iÀiViÊÊÌ
iÊVi>Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊÕÃiÕ½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÎ\Ê£]Ê««°ÊÓxqÎx° *i>Ì]Ê >Û`ÊÓä£ä®Ê¼/
iÊ>ÀÌÊvÊLÀ`}}ÆÊÀiÃ>ViÃÊvÊ >Û`Ê
Ê>`Ê >ÀÊÕ}½]ÊÊ>`iÊ Hooykaas and Claire van Putten (eds) Revealing the Invisible: The Art of Stansfield/Hooykaas from Different Perspectives°ÊÃÌiÀ`>\Ê1Ì}iÛiÀÊ iÊ ÕÌi>Ì]Ê««°ÊÈÇqnä° *iÀVi]Ê °-°Ê£äÓ®] Three Trichotomies of Signs. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°>ÀÝÃÌðÀ}ÉÀiviÀiViÉÃÕLiVÌÉ«
ë
ÞÉÜÀÃÉÕÃÉ«iÀViÓ°
Ì. Accessed 20 December 2013. *iÀÀÞ]Ê ÊÓää®Ê¼,iiÊÌÊ,i>½]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎÓn]Ê««°Ê£q{° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓ䣣q£Ó®Ê¼/6Ê>iÛiÀ½]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎxÓ]Ê««°Ê££q£{°Ê *iÌiÀÃ]Ê>iÃÊ£{®]ÊDreams of Chaos, Visions of Order: Understanding the American AvantGarde Cinema]Ê iÌÀÌ]Ê\Ê7>ÞiÊ-Ì>ÌiÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃð *
i>]Ê*i}}ÞʣήÊUnmarked: The Politics of Performance. London: Routledge. *
«Ì]Ê ÛiÊÓä£Î®ÊFluxus: Magazines, Manifestos, Multum in Parvo. Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ }iÀ}i>VÕ>ðVÉVÛÉ>viÃÌÉÊ>VViÃÃi`Ê£xÊÕÞÊÓä£{®° *ViÀ}]Ê`ÀiÜÊÓään®ÊAgainst Human Exceptionalism]ÊÌ>Ê}ÛiÊ>Ìʼ7
>ÌÊ`iÃÊÌÊi>ÊÌÊ LiÊ
Õ>¶½ÊÜÀÃ
«]Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ ÝiÌiÀ°ÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«Ã\ÉÉÀi°iÝiÌiÀ°>V°ÕÉÀi«ÃÌÀÞÉLÌÃÌÀi>É
>`iÉ£ääÎÈÉ£nnÇÎÉ8/,ÜÀÃ
«Óxä£än°«`v¶ÃiµÕiVir1 (accessed £xÊÕÞÊÓä£{®°Ê ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ Óä£ä®Ê The Cybernetic Brain: Sketches of Another Future. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
289
*ÀÀiÊ `>Ã]Ê >Ì
iiÊ £®]Ê ¼>`ÞÊ Ê Ì
iÊ >i\Ê yÕ`Ê vÀÃÊ vÊ ÃivÊ Ê «iÀvÀ>ViÊ Û`i½]Ê PromiseÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê99Ì]Ê The Republic]Ê i>Ê ÜiÌÌÊ ÌÀ>ð®]Ê 6Ì>}i]Ê ££®°Ê Û>>LiÊ i°Ê Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ«iÞ°VÉ`ÉLÀ>ÀÞ£ÉÀi«ÕLV°«`v. Accessed 17 November 2013. *>]Ê >>ÊÓä䣮]ʼÀ>VÃÊ >VÆÊ/
iÊ}VÊvÊÃiÃ>̽]ÊÊ>ÀÞÊiÃÊi`°®]ÊDeleuze and Guattari: Critical Assessments of Leading Philosophers]Ê iÜÊ9ÀÉ`\Ê,ÕÌi`}i° *>V]Ê>>ÊÓ䣣®ÊÊ
iÀÊÀiÛiÜÊvʼÕÀÌÊ-V
ÜÌÌiÀÃ\Ê ÀÊ>`Ê >}i½Ê>ÌÊ*ÀViÌÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ ÀÌÊÕÃiÕ]ÊNew York Observer]Ê>Þ° *iiÀ]Ê>ÀiÌ
ÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼-Ì>ÌiÃÊvÊÕÝ\ÊCognitive Science and the Moving Image Symposium]ÊÎäÊ >ÀV
ÊÓ䣣]Ê
iÃi>Ê i}iÊvÊÀÌÊEÊ iÃ}]Ê`½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\ÊÓ]ÊÊ««°ÊÓÇqnx° *ÌÌiÀ]Ê->ÞÊ£nä®]ʼ"Ê-
Üý]ÊiÝ
LÌÊV>Ì>}ÕiÊvÀÊAbout Time; Video, Performance and Installation by 21 Women Artists]ÊÃÌÌÕÌiÊvÊ Ìi«À>ÀÞÊÀÌÃÊ`° *ÌÌÃ]ÊiÝÊÓä䣮ʼÃÌ>>ÌÊ>`Ê-VÕ«ÌÕÀi½]ÊOxford Art Journal, ëiV>ÊÃÃÕiʼ"ÊÃÌ>>̽]Ê Ó{\ÊÓ]Ê««°ÊxqÓΰ *ÜiÀ]Ê >ÊÓää®ÊOne-dimentional Woman]Ê,«iÞ\Ê]Ê °Ê i`ÀiÊ i`°®Ê £nn®Ê Female Spectators: Looking at Film and Television. London: Verso. *ÀVi]Ê â>LiÌ
ÊÓä£Ó®]ÊÌiÀÛiÜi`ÊLÞÊ/>ÌiÊðÊ
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì>Ìi°À}°ÕÉVÌiÝÌViÌÉ Û`iÉÌÕÀiÀ«ÀâiÓä£Óiâ>LiÌ
«ÀVi. Accessed 29 November 2013. *ÀÞiVÌ]ÊÕÃÊÓään®]ʼ>À`Ì i}À½Ãʺ «Ài»\Ê>Ê>ÀÝÃÌÊVÀ̵Õi½°ÊÛ>>LiÊi°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ° VÕL>°i`ÕÉH«ÎÉÞ`VÃÉ`iÀÃÉ
>À`ÌÚi}À°
Ì. Accessed 18 May 2014. ,>V
>]Ê
Ê Óää®]Ê ¼ iiÕâi½ÃÊ /i]Ê ÀÊ ÜÊ Ì
iÊ i>ÌVÊ
>}iÃÊ "ÕÀÊ `i>ÃÊ vÊ À̽]Ê Ê >Û`Ê ,`ÜVÊ i`°®]Ê Afterimages of Gilles Deleuze’s Film Philosophy]Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ vÊ Minnesota Press. ,>VmÀi]Ê>VµÕiÃÊÓää®ÊThe Emancipated Spectator]ÊÌÀ>ðÊÀi}ÀÞÊ ÌÌ°Ê`\Ê6iÀð ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ Óää{®Ê 9Õ/ÕLiÊ iVÌÕÀi]Ê ÓäÊ Õ}ÕÃÌ]Ê xÌ
Ê ÌiÀ>Ì>Ê -ÕiÀÊ V>`iÞÊ Ê À>vÕÀÌ°Ê Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉÜ>ÌV
¶Ûr"ÀÊÓääÇ®]ʼÊÜÀ`ÊvÊëiVÌ>Vi½] The Guardian]ÊÓäÊ"VÌLiÀ° ,i``]Ê -i>Ê >`Ê `Ê -Ì>Ê Óä£Î®]Ê ¼ÞÊ -
iÀV>Ê ÞiÃ\Ê Ê ÌÀÊ ÌÊ Ì
iÊ 7ÀÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ Eye-Tracking and moving Image Research Group’. Available online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉVÃÌi°ÌÛÉÃ
iÀlockian-eyes. Accessed 26 May 2014. ,iiÃ]Ê°Ê°ÊÓäää®ÊA History of Experimental Film and Video. London: British Film Institute. ,iiÃ]Ê °Ê °]Ê ÕV>Ê 7
Ìi]Ê -ÌiÛiÊ >Ê >`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊ i`Ã®Ê Ó䣣®Ê Expanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film. London: Tate. ,iÞ`Ã]Ê ÕVÞÊ Ó䣣®Ê ¼>}VÊ /ÀVö\Ê /
iÊ 1ÃiÊ vÊ -
>`Ü«>ÞÊ Ê ÀÌÃ
Ê Ý«>`i`Ê i>½]Ê Ê °Ê °Ê ,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê 7
Ìi]Ê -ÌiÛiÊ >Ê >`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊ i`Ã®Ê Expanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê««°Ê£{nqxÈ° ,
`iÃ]ÊÃÊÓ䣣®Ê¼1v`}Ê>Ê/>i\Ê"ÊÌ
iÊ«ÃÃLÌÞÊvÊ,iVÛiÀ}ÊÌ
iÊ"À}>Êi>}½]Ê Ê °Ê °Ê ,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê 7
Ìi]Ê -ÌiÛiÊ >Ê >`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊ i`Ã®Ê Expanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê««°ÊÓÓ£qÓΰ ,V
>À`Ã]Ê ÞÊÓään®]ÊV>Ì>}ÕiÊiÌÀÞ]ÊÊ-ÌiÛiÊ >]Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ ÜiÃ]Ê ÕÊÊ
Õ>Êi`î]Ê Figuring Landscapes, artists’ moving image from Australia and the UK]Ê`\ÊÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊ England.
290
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
,ViÕÀ]Ê *>ÕÊ Q£nÎRÊ £ä®]Ê Time and Narrative]Ê >Ì
iiÊ V>Õ}
Ê >`Ê >Û`Ê *i>ÕiÀÊ ÌÀ>ð®]Ê
V>}\Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ
V>}Ê*ÀiÃð ,iÞ]Ê,LiÀÌÊ,°Ê£®]ʼ/i]Ê*iÀVi«ÌÊ>`Ê-}
̽ÊÊSeeing TimeÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê->ÊÀ>VÃVÊ Museum of Modern Art. ,ÃÃ]Ê >Û`Ê°Ê£®]ʼ-ii}ÊÊ,i>Ê/i½]ÊÊSeeing TimeÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê->ÊÀ>VÃVÊÕÃiÕÊ of Modern Art. ,©ÃÃ>]Ê Û`ÊÓ䣣®Ê¼/
iÊ-ÌÉÛ}Êi`\ÊÊÌÀ`ÕV̽]ÊÊ Û`Ê,©ÃÃ>Êi`°®ÊBetween Stillness and Motion: Film, Photography, Algorithms. Amsterdam: Amsterdam University *ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°Ê££qÓÈ ,ÕÃÃi]Ê iÀÌÀ>`ÊQ£{ÈRʣȣ®]ÊThe History of Western Philosophy]Ê`\Ê1ÜÊ Ã° ,ÕÃÃi]Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ Óäää®Ê ¼ÕÌiÌ
}À>«
Þ\Ê ÕÀiÞÃÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ -iv½]Ê Ê -ÌiÛiÊ ,iiÊ >`Ê /Ê Taylor (eds) Lux: A Decade of Artists’ Film & Video°Ê /ÀÌ\Ê *i>ÃÕÀiÊ iÉ99ÃÌ°VÉÓä£ÓÉänÉÌ
iÀiÃÌÀ>ÌvÌ
iiÝiÃÌ
iÕÌiness-of-archival-cinemaÉ°ÊVViÃÃi`ÊÓÊ>Õ>ÀÞÊÓä£{° ,ÕÌÌ>]Ê 7>ÌiÀÊ Q££ÉÓäRÊ £n®Ê ¼>iÀiÊ ÌÊ «>ÕÊ iÀ}iÊ i`°®Ê Walter Ruttmann. Eine Dokumentation°Ê iÀ\ÊÀiÕ`iÊ`iÀÊ`iÕÌÃV
iÊi>Ì
i° ->V
iÃ]Ê>Ì
iÕÃÊÓää{®Ê¼/ÕÀiÀÊÜiÀ\ʽÊ}>`ÊÊ``½ÌÊÌ>iÊ>ÀÌÊ"iÛi½]ÊEvening Standard]ÊÇÊ December. -V
>>]Ê-Ê£x®ÊLandscape and Memory. Bath: HarperCollins. -V
Ü>LÃÞ]Ê >ÀÀÞÊ Óää£®Ê ¼-
ÀiÞÊ 7Ì>Ã>\Ê /
iÊ ivv>LÌÞÊ vviV̽]Ê V>Ì>}ÕiÊ iÃÃ>Þ]Ê *ÜiÀÊ *>Ì]Ê/ÀÌ° -i>Ài]Ê`À>ÊÓää{®]ʼ/ÕiÊÛÃ>ÀÞ½]ÊThe Guardian]ÊÓnÊ-i«ÌiLiÀ°ÊÛ>>LiÊi°Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ ÜÜÜ°Ì
i}Õ>À`>°VÉVÕÌÕÀiÉÓää{ÉÃi«ÉÓnÉ£. Accessed 10 October 2013. -iL>`]Ê7°Ê°ÊQÓää£RÊÓääÓ]ÊÓ`Êi`®ÊAusterlitz. London: Penguin. -
>ÀÌÃ]Ê*>ÕʣȮʼ ÌiÃÊÊÃ\Ê£ÈÈqÈn½]ÊFilm Culture]Ê{Ç]Ê««°Ê£Îq£È°ÊÛ>>LiÊi\Ê
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°Ì
iÌ
À`iÞi°V°ÕÉVi>É«iVi>`>>i`Ü>ÀLÞ«>ÕÃ
>ÀÌsÉÊ >Vcessed 28 March 2014). -
>ÛÀ]Ê-ÌiÛiÊÓ䣣®Ê¼/
iÊVÌÕ>Ê6V>\Ê7
Ìi
i>`]Ê>À>Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ*ÀLiÊvÊ,i>Ìý]Ê ÊiÛÊ ÀÞ>Ì]Ê VÊ-ÀViÊ>`ÊÀ>
>Ê>À>Êi`îÊThe Speculative Turn: Continental Materialism and Realism°ÊiLÕÀi\ÊÀi«ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°ÊÓÇqä° -
iÀ>]Ê/ÊÓääÓ®]ÊBefore and after the I-Bomb; an Artist in the Information Environment, The Banff Centre Press. -ÛiÀ>]Ê>>ʣȮÊThe Threshold of the Visible World. New York: Routledge. -ÌiÞ]Ê*°Ê`>ÃÊ£Ç{®ÊVisionary Film – The American Avant-Garde°Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê"ÝvÀ`Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ Press. -Õ}>]Ê>ÀÊ"VÌLiÀÊÓ䣣®]ÊSome Concerns Regarding the Cinema of Attractions]ÊÜÀ}Ê«>«iÀ° -Ì
]ÊÕÀÀ>ÞÊÓ䣣>®Ê¼ «>Ì
Þ]Ê Ý«>ÃÃÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ ÝÌi`i`Ê`½]ÊÊÞÊ «>Ê>`Ê Peter Goldie (eds) Empathy: Philosophical and Psychological Perspectives°Ê"ÝvÀ`\Ê"ÝvÀ`Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°Êq££Ç° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓ䣣L®Ê¼/À>}Õ>Ì}ÊiÃÌ
iÌVÊ Ý«iÀiVi½]ÊÊÀÌ
ÕÀÊ*°Ê-
>ÕÀ>Ê>`Ê-Ìi«
iÊ °Ê*>iÀÊ (eds) Aesthetic Science: Connecting Minds, Brains, and Experience°Ê iÜÊ 9À\Ê "ÝvÀ`Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°Ênäq£äÓ°Ê
BIBLIOGRAPHY
291
-Ì
]Ê,LiÀÌ>Ê£n®]ʼ ÀÌV½ÃÊ ÌiLÆÊ-Ì>`}Ê>`Ê-Ì>À}]Ê9iÌÊ}ÊvÀÊ «ÜiÀi̽]Ê The New York Times]ÊÈÊ>Þ° -Ì
]Ê/Ê>`Ê->Ê6°Ê7>ÃÃÊÓä£{®]ʼ`Û`Õ>Ê vviÀiViÃÊÊv>ÌÊ"VÕÌÀÊ i
>ÛÀÊ ÕÀ}Ê Ì
iÊ6iÜ}ÊvÊ «iÝÊ >ÌÕÀ>ÃÌVÊ-Viiý, Infancy. Available online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉiLÀ>ÀÞ° ÜiÞ°VÉ`ɣ䰣£££Év>°£Óä{É>LÃÌÀ>VÌ°ÊVViÃÃi`ÊÓxÊ>ÞÊÓä£4. -Ì
]Ê/Ê°Ê>`Ê°Ê°Êi`iÀÃÊÓään®Ê¼ `ÌÊ `iÃÃ\Ê/
iÊÀi>ÌÃ
«ÊLiÌÜiiÊ>ÌÌiÌÊ >`Ê}L>ÊV
>}iÊL`iÃÃÊÊ`Þ>VÊÃViiý]ÊJournal of Eye Movement Research]ÊÓ\ÊÈ]Ê pp. 1–17. -Ì
]Ê/ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê>Ê
ÀÃÌiÊÓä£Ó®]ʼ Ý«À}ÊiÀÊ7À`Ã\Ê7
iÀiÊ }ÌÛiÊ *ÃÞV
}ÞÊ >ÞÊ />iÊ 1ý]Ê Ê >Ê
ÀÃÌiÊ i`°®]Ê Audiences]Ê ÃÌiÀ`>Ê 1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ *ÀiÃÃ°Ê Available online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ`>Ài°ÕÛ>°É`VÕiÌÉ{ÈÎä{£. Accessed 26 May 2014. -Ì
Ã]Ê,LiÀÌʣȮÊRobert Smithson: The Collected Writings°Ê iÀiiÞ]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ California Press. -LV
>V]Ê 6Û>Ê £n®Ê ¼/
iÊ -ViiÊ vÊ Ì
iÊ -VÀii\Ê ÛÃ}Ê i>ÌVÊ >`Ê iVÌÀVÊ º*ÀiÃiVi»½]Ê Ê VÊ ÀÜiÊ i`°®Ê Refiguring American Film Genres: History and Theory. iÀiiÞ]Ê \Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊ >vÀ>Ê*ÀiÃÃ]Ê««°Ê{Óqnn° -«iVÌÀ]Ê>VÊ°Ê£ÇÓ®ÊThe Aesthetics of Freud. New York: Praeger. -«i>]Ê9ÛiÊÓä䣮ʼÌiÀi`>ÊÊ iVÌÀVÊ>}iý]ÊLeonardo]ÊÎ{\£]Ê««°ÊxxqÈ£° -«}i]Ê ÞÊ £Ó®]Ê Make Room for TV: Television and the Family Ideal in Postwar America]Ê Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press. -Ì>>LÀ>ÃÃ]ÊÕ>Ê£®ÊHigh Art Lite: British Art in the 1990s. London: Verso. -ÌiÞiÀ]Ê ÌÊ Óää®]Ê In Defence of the Poor Image. Available online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°iyÕÝ°VÉ ÕÀ>É`iviÃivÌ
i«À>}iÉ. Accessed 21 May 2014. -Ì°Ê>iÃ]Ê>ÀÌÞÊÓä䣮ʼ6`iÊ/ii«>Ì
iý] Filmwaves]Ê£{]Ê«°Êx° -Ìi>]Ê,`ʣȮʼVÕÀÃÃÊ>`ÊVÕÃÃ\Ê/
iÊÛ>Ì>À`iÊÊ
>iÊ{]Ê£nÎqν]ÊÊ Michael O’Pray (ed.) The British Avant-Garde Film, 1926 to 1995. London: The Arts Council of
}>`É
ÊLLiÞÊi`>]Ê««°ÊÓnxqÈ° -ÌÀiiÌ]Ê>ÀÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
ÊÞiÊ->VÃ]ÊÕÃÊ,iV`iÀ]ÊiÊ>VLÃ]Ê>VÊ/ÕÀÛiÞÊ>`Ê i`iÀVÊ 7
>ÕÃiÊ Ó䣣®]Ê ¼,Õ`Ì>LiÊ Ê }Ì>Ê Ý«iÀiÌ>Ê >}½]Ê October]Ê summer. -ÌÕÀi]Ê>À>Ê£®]ʼ,i>}}ÊÌ
iÊÀV
Ûi½]ÊÊSeeing Time: selections from the Pamela & Richard Kramlich collection of Media Art]ÊiÝ
LÌÊV>Ì>}Õi]Ê->ÊÀ>VÃVÊÕÃiÕÊvÊ Modern Art. -ÕLÀ>
>Þ>]Ê°Êet alÊÓä䣮]ʼ/
iÊ«>VÌÊvÊV«ÕÌiÀÊÕÃiÊÊV
`Ài½ÃÊ>`Ê>`iÃViÌÃ½Ê development’, in Applied Developmental Psychology]ÊÛ°ÊÓÓ° -ÜvvÀ`]ÊÌ
ÞÊÓääή]ʼ/
iÊ-«iÀ½ÃÊ/>i½]ÊGuardian Weekend]Ê£äÊ>ÀV
° />>
>Ã
]Ê/iÃÃÊÓä£Î®Ê¼7>`Ê,>½>`Ê>`Ê/
iÊÌ>ÃÊÀÕ«\Ê/
iʫ
Ì}À>«
Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ>ÀV
ÛiÊÊ iÝ«iÀiÌ>Ê`VÕiÌ>ÀÞ½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\Ê£]Ê««°ÊÈnqÇn° The Futurist Manifesto (1909) Available online:
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÛÃiÀÛiÀ£°VÃVðÃ>°ÕV
°i`ÕÉHVÀÃ
>âÉ /{*ÉvÕÌÕÀÃÌ>viÃÌ°
Ì (accessed 28 October 2013). /
«Ã]ÊÀÃÌÊ>`Ê >Û`Ê À`ÜiÊQ£{RÊÓääή]ÊFilm History; An Introduction]Ê iÜÊ9À\Ê McGraw-Hill. /ÃÌÞ]Ê iÊ Q£n{RÊ Óää®]Ê Anna Karenin]Ê ,Ãi>ÀÞÊ ``ÃÊ ÌÀ>ð®]Ê `\Ê *i}ÕÊ Books.
292
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
/«]Ê >Û`ÊÓä£ä®]ÊSinister Resonance; The Mediumship of the Listener]Ê`É iÜÊ9À\Ê/
iÊ
ÌÕÕÊÌiÀ>Ì>Ê*ÕLÃ
}ÊÀÕ«]ÊV° /Ài`iV]Ê Õ}
]Ê ÌÀ>ð]Ê ÌÀ`ÕVÌ®Ê Q£x{RÊ £x®]Ê Plato: The Last Days of Socrates]Ê `]Ê*i}ÕÊ >ÃÃVð 1ÀÃi]Ê`ÀiÜÊ6°ÊÓään®Ê¼-Ì}Ê i>½]ÊÊ/>Þ>Êi}
ÌÊi`°®ÊArt and the Moving Image: A Critical Reader°Ê`\Ê/>ÌiÊ*ÕLÃ
}ÉvÌiÀ>]Ê««°ÊÎnÈq{ää° 6>]Ê ÊÓääή]ÊÊVÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê
Ê7>Ã
]ÊThe Eye of the Heart]Ê>ÀÊ`iÊ`ÀiVÌÀ®]Ê BBC 4. ÚÚÚÚÚÚ £nÈ®]ÊThe sound of one line scanning. Available online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ii`°À}É«ÕLV>VÃÉ µÕ>`iÀÃÉ£ÓÉ/
i¯Óä-Õ`¯Óäv¯Óä"i¯Óäi¯Óä-V>}Ú ¯Óä6>°«`f. Accessed 10 May 2011. 6À]Ê*>ÕÊ£n®]ÊWar and Cinema: The Logistics of Perception, Verso. 6ÃV
iÀ]Ê ,LiÀÌÊ Q£nÇÎRÊ £{®Ê ¼"Ê Ì
iÊ "«ÌV>Ê -iÃiÊ vÊ À\Ê Ê ÌÀLÕÌÊ ÌÊ iÃÌ
iÌVý]Ê in H. F. Mallgrave and E. Ikonomou (eds) Empathy, Form and Space: Problems in German Aesthetics 1873–1893°Ê ->Ì>Ê V>]Ê \Ê iÌÌÞÊ iÌiÀÊ vÀÊ Ì
iÊ ÃÌÀÞÊ vÊ ÀÌÃÊ >`Ê Ì
iÊ Õ>ÌiÃ]Ê««°Ênq£Óΰ ÛÊiÌ
i]Ê
>Ê7v}>}]ÊQ£n£äRÊ£n{ä®]ÊZur Farbenlehre]Ê
>ÀiÃÊ >ÃÌ>iÊÌÀ>ð®]Ê
Ê Murray. 7>}iÀ]ÊiÊ°ÊÓäää®Ê¼*iÀvÀ>Vi]Ê6`i]Ê>`ÊÌ
iÊ,
iÌÀVÊvÊ*ÀiÃiVi½]ÊOctober]Ê£]Ê««°Êxäqnä° 7>iÞ]Ê>Ì
>ÊÓääήʼ/
iÊ>ÌiÀ>ÊvÊÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ`i>ÊvÊ i>\Ê ÌÀ>ÃÌ}Ê*À>VÌViÃÊÊ Ì
iÊ-ÝÌiÃÊ>`Ê-iÛiÌiÃÊÛ>Ì>À`iʽ]ÊOctober]Ê£äÎ]Ê««°Ê£xqÎä°Ê ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓ䣣®Ê¼ ÌÊ>Ê>}iÊvÊÌ
iÊ i>Ì
ÊvÊ\Ê Ìi«À>ÀÞÊ Ý«>`i`Ê i>Ê>`Ê Ý«iÀiÌ>Ê ½]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ >Ê>`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊi`îÊExpanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê««°ÊÓ{£qx£° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÓä£{®Ê¼ Ý«iÀiÌ>ÊVi>½ÃÊÕÃÛiÊÕý]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê««°ÊÓÎqxä° 7>Ã
]Ê>À>ÊÓääȮʼ>Ê7i>À}½]ÊArt Monthly]ÊÎää]Ê««°ÊÓÈqÇ° 7>ÌiÀ]Ê >Ì>Ã
>ÊÓä£ä®]ÊLiving Dolls: The Return to Sexism]Ê`\Ê6À>}° 7>À
]Ê`ÞÊ£Çx®ÊThe Philosophy of Andy Warhol (From A to B and Back Again). New York: >ÀVÕÀÌÊ À>ViÊÛ>ÛV
° 7iLÀi]ÊÀ>
>iÊÓä£Ó®Ê¼ ÕÀi`Ê«>«iÀÊÊÕiÌÊÛ>iÞ\Ê ÌÀ>`VÌÃ]ÊÀiÃ>ViÃÊ >`Ê«ÕÀ>ÌiÃÊÊÌ
iÊ>ÀÌÊvÊ*>ÌÊ"½ i½]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\ÊÓ]Ê««°Ê£xxqÈÈ° 7iÃLÞ]Ê
ÀÃÊÓä£Î®Ê¼Ê ÛiÀÃ>ÌÊÜÌ
Ê >Ì
iÀiÊ Üiý]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê««°ÊÎänqÓ{° 7iÃ
]Ê iÀiÞÊ £È®Ê ¼"iÊ >ÌÊ 1`iÀÊ >Ê 7Ê vÊ À®]Ê À\Ê /
iÊ -
ÞÊ /ÞÃÊ vÊ /
>ÌV
iÀ½ÃÊ
`Ài½]ÊÊÕ>Ê}
ÌÊi`°®ÊDiverse Practices: A Critical Reader on British Video Art. Luton: ÕÌÊ*ÀiÃÃÉÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊvÊ }>`]Ê««°Ê£ÓÎq{x° 7
Ìi]Ê ÕV>Ê Ó䣣>®Ê ¼"Ê Ì
iÊ iÛi«iÌÊ vÊ -ÜÃÊ >`Ê "Ì
iÀÊ >ÀÞÊ Ý«>`i`Ê i>Ê 7Àý]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ >Ê>`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊi`îÊExpanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê««°Ênxqä° ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÊÓ䣣L®Ê¼ i}ÀiiÊÀÀ>ÌÛiÊ>`ÊÌ
iÊ ÌiÝÌÕ>Ê>}i½]ÊÊ°Ê°Ê,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi]Ê Steven Ball and David Curtis (eds) Expanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê pp. 110–24. ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊ Ê Ó䣣V®Ê ¼ Ý«>`i`Ê i>Ê 1«Ê /Ê >`Ê VÕ`}Ê ÌÃÊ ÌÃ\Ê *iÀVi«Ì]Ê *>ÀÌV«>ÌÊ >`Ê /iV
}Þ½]Ê Ê °Ê °Ê ,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê 7
Ìi]Ê -ÌiÛiÊ >Ê >`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊ i`Ã®Ê Expanded Cinema: Art, Performance, Film°Ê`\Ê/>Ìi]Ê««°ÊÓÓÈq{ä°
BIBLIOGRAPHY
293
ÚÚÚÚÚÚÊÊÓä£Î®Ê¼i`>ÊÃÊÃiÃ>Ì>\ÊÀÌÊ>`Êi`>ÌÊÊÌ
iÊiÝ«iÀiViÊiVÞ½]ÊMIRAJ]ÊÓ\ÊÓ]Ê pp. 160–72. 7
Ì>]Ê,LiÀÌÊÓääÓ®]Êëi>}ÊÊRobert Whitman: Performances From The 1960s – Part 2. Available online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉÜÜÜ°ÞÕÌÕLi°VÉÜ>ÌV
¶ÛrÈ«Ü
ÎÝ+. Accessed 9 March 2014. 7`iÀ]Ê i]Ê ¼iÛiÃÊ vÊ 1Ài>ÌÞ½]Ê Õ«ÕLÃ
i`Ê «>«iÀÊ `iÛiÀi`Ê >ÌÊ Ì
iÊ Ý«>`i`Ê i>Ê -Þ«ÃÕ]Ê iÌÀ>Ê->ÌÊ>ÀÌÃ]Ê`]ÊÓäÊ>ÞÊÓää° 7>Ã]Ê `>Ê £n{®Ê ¼º-iÌ
}Ê ÃiÊ LiÃ`iÃÊ >Ê Ì
iÀ»\Ê º-Ìi>Ê >>Ã»Ê >`Ê Ì
iÊ >ÌiÀ>Ê i`À>>½]ÊCinema Journal]ÊÓ{\Ê£]Ê««°ÊÓqÓÇ° 7VÌÌ]Ê °7°ÊQ£Ç£RÊ£nä®]ÊPlaying and Reality]Ê``iÃiÝÊ1É iÜÊ9À\Ê*i}ÕÊ Ã° 7Ã>ÌÌ]Ê7°Ê°Ê>`ÊÀiÊ °Ê i>À`ÃiÞÊ£x{®ÊThe Verbal Icon: Studies in the Meaning of Poetry. iÝ}Ì\Ê1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊvÊiÌÕVÞ° 7vy]Ê iÀV
]Ê Q£xÓRÊ £Èn®]Ê *iÌiÀÊ >`Ê `>Ê ÕÀÀ>ÞÊ ÌÀ>ð®]Ê Classic Art]Ê `\Ê Phaidon. 7i]Ê*iÌiÀÊQ£ÇxRʣȮ]ʼ/
iÊ/ÜÊÛ>Ì>À`iý]ÊÊV
>iÊ"½*À>ÞÊi`°®]ÊThe British AvantGarde Film, 1926 to 1995]Ê`\Ê/
iÊÀÌÃÊ ÕVÊvÊ }>`É
ÊLLiÞÊi`>° 7
i]Ê,V
>À`Ê£nÇ®ÊPainting as an Art°Ê*ÀViÌ]Ê \Ê*ÀViÌÊ1ÛiÀÃÌÞÊ*ÀiÃÃÉ`\Ê /
>iÃÊEÊÕ`ð 7v]Ê 6À}>Ê £ÓÈ®]Ê The Cinema. Available online.
ÌÌ«\ÉÉ``i°ÃVÀ«Ì°ÕÛ«>ÀÃ``iÀÌ°vÀÉ V>ÀiÉL>Vi`ÃÉ`Ü>`°«
«¶ÕÀrä+£8LÓÃ6v9ÓÕ`i`Ê i>¶½]Ê Ê °°Ê ,iiÃ]Ê ÕV>Ê7
Ìi]Ê-ÌiÛiÊ >Ê>`Ê >Û`Ê ÕÀÌÃÊi`î]ÊExpanded Cinema; Art Performance Film]Ê London: Tate Publishing. Ý>]Ê À`}iÌÊ Ài]Ê >Ê >]Ê>ë>ÀÊÃi«
iÃÌiÀÊ>`Ê,ÕLi`ÊÓä£Ó®]ʼ/
iÊ>vviVÌÃÊ vÊÌ
iÊ>LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ>}iÊÊwÊ>`ÊÛ`iÊ>À̽]ÊÀÕ`Ì>LiÊ`ÃVÕÃÃ]ÊMIRAJ]Ê£\£]Ê««°ÊÇqnÇ°
294
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Index LÀ>ÛVA]Ê>À>ÊÊÊx{]Êx]ÊÈÓ]ÊÓxxÊÊ LÃÌÀ>VÌÊ Ý«ÀiÃÃÃÊÊÊÎÎ abstract film no. 1 180 >LÃÌÀ>VÌÊÊÊÓÓ]ÊÓ{]ÊÎÓ]ÊÎx]ÊÓ]ÊÎ]Ê£äÈ]Ê ££{]Ê£ÎÎ]Ê£Îx]Ê£ÎÈ]Ê£xn]Ê£n]ÊÓ££]ÊÓÓÓ]Ê ÓÎnq]ÊÓÈn VVV]Ê6ÌÊÊÊ{Î]Ê{È]ÊxÇ]ÊÈn]ÊÇ£°£{]ÊÓΣ]Ê ÓÎÎ]ÊÓÎx]ÊÓxx]ÊÓÈÈ]ÊÓÈÇ Acorn Antiques 131 Acoustic Wall 212 VÀiÃ]Ê ÀÌÊÊÊnÈ action painting 32 Administrating Eternity 189 After Leonardo 165 Against the Steady Stare {]Ê£nxÊ >}}ÀiÃÃÊÊÊÇÓ°Ón]ÊÇΰ{£]Ê£nÎ]Ê£n]Ê£Ó >}Ì«À«ÊÊÊÈä]ÊÓä°Óä]ÊÓÓ
Ì>]Ê >Ã>ÊÊÊÈ Ìi]Ê Õ}ÊÊÊÈ]Ê£n iÀÛ>]ÊÃ>ÊÊÊ£x]Ê£ÈΰÇn]ÊÓÎÎ]ÊÓ{È vÀ>
]Ê
ÊÊÊÈ i]Êi>iÊÊÊ£x£ àÃ]ÊÀ>VÃÊÊÊÎÎ]ÊxÈ]ÊÇ£°£ä A Matter of Life and Death 132 Amen Break, The 181 `iÀÃ]Ê>ÕÀiÊÊÊx{]Ê£xÈ]ʣǣ]ÊÓän]Ê `ÀiÜÃ]Ê>ÝÊÊÊ£{n }iÀ]ÊiiÌ
ÊÊÊÇÈ]Ê£Ó]ÊÓÈx Ant Farm 247n.18 Anthropometries of the Blue Period 205n.120 Anticipation of the Night 120 >Ì>ÀÀ>ÌÛiÊÊÊ£]Ê£££]Ê££Ç]Ê£ÎÇ]Ê£n]ÊÓxx Ì]Ê i>ÀÊÊÊÓÈÇ Aperture Sweep Ç]Ênä]Ê£ÇÈÊ
Apparition Theater of New York 198 >««À«À>ÌÊÊÊÓÇ]ÊÎ]Ê£Îx]Ê£{]ÊÓÓ «Ìi`]ÊV
>iÊÊÊÓx£°£ À>}]ÊÕÃÊÊÊxÈ]ÊxÇ ÀV>}i]Ê ÀÞÊÊÊÓxÇ]ÊÓÇÓ°{Ó ÀV
ÌiVÌÕÀiÊÊÊÓ]Ê££q£n]ÊÓ£]ÊÓx]ÊΣ]ÊÎn]Ê{Î]Ê {x]ÊÈqÇ]Ê£xÈ]Ê£Ç{]Ê£nä]Ê£nxqÈ]ÊÓ£Ó]Ê 263 ÀV
Û>ÊVi>ÊÊÊ££Ç]Ê£Îä À«]Êi>ÊÊÊxÇ Arrival of a Train] The 176 Arrival of a Train at the Station 87 ÀÌ>Õ`]ÊÌÊÊÊx]ÊÈÈ Art therapy 266 Ì>>]ÊÕÌÕ}ÊÊÊ£xn Ì
iÀÌ]ÊiÛÊÊÊÈÓ]ÊÈn]ÊÇΰÎ]ÊÓÎ{qx]Ê Ó{°°x]È£]ÊÓÈÈ]ÊÓÈ Atlas Group 265 At the Edge of the World II 194 >Õ`iViÊ«>ÀÌV«>ÌÊÊÊ{ä]ÊÈÓ]ÊÈÈ]Ênn]Ê£äxÊ Audio Arts 213 Õ}ÕÃÌi]Ê-ÛiÊÊÊÈ]Ê£Î]ÊÓÈ{]ÊÓÇx°ä Bad Burns 186 >`iÃÃ>À]Ê
ÊÊÊÓÎä >>]Ê>VÊÊÊÓÈ]Êxn >]ÊÕ}ÊÊÊxÈ >iÀ]Ê>ÊÊÊÓä >ÀL>]Ê,Ã>ÊÊÊÈ >ÀLiÀ]ÊiÀ}iÊÊÊÓÎä >À`]Ê"ÛiÀÊÊÊ£ÓÎ >ÀÜ]Ê*
Þ`>ÊÊÊÎn]ÊÎ]Ê{xqnÊ >À>À`]Ê,}iÀÊÊÊÓΣ >ÀiÞ]Ê>ÌÌ
iÜÊÊÊÈ]Ê{Ç]Ê£xn >ÀÌ
iÃ]Ê,>`ÊÊÊ£{È]Ê£{Ç]ÊÓäÇ]ÊÓ£ä]ÊÓxÊ
295
>Ì>i]ÊiÀ}iÃÊÊÊx]Ê£nn >ÌiÃ]ÊÀi}ÀÞÊÊÊ££ÇÊ Battle of Orgreave 58 Battleship Potemkin 93 >Õ`i>Ài]Ê
>ÀiÃÊÊÊ£Ó]Ê£{Ó]Ê£x >Õ`À>À`]Êi>ÊÊÊÈÎ]ÊÇÇ >ÕiÀiÃÌiÀ]Ê,ijÊÊÊÓÓÈ >Õ
>ÕÃÊÊÊ££]ÊÈä]Ê£äΰȣ >â]Ê`ÀjÊÊÊÎÓqÎ]Ê££ä]棂 i>i]ÊÃi«
ÊÊÊnÓqÎ Bear £xÓ]Ê£xÎÊ i>À`ÃiÞ]ÊÀiÊ °ÊÊÊÓÈ{ iL>]Ê Ài`>ÊÊÊ£ÓÎ iViÌÌ]Ê->ÕiÊÊÊÎ{]ÊӣΠBecoming £{]ÊÓ£ iiV
]Ê>`>ÊÊÊÓÈn]ÊÓÇÈ°£ÓÎ iiVÀvÌ]Ê6>iÃÃ>ÊÊÊÈn]ÊÓÇx°ä iÃ]ÊÀ`>ÊÊÊ£xn iÀ}Ã]ÊiÀÊÊÊ£ÓÓ Berlin Horse £Óä]Ê£Ó£ iÀ>À`]Ê,LÊÊÊx iÃ>Ì]ÊiÊÊÊ£x Between Darkness and Light 220 Between You and I £ÇÓ]Ê£ÇÎÊ iÕÞÃ]ÊÃi«
ÊÊÊÎ]ÊÓÓn]ÊÓÎä Beyond Still LifeÊÊÊÈn]ÊÈ
]ÊÀ>ÊÊÊ£În]ÊÓ£ Bicycle Tyre Track 220 ÀL>Õ]Ê >iÊÊÊ{Ç ÀL>Õ]Ê >À>ÊÊÊÓÈ]ÊÓÓqÎä]ÊÓ{n°°ÓÇ]ÎÓ Ì}`]Ê-Ìi«
iÊÊÊÓÇ{°Çn Black Diamond Express 176 Black Gate Cologne 236 Black Lift 268 Black Mountain College 11 Black RainÊÊÊÓ£n]ÊÓ£ Black Square on White Background 23 >âÜV]ÊÜ>ÊÊÊÎ ]Ê>ÊÊÊÓ{ä Blue 195 V]Ê
ÊÊÊ£Î]Ê{Î iÀ]Ê>Ê`iÊÊÊÎ{]Ê£xÇ]ÊÓ£Ç
]Ê >Û`ÊÊÊ£nä Boko Haram 72n.28 Ì>Ã]Ê
ÀÃÌ>ÊÊʣΠBoomerang 232 ÀV
>À`ÌÕi]ÊV
ÊÊÊÓ£ Borrowed Time £Çx]Ê£ÇÈÊ ÕÀ}iÃ]ÊÕÃiÊÊÊ£Ó
296
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
ÕÀ]Ê>ÊÊÊÈn ÕÀÀ>Õ`]Ê V>ÃÊÊÊxÈ À>
>}i]Ê-Ì>ÊÊÊ£Óä]Ê£ÎÎ]Ê£ÎÈ]Ê£ÎÇ]ÊÓ£ä]Ê 265 À>`]Ê ÊÊÊn£qÎ À>µÕi]ÊiÀ}iÃÊÊÊÓx ÀiV
Ì]Ê iÀÌÌÊÊÊ£{È]Ê£{]Ê£n]ÊÓä{°°n]{ ÀiÌâ]Ê >`ViÊÊÊÈ]Ê£{]Ê£xä]Ê£xn]ÊÓ£]ÊÓ{x ÀÃiÞ]Ê-ÌÕ>ÀÌÊÊÊx{]ÊÇx°Çä]ÊÓÇx° ÀÜ]Ê >ÀÊÊÊÓÈn ÀÜ]Ê,ÃÃÊÊÊ£äx]ÊÓän ÀÕÞ]Ê ÀVÊ`iÊÊÊ£Çä Bubble House 254 ØV
i]Ê
ÀÃÌ«
ÊÊÊ{Î Bude Light 83 ÕV
]Ê}i>ÊÊÊ££]ÊÓ{ä ÕÃ
]Ê*>ÕÊÊÊÓxÎ ÕÌi]Ê>ÀÞÊ iÊÊÊÓ ÞÀi]ÊiÀ>À`ÊÊÊÈ]ÊÓ{x Cabaret Voltaire 56
>}i]Ê
ÊÊÊ{Ç]ÊxÇ]ÊÓäÇ]ÊÓäq£ä
>
i]Ê,LiÀÌÊÊÊÎ{ V>iÀ>ÊLÃVÕÀ>ÊÊÊÇÇ]ÊÇ]Ê£ÎÓ V>iÀ>iÃÃÊwÃÊÊÊ£È]Ê£nÈ
>>V]ÊViÞÊÊÊÓÇÓ°x£
>«ÕÃ]Ê*iÌiÀÊÊÊÈ]Êxn]ÊÇÓ°ÓÓ]Ê££x]Ê£Çqn]Ê ÓΣ]ÊÓÎÈ
>ÌÀ]ÊÀÌ
ÕÀÊ>`Ê ÀiÊÊÊ££ä]Ê££{]Ê£xÎ
>À`vv]Ê>iÌÊÊÊxÇ]ÊÓ£{]ÊÓ£È]ÊÓ£ Carlo’s Vision 138
>ÀÀ]Ê lÊÊÊ£Î{]ÊÓxÈ]ÊÓÇ{qÓÇx°nÇ Castle One £Çäq£]Ê£nÈÊ Catherine’s Room Îä]ÊΣ
>Ì]Ê À>ÊÊÊÇä
>ÌÌi>]Ê>ÕÀâÊÊÊÓä£°Ó Center Jenny 159
jÃ>ÀÊÊÊÓÓnqÎä
>«>]Ê`>ÊÊÊÈ{]Ê£x Chapman brothers 64 Chien Andalou] Un 92
]ÊV
iÊÊÊÓ£Ó
iÌÌi]ÊiÀÊÊÊÓ
ÀÃÌi]Ê>ÊÊÊ£ä]ÊÓxÈ]ÊÓÈ£ Christo 267
Õ>]Ê ÕÊÊÊÊ£Îä
i>ÌVÊÀi>ÃÊÊÊÈ]Ê£Îä
i>ÌVÊÛiÀÃÌÕ`iÊÊÊ£]ÊnÇ]Ê]Ê£äx cinemetrics 260
Cipher Screen 221–2
ÝÕÝ]ÊjmiÊÊÊÓ£Î
>iÀLÕÌ]Ê >Û`ÊÊÊx]Ê£ÎÈ
>À]Ê,ijÊÊÊxn Clapping Songs 213 Clock] The 119 V}ÌÛiÊÃViViÊÊÊÎ]Ê£äÈ]Ê£ÎÇ]Ê£{Î]ÊÓxn]Ê ÓÈäqÓ]ÊÓÇä]ÊÓÇΰxÓ Coir’ a’ Ghrunnda 360 103n.61 Cold Dark Matter: An Exploded View 181 Communion 211 community art 56
`ÕÌ]Ê iV>ÊÊÊÓΣ
À]Ê ÀÕViÊÊÊ££x
À>`]Ê/ÞÊÊÊ{]Ê£È]Ê£nÇ
Ã`i]Ê >ÀiÊÊÊ£äÓ°xä Constructivists 93
ÀLiÌÌ]ÊÃ
Õ>Ê>iÃÊÊÊ£Óx°{Ó Corps Étranger 96 Corridor ÓΣqÓ]ÊÓÎxÊ counter-culture 115
À>ÀÞ]Ê>Ì
>ÊÊÊÓÓ Crash Course 41
Àii`]Ê>ÀÌÊÊÊ£Çä]Ê£ä]ÊÓän Cremaster Cycle] The {Ç]Ê£xn
ÀÃ]Ê >iÊÊÊx]Ê£ÎÈ
ÀÜ
ÕÀÃÌ]Ê >`ÊÊÊÓx{ Crystals] The 191
ÕLÃÊÊÊÓ{qx]Ê{Ó]Ê£]Ê£ÎÈ Cut Piece 62 Cutting 197
ÕÌÌ}]Ê>iÃÊÊÊÓÈä cyclorama 81 >
LiÀ}]Ê>Ã>ÊÊÊ£ÓÈ°xÎ >`]Ê >ÊÊÊÓxÇ David with the Head of Goliath 31 >ÛÃ]Ê ÞÊ7`}ÊÊÊxn >ÜÃ]Ê,V
>À`ÊÊÊ£{Î i>]Ê/>VÌ>ÊÊÊ£È]Ê££nq]Ê£nÎ]Ê£ä]ÊÓ£ä]Ê ÓxÓq{]ÊÓxÈ iLÀ`]ÊÕÞÊÊÊ£{x `iVÃÌÀÕVÌÊÊÊÇä]Ê£äx]Ê££Ó]Ê££{]Ê£ÎÈ]Ê £n£]ÊÓÎ£Ê iiÕâi]ÊiÃÊÊÊÈÈ]Ê££È]Ê£ÓÓ]Ê£xx]Ê£nn]ÊÓää i½À>]ÊiÊÊÊÓä°Óä iiÀ]ÊiÀiÞÊÊÊxÈ]Êxn]ÊÓÈx iÀi]Ê-Ìj«
>iÊÊÊÓxx iÀi]Ê>Þ>ÊÊÊÓ]Ê£ÓÓqÎ]Ê£Ç
iÀÀ`>]Ê>VµÕiÃÊÊÊ£££q£Ó iÛ>ÕÝ]ÊÀj`jÀµÕiÊÊÊÓxx LLiÌÃ]Ê>ÊÊÊÓÎÇ VÃ]Ê7°°°ÊÊÊnÈ }>]ÊV
iiÊÊÊÓ{x `À>>ÊÊÊ£Ó]Ên{qÈÊ `ÃÌ>V}ÊivviVÌÊÊÊnn]Ê{]Ê£xÇ]ÊÓÎÎ >i]Ê>ÀÞÊÊÊÊ£x£]Ê£ÈÓ°Î >ÛVA]ÊiÃ>`À>ÊÊÊÓ{x iL>ÕiÀ]Ê*iÌiÀÊÊÊÓÎä Õ}>Ã]Ê-Ì>ÊÊÊ£Ç]Ê£ Downside Up 141n.21 À>i}iÀ]Ê
ÀÃÌ«
ÊÊÊÈ Dream of Pope Sergius] The 29 Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde (Episodes from the Life of) 253 Drunk 154–5 ÕV
>«]Ê>ÀViÊÊÊ££]ÊÎ]Ê{x]Ê{Ç]Êxä°È]Êxn]Ê 228 Õ>V]ÊiÀ>iÊÊÊ£qÓ Duvet Brothers 230 ÜÃ]Ê-Ìi«
iÊÊÊ£x£ Dynamism of a Dog on a Leash 26 Each Fine Strand 62
>iÃ]Ê
>ÀiÃÊ>`Ê,>ÞÊÊÊ££]Ê£nÓ Easy to Remember 213
>Ì
iÀiÞ]ÊÊÊÊÇqnä]Ê££{]Ê£{{]Ê£ÇÈÊ Echoes from the North 59
`Ã]Ê/
>ÃÊÊÊnÈ]Ê£ÇÈ]ÊÓxx
}}]Ê7ÜÊÊÊÇä°{
}Þ>]ÊÌÊÊÊ{n]ÊxÓ°{£
ÃiÃÌi]Ê-iÀ}iÊÊÊ£x]ÊÓ£]ÊÓx]ÊÎÈ°£Ç]Ê ÇÓ°ÓÎ]Ên]ÊÎq{]Ê£{n Electrical Walks 219
>ÃÃ]Ê">vÕÀÊÊÊ£Ó]Ê£È]Ê£{
Õ>À`]Ê*>ÕÊÊÊxÇ
ÜiÃ]Ê >Ì
iÀiÊÊÊxx]ÊÓÎx]ÊÓÎÇ]ÊÓ{£]ÊÓ{Î]Ê 249n.53
]Ê/À>ViÞÊÊÊÈ{]ÊÓÇÇ°°£Ó{]£Ó
]Ê À>ÊÊÊ££]Ê£Óäq£ Entr’acte 58 Epileptic Seizure Comparison 187 iÌ
VÃÊÊÊ£xx]ÊÓÈÓ]ÊÓÈ Euclydian space 22 iÝ«>`i`ÊVi>ÊÊÊÓ]Ê{]ÊÓ{]Ê{Ç]ÊÇä]Ênä]ÊnÓ]Ê nn]ÊÓ]Ê£ä{]Ê££{]Ê£Î]Ê£È{qÓää]ÊÓÓä]Ê ÓÓÓ]ÊÓÓ]ÊÓxx]ÊÓxnÊ Exploding Plastic Inevitable 188
INDEX
297
Ý«ÀiÃÃÃÊÊÊÎÎ]Ê£ Extramission (Black Maria) 255 iÞiÌÀ>V}ÊÊÊ{x]ÊÓxnq]ÊÓÈÎ]ÊÓÇ{°ÇÇ >Ì
vÕ]Ê-ÊÊÊÈ Family History Ó{Óq{]ÊÓx£°£Ê Family of Robot: Mother and Father 240–1 Family] The 242–4 Fantasy Factory 6 >ÀV]Ê>ÀÕÊÊÊ£n >ÀÀiÀ]Ê-ÌiÛiÊÊÊ{]Ên{]Ê]Ê£äΰ°Çä]Ç£]Ê£nÎ]Ê £nxqÈ]Ê£nn >ÃÌ]Ê">ÀÊÊÊÈÊÊÊ viÃÊÊÊn]ÊÈÎ]Ê£ä]Ê££Î]ÊÓxn viÀiÌÊÊÊ{ä]Ê{Ó]Ên]ÊÓ£{Ê wi`]ÊiÀ}iÊÊÊ£x Film Ambiente 180 Finger Gloves 60 iViÞ]Ê,ÃiÊÊÊÈn ÃV
}iÀ]Ê"Ã>ÀÊÊÊÎÎ]ÊÓÊÊÊÊ Ã
iÀ]ÊÀ}>ÊÊÊnÎ]ÊÈ]ÊÓxÈ ÌV
]ÊââiÊÊÊ£x]ÊÓ{x Flat Prune 170 flicker films 115 Flicker] The 187 ÕÝÕÃÊÊÊ££]Êx£°£È]ÊxÇ]ÊÈ£]ÊÓÓn iÌÌ]Ê >ÀL>À>ÊÊÊ£än Foregrounds £Î{]Ê£Îx ÀÃÞÌ
]Ê>ÊEÊ>iÊ*>À`ÊÊÊ ÕV>ÕÌ]ÊV
iÊÊÊÓÎÎ]ÊÓ{°{ vÕ`ÊLiVÌÃÊÊÊÈ]Ê{£]Ê{Ç]ÊÓÓn Fountain Î]ÊÓÓnÊ 4 X LOOPS 184 À>«Ì]ÊÃÊÊÊ££È]Ê££n]ÊÓxx]ÊÓÇ£°ÓÓ Free White and 21 231 Àii]Ê6iÀ>ÊÊÊÈn]ÊÓ£Î]ÊÓ£È vÀiÃVÊÊÊÓn]ÊÎäq£]ÊÎ{ÊÊÊÊÊÊ ÀiÕ`]Ê-}Õ`ÊÊÊ£]Ê££ä]Ê£ÓÈ°xx]Ê£xÓ]Ê£n£]Ê £Ó]ÊÓÎx]ÊÓÎ]ÊÓÈx]ÊÓÈÇ Fulcrum 44–4 ÕÀ}]Ê7>ÊÊÊӣΠÕÃÌiÀ]ÊÃjÊÊÊÎ{]ÊÎx Futurism 91 >i]Ê*i}}ÞÊÊÊÓÓÇ }>iÀÞÊ`iÃ}ÊÊÊ£Èq£n]Ê{x Game Pieces 198 >Vi]ÊLiÊÊÊxqÇ]Ê£äÓ°xn]Ê££n >â]Ê ÀÕÊÊÊ£Ç]ÊÓ£
298
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
Garden of Unearthly Delights 85 >ÀÀ>À`]Ê,ÃiÊÊÊÈnqÇä]ÊÓÎÎ >ÌiÃ]Ê/
i>ÃÌiÀÊÊʣΠGathering 159 >ÌÌi]Ê >Û`ÊÊÊ£È >Õ`Ài>ÕÌ]Ê`ÀiÊÊʣ䣰Ó{ Geography 123 Ghost Rev £nä]棂 LÃÊ>`Ê,iV`iÀÊÊÊÈ]ÊnÎ]Ê£nn]ÊÓx{ LÃ]Ê i>ÌÀViÊÊÊÓÈ{ LÃ]Ê°°ÊÊÊÓÈÎ LiÀÌÊ>`ÊiÀ}iÊÊÊÈÓ]ÊÓÎÇqn]ÊÓÈÇ V]Ê>ÊÊÊ£{Ó >]ÊÀ>`ÊÊÊxn À]Ê
ÊÊÊ££n ÌÌÊÊÊÓnqΣ]ÊÎÎ Glass of Absynthe 46 glitch aesthetic 257 `>À`]Êi>ÕVÊÊÊ£Îä ``>À`]Ê/ÀÃ
>ÊÊÊÓ{Óq{ Go! Go! Go! 116 `L>V
iÀ]Ê->`À>ÊÊÊÓÎä À`]Ê Õ}>ÃÊÊÊ££]Ê£{]Ê£xÇqn]ÊÓ£Ç]ÊÓÓä]Ê 245 Gorilla Tapes 230 ÀÞ]Ê>ÝÊÊÊÓÓÇ]ÊÓ{È°Î Õ`>]Êi>ÊÊÊÇ À>
>]Ê >ÊÊÊÈ]ÊÇä]Ê£nä]ÊÓÎÎq{]ÊÓÎÈ]Ê Ó{°°xÎ]È£ ÀiiÀ]ÊiÀ>iÊÊÊÓx{ ÀvwÌ
]Ê °7°ÊÊÊÎÈ°£Ç]Êä À«ÕÃ]Ê7>ÌiÀÊÊÊÈä ÕiÀiÞ]Ê-ÀÊ`ÃÜÀÌ
ÞÊÊÊnÎ ÕÌ>Ê}ÀÕ«ÊÊÊÈ£]Ê£Èx ÞÃ]Ê ÀÊÊÊ£nnÇ >]Ê-ÕiÊÊÊÓÎÈ >Ì]Ê,V
>À`ÊÊÊÓÎÇqn >Ãi]Ê}iÊÃiÊÊÊÓÈ haptic memory 45 >À>]ÊÀ>
>ÊÊÊ{n]Êxx]ÊxÈ]ÊÇ£°Ç]Ê£{Ç]ÊÓxn Harmonic Bridge 208 >ÀÛiÞ]Ê>ÀVÕÃÊÊÊÈ{ >Ãi`i]Ê,ÊÊ棂 hauntology 175 >ÜiÞ]Ê-ÌiÛiÊÊÊÓÓn i>`]Ê/ÊÊÊ£Ç]Ê£È i]Ê7iÊ>`Ê À}ÌÊÊÊ£È{ iiÀ]ÊÃi«
ÊÊÊÓÈ{
i}Ã]Ê ÞÊÊÊxÈ i«ÜÀÌ
]Ê >ÀL>À>ÊÊÊÎ{]ÊÎ iÀ>VÌÕÃÊÊÊÎÎ]ÊÈÈ He Weeps for You 209 }}Ã]Ê VÊÊÊÓxÇ iÀ]Ê-ÕÃ>ÊÊÊÓ£Î]Ê£ÓÈ°xx ]Ê>ÀÞÊÊÊx{]ÊÇqnä]ÊnÇ]Ê£x]ÊÓ{äÊÊÊÊÊÊ ]Ê/ÞÊÊÊ£ÎÈ `i]Ê-ÌiÛiÊÊÊÓx ÀÃÌ]Ê >iÊÊÊÈ{]ÊÈn]ÊÇx°Çx holomovement 180 ÛiÀ]Ê >ÊÊÊÓΣ Þ>>Ã]Ê>`iiiÊÊÊ{ÊÊ «Ã]Ê
ÊÊÊÓÎÈ Ài]Ê>ÕÀ>ÊÊÊÓ{x À]Ê,iLiVV>ÊÊÊÈäq£ ÀÀ}>]Ê7>ÊÊÊ£xÈqÇ Horror Film 1 177–8 ÀÛ>ÌV]ÊÀÛiÊÊÊ£ÓÎ ÕÃiÜ>ÌV
ÊÊÊnÎ]ʣ䣰ӣ Õ``Þ]ÊÕ}
ÊÊÊÓ£Ó Õ`}Ã]ÊiÝÃÊÊÊÓÎÈ
ÞLÀ`Ã>ÌÊÊÊ{äqÓ]Ê£È{ I am Crazy And You’re Not Wrong 98 Identifications 236 I Dish 112 iÃ]Ê
ÀÃÃiÊÊÊ£ÈÈqÇ Impressionism 25 Inasmuch as It Is Always Already Taking Place 240 In Camera 171 `iÝV>ÌÞÊÊÊ£äq£ä Influence Machine] The n£]Ê£Ç{ Instant Film 169 ÌiÀ>VÌÛÌÞÊÊÊÓn]Êx{]Ê£x]Ê£nÇ intermediality 257 ÌiÀ>Ì>Ê-ÕÀÀi>ÃÌÊ Ý
LÌÊÊÊ££ In Two Minds – Past Version 234–5 ÀÛi]Ê>ÊÊÊÓ££ ÀÜ]Ê,LiÀÌÊÊÊ£nÇqn >>À]ÊvÀi`ÊÊÊ£äq£ >VLÃ]ÊiÊÊÊ££{]Ê££x]Ê£n]ÊÓxÓ]ÊÓx{]ÊÓxn >À>]Ê iÀiÊÊÊ£x£]Ê££qÓ]Ê£x]ÊÓäx°£Ó£ iÃÊEÊÀ>ÌÊÊÊnÈ iÌÃV
]Ê ÀÃÌÊÊÊ£n£ >Ã]Ê>ÊÊÊÓÎÈ iÃ]Ê ÊÊÊÈÎ
ÃiÌ]Ê >Û`ÊÊÊÓ{È ÕÀ`>]ÊÕÃÊÊÊn£ Journey into Fear 17 Õ``]Ê >`ÊÊÊΣ]ÊÎ]Ê{n]Êx{]ÊÓ{£ Õi]ÊÃ>>VÊÊÊÈ]Ê£Î]ÊÇÓ°Î{]ÊÇ{°ÈÎ]Ê£xÇ]Ê Ó££]ÊÓ£]ÊÓÈ{ Õ}]Ê >ÀÊÊÊ£nä]Ê£x >L>Û]ÊÞ>ÊÊÊÓÈÈ >
]ÊÀ`>ÊÊÊÎ{ >`ÃÞ]Ê7>ÃÃÞÊÊÊ£Ó >Ì]Ê>ÕiÊÊÊÓÈ]Ê{n >«À]ÊÃ
ÊÊÊ£Ó]Ê£{qxÊ >«ÀÜ]Ê>ÊÊÊ££]ÊÎÓ]Êx{]ÊÈ£]ÊÓÈÈÊ >À`>Ã
>]ÊÊÊÊ£{ä°£ä]Ê£x]ÊÓ{Ó]ÊÓ{È >Ü>}ÕÃ
]Ê9V
ÀÊÊÊ£xn i>i]Ê/>ÊÊÊ{Ó]Ê{n]ÊÈn]ÊӣΠi>Ì]Ê ÕÃÌiÀÊÊʣΣ ii]ÊivvÊÊÊn{]Ê£ÓÓ iiÀ]Ê*>ÌÀVÊÊÊÎÎ]ÊnÇ iiÞ]ÊiÊÊÊ{ä iÞ]Ê>ÀÞÊÊÊ£ÓÈ°xx iÀ]Ê>À}>ÀiÌ>ÊÊÊÇ ÀV
iÀ]ÊÌ
>>ÃÕÃÊÊÊÇÈ]ÊÇqnä Kiss] The {{]Ê{È >
À]ÊiÜÃÊÊÊnÓÊ i]Ê9ÛiÃÊÊÊ££]Ê£x]ÊÓäx°£Óä Klipperty Klop 59 Klütterkammer 43 Ý]Ê->ÊÊÊx]ÊÈä]ÊÇΰ{£Ê V
]Ê
ÀÃÌvÊÊÊ£xÇ ÌÌ}]Ê`ÀiÜÊÊÊxn]Êx ÕiÃ]Ê>ÃÊÊÊ£Î]ÊÈn ÕÌÌÃ-Ì
]ÊiiÌ
ÊÊÊ£ÇÇ À>ÕÃÃ]Ê,Ã>`ÊÊÊ{Ó]Ê{]ÊÓÎÓqÎ]ÊÓÎ]ÊÓxÓ]Ê ÓxÈ]ÊÓÈ ÀÀ>]Ê/>>À>ÊÊÊÎÎ]Ê{ÓÊ ÀÃÌiÛ>]ÊÕ>ÊÊÊÓÎ ÕLi>]Ê*iÌiÀÊÊÊx]Ê£È{]Ê£È ÕV
>À]ÊiÀ}iÊÊÊÓÈÇ ÕÃ>>]Ê9>ÞÊÊÊ£Î]Ê£Ó]Ê£Î]ÊÓÈÈ Ü]ÊÜÊÊÊÓ{n°ÎÎ]ÊÓÈ Land Art 236 Last Supper] The Ó]ÊÎä >Ì
>]Ê7>ÊÊÊÎ]Ê£xn]ÊÓxÇ >ÕÃV
>]Ê/ÀÃÌiÊÊÊ£n£]ÊÓÓÓ >Û>ÌiÀ]Ê >ë>ÀÊ
>ÊÊÊ£ÇÈ iiÃ]ÊÀ>iÊÊÊxÈ]ÊÇ£°££
INDEX
299
Legacy 103n.62 i}}iÌÌ]ÊiÊÊÊ££Ç iÊÀVi]Ê>VÊÊÊÇä]Ênä]Ê£ä{]Ê££Î]Ê££{]Ê ££n]Ê£Óä]Ê£Ó£qÓ]Ê£ÎÇ]Ê£{{]Ê£xÓ]Ê£xx]Ê £ÈxqÈ]Ê£Çäq£]Ê£Ç{]Ê£ÇÇq]Ê£nÈqn]Ê 191–3 Letter from an Unknown Woman 81 Letters Home 214 iÜÃ]Ê ÊÊÊ£{nq iÜÃ]Ê>ÀÊÊÊ£Î]Ê£{]Ê£xä]Ê£xn]ÊÓ£ä]ÊÓxÎ Liberate Tate 19n.8 Liberty Leading the People 31 Light Music 183 Light Reading ££Ó]ÊÓ£ä Lights Going On and Off £Çä]Ê£ä Lights in the City 190 Light Spill 253 Light Wall 186 Line Describing a Cone 172 Lip Synch ÓäÇ]ÊÓ£Ó ÃÃÌâÞ]Ê ÊÊÊ££ ÃÌiÀ]Ê`iiÊÊÊÈÎ ÌÌ>]Ê-ÌiÛiÊÊÊ{ Vi]Ê
ÊÊÊ£{{]ÊÓÇä Lonely Villa 90 }]Ê >Ì
iÀiÊÊÊÈÎ Long Film for Ambient Light 190 Long Film for Four Projectors 174 }]Ê,V
>À`ÊÊÊÓÎÇ ]ÊÞÊÊÊÓÓÓ loops and repetition 121 À`]Ê >LÃÊÊÊ£{ä°È Lost Sounds 220 ÕV>Ã]Ê>ÊÊÊÓÈ{ ÕmÀiÊLÀÌ
iÀÃÊÊÊnÈ]ÊnÇ]ÊÈ]Ê£ÇÈ ÕÌ
À>]Ê>Ã
ÊÊÊÓÎÈ Þi]ÊiÊÊÊÎÎ]ÊÓÊ ÞÌÌ]Ê ÃÌ>ViÊÊÊxn Machine] The n{]Ê£äΰÇä >VÕ>Ã]ÊiÀ}iÊÊÊx£°£È >V>]Ê/ÊÊÊ£n°]Ê£ÎÈ >}VÊ>ÌiÀÃÊÊÊÇ]Ênä >}ÕÃ]ÊÊÊÊ£{ >>]Ê >ÊÊÊ£n >iÛV
]Ê>âÀÊÊÊÓÎ]Ê{Ç Man with a Movie Camera 66 Marca RegistradaÉTrademark 59 >ÀV>Þ]Ê
ÀÃÌ>ÊÊÊÈ]Ê{Ç]Ê££]ÊÓÓä
300
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
>ÀiÌÌ]Ê««ÊÊÊxÇqn]ÊÇ£°Óä]ÊÓÈn >ÀÃ
>]ÊiÊÊÊÓ£ >ÀÌ]Ê}iÃÊÊʣΠMasstransiscope 81–3 Matches 190 >ÌiÀ>ÃÊÊÊÇ£°£Ó]Ê££Î]Ê£Î]Ê£{{]Ê£Èn]Ê 258 >ÌÃÃi]ÊiÀÊÊÊ££ Matrix 191 >ÌÌ
ii]Êi>ÊÊÊ£ÎÇ V >]ÊÌ
ÞÊÊÊ{x]Ê{Ç]ÊÈ£]Ê£ÇÓq{]Ê£ÇÈ]Ê £ä]ÊÓ££ VÜ>]Ê>ÀÊÊÊÈä]ÊÇÓ°Ó Vi>iÀÀÃ]Ê>ÕÀ>ÊÊÊ{n VÕ
>]Ê>ÀÃ
>ÊÊÊ£Ç]ÊÓÓ V+Õii]Ê-ÌiÛiÊÊÊ°£n]Ê{Ç]Ê£Î]Ê£xÓ]Ê£xÎ]Ê £ä]ÊÓ££Ê Measures of Distance 214 Media Burn 247n.18 i>Ã]Ê>ÃÊÊÊ£ÎÈ jmÃ]ÊiÀ}iÃÊÊÊnÈ]Êä iÀÃ]Ê >Ì
>iÊÊÊÓ{x iÀi>Õ*ÌÞ]Ê>ÕÀViÊÊÊ£nÇ Merzbau 41 Meshes of the Afternoon 92 iÌâ]Ê
ÀÃÌ>ÊÊÊä]Ê£äxqÇ iÌâ}iÀ]ÊÕÃÌ>ÛÊÊÊ£ÈÇ iÞi]Ê>ÌiÊÊÊ£{£°ÓÈ V
iÃ]ÊiÌÌiÊÊÊ ]ÊiÀÕÌÊÊÊÈ Miner’s Tapes 247n.24 Ming Green 121
>]Ê/À
ÊÊÊÓ£Ó]ÊӣΠmirror neurons 263 Mirror Performance 183 Missing Voice (Case Study B®]ÊThe xÇ]ÊÓ£{Ê
Þ >}Þ]Ê?ÃâÊÊÊÓÈn `V
]Ê>ÌiÊÊÊ££]Ê£{È]Ê£{n]Ê£xÇ]Ê£]Ê ÓÎ{]ÊÓÈn Ài]Ê>ÀÞÊÊÊ£Îä]ÊÓÇ£°£x Ì>]Ê`>ÊÊÊÓÈx ÌiÌ
]ÊiÝÊÊÊÓxÇ À]Ê,LiÀÌÊÊÊÓ£ÈqÇ ÀÀÃ]Ê,LiÀÌÊÊÊÎn]ÊÎ]Ê{Î]Ê{È]Êx{]Ê£{ÇÊ Movie-Drome £nÎ] Multi-media sculpture 186 ÕÛiÞ]Ê>ÕÀ>ÊÊÊ£än]Ê£££q£Î]ÊÊ£x£]ÊÓää ÕÞLÀ`}i]Ê >`Üi>À`ÊÊÊÓÈ]Ê£ÎÈ
Nam] The 209 Nantes Triptych 152 Napoleon 95 >ÀVÃÃÃÊÊÊÈ{]Ê£x]Ê£Çn]ÊÓÎÓq{]ÊÓÈ >Ã
>Ã
L]Ê,Ã>`ÊÊÊ£În naturalism 104–7 >Õ>]Ê ÀÕViÊÊÊÎ{]ÊÈÇ]ÊÓäÇ]ÊÓän]ÊÓ£Ó]ÊÓ£È]Ê ÓΣ]ÊÓÈÈ]ÊÓÈn iÃ]ÊiÊÊÊ£Î]Ê{ÎÊ iÃ
>Ì]Ê-
ÀÊÊÊÎ{]Ê£ÎnÊ neurocinematics 258 iÜ>]Ê>ÞiÞÊÊÊÈÓ New Ocean 189 New York World’s Fair 11 VÃ]Ê>LiÊÊÊ{]Ênx]ÊnÈ]Ê££{]Ê£ÎÇ]Ê£ä]Ê 266 19:30 245 >`]ÊiiÌ
ÊÊÊÎÎ Nosferatu 91 Not I 213 "LiVÌÊÀi>ÌÃÊÊÊÓxnÊ Object (Le déjeuner en fourrure) 4 LÃiÃViViÊÊÊ{]Ê£È]ÊÓx{]ÊÓxxÊ "ÌVV>]ÊjÊÊÊ££]Ê{£ 100-to-One Shot, The 90 "½ i]Ê*>ÌÊÊÊ£ÓÓ]Ê£Îä]Ê£Î{]Ê£Îx]ÊÓxÈ]ÊÓxn 1001 TV Sets 241 "]Ê9ÊÊÊxÇ]ÊÈÓ "««i
i]ÊjÀiÌÊÊÊ{{ Optical sound films 220 "ÀÜ]Ê1ÀiÊÊÊ£În]ʣΠ"ÕÀÃiÀ]Ê/ÞÊÊÊ{]Ên£]Ê£Ç{]Ê£n£]Ê£nÓ]ÊÓÈÈ *>]Ê >ÊÕiÊÊÊÈ]Ê{n]Ê£ÎÎ]Ê£xÇ]Ê£ÇÈ]ÊÓÎä]Ê 238–41 *>iÀ]Ê >iÊÊÊÓxÊ *>i]Ê>ÊÊÊx{]ÊxÊ *>«ÌVÊÊÊÓÎÎ]ÊÓ{°{ «>À>Vi>ÊÊÊ£xÇ]Ê£Ç]Ê£nÈ]Ê£äq£]Ê£{]Ê£ÈÊ *>ÀiÌi]ÊiÌV>ÊÊÊx]ÊÈäÊ *>ÀiÀ]Ê Ài>ÊÊÊ£n£ *>ÀiÀ]Ê>ÞiÊÊÊÓ]Ê££Ó]Ê££Î]Ê£xÇÊ Park Film 117 Passion Series 30 Passions] The 119 Patterson, Lee 222 *>Þi]Ê-ÊÊÊ£Î]Ê£{]ÊÎ]Ê£Î]Ê££Ê *i>]ÊÀiViÊÊÊ{£
Peeping Tom £{]Ê£xä]ÊÓxÎ *iÀvÀ>ViÊÊÊÓ]Ê{ä]ÊxÎqÇÓ°°Ón]Î{]Ê Çΰ°ÎÈ]{£]ÊÇ{°°°°xÓ]x{]xn]È£]Ê Çx°°Èn]Çä]Ênä]Ênx]Ênn]Ên]Ê£äΰȣ]Ê £ÓÎq£Ó{°]Ê£Îä]ʣΣ]Ê£x]Ê£Èä°Ç]Ê £È{]Ê£Èx]Ê£ÈÇ]Ê£ÇÈ]Ê£Çnqn£]Ê£nÎ]Ê£n{]Ê £nn]Ê£x]Ê£Ç]ÊÓÓä]ÊÓÎÎ]ÊÓÎ{qÈ]ÊÓ{Î]Ê Ó{x]ÊÓ{n]ÊÓ{°°xÎ]È£]ÊÓxÎ]ÊÓÈä]Ê ÓÈÈqn]ÊÓÇ£°ÓÓ]ÊÓÇx°Ê Performance Corridor 268 «iÀvÀ>ÌÛÌÞÊÊÊÈÎ]ÊÈ{Ê «iÀ«
iÀ>ÊÛÃÊÊÊ£äÈ]Ê£xÈ]ÊÓÈÎ]ÊÓÇ{°Ç *iÀÀÞ]Ê ÊÊÊ°£È]Ê£ä°ÓÎ]ÊÇ{°È£]Ê£Ó]Ê £ÎÎ]Ê£Î{]Ê£ÈÈ]ÊÓÓ]ÊÓxx]ÊÓÇ£°Ó{]Ê 276n.117 «iÀÃÃÌiViÊvÊÛÃÊÊÊnÎ]ʣ䣰ÓÓ]Ê£nx Phantasmagorie 80 photogénie 78 *V>ÃÃ]Ê*>LÊÊÊÓx]ÊÎ{]Ê{ÈÊ *ViÀ}]Ê`ÀiÜÊÊÊxÈ]ÊÇ£°°È]£Ó pictorial turn 157 *ii]Ê"ÌÌÊÊÊÓÎÈ *«iÀ]Ê`À>ÊÊÊÈ *«iÀ]ÊiÌ
ÊÊÊ£x£ *Ài]Ê>Ài>ÊÊÊ£nä Point of Light 238 *V]Ê>VÃÊÊÊÎÓ]ÊÎÎ]Ê{£]ÊÎ *iiÀ]Ê>ÀiÌ
ÊÊÊÓÈ£ ¼«ÀÊ>}i½ÊÊÊÓx{ÊÊ *«i]ÊÀi}ÊÊÊÈ]ÊÓÓ£qÎ «ÃÌi`ÕÊV`ÌÊÊÊ{äqxä]ÊÓxÈ *ÌÌiÀ]Ê->ÞÊÊÊxÎ]ÊÓ]Ê££Ó]Ê££Î *Üi]Ê,LiÀÌÊÊÊ£{ä°È *À>ÝÃV«iÊÊÊn{ *ÀVi]Ê â>LiÌ
ÊÊÊ{]Êx]ÊÓÈ{ *ÀVi]ÊÕÌ
iÀÊÊÊÓÈn]ÊÓÇÈ°££Ç Primary Phase 191 Projection Instructions 83 «ÀÌVi>ÊÊÊ£Ó]Ên£]Ê£ää]Ê£Îä]Ê£ÎÓ Proun Rooms 39 *ÀÕÃÌ]Ê>ÀViÊÊÊÎ]ÊÓÎ *ÀÕÛÃÌ]Ê>ÕÀiÊÊÊÈn Pryings 267 psychedelic light shows 82 Psychic Action 59 Psycho 119 «ÃÞV
>>ÞÃÃÊÊÊ£äÇq]Ê£xÓ]ÊÓxn *ÕV]Ê->À>
ÊÊÊÓ]Ê£ÎÇ *Õ]ÊÊÊÊÓxÇ
INDEX
301
Quad 34 +Õ]ÊÕÕÊÊʣ䣰ӣ ,>½>`]Ê7>`ÊÊÊÓÈx ,>L>]Ê7>ÊÊÊ{]ÊÓÈ]Êx]Ê]Ê££{]Ê££Ç]Ê£Èx]Ê £x]ÊÓ䣰£Ó]ÊÓÓÓ ,>VmÀi]Ê>VµÕiÃÊÊÊ£x{Ê ,>ÕÃV
iLiÀ}]Ê,LiÀÌÊÊÊÎ ,>Þ]Ê>ÊÊÊxn Reassemblage 213 Reel Time nx]ÊnÈ ÀiyiÝÛÌÞÉÃivÀiyiÝÛÌÞÊÊʣΣ]Ê£Ç{]Ê£n£]Ê £nÓ]ÊÓÈ Région Centrale] La 47 ,ii]Ê-ÌiÛiÊÊÊÓ£È ,i>Ì>Ê>iÃÌ
iÌVÃÊÊÊxÈ]ÊÇ£° Àii`>ÌÊÊÊÓx{]ÊÓxÇ ,iÀ]Êi>ÊÊÊ£ Retinal Memory Volume £nÈ]Ê£{ Reverse Cut 236 Rhythm 5 54 Rhythmus 21 92 ,V
>À`Ã]Ê ÞÊÊÊÓÈ]ÊÎÈ°Óä]Ê££n]Ê££ Riddles of the Sphinx 113 ,iÞ]Ê À`}iÌÊÊÊ£Î]ÊÎÓ]ÊÎÎ ,iÞ]Ê,LiÀÌÊ,°ÊÊÊÈÇ ,i]Ê>ÕÃÊÊÊÓÎÇ ,ÃÌ]Ê*«ÌÌÊÊÊÈ]Ê£n]ÊÓÈÈ ,ÛiÀ>]Ê i}ÊÊÊÎ{ ,ÛiÀÃ]Ê iÊÊÊ£Èn ,L>ÜÃ]ÊÃivÊÊÊ£nÎ]Ê£nÈ ,LLiÀiÌ]Ê>ÊÊÊ£ÎÎ]ÊÓä ,LiÀÌ]Ê>ÕÀiÌ*>ÕÊÊÊÓ££]ÊÓÓ{°Ón ,LiÀÌÃ]Ê ÌiiÊÊÊnä ,LiÀÌÃ]Ê>ÊÊÊx{]ÊÇ{°xÓ]ÊÓÇx° ,`ÜV]Ê >Û`ÊÊÊÓxÈÊ Room Film £ÎÎ]Ê£{ä°£{ ,Ãivi`Ì]ÊÕ>ÊÊÊ£xn ,ÃiL>V
]Ê1ÀiÊÊÊ£ÇÇ ,Ãi]ÊV
>iÊÊÊÓÈÈ ,ÃiÀ]Ê>ÀÌ
>ÊÊÊÈ]ÊÈn]ÊÓ£Î]ÊÓÈ{ ,ÃÃ]Ê >Û`Ê°ÊÊÊÓÓn ,Ì
]Ê>ÀÊÊÊÎ{]Ê£{ ,ÞÕÝ]Êi>
ÀÃÌ«
iÊÊÊ{ ,ÕÃ
`i]Ê->>ÊÊÊÓ£{ ,ÕÃ
Ì]ÊiÊÊÊÓ{Ç°Ó{ ,ÕÃÃi]Ê >Ì
iÀiÊÊÊ££ä]Ê££Ç]Ê£Îä ,ÕÃÃ]Ê>ÀÞÊÊÊÓΣ ,ÕÌÌ>]Ê7>ÌiÀÊÊÊÎÓ
302
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
->ÌÊ*Ì]Ê6>iÌiÊ`iÊÊÊxÇqnÊ ->Ì]Ê >ÀÀÞÊÊÊÓÈä ->>À>Ã]ÊÕV>ÃÊÊÊÈ£ ->Ìi]Ê ÀÊÊÊxÇ ->ÌÌiÀÜ
Ìi]Ê>VLÞÊÊÊ£È{ -V
iiÀ]Ê"Ã>ÀÊÊÊÈä]ÊÈ£]ÊÇΰÎÈ]Ê£äΰȣ -V
ii>]Ê >ÀiiÊÊÊ££]ÊxÎ]ÊÇΰ{{]Ê Çx°Èn]Ê£{n]Ê£x£]Ê£È{]Ê£Ç]Ê£ÇÇ]Ê£nä]Ê £Ç]Ê£n]ÊÓxx -V
Õ]ÊiÀÀÞÊÊÊÓÎÈÊ -V
ÜÌÌiÀÃ]ÊÕÀÌÊÊÊ{£]Ê{Ó ÃVÀ>ÌV
ÊÛ`iÊÊÊÓÈ]ÊÓÎä]ÊÓ{x]ÊÓx{]ÊÓxÇ Sculpture Musicale 47 -i`À>]Ê]Ê/ÊÊÊxx]ÊÈÓ]ÊÈx]ÊÇä°{Ê Self Obliteration £Ó]ʣΠ-iV`ÕVÌÀÊÊÊÓÈ]ÊÓ£n]ÊÓ£ Sentimental Journey 98 -iÀÀ>]Ê,V
>À`ÊÊÊ{{]ÊÓÓn]ÊÓÎÓ]ÊÓÎÇ -
>ÀÌÃ]Ê*>ÕÊÊÊÓ£]Ê££x]Ê£nÈqÇ]Ê£{]Ê£x -
>Ü]ÊivvÀiÞÊÊÊÈ]ÊÓÈqnÊ Sherlock Jr. 131 -
iÀ>]Ê/ÊÊÊÎÎ]ÊÓ£È -
iÀÜ]ÊÕÞÊÊÊ{n]Ênä]Ê£nä]ÊÓÓÓÊ -
«Ã`iÃ]Ê >ÊÊÊ£äΰȣ ShorelineÊÃiÀiîÊÊÊx]Ê£Çn]棂 -`i]Ê-wÊÊÊ£Î]Ê£xn]ÊÓ䣰Ón -«Ã]ÊÀ>ÊÊÊ{Ç]ÊӣΠÃÕ>VÀÕÊÊÊÇÇ]Ê£Î£Ê -`i]Ê/ÞÊÊÊ{Ó -Ì>]Ê`ÊÊÊÓx -ÌiÞ]Ê*°Ê`>ÃÊÊÊ££x]Ê£Óä]ÊÓnÇ Situation Envisaged: The Rite II, The 240 Slat Dance 60 Sleep 118 Slowly Turning Narrative 196 Small Handphone Table 208 -`i]Ê iÀ`>ÕÌÊÊÊ£ää°£n -Ì
]ÊiÀ}iÊÊʣ䣰Îx -Ì
]Ê>VÊÊÊnÓ -Ì
]Ê
ÊÊÊÈn]ÊÓÓä -Ì
]Ê/ÊÊÊ£äÈ]ÊÓx]ÊÓÈäqÎ]ÊÓÇΰ°xÓ]È£ -Ì
]Ê6VÞÊÊÊÓÓä]ÊÓÓÓ -Ü`]Ê*>ÕÊÊÊ£{Î -Ü]ÊV
>iÊÊÊ{ä]Ê{Ç]Ê££{]Ê££n]Ê£xÓ]Ê£nn]Ê £nq]ÊÓxÈ]ÊÓÈnÊ Snows £{n]Ê£ÇÇ -LV
>V]Ê6Û>ÊÊÊ£{n
-vwV]ÊÀ`i}ÊÊÊÓÈÊ SONG 1 20n.20 -À]Ê*iÀÀVÊÊÊÓΣ Sounds from Beneath £În]ʣΠëiVÕ>ÌÛiÊÀi>ÃÊÊÊ{n]Êxx]ÊÇ£°Ç]Ê£{{ÊÊ -«â>]Ê >ÀÕV
ÊÊÊ£ÎÇ Spring 248n.36 -Ì>ViÞ]Ê>ViÊÊÊ£x£ -Ì>`i]Ê>ÌÌ
iÜÊÊÊÓÇÇ°£Ó{ Stamping the Studio 34 Standing Film/Moving Film 167 -Ì>Ãwi`]Ê Ã>ÊÊÊ{ Station House Opera 40 -Ìiii]ÊÃ>ÊÊÊӣΠSteenbecket 52n.41 -Ìi>«]ÊiviÀÊÊʣΠ-Ìi}iÀ]Ê ViÊÊÊÓxÇ -ÌiÛiÃ]Ê>ÀÞÊÊÊÓÈÈ]ÊÓxÇ° -ÌiÞiÀ]ÊÌÊÊÊÈ]ÊÓx{]ÊÓÈ{ -Ì°Ê>iÃ]Ê>ÀÌÞÊÊÊÓxÓ -ÌÀiiÌ]Ê>ÀÊÊÊÓxn ÃÌÀÕVÌÕÀ>ÃÊÊÊ££È]Ê£ÎÎ -ÌÕLLÃ]ÊiÊÊÊÈ -ÌÕLLÃ]Ê1>ÊÊÊÓÈÓ -Õ`i]ÊÕÃiÊÊÊÓÈn Suffragettes 58 -Õ«iÀyiÝÊÊÊÓ{x Super Mario Clouds 257 ÃÕÀÀi>ÃÊÊÊ{Ó]Ê£ -ÛÛ>]Ê9iâ>ÛiÌ>ÊÊÊÎ -ÜiiÌ]Ê>ÌÌ
iÜÊÊÊÓÈä -Þi`]Ê>ÊÊÊ£Î]ÊÓxx ÃÞ>iÃÌ
iÃ>ÊÊÊÎ]Ê£äÓ°xä]Ê£Ó System for Dramatic Feedback £n£]Ê£nÓ />LiÀ
>]Ê*>ÕÊÊÊÓx]ÊÓÈÇ tableau vivant 23 />Ì]Ê>À}>ÀiÌÊÊÊÓ />>
>Ã
]Ê/ÊÊÊ{]Ê{£qÓÊ Tall Ships Ç]Ê£x />Li]Ê`ÊÊÊÓÎÈÊ Tap and Touch Cinema 199 />ÀÀ>Ì]Ê*>ÌÀVÊÊÊ£ÈnÊ />ÞÀ7`]Ê->ÊÊÊÈ]ÊnÇ]Ê£ÓÇ°nn]Ê£xÇ]Ê£nÓ Teignmouth Electron 254 Télévision 228 Television Delivers People 228 Television Interruptions 237 tenantspin 245
Ten Drawings 186 Theatre of Cruelty 59 Theme Song 267 Three Transitions xn]Ê£n Thriller 113 /iÞ]Ê ÀÌ
ÞÊ°ÊÊÊÇΰ{Ó Time Code 88 Time for ACTION has Come] The 197 /À>Û>>]Ê,ÀÀÌÊÊÊxÈ To Hear Yourself as Others Hear You 213 Tom Tom, the Piper’s Son 254 Toute une Nuit 197 Towards the Sky 60 /À>}>À]Ê-ÕÃ>ÊÊÊ£ä transmedia 98 /ÀiV>ÀÌ]Ê,Þ>ÊÊÊÓ{x Triage 268 Tricolor Video 240 trompe l’oeil £Î]ÊÎ{ /À«V?>ÊÊÊ{£ /ÀÕvv>ÕÌ]ÊÀ>XÃÊÊÊ£ /ÃÛ«ÕÃ]Ê-Ìiv>ÃÊÊÊÓ{x /Õvi]ÊÀ>`>ÊÊ棂 /ÕÀÀi]Ê>iÃÊÊÊ£nÈ]Ê£Î]Ê£{ /ÕÀÛiÞ]Ê>VÊÊÊ{ TV as Fireplace 237 T_Visionarium ÓÇ]ÊÓn 24 Hour Psycho ££]Ê£{ 2 into 1 214–16 Two Sides to Every Story 198 Two Years at Sea 168 /ÞÃ]ÊiÌ
ÊÊÊ£Î]Ê£n /â>À>]Ê/ÀÃÌ>ÊÊÊxÇ Untitled 228 1ÌÌiÀL>V]Ê >iÊÊÊ£x 6>>À>]Ê,ÊÊÊÈä 6>Ê`iÊ">À]ÊÃjÊÊÊ£È{ 6>`ÃiÀ>]Ê Õ>>ÊÊÊ{n 6> iÀ ii]Ê-Ì>ÊÊÊ{ä]ÊnÓ]Ê£È{]Ê£nÎ]Ê£nn]Ê 236 6>Ê`iÀÊ,
i]ÊiÃÊÊÊ£È 6>ÌÞiÀ]ÊÃÊÊÊ£Óΰ 6>ÃÕ>]Ê-Ìi>ÊÊÊÈn]ÊÎ]Ê£xn]ÊÓ£Ç]ÊÓÎä]ÊÓxÇÊ 6>ÃÕ>]Ê7`ÞÊÊÊÎ]Ê£xn]ÊÓÎä]ÊÓxÇ 6iÀÌÛ]Ê â}>ÊÊÊÈÈ]ÊÎÊ Vidicon Inscriptions 239 Viewer 54
INDEX
303
6>]Ê ÊÊÊx]ÊÓnqÎä]ÊΣ]ÊÎ{]ÊÇ]Ê££]Ê£xä]Ê £xÓ]Ê£xÎ]Ê£xn]Ê£ÇÇ]Ê£nÓ]Ê£Èqn]Ê Óäq££]ÊÓ£]ÊÓÓ{°Ón]ÊÓ{n°ÎÈ]ÊÓÈ{ Violence Sonata 236 Vita Futurista 58 6ÃÌi]Ê7vÊÊÊÓÓn]ÊÓÓ]ÊÓÎä 7>iwi`]Ê iÛi 7>iÀ]Ê>Ìi 7>}]Êià 7>ÜÀÌ
]ÊÞiÌÌiÊÊÊÓxÇ 7>Ã
]Ê
ÊÊÊΣ 7>À
]Ê`ÞÊÊÊ{ä]ÊÈÇ]Ê££n]Ê£Ó£]Ê£ÓÎ]Ê£nn]Ê 240 Warte Mal! 201n.28 Water Lilly Pond 23–4 7i>À}]Ê>ÊÊÊÈn]Ê£x{qx]Ê£xn]ÊÓ£{qÈ]Ê Ó{Óqx]ÊÓÈxqÈ Weather Project] The £È]Ê£{ 7i`i`]ÊÀ>ÊÊÊxÇ Wedgework III 193 We Have Art so that We Do Not Perish by Truth 13 7iLi]Ê*iÌiÀÊÊÊÓÇ]Ê££{]Ê£È{]Ê£È 7iÃLÞ]Ê
ÀÃÊÊÊÓÈ]Êx]Ê££Çq£n]Ê£Çnq 7iÃLÞ]Ê,V
>À`ÊÊ棂 7iÃ
>]Ê
ÊÊÊ£Îä]ÊÓÎn Western Reversal {]Ê£nä 7iÛiÀÃ]Ê1ÀÃÕ>ÊÊÊÓÎÈqÇ What the Water Said, nos. 1-3 169 7
Ìi
ÕÀÃÌ]ÊÊÊÊÈ]Ê£x£
304
INSTALLATION AND THE MOVING IMAGE
7i>`]ÊÞViÊÊÊ££Ó]Ê££x 7Ã]Êi>Ì
iÀÊÊÊÓ{Ó]ÊÓ{{]ÊÓ{xÊ 7>Ã]ÊV
>i>ÊÊÊ£nn 7Ã]Ê,V
>À`ÊÊʣΠWindow Piece 13–14 Wings of Desire £Ç]ÊÓ£ Witness 213 7i]Ê*iÌiÀÊÊÊ£ä{]Ê£ä]Ê££Î 7`Ã]Ê*iÌiÀÊÊÊ£{ä°Ç Woolworths Choir of 1979] The 94 Work No. 409 Elevator ooh/aah up/down 208 Workshop of the Film Form 164 Wounds and Absent Objects 194 7À}
Ì]Ê
ÀÃÊÊÊ£ä]ÊÓ{Î 7À}
Ì]Ê>ÊÊÊÓÇ{°n£ 7ÞÊ Û>Ã]Ê iÀÌ
ÊÊʣΠ7Þi]Ê
ÊÊÊÓän yBas 64 Yellow Movie 169 Yes Sir! Madame… Ó£È]Ê Zen For Film £ÎÎ]Ê£ÇÈ i]ÊÛÊÊÊ£äÇ]Ê£än]ÊÓ£{]ÊÓÎx âiÌÀ«iÊÊÊ£Ó]ÊnÎqx]ʣ䣰ÓÎ]Ê£nx Z-Point ££]ÊÓ{ä